Return to LIBRARY OF MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY WOODS HOLE, MASS. Loaned by American Museum of Natural History , i \V ■ ' 4* w-»" **» »•, v . . « OP THS ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OS" M PHILADELPHIA. 1862. PHILADELPHIA: PRINTED IOR THE ACADEMY. 1863. /f LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS, With references to the several Articles contributed by each. Allen, Harrison, M. D. Descriptions of two new Species of Vespertilionid?e. and some remarks on the genus Antrozous 246 Buckley, S. B. Notes on some American Ash Trees, (Fraxinus,) with de- scriptions of new Species 2 Descriptions of new Plants from Texas, No. 2 5 Descriptions of Plants, No. 3 88 Note No. 2. On Quercus heterophylla 100 Cassin, John. Catalogue of Birds collected by the United States North Pa- cific Surveying and Exploring Expedition, in command of Gapt, Rodgers, U. S. N., with notes and descriptions of new species 312 Conrad, T. A. Descriptions of New Genera, Subgenera and Species of Tertiary and Recent Shells 284 Catalogue of the Miocene Shells of the Atlantic Slope 559 Cope, E. D. Synopsis of the species of Holcosus and Ameiva, with diag- noses of new W. Indian and S. American Colubridae 60 On some new and little known American Anura , 151 Contributions to Neotropical Saurology 176 On Neosorex Albibarbis 188 On Lacerta echinata and Tiliqua dura 189 Notes upon some Reptiles of the Old World , .337 Catalogues of the Reptiles obtained during the Explorations of the Parana, Paraguay, Vermejo and Uraguay Rivers, by Capt. Thos. J. Page, U. S. N. ; and of those procured by Lieut. N. Michler, U. S. Top. Eng 346 Coues, Elliott. Revision of the Gulls of North America ; based upon speci- mens in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution 291 Supplementary note to a Synopsis of the North American forms of the Colymbidae and Podicepidae 404 A Review of the Terns of N. America 535 Edwards, Wm. H. Description of certain species of Diurnal Lepidoptera found within the limits of the United States and British America, No. 2 54 The same, No. 3 221 Elliott, D. G. Remarks on the species composing the genus Pediocaetes, Baird 402 11. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS, Gabb, W M. Description of a new species of Cephalopod from the Coast of California 483 Gill, Theo. Notice of New Species of Hemilepidotus and Remarks on the Group (Temnistiae) of which it is a member 13 Or. the Subfamily of Argentinian 14 Appendix to the Synopsis of the Subfamily Percins 15 Notes on the Scisenoids of California 16 Synopsis of the Family of Cirrhitoids 102 Description of new species of Cirrhitus 122 . Oe the limits and arrangemement of the Family of Scombroids 124 Description of new species of Alepidosauroidae 127 On anew species of Priacanthus discovered in Narragansett Bay, R. I.... 132 Oi the West African genus Hemichromis and descriptions of new species 134 Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California in the Smithsonian Institu- tion, collected by Mr. J. Xanthus I*1 Same, Part II 242 Same, Part III 249 On a new genus of Fishes allied to Aulorhynchus and on the affinities of the Family Aulorhynchoidae 233 Remarks on the relations of Genera and other groups Cuban Fishes 235 Notice of a collection of the Fishes of California, presented to the Smith- sonian Institution, by S. Hubbard 274 Synopsis of the species of Lophobranchiate Fishes of Western North America 282 Note, on the Family of Scombroids 328 Note on some Genera of Fishes of Western N. America 329 Synopsis of the Carangoids of the Eastern Coast of North America 430 Description of a new generic type of Mormyroids, and note on the arrange- ment of the genus • l On the Synonymy and Systematic Position of the genus Etelis of Cuvier and Yalenciennes 445 On. the Classification of the Families and Genera of the Squali of Cali- fornia ; 4^3 On the limits and affinity of the Family of Leptogcopoids 501 Gray, Asa. Notes upon the " Description of New Plants from Texas. By S. B. Buckley," published in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, December 1861, and January 1862 1G1 A Report upon Mr. S. B. Buckley's " Description of Plants, No. 3, Gra- mina; " 33-i Grote, Aug. R. Additions to the Nomenclature of North American Lepi- doptera 59 Same, No. 2 359 Harden, F. V., M. D. Descriptions of new Cretaceous Fossils from Nebraska Territory. By F. B. Meek and F. V.Hayden 21 LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS. Ul Hora, Geo. H., M. D. Monograph of the species of Trogosita, inhabiting the United States 32 Lea, Isaac. Description of ten new species of Unionida? of the United States 168 Description of anew Genus (Trypanostoma) of the Family Melanida?, and of forty-five new species 169 Description of two new species of Exotic Uniones and one Monocondylcea 176 Description of a new Genus (Gouiobasis) of the Family Melanidae and eighty-two new species 262 Description of eleven new species of Melanidae of the United States 272 Le Conte, John L., M. D. Note on the Classification of Cerambycidse, with descriptions of new species 38 Synopsis of the Mordellidae of the United States 43 Notes on the species of Calosoma inhabiting America, north of Mexico... 521 Synopsis of the species of Colymbetes, inhabiting America north of Mexico 521 Note on the species of Brachinus inhabiting the United States 523 Lewis, James, M. D. Remarks on some species of Paludina. Amnicola. Valvata and Melania 587 Meehan, Thos. On the Uniformity of Relative Characters between Allied Species of European and American Trees 10 Meek, F. B. Descriptions of new Cretaceous Fossils from Nebraska Terri- tory. ByF. B. MeekandF. V. Hayden 21 Prime, Temple. Monograph of the Species of Sphasrium of North and South America 28 Slack, J. H.? M. D. Monograph of the Prehensile-tailed Quadrumana 507 Stimpson, Wm. Description of a new Cardium from the Pleistocene of Hudson's Bay 58 Oa an oceanic Isopod, found near the south-eastern shores of Massachu- setts 133 Tryoc, Geo. W., Jr. On the Classification and Synonymy of the recent spe- cies of Pholadidaj 191 Description of a new Genus and Species of Pholadid* 449 Notes on American Ffesh Water Shells, with descriptions of two new species - 451 Monograph of the Family Teredidae 453 Walsh, Benj. D., M. A. List of the Pseudoneuroptera of Illinois, contained in the Cabinet of the writer, with descriptions of over forty new species - 361 Warner, John, A. M. Contributions to Organic Morphology : — Containing the mathematical imitation of the egg of Planorbis Corneus and of Epiornis, &c 525 Winchell. Alex. Description of Fossils from the Marshall and Huron Groups of Michigan 405 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 18 G 3. January 1th. Dr. Leidy in the Chair. Fourteen members present. A paper was presented for publication entitled Description of new Cretaceous Fossils from Nebraska Territory, etc., by F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden, M. D. Mr. Cope stated that he had examined the dentition of the Siamese river snake, Herpeton tentaculatum, respecting which some difference of opinion existed among European herpetologists. He had found the posterior maxillary teeth to be grooved, in accordance with the statement of M. Dumeril. Regarding another point of difference between naturalists — the native coun- try of the Gerarda prevostiana ( Campylodon Dum.) — Mr. Cope adhered to the statement in the Erpetologie Generale, that it inhabited the Philippine Islands. Others had stated that the form was West Indian. Dr. Giinther had corrected the above-mentioned work in its statement that the Rhabdosoma (Catostoma) 1 i n e a t u m was West African. Mr. Cope was able to confirm the Doctor's opinion through specimens obtained in Trinidad, and lent him by Prof. Gill. January \kth. Vice President Vaux in the Chair. Twenty members present. The following papers were presented for publication : Notes on some American Ash Trees, (Fraxinus), with descriptions of new species, by S. B. Buckley. On the Leucosomi inhabiting the basin of the Delaware, by C. C. Abbott. 1862.] 1 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF January 21 si. Vice President Bridges in the Chair. Twenty-nine members present. The following papers were presented for publication : Descriptions of new Plants from Texas, by S. B. Buckley. On the uniformity of relative characters between allied species of European and American Trees, by Thomas Meehan. Notice of a new species of Hemilepidotus, by Theo. Gill. On the subfamily of Argentininae, by Theo. Gill. Notes on the Sciaenoids of California, by Theo. Gill. Appendix to the Synopsis of the subfamily of Percinae, by Theo. Gill. Mr. Cassin gave an account of a flock of crows, lost in a fog whilst passing over the city early on Sunday morning, the 12th inst. Mr. Haldeman stated that he had frequently noticed the bald eagle dive for fish in the Susquehanna, when it could not procure its food by robbing the fish hawk. Dr. Rogers made some remarks on the influence upon the health of communities from the thawing of snow in the streets by means of salt, exposing what he considered to be the fallacies of the common preju- dices on the subject. January 2S(h. Vice President Bridges in the Chair. Twenty- four members present. On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were ordered to be published in the Proceedings : Notes on some of the American Ash Trees, (Fraxinus,) with descriptions of new Species. BY S. B. BUCKLEY. The great accuracy of the plates in Michaux's Sylva is admitted by all who have seen both them and the trees whose portions are there represented. That the text contains a few errors is well known, but the figures are true to nature and correctly represent the object described. The wonder is that a work published at that early day, in the infancy of botany, should so well and truthfully describe our forest trees. It is supposed by some botanists that the fruit in the plate of Fraxinus americanais that of the green ash, (F. vi r i d i s ,) or that the fruit of these two species of ash has been substituted the one for the other by mistake. The original proof-plates of the Sylva are in the Library of the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia, in which the figure of the white ash differs little from the one in the last edition. Had there been an error, it would have probably been corrected, as several editions of the Sylva passed under the eye of Michaux ; nor does the fruit of the white ash differ from his description of that species. In his account of the green ash, he states that " its seeds are only half as large as those of the white ash, but similar inform ; and also, in describing F. pubescens, he remarks that " its seeds are shorter than those of¥. am e- r ic an a, but similar inform and arrangement." These statements in the text agree perfectly with his pictures of these species. [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. d The true Fraxinus americana (Linn.) is common in the public grounds and on the sidewalks of some of the streets of Philadelphia. It also grows along the Delaware and Schuylkill rivers in the vicinity of the city. Speci- mens of it are in the herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences which were collected in the vicinity of Boston, Mass., by Mr. Pickering, from whence it extends as far south as Louisiana, the author having gathered specimens of it in the woods two or three miles west of the Mississippi River, opposite New Orleans. In the year 1790, William Bartram assisted in making out a list of trees to be planted in Independence Square, Philadelphia. (See Penn- sylvania Archives, vol. ii. p. 674.) Bartram's fondness for American trees led him to select for that purpose a great variety of indigenous species, so that the native trees of Pennsylvania are now well represented in this cele- brated Square, among which the Fraxinus americana is conspicuous. Cotemporaries of Bartram, and at that time residing in the city of Phila- delphia, were Zaccheus Collins and Dr. Kuhn, botanists, both pupils of Lin- naeus, to whom they sent specimens, from which he described many American plants, including probably the F. americana. Fraxinus pubescens (Walt.) also grows in the neighborhood of Philadelphia, and, as Michaux observes, there is little difference in external appearance between it and the white ash. Any one who will compare the plates of these two species in the Sylva will see the striking resemblance in the fruit of each, but that of the red ash is shorter and more pointed. Its petioles are also more or less grooved, and the under side of its leaves and the petioles and young branches are much more pubescent than those of F. americana. Still the two are often considered as the same species by casual observers. It grows in most of the Southern States, and extends as far west as Minnesota. Fraxinus epiptera (Mich.) was regarded by the younger Michaux and Nuttall the same as F. americana. It has been thus considered by the best American botanists. Had it been different, it would have been included in the Sylva by the younger Michaux. Specimens labelled by some of the old botanists F. epiptera (Mich.) are now in the herbarium of the Academy, and they differ not in the least from the F. americana. De Candolle makes F. v i r i d i s (Mich. ) a synonym ofF. juglandifolia. Specimens of the latter in the herbarium of the Academy agree well with those of the green ash, to which they have been referred by Nuttall and other botanists. It is nearly certain that De Candolle is right, because he has been able to see both Lamarck's and Michaux's specimens. The green ash grows occasionally along streams from Pennsylvania to Texas. I have frequently seen it on the Alabama River ; also on the Red River in Louisiana, below Alexandria. It is quite common in Southern Texas, where a form of it col- lected by Berlandier has been described by De Candolle as F. B e r 1 a n d i e r i i, according to Torrey and Gray. Personal observation in Texas with one of Berlandier's specimens, kindly sent to me by Dr. Gray, convince me of the truth of their opinion. Muhlenberg's herbarium, at the rooms of the American Philosophical Society in Philadelphia, contains a specimen of the green ash which has the serrated leaves and both sides of the same shade of green, which led Dr. Muhlenberg to call it Fraxinus concolor, as related by Michaux, who also states that it grows abundantly along the Susquehanna, near where Dr. Muh- lenberg resided. Hence there is no difficulty in determining the true F. v i r i d i s , Mich., specimens of which in the herbarium of the Academy differ little from his figure of it in the Sylva. Therefore the reader may rest assured that the plates and descriptions in Michaux's Sylva of Fraxinus americana, F. pubescens and F. viridis are correct. Since the time of Michaux, the American forest trees have rarely been care- fully studied by botanists, because they are apt to look on the ground for new plants and flowers, and not up at the trees. Even Nuttall, in his travels, gave 1862.] 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY 0? them little attention ; nor did he when journeying contemplate a Supplemen to Michaux's Sylva, which was done at the request of Philadelphia publishers after he had ceased his American wanderings. Hence the volumes of Nuttall have neither the freshness and life of description, nor that fidelity to nature in the plates, which are so remarkable in those of Michaux, who travelled for the especial purpose of publishing a work on the trees of America. The closet botanist cannot master the botany of trees as well as that of herbaceous plants, because of the latter he often has the whole, but of the tree he can at most possess in his herbarium but a mere fragment, which is far from showing all its important characteristics. He who has made trees his especial study can distinguish the different species even in midwinter, when many of them are destitute of leaves. I make these remarks to show why the two next described species of Fraxinus, which are prevalent both at the North and at the South, have been generally referred to one or the other of the three species before mentioned. Fraxinus albicans, S. nov. — Foliolis 2 — 4-jugis sessilibus, ant breviter petiolatis, ovatis, aut ovato-lanceolatis, integris vel serratis, subtus glaucis, tarde utrinque glabris, paniculis laxe terminalibus seu axillaribus ; samaris linearibns 12 — 18 lin. Ion. emarginatis, basi subteretibus. It is found from New England to Texas, being the largest of the American ash trees, sometimes attaining a diameter of between four and five feet. Its bark is furrowed and of a light grey ; hence it is called the white ash in many places. Its petioles are grooved, and its buds are destitute of the red velvety pubescence peculiar toF. americana. I have not seen it in the vicinity of Philadelphia, nor is there any specimen of it collected in this neighborhood in the herbarium of the Academy. In the herbarium of Darlington, at West Chester, I saw specimens of it labelled F. americana, and it is probably thus called by other American botanists. The West Chester collection had no specimens ofF. americana or F, pubescens. Both F. americana and F. albicans being called white ash throughout the country have caused them to be confounded, especially where, as is often the case, they do not both grow in the same locality ; but the fruit of the latter is only about half the size of the former, which, with the other distinc- tions enumerated, show that they are very different species. Fraxinus oblongocarpa, s. nov.— Foliolis 2— 4-jugis lanceolatis, vel ovato-lanceolatis, acuminatis, basi cuneatis, integerimis, vel parce serratis, utrinque viridis, junioribus subtus parum pubescentibus, breve petiolatis ; samaris lineari-oblongis, obtusis vel emarginatis, basi subteretibus, et anguste alatis. A small tree, thirty or forty feet high, growing along water courses from Pennsylvania to Texas. Its young branches and the footstalks of the leaves covered with a velvety pubescence. Fruit 18 lines to 2 inches in length and 2 — 3 lines wide, the terete part short in proportion and somewhat winged, leaflets 3—4 inches long. This is the Fraxinus pubescens described in Darlington's Flora Cestrica, but not of Michaux. It differs from F. pu b e s- c e n s in its terete petioles ; its leaves are of a deeper green beneath, and both its leaves and branches are less pubescent when mature. Its samara are longer and nearly one-third less in width, nor are they mucronate, or as sharp pointed as in F. pubescens. For those who have not Michaux's Sylva, the following brief descriptions of the white and red ash are given. Fraxinus americanus (Linn.)— Foliolis 3 — 4-jugis, breviter petiolatis, ovato-lanceolatis, integerrimis, acutis, subtus glaucis, petiolis teretibus ; gem- mis rnfo-velutinis ; samaris lineari oblongis obtusis vel acutis, basi teretibus, subacutis. Fruit 2—3 inches long, but generally about 2J inches in length and 4 — 5 lines broad in the widest part ; common petiole terete. [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 0 Fraxinus pubescens (Walt.) — Foliolis lanceolato-ovatis, subserratis seu integerimis, acuminatis, subtus pubescentibus, petiolis junioribus ramisque tomentosis ; samaris anguste lanceolatis, obtusis, inucronatis vel acutis, basi teretibus. Fruit 1£ — 2 inches long and 4—5 lines in width at the widest part ; common petiole channelled above near the base. Fraxinus nigrescens, s. nov. — Foliolis 2— 4-jugis, lanceolatis vel ovato- lanceolatis, sessilibus, aut breve petiolatis, utrinque acutis vel abrupte acutis basi longe teretibus, acutis. This is a common tree in the vicinity of Austin and in Middle Texas along water courses. It is generally small, but is sometimes 2 — 3 feet in diameter and 40—60 feet high The bark of the stem and limbs is dark grey and furrowed ; hence in many parts of the State it is called the " black ash." Its leaves are of a deep glossy green above and a paler green beneath, and in young leaves the midrib and veins are sparingly pubescent. The terminal leaflet is often much the largest, being sometimes 4—5 inches in diameter. Such specimens I obtained in Navarro County, and also on Caney River in Matagorda County. Its leaves are rarely if ever serrated. The samara are 12 — 15 lines long and 4 — 5 lines broad in the widest part ; about one-half of the entire length is broadly winged, from whence the wings are gradually nar- rowed to the terete part. In midsummer the top of the fruit, extending nearly down half of the wings, is often curved. The common petiole is channelled above near its junction with the stem. Fraxinus tri-alata, s. nov. — Foliolis 2 — 3-jugis, lanceolatis, vel obovatis, supra glabris, subtus parum pubescentibus, ad venas et parce glaucescen- tibus ; samaris 2 — 3 alatis, obovatis, 6—8 lin. Ion. obtusis, emarginatis, vel subacutis, basi anguste alatis, acutis. A shrub or small tree, 15 — 20 feet high, growing on the banks of the Ata- cosa River in Western Texas. Samara in loose axillary or terminal panicles, about one-half of them 3-winged, and 2—3 lines broad in the widest portion ; not terete below ; the wings being attenuated as far as the pedicels ; leaflets 12 — 18 lines long and 6—12 broad, branches smooth, and of a light grey color. Fraxinus pauciflora Nutt. has been referred by Dr. Chapman, in bis Flora of the Southern States, to F. p 1 a t y c a r p a. Specimens of the former, collected by Dr. Baldwin, are in the herbarium of the Academy, and they differ from F. platycarpa in having the petioles grooved, leaves scarce half as large and of one-third less width, and much more acutely serrated, and the fruit of the two is widely different. I have not seen a tree of the F. pauciflora, but I well know F. platycarpa, which extends as far southwest as the Sabine River in Eastern Texas ; and it certainly is very dis- tinct from the Florida ash described by Nuttall, nor have I ever seen it assume any such form. Descriptions of NEW PLANTS from Texas.— No. 2. BY S. B. BUCKLEY. POLEMONIACEJE. Phlox macrantha, s. n. — Pubescens, humilis 3 — 6 policaris, ramosa, foliis lanceolatis, utrinque subacutis,* alternis vel oppositis, calycibus parce canescenti pilosis, segmentis lineari-elongatis, acuminatis, corollas tubo gla- bra, laciniis lato-obovatis, apice subacutis, capsula elipsoidea glabra, semina alata. Prairies north of Austin. March. Stems diffusely branching from the root ; leaves numerous, lanceolate and 1862.] 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF attenuate at each end, sparingly pubescent ; flowers large, purple, disk of the corolla f to 1£ inches in diameter. CONVOLVULACEiE. Convolvulus (Ipomea) cad do en sis, s. n. — Suffruticosus glaber, caule tereti, ramosissimo erecto, foliis lineari-lanceolatis breve petiolatis apice acu- minatis sen mucronatis basi attenuatis, pedunculis axillaribus unifloris, vel multifloris folio brevioribus, sepalis ovatis, obtusis, corolla rosea infundibuli- formis 2 — 3-policaris, stylus elongatus inclusis filamentis duplo longiore, stigma bilobatum, capsula ovato-ellipsoidea, 2 — 4-sperma, semina ovoidea testa conica pubescente. Northwestern Texas, near Caddo Peak. June. A stout plant, 2 — 3 feet high, apparently an annual ; leaves 2 — 3 inches long and 2 — 4 lines wide, tipped with a setaceous or mucronate point ; peti- oles 3 — 4 lines long ; peduncles 4 lines to 2 inches in length. Solanace^. Solanum (Cryptocarpum) Sabeanum, s. n. — Herbaceum, raniis teretibus, aculeatis, fuscis, glanduloso-pilosis, foliis profunde pinnato-lobatis, segmenti3 ovatis, repando dentatis, dentibus mucronatis, petiolis et venis aculeatis, aculeis stramineis, glabris, rectis insequalibus, racemis subterminalibus, 5 — 9- floris, corolla alba calyce fere duplo longiore, filamenta £ lin. longa, anthers lineari-oblongse 6 lin. longse, calycibus aculeatis baccam includentibus. San Saba County. Stem 1 — 2 feet high, with few branches ; spines 2 — 8 lines long and irregu- larly placed; leaves, including the petioles, 4—9 inches in length, lower seg- ments divided to the midrib and lobed, or with large teeth ; sinuses of the upper lobes extend about midway to the midrib, aculea of the leaves few ; petioles and veins glandular pubescent ; calyx inclosing the fruit increases after the fall of the petals, and is about J covered with aculea. Solanum (Lasiocarpa) Linsecumii, s. n. — Annuum, caule erecto, tereti, 4 — 6 policari ramoso, pubescente, foliis oblongo-ovatis, vel lanceolatis, basi attenuatis, breviter petiolatis, apice acutis, integris, utrinque puberulis stipulis linearibus vel lanceolatis, floribus axillaribus, pedunculis solitariis seu geminis, hirsutis, tarde refractis, calycibus campanulatis, hirsutissimis, 5-fidis, laciniis acutis, floribus campanulatis, corollse 5-fidse segmentis acutis, pubescentibus, antheris inclusis cordato-oblongis filamentis brevissimis stylo brevioribus, bacca 4 lin. diam. hirsuta. Llano County, June. Leaves 1 — 2 inches long ; peduncles 4 — 12 lines in length ; flowers 3 — 4 lines in diameter. Physalis Sabeana, s. n. — Annua, prostrata, ramosissima, glabra, foliis petiolatis, lanceolato-ovatis, basi attenuatis apice subacutis, margine subre- pando dentatis, dentibus lato-obtusis, corolla rotato-infundibuliforme ccerulea calyce longiore, pedunculis axillaribus, filiformibus geminis, calycibus bac- ciferis, inflatis, ovatis, subangulatis, acutis. San Saba County. June. Branches very numerous, trailing 6 — 12 inches ; leaves about an inch long and 4 — 8 lines wide, margins entire, or with 1 — 2 obtuse teeth on each side ; petioles 6 — 12 lines long; peduncles in pairs, 4 — S lines in length; fruit glo- bose, smooth, 3 — 4 lines in diameter. Nicotiana glandulosa, s. n. — Pubescente-glandulosa, caule herbaceo, simplici vel parum ramoso 6 — 10-policari, foliis caulinis lato-spathulatis vel oblongis, obtusis, sessilibus vel subamplexicaulibus, radicalibus oblongo- obovatis breviter petiolatis ; floribus terminalibus, breve pedicellatis, corollse [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. / tubo subcylindrico apiee parce inflato calyce fere duplo longiore, calyce pro- funde 5-fido, laciniis linearibus, subacutis. Burnet County. April. Flowers yellowish white, 6—8 lines long. Gentianace.«. Erythraea calycosa, s. n. — Annua, caule erecto tetragono ramoso 6 — 10- policari, foliis acutis, inferioribus lanceolato-ovatis, calycibus 5-partitis, seg- mentis linearisubulatis, margine membranaceis, corolla? tubo longioribus, corolla? rosea? segmentis oblongo-ovatis obtusis. North of Fort Mason. June. Leaves 8 — 12 lines long ; segments of the calyx 6 — 8 lines in length ; corolla subcampanulate, the top of the tube dilated and ribbed, filaments exserted, but not exceeding the segments of the corolla, which are 6 — 8 lines long. Sabbatia formosa, s. n. — Caule tetragono erecto 8 — 12-policari, dicho- tomo-ramoso, ramulis unifloris, foliis lanceolatis vel ovatis, inferioribus obtusis aut submucronatis, calycis tubo breve obovato et carinato, laciniis linearibus, corolla fere duplo brevioribus, corollse 5-partita? rosea?, segmentis obtusis vel subacutis lato-obovatis, semina minutissima, testa verrucosa. Llano County. June. Stems leafy to the summit, the pairs of leaves being about an inch distant from each other ; leaves 6 — 10 lines long. Oleace^. Forestiera autumnalis, s. n. — Foliis minute serratis, ovatis subacutis breviter petiolatis supra glabriusculis, subtus pubescentibus ramulis glabris, junioribus pubescentibus, floret a?state, fructibus globosis caeruleis, matures - centibus tarde in autumno. Eastern Texas and Western Louisiana. Flowers in August. Its fruit is very abundant, glomerated in the axiles of the leaves and ripen- ing in October. Shrub 6—10 feet high ; petioles 3 — 4 lines long ; leaves about 1£ inches in length, somewhat cuneate at the base. All the other known species of the genus flower before the expansion of the leaves. Nyctaginace^e. Abronia speciosa, s. nov.— Caule erecto, vel subdecumbente, tereti, foliis cordatis, obtusis basi insequalibus, petiolatis, pedunculis axillaribus, vel terminalibus, longissimis, involucribus viridis 5 — 6-phyllis, segmentis pubescentibus lanceolatis acutissimis. Near Fort Belknap. May. Plant 1 — 2 feet high, branching from the root ; stems bent at base, then erect, with few divaricate branches ; peduncles 4 — 8 inches long ; heads of flowers large and red ; petioles of the lower leaves 1 — 2 inches in length, and of the upper leaves 4—6 lines long ; leaves 1 — 3 inches long, and 6 lines to 2 inches in width ; whole plant glandular puberulant, not viscid. Oxybaphus pauciflorus, s. n. — Glabriusculus ; caule erecto, simplici, foliis oppositis, petiolatis, oblongo-ovatis acutis, vel subobtusis, floribus axil- laribus breve pedunculatis involucri segmentis obovatis, abrupte acutis, pubescentibus, semina oblonga quadrangulata, rugosa. On the San Saba River, north of Fort Mason. Stem 1 — 2 feet high, rarely if ever branched, and leafy to the summit ; leaves 2 — 3 inches long and 1 — 2 inches broad ; petioles 4 — 8 lines in length ; peduncles 3 — 6 lines long and 1 — 2 flowered. EUPHORBIACEJE. Phyllanthus (Lepidanthus) ellipticu s, s. n. — Annuusglaber erecto divari- 1862.] 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP cato-ramosus, ramis gracilibus, foliis eliptico-oblongis, apice subacutis, breve petiolatis, supra viridibus, subtus glancis, floribus axillaribus solitariis nume- rosis, dioicis, 5-sepalis, longe pedicellatis, fructus ? Western Texas. June. 1^—2 feet bigh ; leaves 6—9 lines in lengtb and 4—5 lines broad ; petioles 1 — 2 lines long ; pedicles 4 — 5 lines in length ; sepals oblong ovate. UrTICACEjE. Morus microphylla, s. n. — Arbuscula 15—20 pedalis, foliis petiolatis ; cordato-ovatis vel trilobatis, serratis, dentibus mucronatis, utrinque glabri- usculis, venis et marginibus parce et minute ciliatis, stipulis parvis linearibus membranaceis, caducis. Western Texas ; growing in clumps. Stems and branches smooth, with a light grey bark ; fruit ripe last of May; black and sour, with little juice and deep sinuses between the achenia, which are little compressed ; styles divaricate and obtuse ; leaves generally entire, and 1 — 1^ inches in length and 1 — 1^ inches wide ; the lobed leaves are aboxit 2i inches long, the middle lobe prolonged and acuminate. The preceding characteristics are constant, and no person seeing this mulberry in its native situations would call it a form of Morus rubra. LlLIACEJE. Yucca longifolia, s. nov. — Caule erecto 6 — 8 pedali, foliis ensiformi- lanceolatis, confertis, rigidis integris acuminatis pungentibus, inferioribus re- fiexis, paniculis magnis terminalibus ; floribus campanulatis, sepalis ovatis acutis, bracteis ovato-lanceolatis acutis margine membranaceis, capsula ob- longo-cylindracea utrinque obtusa. Western Texas. Flowers in March. Stems crowded with leaves to the summit, lower leaves reflexed, often, when dead, with their points in the ground. Leaves 2| — 3 feet in length, with curved, margins ; fruit 4 — 5 inches long, cylindrical and obtuse at each end. Yucca constrict a, s. n. — Foliis lineari-lanceolatis margine filamentosis acuminatis in apice caudicis confertissimis, caudex 12 — 18-policaris, scapus 4 — 6 pedalis, paniculis magnis, floribus numerosis longe pedunculatis, bracteis ovatis acutis margine membranaceis, sepalis ovato-oblongis, subobtusis, cap- sula subcylindracea in medio constricta. Western Texas. June. Leaves crowded at the top of the caudex, which is from a foot to eighteen inches in height ; leaves 12 — 15 inches long and 4 — 6 lines broad. It differs from the Y. angustifolia of Pursh in its constricted capsule, shorter leaves and longer caudex. Yucca angustifolia is common in Northern Texas ; its caudex scarcely rises above the surface of the ground, and its leaves are more than one-third longer than our species. The fruit of Yucca rupicola of Scheele, is conical, tapering to a sharp point, near which there is sometimes a slight constriction. The fruit of Y. constricta is nearly obtuse at both ends, 1^ — 2£ inches long and constricted in the middle. Jpncace^e. Juncus filipendulus, s. nov. — Culmo erecto, gracili, 6 — 12-policari et 1 — 2-foliato, foliis planis numerosis ad radicem, rhizomate muto-fibrosa, an- thela terminali, fasciculis 6 — 12-floris, bracteis ovatis, lato-membranaceis, acuminatis vel longe subulatis, perigonii phyllis 6, jequalibus lanceolatisve ovatis, lato-membranaceis, subulatis, trigona obtusaque capsula longioribus, stylo brevissimo, stigmatis 3, fuscis tortis pubescentibus. In the western part of Llano County, along streams in dense tufts, with weak, single stems, terminated by 1—4 subhemispherical heads of flowers, [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 9 which, when later with mature fruit, are of a light straw color ; seeds ovate, with reddish brown points ; heads of flowers about 5 lines in diameter ; radi- cal leaves 3 — 5 inches long. Juncus d iffusis simus, s. n. — Culmo erecto 2 — 3 pedali, foliato, foliis oblongo linearibus acutis, septis transversis inconspicuis, vaginis compressis acutis 1 — 3-policaribus, anthela terminali decomposita et lato filamento-ramo- sissima, fasciculis 5— 7-floris, foliis floralibus ovatis membranaceis acutis, se- palis sequalibus lineari-lanceolatis, acutis, margine membranaceis, capsula oblonga trigona subacuta, perigonio fere duplo longiore, semina ovoidea utrinque subobtusa. Northwestern Texas. Panicle widely diffused, some of its filiform brandies being more than a foot in length ; heads subhemispherical, yellowish brown and 1 — 2 inches apart from each other. Whole plant weak and not rigid ; capsules 4 lines long, gradually attenuated to a blunt or subacute point, and nearly double the length of the si-pals ; seeds ovoid, tailless, subobtuse, yellowish brown, with the ends dark brown. COMMELYNACEJE. Tradescautia speciosa, s. nov. — Caule erecto simplici vel subramoso, glabro, foliis ovatis vel ovato-lanceolatis, acutis margine ciliatis, subamplexi- caulibus, radicalibus petiolatis, umbellis terminalibus, ad basin pilosis sessili- bus, pauciHoribus breve pedicellatis, sepalis lanceolatis subacutis margine membranaceis, petalis lato-ovatis roseis. Corpus Cbristi. May. Plant 4 — 6 inches high, smooth, excepting the margins of the leaves, the pedicels and the base of the calyx. Radical leaves, including the petioles, 3 — 4 inches long and 1 inch wide ; petioles 6 — 12 lines in length ; stem leaves 1 — 2 inches long and 1 inch broad ; the upper pair of leaves inclosing the umbel about an inch long and nearly an inch in width, acute ; flowers ex- panded 4 — 6 lines in diameter, rose colored ; pedicels 1 — 3 lines in length. CYPERACE.E. Cyperus retroflexus, n. s. — Rhizomate bulboso ; culmis erectis triquetis 1J — 2^-pedalibus basi foliatis ; foliis 12— 15-policaribus margine et carina gla- briusculis ; involucre 5— 7-phyllo ; foliis 2 inferioribus umbella longioribus ; umbella5 — 7-radiata ; radiis insequalibus, exterioribus 2 — 3-policaribus; spicu- lis congestis tarde reflexis teretibus acuminatis 2 — 3-floris basi bracteatis ; brac- teis ovatis albo-hyalinis obtusis ; squamis oblongo-obovatis vel lanceolatis acutis lateralibus membranaceis ; carinis viridiscentibus ; caryopsi elongata trigona 3 lin. longa, breve apiculata glabra ; stylo 3-fido. Northern Texas. June. Spikes green ; scales 3 — 4, the lower pair unequal, one being about one- third longer than the other, and clasping the middle of the spikelet, which is commonly 2-seeded ; spikelets 3—4 lines long ; terminal scale long, acu- minate. Cyperus ruficomus, n. s. — Culmis erectis triquetis 2 — 3-pedalibus basi foliatis ; foliis culmo brevioribus ; umbella 5 — 9-radiata ; radiis insequalibus 1— 5-policaribus involucro 5 — 7-phyllo ; phyllis linearibus planis insequalibus, longioribus 7 — 9-policaribus ; spiculis 7 — 9 lin. longis, remotiusculis 20 — 30 ; inferioribus 2 — 3-congestis et pedicellatis circum 20-squamatis ; squamis ovatis acutis marginibus albo-rufescentibus carinis viridiscentibus ; caryopsi lineari trigona apice acuta. San Saba County. June. Spikelet subterete and little more than a line in diameter. The long leaves of the involucre 3—4 lines wide. A linear setaceous leaf 5 — 6 lines long at the base of three or four of the lower spikelets. Interior bracts none. 1862.] 10 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF Cyperus Heermannii, n. s. — Culmis erectis 2— 3-pedalibus, trigonis ; umbella 11 — 13 radiata ; radiis insequalibus 2-interioribus sessilibus ; longi- oribus subsequalibus 7 — 8-policaribus ; involucro 9 — 13 phyllo ; phyllis in- sequalibus, longioribus 9 — 12-policaribus ; radiis 15 — 17-stachyis, basi confertis apice divergentibus 15 — 25-floris ; squamis ovatis acutis lateralibus rufescen- tibas margine albescentibus ; carinis viridiscentibus ; involucelli phyllis numerosis linearibus, vel setaceis ; longioribus 1 — 2-policaribus ; achenio ob- tuso ellipsoideo et obtuso trigono stylo profunde trifido. California. Dr. Heermann. Spikelets densely aggregated in nearly tbe same plane, with numerous linear or setaceous leaves interspersed. Often tbe beads of spikes are proli- ferous, with a ray about an inch in length, crowned with spikelets. Chsetocyperus (Elseocharis) membranaceus, n. s. — Culmis filiformibus erectis, crespitosis, 2 — 3-policaribus planis ; spica oblongo-ovata 4 — 12-squa- mata, acuta imbricata ; squamis ovatis, acutis vel subobtusi lateralibus dense albo-hyalinis dorsis stramineis ; achenio lato-ovoideo nigro, subacute triangu- lari et abrupte in tuberculum angustum erosum rostrato ; setis nullis. Llano County. Grows in small tufts. Spikes greyish white 3 — 4 lines long, achenia quite as broad as long, dull black, not shining. A few of the scales are tinged on the back with brownish red, but most of the backs are straw colored and not keeled ; the back of the lower scale is green. Eleocharis cylindrica, n. s. — Culmis planiusculis filiformibus 9 — 12-poli- caribus ; spica cylindrica subacuta 4 — 7 lin. longa ; squamis ovatis vel ovato- lanceolatis acutis inferioribus obtusis rufescentibus ; margine albo-hyalinis carinis stramineis ; achenio parvo ovoideo obtuse triangulari glabro tuberculo magno subconico apiculato ; setis 3 — 6 caducis nucula brevioribus. Northern Texas. June. Spikes 1 — 2 lines in diameter. Stems below immersed in water. Nuts pale yellow, small ; tubercle large in proportion, contracted at the base and shortly apiculated. Eleocharis microformis, n. s. — Culmis setaceis csespitosis erectis 1 — 2- policaribus, planiusculis ; spicis ovatis obtusis vel subacutis 10 — 12-squa- matis ; squamis ovatis acutis vel subobtusis, rufescentibus ; carinis virides- centibus ; achenio glabro nitido lato obovato pyriformi ; setis (i nuculam sequantibus ; tuberculo lato applanato breve apiculato. Northern Texas. June. Mature achenia black and shining, crowned with a broad white tubercle, with a short point in the centre. Scales reddish brown, with green keels. Eleocharis acutisquamata, n. s. — Culmis striato-sulcatis erectis filifor- mibus 10 — 15-policaribus ; spica oblongo-ovata acuta 15 — 40-squamata ; squa- mis ovato-lanceolatis, acutis rufescentibus apice membranaceis ; achenio obo- vato pyriformi et minute reticulato ; tuberculo breve conico apiculato ; setis nullis ; spica 4 lin. longa. San Saba County. May and June. Rhizoma large and creeping ; achenia pale yellow, biconvex tubercles brown. On the Uniformity of Relative Characters between Allied Species of European and American Trees. BY THOMAS MEEHAN. To whatever principles the origin of species may be owing, the following observations tend to show that their respective differences are the result of one unvarying law. Noticing that European willows, oaks and other trees retained their green [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 leaves in the autumn much longer than closely allied American species grow- ing near them, and that this could not be owing to immediate climatic influ- ences, as Gleditschia triacanthos, Robinia pseudacacia, and other American trees, with no European representatives, possessed the same characters, I was led to believe it was rather the result of inherent specific peculiarities, which further investigation tended to confirm. It will be seen from the subjoined table that on any positive difference being ascertained to exist between an American and a closely allied European species, the relative differences between all other closely allied species of the same differing geographical distribution are of the same character and nature. For instance, the European Plane (Platanus orientalis) maybe distinguished by a compactness of growth when compared with the diffuse habit of the American species, and the same compactness and diffuseness will be found to prevail in all the respective European and American species of other genera. The nut of the European chestnut {Castanea vesca) is characterized by large size ; the American ( C. Americana) is much smaller, and the seeds of all allied European and American species bear the same relative proportions ; and so of other characters that I have compared, and which I may enumerate as follows : — 1st. Color and persistency of the leaves. — In which the American species change to some brilliant hue, and fall comparatively early, while the European co-species fade black, and are retained to a later period of the season. 2d. Outline of the leaves. — In which the American species have the leaves less lobed, less deeply toothed or serrated, less in width in proportion to their length, and less petiolate than the European species. 3d. Size of the seeds. — In which the American are smaller than the European. 4th. Habit of growth. — In which the American is more diffuse, has much fewer branchlets, and more and more vigorous main branches, and the outline more irregular and informal than European trees. 5th. Size of the buds. — In which the American have smaller ones than the European, and usually set at wider spaces between the nodes. The observations finally made were taken at Germantown, Pa., during the first week in November, 1861. European Species. Laiix Europaea. Quereus robur. " cerris. Betula alba. Populus tremula. " dilatata. Morus alba. Euonymus Europaeus. Spiraea salicifolia. Berberis vulgaris. Carpinus betulus. Cornus sanguinea. Ulmus campestris. Corylus avellana. Alnus glutinosa. Castanea vesca. Pyrus malus. Tilia Europaea. Ulmus montana. Fraxinus excelsior. Cerasus padus. " mahaleb. Fagus sylvatica. 1862.] American species. Larix Americana. Quereus alba. " macrocarpa. Betula populifolia. Populus grandidentata. " Caroliniana. Morus rubra. Euonymus atropurpureus. Spiraea carpinifolia. Berberis Canadensis. Carpinus Americanus. Cornus sericea. Ulmus Americana. Corylus Americana. Alnus serrulata. Castanea Americana. Pyrus coronaria. Tilia Americana. Ulmus fulva. Fraxinus acuminata. Cerasus Virginiana. " serotina. Fagus ferruginea. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF European species. American species. Cercis siliquastriuni. Cercis Canadensis. Celtis australis. Celtis occidentalis. Platanus orientalis. Platanus occidentalis. Acer platanoides. Acer saccharinum. Juglans regia. Juglans nigra. Crataegus oxyacantha. Crataegus cordata. In the Jirst of the points to which attention has been directed, the only ex- ception appears to be in Larix Europwa, which drops its leaves at near the same time as the American, and, unlike all the other species named, exhibits in fading the same tinted leaves. In point 2. Fagus ferruginea has a more strongly toothed margin than the European F. sylvatica ; but it is also worthy of note that the leaves of the English species are more coriacious than the American, which may have checked the prolongation of the nerves forming the teeth in the latter species. If there is any difference in the consistency of the leaves, it is usually in favor of the American species. In 3. Quercus cerris has smaller acorns than C. macrocarpa, but it is the most distantly allied species brought into comparison. In 4. I know of no exceptions. In 5. In some few instances the buds of European species appear to be no larger than the American, and in still fewer instances seem smaller ; but the rule holds good so generally as to form a striking and prevailing character. It is proper to remark that the observations were taken from allied species that I have been able to find growing in proximity to each other, and in as similar circumstances as possible. This is very important, as, to a limited extent, circumstances have an influence in the variation of characters. For instance, Quercus alba, when growing in the full light and unsurrounded by other trees, has its leaves much more deeply sinuated than when growing in a mass with others. Lack of attention to this fact would make standard botanical works in some instances seem to oppose the conclusions I have arrived at. As an example of this, Michaux figures Fagus ferruginea with larger fruit than F. sylvatica, and the leaves of Juglans regia as less serrulate than those of J. nigra, neither of which agrees with my experience of plants grown near each other in this climate, and is probably, if not altogether, an error in drawing, to be accounted for by the supposition that the sketches were made from specimens growing under widely diverging circumstances. The species employed in the comparisons are not in all cases the nearest that might be had. Pyrus baccata, for instance, would be a better match for P. coronaria than P. malus, but they were the best my facilities afforded me. Some allied trees could not be compared in all points, and were therefore left from the list. sEsculus, for instance, had shed its leaves at the date given, — too early for comparison in persistency of foliage ; but in points 2, 3, 4 and 5 the differences between JE. hippocastanum, on the European, and JE. ftava, on the American side, agree with other species of the other genera named. The observations are perhaps too limited, in the absence of more extensive examinations of other characters and other plants, to establish the fact that, whatever may be the principle governing the origin of species, — whether it be by "progressive development," "natural selection of physiological advan- tages," or by "special and continuous acts of creation," — it is in conformity with one regular and uniform law ; but their tendency is so evidently in that direction, that I submit the facts for more general investigation, in the belief that it will prove a novel and interesting branch of study in Botanical Science. [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 13 Notice of a New Species of HEMILEPIDOTUS, and Remarks on the Group (TEM- NISTIiE) of which it is a member. BY THEODORE GILL. In the family of Cottoids there exist three genera which quite closely re- semble each and have a rather peculiar physiognomy, but at the same time differ so decidedly from each other, and are distinguished by characters of such previously acknowledged importance, that their close mutual affinity has been overlooked ; and the respective genera have been referred to the neigh- borhood of quite dissimilar groups.* The best and largest known of these genera is Hemilepidotus of Cuvier ; the other two are Temnistia of Richardson and Scorpcenichthys of Girard. For the group thus composed, the name of Temnistice is preferable, as it describes the most peculiar character of the group. Although Hemilepidotus is the chief genus, its name is too restrictive to be modified for the appellation of the group. The Temnistice are distinguished by the development of the first dorsal fin, which is more than half as long as the second, composed of about eleven spines, and with the anterior spines rather shorter and more or less separated by a notch or incision from the following. The supramaxillary bones, snout, supra- orbital region and the forehead and preorbital bones are furnished with cuta- neous tags or barbels. The three genera are chiefly distinguished by the following differential cha- racters. Temnistia Richardson. Abdomen nearly hemispherical and naked. Pectinated scales cover the rest of the trunk. Second dorsal and anal Jins with undivided rays. Hemilepidotus Cuvier. Scales in two longitudinal bands on each side, one dorsal and one lateral. Scorpcenichthys Girard. Body naked and smooth. V. I. 5. Five species, inclusive of that here described, are now known to belong to the group. All of them are peculiar to the western coast of North America or the Arctic Seas ; the typical species of Hemilepidotus, as well as the single known Temnistia, are both found in the Northern waters. The existence of Temnistia has been quite forgotten by the recent systematic writers, although its rank as a valid genus cannot be challenged. Hemilepidotus Gibbsii Gill. The form and proportions are nearly identical with those of H. spinosus (Girard.) The crown, the region above the preoperculum and operculum, and the interocular space, are granulated, but without spines. There are four equidistant short flaps in a transverse row behind the interorbital area, four papillose barbels on the margin of each preorbital bone, and another on the suborbital above the end of the supramaxillary ; from the centre of the latter a larger compressed flap springs. On the chin are four small flaps. A flap also exists near the anterior angle of the upper cleft of the branchial aperture. * I embrace this opportunity to state that the genus Triglopsis of Girard is most closely allied to my Oncocotlus, of which the Cottus quadricornis of Europe is the type, and differs chiefly in the absence of the " horns " or claviform tubercles and in its fresh water habitat, &c. The entire family of Cottoids indeed requires a careful revision. Dr. Giinther has been quite unsuccessful in his distribution of the species, and has regarded as doubtful, species which belong to peculiar genera that have been clearly and distinctly characterized, while genera and species whose claims to that rank are much more ques- tionable have been admitted. 1862.] 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP 1 D. fcl. 2, 16, 2. A. 14 -. C. 4, 5, 4, 3. P. 16. V. I. 4. 1 The ahdomen is spotted. The preopercular, interopercular and suborbital regions, the membrane connecting the maxillary bones and the lower surface of the head, are covered with large dark brown dots. The fins are more or less distinctly banded or spotted; the ventrals whitish. Specimens of this species were obtained by Dr. Kennerly, the naturalist of the North-Western Boundary Survey, and are also found at San Francisco, a large specimen being in the same lot containing the true Hemilepidotus spinosus, and confounded with it by Dr. Girard. From that species it differs in the number and arrangement of the cutaneous tags as well as by color. I have dedicated the species to my friend, Mr. George Gibbs, who rendered much valuable assistance to the naturalist of the Survey. A detailed descrip- tion will be given in the Report on the Ichthyology of the Western Coast. On the Subfamily of ARGENTININJE. BY THEODORE GILL. In the " Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North America," the family of Salmoaoids is divided, with Prince Bonaparte, into two sub- families,— the Salmoninae and Argentininae, — but with the very important modification of the exclusion from the latter, as well as from the family itself, of the genus Microstoma. With Bonaparte also Osmerus is retained among the Salmonina?, while Mallotus is placed in the subfamily of Argentininas. The great error involved in this arrangement was subsequently discovered, but I unfortunately forgot to correct it in the Catalogue. The only character which thus separates the two subfamilies is the development of the teeth, — a charac- ter of secondary value. The two subfamilies are very distinct from each other, but distinguished chiefly by the modifications of the intestinal canal. The Salmonince have the stomach nearly or quite siphonal, and the pyloric caeca are numerous. The Argentininae have the stomach decidedly caecal, and the caeca are gene- rally five in number, and surround the pyloric extremity of the stomach. Dr. Kner, in his excellent contribution on the form of the stomach and the development of the pyloric caeca, has even suggested that Osmerus and its allies may belong to a different family ; and it certainly appears quite pro- bable that such is the case. The position of the Argentininae, as a subfamily of the Salmonoids, is therefore provisional. The Argentininae, as now characterized, are divisible among two distinct groups ; one has the normal salmonoid position of the dorsal fin, or, in other words, it is subcentral, and above or nearly above the ventrals. This group embraces all the common northern or European and American species. Another group, represented by a single species, is distinguished by the pos- terior insertion of the dorsal and its position above the anus; the species is an inhabitant of Australasian seas, and has been described under the name of Argentina retropinna, by Sir John Richardson. The specific name may be ac- cepted as a generic appellation, while the species can be called in honor of its learned describer, Retropinna Richardsonii. A species of the true Argentine group also is the type of a distinct genus nearly allied to Argentina;, with which it agrees in the number of brancbios- tegal rays, but the mouth is larger, the dentition different and the ventral fins more advanced. Its type is the Argentina pretiosa of Girard, or Osmerus elonga- tus of Ayres. It may be named Mesopus, in allusion to the position of the ventral fins. The following synopsis exhibits the relations and differential characters of the several genera : — £Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 L Dorsal subcentral, above or nearly above the ventrals Argentina. A. Branchiostegal rays 8. Mouth rather large. Ventrals under the front or in advance of dorsal. Scales of the male villose or pointed, in a lateral band. Pectoral and ventrals much developed Mallotus. Scales alike and simple in both sexes. Pectorals and ventrals moderate Osmerus. A A. Branchiostegal rajs 6. Mouth small; maxillar ceas- ing under front of eyes. Ventrals nearly under middle of dorsal Hypomesus. AAA. Branchiostegal rays 6. Mouth very small ; maxillars not extending to eyes. Ventrals inserted under rear of or behind the dorsal. Scales cycloid Argentina. Scales with exposed surface spinigerous Silus. II. Dorsal far behind, above anus Retropinn.e. Branchiostegal rays 6. Scales cycloid Retropinna. The genus Thaleichthys, of Girard, has not been adopted, it appearing to be, as Dr. Ayres has already shown, identical with Osmerus. The latter gentleman has remarked, <; that the very species which the describer takes as the type of Thahichthys, has occasionally teeth on the palatines well developed ; and one specimen in my possession shows even denticulations on the maxillaries." There is a very considerable analogical resemblance between the group of Argentinae and the Salmonine genus Argyrosomus of Agassiz, — a resemblance more especially manifested between the genus Hypomesus and the American Argyrosomus albus {Coregonus albus, Les.) and the A. albula (Coregonus albulus, Val.) of Northern Europe. The likeness, however, appears simply to be one of analogy, and not indicative of close affinity. Appendix to the Synopsis of the Subfamily of PERCIN2E BY THEODORE GILL. Since the publication of the " Synopsis of the Subfamily of Percinae," we have become acquainted with two quite distinct generic types which are now referred to their places in the system. This appendix will consequently perfect to date the synopsis, and exhibits the condition of our present knowledge of the Percinas, with the exception, perhaps, of the relations of the Labrax lyiuy of Basilewski. That species does not appear to belong to Labrax, but rather to an unnamed genus, but the description is too defective to admit of its pro- per classification. Genus Chorististum Gill. Liopropoma? sp. Poey, Memorias sobra la Historia Natural de la Isla de Cuba vol. ii. Body fusiform, with the caudal peduncle high and compressed. Head rather elongated, conic in profile and acute in front, but with the outline slightly curved. Lower jaw protuberant. Teeth villiform on the jaws, vomer and pala- tine bones. Preoperculum entire. Operculum armed with two spines. Scales on the whole body, except the muzzle. Dorsal fins entirely separated; the first with five spines diminishing from the second; the second dorsal with a single spine. Anal armed with three graduated spines, and with the soft portion elevated backwards. Caudal subtruncated. Lateral line anteriorly arched. Type. Cborististium rubrum, Gill. Syn. Liopropoma? rubre, Poey. Memorias sobra la Historia Natural de la Isla de Cuba. Tomo ii., p. 1862.] 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP This genus is represented by a single species, and is distinguished from i?» opropoma chiefly by the modification of the dorsal fin, but differs also by other less important peculiarities. The name of Chorististium has been bestowed on it in allusion to the separation of the second dorsal from the first,* on account of the atrophy of the antecedent spines of the former which occur in Liopropoma. Genus Siniperca Gill. Perca Basileivski, Noveaux Memoires de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Tome x., p. 217. 1855. Non Perca, Linn. Body oblong and compressed, covered with small scales. Lateral line little arched in front. Head mostly scaleless, oblong, with the profile slightly in- curved to the eyes, and with the snout conic and slightly convex before eyes. Eyes small, entirely in the anterior half of the head. Mouth rather large, the supramaxillary bones continued under or behind the eyes. Lower jaw promi- nent. Teeth villiform on the jaws, vomer and palatine bones. Preoperculum serrated behind, beneath with three or four spines or lobes. Operculum termi- nating in a spine. Branchiostegal rays seven. .Dorsal fins connected at base; the first arched, with twelve spines ; the second short and quadrate. Anal with three spines, the second of which is short or moderate; the soft part corre- sponding to the second dorsal. Caudal entire. Pectoral fins rounded behind. Type. Siniperca chua-tsi, Gill. Syn. Perca chua-tsi, Basilewski, op, cit., tome x., p. 218, tab. 1, fig. 1. This is a very distinct and peculiar genus, its physiognomy recalling to mind the Lates calcarifer more than any other fish, but it widely differs from Lates in the development of the first dorsal fin, the almost or quite naked head, the small size of the scales on the trunk and the slight armature of the opercular bones. It is composed of only two known species, the Perca chua-tsi and P. chuan-tsi of Basilewski, both of which are inhabitants of the Chinese rivers. In allusion to this restriction of habitat to the Chinese Empire, the name of Siniperca may be given. Dr. Basilewski has very well formulated the charac- ters of the genus, but he has unfortuuately employed for it the name of Perca ; the latter must of course be retained for that to which it was originally given, and it then becomes necessary to rename the Chinese fishes. Note on the SCIJENOIDS of California. BY THEODORE GILL. Dr. Ayres has recently described, in the "Proceedings of the California Academy of Natural Sciences," two new species of Sciaenoids, for one of which he has framed a new genus, (Seriphus,) and the other has been referred to Johnius. Dr. Ayres has also expressed his belief in the close affinity of Se- riphus and Johnius. On perusing his description, and after an examination of his outline figures, I am convinced that Seriphus is most closely allied to that as yet unnamed genus of which the Ancylodon parvipinnis of Cuvier and Va- lenciennes is the type, while the Johnius nobilis belongs to one nearly allied to the weak fishes ( Cynoscion) of the Eastern American coast, and is congeneric with Cuvier 's Otolithus cequidens of the Cape of Good Hope. The two species of California are consequently not only generically distinct, but they appear to me to represent two subfamilies, equally distinct from each other and from the Scireninfe.f * X&>p/trToc, separate and 'Is-tiov, sail. *It may be here remarked that the genus Camarina of Ayres is not at all related to the Pomacentroids, but is synonymous with the genus Girella of Gray and Gu'nther. Dr. Ayres has stated that the " genus,-though resembling in general features some species of Pomacentrus, presents a new grouping of generic characters." [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 Five species of Scisenoids are now known as inhabitants of the western coast of the United States ; they represent apparently three groups or subfamilies. The Sci^ninje or Corvininje are restricted to those species of the family having the normal or nearly the normal number (j^) of vertebrae, that of the caudal being sometimes increased. The snout is more or less protuberant' and the lower jaws generally received within the upper. The lower pha- ryngeal bones are separated ; the upper triple on each side. Three of the Californian species belong to this group. 1. Rhinoscion saturnus Gill. Amblodon saturnas Girard. 2. Umbrina undulatds Girard. Menticirrhus undulatus Gill. 3. Genyonemus lineatts Gill. Leiostomus lineatus Ayres. The second species was formerly referred to Menticirrhus, but as I am now acquainted with a true Umbrina from Lower California, I prefer to retain Girard's species in the latter genus. The description of Girard, although very unsatisfactory, rather tends to confirm the propriety of such restoration. The following synopsis of the Umbrina: of Cuvier shoics the principal distinc- tions of the several genera. I. Dorsal spines ten. Head oblong and declivous above ; caudal equal Umbrina. Head rather elongated ; caudal unequally lobed ; the upper pointed, the lower convex Menticirrhus. II. Dorsal spines thirteen. Head rather short and blunt Cirrimens.* The second subfamily or group is that of the Otolithinje, which, I have discovered since the publication of the notice of the North American Sciseuoids, is distinguished by the reversed proportions of the numbers of the vertebra?.} The body is fusiform, and the lower jaw is prominent or at least even with the upper. To this belongs the following species : — 4. Atractoscion nobilis Gill. Johnius nobilis Ayres. The following synopsis exhibits the characters of Atractoscion compared with the other genera of Otolithina?. A. Height less than one-fourth of length. (Vertebra? 14 about j^.) OtolituinjE. B. Teeth regularly attenuated and pointed. Eyes very large, the diameter longer than the snout. *The type of this genus is the Umbrina ophiocephalus of Jenyns. tBy this character the Otolithina; are distinguished from ihe Larimin^e, which has nearly the normal number and proportion of the vertebra? ( ). Possibly Odonto- scion, as Gunther supposes, may be most nearly allied to this group, but it appears more nearly connected to the Otolithina?. The Larimina? have, then, two genera very distinct from each other, and recognizable by the following characters: — Second dorsal much longer than the first. (— I. 24—30.) L. brevicepsCuv. Larimus. Second dorsal as short or shorter than first. (= I. 13.) L. auritus Cuv. Brachydeuterus. 1862.] 2 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Teeth in external row large Odontoscion.* Eyes moderate, the diameter less than the snout. Teeth in 1 — 3 rows. Anal fin I.— II. 7—13. Canine teeth of lower jaw large Otolithus.f Canine teeth in lower jaw obsolete. Psendobranchise developed Cynoscion. t Pseudobranchise obsolete Apseudobranchus.§ Anal fin I. 15 — 16 Archoscion.|| Teeth cardiform or pluriserial Atractoscion.^ BB. Teeth above in front (2) and beneath on sides large and arrow-shaped Ancylodon.** The third group is composed of two genera, and may be called Isopisthin^. The only species of the Californian is that named by Ayres. 5. SfiRipnus politcs Ayres. The following are the characters of the group and genera: — A. Dorsal fins quite remote ; second dorsal and anal subequal, oblong IsOPISTHIN/£. Scales small and cycloid. Canine teeth above in front and below on sides very large and lanceolate Isopisthus. Scales large, strongly ciliated. Teeth distinct, in one or two rows Seriphus. The discovery of representatives of such rare types on that coast which has already furnished so remarkable a number of peculiar forms, is a discovery of much interest. I have, in my treatise on the North American Scisenoid genera, alluded to the external differences between the Corvininse and Otolithina?, but, unable to find other satisfactory characters, declined at that time to consider them as distinct subfamilies. It was after an examination of Dr. Ciinther's work that my attention was arrested by the coincidence between the proportions of the abdominal and caudal vertebra? and the external form, and I cannot but believe that the value that has been now given to the groups is merited by their im- portance. To Dr. Griinther we are indebted for having first assigned to the family of Sciamoids its true limits. He appears to have retained such, and such only, as are genuine members of the family. Some, as Isojnsthus and Seriphus, seem indeed to have some relation to the carangoid Scombroids, such as Lactarius, but the affinity is probably remote. The wide separation above proposed between Isopisthus and Ancylodon does not appear to be unnatural. The resignation of R. E. Griffith as Librarian was read and accepted. The following was read and adopted : Resolved, That the Committee on the Library, in conjunction with the Librarian, be authorized to employ an assistant for one year, at a salary not to exceed twenty-five dollars per month. The Auditors reported that they had examined the Treasurer's an- nual report and had found it correct. *Type. Corvina dentex Cuv. et Val. \Type. Otolithus ruber Cuv. et Veil. JOtolithus regalis Cuv. §Otolithus toe-roe Cuv. et Val. || Otolithus analis Jertyns. ^Otolithus aequidens Cuv. et Val. **Ancylodon jaculidens Cuv. etVal. [Jan. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 19 Pursuant to the By-Laws, an election of members of the Standing Committees for 1862 was held; and a Librarian was also elected, as follows : [ETHNOLOGY. J. A. Meigs, S. S. Haldeman, g I. I. Hayes. COMP. ANAT. $ GEN. ZOOLOGY. J. Leidy, J. M. Corse, J. H. Slack. MAMMALOGY. J. H. Slack, John Cassin, J. L. Le Conte. ORNITHOLOGY. John Cassin, S. W. WoODHOUSE, J. H. Slack. HERPETOL OGY$ ICHTHYOLOG Y. E. D. Cope, R. Bridges, J. C. Morris. CONCHOLOGY. T. A. Conrad, W. G. Binney, G. W. Tryon, jr. ENTOMOL OGYAND CR USTA CEA . R. Bridges, Samuel Lewis, E. T. Cresson, BOTANY. E. DURAND, Joseph Carson, Aubrey H. Smith. GEOLOGY. Isaac Lea, Charles E. Smith, J. P. Lesley. MINERALOGY. Wm. S. Vaux, J. C. Trautwine, T. D. Rand. PALEONTOLOGY. Joseph Leidy, T. A. Conrad, J. L. Le Conte. PHYSICS. B. Howard Rand, Wm. M. Uhler, R. E. Rogers. LIBRARY, Wm. S. Vaux, Joseph Leidy, Joseph Jeanes. PROCEEDINGS. Robert Bridges, Joseph Leidy, Wm. S. Vaux, John Cassin, Thomas Stewardson. LIBRARIAN. J. Dickinson Sergeant. 1862.] 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY Off February <±th. Dr. Leidt in the Chair. Twenty-three members present. The following were presented for publication : Descriptions of certain speices of Lepidoptera, by W. H. Edwards. Description of a new Cardium from the Pleistocene of Hudson's Bay7 by Wm. Stimpson. • Dr. Fisher stated that on the 24th of last December, 24 minutes past 4, P. M., at Budd's Ferry, Md., he had observed a brilliant meteor in the southwest, about 20° above the horizon. Its path subtended an arc of 25 to 30°, and its size appeared to be about that of the full moon when in the zenith. February lltJi. Dr. Le Conte in the Chair. Twelve members present. The following were presented for publication : Monograph of the species of Sphaerium, by Temple Prime. Synopsis of the species of Holcosus and Arneiva, with diagnoses of new West Indian and South American Colubridse, by E. D. Cope. February ISth. Vice President Bridges in the Chair. Twenty members present. The following were presented for publication : Synopsis of the Mordellidae of the United States; Note on the species of Calosoma, &c. ; Note on the Classification of Cerambycidae, &c. By John L. Le Conte, M. D. Note on Quercus Heterophylla ; Descriptions of Plants By S. B. Buckley. Monograph of the species of Trogosita, &c, by G. H. Horn, M. D. Additions to the Nomenclature of North American Lepidoptera, by Aug. R. Grote. Mr. Vaux, on behalf of the Committee on Proceedings, laid on the table the No. for last December. Dr. Bridges, on behalf of the Publication Committee, announced the publication, on the 11th inst., of Vol. V. pt. 1 of the Journal. February 25th. Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. Nineteen members present. The following were ordered to be printed in the Proceedings : [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 Descriptions of new CRETACEOUS FOSSILS from Nebraska Territory, collected by the Expedition sent out by the Government under the command of Lieut. John Mullan, IT. S. Topographical Engineers, for the location and construc- tion of a Wagon Road from the sources of the Missouri to the Pacific Ocean.* BY F. B. MEEK AND F. V. HAYDEN. The collections containing the fossils described in this paper, were obtained along the Missouri River at various localities between Fort Benton and points 140 to 150 miles below the Fort. The new forms here for the first time made known, are all labelled " Chippewa Point," which is some twenty odd miles below Fort Benton. There are also in the collection from this locality, and ap- parently from the same rock, some fine specimens of our Inoceramus umbonatus and /. fragilis, Hall and Meek. The presence of the latter species, and the affinities of several of the new forms, indicate that these fossils all come from No. 2 of the Nebraska Cretaceous series, which is known to be extensively developed in that region: fragments of one or two of the new species at least, have certainly been found in that horizon at other places. As we have no sec- tion of the strata exposed at this locality, however, we are without the means of knowing whether or not these fossils all came from the one bed. Iudeed, some of them being quite peculiar, and very unlike anything hitherto known in our Nebraska series at other localities, it is barely possible there may be a member here of the Cretaceous not previously recognized elsewhere in this region. There are also in the collection from the same place as the above, a number of good specimens of Atrypa reticularis ; they are labelled " Chippewa Point, 300 feet above the level of the river." These are of Devonian or Upper Silu- rian age, and were doubtless broken from boulders, or other erratic masses, brought by drift agencies from some distant northern locality, and of course have no connection with the geology of this immediate vicinity. At another locality, ninety miles below Fort Benton, a specimen of our Tan- credia Americana, and a few other bivalves, were obtained, though we do not know whether they were found in situ or loose. They evidently belong to the same beds occurring at the mouth of Judith River, farther up, which we have elsewhere referred with doubt to the Dakota Group, (No. 1) of the Nebraska Cretaceous series. That this bed is Cretaceous, is proved by the occurrence in it of of Baculites, as well as by the affinities of its other fossils, excepting the Tancredia, which would alone point to a lower horizon. Its exact position ir. the Cretaceous series still remains doubtful. The collection also contains from other places 125 to 150 miles below Fort Benton, specimens of Oslrea sublrigonalis, Evans and Shumard, and of the fol- lowing species elsewhere described by us : — Corbicula [Cyrena] cytheriformie, Corbula permidata, Vivipara Conr adi and V. trochiformis ; all of which belong to the Fort Union Group, (brackish water and lower Tertiary deposits) of that region. Some of these were probably obtained from loose masses. Good speci- mens of Baculites compressus, Say, were likewise collected near one of these latter localities. Figures and more extended descriptions of the new species here indicated are to be prepared by us for publication in Lieut. Mullan's final Report. * The fossils described in this paper were collected by Mr. John Pearsall, who acted as naturalist of Lieut. Mullan's expedition. 1862] 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF CEPHALOPODA. Genus SCAPHITES, Parkinson. SCAPHITES VENTRICOSUS. Shell ventricose, attaininga rather large size, oval-subglobose in form, broadly rounded on the dorsum. Umbilicus very small, deep, and showing scarcely any part of the inner whorls. Volutions about three to three and a half, increasing rather rapidly in size, particularly in breadth, nearly twice as wide transversely as from the dorsal to the ventral side; all regularly rounded on each side and deeply embracing within ; last one deflected from the regular curve of the others so as to become slightly disconnected at the aperture, which is trans- versely reniform or lunate. Surface ornamented with numerous small, rather regular costas, some forty-five to fifty-five of which may be counted around the dorsum of each turn, where they are of uniform size, excepting their gradual and uniform enlargement with the whorls. On the outer, or last volution, only every fifth or sixth one of the costse extends across to the umbilical margin ; the intermediate ones becoming obsolete on the sides, where those extending entirely across become larger, more prominent and more angular than on the dorsum. The septa are each provided with five deeply-divided principal lobes. The dorsal lobe is longer than wide, and has on each side of its very slender body three main branches, the two terminal of which are slightly larger than the next pair above, and each provided with three or four small unequal subdi- visions on the outer side. The dorsal saddle is as large as the dorsal lobe, extremely narrow at its base and profoundly divided at its extremity into two unequal branches, of which the one on the dorsal side is larger than the other, and distinctly tripartite, each of its subdivisions being deeply sinuous and ob- tusely digitate. The other main branch is very narrow, and provided with several short, obtusely rounded, irregular lateral divisions. The superior lateral lobe is as wide as the dorsal lobe, but shorter, and ornamented with two large, nearly equal bifurcating terminal branches, the lateral subdivisions of which are bifid and more or less digitate, while the other two are each pro- vided with from five to seven digitations. The lateral saddle is much smaller than the dorsal saddle, very narrow at its base, and consists above of two equal trilobate terminal branches. The inferior lateral lobe is little more than one- third as large as the superior, and very similarly divided, excepting that its branches are proportionally shorter. The ventral lobe is very small and armed with three or four short, simple divisions. Length, 313 inches; height, 2 65 inches; breadth or convexity, 1-90 inch. In its external ornamentation, this shell is much like a species described by us from near the Black Hills, under the name of S. Warreni, (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., May, 1860, p. 177.) It differs, however, remarkably in size and form, being nearly twenty times as large, and proportionally much more ventri- ccse, while its volutions increase much more rapidly in size. Its umbilicus is also proportionally smaller and its body whorl not deflected so far from the coil of the inner turns. As we have not yet had an opportunity to see the septa of S. Warreni, we have no means cf knowing how nearly these foinis may agree in their internal structure. Locality and position. — Chippewa Point, near Fort Benton, on the Upper Mis- souri ; Fort Benton Group of the Nebraska Cretaceous series. SCAPHITES VERMIFORMIS. Shell attaining a medium size, oval subdiscoidal in form. Umbilicus very small. Volutions increasing gradually in size, rounded on the dorsum and sides, and deeply embracing within; all a little broader transversely than from the dorsal to the ventral side ; last one deflected from the regular curve of the others, so as to become slightly disconnected at the aperture, which is trans- [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23 versely subreniform, or a little oval, with a somewhat sinuous inner margin. Surface ornamented by numerous straight costae, which are small and nearly regular on the inner volutions, but become more irregular and larger on the side^ of the body whorl, where they support around each dorso-lateral region, a row of prominent nodes so disposed as to alternate on opposite aides of the shell. On the dorsum the costs are of uniform size, with the exception of their regular enlargement with the whorls. The nodes are directed out at right angles to the plane of the shell, and, like the costEe, become again smaller and more closely arranged towards the aperture. Some of the costae bifurcate at the nodes on the body whorl, but their number is also increased by the inter- calation of others between. Where they bifurcate at any of the nodes on one side, the two divisions crossing over the dorsum from the point of bifurcation, never both intersect a node on the opposite side, but, in most cases, one of them, and sometimes both, terminate between two of the nodes on the other side. In crossing over the dorsum, near the aperture, they all curve a little forward, but on other parts of the shell they pass nearly or quite straight across. Tne septate portion of the only specimen of this species in the collection being highly crystalline, the sutures of its septa cannot be very clearly traced out. We can see, however, that the dorsal lobe is a little longer than wide. It has a rather narrow body, and is provided with three branches on each side, the upper pair of which are small and nearly simple, while the next pair are longer and bifid, and the terminal pair, which are a little larger than the second, are each ornamented by three small, pointed branches or digitations on the outer side. The superior lateral lobe is somewhat irregularly tripartite, the lateral divisions being bifid and sharply digitate, while the terminal, which i3 longer than the others and not exactly central, has about five pointed digita- tions, or sharp, nearly or quite simple branchlets. The lateral saddle is deeply divided at the extremity into two nearly equal branches. The inferior lateral saddle is not more than about one-third as large as the superior, nearly as long as wide and regularly tripartite, while the others have about four digitations each, and show a slight disposition to bifurcate. Length, 2-10 inches; height, 1-76 inch; greatest breadth measuring to the extremities of the nodes on opposite sides, 1-25 inches ; do. between the nodes, 1 inch. This species is related to S. hippocrepis of Dekay, sp. (= Ammonites hippo- crepis, Dekay, An. N. Y. Lyceum, vol. ii. pi. v. fig. 5,) but differs in having its body whorl less extended away from the coil of inner volutions, and in being higher in proportion to its length. Its nodes are also larger and much more prominent; but the most marked difference between these two forms is in their septa, the dorsal lobe of that under consideration being proportionally much narrower and provided with three instead of two branches on each side; while its lateral lobes are distinctly tripartite instead of bifid. It is also allied to S. Texanus, Roemer, (Kreid. von Tex., tab. 1, fig. 4.) though its septa differ as widely from those of that shell as from S. hippocrepis. Its smaller size, less ventricose form, narrower whorls, and distinct nodes, will at once distinguish it from the last described species, with which it was found associated. Its septa also differ in the tripartite character of its lateral lobes, which is an unusual feature in this genus. Locality and position. — Same as last. Genus AMMONITES, Bruguiere. Ammonites Mullananus. Shell compressed-subglobose; rounded on the dorsum. Umbilicus small, deep and acutely conical, — between one-third and one-half as wide as the 1862.] 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP breadth of the outer whorl from the dorsal to the ventral side, showing about one-third of each inner volution. Whorls increasing rapidly iu size, particu- larly at right angles to the plane of the shell, — sloping on each side from near the umbilicus (with a slightly convex outline) towards the dorsum, and round- ing abruptly into the umbilicus on the ventral side ; eneh of those within deeply embraced by the succeeding turn. Aperture transversely reniform or sublunate. Surface ornamented with rather small, regular, rounded costse, which pass nearly straight across the sides of the whorls, and arch slightly forward in crossing over the dorsum. On the dorsal side, (where they are of uniform size,) from thirty-six to forty of the costa3 may be counted to every turn. Each of those commencing at the umbilicus is there usually a little enlarged, especially on the larger whorls, so as to form a small, subnodose prominence. Beyoud these they all (particularly on the inner whorls) bifurcate regularly once, near the middle of each side, and on the larger turns others are also intercalated between, so as to make the number on the dorsal side five or six times as great as at the umbilicus. The septa are rather crowded and provided with variously branched and deeply sinuous lobes and saddles. The dorsal lobe is about one-fourth longer than wide, nearly obovate in form, and ornamented with three principal branches on each side, the two terminal of which are larger than the others and each provided on the outer side with two or three more or less digitate lateral branchlets, while the inner parallel margins are merely sharply serrated. The dorsal saddle is of about the same size as the dorsal lobe, a little oblique, nearly oblong in form, and divided at the extremity into two tripartite and obtusely digitate branches, of which the one on the dorsal side is larger than the other ; below these it is provided on each side with two alternating lateral branches with sinuous margins. The superior lateral lobe is narrower and shorter than the dorsal lobe, and provided with two principal branches on each side, the two terminal of which are much larger than the others, and of unequal size, — the one on the right or dorsal side being the larger. Both of these terminal branches are distinctly bipartite, the subdivisions being orna- mented with several branchlets and smaller digitations. The lateral saddle is about half as wide and near two-thirds as long as the dorsal saddle, more or less oblique and rather deeply divided at the extremity into two subequal, bifurcating and obtusely digitate terminal branches. The inferior lateral lobe is as long as the lateral saddle, but a little narrower, and ornamented with three variously digitate terminal branches, the middle one of which is longer than the others, a little oblique and not exactly central. The ventral lobe is small, being less than half as long, and scarcely two-thirds as wide, as the inferior lateral lobe, and provided with three nearly equal, spreading, digi- tate, terminal branches. Between the ventral lobe and the umbilical margin there are two small auxiliary lobes, the first of which has two or three digi- tations on each side; while the second is nearly simple, or but slightly sinuous on the margins. In the number and arrangement of the lobes and saddles of its septa, as well as in their mode of branching, this species agrees very nearly with A. Ilalli, (Meek and Hayden, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., March, 1856, p. 70.) It has, however, one more lateral branch on each side of i's dorsal lobe, and one less on each side of its superior lateral lobe, than A. Ilalli; while all the di- visions of its lobes and saddles are more spreading. Although so closely allied in their internal characters, these two shells present marked differences in form, as well as in their external markings, the species now under considera- tion being much more ventricose and more coarsely ribbed than A. Ilalli. It agrees much more nearly in form with A. Barnrtoni, Meek, (Prof. Hinds' Report, Assiniboine and Saskatchewan Expl. Expedition, pi. 11, figs. 1 and 2,) from far up north, on Mackenzie's River ; but differs in having a smaller and [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25 more acutely conical umbilicus, and less broadly rounded dorsum. Its costae are also more rounded, and it presents well marked differences in its septa. The only specimen of this species we have yet seen consists entirely of sep- tate whorls, the non-septate outer portion having been broken away. It mea- sures in its greatest, diameter 4 inches, and 257 inches in breadth at the widest part of the outer whorl. Named in honor of Lieut. John Mullan, TJ. S. Top. Engrs., in charge of the Expedition for the location and construction of the Pacific Wagon Road. Locality and position. — Same as preceding. Genus NAUTILUS, Breynius. Nautilus elegans, var. Nebrascensis, Nautilus elegans, SowerbyJ^816. Min. Conch., pi. 116. Nautilus elegans, Mantell, 1822. Geol. Sussex, t. xx. fig. Nautilus elegans, D'Orbigny, 1840. Palaeont. Franc. Ter. Cret., t. i. pi. 19. Nautilus elegant, Sharpe, 1853. Foss. Mai. Chalk, pt. 1, Ceph. pi. 3, fig. 3, and pi. 4, fig. 1. Palaeontographical Society. Shell globose, broadly rounded over the dorsum and sides; umbilicus en- tirely closed ; volutions increasing rapidly in size, considerably wider trans- versely than from the dorsal to the ventral side; aperture transversely reniform or subluuate, being deeply sinuous on the inner side for the reception of the preceding turn ; margins of the septa rather abruptly arched forward near the umbilicus, and slightly backwards on the dorsal side, deeply concave on the outer side ; siphuncle located about its own breadth outside of the middle of each septum. Surface of the body whorl ornamented by regular, flattened, transverse costae about five times as broad as the grooves between. In crossing over the dorsum, these costae all arch gracefully and deeply backwards parallel to the broad dorsal sinus of the lip. On the inner whorls, the costse become obsolete or are only represented by rather distinct lines of growth. Length or greatest diameter, 3-90 inches ; height, 2-82 inches ; breadth, 3-40 inches. This shell agrees almost exactly, in form and surface markings, with Mr. Sharpe's figures of Sowerby's species, to which we have referred it, and only differs in having its siphuncle a little more nearly central and its umbilicus closed, apparently at all ages. According to Mr. Sharpe, the umbilicus of N. elegans is closed in the young shell, but becomes a little open in the outer whorl of large specimens. He also states that its siphuncle is located about half way between the middle and the dorsal side of the septa, though in his'figure on plate 4 of his Mouograph cited at the head of this description, it is represented somewhat nearer the middle. Such small differences, howevtr, we can scarcely regard as being of specific importance, but, if fuller comparisons should prove our shell to be distinct, it can retain the name of Nebrascensis. It is worthy of note that D'Orbigny's figures cited above represent a rather distinctly less ventricose form, with a more narrowly rounded dorsum than our Nebraska shell, or those figured by Mr. Sharpe. He also shows a distinct longitudinal line on the middle of the dorsum (of an internal cast) not seen on our specimen, nor on those figured in Mr. Sharpe's Monograph. Dr. Shumard has described, in vol. i. p. 590 of the Transactions of the St. Louis Academy of Sciences, a similar species from the cretaceous rocks of Texas. As he mentions, however, that the siphuncle of the Texas shell is situated between the middle and the ventral side of the septa, and that the height of its aperture is greater than its breadth, he doubtless has a distinct species from N. elegans. So far as we know, this is the first time Sowerby's species has been even doubtfully identified in America. Locality and position.Sa.mQ as preceding. 1862.] 2G PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF LAMELLIBRANCHIA TA. Genus INOCERAMUS, Sowerby. INOCERAMUS UNDABUNDUS. Shell (left valve) obliquely rhombic-subovate, gibbous, anterior side very short, obliquely truncated from the beak above, and rounding into the lono- antero-basal margin ; base very prominent, and abruptly rounded a little behind the middle, from which point its margin ascends obliquely forward with a gently convex outline ; posterior side broadly rounded or subtruncate ; dorsal outline sloping from the beaks at an angle of about 90° ; hinge appa- rently short; beak moderately prominent, incurved, and directed a little towards the front ; umbonal axis ranging at an angle of about 70 with the hinge line ; surface ornamented by regular, distinct, concentric undulations, which are (on the cast) subangular, and separated h* shallow rounded depres- sions ; shell structure coarsely fibrous near the fnnge. (Right valve un- known.) Height from the most prominent part of the base to the hinge, 3 inches ; length at right angles to height, 3 inches ; convexity, 1*84 inches. The peculiar obliquely rhombic outline, rather gibbous form, and regular undulations of this shell, will readily distinguish it from any other species known to us. It is true, bcth the following species have the corresponding valve more gibbous than this, but in those the greatest convexity is in the umbonal region, while in this it is near the middle of the valve. In all other respects they are remarkably unlike. Locality and position.— Chippewa Point, near Fort Benton, on the Missouri River, from beds supposed to hold the position of Fort Benton Group of the Nebraska Cretaceous section. INOCERAMUS EXOGYROIDES. Shell large ; left valve subcircular, its height being a little greater than its length from the anterior to the posterior side, very gibbous ; buccal and anal margins rounded, and forming with the base about three-fourths of a circle ; cardinal border somewhat arched ; beak large, elevated, gibbous, distinctly involuted and directed obliquely forward, so as to bring its point near the anterior margin ; surface of cast smooth, or marked by obscure concentric- folds. (Right valve unknown.) Length from anterior to posterior margin, 5 inches; height, 5*50 inches; convexity near 3 inches. We have not yet seen the right valve of this species, but judging from the gibbous character and incurved beak of the left, it will probably be found to be much more compressed, so as to make the shell very distinctly inequivalve. The laterally curved beak and general form of the left valve give it much the appearance of some species of Exogip-a, when viewed on the inner side. Its aperture is transversely oval, the height being to the length about as four to five. Remaining portions of the shell about the hinge show it to have been rather thick and distinctly fibrous. This species differs from an analogous form described by us from the same position ? (and from near the same locality) under the name of I. tanbonatus, in being much more depressed, and in having its beak considerably less ele- vated, as well as directed much more obliquely forward. In 7. umbonatus (some fine specimens of which were broxight in with the form under considera- tion) the umbo of the left valve rises near one-half the entire height of the shell above the hinge, while in the species we are here describing it extends less than one-third the height of the shell above. The length of the valve from the anterior to the posterior side is distinctly greater in proportion to its height than in I. umbonatus, while the corresponding valve of the latter shell is much more gibbous. We have before us a series of specimens belonging to each of these forms, and find no difficulty whatever in separating them. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 A careful examination of much better specimens of /. umbonatus, in the col- lections now before us, than that first described by us, shows that form to be even more closely allied to /. involutus of Sowerby than we had at first sup- posed. As Sowerby's species holds a position, however, in the Upper Chalk, and ours comes mingled with Lower Chalk types, it is probable a comparison of perfect specimens of each would result in the discovery of constant differ- ences. Locality and position. — Same as last? Inoceramus tenuirostratus. Left valve very gibbous, subquadrilateral in outline ; anterior side truncated almost immediately in front of the beak, and rounding into the base below ; ventral margin semielliptical in outline ; posterior side rounded, or sometimes subtruncate above ; hinge straight, comparatively long, and rather finely crenulated, there being about five crenulations in the space of 0-20 inch ; beak very gibbous, pointed, slender, prominent, and distinctly incurved, — directed obliquely forward so as to bring its point nearly over the anterior margin ; surface (of internal cast) smooth over the gibbous umbonal region, but having a few small and very obscure concentric undulations below the middle. (Right valve unknown, but probably compressed.) Length, 2*10 inches; height from base to hinge, 1 '82 inches ; height from base to top of umbo, 2-13 inches ; convexity, (left valve only,) 0-90 inch. This shell has a longer hinge and a more transverse form than any other species known to us, having so prominent, slender, and incurved a beak. It differs remarkably from the last, in the slenderness of its beak and less regu- larly ventricose character of its left valve. Its umbonal region is perhaps more gibbous than that of the last, though this gibbosity is more local and abrupt. Locality and position. — Same as last. Genus VENILIA, Morton. Venilia Mortoni. Shell transversely oblong, or subrhombic in outline, gibbous, thick and strong ; base nearly straight, but rounding up in front ; dorsal margin parallel to the base, excepting behind, where it rounds into the anal margin ; anterior side truncated immediately in front of the beaks ; posterior margin truncated a little obliquely ; postero-basal extremity abruptly rounded or subangular ; beaks located directly over the anterior margin, directed obliquely forward, and rather distinctly incurved at the points, as in Isocardia ; posterior um- bonal slopes forming a prominent oblique ridge from each beak to the postero- basal extremity ; lunule and escutcheon impressed, but without distinctly defined margins ; surface marked with strong lines and more or less distinct concentric ridges of growth, which latter assume a regular arrangement on the umbones. Length, 1*66 inches; height, l-40 inches; breadth or convexity, 1*17 inches. This species is allied to Venilia Conradi of Morton, (Synop. Org. Rem. pi. 8, fig. 1—2,) but differs, if Dr. Morton's figures are correctly drawn, in being proportionally longer transversely, more nearly oblong in form, and in having its posterior margin more distinctly truncated, while its antero-ventral region is less prominently rounded. Its dorsal margin is also more nearly horizontal, and rounds less regularly into the truncated anal border. The genus Venilia was proposed by Dr. Morton, in 1834, for the reception of a rather peculiar shell, which D'Orbigny afterwards referred to Cyprina. We agree, however, with those authors who regard it as clearly distinct from the typical forms of Cyprina, though it may not be generically distinct from a few forms referred by some to that group. We have not had an opportunity 1862.] 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF to see Dr. Morton's original specimen, but, judging from his figures and a carefully drawn sketch of its hinge sent us by Mr. Gabb, it seems to us more nearly allied to Cypricardia of Lamarck than to Cyprina. The only question in regard to the propriety of retaining Dr. Morton's name arises from the fact that it had been previously (1829) applied by Duponchel to a group of lepidopterous insects. If Dupouchel's genus is a good one, we think Morton's name for the group of shells to which the species under con- sideration belongs should be changed, although we are aware many natural- ists are inclined to admit the use of the same generic names in different de- partments of Natural History. Locality and position. — Same as preceding. Genus PHOLADOMYA, Sowerby. Pholaoomya papyracea. Shell rather under medium size, extremely thin and fragile, transversely subovate in outline, moderately convex in the anterior and umbonal regions, cuneate and a little gaping behind ; outline of base regularly semiovate, its most prominent part being somewhat in advance of the middle ; anterior side short and rounded ; posterior margin more narrowly rounded ; hinge margin straight, long, not inflected so as to form a distinct escutcheon ; beaks mode- rately gibbous, rising little above the hinge, incurved and located near the anterior extremity of the shell, but not terminal. Surface ornamented by about twelve small radiating costse, which are interrupted by numerous small, regularly arranged concentric ridges. The radiating costse are divided by the concentric ridges, so as to present the appearance of rows of minute nodes placed upon the latter. The surface markring are all distinctly impressed upon the internal cast. Length, 1*16 inches ; height, 0*76 inch ; breadth or convexity, 0-55 inch. This species seems to be closely allied to Pholadomya occidentalis of Morton, (Synopsis Org. Rem. pi. viii. fig. 3,) but is much smaller, and differs in having numerous regular concentric ridges, separated by furrows that completely divide the radiating costse, which are less numerous and more regularly arranged than on Morton's species. It also resembles P. ovulum of Agassiz, (Etud. Crit. sur les Moll. Foss. tab. 36, fig. 1 — 6,) an Oolitic species, but has a longer and straighter hinge margin, and differs in being destitute of a distinctly defined depression along the dorsal margin. Its concentric ridges likewise appear to differ in being more regular and distinct. Locality and position. — Same as preceding. Monograph of the Species of SPH2ERIUM of North and South America. BY TEMPLE PRIME. (Continued from page 409, Dec, 1861.) 15. Sph. triangulare, Say. Cyclas trianyularis, Say, New Harm. Dissem. 356, 1829. Animal not observed. Shell transversely oval, nearly equilateral, rather full, anterior margin slightly distended, rounded, posterior somewhat abrupt, nasal rounded ; beaks large, full, prominent ; lines of growth regular, epi- dermis brownish ; hinge margin narrow, curved ; cardinal teeth very distinct, assuming the shape of the letter V reversed ; lateral teeth prominent. Long. 9-16 ; lat. 7-16 ; diam. 4-16 inches. Hah. N. America, in Mexico. (Cabinet Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada.) The specimens from which I have prepared this description were presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia by Mrs. Say, as the Cyclas [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 29 triangularis, Say ; they may or may not be true representatives of Say's species. In many points they answer his description of the C. triangularis, but at the same time I am not able to reconcile their shape, which is not more triangular than that of any other species, with the name he has applied to the species. Moreover, they bear a very strong resemblance to one of our Northern Sphserium, the Sph. s o 1 i d u 1 u m ; they differ from it, however, in being less heavily and more regularly striated, and in having more prominent lieaks. b. — Species with protuberant or calyculate beaks. 16. Sph. elevatum, Hald. Cycles elevata, Hald., Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Proc, i. 53, 1841. C. pallida, DeCharp., MSS. 1851. Animal not observed. Shell ovate, orbicular, nearly spherical, cavity large, equilateral, margins well rounded ; beaks central, slightly inclined towards the anterior, lap- ping over the outline of the shell, large, tumid, approximate, calyculate, prominent ; hinge margin slightly curved ; cardinal teeth united, prominent ; lateral ones elongated ; large, valves very strong, interior bluish ; surface smooth, striation light, irregular ; color brownish olive, greatly varied by zones of a lighter shade, a zone of bright yellow bordering the inferior and part of the lateral margins. Long. 9-16 ; lat. 8-16 ; diam. 5-16 inches. Hab. N. America, at New Orleans, La., and in Florida and Alabama. (Cabinets Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., and Prime.) Remarkable for its transversely spherical shape, which renders it distinct from all other species of this genus. It is much more solid than the generality of calyculate species, the valves being as strong as those of any of the larger species of the preceding group. The Cyclas pallida, the young of this species, is more delicate than the adult ; it is a little less transversely spherical, the stria? are lighter, and the color is bright yellow. Prof. Haldeman's original specimen of the Cyclas elevata, from which this description was prepared, and which is now in the cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences, though very perfect in appearance, comprised but a single valve. This species seems to be very rare. I have never met with any other specimens but the one in the cabinet of the Academy and those I have in mine, — two specimens of the Cyclas pallida, derived from De Charpentier himself, and a single valve from Florida. 17. Sph. partumium, Say. Cyclas partumia, Say, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., II. 2, 380, 1822. C. cornea, var. 2, Lam., An. s. vert. v. 558, 1818. C. orbicularia, Barrat, Amer. II. xlviii. 276, 1845. C. mirabilis, Prime, Bost. Proc. iv. 157, 1851. C. ccerulea " loc. sub. cit. iv. 161, 1851. C. eburuea, Anthony, " " " iv. 279, 1852. Animal usually white, in some varieties pink, syphonal tubes pink. Shell rounded-oval, thin, fragile, pellucid, somewhat inflated, nearly equilateral ; anterior margin very slightly distended, rounded ; posterior slightly abrupt ; basal rounded ; beaks central, calyculate, approximate at apex ; striae so deli- cate as hardly to be visible ; epidermis glossy, of a light greenish horn color, with at times a zone of a different shade on the basal margin ; valves delicate, moderately convex, interior light blue ; hinge margin nearly straight, passing 1862.] 30 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF by a regular curve into the anterior margin, but curving suddenly behind so as to form an obtuse angle, causing the posterior side to appear broader, thus giving the shell a somewhat rhombiform appearance ; cardinal teeth strong, assuming the shape of the letter V reversed ; lateral teeth very much elongated. The young shell is more compressed than the adult ; it is usually light yellow. Long. 8-16; lat. 7-16; diam. 516 inches. Hah. N. America, in the States of Maine, Vermont, Massachusetts, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Ohio, S. Carolina, Georgia, Mississippi, Alabama and Arkansas. (Cabinets Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Garden of Plants at Paris, Agassiz, Jay and Prime.) This species varies much according to the localities where it is found, which accounts in part for the number of names it has received. The Cyclas orbicularia, of which I have authentic specimens from Mr. Barrat, is a genuine Sph. partumium, without even any local modifications of shape. The Cyclas mirabilis, from Georgia, is a small form of this species, and the Cyclas c oe r ul e a differs from the type in being a little less inflated. The Cyclas e b u r n e a , from Arkansas, varies from the Northern Sph. partn- mium in being more compressed and a little more elevated. I do not think, however, taking the difference of localities into consideration, that these are characters sufficient to warrant retaining the Cyclas eburnea as a distinct species. I had an opportunity while in Paris to assure myself that the variety No. 2 of Cyclas cornea was a true Sph. partumium. This species is not only very widely distributed, but where it is found, it occurs in large numbers. The only one of our Northern species to which it bears much resemblance is the Sph. truncatum, and that is only in general outline ; the Sph. partumium is much more inflated and transversely more broad. 18. Sph. J a y a n u m , Prime. Cyclas Jayensis, Prime, Bost. Proc. iv. 157, 1851. Animal not observed. Shell rhombic, nearly equilateral, moderately con- vex, thin, fragile, somewhat translucent, drawn up to an angle towards the hinge margin ; anterior and posterior margins very abrupt, inferior very slightly curved ; beaks central, calyculate, approximate at apex ; hinge margin considerably shorter than the basal margin, slightly curved ; cardinal teeth distinct in the shape of the letter V reversed ; lateral teeth elongated ; valves delicate, interior light blue ; striae hardly visible ; epidermis glossy, light greenish horn color, with at times a zone of bright yellow on the inferior margin. Long. 8-16 ; lat. 7-16 ; diam. 3-16 inches. Bab. N. America, in the region of Lake Superior ? (Cabinets Agassiz, Jay, Garden of Plants in Paris, and Prime.) This attractive and rare species is easily distinguished by its elevated shape and by its abrupt lateral margins, which give it a somewhat triangular appearance. It is related to the Sph. Ryckholti of Europe, from which it differs, however, in being more inflated, its beaks are less prominent, the shell is more elevated, and its anterior margin is abrupt, whereas in Sph. Ryckholti it is distended and angular. 19. Sph. subtransversum, Prime, Proc. Zool. xxviii. 322, 1860. Animal not observed. Shell small, transversely oblong, equilateral, trans- lucent, fragile, compressed ; beaks central, large, calyculate ; striae very deli- cate ; epidermis greenish yellow. Long. 3-10 ; lat. 2-10 ; diam. 1-10 inches. Rob. N. America, at Tabasco in Mexico. (Cabinet Cuming.) The only specimen I have seen of this species was sent to me for description by Mr. Cuming. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 31 20. Sph. argentinum, D'Orbigny. Cyclas argentina, D'Orb., Mag. de Zool. 1835. Voy. en Amer. Merid. 5C!8, pi. 83, f. 5—7, 1844. Animal not observed. Shell oval, small, translucent, compressed ; anterior side short, somewhat angular, posterior side distended and truncated at the end ; beaks calyculate ; striae delicate ; epidermis greenish brown ; valves slight, interior bluish ; cardinal teeth united, lateral teeth hardly visible. Long. 5-16 ; lat. 4-16 inches. Hab. S. America, at Montevideo at the base of the Cerro. (Cabinet British Museum.) It has not been my good fortune to meet with this species. M. D'Orbigny says it bears some resemblance to the Cyclas caliculata, meaning thereby, I presume, the shell now known to European conchologists under the name of Sph. lacustre, Fcrussac. 21. Sph. tenue, Prime. Cyclas tenuis, Prime, Bost. Proc. iv. 161, 1851. Animal not observed. Shell small, transversely oblong, pellucid, mode- rately full, subequilateral ; anterior and basal margins rounded, posterior margin subabrupt; beaks nearly central, not prominent, calyculate ; striatums very fine and regular, hardly perceptible ; epidermis glossy, light straw color ; valves slight, interior straw color ; hinge margin short, narrow, nearly straight ; cardinal teeth very diminutive, lateral teeth small, elongated. Long. 3-16; lat. 2-16; diam. 1-16 inches. Hab. N. America, in the Androscoggin, Maine. (Cabinet Prime.) This species, the smallest one known to inhabit the United States, was dis- covered some years since by Mr. Grirard, from whom I obtained my specimens, the only ones I have met with. It may possibly be the young of some species, but if so, it would be very difficult to say which ; setting aside its diminutive size, it appears to have all the characteristics of a mature shell. In outline it seems to be allied to the Sph. t r a n s v e r s u m ; it is, however, more inflated, less elongated, and its margins are more rounded. At first sight, it might readily be mistaken for a Pisidium. 22. Sph. transversum, Say. Cyclas transversa, Say, New Harm. Dissem. 2, 356, 1829. C. detruncaa, Prime, Bost. Proc. iv. 155, 1851. C. aracile, " loc. sub. cit. iv. 156, 1851. C. constricta, Anthony, " " " iv. 274, 1852. Animal white, syphonal tubes pink, foot white. Shell transversely oblong, elongated, subinequilateral, translucent ; anterior side narrow ; anterior margin rounded, posterior margin subtruncate, basal very much curved ; beaks placed somewhat on the anterior side, large, calyculate, very much raised above the outline of the shell ; striae very delicate ; epidermis greenish yellow, of a darker shade at times on the region of beaks ; valves slight, interior bluish ; hinge margin very nearly straight, narrow ; cardinal teeth, compressed, in the shape of the letter V reversed, and very much expanded ; lateral teeth slightly elongated. Long. 10-16 ; lat. 7-16 ; diam. 4-16 inches. Hab. N. America, in the States of New York, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Ken- tucky and Arkansas. (Cabinets Jay and Prime.) This large and delicate species is remarkable for its very transverse shape and for the narrowness of the anterior extremity as compared to the posterior. The form of the shell recalls that of many of the small species from the West Indies and South America. It is found in considerable abundance. The Cyclas detruncata does not differ sufficiently from the type to con- stitute even a variety. The Cyclas gracilis is a large variety of Sph. trans- 1862.] 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF versum, it is a little more inflated and of a darker polor. The Cyclas c o n- s t r i c t a is nothing more than a difformed specimen of Say's species, having a perpendicular furrow up the centre of each valve, caused by some accident occurring to the shell during its growth. 23. Sph. Bahiense, Spix. Cyclas Bahiensis, Spix, Tert. Braz. 32, pi. xxv. f. 5, 6, 1827. C. maculata, Anton, (non Morelet,) Wiegm. Archiv, 2S4, 1837. Pisum maculatum, Desh., Brit. Mus. Cat. 283, 1854. P. Bahiense " loc. sub. cit. 284, 1854. Muscuhum Bahiense, Adams, rec. gen. ii. 451, 1858. M. maculatum, " loc. sub. cit. ii. 451, 1858. Animal not observed. Shell very small, rounded-oval, inflated, inequi- lateral ; anterior margin narrow, curved ; posterior margin broad, subtruncate ; inferior margin curved ; beaks inclined towards the anterior, large, prominent, calyculate ; valves slight, interior dark yellow, irregularly mottled with dark reddish spots ; lines of growth very fine ; epidermis yellowish brown, with irregular spots of dark purple ; hinge margin very narrow, nearly straight ; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth comparatively strong, the posterior one much the longer. Long. 5-32; lat. 2-16; diam. 3-32 inches. Hab. S. America, at Bahia in Brazil. (Cabinets Jay, Prime and others.) This, the smallest species of Sphserium, has the peculiar appearance cha- racteristic of the West Indian and South American shells of this genus. It does not seem to be uncommon. Some authors, led away by its diminutive size, have committed the error, as may be seen by the above synonymy, of placing it under the head of Pisidium. I have never seen the Cyclas macu- lata of Anton, (non Morelet,) but have every reason to believe, from the description given of it, that it does not differ materially from this species. In outline it is somewhat similar to the Sph. Barbadense; it is, however, much smaller, less inflated, and the beaks are much more raised. Compared to the Sph. meridionale, Nobis, and Sph. maculatum, Morelet, it is smaller, more inflated, and the margins are more rounded. 24. Sph. Barbadense, Prime, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861. Animal not observed. Shell small, rounded-oval, ventricose, subequi- lateral, delicate ; anterior side a little the shorter and narrower ; margins generally rounded ; beaks slightly inclined towards the anterior, nearly cen- tral, small, calyculate, approximate at apex, at times eroded ; striae coarse for the size of the shell, though not very distinct ; epidermis dark greenish- brown ; valves slight, very convex ; cardinal teeth very small ; lateral teeth strong, very much drawn up and shorter than they usually are in other species. Long. \ ; lat. 1-5 ; diam. 5-32 inches. Hab. Barbadoes, West Indies. (Cabinet Prime.) I have but one specimen of this species, which seems to be c^sely allied to the Sph. Bahiense of Brazil ; it is, however, much larger, more globose, and its beaks are not as much raised. 25. Sph. modioliforme, Anton. Cyclas modioliformis, Anton, Wiegm. Archiv, 284, 1837. Pisidium diaphanum, Hald., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., i. 53, 1841. Pisimi modioliforme, Deshayes, Brit. Mus. Cat. 283, 1854. Pisidium Moquinianum, Bourgt., Amen. i. 61, pi. 3, f. 13 — 17, 1855. Cyclas Moquiniana, Gassies, Pisid. S. 0. f. 9, 1855. C. s'riatella, Ferussac, Museum of Paris. C. littoral is " Collect. Michaud. C. Venezuelensis, Prime, Museum at Leyden. Musculium modioliforme, Adams, rec. gen. ii. 451, 1858. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 33 Animal not observed. Shell small, ovate-oblong, moderately inflated, ine- quilateral, translucent ; anterior and basal margins rounded, posterior some- what distended and subtruncate ; beaks inclined towards the anterior, promi- nent, calyculate ; valves slight, convex ; epidermis dark yellow, irregularly spotted with a darker color ; strife hardly visible ; teeth very small ; hinge margin somewhat curved, very narrow. Long. 5-16 ; lat. 3-16 ; diam. 5-32 inches. Hal. S. America, in Brazil and Venezuela. (Cabinets Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Bourguignat, Gassies, Museum of Paris, Michaud, and Museum at Leyden.) The specimen from which this description was prepared— the original shell from which Mr. Haldeman described the Pisid. diaphanum — is in the Cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. It was dis- covered in the interior of a large Ampullaria from Brazil. I have never seen the Cyclas modioliformis or the Pisid. M o q u i n i a n u m , but judging from their descriptions and from the figure of the latter, I have little doubt but that they belong to the same species. I have had occasion to examine the Cyclas striatella, littoralis and Venezuelensis personally. The Sph. modioliforme seems to be rare. It bears some resemblance to the Sph. meridionale, but it differs from it in being more inflated and of a lighter color. 26. Sph. meridionale, Prime, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861. Animal not observed. Shell small, transversely-oblong, compressed, deli- cate, inequilateral ; anterior side narrow, shorter ; anterior margin somewhat angular, posterior subabrupt, basal slightly rounded ; beaks inclined towards the anterior, small, calyculate, approximate at apex ; valves slight, com- pressed, stria? very regular and delicate, hardly perceptible ; epidermis yel- lowish brown, irregularly mottled with large blotches of a much darker color ; hinge margin very slightly rounded, narrow, much shorter than the basal margin ; cardinal teeth diminutive ; lateral teeth slight, the posterior tooth much the more elongated. Long, j ; lat. 1-5 ; diam. 2-16 inches. Hal. N. America, at Panama. (Cabinet Prime.) This species, of which I have never seen but one specimen, is easily dis- tinguished by its very inequilateral and compressed shape. Compared to the Sph. m a c u 1 a tu m , it is larger, its posterior margin is less abrupt, and its lateral teeth are larger. 27. Sph. maculatum, Morelet. Cyclas maculata, Morelet, Test. nov. Insul. Cub., etc., pt. 2d, 25, 1851. Animal not observed. Shell small, transversely-oblong, rhombic, elongated, inequilateral, compressed, delicate ; anterior side much the narrower, slightly rounded ; posterior side very broad ; posterior margin abrupt, forming a straight line from the hinge to the base of the shell ; inferior margin nearly straight ; valves slight, very little convex ; beaks small, calyculate, inclined towards the anterior side ; striae not perceptible ; epidermis dark yellowish- brown, irregularly mottled with spots of a much darker color ; hinge margin nearly straight ; cardinal teeth very small ; lateral teeth strong, elongated. Long. 4-16 ; lat. 3-16 ; diam. 2-16 inches. Hah. N. America, in Yucatan. (Cabinets Morelet, Jay and Prime.) A rare species ; the only specimens I have met with were kindly presented to me by the original describer. It is easily distinguished from all other species of Sphserium by the very great disproportion which exists between the lateral margins. 1862.] 3 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 28. Sph. Veatleyi, C. B. Adams. Cyclas Veatleyi, C. B. Adams, Contrib. Conch. 44, 1849. Pisidium " Petit, II. Conch, ii. 421, 1851. Pisum " Desh., Brit. Mus. Cat. 283, 1854. Musculium " Adams, rec. gen. ii. 452, 1858. Animal not observed. Shell small, transversely elongated, inequilateral, compressed; anterior and inferior margins rounded; posterior margin sub- truncate ; beaks situated towards the anterior side and inclined in that direction, small, prominent, calyculate ; valves slight, interior irregularly spotted with dark blotches ; stripe regular, coarse for the size of the shell ; epidermis horn color with a tinge of brown ; hinge margin nearly straight : cardinal teeth small but distinct, placed in the shape of the letter V reversed ; lateral teeth well developed, elongated. Long. 3-16; lat. 2-16; diam. 1-16 inches. Hab. N. America, in the Island of Jamaica. (Cabinets Jay and Prime.) This rare species, of which I received specimens from the late Prof. Adams, is somewhat allied to the Sph. Portoricense; it is, however, smaller, more delicate, more elongated, the valves are less full, the beaks less large, and the hinge in every way more slight. 29. Sph. Portoricense, Prime, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861. Animal not observed. Shell small, transversely elongated, rhombic, equi- lateral, slightly compressed ; margins generally straight, in especial the pos- terior margin ; beaks central, slightly inclined towards the anterior side, calyculate, approximate at apex ; striae regular, quite heavy considering the size of the shell ; epidermis light brownish-yellow ; cardinal teeth strong ; lateral teeth strong, very much drawn up ; valves solid, very little convex ; the interior, and at times the exterior, irregularly spotted with a few dots of very dark color. Long. \ ; lat. 1-5 ; diam. ^ inches. Hab. Portorico, West Indies. (Cabinets Swift and Prime.) The specimens from which this description were prepared were kindly fur- nished to me by Mr. Swift of St. Thomas. In proportion to its size this species is quite robust. It is different from the generality of the West Indian and South American Sphseria by its sulcations, which are regular and deep. In shape and appearance it recalls the young of Sph. sulcatum. It is allied to Sph. Veatleyi in outline, but otherwise it is different, in being heavier and of a larger size. ■&v 30. Sph. s e c u r i s , Prime. Cyclas securis, Prime, Bost. Proc. iv. 160, 1851. Ann. N. Y. Lyceum, v. 218, pi. vi. 1851. C. cardissa, Prime, Bost. Proc. iv. 160, 1851. C. crocea, Lewis, lot*, sub. cit. v. 25, 1854. Animal pinkish, syphons of the same color. Shell rhombic-orbicular, ven- tricose, subequilateral, both sides of very nearly the same length ; anterior margin a little curved ; posterior margin abrupt, forming an obtuse angle with the hinge margin ; basal margin much longer than the superior margin, rounded ; beaks large, calyculate, slightly inclined towards the anterior, very approximate at apex ; valves slight, very convex, especially in the region of the umbones ; stria? delicate, regular, hardly perceptible ; epidermis glossy in some cases, very variable in color, but generally of a greenish-horn, at times of a brilliant yellow or straw color ; hinge margin curved, narrow ; cardinal teeth very small, united at base ; lateral teeth slight, elongated, very narrow. Long. 6-16 ; lat. 5-16 ; diam. 4-16 inches. Hab. N. America, in the States of Massachusetts, Vermont, Pennsylvania and New York. (Cabinets Jay, Lewis aud Prime.) [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35 Found plentifully at Cambridge, Mass. I cannot see differences sufficient be- tween the Sph. s e c u r i s and the Cyclas cardissa to separate them ; the Cyclas cardissa is more globose, transversely shorter, more elevated, but still intermediate forms uniting the two are so frequent that it is not possible that they should form distinct species. The Cyclas c r o c e a, Lewis, is a young of this species. Compared to the Sph. sphaericum, the Sph. securis is more equilateral, the beaks are less tumid and less inclined, the sides are less rounded, and the hinge margin is less curved. 31. Sph. rosaceum, Prime. Cyclas rosacea, Prime, Bost. Proc. iv. 155, 1851. Animal not observed. Shell small, rounded-oval, fragile, translucent, sub- equilateral, somewhat compressed, margins generally rounded ; beaks nearly central, slightly inclined towards the anterior, calyculate, approximate at apex ; valves very slight, a little convex in the region of the umbones ; striae regular, hardly visible ; epidermis shiny, reddish-brown ; hinge margin nearly straight, delicate, narrow ; cardinal teeth nearly obsolete, lateral teeth slight, elongated. Long. 4-16 ; lat. 3-16 ; diam. 5-32 inches. Hab. N. America, in the Schuylkill River. (Cabinet Prime.) This species, which is very rare, the only specimens known to me being those in my collection, is not very liable to be confounded with others. Com- pared to the Sph. occidental e, it is less full, the beaks are more prominent and are calyculate. 32. Sph. sphaericum, Anthony. Cyclas sphcerica, Anthony, Bost. Proc. iv. 275, 1852. Animal not observed. Shell globose, subequi- lateral, transversely oval ; anterior side narrow, distended, rounded ; inferior margin rounded ; pos- terior margin subabrupt ; beaks inclined towards the anterior, large, prominent, calyculate ; valves slight, very convex, interior blue ; striae fine and regular ; epidermis greenish ; hinge margin much curved ; cardinal teeth strong, united at base and disposed in the shape of the letter V reversed ; lateral teeth prominent, very distinct, rather short. Long. 5-16 ; lat. 9-32; diam. 3-16 inches. Hab. N. America, in the Black River, Ohio. (Cabinets Anthony and Prime.) Very rare ; I have never seen any specimens of this species but those in Mr. Anthony's collection and in mine. Compared to the Sph. rosaceum, it is less equilateral, more inflated and the margins are less rounded. 33. Sph. truncatum, Linsley. Cyclas calyculata, C. B. Adams, Amer. II., xi. 277, 1841. " truncata, Linsley. Amer. II., N. Ser., vi. 234, f. 3, 1848. " pellucida, Prime, Boston Proc, iv. 277, 1852. Animal not observed. Shell rhombic-orbicular, lenticular, thin, pellucid, very slightly inflated, subequilateral ; anterior side narrower ; anterior mar- gin rounded ; posterior margin nearly a straight line ; basal somewhat curved ; beaks central, calyculate, approximate at apex ; striae very delicate ; epider- mis glossy, light greenish horn color ; valves slight, very little convex ; inte- rior light blue ; hinge margin very nearly straight ; very narrow ; cardinal teeth diminutive, united at base ; lateral teeth slight, narrow, not much elongated. 1862.] 36 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP Long. 6-16; lat. 5-16 ; diam. 5-32 inches. Hab. N. America, in the States of Maine, Vermont, Massachusetts, Con- necticut, New York and Ohio. (Cabinets Linsley, Gould and Prime.) The specimens from which this description was prepared, the same ones from which Dr. Gould described the original Cyclas truncata, are pre- cisely similar to those the late Prof. Adams sent to me labelled Cyclas caly- culata, from Vermont, and which I described, in 1852, under the name of Cyclas pellucid a. This specicies is undoubtedly very closely allied to the Sph. lacustre, Ferussac (Cyclas calyculata of authors) of Europe, but still the differences are patent enough to authorize its being retained as distinct. Compared to the Sph. partumium, the Sph. truncatum is less inflated, transversely less broad, the posterior margin is more abrupt and the hinge slighter. The young, more tumid than the adult, is of a lemon yellow. Found not uncommonly. 34. Sph. lenticula, Gould. Lucina lenticula, Gould, Bost. Proc, hi. 256, 1850. Cyclas lenticula, Gould, Atlas Explor. Exped., pi. 36, f. 528. Animal not observed. Shell rhombic-orbicular, lenticular, thin, pellucid, very slightly inflated, nearly equilateral ; anterior side narrower ; anterior margin curved ; posterior margin abrupt, inferior rounded ; beaks central, calyculate, approximate at apex; striae hardly visible; epidermis glossy, light greenish horn color ; valves delicate, a little convex towards the region of the umbones ; interior light blue ; hinge margin nearly straight, narrow ; cardinal teeth hardly visible, united at base ; lateral teeth slight, narrow, not much elongated. Long. 7-16 ; lat. 6-16 ; diam. 3-16 inches. (Cabinets Gould, Anthony and Prime.) Hab. N. America, in Carson River, California. This species, of which I obtained specimens from Dr. Gould, is so similar in nearly every respect to the Sph. truncatum, that it is very difficult to tell them apart. The valves of the Sph. lenticula are perhaps a little more convex as they approach the region of the beaks, and the hinge margin a little more curved and less narrow. The young shell is of the same color as the adult, whereas, with Sph. truncatum, the young is of a lighter color. Fossil Species. 35. Sph. recticardinale, Meek and Hayden, Ac. N. S. Phil., Proc, 176, 1860. Shell of medium size, transversely subelliptical, rather compressed, very thin ; anterior side rounded ; base forming a regular semielliptic curve ; pos- terior extremity obliquely subtruncate above and rather narrowly rounded below ; cardinal margin long and straight ; beaks very small, compressed and projecting but slightly above the hinge, located nearly half way between the middle and the anterior end ; surface marked by moderately distinct, irregular lines of growth. Long. 0-55 ; lat. 0-36 ; diam. 0*24 inch. Hab. Near the mouth of Grand River, on the Upper Missouri, Nebraska, U. S. of America. Tertiary Formation. 36. Sph. planum, Meek and Hayden, Ac. N. S. Phil., Proc, 175, 1860. Shell rather small, broad oval or subcircular, much compressed ; extremi- ties more or less regularly rounded, the posterior margin being sometimes faintly subtruncate ; base semioval in outline ; cardinal margin rounding gradually from near the middle ; beaks very small, compressed, and scarcely extending beyond the hinge margin, nearly central ; surface marked by fine, irregular, obscure concentric strise. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 37 Long. 0-38 ; lat. 0-32 ; diam. 0-08 inch. Hab. Near the mouth of Grand River, on the Upper Missouri, Nebraska, U. S. of America. Tertiary formation. 37. Sph. f o r m o s u m, Meek and Hayden. Cyclas formosa, M. & H., Ac. N. S. Phil., Proc, 115, 1856. " fragilis, M. & H., loc. sub. cit., 115, 1856. Shell small, oval, oblique, scarcely ventricose ; cardinal margin straight ; buccal end rounded ; and extremity obliquely truncate ; basal margin semi- elliptical or broadly rounded ; beaks obtuse, tumid, rising somewhat above the hinge, nearly touching, placed a little in advance of the middle ; surface ornamented by very fine, regular, distinct, concentric wrinkles. Long. -17; lat. "08 ; diam. -14 inch. Hab. Three miles above Fort Union, Nebraska, U. S of America. Ter- tiary Formation. 38. Sph. subellipticum, Meek and Hayden. Cyclas subelliptica, M. & H., Ac. N. S. Phil. Proc, 115, 1856. Shell small, elliptical-ovate, somewhat ventricose, thin and fragile ; pos- terior end narrower than the anterior, both narrowly rouuded ; base semi- elliptical or semiovate ; cardinal border apparently rounding gradually to both extremities ; beaks not much elevated, pointed, incurved, not oblique, located near the middle ; surface indistinctly marked with lines of growth. Long. -24 ; lat. *14 inch. Hab. Three miles above Fort Union, Nebraska, U. S. of America. Ter- tiary Formation. " The beaks are so near the middle, and curved so nearly at right angles to the longitudinal diameter of the shell, that it is not easy to determine, espe- cially from the examination of mutilated specimens, which is the posterior or which the anterior end. As we have only seen imperfect specimens, we are not sure the surface markings are indistinct on unworn shells." — M. & H. The following shells, known under the name of Cyclas, must be excluded from the list of American species of Sphserium, in some cases because they have been improperly placed in this genus, and in others, because no descrip- tion has been published : — Cyclas aequalis, Rafinesque, is Pisid. Virginicum. " alt ilis, Anthony, is Pisid. compressum. " Americana, Christof. and Jan. Undescribed. " Carolinian a, Bos., is Cyrena Caroliniensis. " Chilensis, D'Orbigny, is Pisid. Chilense. " clandestina, Da Costa, is a marine shell. " d e n s a t a, D'Orbigny, (fossil,) is Cyrena densata. " d u b i a, Say, is Pisid. Virginicum. " fluviatilis, Bosc, is a Corbicula. " Fontaineii, D'Orbigny, is Cyrena Fontaineii. " hammalis, Rafin., is a Corbicula. " 1 i m o s a, D'Orbigny, is Corbicula limosa. " maritima, D'Orbigny, is Cyrena Cubensis. " minor, C. B. Adams, is Pi^id. abditum. " nitida, Adams & Mighl., is Pisid. Adamsi. " ov at a, Lewis. Undescribed. " Paranensis, D'Orbigny, is Corbicula Paranensis. " pygmea, C. B. Adams, is Pisid. Jamaicense. " variegata, D'Orbigny, is Corbicula limosa. " V i r g i n i c a, Ferussac, is Pisid. Virginicum. 1862.J 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Note on the Classification of CERAMBYCID.E, with descriptions of new species. BY JOHN L. LE CONTE, M. D. Since the publication of my essay on the Classification of our Cerambycidae, in the Journal of the Academy, many species have been added to the literature of our fauna; and in restudying the material in my collection, 1 have noticed some characters not yet employed, which seem to render the definition and classification of the tribes more perfect. The general features of the arrange- ment proposed by me in the essay above mentioned have been adopted in many of the works recently published, but the results have not been improved by any important changes of system or characters. A very excellent application of the system to the Cerambycidae of the entire globe has been made by Mr. James Thomson in his work entitled " Essai d'une Classification de la Famille des Cerambycides ;" the order of arrangement adopted by him is different from that used in my paper ; commencing with the highest form, the Lamiidae, he ends with the Prionidae. The arrangement is probably more convenient than mine, but it is impossible to preserve even the most important affinities in a linear form The tables given both by him and myself exhibit perfectly the relations of the larger divisions to each other and to other families. The important character to which I wish to call attention in the present note is the granulation of the eyes. In certain tribes (e. g. Clytus) the lenses are exceedingly small, in others (e. g. Elaphidion) they are much larger; in the former case the eyes are said to be finely, and in the latter, coarsely granulated. This character is also observed in the Lamiidae, and in both instances serves to define well marked tribes with greater ease and distinctness than any other character which has been observed. Using this observation, to perfect our tables of tribe?, (or groups, as I pre- viously called them,) we obtain the following result. LAMIIDJ3. I. Humeri rounded, wings wanting; (anterior coxal cavities closed, either rounded or angulated ; eyes somewhat coarsely granulated :) — Monilema, &c. Michthysoma. II. Humeri distinct : — A. Eyes coarsely granulated: a. Anterior coxal cavities rounded, closed : — Acanthoderus, iEdilis, &c. ; Liopus, Leptostylus, Dectes, &c. b. Anterior coxal cavities angulated, closed : — Pogonocherus, Eupo- gonius, &c. ; Oncideres, Mesosa, &c. ; Monohammus, Goe3, &c. ; Pty- chodes, Dorcaschema, &c. B. Eyes finely granulated : a. Anterior coxal cavities angulated, closed behind. Front large, flat, frontal suture concave: — Saperda. Front convex, frontal suture stiaight: — Tetraopes, Oberea, &c. b. Anterior coxal cavities open behind: — Dysphaga. CERAMBYCIDAE. No change is proposed in the Lepturini or Spondylini; the eyes are finely granulated in all of our genera except Centrodera Lee. The remainder of the subfamily may be arranged thus: — I. Anterior coxal cavities angulated, closed behind ; (eyes finely granulated): — Heliomanes, Stenopterus. II. Anterior coxal cavities rounded ; maxilla; elongated, maxillary palpi short ; (eyes finely granulated.) Anterior coxal cavities closed behind : — Callichroma. Anteiior coxal cavities open behind: — Rhopalophorus. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39 III. Anterior coxal cavities rounded, open behind; maxillae short, labial palpi normal. A. Eyes coarsely granulated :— Distenia, Eburia, &c. ; Elaphidion, geris; elytris apice oblique truncatis, basi, fascia angusta saepe iuteirupta vel obsoleta ante medium, altera angulata mox pone medium, tertiaque obliqua ad dodran- tem albo-pubescentibus, femoribus posticis maris abdomine longioribus, fe- minas brevioribus. Long. -30 — 40. Middle States. The middle band makes an acute angle on each elytron, the apex being directed towards the base. The suture is more or less clothed with white pubescence; beneath a white spot is seen each side of the metasternum. This species belongs near C. leucozonus. 22. Pteroplatus ? floridanus, niger opacus, supra rude punctatus, thorace fulvo, vittis 3 nigris, doisali latiore, latitudine breviore, rotundato, parum con- vexo ; elytris thorace paulo latioribus, sutura margine costisque utiinque 3 elevatis, his postice obsoletis ; basi margineque externo laste fulvo ; antennis corpore duplo brevioribus, haud cristatis, articulo 5to 4to longiore, llnio sim- plici, apice subacuto. Long. -37. Florida; Mr. Kdward Norton. The anterior coxae are not transverse, and their cavities are very slightly angulated externally, about as much so as in Atimia. 23. Asemum a s p e r u m Lee. has the eyes prominent, and coarsely granulated [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43 as in Criocephalas, but much more emarginate than in the other species of that genus. In the latter respect, however, C. australis (Asemum australe Lee.) is an intermediate form. 24. Prionus i n n o c u u s, rufo-piceus, nitidus, thorace modice punctato, lati- tudine triplo breviore, angulis omnibus valde rotundatis, lateribus rotundatis. paulo undulatis, elytris thorace fere sesqui brevioribus, latitudine vix se*qui longioiibus, sat fortiter punctatis, apice singulatim rotundatis; antennis(9) 13-articulatis. Long. '90. New Mexico ; Mr. Ulke. More robust in form than any other species known to me ; the eyes are of the same size as in P. integer Lee. Synopsis of the MORDELLIDJE of the United States. BY JOHN L. LE CONTE, M. D. In investigating the numerous species of this family contained in our fauna, I have recognized other genera, in addition to those noted by me in the Smith- sonian Contributions, in my paper on the Coleoptera of Kansas and New Mexico. I have also become convinced that the genus Sphalera established upon Mor- della m e 1 a e n a Germ., is not tenable, the relative proportion of the outer joints of the antennae being a specific rather than a generic character. With these changes, our genera may be arranged in two tribes, as follows : A. Abdomen without anal prolongation ; claws not cleft ; hind coxae moderate ANASPINI. Anterior and middle tarsi with 4th joint equal to 3d ; Antenna? long, scarcely thickened externally Diclidia. Antennae shorter, last five joints broader Pentaria. Anterior and middle tarsi with 4th joint very small Anaspis. B. Abdomen, with the last dorsal segment prolonged, conical ; claws cleft and pectinate ; hind coxae very large MORDELLINI. a. Hind tibiae with a small subapical ridge ; eyes finely granulated ; Scutellum emarginate behind, eyes not reaching the occiput Tomoxia. Scutellum triangular, eyes reaching the occiput ; Anal style emarginate, last joint of maxillary palpi very transverse, securiform Glipa. Anal style entire, last joint of maxillary palpi tri- angular or slightly securiform Mordella. b. Hind tibiae and tarsi with oblique ridges on the outer face ; eyes coarsely granulated ; Hind tibiae without subapical ridge Glipodes. Hind tibiae with the subapical ridge distinct Mordellistena. Tribe 1. ANASPINI. The hind coxae are somewhat larger in Anaspis than in the other two genera, and are shaped as in Mordella, though by no means as largely developed as in that genus. The characters of the tribe are : — Hind coxae not or but slightly dilated ; tibiae slender, claws not cleft nor serrate ; last dorsal segment not prolonged ; 6th ventral segment not visible in Anaspis, visible in Pentaria and Diclidia ; eyes oval, narrowly emarginate ; antenna? inserted very near the eyes, not serrate. Body transversely strigate, pubescent. The species are found on plants. Diclidia. The only species known to me is Anaspis laetula Lee, which differs 1862.] 44 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF from Pentariaby the antenna, which are long and slender, very slightly thick- ened externally, by the form of the mesosternum, as well as by the sexual characters. Scutellum rounded triangular, last dorsal segment not prolonged, sixth ventral visible ; hind tibiae slender, without ridges ; fourth joint of anterior and middle tarsi emarginate, not smaller than the third ; claws dilated at base. Hind coxae small. Mesosternum compressed, much elevated. Eyes coarsely granulated, with a small emargination ; antennae long and slender, slightly thickened externally, not serrate ; third and fourth joints each equal to the first and second together, fifth and sixth a little shorter. Palpi ? In the male the fifth ventral segment is broadly emarginate, and from the tip of the abdomen proceed two long triangular appendages, truncate at the apex. The sculpture is of fine transverse lines. Yellow ; scutellar cloud and two posterior bands of elytra black, venter fuscous, -12. Texas. 1. lae tula Lee. Pentakia Muls. Scutellum rounded triangular ; last dorsal segment of abdomen not pro- longed ; sixth ventral segment visible ; hind tibiae without ridges, more slen- der than in Anaspis ; third joint of anterior and middle tarsi not lobed, fourth equal to the third, and emarginate ; claws dilated at base. Hind coxae smaller than in Anaspis. Eyes coarsely granulated with a small emargination ; an- tennae with the joints 4 — 6 short, 7 — 11 thickened, not serrate ; last joint of maxillary palpi triangular, acute at tip. Notwithstanding the visible sixth ventral segment, the present genus is so closely allied to Anaspis that it would be unnatural to place it anywhere but in this family. The reduction in size of the hind coxae and the slender hind tibiae indicate a relationship with Scraptia,. The species are small, narrow, finely pubescent insects, living upon flowers ; the sculpture consists of very fine, transverse lines as in Anaspis. I have not discovered any external sexual characters. Body fuscous ; head, thorax, feet and base of antennae testaceous ; elytra black, with a large spot before the middle, extending nearly to the suture, and a broad band near the tip, yellow, *14. Middle States. Anaspis trifas- ciata Mels. 1. t r if as c iat a Lee. Body entirely fuscous or piceous, legs and base of antennae paler, #11 — *13. Texas and New Mexico. 2. f u s c u 1 a. Body very narrow, yellow, with a broad fuscous band on the elytra at the middle, -09. Tejon, California. 3. nubilaXec. Anaspis Latr. Scutellum rounded triangular, last dorsal segment not prolonged ; sixth ventral not visible ; hind tibiae slightly thickened, without ridges ; fourth joint of anterior and middle tarsi very small, received upon the third joint, which is slightly lobed ; claws dilated at base. Hind coxae flat, moderate in size. Mesosternum not compressed, finely carinate. Eyes coarsely granulated, with a miall emargination ; antennae slightly thickened externally, not ser- rate ; last joint of maxillary palpi rounded internally, pointed at tip. In the male two long, slender appendages are seen proceeding from between the fourth and fifth ventral segments ; the fourth and fifth, and sometimes the others, are longitudinally excavated. The genus Anthobates Lee. (Agassiz's Lake Superior, 231) was established on false observations ; the type of it, Anaspis trifasciata Mels. cannot be placed in the present genus, but must be referred to Pentaria Muls.. the generic name under which the characters were first properly exposed. Body entirely black ; transverse striae exceedingly fine : Thorax twice as wide as long ; base of antennae, palpi and front legs tes- [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 45 taceous, "13 — -15. L. Superior and Hudson's Bay Terr, tf with the ventral segments broadly channeled. Hallomenus niger Hald. . 1. nigra Lee. Thorax one-half wider than long, mouth and base of antennae very dark testaceous, -11 — -15. California. 2. at ra Lee. Head, thorax and body black ; elytra brownish yellow : Thorax scarcely wider than long, '15. Cala. and Sitka. A. luteipennis Lee. .......... 3. s e rice a Mann. Thorax one-half wider than long, *12 — -14. Georgia and Minnesota. 4. flavipennis Hal. Thorax and elytra brownish yellow : Thorax one-half wider than long; head yellow; antennae and abdomen usually fuscous, sometimes yellow, *12 — -15. Southern, Middle and Western States, Canada, Sitka. A. pallescens Mann. ; ventralis Mels. ; jiliformis Lee. 5. rufa Say. Thorax one-half wider than long, head black, antennae and body fuscous, the former pale at the base, *10 — *13. Washington Territory. 6. nigriceps Lee. Thorax nearly twice as wide as long ; entirely uniform yellowish brown, more robust than the preceding, *05. Colorado Desert. . 7. pus io Lee. Thorax yellow, elytra and body black : Thorax a little wider than long, anterior and middle thighs partly testa- ceous ; transverse lines of elytra more distinct than usual, *12. San Diego, Cala. . . . . . . . . . . 8. collaris Lee. Tribe II. MORDELLINI. Hind coxae very large and fiat, metasternum short ; hind tibiae dilated ; claws cleft to the base, with the upper portion strongly pectinate ; last dor- sal segment conical, prolonged, sixth ventral not visible. Eyes oval, emargi- nate, antennae more or less serrate, inserted in front of the eyes under a frontal margin. Body pubescent, very finely punctulate. Tomoxia Costa. The species of this genus are cuneiform, of a blackish color, varied with irregularly diffused gray pubescence ; the scutellum is emarginate behind, the anal style is short and obtuse ; the hind tibiae and tarsi without ridges, except the short subapical one of the former ; the eyes are finely granulated, the antennae tolerably strongly serrate, and the last joint of the palpi is more or less elongate, triangular and moderately thick, with the extremity hollowed out. The species are found running on the bark of trees which are partly dead ; three are known to me, — § A. Last joint of maxillary palpi long triangular ; base of thorax rounded at the middle. Elytra with broad lines not extending behind the middle ; a posterior fascia composed of spots and the apical margin cinereous ; of the dark markings a rhomboidal spot each side near the base is most characteristic, *3S — -5. Mid- dle and Western States. ..... 1. b id e n t a t a (Say.) § B. Last joint of maxillary palpi securiform ; base of thorax subemarginate at the middle. Elytra with narrow lines and subapical fascia cinereous, dark markings all narrow, '21 — '32. Middle States. . . . • . 2. lineella. Elytra with a broad basal fascia including each side a round dark spot, transverse spot behind the middle, apex, suture and margin cinereous, -19. Western States 3. i n c 1 u s a. 1862.] 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Glipa Lee. The only species known to me is narrow and cuneiform ; the scutellum is rounded triangular, the anal style is short and subemarginate ; the hind tibiae and tarsi are without ridges, except the short, subapical one of the former ; the eyes are very finely granulated, the antennae tolerably strongly serrate, and the last joint of the maxillary palpi very broadly securiform and mode- rately thick, with the extremity hollowed out. Black, varied with cinereous hair, elytra with a narrow subbasal band ob- lique inwards, and a broad one oblique outwards, brown pubescent, con- nected along the suture and margined with cinereous pubescence, '35 — '48. Middle and Western States. Mordella hilaris Lay. . 1. hilaris Lee. Mordella Linn. The species of this genus are cuneiform ; the scutellum is triangular ; the anal style generally long and slender ; the hind tibiae and tarsi are without ridges, except the short, subapical one of the former ; the eyes are finely granulated, the antennae are more or less serrate ; the last joint of the max- illary palpi long triangular, very obliquely truncate, except in the male of M. oculata, where it is broad and securiform, with the under surface clothed with erect hairs, moderately thick and hollowed out at the extremity ; Spha- lera Lee. founded upon M. melaena Germ, is not sufficiently distinct. The species are found on flowers. § A. Anal style short truncate, antennae broadly serrate. Piceous, covered with sericeous brown hair, elytra with a double cinereous spot each side, behind the middle, "25 — *30. Kansas. 1. 4-pu n c t at a Zee* Dull black ; thorax, pygidium and elytra sprinkled with small rounded spots of a silvery pubesceuce, elytra with a narrow, interrupted band behind the middle, composed of confluent spots, -13. Northern States. 2. borealis. § B. Anal style long slender. A. Last joint of maxillary palpi scalene triangular. a. Pubescence above dark, without conspicuous markings : Deep black, finely pubescent, base of thorax broadly rounded at the mid- dle, *2 — *33. Middle, Southern and Western States. 3. melaena Germr. Above dull black, scutellum cinereous, beneath with fine grayish pubes- cence, sides of breast and anterior margin of ventral segments clothed with nearly white pubescence, -16 — '23. N. Y., Canada, G-a., Oregon, California. M. atrata Mels 4. scutellaris Fabr. Black, pubescence above brownish black, with single cinereous hairs inter- mixed, beneath dull black, -12 — '17. Southern and Western States. 5. irrorata. b. Pubescence above black, with orange-colored spots : Occipital margin, base of thorax, with two short projections each side, ir- regular spot surrounding the humerus, and a lunate spot near the tip of the elytra clothed with bright orange-colored pubescence, '30. Florida. 6. inflammata. Head grayish pubescent, thorax with reticulated lines of grayish yellow hair, elytra with a curved basal spot, a narrow oblique one behind the humerus, a rounded subsutural one at the middle, and a reniform spot one-fourth from the tip, more or less fulvous pubescent, beneath spotted with cinereous pubes- cence, "24 — '28. Middle and Southern States. . 7. octopunctata Fabr. * Anaspis 4-punctala Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., 3, 276. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47 c. Pubescence above black, varied with cinereous pubescent markings : a. Antennae and front legs black ; markings small, irregular. Thorax cinereous pubescent, with large black spots ; elytra with small cinereous markings, more or less confluent ; beneath varied with cinereous and black, -12 — '17. Atlantic to Kansas ; La. to Winnipeg. 8. marginata Mels. Thorax cinereous pubescent, with large black spots ; elytra with small cinereous markings, confluent into narrow lines ; beneath varied with cine- reous and black, • 14 — '17. Middle and Western States, Canada. 9. lineata Mels. b. Antennae and front legs testaceous ; markings irregular : Thorax and elytra speckled with small, rounded, unequal, cinereous spots, interrupted band behind, the middle of the elytra and tip cinereous ; beneath varied with cinereous and black, -15 10. serval Say. B. Last joint of maxillary palpi broad, securiform. (Antennae and front legs testaceous, markings large.) Elytra with a large basal band including each side a round black spot, and an interrupted band behind the middle cinereous ; beneath varied with cine- reous ; (maxillary palpi of male larger than in the female, with the under surface of the joints clothed with erect hairs,) -23 — '26. Middle, Southern and Western States 11. oc ulata Say. Elytra with an oblique band running from the humerus almost to the su- ture, a transverse spot behind the middle, and the entire suture cinereous ; beneath varied with cinereous, (^ unknown,) 20. Kansas. 12. insulata Lee. C. Last joint of maxillary palpi almost an isoceles triangle. a. Body entirely black, robust, elytra with broad cinereous pubescent bands, thorax cinereous pubescent with large black spots. Elytra with a broad basal band including on each side two spots, and two oblique undulated bands of cinereous hair, '12 — -14. Middle and Western States. . • 13. triloba Lee* Elytra with a broad basal band including each side a very large black spot, band just behind the middle and tip cinereous, "11. Middle and Western States 14. undulata Mels. b. Head, thorax and elytra partly yellow, the latter with transverse bands. Black, antenna?, feet, middle of pectus and occiput yellow, thorax yellow with a very large triangular black spot occupying the whole of the apex, and extending nearly to the base, elytra with an oblique humeral vitta connected with a band before the middle, another band behind the middle, the apex and margin and suture behind the secondhand yellow, -09 — *12. Middle, Southern and Western States. Varies with the elytra marked with only two transverse yellow bands. 15. disco idea Mels. Glipodes Lee. The species of this genus are cuneiform, narrow, fuscous and covered with a dense sericeous brown pubescence. The scutellum is rounded triangular, the anal style is moderately long ; the hind tibiae have no subapical ridge, (which exists in all the other genera,) but are carinate along the dorsal line, and furnished with a long oblique ridge on the outer surface, which is con- nected with the dorsal ridge near the tip ; the first joint of the hind tarsi has two oblique ridges. The eyes are coarsely granulated ; the antennae are feebly * Anaspis triloba Say, Journ. Acad., 3, 276. 1862.] 48 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP serrate. The last joint of the maxillary palpi is scalene triangular in form, and in the male of G. sericans is covered on the under surface with a dense brush of fine short hair ; in the same sex there is at the base of the last joint an external articulated bifurcated appendage, the branches of which are as long as the joint ; no vestige of this is seen in the female ; the last joint of the labial palpi of both sexes of G. sericans is triangular and broadly emarginate at tip , in G. helva the same joint is bell-shaped and truncate at tip. § A. Labial palpi with the last joint emarginate. Cuneiform elongate, fuscous, densely clothed with sericeous brown pubes- cence, -30. Middle, Southern and Western States. (^ as above described.) Mordella sericans Mels. ...... 1. s er ic an s (Lee.) B. Labial palpi with the last joint truncate. Almost linear, fuscous, densely clothed with sericeous brown pubescence, •18. Georgia. 2. helva. MOKDELLISTENA Costa. Scutellum rounded triangular ; anal style long and slender ; hind tibia? with a subapical, short, transverse ridge, and from one to five oblique ridges on the outer face ; hind tarsi with several oblique ridges. Eyes coarsely granulated ; antennae feebly serrate ; last joint of maxillary palpi triangular. The numerous species of this genus are small, frequently elegantly colored insects living upon flowers ; they are either linear or slightly cuneiform. Divisions are easily formed by regarding the ridges of the hind tibiae and tarsi, which scarcely vary in the same species. Species of similar color, e. g. M. lute a, vapid a, tost a, ustulata, nubila and ambusta, which are all of a yellowish brown color, are easily distinguished by reference to the hind tibiae and tarsi. When the previously described species have been referred to Mordella, I have placed the authority in parenthesis, to save the space of a double reference. § A. Hind tibiae and first joint of hind tarsi each with a single short oblique ridge near the tip : Body narrow, parallel ; black, elytra with two orange bands, the first near the base and interrupted by the suture, the second one- fourth from the tip ; head antenna?, feet (except the hind femora) and anus reddish testaceous, *09. Southern States ; thorax sometimes black, sometimes rufous. 1. bicinctella. § B. Hind tibiae with two oblique ridges on the outer face. a. Ridges converging above ; first joint of tarsi with two, second with one oblique ridge ; body slender, slightly cuneiform, uniform brownish yellow : Ridges of hind tibiae long, very strongly marked, -13. Pennsylvania. 2. a r i d a. << " shorter, less strongly marked, 'II — -13. Pa., Ga. 3. lutea (Mels.) b. Ridges parallel, equal : a. First joint of hind tarsi with two, second with one oblique ridge : Elytra black, with two transverse yellow bands, the anterior one interrupted at the suture and thus composed of two triangular spots, the apices being towards the base ; body narrow, nearly parallel ; —body black, head rufous, thorax black, basal margin and sides dark yellow, feet and abdomen tinged with testaceous, '09 — *11. Middle, Western and Southern States 4. t r i f as c i a t a (Say.) body yellow, thorax yellow, abdomen and hind tibiae and tarsi varied with black "11. Middle and Southern States. . . . 5. lepidula. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 Above pale, large frontal spot, discoidal spot and anterior angles of thorax, suture and sides of elytra blackish ; feet and hind coxa? pale, metasternum and abdomen blackish, *12. Middle States. . . 6. 1 i m b a li s (Mels. ) Entirely luteous, *09. Pennsylvania. . . . . 7. v a p i d a. Entirely black, pubescence grayish sericeous, -09 — -11. California. 8. vilis (Zee.) b. First and second joints of hind tarsi each with two oblique ridges : Narrow, parallel ; body yellow ; head behind the antenna? blackish ; thorax with the front half yellow, with a medial cloud ; hind half black ; elytra black, with a large, elongate basal spot ; margin and suture, behind the mid- dle, yellow, -12. Western States. . . . . 9. decorella. c. First joint of hind tarsi with three, second with two oblique ridges ; body narrow, slightly cuneate : Reddish yellow, base of thorax and elytra black, the latter with a large tri- angular basal spot on each, yellow suture and margin behind the middle nar- rowly yellow, -14. Middle and Southern States. . 10. oniata(JA/s.J Black, head and humeral spot of elytra reddish yellow ; anterior feet yel- low, hind feet black, varied with testaceous, -09. Middle and Northern States. 11. militaris. Black, elytra "with an orange yellow oblong humeral spot, -16. Middle and Western States. ..... 12. s ca p u 1 a ri s {Say.) Blackish, densely clothed with grayish sericeous hair; head and thorax red- dish yellow, the latter black at the base ; feet testaceous, *12 — -17. Colorado Desert, California. ....... 13. co mat a {Lee.) Pale yellowish brown, slightly cuneate, hind tibia? with a very faint trace of a 3d ridge, *12. Georgia. ....... 14. t o s t a. Black, linear, pubescence fine and dark ; head before the eyes, anterior part of thorax, front and middle thighs ferruginous; antennae piceous, -11 — *13. Middle States. ......... 15. picicornis. Black, linear, pubescence brown sericeous ; head before the eyes and thorax ferruginous, the latter with a linear dorsal cloud, "11. New York. 16. cervicalis. Black, linear, pubescence brownish gray, hind tibia? with a very faint trace of a 3d ridge, -09— -11 17. as p e rs a (Mels.)* d. First joint of hind tarsi with three, second with one oblique ridge ; body narrow, almost parallel : Head, thorax and feet reddish yellow ; elytra fuscous, with the humeri and apical margin reddish yellow ; abdomen, sternum and hind coxa? and femora blackish ; incisures of hind feet blackish, *09. Illinois. 18. fulvicollis (Mels.) c. Ridges parallel, the anterior one extending almost across the outer face of the tibia?. a. First joint of hind tarsi with two, second with one oblique ridge; elytra black, with two yellow bands precisely as in species 4 and 5. Head, thorax and feet yellow, thorax with a nanow dorsal cloud ; elytra black, with two yellow bands, the anterior one interrupted by the suture; trunk black- ish, -10 Georgia 19. arnica. b. First joint of hind tarsi with three, second with two oblique ridges. Black covered with cinereous pubescence ; elytra with two broad bands, and the apex black pubescent, -08. S.Carolina 20. in fi ma. * The pubescence of this species is described by Dr. Melsheimer (Pr. Ac, 2, 314) as being mottled, but the type furnished by him, on being carefully cleaned and remounted, shows a uniformly diffused covering of brownish gray hair. 1862.] 4 50 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP Elytra yellow, with the base, tip, sutura and large oblong marginal spot black ; — head, thorax and body black ; antennae and legs yellow, '09. Middle States. 21. a n d re a e. — head, thorax and body yellow : abdomen blackisb, -10. Georgia. 22. g r a m m i c a. Elytra ferruginous, with the suture and margin blackish ; — black, mouth and anterior feet testaceous ; hind tibiae and tarsi testaceous, with incisures black ; anus piceous, '09. Georgia. . . 23. a n c i 1 1 a. — black, head and part of thorax reddish yellow, anterior feet yellow, hind tibia? and tarsi testaceous, with incisures black, -10 — "12. Middle and Southern States. . . . . . . . . . . 24. varians. — ferruginous, black limb of elytra very narrow; abdomen, and sometimes hind coxa? and pectus blackish, -9 — -11. Middle and Southern States. 25. u s t u 1 a t a. Elytra without distinct markings ; pubescence brownish gray ; Piceous, bead, thorax and anterior legs ferruginous ; humeri with an indefi- nite ferruginous spot; anus rufo-piceous, -09 — -11. Middle and Southern States . . . 26. s e m i u s t a. Piceous, head, apical margin of thorax and anterior legs ferruginous; anus rufo-piceous, 09. S.Carolina. ..... 27. impatiens. Entirely blackish piceous, -09. Middle and Southern States. 28. n ig r ic ans (Mels.) Blackish piceous ; head ferruginous; antenna?, anterior feet, middle tibiae and tarsi, base of hind tibiae and tarsi, and margin of abdomen testaceous ; first joint of hind tarsi with a rudiment of 4th ridge, -12. Middle and Southern States. 29. ruficeps. Ferruginous ; sides of pectus and elytra darker ; hind tibiae with a rudiment of a 3d, first juint of tarsi with a rudiment of a 4th ridge, -13. San Diego, California 30. nubila(Zec) § C. Hind tibiae with three short, oblique, parallel ridges. a. First joint of hind tarsi with three, second with two oblique ridges; elytra not bauded. Black, linear, elytra with numerous rounded spots of ashy sericeous pubes- cence, -09 — "11. Middle, South, and West. States. 31. p u 8 t u la t a (Mels.)* Black, linear, elytra with lines of brownish gray pubescence, confluent be- hind, -12. Kentucky 32. convict a. Nearly linear, ferruginous ; elytra black, with the suture and margin nar- rowly ferruginous ; base ferruginous, broader at the humeri, -19. Pa., Ky. 33. f u 3 c i p e n n i s (Mels.) Slightly cuneate ; beneath ferruginous ; abdomen and sides of breast dusky, above black ; mouth, anterior Darrow inteirupted band of thorax, large tri- angular basal spot of each elytra, and suture and margin behind the middle yellow, -15. Lake Superior. ..... 34. p ec t or al i s (Lee. ) Nearly linear, entirely black, pubescence brownish gray, -11 — 15. Lake Superior and Minnesota. . ....... 35. morula. Nearly linear, fusco-ferruginous, pubescence brown sericeous, ridges of hind tibiae longer and more oblique than usual, -12 — -15. Southern States. 36. a m b u s t a. b. First joint of hind tarsi with four, second with two oblique ridges ; elytra not banded. Slightly cuneate, piceous, covered with brown sericeous pubescence, #12 — *15. Middle, Southern and Western States 37. u n i c o 1 o r. Slightly cuneate, very black, pubescence fine and dark, mouth and anterior half of thorax ferruginous, -13. Middle States. . 38. marginal is (Say.) * In one specimen I observed a rudiment of a fourth tibial ridge. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 Slightly cuneate, black, covered with dense brown pubescence ; head, front legs and anterior half of thorax reddish yellow, -11 — -12. Kansas. 39. di visa Lee* c. Elytra with bands of sericeous pubescence; hind tibiae with a rudiment of a 4th ridge ; first joint of tarsi with three, second with two ridges. Black, more robust than usual, pubescence brownish, thorax with three large black spots, elytra gray sericeous, with a subbasal spot each side, and two transverse bands black, -09. Middle and Southern States. 40. pubescens {Fair.) Fusco-luteous, slender, thorax with three badly defined basal clouds, elytra with narrow limb and two very oblique bands yellowish sericeous, -12. Middle and Southern States 41. 1 i t u r a t a {Mels.) Black, slender, sides of thorax and legs piceo-testaceous ; elytra with very narrow limb, and two oblique bands prolonged backwards near the suture, connected by a line near the margin, and apex paler sericeous, "14. Pa. 42. bihamata( Mels.) Black, mouth, antennae, front and middle legs and thorax ferruginous, the lat- ter with a large dorsal, less pubescent black spot, elytra with a very narrow limb, apex and two nearly transverse bands connected by a submarginal line pale sericeous, -11 — -14. Middle and Southern States. Varies with head and thorax black, anterior thighs piceous 43. hebraica. Reddish dark testaceous, elytra dark fuscous, with a very narrow sutural line, an oblique band from the humerus nearly to the suture, a transverse band behind the middle reaching neither suture nor margin, and an entire transverse band near the tip pale sericeous; (first joint of hind tarsi with a narrow rudi- ment of a fourth ridge,) -12. Middle and Western States. 44. 1 e p o r i n a. | D. Hind tibiae with four oblique ridges besides the subapical one. a. First joint of hind tarsi with three, second with two oblique ridges. Fusco-testaceous, subcuneate, pubescence fulvous, sericeous, -18. Pa. 45. f us ca ta (Mels.) b. First joint of hind tarsi with three, second with two, third with two, all the ridges very strongly marked. Ferruginous, elytra black, with the humeri indistinctly ferruginous, and the suture and lateral margin narrowly pale sericeous, -23. Pa. 46. pityptera. c. First joint of hind tarsi with five, second with four, third with three small oblique ridges. Very slender, entirely black, pubescence fine and dark, -23. Ga. 47. an gu s t a. § E. Hind tibiae with five or six very small, oblique ridges. a. Head ferruginous ; elytra with a ferruginous stripe from the humerus to within one-fifth of the apex ; body black; anterior legs ferruginous. Thorax ferruginous, with the anterior part black, -17. Pa. 48. attenuata(%.) Thorax entirely black, -20. Pa. . . . . . 49. v i tti ger a. b. Head black ; elytra not vittate. Black, pubescence sericeous brown ; elytra blackish, with a long basal spot on each, an undulated band behind the middle, suture and tip paler sericeous, •14 — -17. Middle and Southern States. ... 50. d i s c ol or {Mels.) Black, pubescence grayish sericeous, slightly mottled, -16. Kansas. 51. ae m ul a Lec.-f Species unknown to me. Mordella nigripennis Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppl. 127 ; Syst. El. 2, 123. * Coleopt. of Kansas snd Eastern New Mexico, (Smiths. Contr.) 17. t Coleopt. of Kansas and New Mexico, (Smiths. Contr.) 16. 1862.] 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Notes on the Species of CALOSOMA inhabiting the United States. BY JOHN L. LECONTE, M. D. The difference in the anterior tarsi of the males of certain species of Calo- soma was first observed and made known by Schaum, (Ins. Deutschl. 1, 111,) and a grouping of the species was proposed according as the 4th joint was clothed beneath with a brush of hairs, like the preceding joints, or smooth and naked, as in the majority of the species. An attentive study of the sexual cha- racters of those species represented in my collection has shown me that the number of divisions must be increased, in order that the species may be natu- rally grouped. I would arrange our species as follows : — Anterior tarsi of the male with the 4th joint hairy beneath : Thorax with sides broadly fattened behind, (body elongate) I. Thorax narrowed behind, sides not flattened II. Anterior tarsi of the male with the 4th joint glabrous beneath : 3d joint of anterior tarsi $ glabrous beneath ; thorax trisinuate behind... III. 3d joint of anterior tarsi $ hairy beneath : Thorax truncate behind , IV. Thorax emarginate behind : Body winged V. Body without wings VI. Group I. The species of this group are remarkable for the long narrow body; the 5th and following joints of the antenna? are cylindrical and nearly equably pubes- cent; the thorax is rounded at the sides, very slightly emarginate at the base, which is not narrowed, but broad and flattened each side; the joints 1 — 3 of the anterior tarsi of the male are clothed beneath with a brush of hair; the 4th joint is haiTy for a small space at the middle, and strongly spinous at the sides. Our species are : 1. C. externum Say, (longipenneTte).); 2. C. mac rum Lee, and 3. C. protractum, elongatum, nigrum, subnitidum, thorace latitudine duplo breviore, basi vix emarginato, subsinuato ; margine incrassato, basi et lateribus punctato. his postice late modice reflexis, elytris thorace paulo lati- oribus, parallelis, subtiliter seriatim punctatis. Long. -95 — 1-05. Arizona; Dr. Irwine, U. S. A. Group II. The species of this group have the 5th and following joints of the antennas cylindrical, nearly equably hairy ; the thorax is comparatively small, much narrowed behind, with the base slightly rounded ; the elytra are deeply striate and ovate, being gradually widened from the base ; the joints 1 — 4 of the anterior tarsi of the male are covered beneath with a dense brush of hair, the first, however, being glabrous at the base; the 4th is very slightly spinous at the sides. Our species are : 4. C. scrutator Fabr. The middle tibire in the male are curved and both they and the hind tibias are furnished with a dense brush of hairs on the inner face near the tip. The species is found from Newfoundland to the point of Lower California. 5. C. W i 1 1 c o x i Lee. Middle tibia; of the male straight and not hairy. 6. C. frigid um Kirby. Middle tibiae of the male slightly curved, and somewhat, though not densely, hairy on the inner face. Group III. The single species constituting this group has the outer joints of the antenna? cylindrical and equably pubescent ; the thorax is narrowed behind and mode- [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 53 rately Insinuate at base; the elytra are striate and ovate, but longer than in the preceding group; the first joint of the anterior tarsi of the male is hairy beneath only for a small portion near the anterior margin ; the 2d joint has the usual brush of hair; the 3d and 4th joints are entirely without hair. 7. C. Sayi DeJ. The middle tibiae of the male are very much curved, pro- longed at tip on the inner face, and armed along the inner margin with several small distant teeth. Group IV. In this group are several species of a black color, with feeble or obsolete elytral striae ; the outer joints of the antennae are cylindrical and equably punc- tured ; the thorax is narrowed behind, sometimes angulated at the sides, with the base not at all emarginate, but truncate or slightly rounded ; the joints 1 — 3 of the anterior tarsi of the male are clothed beneath with a dense brush of hair the 4th is naked; nothing peculiar is seen in the form of the middle tibiae of the male. All the species inhabit the plains of the central part of the continent • 8. C. prominens Lee. (angulalum\\ Lee.) ; 9. C. 1 it g u b r e Lee. 10. C. carbonatum, nigrum, subnitidum, thorace latitudine duplo bre- viore antice posticeque angustato, lateribus medio obtuse subangulatis ; disco confertim subtiliter intricato-rugoso, lateribus parce punctatis, basi fere recte truncato, elytris subovatis, convexis, thorace latioribus, striis haud impressis subtiliter punctatis, foveisque obsoletis serie triplici impressis. Ljng. 1-00. New Mexico and Upper Texas. 11. C. t r i s t e Lee. ; 12. C. o b s o 1 e t u m Say, {luxatum\ Dej.) Group V. The species here placed have the outer joints of the antennae nearly cylin- drical but less punctured on the sides ; the thorax is more or less narrowed behind, and the base is distinctly emarginate; the joints 1 — 3 of the anterior tarsi of the male are clothed beneath with a dense brush of hairs, and the 4th is glabrous ; the middle tibiae of the male present no important characters. There is much difference in the sculpture of the elytra, the striae being oblite- rated in C. s e m i 1 ae v e , deep in c a 1 i d u m , confused in tepidum, badly defined in cancellatum, which has besides three rows of catenated eleva- tions. All the species are found on the Pacific coast; C. c a 1 i d u m extends entirely across the continent from ocean to ocean. 13. C. s e m i 1 ae v e Lee. ; 14. C. calidum Fair. (var. lepidum Lee.) ; 15. C. tepidum Lee. 16. C. cancellatum Esch. (var. cenescens Lee.) Group VI. In this group are placed species without wings, and generally of robust form; the outer joints of the antennae are somewhat compressed and very con- spicuouslj7 less punctured on the flattened sides, except in C. discors, in which the antennas resemble those of the preceding group ; the thorax is nar- rowed behind, and the base is very obviously emarginate; the joints 1 — 3 of anterior tarsi of the male are clothed beneath with a dense brush of hairs, and the 4th is glabrous ; nothing remarkable is seen in the middle tibiae of the male. Four forms of elytral sculpture are seen. a. Elytra with rows of close set punctures, the intervals each with a row of more distant punctures. 17. C. discors Lee. b. Elytra with confused punctures and three rows of catenated elevations. 18. C. moniliatum Lee. 19. C. laqueatum Lee. c. Elytra with confused punctures and three rows of faint foveae. 20. 0. W i 1 k e s i i Lee. d. Elytra with fine striae, the intervals crossed by transverse lines producing an imbricated appearance. 21. C. luxatum Say. (C. slriatulum Lee. and C. Zimmermanni Lee. are varieties, or rather races, of this species.) 1862.] 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Descriptions of certain species of DIURNAL LEPIDOPTESA found within the limits of the United States and British America— No. 2. BY WM. H. EDWARDS. 1. Argynnis Atlantis, no v. sp. 5. Chionobas taygete, Hubner. 2. Thecla acadica, nov. sp. 6. Pamphila vema, nov. sp. 3. " beta, nov. sp. 7. " rurea, nov. sp. 4. Lycsena neglecta, nov. sp. 8. Hesperia vialis, nov. sp. AKGYNNIS ATLANTIS, nOV. Sp. Male. Expands 2 to 2| inches. Upper side of both wings uniform fulvous, less bright than Aphrodite or Cybele, dusky near base and on costal margin of primaries ; both wings have a broad black hind margin, sometimes enclosing an interrupted fulvous line next anal angle of secondaries ; preceding this band and connected with it on primaries, a series of black crescents, the one next the inner angle geminate, enclosing round fulvous spots which are smallest next apex ; anterior to these a transverse row of round black spots, an abbreviated black band running obliquely back from the costa, and a zigzag band across the middle of the wing ; within the cell three transverse, wavy black bars, the second continued nearly to the submedian nervure, and a fourth bar on the arc, dilated at its lower extremity and there enclosing a dusky space. Secondaries have a series of black crescents, not resting on the marginal border as in primaries, the one next the anal angle geminate, a transverse row of small round black spots, and across the middle of the wing a zigzag band ending within the abdominal margin ; in the cell a black band bent like a horse-shoe ; fringe yellowish white, black, with a little fulvous at the inter- section of the nervures. Under side : hind margin of both wings dark brown ; disk and inner margin of primaries reddish tawny, costa and apex light buff ; the black markings of upper side repeated, but more delicate ; five silver triangles within the^ mar- ginal crescents next apex, and preceding these on the costa two rounded silver spots on a dark brown ground. Secondaries dark red brown, more or less mottled with drab, except the space between the two outer rows of silver spots, which is bright buff and immaculate ; upon the border of hind margin seven triangular silver spots, edged below with black, and above with red brown preceded by another series of seven rounded or oval, the middle one smallest, all edged above with black ; between these and the base are ten silver spots of various sizes and forms, the largest divided by the discal arc ; all these, except the two anterior, edged above with black ; edge of costa next base and whole abdomi- nal margin broadly silvered ; thorax and abdomen above black, covered with fulvous hairs, thorax below reddish grey, abdomen buff ; palpi grey, tipped with fulvous ; antennae black above, fulvous below ; club velvet black, tipped with fulvous. Female. Expands 2| to 2^ inches. Color above less bright than the male, inclining to tawny ; the black mar- gin very heavy, and the marginal spots next apex of primaries buff, nearly white ; usually a black spot next base of secondaries ; under side of prima- ries bright fulvous ; in other respects as in the male. This species seems to be limited to the mountainous districts of the North- ern States and to parts of British America. In the Catskill Mountains, near the Mountain House, I found it abundant the past season, (1861.) I have received it from the White Mountains, from Williamstown, Mass., and from Lake Winnipeg, by Mr. S. H. Scudder, and by Mr. Drexler from near Hudson's Bay. The specimens from the White Mountains and Hudson's Bay a [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 are diminutive in size. There is also a specimen in the cabinet of the late Dr. Harris, at Cambridge, Mass., taken by Prof. Agassiz on the north side of Lake Superior. In the markings of its surface Atlantis bears a close resemblance to Cybele and Aphrodite, to Adippe and Aglaia of Europe, and to Zerene and Astarte of California. It especially resembles the three last-named species iu the zigzag band which crosses the disk of secondaries, but which in Aphrodite takes the form of a belt of small crescents, separated by wide spaces. It is, moreover, readily distinguished from Aphrodite by its duller color, broad black margin to both wings and color of secondaries below. It also differs sensibly in the shape of the primaries, the margins meeting at the inner angle more obtusely, the outer angle being more acute and the breadth of the wing from the inner angle to middle of costa much less. The antenna? are shorter by one eighth of an inch. Of the three species, Cybele is Southern, and in the vicinity of Newburgh, N. Y., is found but little more abundantly than Aphrodite. In the Catskills the latter abounds and Cybele is rare, much less common than Atlantis. From Connecticut, Massachusetts and Canada, I have seen no Cybele, though doubtless it is occasionally found in those districts. The prevailing Northern species is Aphrodite. Thecla acadica, nov. sp. Male. Expands 1*2 inch. Size and form of Falacer. Color above dark brown, costal edge of prima- ries rufous ; in the disk a smooth oval spot ; secondaries have a single tail, from the base of which a bluish white line extends along the margin to the anal angle ; the space next above this line is sprinkled slightly with fulvous scales making an indistinct broad band, which ends beyond the tail in a clear fulvous spot ; fringe of both wings brown, next before the tail white, beyond it black, through which runs a white line, and at the angle black. Under side dark grey, with a pearly lustre ; on primaries a short discal bar, edged with white ; beyond this, a bent transverse row of black spots, each edged with white, the one next the costa minute, the next three round, fourth and fifth oval, and sixth double ; within and along the margin a row of elon- gated, pale fulvous spots obsolete towards the apex, narrowly bordered within by black, on which rests a line of bluish white. Secondaries have a long discal streak, a transverse row of black spots and streaks, each edged with white, the six from the costa nearly round, the next long and bent toward the anal angle, the last a streak running up the abdomi- nal margin and bent upward at right angles near its inner extremity ; hind margin edged with white and bordered by a bright red band, divided by the nervures into spots, arched above and edged with black, on which is a line of bluish white ; this band extends some distance up the abdominal margin, and encloses on the hind margin, near anal angle, a large rounded space sprinkled with blue atoms ; the three red spots next outer angle partly obsolete. Taken near London, C. W., by Mr. W. Saunders. Thecla IuEta, nov. sp. Expands 9-10 inch. Upper side of primaries black, of secondaries blackish brown ; near base of primaries a few scales of metallic blue ; costal edge red ; next the anal angle of secondaries a broad band of metallic blue scales, many of which are re- placed by black, extends half way along the hind margin ; beyond the band a fine line of these scales follows the margin to the outer angle ; anal angle edged with red ; fringe grey. Under side of secondaries and apex and costal margin of primaries slate blue, with a green tinge ; costal edge of primaries red ; disk smoke color ; beyond the cell, on costal margin, a transverse, abbreviated series of fine red 186k2.] 5(3 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF spots, edged posteriorly with white, the last two obscured by the smoky hue of the disk. Secondaries have two series of red spots parallel to the hind margin ; those of the exterior small, and towards the outer angle minute, each more or less surrounded by a delicate white border, in which are a few black scales ; the inner series crosses the middle of the wing, is slightly irregular, the spots large, brighter red and crescent-shaped, bordered posteriorly with white, in which are a few black scales ; edge of the wing at the anal angle and at the intersection of the adjoining nervures red ; thorax and abdomen above black, beneath white. Taken near London, C. W., by Mr. W. Saunders. IiYCffiNA NEGLECTA, nOV. Sp. Expands l'l inch. Male. Upper side of primaries delicate azure blue, paler in the disk and silvery on costal margin ; secondaries greyish blue, with a broad azure mar- gin ; a black line edges the hind margin of both wings, expanding towards apex of primaries into a border, and running a little way along the costal margin ; fringe of primaries white, cut with black by the nervures ; of second- aries, sometimes barred with black, but usually wholly white. Under side pure white, or white with a bluish tinge ; primaries with a dark discal streak and a transverse series of six black streaks set obliquely ; second- aries have a discal streak, three points near base and eight points or streaks crossing the disk in a tortuous line; both wings bordered by confluent spots, forming a crenated band, each spot enclosing a darker point. Female. Upper side of both wings of a deeper and more metallic blue ; primaries have a broad fuscous hind margin ; in some cases this color extends along the costal margin to the base, where it is sprinkled with blue ; a faint discal streak ; hind margin of secondaries bordered by a row of small fuscous spots. Under side dark grey, sprinkled with blue at the base of both wings ; the fuscous spots disposed as in the male, but larger and coarser. Variety a. Upper side wholly fuscous. Massachusetts, New York, Wisconsin, Lake Winnipeg. There are three species of Lycsenae in North America that much resemble each other, viz. : — Lncia of Kirby, Pseudargiolus of Boisduval, and a third hitherto confounded with the later, which I described as Neglecta. Pseudar- giolus resembles Argiolus of Europe in form, size and color above, and was considered by Abbott and Smith as identical with it. Both wings are wholly violet blue' with a pinkish tinge ; the under side is greyish white, and the hind margins are bordered by a broad, serrated band, the teeth of which are separated almost to their bases. This band appears as if stamped on the wing. The color of Neglecta is azur^ blue on primaries, of secondaries grey blue, with an azure margin ; the under side is pure white or bluish white, and the marginal band is confluent and serrated. Lucia is uniform light silvery blue above and cinereous below, with a border as in Neglecta. The number, shape and arrangement of the spots on the under side of these species are similar, mostly differing in degree of fineness ; in Pseudargiolus they are very delicate ; in Neglecta much less so ; in Lucia heavy and coarse. Pseudar- giolus varies much in size. It appears to be rather a Southern species. It is common on the mountains of Western Virginia, and is occasionally met with in New York. Neglecta is common in New York, and I have received it from Wisconsin and from Lake Winnipeg. Lucia seems to be confined to the Northern parts of the continent. I have received from Mr. Drexler a female of Chionobas Taygete (QSneis Tai/gite) of Hubner, taken at Albany River, Hud- son's Bay, which agrees with Ilubner's figure, but differs from C. Bootes, de- scribed by Boisduval and LeConte as identical, and from the figure of Bootes [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57 in Boisduval's spec. gen. Boisduval, in his Icones, figures Taygete and calls it Bootes without any reference to Hubnei. Bootes is an European species, Taygete an American only, and the priority of name belongs to Hubner. The only description we have, therefore, being incorrect, I described Taygete from Mr. Drexler's specimen. Herrich-Schaeffer, Lep. Eur. f. 112, gives Taygete as same with Boisduval's C. also. But C. also is Hipparehia semidea of Say, a species as yet only known to be found in the White Mountains of New Hamp- shire. Boisduval's description was taken from a single specimen forwarded by the late Dr. Harris to Major Le Conte with Say's name, which should have been retained. C. semidea appears to have been lost sight of, and doubted as a species for many years, till, in 1857, Mr. Scudder found it abundant on the summit of Mt. Washington. Chinobas Taygete. Olneis Taygete, Hubner. C. Boo/es, Boisduval and Le Conte. C. Bootes, Boisduval in Icones. Female. Expands 2-2 inches. Upper side ochrey brown, both wings, from the base to beyond the cell, clouded with black, which makes externally an irregular outline, crenate in the median interspaces of primaries ; hind margin of both wings and apex of primaries bordered with dark brown ; between ihis and the clouded space a broad common band, in which, on the primaries, are three black pyriform spots, the first being between the discoidal nervules and the others in the two spaces between the median nervules ; a small round black spot in the anal angle of secondaries ; costal margin of primaries sprinkled with black and grey. Under side : primaries paler, the whole wing marked by fine, transverse, abbreviated streaks of dark brown, most dense in the cell; spots as above ; costa barred with grey and black ; a heavy black line corresponds nearly to the dark outline of clouded space above, but wants the crenations and pro- jects on the second discoidal nervule into an acute angle. Secondaries wholly mottled and streaked transversely with grey, light brown and black, the latter color predominating next the base, and light brown on the hind margin ; a broad band crosses the disk, black on the edges, the inner edge angular, the outer sinuous ; a minute black spot in the anal angle ; ner- vures grey and prominent. Albany River, Hudson's Bay, by Mr. Drexler. Pamphila versa, no v. sp. Expands 1*2 inch. Size and form of Otho. Male. Both wings dark glossy brown ; body covered with greenish hairs ; on costa of primaries near apex a yellowish spot, divided into three by the nervures, on the disk an oblique black bar, posterior to which, and running with it from the middle of the inner margin, are three yellowish, translucent spots, the anterior minute, the next a parallelogram, the third separated from the second by a wide space. Beneath dark brown, with a purple reflection ; same spots on primaries as above, but enlarged ; across the disk of secondaries an obsolete row of points, thorax grey ; abdomen, head and palpi whitish. Female. Same color ; the oblique band of yellowish spots varies, the second being nearly square and preceded by an additional small spot at its upper inner angle. Beneath lighter brown ; the obsolete points on second- aries of the male become distinct yellow spots, crossing the wing two-thirds the distance from the abdominal margin, when they bend at right angles, and run nearly to the costa. Illinois, from Mr. Walsh, Washington. 1862.] 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Pamphila iicxEA, nov. sp. Expands 1-1 inch. Male. Color above and below dark glossy brown ; on primaries an oblique black bar. Female. Same color ; on the costa of primaries, near the apex, a yellowish spot divided into three by the nervures, and two small spots near middle of the wing ; all these are repeated below, and on the disk of secondaries are four obsolete points in a transverse line. Rock Island, Illinois, from Mr. B. D. Walsh. Hesperia vialis, nov. sp. Expands 9-10 inch. Color fuscous ; the only markings are four fine, yellowish-white spots on costa of primaries near apex ; fringe long, color brown, barred with black by the intersection of the nervures. Under side darker, with a purple reflection on apex of primaries and hind margin of secondaries ; thorax grey, palpi light grey. Rock Island, Illinois ; Lake Winnipeg. Description of a New CARDITJM from the Pleistocene of Hudson's Bay BY WM. STIMPSON. Cakdium Dawsoni. Cardium islandicum Stimpson, (non Chemn.) Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1861, p. 97. Shell snbovate, oblique, very inequilateral, and somewhat angular posteri- orly ; beaks small and much elevated ; hinge thin ; teeth weak, especially the pos- terior ones ; ribs about thirty-five in num- ber, in the anterior part of the shell nar- rower than their interspaces, in the mid- dle and posterior parts broader and more flattened ; ventral margin crenated. Length 1-63 ; height 1-53; convexity, or breadth, 1 inch. Imperfect specimens indicate a larger size. This shell resembles C. islandicum, (cili- atam 0. Fabr.,) in the characters of the hinge, but is easily distinguished by its obliquity and the great elevation of its small beaks, the prominence of which gives an angularity of outline to the umbonial slope, very different from the evenly rounded and more depressed slope of the recent shell. Tha posterior ex- tremity also is much less rounded, and in some specimens the posterior and ventral margins form nearly a right angle with each other. The ribs are not acute as inC. islandicum, but more or less flattened, and generally broader than their interspaces. From C. decorticatum S. Wood, of the English crag, this species differs in its thinner hinge and weak teeth ; from C. inUrruptum of the same author, and formation, by its greater obliquity, and the prominence of the beaks. Our specimens all present a character which may perhaps be considered specific ; that of broad concentric bands of erosion, separated by correspond- ing crenulated ridges, indicating periods of arrest of growth in the shell, at which periods the margins, being slowly formed, were of stronger substance than when the deposit proceeded more rapidly. These periods were probably annual, occurring in winter. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 It was found by Mr. Drexler abundantly on tbe beach at Cape Hope, on the southeast side of Hudson's Bay, having in all probability been washed out of a Pleistocene deposit. The specimens are in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, under the auspices of which Mr. D. visited that country. This is doubtless the shell figured as a Mya by E. Emmons, in the fourth volume of the " Natural History of New York, pi. L, fig. 9, as occurring in the Pleistocene of Lake Champlain. I have dedicated the species to the accomplished President of McGill College, Montreal, to whom we are indebted for so much of our knowledge of the Na- tural History and Geology of Canada, particularly that of its Pleistocene de- posits. Additions to the Nomenclature of North American LEPIDOPTESA. BY AUG. R. GROTE. In offering these papers, the writer would refer to the difficulties experienced by the American student of Entomology in obtaining the knowledge of the descriptions of native species ; difficulties so well presented by Dr. T. W. Harris in his Catalogue of the Insects of Massachusetts. And it seems no more than probable that, laboring under these difficulties, the writer may redescribe already acknowledged species. Where this is brought to his notice, he will willingly and gladly acknowledge his synonyms, giving the priority to the rightful author. NOCTU^!. Gen. Platypterix, Laspeyres. Antennae doubly pectinate in the male ; pectinations turned towards each other ; simple in the female. Palpi with three articles, of which the second is longest, the third short and pointed. Body slender, shorter than the wings. Wings broad, the anterior ones with a sickle-shaped outer margin, recurving at the tips. Posterior pair rounded. P. f abula, nov. sp. — Anterior wir.gs dirty white. From the curved tip a dark brown line with paler margin follows the inclination of the wing to the hind margin. Emerging from this line, and between it and the outer margin of the wing, a wavy dark brown line goes down to the hind margin, joining it close to the outer edge of the wing. Between the base of the wing and the first named and broadest line, thiee distinct, irregular, brown wavy lines cross the wing from the upper to the hind margin. The second and third from the base of the wing run close together and unite three times, forming two un- equal enclosed spaces up to about half of the wing, and then diverging, form an outline which bears a slight resemblance to the profile of a face. Two dark spots are enclosed in this, and a third and larger one is crossed by the third line near the centre of the wing. Outer margin dark brown, deepen- ing towards the tip. Posterior wings dirty white, with two dark dots near the upper edge, and crossed by several interrupted wavy lines, the one nearest the outer margin continued. Body and thorax dirty white. Exp. If inch. A male, taken on Long Island, New York. Obs. This insect bears a resemblance in its markings to the European P. falcula; it differs, however, specifically from that species in its coloring as well as that the wavy lines on the anterior wings are not confluent, thus forming no enclosed spaces. P. genicula, nov. sp. — Anterior wings light ochre yellow. From the tip a curved dark brown line follows the inclination of the wings to the hind margin. Between this distinct line and the base of the wing three irregular 1862.] 60 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP wavy lines cross the wing from the anterior edge to the hind margin ; the second and third from the base and the widest apart enclosing three dark brown spots, two larger and one smaller. Outer margin of the wing brown, deepening in color and widening toward the tip, which shows a slightly bluish shade. Posterior wings light ochre yellow, with two black dots near the upper edge, and crossed by several wavy and more or less interrupted lines. Outer margin light brown. Body and thorax light ochre yellow. Under surface of the wings of a lighter shade, and showing the spots on the anterior wings and two dots on each of the posterior wings. Exp. 1[ inch. A male. Staten Island, N. Y. From the collection of Mr. E. L. Graef, Brooklyn, L. I. Closely allied to P. f abu 1 a, but well distinguished by its ground color and divergence of the wavy lines on the anterior wings. P. formula, nov. sp.— Light roseate brown. Legs light orange on the inside. Anterior wings light roseate brown, with a broad light citron yellow band running from the tip to the hind margin of the wing, leaving a roseate brown space between it and the outer margin, deepening in color towards the inner angle of the curve. Two small white spots toward the anterior edge of the wing, between which and the base of the wing an irregular deeper shade-line runs down and is continued through the posterior wings to the inner margin and near the base of the wing. Posterior wings same color as anterior, with the citron yellow band enlarged to the whole outer margin of the wing, except a small space in the upper corner, two rows of minute dark spots, apparently continued from the upper wing, run through this band near the outer edge of the wing. Base of the wing roseate brown, with two small white spots outside of the continued dark shade line running through both wings. Thorax and body roseate brown. Under surface of the wings lighter shaded, showing the small dark spots more apparent and lengthened on the anterior wings. Exp. 1£ inch. A female. New York. With the male of this species I am not acquainted. The peculiar curving of the anterior wings seem to warrant its disposition under the present genus. It has the general coloring of an autumn leaf. Synopsis of the Species of HOLCOSUS and AMEIVA, with Diagnoses of new West Indian and South American Colubridae. BY E. D. COPE. Holcosds Cope. Ventral shields large, in six longitudinal rows, without keels. Femoral cores present. Tail cylindrical, keels of the scales very strong. Two dermal gular folds. Frontal, fronto-parietal and parietal plates very numerous ; supra- orbitals forming an isolated disc. Tongue sheathed at the base. H. septemlineatus. Ameiva septemlineata Dumeril, Catal. Method. Collect. 1851, p. 114. Frontal plates four, occipitals five, succeeded by a transverse series of five other plates. Supraoculars two. Median gular scales a little larger than those surrounding, smaller than those of the postgular fold. Heels without spinous tubercles. Bronze green, with seven longitudinal yellowish lines, one median, three upon each side. Hab — Tropical America. H. sexscutatus. Ameiva sexscatata Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. Nov. 1859. An anterior nasal on each side; an anterior frontal ; two posterior frontals [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 separated by a shield : three pairs of parietals in a longitudinal series. Oc- cipital region irregularly shielded. Supraorbitals two. A median chin shield behind the srmphyseal. Greenish olive, irregularly speckled with darker. A greenish white vertebral stripe. A lateral black greenish-white bordered band from in front of the eye to the thigh. Beneath greenish white. Hab. — Andes of Western Equador. Ameiva Cuvier. For convenience of analysis, this genus may be divided into the following sections, nearly as has been done by Dr. J. E. Gray. Inner aspect of heel without spinous tubercles. Abdominal shields in eight longitudinal rows A Abdominal shields in ten longitudinal rows, (supraoculars four) B Abdominal shields in twelve or more longitudinal rows C Inner aspect of heel with spinous tubercles D No species belonging to any of these groups exists in the nearctic region; there their place is supplied by an extensive development of the genus Cnemido- phorus. Section A (embracing eight species) is characteristic of northwestern South America and Mexico, though two of the species, forming a subgroup, are West Indian. The latter seems to be allied to Cnemidophorus through the West Indian and South American species of the latter, while the connection of that genus with the former subgroup is maintained by some of the Cnemido- phori of the North American deserts. Ameiva guttata approximates in size and coloration to section B. With A. undulatait marks the northern limit of the genus on the American continent, — viz., about the latitude of Vera Cruz. Of sections B, C and D, eight are insular, five continental. Of the former, so far as is yet ascertained, two species appear to be peculiar to Cuba, one to New Providence, one to Sombrero, one to Jamaica, one to Santa Cruz. One species is said to be common to Hayti, Porto Rico, St. Thomas, Santa Cruz and Martinique. The continental A. surinamensis inhabits Trinidad : small specimens from Paraguay closely resemble the young of the same. The genus does not seem to occur on the Pacific slope of the Andes, unless the Cnemido- phorus undulatus, mentioned by Giinther (Proc. Zool. Soc, April, 1860) as having been brought from Guyaquil, belongs to it. In preparing the present synopsis, I have availed myself of the Erpetologie Generale and the work of Dr. Gray. In the latter, an A. murina from Surinam is mentioned, of which little can be ascertained. Prince Neuwied has described (Rept. Brazil, p. 180) an A. cyanoni elas from Southeastern Brazil, to which I can only allude, on account of imperfections in the description. It resembles A. eutropia, but belongs probably to section B. A I. Plates of the caudal whorls carinate superiorly. a. Median gular scales very large, plate-like. *Premaxillary teeth six or seven. A. quadrilineata Cope. Cnemidophorus quadrilineatus Hallow., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1860, p. 483. Three supraorbitals, sometimes a minute posterior fourth ; marginal supra- orbitals five, second very long. Occipitals three. Large gular scales nume- rous, graduating into the smaller. Plates of the fold in two rows, six or eight in the longest. Two antebrachial series, the posterior continuous with the single brachial ; postbrachials large, one principal row. Four femoral rows, two complete tibial, the second and third shields of the external very large. External digit equalling or exceeding extremity of internal. Preanal plates in a single series, the posterior largest. Above olive brown. Two narrow yellow 1862.] 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF lines on each side; the superior from the superciliary margin, convergent on the nuchal region; the inferior from the orbit, interrupted by the femur, con- tinued on the base of the tail, bounded above and beneath by black. Inferior lateral region black, greenish vermiculated. Back posteriorly varied with black. Beneath greenish white. Total length 3 in. 4 lin. Body 1 in. 4 lin. Hah. — Nicaragua. Mus. Smithsonian. A. p u 1 c h r a Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 483. Three supraorbitals; six marginal supraorbitals, the second very long. Lateral occipitals one on each side, bordered with irregular scales. Shields of the mesoptychiura large. Brachial and antebrachial plates each in two rows, the posterior of the former continuous with the anterior of the latter ; post- brachials large. Twenty femoral pores. Three rows of plates on the tibia, the inner not appearing on the inferior surface ; the outer composed of eight transverse plates, the median three or four of nearly equal size. Preanal plates in two longitudinal rows. Sole of the foot externally acutely tuberculous. External digit not reaching to extremity of internal. On the rump broAvn : proceeding anteriorly the shade of color becomes lighter, until upon the muzzle it is ochraceous ; the whole is faintly tinged with olive. A deeper shade ex- tends from the superior angle of the eye to above the groin, which is marked by about twelve short, deep brown, vertical bands. These are bounded beneath by a series of light dots which extend from the tympanum posteriorly. Sides olivaceous; tail olivaceous, spotted with brown above. Total length 8 in. C lin. Jjab. — Nicaragua. Mus. Smithsonian; Acad. Philadelphia. **Premaxillary teeth nine. A. eutropia Cope. Three supraorbitals ; five marginal supraorbitals, the second very long. Three occipitals, bounded posteriorly by many irregular shields. Infralabials large, five on each side ; median gulars four or six, very large : a single row of eight or ten large plates upon the mesoptychium. One series of brachial and one of antebrachial shields, continuous with each other; postbrachials large. One very large subround median anal, entirely surrounded by smaller plates. Inferior femoral plates large, in three or four rows ; two rows of inferior tibials, the external composed of six plates, of which the second is largest. Seventeen to nineteen femoral pores. Digits strongly pectinate, the external equal to the internal. Keels of the tail shields strong inferiorly as well as superiorly. Above blackish brown with an olive tint. A blue-grey median band extends from the occiput, and becomes broad and undulating in outline posteriorly because of the dark shade which bounds it laterally becoming resolved into spots. Two lateral narrow bluish gray lines, more or less interrupted, the inferior reaching the groin. The median band in its prolongation to the muzzle is light brown. Inferior surfaces light bluish green. Total length 1 1 in. 9 1. : head and body 3 in. 9 1. jlab. — Region of the Truando, New Grenada. Discovered by Arthur Schott. of Lieut. N. Michler's Expedition. Mus. Smithsonian, (Nos. 4320, 4325.) Acad. Philadelphia. A. undulata Gray, Catal. Liz. Brit. Mus. Dumeril, Catal. Method, pt. l,p. 113. Cnemidopkorun undulatus Wiegm., Herp. Mex. 27. Three supraorbitals; five marginal supraorbitals, the second very long. Oc- cipitals three, succeeded by irregular thields. Large gular plates transverse. Plates of the mesoptychium in two rows. Two rows of antebrachial, one of brachial plates; postbrachial large. Five or six series of femoral plates; three of tibial, the inner not visible from beneath. Preanals small, in two longitudinal rows. Tubercles of ihe sole acute, outer digit not reaching extremity of inner. Tail plates strongly keeled above and below. Twenty femoral pores. Olive brown above vermiculated with brown posteriorly, bounded on each side by a series of triangular light bluish spots, (their apices directed downward,) which are [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 surrounded by a deep brown shade. Sometimes they are confluent and form a longitudinal band ; the apices prolonged may form vertical bands. Head brownish. Beneath greenish white. Total length 11 in. ; head and body 3 in. 6 lin. Hab. — Honduras. Mus. Acad. Philadelphia. Dr. John L. Le Conte donor. Var. a, Wiegm. Sides with numerous short light bluish lines, imitating broken longitudinal bands. Marginal supraoculars six, the third longest. Otherwise similar to the ordinary variety. Hab. — Vera Cruz, Mexico. Mus. Smithsonian. Dr. C. Sartorius donor. aa. Median gular scales but little larger than those surrounding. b. Premaxillary teeth eight. A. guttata Cope. Cntmidophorus guttatus Wiegm., Herp. Mex. 29. Gray, Catal. Brit. Mus. 22. Supraorbitals three, the two posterior sometimes isolated by granular scales in males; marginal supraorbitals six, the third very long. Nostril in the nasal plate. Three occipitals, the median elongate. Postsymphyseal plate broader than long. Three rows of plates upon the mesoptychium. Scales a little larger than the intermandibular extend across the gular region. Three rows of brachial plates continuous with two of antebrachials. Postbrachials mode- rate, transverse. Femoral shields numerous ; pores twenty to twenty-three. Three series of tibial plates, none of the external series disproportionately large. Extremities of external and internal digits equal. Tail keels moderate. Brown- ish olive above; upon the superior lateral region a narrow brown band bor- dered above with lighter. Irregular short yellow lines or spots are distributed more or less distinctly in four longitudinal series from nape to rump. Tail unspotted. In the female the lateral brown band is scarcely margined with paler above. Total length 14 in. 6 lin.; head and body 4 in. 9 lin. Hab. — Vera Cruz, Mexico. Mus. Acad. Philadelphia. A. s a c k i i Cope. Cnemidophorus sackii Wiegm , Herp. Mex. p. 28. Gray, Catal. Brit. Mus. 22. Supraorbitals four, posterior minute; marginal scales eight, the anterior three longer. Three occipitals. Three principal preanal plates. Femoral pores twenty-two. Grayish olive ; sides olive brown, margined above with a pale longitudinal band, transversely banded with blackish brown. A second narrow lateral band extending from beneath the orbit to the posterior part of the side. Total length 15 in. ; head and body 6 in. Hub. — Mexico. bb. Premaxillary teeth six. A. t ffi n i u r a Cope. Supraorbitals three; the marginal five, second longest. Nostril pierced in the nasal plate. Five occipitals. Plates of the mesoptychium numerous. Oae Beries of brachial, two of antebrachial, scarcely continuous. Postbrachials small. Four series of large femoral plates, bounded by smaller anteriorly and posteriorly. Three tibial rows, two upon the inferior face of the limb ; the ex- ternal composed of seven plates, the third very large. Larger preanals are two transverse marginal, two or three longitudinal median. External digit extending beyond the internal. Lateral tail plates smooth, superior keeled. Femoral pores fifteen. Above brown. A narrow yellowish line extends from the superciliary margin to a nearer or more distant point upon the tail. This is bordered above by a black band, three times its width, which is sometimes faintly margined above with yellowish. Sides black as far as a yellowish line which extends from the superior border of the ear to the groin, and thence with increased width for some distance upon the tail : on the latter region it is bounded below 1862.] 01 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF by a black band. A third and inferior pale line is sometimes seen on the side, a space above the margins of the external abdominal plates. The latter with the femora and tibia? are sometimes spotted with whitish upon a dark ground. Beneath yellowish white. Total length 10 in. 6 lin. ; head and body 3 in. Hab. — Hayti, (near Jeremie.) Mus. Compar. Zoology Cambridge, No. 1503.) Acad. Philada. This species is intimately allied to the A. 1 i n e o 1 a t a D. & B., also an inhabi- tant of Hayti. The latter is peculiar in having shields upon the superior pos- terior fore-arm, and in its keelless tail plates. In t a? n i u r a these keels are weak. The coloration of 1 i n e o 1 a t a is different from that of the present species. Our group A, of which A. p ul c hra may be regarded as type, is connected with B, A.surinamensis type, through this species in the former group, and A. polops in the latter. The five occipital plates, elongate form, and pattern of coloration, are indications of this in the taniura. II. Scales of the caudal whorls smooth superiorly. A. 1 i n e o 1 a t a Dum. et Bibr., Erpetol. Gen. v. p. 119. Nostril pierced in the nasal plate. One anterior series of seven plates upon the brachium, several posterior series, replacing the granules which exist in other species. Two anterior antebrachial series. Postbrachial or elbow plates present, rhombic. Five series of inferior femorals, two of inferior tibials. Three large preanals surrounded by smaller scales. Fifteen femoral pores. Head above brown, laterally varied with black and white. Superior regions of body black with nine longitudinal lines, the median dorsal double at the middle of its length. Of the lateral lines, one is from the occiput, one from the supercilium, one from the eye, one from beneath the tympanic orifice. Irregular white lines upon the arm and the posterior foot. A light posterior femoral band continuous with one on the tail: the latter member with other indistinct longitudinal bands. Total length (?young) 9 in. 7 lin.; body 2 in. 2 lin. Hab.— Hayti. B. I. Three rows of tibial shields, two appearing on the inferior face. a. Frontal plate one : no palatine teeth. b. Three supraorbitals ; premaxillary teeth ten. A. thoracica Cope. Anterior and superior temporal and postoccipital regions irregularly squamous. Five marginal supraoculars, second longest. Nostril in the nasal plate. Median gular scales minute; those of the mesoptychium larger, in six rows. Three (two small, one large) antebrachial series, scarcely continuous with brachial row. Postbrachials small in three short rows. Femoral plates numerous ; eighteen femoral pores. External tibial plates seven, very wide, second, third and fourth largest, third broad, fourth narrow, transverse. External digit extending beyond extremity of internal. A slight tendency to acumination in the heel scales of some specimens. Preanals a series of three or four large marginal, one or two large median, longitudinally arranged. Color above brown tinged with olive. Two indistinct light bands — the superior from the supercilium, the inferior from the superior margin of the auricular opening — enclose a black band, which is continued some distance upon the base of the tail, with its inferior light border. Beneath greenish or yellowish white, the pectoral and gular regions more or less black. The female differs in having the brown of the back lighter and marked with a narrow median line. The black upon the throat is also sometimes wanting. The size is much less, being in total length 9 in. 2 lin. ; of head and body 3 in. The male, 15 in. ; head and body 4 in. 6 lin. Hab. — New Providence Island, Bahamas. Mus. Philada. Acad. (Dr. H. C. Wood, Jr., Coll.) Salem, Mass. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 This species is most nearly related to anberi of Cuba and p 1 e i of Hayti. From the former it differs in the absence of spurs upon the heel, in the com- plete black pale-bordered lateral band and the black of the antero-inferior regions. The same peculiarities of coloration separate it from the p 1 e i, which has in further distinction the median gular scales a little larger, and the tail spotted. This species is very abundant in New Providence, and, like the others, is very swift. The most ready way of obtaining them is by shooting. bb. Four supraorbital plates. A. 1 a e t a Cope. ? A. guttata Gray, Catal. Liz. Brit. Mus. p. 18, not Cnemid. guttatus Wiegra. Nostril in the nasal suture; common suture of fronto- nasal plates elongate. Five marginal supraoculars, first and second longest; equal. Nine premaxillary teeth. Three gular folds; gular scales all large, the posterior largest. Plates of the posterior fold larger than those of the median. Two series of ante- brachials continuous with three of brachial plates ; postbrachials large, irregular. Scales of the dorsal region large. External and internal digits very short, the latter extending beyond the former, its claw short, curved. Posterior preanals largest, one or two large anterior. Eight series of femora] plates ; fifteen to seventeen pores. Six or seven external tibials, the second and third very large. Male, above olive, black-speckled; sides dark with cross rows of black- edged white spots. Female rather bright olivaceous, with a light brown pale-bordered band upon each side. The superior pale border very indistinct, extending from the temporal angle, the inferior a bright band bordered with black beneath, extending from the middle of the tympanic orifice some distance upon the tail. Head brown above. Under surfaces yellowish, external belly plates black spotted, external tibial plates and tail bluish varied. Total length 15 in.; excluding the tail, 5 in. Hab. — Near Rio Janeiro; according to Gray, Demerara and Pernambuco. Mus. Compar. Zoology, Cambridge, No. 1483. In the above description the colors of the male are taken from Dr. Gray. I have presumed that the two female specimens described belong to the species guttata, on account of their near resemblance to the surinamensis and their difference from it in the tibial shields and anal plates. Dr. Gray's diagnosis furnishes nothing else to base an identification upon. This species further differs from the surinamensis in the larger dorsal scales and longer common fronto-nasal suture. A. p 1 e i Bum. et Bibr., Erpetol. Gen. v. Median gular scales a little larger than those surrounding; marginal supra- oculars five or six, second longest. One large, one or two small series of ante- brachials, separated by granular scales from the large brachial series ; post- brachials numerous, irregular. Two large posterior preanals, one large median, and several smaller anterior and peripheral. Exterior digit equalling or extend- ing beyond the interior. Seven exterior tibial plates, the last very minute, second and third very large. Femoral plates numerous, the pores sixteen. Premaxillary teeth six, eight or ten ; superior maxillaries twenty-one in the adult, in the oldest specimens three or four posterior only imperfectly bi- or tri- cuspid ; those anterior to the latter are cylindrical with obtusely rounded crowns ; the most anterior conic, curved. In younger individuals the number of com- pressed tricuspid teeth is greater, (though the total number of teeth is less,) until in the youngest all but the "canines" conform to this standard of the generic structure. General color above, brown olivaceous, the posterior ex- tremities, tail and posterior dorsal region more or less distinctly spotted witln yellowish. Sides vertically banded with greenish or yellowish ; superiorly there is usually a series of black spots, which are sometimes only present ante- riorly, sometimes confluent into a longitudinal band. Beneath greenish straw-- 1862.] 5 66 PKOCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP colored, the denticulations and tubercles of the palms and toes tipped with brown. Total length, 20 in. ; head and body to vent 6 in. 6 lin. Hab. — St. Thomas. Santa Cruz, Porto Rico; according to the Erpetologie Generale, Martinique and Hayti. Mus. Philadelphia Academy. Smithsonian. Compar. Zoology, Cambridge. Two specimens from Porto Rico have the lateral blacks spots larger, with a trace of a superior series posteriorly. In this animal the adult presents but three obtuse-crowned median maxillary teeth. This difference between the Porto Rican form and that of St. Thomas appears of importance when we recollect the relation which exists between the genera Ameiva and Tupinambis (Teius Gr.) in this respect. Indeed, although the present species is closely allied in super- ficial characters to the A. auberi and thoracica, were it not for the re- pressed development just alluded to in its Porto Rican form, it would appear proper to regurd the significance of this dentitional peculiarity as fully generic. Should the Porto Rican form begin to develop cylindrical and obtuse-crowned teeth at an earlier age, so as finally to exelude the compressed tricuspid, this peculiarity would become the index of a definable generic group; or should the time of the appearance of these teeth be finally postponed to a period beyond the usual limit of life, the same separation would be the result, the Porto Rican form remaining as a distinct species of Ameiva. The anatomical relation be- tween these lacertian forms is certainly identical with that existing between Protonopsis and Megalobatrachus, Siredon and Amblystoma; and if a gene- ric connection between the former can be reasonably suspected, (and geo- logical as well as morphological considerations support this view), it might be as justly inferred in the case of the latter. The largest shields of the external tibial series reach a considerable development in the Porto Rican specimens; hence I have suspected the Ameiva scutata of Dr. Gray might belong here. One or two of the St. Thomas specimens exhibit a development of these plates fully equal. Whether all belong to the true A. plei Dum. & Bibr., can only be settled by those who can compare Martinique specimens with those from the localities in question. Var. e x s u 1 . This form differs in possessing a narrow bright yellow band on each side, extending from the superciliary ridge to a point on the anterior part of the tail. The anterior extremity extended backward exceeds the extremity of the ap- pressed femur. Total length 7 in. G lin. ; exclusive of tail, 2 in. 1 lin. (Pro- bably young.) Hab. — Water Island. Mus. Smithsonian. A. po 1 o p s Cope. Seven or eight marginal supraorbitals. Median gular scales little larger than the lateral ; scales of the neck-fold moderate. One large and several small series of antebrachial plates not continuous with the short brachial series ; postbrachials distinct. Preanals in two parallel longitudinal series. Femoral plates numerous ; pores nineteen. Tibial series two, the internal small; the external composed of seven plates, fourth largest, third next. Ex- ternal digit extending much beyond the internal. Above olive brown; a brownish black band, anteriorly light bordered above, extends from the superior border of the auricular opening to the crural region. This is bordered beneath by a narrow light line which terminates above the femur. Below this is a brown band, whicb is separated from a brown line on the exterior belly plate by a narrow yellow line. Tibia with an anterior light line. Femora behind light banded continuously with the tail. The latter member appear? to be faintly annulated. Belly light greenish. Total length 1 in. 2 lin. ; ex- clusive of tail, 2 in. 6 lin. Hab. — St. Croix, West Indies. Mus. Smithsonian. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 67 aa. Frontal plates two ; palatine teeth present. A. bifrontata Cope. Three posterior supraoculars, surrounded with granular scales in the male. Marginal supraoculars five, two anterior elongate. Frontal shield divided transversely. An indistinct longitudinal frontal carina. Posterior gular scales larger than the anterior. Two series of antebrachial scales, continuous with one brachial. Postbrachials large, transverse. Marginal preanals largest. Femorals numerous; the pores fifteen to nineteen. Plates of the median tibial series not small ; nine plates in the external, third and fourth largest. External digit not equalling the tip of the internal. Tail plates narrow, strongly keeled. Above brownish pea-green, tail paler; in young specimens traces of two lateral, and one median pale line, sometimes visible posteriorly in adults. Occasionally a few brown spots upon the rump. External belly plates varied with blue and white. Inferior surfaces yellow. In females the anterior supraocular is in contact with the second, the lateral longitudinal bands are more distinct and enclose one of a deeper shade, and there are two rows of deep brown spots on the posterior part of the dorsal region. Tail spotted with brown above. Total length 14 in. ; head and body, 4 in. 6 lin. Hab. — St. Thomas, W. Indies. Mus. Philada. Acad. The specimens described as females are labelled as having come from New Grenada, probably incorrectly. II. Four rows of tibial shields, three appearing on the inferior surface. Ex- ternal posterior digit not reaching the extremity of the internal. A. praesignis Cope. Cnemidophorus prcesignis Bd. k Gd., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1852, p. 129. Five marginal supraorbitals; external occipitals small. Posterior gular scales larger than anterior. Two series of antebrachials continuous with the brachial. Postbrachials numerous, subhexagonal, anterior claws very elongate. Eight femoral series medially; pores thirteen to seventeen. Eight plates in the external tibial series, second and third largest. Two posterior, a median, and sometimes an anterior preanal. 9 Deep brownish olivaceous above ; a broad median dorsal band, bounded on each side by transverse black bars, which extend to a black border of a yellowish lateral line which extends from the temporal ridge. An inferior yellow line from the auricular border, sepa- rated from the superior by a broad black band, which is traversed by a single row of yellow spots. Sides and extremities black-green spotted. Tail green, black spotted; two lateral light lines anteriorly. In the male the median band is better defined. The light superior border of the lateral black band vanishes posteriorly; the inferior is less distinct: over all are about seven longitudinal series of yellow spots. Beneath pale greenish yellow. Length of head and body 5 in. (Tail mutilated.) Hab. — Panama.* Mus. Smithsonian. Philada. Acad. The coloration is the principal means of distinguishing this species from that succeeding. A. surinamensis Gray, Catal. Liz. Brit. Mus. p. 18. Lacerta ameiva, L. lateristriga et L. tristriata Spix, Anim. Braz. tab. xxiii. et xxiv. 182. Teius ameiva Merr., Nieuw. Zool. Braz. Rept. p. 170. Ameiva vulgaris Licht., Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gen. Two series of antibrachial plates, nine in the exterior, which is continuous with the brachial; postbrachials irregular, subquadrate. Larger scales extend- ing across the posterior gular region ; those of the neck-fold in about four rows. * " Said to be abundant at Para."— Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 483, 1860. Panama, not Para, is meant, 1862. J 68 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF A few large plates exterior to the superior part of the exterior tibial row. Of the latter there are eight or nine, second, third and fourth largest. Posterior preanal plates largest. Above olivaceous, more or less vermiculated with black upon the head, nape and anterior extremities. Sides of a much darker shade, which is well defined superiorly, and is crossed by vertical series of yel- low black-bordered spots. External belly and anterior femoral plates yellow and black varied. In the female the lateral shade takes the form of a band. In a large specimen from Venezuela the anterior regions and extremities are light brown, speckled with black on the head and neck; the lateral vertical spots are upon a ground similar to that of the back. This is Lacerta ameiva, figured by Spix. Total length 20 in. 6 lin. ; head and body 7 in. Hab. — Surinam, Venezuela, Bolivia, Brazil, ("south to Rio Janeiro." — Neu- wied), ?Paraguay, ?Trinidad. Mus. Philada. Acad. Washington. C. A. corvina Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada. p. 312, 1861. Premaxillary teeth ten. Median occipital plate short ; position of external occipitals longitudinal divergent. Four continuous supraorbitals ; marginal plates five, anterior two longest. Median gular scales small, those of the me- soptychium scarcely larger. Anterior half of antebrachium with a series of plates ; brachium without plates, coarsely scaled ; postbrachials a little larger. Abdominal plates in twelve series. Median preanals largest. Large anterior femoral plates upon the terminal portion of femur; pores in ^ 36, in 9 32. Tibial series four, eight or nine in the external, of which three or four are of nearly equal size. External digit extending beyond internal. Tail plates weakly keeled. General color black; under surface of belly and tail glaucous green, sometimes tinged with yellow. Total length 16 in. 2 lin.; head and body 4 in. 10 lin. Hab. — Sombrero Island, West Indies. Mus. Philada. Acad. Smithsonian. Compar. Zoology Cambridge. A. punctata Gray, Catal. Liz. Brit. Mus. p. 17. Postbrachial plates rather large, rhombic. Ventral shields in fourteen rows. Exterior tibial series seven, the second and third largest, nearly equal. Olive with black wavy lines ; sides darker with white spots upon the lower part; head in spirits pale reddish. Hab. — Demerara. A. major Hum. el Bibr., Erp. Gen. v. p. 117. Median gular scales larger than the external, equal to those of the mesop- tychium. Brachial plates large, separated from the antebrachials, which are near the fore-foot; posthumerals granular. External tibial plates large. Ab- dominal plates in from fourteen to eighteen series. Preanal plates numerous, not large. Above olivaceous, beneath yellowish or greenish; in the young two light lines on each side, the superior from the temporal ridge. Total length 20 in. 7 lin. ; head and body 8 in. 2 lin. Hab. — Cayenne. Trinidad. The antebrachial plates of this species seem to be similar to those of A. corvina. D. A. a u b e r i Cod. et Bibr., De la Sagra's Hist. Cuba Rept. p. 74. Abdominal shields in ten or twelve rows. Occipitals five : marginal supra- oculars five or six, posterior three small ; the superior supraoculars three, sometimes a rudimentary fourth. Temporal region with superior and anterior marginal plates. Premaxillary teeth ten. Gular scales equal; plates of the fold large, in four rows. The antebrachial series of plates bounded within by smaller shields; brachials continuous with the former, little dilated trans- versely. Postbrachials large, transverse. Femoral series eight or nine. Pores [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 69 fourteen to sixteen. One or two anterior preanals larger than any of the four or six marginal. Two series of tibial shields, the internal imperfect, six plates in the external, the second and third very large. External digit extending beyond the hip of the internal. General color light olivaceous brown, shaded with yellow on the head and extremities. A series of irregular spots, forming a broken band, extends from above the axillary region to the groin. Beneath yellowish. Total length 13 in. ; head and body, 4 in. Hab. — Cuba. Mus. Philada. Academy. Washington. Cambridge. A. trilineata Gray, Catal. Liz. Brit. Mus. 19. Supraoculars three, marginals five. Gular scales minute ; four series of moderate plates on the antero-pectoral fold. Temporal region bounded above and anteriorly by plates. Antebrachial and brachial plates continuous, the latter little dilated. Postbrachials large, dilated. Ten rows of abdominal plates. Eight series of femoral plates ; fifteen pores ; median preanals larger than posterior. Three tibial series, seven in the external, the second and third very large. External posterior digit extending beyond the internal. Above olivaceous, with a median yellowish band, which covers a width of four scales anteriorly, six posteriorly. A light lateral line extending from the temporal angle, bounded beneath by a more or less irregular black band, and above, in adult specimens, by another, very narrow and irregular in its superior outline, A light line extends from the ear to the groin, and a trace of a third is some- times seen beneath it Sides posteriorly, and anterior and posterior extremi- ties coarsely vermiculated and varied with black and light olive. Gular and prethoracic regions black. Total length 10 in. ; head and body 3 in. Hab. — Cuba. Mus. Washington. Phila. Acad. This animal appears to be identical with that described by MM. Cocteau and Bibron, and by the authors of the Erpetologie Generale, as the young of the A. auberi. Small specimens of the latter, however, resemble the adult closely, while the trilineata reaches a size nearly equal to that of the full grown auberi. It nevertheless offers no distinctive marks beyond those of colora- tion. We should therefore suspect it to be the female of the latter, were it not that some of the specimens appear to be males. While the opinion expressed in the Hist, de l'Isle Cuba is entitled to much respect, I accept for the present that of Dr. J. E. Gray as most tenable. Compared with the female of A. thoracic a, it differs as follows: The continuity of the brachials and antebrachials is not interrupted by small scales ; the postbrachials are larger; there is a single large external palmar tubercle instead of two of equal size. The vermiculated banding of the extremities does not exist in the thoracica, and the vertebral band is much narrower. There are no calcaneal spines. A. d o r s a 1 i s Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. i. p. 277. A. Sloanei Dum. & Bibr., v. 107 Five occipitals, all short, especially the median. Temporal region bounded anteriorly and superiorly by plates. Three supraorbitals, five marginals, the second longest. Median gulars small ; scales of the mesoptycbis moderate, in five rows. Premaxillary teeth ten, the external on each side sometimes wanting. Brachial plates small, subhesagonal. Antebrachials usually not continuous with them, sometimes confined to the terminal portion of the fore- arm. Postbrachials large, transverse. Posterior preanals largest ; one or two anterior plates. Femoral plates in nine to eleven rows medially; pores twenty- three to twenty-five. Three tibial series, the internal minute, the median incomplete, the external of six or seven plates, the second, third and fourth large. Above olivaceous, darkest superiorly. A median vitta commences at the occiput and extends to the crural region ; in the former region it is narrow, in the latter it occupies nearly the whole dorsal surface. Four longitudinal series of spots upon each side, those of the two superior elongate, sometimes 1862.] 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP forming bands. In the female these bound a more or less irregular black band ; another dark band margins the dorsal vitta. Beneath greenish white. Total length 14 in. ; head and body 4 in. 6 lin. Eab. — Jamaica. Mus. Philada. Academy. Smithsonian, (No. 5770.) The short occipitalis, the small brachials and shortened series of antebrachials of this species, are repeated in the A. c o r v i n a . II. Eunectes notaeus. General form elongate ; tail one-eighth of the total length. Muzzle de- pressed, broadly rounded. Rostral plate twice as broad as high, its labial sutures divergent, straight. Of the three nasal plates, the two superior are trapezoid, the inferior three times as long as wide. Lor'eal, preocular and superciliary large, their superior border nearly continuous. They are bounded superiorly by three large elongate plates which embrace a median series of three smaller rhombic plates. Of the former, the posterior are as long as the anterior, the median shorter. Of the latter, the two anterior are in contact, the posterior not smaller, sometimes isolated anteriorly by the exterior plates. In addition to the superciliary and preocular, the orbital ring is formed by five small plates, of which the two anterior are in contact with the sixth, seventh and eighth superior labials, without the intervention of a second sub- orbital series. Superior labials thirteen, the anterior but little higher than the rest. Scales large, broad as long, in forty-five rows on the thickest part of the body. Maxillary teeth 15 on each side; mandibulars 17. Urosteges 59. Total "length 9 ft. 4 in. Of tail 1 ft. 4 in. Above, light yellowish brown anteriorly; upon the middle and posterior parts of the body, dark brown. A deep brown band commences upon each temple, and unites with its fellow on the middle of the muzzle. A similar band commences at the eye, and extends beyond the canthus of the mouth. A broad median head band arises between the orbits, and extending upon the neck becomes zigzag, and is finally broken into transverse blackish spots which extend to the end of the tail. There are fifty-three distinct spots on the body, seventeen on the tail. They extend over twelve scales transversely, and are two scales apart. Two bands commence on each side of the neck, the supe- rior is continuous for a short distance, and is then broken into longitudinal spots which alternate with the dorsal. The inferior band is soon broken and is merged into two or three very irregular series of lateral black spots. Belly yellow, irregularly spotted with black, outlining two longitudinal streaks. Habitat. — Paraguay River and confluents. Mus. Acad. Phila. Smithsonian (No. 4707). Capt. Page's Exped. This serpent is one of the largest in America ; in its proportions it is rather more slender than the E. murina or anaconda, which attains a greater size than any of the Boas, and equals or exceeds the largest Pythons. It also differs from the murinain the greater size of the posterior three head plates, especially the median ; in the immediate contact of the orbitar ring of plates with the labial shields, and the less narrow and elevated form of the latter anteriorly. The dorsal scales are larger, and in fewer rows. Both the ground color, and the distribution of spots upon it, are quite different from those of the murina. Homalochilus multisectus. Head rather elongate, very distinct from the neck, the plates of its superior surface irregular, not large. Three small superciliaries on each side, sepa- rated by five longitudinal series of frontal scales. Rostral plate five sided, those in contact with the labials shortest. Internasals confluent with the pre- nasal (as sometimes occurs in H. s t r i a t u s), their common suture very short. Prefrontals large, their common suture as long as the posterior border of each. Posterior to these a pair of transversely oval postfrontals (sometimes divided). [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71 Postoculars five, small; preoculars two. the superior vertical, the inferior the last of a series of three or four cut from the summits of the labials. Two loreals, anterior larger. Superior labials sixteen or seventeen, eighth and ninth entering orbit. Inferior, twenty ; six pair of scales separated by the mental groove. Scales of the body in sixty longitudinal rows, the lateral smallest. Anal plate entire. Tail slender, contained six and a half times in the total length. The latter amounts, in the only specimen, a young one, to 26 inches ; head and body 22 inches. General color above, brown, with about one hundred yellowish cross bands bordered posteriorly with darker brown. Near the middle of the body these are about five scales apart ; posteriorly they are nearer together. One, sometimes two, series of irregular spots exist on each side, which are confluent anteriorly into one imperfect longitudinal band. Two narrow dark bands posterior to the eye, separated by about five temporal scales. Beneath yellow, marked with irregular longitudinal lines posteriorly. Habitat. — Mus. Academy Nat. Sciences, from Messrs. Smith and Stewardson. Ilomalochilus strigilatus. Head rather stouter than in other species of the genus, distinct. One large superciliary plate on each side, separated from the other by two, or some- times one, large shield. Anterior to these are two transverse series of irregu- lar plates, in front of which are two elliptical postfrontal shields in contact. Between these and the supranasals is a pair of transverse prefrontals ; their posterior border is curved, parallel with the anterior, much longer than their common suture. Both nasal plates distinct. One loreal, which is a little shorter than in s tri a tu s. Two preoculars, the superior nearly as long as high, the inferior narrow, bounded below by two labial plates. No small plates anterior to the latter. Eye small, less than is usual in H. s triatu s, bounded beneath by the seventh and eighth, sometimes the ninth superior labial plate. The latter number fifteen. Inferior labials eighteen, the an- terior six elongate. Scales in fifty-one longitudinal rows, the median lateral smallest. Anal plate entire. Tail 9 in., in a specimen 67 in. long, i. e. one 8-5th. General color above, dark brown, almost black posteriorly. One or two series of transverse, short, dark bordered pale spots extend throughout the total length, or become obsolete posteriorly. The lateral ground color is paler ; it is sometimes separated from that of the back by a zigzag outline. A lateral series of brown light bordered rhombic spots is converted upon the anterior fourth of the body into a longitudinal band, extending past the can- thus of the mouth and through the orbit. Posterior to the latter, a light band bounds it above. Muzzle paler. Beneath brownish white, becoming darker posteriorly; a median dark band beneath the tail. Habitat. — Id. New Providence, Bahamas. Mus. Academy Natural Sciences. From Dr. H. C. Wood, Jr.'s, collection. Briefly, H. s t r i a t u s of Hayti, differs from this species in its two supercili- aries, in its subloreal, in its cross bands, and absence of the lateral and sub- caudal stripes. Tachynectes chryostictus. Scales elongate, poreless, in twenty-three rows, all keeled except sometimes the first. Superior angles of the nasal plates in contact, one trapezoid loreal as high as long, one narrow preocular not reaching the vertical ; two post- oculars in contact with the occipital and one temporal. Occipitals short, their common suture scarcely as long as the vertical ; the lateral borders of the latter are parallel, elongate. Superior labials eight, eye over the lourth ; sixth and seventh largest. Twelve inferior labials, five posterior small. Anal plate divided ; tail one-third the total length, i. e., in the type specimen 5 in. in 15. 1862.] 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Color above as far 'as the fourth row of 'scales on each side, reddish brown, with five alternating series of indistinct quadrate spots of a darker hue. Sides light yellowish brown. Beneath dark chocolate, near the middle of the body every third or fourth gastrostege one-half yellow. Posteriorly these spots are smaller and closer together, upon the gular region they form a broken longitudinal series, which is crossed by a similar series extending from one angle of the mouth to the other, and by an anterior one upon the chin. Tail scarcely spotted beneath. Head light brown, a yellow shade upon the posterior superior labials. A median longitudinal nuchal band. Habitat. — Amazon. Mus. Smithsonian (No. 6007). From Lieut. Henderson's collection. I have placed this species in Tachynectes, Fitz. on account of its slender body and elongate, tail ; in all respects it is a Helicops as defined by Dumeril. Hypsirhynchus s c a 1 a r i s. Scales in nineteen longitudinal rows, thin, not elongate, with a single large pore at the extremity, not median. Head lanceolate flat, the muzzle slightly, the superciliary plates very much, elevated. Rostral plate transverse, oblique from the prominence of the muzzle, its lateral and superior outlines continu- ous, curved. Vertical plate more than twice as long as broad, the lateral borders concave; superciliaries broad arched; occipitals elongate, rounded posteriorly, the median posterior emargination nearly acute angled. Nasals two, nostril principally in the anterior ; posterior larger, its posterior outline oblique. Loreal none. Preocular single, longer than high, not reaching the vertical. Postoculars two, the inferior half the size of the superior, and in contact with an elongate temporal and the angle of the occipital. Eight superior labials, second elongate, third, fourth and fifth entering the orbit, sixth largest. Ten inferior labials, sixth largest ; post genials longer than pregenials. Anal plate bifid ; tail elongate (mutilated). Length of head and body nineteen inches. General color dark brown, the result of close punctulations on a paler ground. A darker band extends upon the third, fourth and fifth rows of scales on each side, throughout the length of the body, though indistinct posteriorly. The dorsal space enclosed is crossed by numerous incomplete bands of the same shade, at distances of three or four scales. The lateral band is more distinct anteriorly, where it is bounded beneath by a nar- row yellowish vitta extending from the canthus of the mouth. A yellowish band extends through the eye. Superior labial, mental and gular regions, blackish brown. A brown spot upon each frontal plate, longitudinal vermi- culations on the plates posterior to them. Beneath brownish yellow, thickly punctulated. Habitat. — Hayti, (near Jeremie). Mus. Compar. Zoology, Cambridge (No. 1517). Dr. A. F. Weinland donor. In the present species the teeth are widely spaced and become longer on the posterior portions of the superior maxillary bone. The absence of the loreal plate, and the pattern of coloration, separate it from the H. f er o x, Gthr., of Barbadoes, the only other species of the genus. Pliocercus euryzonus. Dentition diacranterian, as in P. le q u a 1 i s Salvin.* Head broad posteriorly and at the muzzle. Rostral plate low, the nasal sutures long, straight. Com- mon prefrontal suture less than half that of the postfrontals. Vertical broad, sides convergent ; obtuse angled behind. Occipitals well developed, rounded posteriorly ; temporals one large, (narrow, ) four small. Nasals two, loreal *This author spells the generic name Pleiocercus ; a more consistent orthography would be Pleiokerkos. Those who prefer the unlatinised method should also write kua- noura, skutale, kaloura, etc. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 78 well developed ; superior preoculars not reaching vertical, the inferior want- ing on one side. Superciliaries very narrow. Two postoculars. Superior lahials nine, fifth and sixth entering the orbit. Ten inferior labials. Scales in seventeen rows, rather lanceolate medially. Total length 23 in. 9 lin ; the tail 9 in. 8 lin., rather more than two-fifths. Ground color red. This is crossed on the body by nineteen black rings, which leave it in spaces of only a scale in width above, and one to three gastrosteges beneath. On the head the ground only appears as a spot on the second and third labials, one on the middle of each superciliary, one near the anterior angle of the vertical, and one on the common occipital suture ; also a band extending from the seventh and eighth superior labials posteriorly to the occipitals. Anterior and pos- terior inferior labials black. Tail with eleven black rings broader than those on the body. Hob. — Region of the Truando, New Grenada. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 4303,) Lieut. Michler's Exploring and Surveying Expedition Coll. Philodryas latirostris. Muzzle obtuse, depressed, rather broad. Rostral shield elevated, rounded above. Prefontals broader than long, postfrontals broad. Vertical narrow, not twice as long as its anterior breadth, the lateral borders concave ; occipi- tals not elongate ; temporals five, the anterior and largest narrow, in contact with the whole posterior border of the inferior postocular. Preocular grooved so as to appear divided, in contact with the vertical ; loral parallel sided ; prenasal larger than postnasal. Eight superior oculars, fourth and fifth enter- ing orbit, the posterior three as high as, or higher, than long. Pregeneials longer than postgeneials. Scales smooth, in nineteen longitudinal rows. Gastrosteges not angulated. Total length 3 in. 2 lin. ; the tail 6 in. 6 lin. Green, paler beneath, yellowish on the mental and superior labial regions. A narrow black band from the eye along the borders of the upper labials. Hab. — Paraguay. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5811,) Capt. Page Coll. This species has a broader muzzle than P. viridissimus Giinth. The vertical plate is more elongate than in P. crassifrons Cope. From both it differs in the contact of the latter with the preocular, and in the absence of angulation of the gastrosteges. Ialtris yultuosa. Char. gen. — Form elongate, principally on account of the development of the tail. Head moderately distinct, a little elongate, rather massive. Eye mode- rate, pupil round, The nine normal cephalic shields. Rostral normal, not prominent. Two nasals, one loreal, one preocular. Anal plate divided. Scales smooth, the pores double. Anterior superior maxillary teeth moderate, equal, separated by a short space from an elongate stout grooveless tooth which occupies a position half way between the extremities of the maxillary. Posterior half of this bone edentulous, except a long grooved tooth at its hinder extremity. Several anterior mandibulars long, stout, separated by a space from the succeeding series of small ones. Char, specif. — Scales not elongate, in nineteen longitudinal rows. Posterior border of each postfrontal convex. Vertical twice as long as its anterior breadth, the lateral borders a little concave, the posterior angle obtuse. Oc- cipitals elongate, acuminate posteriorly, the common emargination acute angled ; common suture as long as the vertical. Temporals, three large, one small, on each side, the anterior in contact with the two postoculars, and the fifth and sixth superior labials. One grooved preocular, one parallelogrammic loreal, two nasals, the posterior higher. Rostral low, rounded above. Seven superior labials, third and fourth entering the orbit, seventh longer than high. Nine inferior labials, the fourth and fifth very large. Total length 45 in. 6 lin., tail, 13 in. 6 lin. or -38 of the whole. The general color is leaden olivaceous ; the gastro and urosteges are bor- 1802.] 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF dered more or less distinctly with darker, the latter clouded with the same. The mental region sometimes spotted with darkish. The posterior borders of the superciliary and vertical plates are black; from the posterior angle of the latter extends a black band which bifurcates with the border of the plates, and widening, unites with a straight longitudinal postocular band. The latter approaches more or less nearly a large black muchal spot. A series of alternating spots extends for a few inches posterior to this ; they are then re- solved into transverse bars, which are obsolete through tbe greater part of the length. Posteriorly the scales are all bordered with darker. Obtained near Jeremie, Hayti, by Dr. Weinland. Mus. Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., (No. 1519). The genus Ialtris (<*xxa> jacto, rapio) is allied to Dromicus, but differs widely in dentition. In the latter respect it somewhat resembles Psammophis, and evidently lessens the brief interval between this genus and the former, which herpetologists have hitherto admitted. A peculiarity not shared by any other genus, is the absence of solid teeth on the os maxillare posterior to the median long one. In specific characters this serpent resembles Also- phis a n g u 1 i f e r, especially the variety of the latter found in eastern Cuba. It must be in some degree similar to the Philodryas dorsalis from Hayti, but I have not been able to compare them. Alsophis v u d i i. Scales in seventeen longitudinal rows, biporous. Head lanceolate de- pressed, canthus rostralis distinct, rounded. Rostral plate rounded, not prominent ; vertical plate once and a half times as long as its anterior breadth, lateral borders slightly concave. Occipital plates very elongate, posterior emargination acute angled, common suture remarkably deep, longer than the vertical plate. Temporal plates, two large, two or three small, the anterior in contact with one or both of the postoculars, and the posterior three superior labial shields. Of the latter there are eight, the third, fourth and fifth entering the orbit. Nasals and loreal elongate, superior border of the latter nearly parallel to the inferior. Preocular extending upon the sur- face of the head, not reaching the vertical. Inferior labials eleven, sixth largest; postgenials longer than pregenials. Total length 39 in.; tail 11 in. Light brown above, leaden brown beneath, everywhere thickly punctulated with darker. A deeper shade, which is sometimes of a rufous tint, occupies the median line of the back. Many of the scales have one white margin. Many one or two black margins ; the latter are sometimes arranged in trans- verse series, most distinct anteriorly. The common occipital, posterior and supercilio-vertical sutures are dark shaded. A dark brown band extends from the end of the muzzle and terminates at the neck ; it is succeeded by a few interrupted brown spots or lines or lines on the neck, beneath which a reddish tint prevails. Labials yellowish, punctulated and bordered with brown ; gular and mental regions indistinctly lined with the same ; gastro- steges bordered with leaden brown. Habitat. — New Providence Id., Bahamas. Mus. Academy Nat. ScL, Phila. Salem, Mass. This species is dedicated to my friend. Dr. H. C. Wood, Jr., author of me- moirs on Myriapoda and extinct Cryptogamia. According to this gentleman, who obtained it, it is the most common snake in its native island. It is very nearly alied to Alsophis an gu lifer of Cuba, but differs constantly in coloration, and in a greater attenation of form. The occipitals are longer as compared with the vertical than in angulifer. That a variety of the same serpent is found in the same island is proven by Dr. Wood's collection. It is light yellowish brown as in angul if er, with complete blackish cross bands upon the posterior portion of the body, three scales apart. These are wanting upon the anterior third of the body, but are represented by black margin ; margined scales at intervals upon the side. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 Head without markings, except a darker shade posterior to the eye. Rela- tions of vertical and occipital plates as in typical v u d i i. In the extensive series of serpents possessing the diacranterian dentition and bifid anal scutum, which connect the stout, heavy bodied Xenodons with the slender Drymobii, the authors of the Erpetologie Generate have recognized two generic forms, viz. Liophis, Wagl., and Dromicus, Bibr. These they sepa- rate upon a difference in the relative development of the tail ; in the former this member is said to be short, in the latter elongate. In thus defining their groups thev have well contrasted the prominent characteristics of the extremes of the series in question. Another point of contrast is here added, viz. in the short tailed extreme there are no scale pores ; in the longest tailed, these pores exist in pairs. The first may be represented by the Liophis c o b e 1 1 a, the last, by the Dromicus a t e r of authors. That these species belong to dif- ferent genera admits of no doubt; they are placed in different "families" by some authors. The Dromicus a t e r, and its immediate allies, more nearly resemble in general form and habits some species of Drymobius, than they do the Liophis c o b e 1 1 a ; the latter represents a genus of water snakes, the former are terrestrial and arborial. The relative length of the tail cannot be entirely relied upon as a definite index of the genera included between these extremes. There are species in which this member is of an intermediate length, and some of these though included by authors in their genus Dromicus, can by no means be separated from the genus Liophis, as has been elsewhere shown.* From these types to that of the D. a t e r, the gradation seems complete. In like manner the num- ber of rows of scales on the body is a safe index of genera in some parts of the system, in others it is not specific, varying with the age and circumstance of the individual ; the same may be said of the division of the anal plate and pre- ocular, of the carination of the scales, of the grooving of posterior maxillary teeth ; also of the number of the toes in the sauria, and in an infinite number of instances which will occur to every zoologist. Where, however, an organ exhibits a perfect gradation between its different type forms, as we know to be the case with most or all, at one or more points in the morphic scale of each, the usual breaks or steps in this scale of modification of some other structure or organ, most commonly indicate to us Nature's divisions as at present exist- ing. In passing from Dromicus a t e r toward the species with shorter tails, we find the two scale pores become reduced to one. Finally, in the third series, typified by Dromicus lineatus, where the pores have disappeared, the tail never, so far as is known, equals that of the Dromicus ater group in length, nor is it thick, nor is the body heavy as in the poreless cob ell a group. A fifth series, also with poreless scales, represented by Dromicus fugitivus, exhibits the very elongate tail of the ater group. I know of no species connecting it with the third, or lineatus type, though the discovery of such an one would not be a matter of surprise ; in that case the forms would be included under one head. The groups thus defined, with their species, may be enumerated as follows : Ophiomorphus Fitz. (sine diagnosi). Body short, stout. Head distinct. Scales poreless. Tail short, thick, about one-fifth the total length. (Liophis Fitz. Dum.) 0. co b el la, 0. merr emm ii,f (type,) 0. d o li a t us, 0. breviceps. Lygophis Fitz. (sine diagnosi). Body, slender, elongate. Scales poreless. Tail one-fourth the total length, sometimes a little longer, rarely shorter, always slender. * Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1860, p. 251. t Xenodon typhlus, Schl. is almost identical in form with these species, but our speci- mens being wiihout epidermis, the absence or presence of pores cannot be determined. 1862.] 76 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP L. line a tu s (type\ L. d il ep is n. sp., L. e 1 egan s, L. fl a'vi fre n a- t u s n. sp. , L. r u t i 1 u s n. sp., L. conirostris (approaches near to Ophi- omorphus). Dromicus Bibr. Body moderate or short. Head little distinct. Scales poreless. Tail one-third, or a greater proportion of the total length. [Calo- phis Fitz). D. fugit i v u s (type). D. p a r vi fr o n s n. sp., D. t e mp o ral i s,* D. callilaemus, D. exiguu s n. sp. Liophis Wagl. Body elongate, slender. Head distinct. Scales uniporous. Tail one-fourth the total length, or longer. [Orophis et Limadophis Fitz). L. r e g i n a e (type) ? L. taeniurus, L. almadensis, L. subfas- ciatus n. sp., L. m el an on o tu s, L. temminckii, L. perfuscus n. sp., L. epinephelus n. sp., L. p u t n a m i i, n. sp. Alsophis Fitz. (sine diagnosi). Body moderate. Head distinct, acute. Scales biporous. Tail one-third total length, or longer. A. antillensis (type). A. sancticrusis n. sp., A. melanich- n u s n. sp., A. a n g u 1 i f e r, A. v u d i i, n. sp., A. 1 e u c o m ela s,f A. ater, A. fun er ens n. sp. Dromici triscalis, inornatus, rufiventris and pie i of the Erp. Gen. and D. rufodorsatus and a f f i n i s of Gunther ; Liophis bicinctns Dum., L. taeniurus and L. 1 a t e ri s tr i g a, J Berth. I have not been able to compare. So far as is known, Alsophis and Dromicus are West Indian, Lygophis and Ophiomorphus South American ; Liophis inhabits both regions. Alsophis sancticrucis. Body thick. Scales broad in seventeen longitudinal rows. In other respects the squamation is similar to that of H. a n t i 1 1 e n s i s, as pointed out by Dr. Gunther, || including the peculiar loreal plate, which presents an angle up- wards. The color superiorly is deep yellowish brown, or almost black, some- times the scales of the fourth row with yellowish centres, producing a banded appearance, others with one yellow margin. The whole, or anterior part only of the superior surface of the head is varied, or shaded with dark yellow. A narrow band of the same passed along the canthus rostralis beyond the eye to the temporal region. Superior labials and chin bright golden yellow, some- times varied with brown. Gastrosteges deep yellow, margined, finally shaded and obscured with brown and blackish, the yellow remaining upon their ex- tremities, forming a band of spots. A narrow yellow line extends for some distance upon the neck, on the line of separation of the second and third rows rows of scales. Total length 50 inches, tail 17 inches. Habitat. — St. Croix Id , W. Indies. Mus. Philadelphia, Washington. Examination of a number of specimens of A. antillensis and compari- son of them with two of this animal, and with Dr. Giinther's description of three that came under his notice, has resulted in a conviction of their specific difference. This and the succeeding species would be called by some zoolo- gists " geographical" or " local varieties." Alsophis melanichnus. Squamation as in H. sancticrucis; seventeen rows of rather broad scales, two more than antillensis. Yellowish olivaceous above, without lines or punctulation, every scale tipped, and bordered with brown. Superior labials lighter, unspotted. A narrow black band from the rostral plate to the * Pr. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1860, p, 370. t This species is not identical wiih H. ater, as stated by Gunther. t Goettingen Nachrichten, 1859, p. 210. || Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1859, p. 210: Here also are noticed the double scale pores of this species. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 77 temporal region, and three, one median and two lateral divergent, from the posterior border of the occipital shields. Urosteges and posterior three- fourths of the gastrosteges bordered with brown, ground color olivaceous yellowish, unspotted. Total length 36 in., tail 10 in. 3 lin. Habitat. — Hayti, near Jeremie. Mus. Compar. Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. (No. 1522). Dr. Weinland Coll. Alsophis funereus. Head distinct, not lanceolate. Rostral plate scarcely visible from above. Superciliaries and vertical plate9 not elongate ; the lateral borders of the latter straight, convergent, as long as the anterior. Occipitals rather broad, the com- mon suture as long as the vertical; three large, two small temporals. Supero- anterior border of loreal continuous, curved. Preocular not reaching vertical ; two postoculars. Seven superior labials, third and fourth entering the orbit. Seventeen rows of obtuse scales. Total length of specimen 16 in. ; tail 5 in. 6 lines. General color black ; anteriorly the inferior surface is plumbeous, as are also the superior labials. Habitat. — Jamaica. Mus. Washington, (No. 5779.) Prof. C. B. Adams' Coll. The breadth of the vertical plate distinguishes this species at once from others of the genus. Liophis perfuscus. Scales obtuse, rather broad, in nineteen longitudinal series. Head mode- rately distinct, not very elongate, the front slightly curved in profile ; canthus rostralis very obtuse. Ro3tral shield much broader than high, not appearing on the superior surface of the muzzle. Prefrontals very small, their common suture half the length of that of the postfrontals. Vertical plate elongate, less so than in Haliophis antillensis, more so than in H. funereus, its anterior broader more than half the total length, the lateral a little concave, not convergent. Occipitals moderate, acuminate, bifurcate. Two postoculars, both in contact with an elongate temporal, which is not in contact with the last (eighth) superior labial. This labial is well developed ; the seventh i3 high, five-sided, its commisural border shorter than it3 anterior, superior, and some- times its lower posterior border ; upper posterior very short. One preocular, not reaching the vertical, the superior extremity half separated by a suture from the orbit. Geneials of about equal length. Total length 17 in. ; the tail 3 in. 9 lin. General color deep mud brown, paler on the sides and beneath ; sometimes certain scales are irregularly darker or lighter. Habitat. — Barbadoes. Obtained by Prof. Theodore Gill, who has presented specimens to Mus. Phila. Acad, and Smithsonian, Wash., (No. 6044.) Liophis subfascial e. Form stout, tail short, thick, head moderately distinct. Scales in nineteen longitudinal rows. Rostral plate small, swollen, a little recurved superiorly. Can- thus rostralis none. Prefrontals small, their common suture more than half that of the postfrontals. Vertical shorter than in L. regi n ae, lateral borders, slightly curved and convergent, posterior angle right. Occipitals short, broad and obtuse posteriorly, bounded by two large and one or two small temporals, the anterior in contact with two labials and two postoculars. Of the latter the superior is twice the size of the inferior. One preocular not reaching vertical ; one loreal nearly rectangular. Superior labials eight, fourth and fifth entering orbit. Last two higher than long. The posterior superior maxillary tooth is of unusual length and curvature. Total length 18 in. 3 lin. ; tail 3 in. Color above brown, sometimes nearly unicolor, sometimes with transverse bands of deep brown, one and two scales apart. These bands are formed by dark edges and tips of the scales, and so have a zigzag form ; sometimes they 1862.] 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP are broken into spots. Their extremities are separated into lateral spots, which become smaller posteriorly, and are finally confluent into a line, which is on the third or fourth rows of scales; it is obsolete on the tail. Superior labials and tinder surface yellowish ; a few dark shades upon the margins and extremities of the gastrosteges. Habitat. — Paraguay. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5809.) Capt. Page's Expedi- tion. This species is a near relation of L. almadensis.* It has one more row of scales on each side, a shorter, thicker tail, a less distinct head, a more acute muzzle and different coloration. It is annectant to Ophiomorphus, where it most resembles 0. c o b e 1 1 a. Liophis epinephalus. General form elongate, the head not very distinct, with broad muzzle, the tail slender, more elongate than in the preceding species, not so much so as in L. r e g i n a e. Rostral plate flat, broad, rounded, visible from above; com- mon suture of prefrontals two-thirds that of the postfrontals ; the latter are very broad. Vertical and superciliaries elongate, the former one aud a half times as long as its anterior suture ; lateral sutures straight, convergent, pos- terior sutures short. Occipitals rather short, rounded posteriorly, bounded by two large and two small temporals. The anterior of these is elongate, in con- tact with two labials and two postoculars. Loreal higher than long, encroach- ing on the preocular. Superior labials eight ; third, fourth and fifth entering the orbit. Inferior labials ten. Total length 20 in. 9 1.; tail 4 in. 9 1. General color above brown ; the sides tinged with yellow ; a few scales, with a light margin. Large alternating black spots, broad on the median line, nar- rowed upon the sides, almost obscure the ground color. They are more distinct anteriorly; posteriorly the ground is visible in short alternating half bands. Tail blackish above, a black band on each side, which is the continuation of a confluent series of spots which are cut off from the extremities of the dorsal spots. Top of head blackish ; a black dot on each side of the occipital suture. Superior labials light yellowish, immaculate. Habitat. — Truando, New Granada. Mus. Washington, (No. 4305.) Lieut. Michler's Expedition. This species is a near ally of L. r e g i n a e and almadensis. In squa- mation it resembles them closely, but differs very widely from both in colora- tion. The absence of temple bands and of ventral spots, separate it from the former, while the ground color and spots of the upper surface are not imi- tated by the latter. Liophis putnamii. General form elongate. Head very distinct, rather short, with narrow pro- minent muzzle, flat above. Rostral plate not visible from above, vertical and superciliaries elongate, the former very nearly twice as long as the anterior border ; lateral borders a little concave. Occipitals not elongate, bifurcate, obtuse. Temporals two large, one or two small, the anterior in contact with two labials and two postoculars. One preocular, considerably separated from vertical. Loreal higher than long, its superior border longitudinal. Eight superior labials, fourth and fifth entering orbit ; sixth with a postocular suture longer than a temporal. Temporal suture of seventh very long. Inferior la- bials ten. Scales in seventeen longitudinal rows. Total length 25 in. 9 lin.; tail 7 in. Yellowish brown above, with a deep brown median dorsal band occupying three rows of scales. The median row of scales for a short distance anteriorly is lighter. On the tail the band is narrow, and is wanting on the terminal * S. wagleri, Jan. Arch. f. Naturgesch. 1859- Natrix atmada et semilineata Wagl Spix Serp. Braz. L. rtgina, var. Pr. A. N. S., 1860, 253, [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 79 third. A similar lateral band occupies the third and fourth rows, and is continued to near the end of the tail ; anteriorly it is continuous with a nar- row band on the superior margins of the lateral plates. Muzzle and labials yellowish ; beneath yellowish white, unspotted. Habitat. — Martinique. Mus. Acad. Philada. ; Mus. Gard. Plants in ex. This is the specimen referred to in the "Catalogue of Colubridae," Pr. A. N. Sc, 1860, p. 560, as a variety of Dromicus f u g i.t i v u s. It differs from the the Cuban form of that species in having uniporous scales, a shorter tail, a broader and more distinct head, a much narrower anterior temporal, and dif- ferent system of coloration. I have named it in honor of ray friend Fredk. W. Putnam, Esq., of Cambridge, Mass., in recognition of his merit as a zoologist, and of obligations for opportunities of examining valuable collections. Dromicus parvifrons. Some scales upon the nape with a pore. Scales of the back obtuse, not elon- gate, in seventeen or nineteen longitudinal rows. Head small and but little distinct from the body. Eyes moderate. Rostral plate rounded above. Suture of prefrontals with pre-nasal twice or thrice as long as with postnasal. Vertical and superciliaries elongate, the former twice as long as its anterior breadth, longer than the common occipital suture ; its lateral borders a little concave, its posterior angle less than right. Occipitals rather small ; temporals three large, two small, the anterior large, in contact with two labials and two post- oculars. Loreal nearly quadrangular, preocular a little concave, not reaching vertical. Superior labials eight; third, fourth and fifth entering the orbit ; the first very narrowly. Preanal plate divided. Total length 26 in. 6 lin. ; tail 16 inches. General coloration dark olivaceous. A brown band extends from the muzzle through the eye, and for the greater part of the total length upon the fourth row of scales. It is bounded above by a light band, which occupies half of the fifth row; it becomes lighter anteriorly and extends to the superciliary plates. The median dorsal band thus remaining is sometimes divided anteriorly by a daiker vertebral line, upon one row of scales. Habitat. — Hayti, near Jeremie. Mus. Compar. Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. From Dr. Weinland. Dromicus exiguus. Size small ; body stout ; head little distinct, flat above, muzzle prominent. Rostral plate broad, presenting no superior surface. Prefrontals well de- veloped. Vertical elongate, lateral borders straight, the posterior long, form- ing au acute angle. Occipitals well developed, the median or common suture shorter than vertical plate, obtuse posteriorly, bounded by one large and five small temporals on each side. Postoculars two ; preocular one, rather broad ; loreal small. Postnasal longer than prenasal. Eight superior labials, third, fourth and fifth entering orbit. Nine inferior labials, fourth and fifth largest. Scales in nineteen longitudinal rows. Total length of largest of five speci- mens 17 in. 1 lin. ; tail 5 in. 4 lin. Above light brown, sometimes yellowish, densely punctulated with darker. The median dorsal region is of a deeper shade ; distant dark brown dots some- times form two parallel series, one on each side of it. A dark brown band along the fourth row of scales nearly to the end of the tail ; it is sharply defined only superiorly ; it is continuous with a head-band which passes through the eye. Beneath yellowish, punctulated with brown, especially toward the extremities of the gastrosteges. Hub. — St. Johns and St. Thomas, W. I. Mus. Washington, (Ruse Coll.) Phila. Academy. This species may be readily mistaken for the young of Alsophis a n t i 1- 1 e n s i s, and probably has been. In very small specimens of the latter, the double scale-pores may be observed ; the animal is also more elongate, the 1862.] 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF gastrosteges reaching ISO or 190 ; in the exiguus, 137 is the most that I have counted. The head of the latter is relatively smaller and less distinct, in accordance with the character of Dromicus. D. callilaemus is similar in some respects, but exhibits a broader vertical shield, a more elongate tail, and only seven suptrior labial plates. Lygophis r u t i 1 u s . Form approaching Ophiomorphus, but the tail is slender, though not long. Scales in nineteen longitudinal rows, rather elongate medially. Head mode- rately distinct, rather short. Rostral plate not low, the nasal borders a little concave. Prefontals as long as broad. Vertical and superciliaries elongate ; the former nearly twice as long as broad, the borders a little concave, scarcely convergent. Occipitals very short. Temporals small, three larger, three smaller. One pre- two postoculars, both in contact with the temporal. Eight superior labials, fourth and fifth entering orbit, all higher than long excepting sometimes the first and last. Inferior labials ten, fifth and sixth largest. Pregeneials longer than postgeneials. Total length 18 in. 10 lin. ; tail 3 in. 9 1in. Above dark brown ; two yellow lines extend from the anterior extremity of the superciliary shields to the end of the tail, occupying on the body the centre of the scales of the seventh row, being separated by five scales. The median line is occupied by a similar red stripe which is most distinct behind the occipital plates and on the posterior regions. The space between the yellow lines contains two series of black spots which usually alternate, sometimes coalesce. The sides are marked with vertical black spots or bars which extend from the second row to the yellow line, and which are one or two scales apart. Small yellow dots are scattered over these and other parts of the body. Head above black. A yellow line near the inner border of each occipital, a bifurcate one on the vertical, a large one on each pre- and postfrontal, also on each nasal, the loreal, the pre- and postoculars. Labials and chin yellow ; belly deep rose-red, every second or third gastrostege with its posterior angle black. Hab. — Paraguay, along the Parana River and its branches, in particular the Tigre. Mus. Smithsonian, Washington, (No. 5397.) Acad. Philada. In this beautiful water-snake I find a depression near the tip of some of the scales, but nowhere have I discovered a true pore. Lygophis flavifrenatus. Scales rather elongate, in seventeen longitudinal series. Head slightly dis- tinct, rather elongate. Rostral plate a little produced posteriorly above ; nasal sutures slightly concave. Prefrontals as long as broad. Superciliaries narrow ; vertical elongate, the lateral borders a little concave, posterior sutures short. Occipitals short, much rounded posteriorly, bounded by six temporals which decrease in size from the anterior. The latter is short, in contact with both postoculars and two labials. Eight superior labials, none very high, fourth and fifth (which are longer than high) entering the orbit. Inferior labials ten. Total length 25 in. 10 lin. ; tail 6 in. 10 lin. Above brown, inferior two rows of scales tinged with olivaceous. A narrow yellow line extends from the summit of the rostral plate across the superciliary and occipital plates on each side to the end of the tail. It is on the seventh row of scales on the body. Three rows separate these lines ; the scales of the external of the three have their terminal halves black. Tips of scales of the first row black anteriorly ; tips, and finally the whole of those of the third black, form- ing a band on the posterior fourth of the body and tail. Anterior angle of every gastrostege black ; remainder greenish white. Some black spots on the sides of the neck ; oue posterior to the eye prominent. Hab. — Rio Vermejo region. Mus. Phila. Acad. ; Smithsonian, (Nos. 5397, 5398,) Capt. Page's Expedition. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 This serpent at first sight resembles the preceding species, but is more truly allied to that that follows. Lygophis d i 1 e p i s . Form slender. Head elongate, distinct, rather obtuse. Scales not abbrevi- ated, in nineteen longitudinal series. Rostral plate elevated, a little recurved posteriorly. Prefrontals well developed, their common suture longer than that of the postfrontals. The latter are rather small. Vertical twice the length of its anterior suture, lateral borders a little concave. Occipitals mode- rate, rounded posteriorly ; one large, four medium or small temporals, the anterior narrow, in contact with both postoculars and two labials. Prenasal larger than postnasal, loreal nearly rectangular. Inferior preoculars higher than long, lower than loreal ; superior nearly reaching vertical. Eight supe- rior labials, posterior labial suture of the penultimate as long as the anterior. Inferior labials ten. Total length 25 in. 6 lin. ; of tail 4 in. 10 lin. A deep brown band extends from the muzzle, occupying nearly the whole upper surface of the head — throughout the body, where it is black bordered, and occupies one and two halves rows of scales — to the end of the tail. A darker band extends from the eye, throughout the total length, occupying the fifth row and the halves of the adjacent rows above and below. Belly, sides and labials yellowish ; space between the bands pale brown. Hab. — Paraguay. Mus. Smithsonian, Washington, (No. 5861,) Capt. Page's Expedition. This species bears much resemblance to the L. lineatus; it may be dis- tinguished by the broader head, stouter body and shorter tail ; by the greater width of the lateral and head bands ; by the two preoculars, etc. Colorhogia redimita. Char. Gen. — Dentition diacranterian. Head moderately distinct, obtuse. Pupil round. Head shields normal except in the coalescence- of the two post- frontals. One preocular, one loreal, one nasal. Rostral plate small, obtuse. Dorsal scales smooth, poreless. Anal plate divided. Tail elongate. Char. Specif. — Size small, head little distinct, short, obtuse. Scales short obtuse, in seventeen longitudinal rows. Rostral plate low, rounded above. Prefontals small, transverse. Postfrontal large. Anterior border of vertical plate equal to the lateral, which are straight, convergent ; posterior angle acute. Occipitals elongate, obtuse posteriorly, bounded by three large and two small temporals, the anterior large, in contact with the fifth and sixth superior labials and the inferior postocular. Of the latter plates there are two. One preocular curtailed above by the superciliary, which forms part of the anterior border of the orbit. Loreal rectangular, longer than high. Nasal nearly rectangular, the nostril near the superior suture. Superior labials seven, third and fourth entering the orbit. Inferior labials nine ; pregeneials longer than postgeneials. Total length 7 in. 9 lin. ; tail 2 in. 9 lin. General color brownish grey, lighter beneath. The median portions of the dorsal scales are punctulated with brown ; a narrow line of the same color occupies the middle of the fourth row of scales to the end of the tail. The vertebral series is occupied by a similar narrow line for the same extent. A dark brown band passes through the eye and is continuous with the lateral line. The entire crown is occupied by a large subsagittiform liver-brown spot, whose outline is parallel with the lateral brown bands. Between these is enclosed a light frontal and temporal band (redirniculum.) Posteriorly it is joined by the median dorsal band. Two light occipital spots as in Tropido- notus sp. Labial plates and chin punctulated with deep brown. Belly im- maculate. Hab.— Eastern Cuba. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5747,) from Mr. Charles Wright. This little serpent is allied to Dromicus and Contia, but is readily distin- 1862.] 6 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP guished by tlie single postfrontal. Five other genera have been enumerated* which possess this structure, but none of them have any close affinity with the present. Specifically it resembles the Dromieus calliljemus from Jamaica ; it may also be loosely compared to the Cuban Arrhyton tseniatum. Hab. — Cuba. Mus. Smithsonian, Prof. Poly. Coll. Arrhyton fulvum. Arrhyton tmniatum Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1860, p. 421. This species differs from the A. t se n i a t u m in its broader head and more acute muzzle. The preocular plate is larger, the postfrontal in contact with the second labial only ; the vertical is shorter, with more convergent outer borders. Temporals six or seven on each side, the anterior as deep as long. The head and body above the third row of scales is deep brown ; the lateral band occupies the fourth and fifth and half the third and sixth rows of scales ; the median the vertebral series alone. In taenia turn these bands are of equal width, occupying one and two half rows. Hab. — Cuba. Mus. Smithsonian. Arrhyton bivittatum. Scales in seventeen longitudinal rows. Dentition, as in other species of the genus, strongly diacranterian. Head wider than body, arched in profile, with acute prominent muzzle. Rostral plate visible from above : nasal plates united '! Loreal present, longer than high, rectangular. Preocular plate a little higher. Superior labials seven, third and fourth entering the orbit. Postoculars two ; temporals, three large, two small, anterior broad : the external borders of the vertical parallel. Prefrontals not small. Inferior labials seven ; anterior gene- ials longer. Total length 11 in. ; tail 3 in. 2 lin. General color brown ; a blackish band on each side which occupies the adja- cent halves of the scales of the third and fourth rows. Hab. — Cuba. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5784.) Monograph of the species of TROGDSITA, inhabiting the United States. EY GEORGE H. HORN, M. D. The publication of the present paper was suggested by the neglected condi- tion of the genus. Many American species have been published from time to time by various authors, amounting to about twelve or thirteen, of which Mel- sbeimer (Proc. Acad, ii.) and Pal. de Beauvois, (Ins. d'Afrique et d'Amerique) have published one half, the other half being scattered among various authors. It is to be feared that Beauvois has, from describing insects from two widely sepa- rated parts of the globe, caused confusion by the mingling of specimens. Some of his other American (?) insects remain unknown even now. The pos- session of several of Melsheimer's types enables us to determine their true value with certainty. The species here described have been derived in great part from the collec- tion of Dr. Le Conte, with whom all the typical specimens will be found, the collections from other sources serving rather to increase the number of speci- mens than species. Our species may be arranged in groups as follows : Sec. A. Antennae with the eighth joint equal to the ninth. Species 1 — 2. Sec. B. Antenn;e with the eight joint much smaller than the ninth : 1. Sides of thorax sinuate or rounued, strongly emarginate before the posterior angles, which are acute. Species 3 — 6. 2. Thorax subquadrate, sides moderately rounded, posterior angles acute. a. Convex Species 7 — 10. 6. Depressed Species 11 — 13. * Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1861, pp. 302, 524. [Feb, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83 3. Thorax broad, sub transverse sides much rounded, posterior angles small, obtuse. Species 14 — 20. 4. Thorax broad, sides strongly rounded posterior aDgles scarcely evident. Species 21. A. 1. T. mauritanica, nigro picea, obscura, modice depressa, capite thoraceque parce grosse punctatis, hoc linea dorsali lasvi, lateribus, sinuatis, antice latiore, postice angustato, margine vix reflexo, basi rotundato, angulis posticis parvis acutis, elytris oblongis, basi late emarginatis, siriis punctatis interstitiis paulo convexis, rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, ab- domine prosternoque parce punctatis, gula postice subtiliter punctulata, antice grosse punctata, antennis pedibusque rufis. Long. "38. T. mauritanica, Linn. (Tenebrio,) Mann. Bull. Mosc. 1843, 302. T. caraboides, Fab. 1, 151. This species has been carried all over the world in articles of commerce ; specimens have been received from Europe, Cuba, Sierra Leone, Texas and Pennsylvania. With the succeeding species, the mauritanica forms a natural section, characterized by having the joints of the antennae gradually in- creasing in breadth, while, in the next group, the last three joints are suddenly larger, forming a loose club. These two forms appear to be characteristic, the former of the species of the eastern hemisphere, the latter of those of North and South America. 2. T. n i t i d a, nigro-picea nitida, modice depressa, subtus subtiliter punctu- lata capite thoraceque parce subtiliter punctulatis, hoc antice latiore, postice an- gustato, lateribus sinuatis, margine reflexo, angulis posticis, acutis reflexis, basi rotundato, elytris oblongis, basi vix emarginatis huineris rectis, striis punctatis interstitiis planis parce rugulosis biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, abdomine prosternoque parce subtiliter punctulatis, gula antice parce grosse punctata, postice lajve, antennis pedibusque piceo-rufis. Long, "40. This species like the mauritanica has been imported. Numerous speci- mens were obtained from a vessel from Sierra Leone, in the spring of 1861, since then others have been found in the neighborhood of Philadelphia. In its general form it resembles closely the mauritanica, from which it may be readily distinguished by its more glossy appearance, and less deeply and closely punctured head and thorax. The posterior angles of the thorax are somewhat larger, more acute, and slightly reflexed. The under surface of the body is also more finely and less densely punctured. B— 1. 3. T. calif or nica, nigro-picea, subnitida, depressa, capite thoraceque parce grosse punctatis, hoc antice latiore, postice angustato lateribus sinuatis ante angulos emarginatis, his acutis reflexis, margine vix reflexo, basi rotun- dato, medio truncato, elytris oblongis, basi late emarginatis versus humeros impressis, his rectis, striis valde punctatis interstitiis planis, parce rugulosis, bi- seriatim subtiliter punctulatis, antennis pedibusque rufis, abdomine prosterno- que parce subtiliter punctulatis, gula antice vix punctulata, postice subplicata. Long. -40. California, one specimen ; Dr. Le Conte. This is the largest California species yet known. The thorax is much broader anteriorly than long, the breadth posteriorly is about equal to its length. The sides are sinuate, anterior to the angles deeply- emarginate. This character is possessed in a greater or less de- gree by all of the California species. In all of this group the posterior angles are well developed, acute and slightly reflexed. 4. T. crassicornis, rufa subnitida, depressa, subtus parce punctata, ca- pite thoraceque parce grosse punctatis hoc medio laeviore, antice latiore postice angustato, lateribus haud rotundatis, ante angulos emarginatis, his acutis reflexis 1862.] 84 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP margine reflexo, basi modice rotundato medio truncato elytris oblongis basi late emarginatis, humeris rectis, striis punctatis, interstitiis planis vix rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, gula modice rugosa. Long. -23. California, one specimen ; Dr. Le Conte. Distinet from the preceding by its smaller size, more depressed form, and less deeply punctured head and thorax. Its color is light rufous, probably immature. The antennae in this species are much shorter, and the joints much more globose, than in any other of this group. The eighth joint is not as much smaller as in all the other American Trogositas, exhibiting thus a relationship with Section A. 5. T. pleuralis, nigro-picea depressa, capite thoraceque parce grosse punctatis, hoc lateribus densiore punctatis et colore ferrugineis, antice la- tiore postice angustato, lateribus modice rotundatis ante angulos modice emarginatis, margine reflexo, basi rotundato, elytris oblongis, basi rectis, striis punctatis, interstitiis planis rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis punctatis, abdomine parce grosse punctate, gula prosternoque parce subtiliter punctulatis, antennis pedibusque nigro ferrugineis. Long. -23 — *30. California, two specimens ; Dr. Le Conte. This species is the most depressed of this group, resembling the c o 1 1 a r i s, Sturm. The sides of the thor.ix and anterior portion of the head are ferrugineous. The elytra are much wider in proportion to their length than in any others of this group. 6. T. li tubal is, brunnea, modice convexa, capite thoraceque dense punc- tatis, hoc lateribus rotundatis, antice latiore, postice angustato, ante angulos vix emarginatis, his acntis, margine reflexo, basi rotundato, elytris oblongis basi late emarginatis humeris rectis, striis punctatis, interstitiis, planis, nitidis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, gula transverse plicata antennis pedibusque pallidioribus Long. -22. T.limbalig, Mels. Proc. Acad. ii. 109. Pennsylvania, two specimens ; Dr. Le Conte. Resembles crassicornis, from which it differs by its more convex form, its smooth elytral interspaces, and the plications of the gular region, which are in three transverse series. The antennae are of normal form, the eighth joint being much smaller than the ninth. 7. T. corticalis, nigra, subnitida, modice convexa, capite thoraceque grosse punctatis, hoc lateribus modice rotundatis, antice latiore, postice vix angustato, margine reflexo, angulis posticis acutis, basi rotundato, elytris ob- longis, basi vix emarginatis, humeris rectis, striis punctatis, interstitiis modice convexis, subtiliter rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis. abdomine pros- ternoque grosse punctatis, gula baud plicata, pedibus nigris, antennis nigro- ferrugineis. Long. -33' T. corticalis, Mels. Proc. Acad. ii. p. 109. Common in Pennsylvania. This is, probably, the best known of all our spe- cies. It may be found under the bark of stumps, at almost any season. The thorax is broader than long, coarsely punctured, and in Melsheimers typical specimen with the sides near the margin with shallow impressions, The elytra are twice as long as broad, and slightly dilated behind the middle. 8. T. intermedia, nigro-picea, subnitida, convexa, capite thoraceque parce grosse punctatis, hoc lateribus rotundatis, antice latiore postice angus- tato, margine reflexo, angulis posticis acutis vix reflexis, elytris oblongis, basi late emarginatis, versus humeros impressis his rectis, striis punctatis, intersti- tiis planis parce rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, abdomine confertim punctulatis, prosterno parce punctato, gula subplicata. Long. *32. Kansas two, San Jose one specimen. The species resembles the corticalis differing in the more elongate thorax which is more narrowed posteriorly, the posterior angles are better developed and slightly reflexed, its body is less de- pressed, and the sides of the elytra more nearly parallel. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 85 9. T. d u b i a, Mels, nigro-picea, convex*, capite thoracqtie grosse punc- tatis, hoc antice latiore, postice parum angustato, lateribus vix rotundatis, an- gulis posticis acatis, margine reflexo, basi rotundato, elytris oblongis, humeris rectis, basi rectis, versus humeros impressis, striis punctatis, iaterstitiis planis, parce rugulosis, biseriatiru subtiliter punctulatis, abdomine prosternoque sub- tiliter punctulatis, gula triseriatim trausverse-plicata, antennis pedibusque nigro- ferrugineis. Long. -25. T. dubia, Mels. Proc. Acad. ii. 110. Pennsylvania, common. Resembles both the c orticalis and interme- dia, but is smaller than either. Its thorax is more quadrate, the sides neither so much rounded as in the former, nor so convergent as in the latter species. The gular region is rendered less smooth than in the other two by the presence of three transverse ridges or folds. 10. T. s e m i c y 1 i n d r i c a, rufa, valde convexa, subtus parce grosse punc- tata, capite thoraceque parce punctatis, hoc quadrato, versus latera vix punctata, postice haud angustato, lateribus vix rotundatis, angulis posticis rectis, margine reflexo, basi rotundato, elytris oblongis hunieris rectis, basi late emargiaacis, striis grosse punctatis, interstitiis planis, vix rugulosis, biseriatiui subtiliter punctulatis, gula transverse-plicata, femoribus auteuuisque pallidioribus. Long. -23. Two specimens, Georgia ; Dr. Le Conte. This can hardly be confounded with any other American Trogosita. Its form is rather elongate, very convex and with parallel sides ; the thorax is nearly quadrate, slightly narrower posteriorly, the posterior angles right, and with coarse punctures not closely arranged. The interstrial spaces are flat, scarcely roughened and having the two rows of smaller punctures very poorly marked, in some interspaces but one row appear- ing. Its color is light rufous, with a slight Drassy refulgence . It may be im- mature. B— 2b. 11. T. n a na, rufo-picea, depressa, capite thoraceque parce grosse punc- titis, hoc antice latiore, postice parum angustato, lateribus modice lotun- d itis, margine reflexo, angulis posticis acutis parvis, basi rotundato elytris ob- longis, striis punctatis, interstitiis modice convexis, parce rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, prosterno vix puuctulato, gula antice abdomineque parce grosse punctato, gula postice transverse plicata. Long. "24. T. nana, Mels. Proc. Acad. ii. p. 110. ? T. mutica, Palisot de Beauv. Ins. p. 126, pi. 32, fig. 6. Pennsylvania, common. This species can hardly be confounded with any other. The thorax is slightly broader than long, its sides moderately rounded, and somewhat convergent posteriorly. The eljtra are about twice as long as wide, with the sides moderately rounded, and broader behind the middle. Its color approaches castaneous. The color of the species of the genus Trogosita is generally black or dark brown, hence from the color of this and the prece- ding species, their immaturity might be inferred, but in this instance the color appears constant, being the same in each individual of a full series, collected during several seasons. 12. T. co liar is, valde depressa, subtus vix punctulata, capite thorace- que parce subtiliter punctulatis, rubris, hoc antice latiore, postice vix angus- tato lateribus rotundatis, margine reflexo, angulis posticis acutis, basi rotun- dato, elytris oblongis, nigris, humeris rectis, basi emarginatis, striis vix punctu- latis, interstitiis planis, laevis, vix biser.atim punctulatis. hong. *23 — -28. T. collaris, Sturm., Ins. Deutsch ii. p. 246.pl. 48. T. nigripcnnis, Dej. Catal. Georgia, two specimens; Dr. Le Conte. The color alone would serve to dis- tinguish this from any other species. The head and thorax are of an orange red, and the elytra black. In shape this resembles the preceding species. Its 1862.] 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF thorax and head are much more finely punctured, the elytra smooth, scarcely striate and the intermediate rows of smaller punctures scarcely evident. Ex- cepting the obtusa, this is the most depressed of our Trogositse. 13. T. sinuata, nigro-picea nitida, depressa, cap'te thoraceque sat parce punctatis, hoc latitudine paulo breviore, postice parum angustato, lateri- bus late rotundatis, postice sinuati?, margine fortius reflexo, angulis posticis rectis, basi sinuatim truncata, elytris oblongis, basi late emarginatis, humeris rectis, striis punctatis haud impressis, interstitiis planis. parce rugulosis, bi- seriatim subtiliter punctulatis, antennispedibusque piceo rufis, abdomioe pros- ternoque parces subtiliter punctulatis gula amice vix punctulata, postice, laeve nitida. Long. -28. T. sinuata Lee. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1861, p. 344. East of Fort Colville, one specimen ; Mr. Gibbs. This species resembles in appearance T. corticalis MeU'., and several others from the Atlantic States, but is easily known by the thorax being less transverse and less narrowed be- hind, with the hind angles more prominent, and the base not rounded, but nearly truncate and sinuate, and slightly eraarginate at the middle. B— 3. 14. T. cue uj i form is, rufa, valde depressa, capite thoraceque parce grosse punctatis, hoc lateribus rotundatis, antice latiore. postice parum angus- tato, margine vix reflexo, angulis posticis parvis, obtusis, basi rotundato, elytris oblongis, humeris rectis, basi vix emarginatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis planis, parce rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, abdomine subtiliter punctulatis prosterno grosse punctato, gula antice punctulata, postice trans- verse plioata. Long. -20. One specimen, Pennsylvania ; Dr. Le Conte. This is the most depressed spe- cies of the group. Its upper surface is flat, much more so than in any other known species. The thorax is about one half wider than long, with the sides moderately rounded, scarcely converging posteriorly. 15. T. nigrita, nigro-picea subnitida, modice depressa, capite thoraceque parce grosse punctatis, hoc lateribus rotundatis, margine fortiter reflexo, angu- lis posticis obtusis, basi rotundato, elytris oblongis, humeris rectis, basi late emarginatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis convexis, rugulosis, biseriatim subtili- ter punctulatis, gula antice grosse punctata, postice laevi, prosterno parce sub- tiliter punctulato, abdomine confertim punctulata. Long. -22 — 30. Kansas, two specimens ; Dr. Le Conte. This species resembles the cast a- nea, Mels. It may be readily distinguished by the less transverse thorax, the more reflexed margin and more rounded sides. The interstrial spaces are more convex and rugulose than in either of the two succeeding species. 16. T. castaoea, nigro-picea, modice depressa, capite thoraceque con- fertim subtiliter punctulatis, hoc lateribus rotundatis, margine reflexo, angulis posticis obtusis parvis ; basi vix rotundato, elytris eloogato-ovalibus basi vix emarginatis, striis punctatis, interstitiis modice convexis rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, gula antice parce grosse punctata, postice laevi, prosterno parce punctata, abdomine confertim punctulato. Long. -42. T. castanea, Mels. Proc. Acad. ii. 109. T. bremcolli", Dej. Catalogue (?) Texas, common. This is the broad depressed species so common in our Southern State?. The thorax is broader than in the preceding species, and is less deeply and coarsely punotured. 17. T. 1 a ti co 11 is, nigro-picea, modice depressa, capite thoraceque confertim subtiliter punctulatis, hoc transverso, latitudine duplo breviore, lateribus ro- tundatis, margine reflexo basi rotundato, angulis posticis obtusis parvis, elytris oblongo-ovalibus, basi vix emarginatis, humeris rectis. striis puuetatis, inter- net). NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 stilus planis, vix rujrulosis biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, subtus subtiliter punctulata, Lor.gr. '35. Southern and Western States; Dr. Le Conte. Closely allied to the preceding species. Differing in the -much more transverse thorax, and the flat scarcely rugulose interstrial spaces. 18. T. b i m a c u 1 a t a, nigro aenea, subnitida modice depressa, capite thoraceqae confertim puncUilatis hoc transverso, lateribus rotundatis, nuirgine vix reflexo, angulis posticis parvis obtusis, basi rotundato, elytris elongatc- ovalibus, macula flava ante medium, basi vix emarginatis, versus bumeros im- pressis, striis punctatis, interstitiis modice convexis, valde rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, gulaantice subtiliter punctulata, postice biseriatim trans- verse plicata. Long. -20. T. bimaculata, Mels. , Proc. Acad. ii. Middle States, rare : Southern States common. May be readily distinguished by the subtransverse thorax with rounded sides and the brassy refulgence of the elytra, which have an irregularly shaped yellow spot, slightly in advance of the middle. 19. T. o b s c u r a, rufo picea, subnitida, modice depressa, capite thoraceque parce punctatis, hoc transverso, lattribus rotundatis, margine modice reflexo, antice latiore postice vix angustaio, angulis postice parvis vix acutis, basi mo- dice rotundato, elytris oblongo-ovalibus, basi vix emarginatis, humeris rectis, stiiis punctatis valde impressis, interstitiis modice convexis, rugulosis, biseria- tim subtiliter punctulatis, abdomine prosternoque parce subtiliter punctulatis, gula antice confertim punctulata, postice modice plicata. Long. -20. Illinois ; two specimens, Dr. Le Conte. Resembbs the bimaculata Mels. The thorax is less transverse and sides less rounded, the punctures are coarser and less closely placed. The interstrial spaces are much less elevated and ru- gulose. 20. T. rugosipennis, rufo-picea, modice depressa, capite thoraceque, confertim punctatis, hoc transverso, lateribus rotundatis, postice vix angustato, margine vix reflexo, angulis posticis obtusis parvis, basi modice rotundato, elytris oblongo-ovalibus, basi emarginatis, versus humeros impressis, striis punctatis, interstitiis convexis valde rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, abdomine prosternoque parce punctatis, gula antice punctulata, postice subpli- cata. Long. -17. One specimen, Pennsylvania; Dr. Le Conte. This is the smallest known North American species. Its form is more convex, and the sides of tie thorix are more narrowed than in the other species of this group. The interstrial spaces of the elytra are very convex and rugulo-e, the intermediate rows of punctures are quite large, giving to the elytra a roughened appearance not seen, in any other member of tne genus. B— 4. 21. T. obtusa, ferruginea, subnitida, valde depressa, capite thoraceque conb-rtim subtiliter punctulatis, noc lateribus valde rotundatis, antice latiore, postice angustato, margine vix reflexo, basi rotundato, medio emarginato, an- gulis parvis minutis, vix prominulis, elytris ob'ongis, basi rectis, striis punc- tatis, interstitiis planis parce rugulosis, biseriatim subtiliter punctulatis, abdo- mine gula prost* rnoque parce subtiliter punctulatis. Long. -27. Two specimens, Pennsylvania, H., Dist. Columbia; TJike. This species may be readily known from any other by its more elongated de- pressed form, the postetior angles of the thorax small, scarcely' evident, and sides much rounded. The width of the base equals about one half the width anteriorly. Its form is more depressed than any other Trogosita. the lateral view being almost linear. 1862.J 88 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP The following species cannot be properly identified from the descriptions given : T. americana Kirby, N. Z. 166. T. subnigra Beauv., Ins. 127, tab. 32, fig. 9. T. depressior " " 126, " fig. 7. T. marginata " " 125, " fig. 3. The marginata of Beauv. may be an immature form of n ana Mels. ; d e- p r e s s i o r may be mauritanica Linn. The catalogue of Dejean contains many species named from North America ; as no descriptions have ever been given of the greater part of them, their synonymy cannot be determined. Trogonta p u s i I 1 i m a Mann. Bull. Mosc. 1843, 302, does not belong to the genus ; it is, however, unknown to me. Descriptions of PLANTS.— No. 3. BY S. B. BUCKLEY. GrAMINE/E. Polypogon alopecuroid.es, s. n. — Radice fibrosa ; culmo erecto (6 — 8 policar.) glabro ; vaginis glabris ; ligulis elongatis (3 — 4 lin.) membranaceis integerrimis vel tarde fissis ; foliis planis glabris (2—4 policar.); panicula terminali (1^—2 policar. Ion. 3 — 4 lin. lata) densiflora ; glnniis paulo insequalibus dorsis scabris marginibus hyalinis, apicibus brevi-aristatis ; val- vulis albo hyalinis gluma ^ brevioribus, inferiore longe aristata. Columbia plains, Oregon; Nuttall. Bristles of the lower valve 3 — 4 lines long and more than double the length of those of the glumes ; awn of the lower glume a little larger than that of the upper ; rays short, fasciculated, compound and many flowered ; glumes tinged with purple. Vilfa agrostoidea, s. n. — Culmo decnmbente (3 — 4 pedali) glabro tereti ; foliis lineari-lanceolatis ; vaginis internodio parum brevioribus fauci- bus dense pilosis ; panicula elongata 4 — Spolicari basi nonnunquam in vagina inclusa ; spiculis glabris parvis ovatis acutis ; glumis inasqualibus inferiore superiore duplo breviore ; valvulis subsequalibus glabris acutis gluma longi- oribus ; caryopsi rotunda ovata breviter apiculata glabra. Llano County, Texas. Panicles axillary ami terminal ; also often with their bases enclosed in the sheaths, especially in a dry season, when at least one-half of the panicle is thus encased ; rays opposite or alternate, scarcely more than an inch in length and appressed ; flowers numerous and tinged with reddish-brown ; upper glume nearly as long as the palea, which are shortly pointed ; throat of the sheath densely bearded with long white hairs, which sometimes_extend about an inch downward on the margins of the sheath. Radical leaves a foot or more in length, and cauline leaves 2 — 6 inches long, and about 2 lines wide. Sporobolus (Vilfa) angustus, s. n. — Radice fibrosa; culmo erecto 2 — 3 pedali, tereti simplice glabro ; vaginis striatulis glabris internodio duplice brevioribus ; ligulis nullis ; foliis glabriusculis anguste linearibus apice setaceis ; panicula elongata 5 — 8-policari anguste coarctata ; glumis insequali- bus, inferiore ovata acuta vel obtusa valvula § — f breviore ; superiore acuta inferiorem fere duplo excedente ; valvulis imequalibus niuticis membranaceis acutis ; caryopsi ovoidea ellipsoidea obtuse caduca. Buchanan County. June. Glumes variable, the lower being not half the length of the upper and obtuse, and again nearly equal to it in length and acute ; valves nearly equal or one almost I longer than the other, nerveless, or the lower obscurely 1 — 3 nerved ; [Feb. 6 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 panicle 4 — 6 lines in width ; rays numerous and densely flowered ; leaves 4 — 8 inches long ; palea ^ longer than the seed. Vilfa rigid a, s. n. — Culmo glabro rigido erecto 2 — 3-pedali tereti ; vaginis glabris ; ligulis breviter ciliatis ; foliis glabris convolutis 6 — 8-policar. 1 lin. latis ; panicula patente terminate stricta ; radiis compositis solitariis infimis basi nudis glabris ; spiculis acutis circum. 3 lin. Jongis ; glumis inse- qualibus lanceolatis acutis inferiori superiore j breviori ; valvulis subcequali- bus glabris acuminatis basi pilosis glumam superiorem aequantibus aut parum excedentibus. Oregon ? In the herbarium of the Academy, without a label. Panicle 6 — 8 inches long and 2 inches broad in the widest part; lower branches two inches long, with the lower half naked, and the upper with short alternate branches, containing two or three florets each on short pedicels ; upper branches with flowers from the base to the top. Vilfa (Sporobulus) alba, s. n. — Culmo erecto glabro tereti simplici ; vaginis glabris internodio longioribus aut parum brevioribus ; ligulis inembranaceis apice laciniatis ; foliis planiusculis 4 — 8-policaribus glabris ; panicula coarctata albescente 3— 4-policari ; glumis insequalibus scabriusculis inferiore liueare subacuta, superiore ovata acuta palea breviore ; valvulis insequalibus sub- acutis muticis. Oregon. Spalding. Culm 1 — 2 feet high ; panicle contracted, densely flowered, 4 — 8 lines wide and base scarcely exserted from the upper sheath ; lower glume about half as wide as the upper, and nearly \ shorter; upper glume keeled, more or less obscurely 3 nerved ; and little shorter than the lower valve, upper valve not much longer than the lower, and both nerveless. Sporobulus (Vilfa) arenaceus, s. n. — Radice fibrosa; culmo erecto vel decumbente 6 — 10-policari ; foliis lineari-setaceis ; 1 — 3 policaribus ; vaginis scabriusculis striatulis internodio longioribus vel brevioribus ; ligulis mem- branaceis lacineatis 3 — 6 lin. Ion.; panicula patentissima ; radiis insequalibus capillaribus paucifloris ; spiculis acutis ; glumis insequalibus uninerviis acutis hyalinis valvula ^ brevioribus ; valvulis subrequalibus uninerviis vel carinatis : acutis aut mucronatis caducis ; caryopsi ellipsoidea caduca. Hill sides, Western Texas. Radical leaves and abortive stems numerous ; panicle 3 — 4 inches long, and its lower branches about 2 inches in length ; pedicles one flowered. Uralepis (Tricuspis) e 1 o n g a t a, s. n. — Culmo erecto aut decumbente glabro ad nodos piloso ; vaginis scabris internodium obtegentibus faucibus pilosis mar- ginibus parce ciliatis ; foliis planis aut convolutis 8 — 12 policar. longis 1 — 2 lin. latis ; panicula elongata 7 — 9 policar. Ion. 2 — 3 lin. lata basi inclusa ; rachi tereti scabra ; radiis solitariis erectis ; spiculis oblongis acutis 5 — 7-floris breviter pedicellatis ; glumis ovatis subpequalibus acuminatis paniculis infimis spiculam superantibus, superioribus spicula brevioribus ; valvulis ovatis 3-nerviis basi et margine infra dense ciliata, apice breviter 3-dentata, medio dente breviter cuspidato ; valvula superiore apice bifida ovata ^ valvula superiore breviori. Northern Texas. May. Internodes of the rachis 1 — 2 inches long, and the rays of about the same length, with spikelets from base to top. Spikelets somewhat terete ; pedicels 1 — 3 lines long. Glumes on the lower part of the panicle as long or longer than the spikelets, above they are shorter than the spikelets. Vilfa (Sporobulus) varians, s. n. — Culmo erecto (12—15 policari) ; va- ginis internodium superantibus ; ligulis setiformibus ; foliis planiusculis mar- gine scabriusculis convolutis ; panicula (5 — 6-policari) diffusa basi inclusa ; 1862.] 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF glumis inaequalibus, inferiore linear! acuta valvula breviore, superiore ovata acuta valvula parum breviore ; valvulis inaequalibus aut sequalibus muticis. Dry plains at the base of the Rocky Mountains. Nuttall. Smooth and of a pale green ; leaves and sheaths of abortive culms, nume- rous at the base ; panicle somewhat spreading, with the lower branches (2—3 inches long) appressed upward, with many flowers on short branchlets ; glumes and valves very variable, and more or less unequal, green, with chartaceous margins ; stem leaves 4 — 6 inches long and the upper portions lilamentose. Sporobulus (Vilfa) d i f f u s i s s i m u s, s. n. — Tota glabra ; culmo erecto simplici 2 pedali ; vaginis internodio brevioribus ; ligulis pauci-pilosis ; foliis 8 — 12-policaribus planis aut convolutis apice filiformibus ; panicula diffusa ampla pyriinidale ; radiis filiformibus patentibus ramosis ; glumis hyalinis ovatis muticis inaequalibus valvula brevioribus ; valvulis muticis lato- ovatis subaequalibus albo-hyalinis caryopsi parum longioribus ; caryopsi ellipsoidea obtusa. Western Texas. Panicle spreading, its lower branches 4—6 inches long and refracted ; upper sheath 3 — 4 inches below the panicle ; flowers rather numerous, on short branchlets. Vilfa (Sporobulus) Sabeana, s. n. — Decumbens culmis basi numerosis teretibus ; foliis planis (2 — 6-policar. ) marginibus scabris ; vaginis internodio brevioribus faucibus villosis ; paniculis terminalibus lateralibusque patentibus subpyrimidalibus et albescentibus ; radiis capillaribus infimis verticellatis, su- perioribus alternatis 10 — 15-floris ; glumis inaequalibus, inferiore parva su- periore f breviori ; valvulis a?qualibus acutis ; glumis et paleis albo-hyalinis ; caryopsi ovoidea obtusa castanea. San Saba County, Texas. Culms 1 — 2 feet long, often divaricately branched near the root ; panicles 3 — 4 inches in length ; lower 12 — 15 lines long ; seeds caducous ; when ma- ture the glumes and valves are translucent ; upper glume as long as the valves. Agrcstis aquatic a, s. nov.— Radice fibrosa repente ; culmis decumbent i- bus teretibus striatulis glabris; foliis linearibus planis 2 — 3-policaribus; ligulis scabrosis ovatis 5 — 9-nervosis acutis vel subobtusis ; vaginis striatulis inter- nodio brevioribus ; panicula coarctata decomposita densinora ; radiis filiformi- bus, subverticellatis ; glumis sequalibus scabrosis acutis vel subobtusis ovatis ; valvulis ovatis subacutis aut obtusis gluma A brevioribus callo utrinque breve piloso ; rudimento nullo. On small floating islands in the mill-pond or large spring at San Saba, the capital of San Saba County. Achenia ovate, smooth; stems 1J— 2 feet long, decumbent, growing in dense tufts ; leaves 2 — 3 inches long and 2 — 3 lines wide ; valves transparent. Agrostis scabriuscula, s. n. — Radice repente fibrosa; culmo basi pro- cumbente erecto glabro tereti 12— 15-policari ; vaginis scabriusculis internodio brevioribus ; ligula ovata acuta integerrima seu parum fissa ; foliis scabris planis 3 — 4-policaribus, 2 — 3 lin. latis ; panicula ampla interrupte rubescente 7 — 8-policari ; radiis scabris semiverticellatis inaequalibus 5 — 7-nis apice ra- mosis et subdensifloris, inferne 4 — 5-policaribus ; glumis parum inaequalibus acutis scabris valvula solitaria £ longioribus ; callo antrorsuni brevissime bar- bato ; rudimento nullo. Oregon ; Columbia Plains. Nuttall. Branches of the panicle semi-verticellate and naked below, about midway verticellately branched, the flowers being near the summit of the branchlets, on pedicels more or less elongated; pedicels one- flowered ; base of the panicle often sheathed. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 Agrostis albicans, s. n. — Culmo erecto glabro simplici subgeniculato, 2 — 3 pedali ; foliis planis glabris 4 — 5-policaribus ; vaginis internodio breviori- bus ; ligulis ovatis lanceolatis acutis aut apice fissis ; panicula interrupta subcoarctata elongata 5 — 9-policari ; radiis lateralibus confertis insequalibus scabriusculis densifloris ; glumis sequalibus aut parum insequalibus lance- olatis acutis dorsis scabris viridescentibus lateralibus albo-hyalinis ; valvulis hyalinis subacutis gluma | brevioribus callo nudo ; receptaculurn nullum. Oregon, Columbia Woods. Nuttall. Intervals between brandies of the panicle \ — 1 inch long and the branches 1 — 1J inches long; panicle greenish white. Muhlenbergia a r e n i c o 1 a, s. n. — Radice fibrosa culmo erecto tereti glabro 12— 18-policari; foliis linearibus convolutis 2 — 6-policarisbus ; vaginis inter- nodium aaquantibus aut excedentibus striatulis glabris ; ligulis membranaceis linearibus acutis vel laciniatis 4 — 6 lin. ; paniculis terminalibus diffusis ; radiis capillaribus ramosis ; glumis subaequalibus scabriusculis acutis valvula brevioribus, inferiore breviter aristata ; valvulis sequalibus inferiore breviter aristata. Arid places in Western Texas. Stem leaves few and also the radical leaves, which are short ; panicle spreading, its lower branches 3 — 4 inches in length, which have branchlets 4—8 lines long, with 3 — 6 flowers on pedicels 5 — 10 lines in length ; pedicels one- flowered ; valves about twice the length of the glumes, with bristles 2 — 4 lines long. Muhlenbergia monticola, s. n.— Caule ramoso decumbente glabro ; foliis convolutis2 — 4-policaribus ligula 4 — 6 lin. tissa vel integerrima ; panicula co- arctata basi inclusa glumis insequalibus acutis valvula brevioribus ; paleis insequalibus scabrosis basi pilosis, inferiore longe aristata. Northwestern Texas. Stems 1 — 1J feet long ; lateral branches with small, slightly exserted pani- cles ; awns 3 — 4 times longer than the ; brownish red valves ; lower valve linear, J shorter than the upper, and gradually elongated into the awn ; some of the pairs of valves are nearly equal in length ; panicles 3—4 inches long ; upper glume \ shorter than the upper valve ; glumes equal, or the lower J shorter ; keels green and scabrous, sides hyaline. Muhlenbergia p a u c i f 1 o r a, s. n. — Culmo subdecumbente 12 — 18-poli- cari ; foliis convolutis apice setaceis glabriusculis ; vaginis internodio parum brevioribus ; ligulis membranaceis linearibus subobtusis ; paniculis 2 — 3-poli- caribus interruptis paucifioris ; glumis ovatis acutis sequalibus subcarinatis valvula | brevioribus ; valvulis lanceolatis inferiore valde 3-nervia et longe aristata ; spiculis rufescentibus ; carinis et nervis subviridescentibus. Hill sides, Western Texas. Panicle terminal, with short appressed branchlets of 4 — 6 flowers, each of a brownish red color ; bristles longer than the flowers. Muhlenbergia T e xa n a, s. n. — Culmo erecto ad basin decumbente gracile (4— 6-policari) tereti ; foliis subsetaceis scabriusculis ; vaginis internodio brevioribus 6 — 12 lin. longis convolutis ; panicula elongata 4— 5-policari lucida patula ; radiis alternatis capillaribus 3— 5-floris ; spiculis minutis ovatis acutis ; glumis pilosis sequalibus valvula parum brevioribus ; valvulis lance- olatis acutis subsequalibus, inferiore in aristam flosculo parum breviorem terminata ; caryopsi lineari-ellipsoidea subobtusa glabra palea £ breviore. Northern Texas. MajT. Roots small and fibrous ; culms 1—2 inches long, scabrous, terminated by the elongated open panicle ; lateral panicles small, scarcely exserted from the sheaths of the lower leaves. 1862.] ' 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Calamagrostis Oregonensis. s. n.— Culmo geniculate) erecto H— 2 pedali glabro ; vaginis glabris ; ligula elongata membranacea ; foliis planis yel convolutis glabris 4— 8-policaribus 1—3 lin. latis ; panicula contracta sub- interrupta 3— 5-polieari 'longis ; radiis 5— 7-nis compositis angulatis scabris ; glumis inaequalibus glabriusculis acutis, inferiore sub 3-nervia flosculo pa- rum longiore, superiore valvulam suba?quante ; valvulis parum inaequali- bus, inferiore bidentata dorso aristata ; aristisque et pilis corollam exceden- tibus. Columbia River. Nuttall. Internodes oh the panicle about § an inch long ; glumes tinged with purple. Calamagrostis rubescens, s. n. — Culmo glabro (2 — 3 pedali) erecto : vaginis glabris; ligula elongata (3— 4 lin.) membranacea apice fissa : foliis planis parce pubescentibus ; panicula coarctata 3 — 4-policari 6 lin. lata : radiis fasciculatis compositis confertissiinis multifloris ; glumis paulo inaequali- bus lanceolatis acuminatis glabris aut parce scabris rubescentibus ; valvulis glabriusculis integerrimis acutis ; arista torta paulo infra medium vel ad basin inserta et valvulam subaequante ; pilis numerosis valvula i — \ brevi- oribus. Oregon. Nuttall. Radiis and blanches of the panicle terete and glabrous ; branches erect, rigid, about an inch in length, with numerous pedicels, more or less bent and densely flowered ; internodes of the rachis \ — 1 inch in length. Calamagrostis albicans, s. n. — Culmo erecto glabro supra scabro 3 — i pedali ; vaginis glabris ; ligula membranacea apice integra obtusa tarde parum fissa 1—2 lin. longa ; foliis planis marginibus scabris 1 — 1J pedalibus ; pani- cula 6 — 9 lin. longa subcoarctata vel patente ; radiis 5-nis basi ramosis et supra compositis angulatis scabris ; glumis inaequalibus lanceolatis acutis, inferiore valvulam superante, superiore corollam aequante ; valvulis aequali- bus, inferiore glabra apice bifida arista dorsali parum longiore ; pilis flosculo 2 brevioribus ; rudimento brevissimo. Oregon, Columbia Plains. Nuttall. Internodes of the panicle \ — 1 inch long ; rays fasciculated, erect and branching about a line from the base, and also above ; sides of the glumes membranaceous and white ; the palea are also more or less hyaline and white ; bristle often near the base, or about the middle of the lower valve, rarely near the top ; it is \ shorter than the valve. Aristida c u r t i s e t a, s. n. — Tota glabra, culmo simplici glabro erecto 6 — 8-policari ; vaginis internodio brevioribus ; ligulis pauci pilosis ; foliis radicalibus plurimis convolutis filiformibus ; panicula stricta pain-Mora ; ra- diis geminis inaequalibus unifloris ; glumis aequalibus aut inaequalibus cari- natis paleam sequantibus vel superantibus ; palea inferiore valde 3-nervia : setis brevibus inaequalibus. Northern Texas. May. Bristles 4 — 8 lines long, 2 — 3 parted and sometimes undivided : leaves of the stem 2 inches long; radical leaves 3 — 4 inches in length ; joints of the stem obscure. Aristida p a u c i f 1 o r a, s. n. — Radice fibrosa ; culmo rigido erecto 1.} — 2 pedali ad nodos ramoso et suhgeniculato ; foliis radicalibus convolutis fila- mentis culmum sequantibus vel superantibus glabriusculis ; ligulis nullis aut brevissime pilosis ; panicula paucittora glumis inaequalibus apice setaceis ftosculum superantibus scabriusculis ; flosculo glabro compresso vel angulato apice non torto ; aristis 3 inaequalibus 1£ — 2 policaribus ; radiis unifloris solitariis 2 — 4 lin. longis. Northern Texas. It has abortive stems and leaves at the joints, which are often not sheathed at the base ; upper leaves mixed with the panicle, which has 5 — 8 solitary [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 dowers ; lower glume strongly 3-nerved ; nerves green, or slightly tinged with reddish brown ; the midrib of both glumes is prolonged into bristles, the one exceeding the other 3—4 lines. Aristida filipendula, s. n. — Culmo erecto glabro, firmo simplici tereti li — 2 pedali ; foliis paucis convolutis 3 — 8-policaribus vaginis glabris inter- nodio brevioribus ; ligulis breve pilosis ; panicula interrupta 7 — 9-policari ; radiis capillaribus insequantibus flexuosis longissimis (1 — 2 policaribus) ; gluinis inaeqnalibus mucronatis, inferiore fiosculo J breviore, superiore riosculum superante ; fiosculo scabro et albo-punctato apice torto ad basin pi- loso ; setis 3 subsequalibus lato divaricatis circum 1| policaribus. Western Texas. June. Flowers purple and somewhat fascicled on short pedicels near the ends of the filiform branches. This is a common species on dry hills, often being found in the vicinity of the dens of the stinging ant. It differs from the A. purpurea of Nutt. in its shorter bristles, scabrous and dotted florets, which are often more or less twisted at the top. It also flowers about two months later, the A. purpurea flowering the last of March and first of April, being then very common and conspicuous on the prairies of Northern Texas, with its purple panicles, with bristles 3 — 4 inches long, waving in the wind. The Aristida longisetaof Steudel is apparently founded on dwarf speci- mens of A. purpurea, judging from specimens collected by Fendler in New Mexico which are in the Herbarium of the Academy. Bouteloua p u m i 1 a, s. n. — Radice fibrosa; culmis basi ramosis genicu- latis glabris 4 — (5-policaribus ; vaginis glabris ; ligula breve membranacea apice multilaciniata ; foliis planis glabris 1 — 2 policaribus 1 lin. latis ; spicis secundis solitaries breviter pedicellatis 20 — 30 spiculatis ; spiculis ovatis densis 2 — 3- floris : gluinis 2 ovatis insequalibus carinatis apice brevisetis ; superiore tlosculum requante ; valvulis hermaphroditis ovatis inferiore tridentata glabra margine ciliata, superiore glabra tridentata basi et apice breviter ciliata ; fiosculo sterili triaristato ; setis hermaphroditam sequantibus. Northwestern Texas. Growing in tufts on hill sides ; culms slender ; spikes 3 — 4 on a stem, 5 — 1 inch distant ; florets, including the bristles, about a line in length. Bouteloua br e v i fo 1 i a, s. n. — Radice fibrosa; culrnis basi numerosis erectis teretibus pilosis geniculatis ; vaginis glabriusculis ; ligulis pilosis ; foliis convolutis aut planis glabris 1 — 2-policaribus circum 1 lin. latis; spicis secundis breviter pedicellatis ; pedicellis valde pilosis ; rachi compresso parce scabro 10 — 15 floro ; spiculis bifloris brevissime pedicellatis alternatis con- fertis ; glumis glabris insequalibus, inferiore lineari subulata superiore duplo breviore ; inferiore glabra apice breviter aristata ; fiosculo sterili 3-aristato. Northwestern Texas. Growing in tufts on dry hill sides ; roots perennial ; bristles of the neutral florets little longer than those of the upper glume ; culms 1 — 2 feet high ; spikes | — 1 inch long ; hairs of the stem white, numerous and suberect. Uralepis (Tricuspis) brevicuspidata, s. n.— Culmo glabro (3— 4-pe- dali) erecto geniculato ; vaginis glabris internodio brevioribus ; ligula brevis- sima laciniata ; foliis scabris 6 — 12-policaribus 3 — 4 lin. latis ; panicula pa- tente 8 — 14 policari long. 4 — 6 policari lato ; radiis solitariis aut gemi- nis a basi floriferis scabris 4 — 6-policaribus multispicatis ; spiculis 5 — 7- floris obovatis distichis breviter pedicellatis ; glumis parum insequalibus carinatis dorso scabris acuminatis flosculis brevioribus ; valvula inferiore tri- nervia apice bifida margine breviter ciliata, medio dente brevissimo aristato ; lateralibus dentibus obtusiusculis scariosis. Northern Texas. May. 1862.] 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Branches of the panicle mostly solitary, with spikes 3 — 4 lines distant from their hases to their summits ; axils at the base of the rays pubescent ; pedi- cels about a line in length ; spikes 3 — 4 lines long and two lines wide, loosely flowered ; intervals on the rachis, between the branches, 1 — 2 lines long. Uralepis (Tricuspis) p i 1 o s a, s. n. — Radice fibrosa csespitifera ; culmis erectis (6 — 12-policaribus) basi numerosis glabris ; vaginis internodio breviori- bus faucibus pilosis ; ligulis nullis aut villosis ; foliis basi plurimis striatulis marginibus albis, 2 — 4-policaribus 1 — 2 lin. latis ; panicula coarctata subcapi- tata ; radiis solitariis alternatis 2— 4-spicatis angulatis scabris ; spiculis lato- ovatis distichis 8 — 12-fioris ; glumis subsequalibus ovatis acutis carinatis : valvula inferiore 3-nervia basi et margine cihata neuris viridescentibus caeteris albido-meinbranaceis, apice 3-dentata, medio dente exserto cuspidato ; valvula interiore apice integerrima subobtusa. Middle Texas. Dry hill sides, growing in tufts ; spikes about .} an inch long and 4 lines broad; pedicels filiform, 2 — 3-spiked ; panicle 1 — 1£ inch long and f of an inch wide, compressed and greenish white ; hairs of the valves numerous, white, 3—4 lines long ; ligules none, unless the hairs at the mouth of the sheath be considered as such. The two lateral nerves of the lower valve are on or near its margins. Uralepis (Tricuspis) poseoides, s. n. — Culmo tereti glabro (1 — 2 pedali) erecto ; vaginis glabris internodis longioribus ; ligula membranacea ovata integra 2 lin. longa ; foliis glabris 2 — 5 policaribns 1 — 2 lin. latis ; pani- cula terminali patente 3 — 4-policari, 4 — 6 lin. latis ; radiis 2 — 3-nis erectis basi nudis compositis parum scabrosis angulatis ; glumis subsequalibus acutis glabris aut parum scabris spicula J — £ brevioribus ; spiculis ovatis teretibus acutis 4 — 5-floris ; valvula inferiore ovata infra mediam villosa apice breviter 3-dentata, dentibus lateralibus obtusis, medio dente brevi-cuspidato ; valvula superiore bicarinata, carinis breviter ciliatis. New Mexico. Fendler, 932. Internodes of the rachis \ — 1 inch long ; lower rays about 2 inches long, and the lower half naked ; the upper rays are \— \ an inch long, with spikes on short pedicels from the base to the summit. Uralepis (Tricuspis) densiflora, s. n. — Radice fibrosa, culmo erecto ri- gido simplici glabro ; vaginis glabris ore pilosis ; ligulis setaceis ; foliis planis aut convolutis 10— 12 policaribus 2 — 3 lin. latis, radicalibus 15 — 18-policari panicula elongata stricta 6 — 7-policari 4 — 6 lin. lata ; ramis solitariis glabris dense-spicatis 6 — 12 lin. longis ; spiculis 5 — 7-floris lato-ovatis ; glumis sub- squalibus glabris carinatis acutis lateralibus membranaceis carinis viride- scentibus ; superior! apice bifida breve-aristata ; inferiore integra basi nuda ; valvula inferiore margine et dorso dense ciliata apice 3 — 5-denticulata ; dente medio breviter cuspidato. Middle Texas. Branches erect and appressed ; spikes about 3 Hues long and nearly the same width, numerous, with close diverging florets, the two upper forming an open angle at the top ; intervals on the rachis between the branchlets 6 lines to one inch long. Uralepis (Tricuspis) composita, s. n. — Radice fibrosa; culmo erecto glabro rigido 3—4 pedali ad nodos ramoso ; ramis erectis strictis ; vaginis glabris ; ligulis 0 — S lin. longis apice fissis ; foliis glabris planis 8 — 12-poli- caribus 3—4 lin. latis ; panicula 8 — 12-policari ; ramis solitariis aut geminis erectis 3 — 4-policaribus dense spicatis glabris ; spiculis oblongo-ovatis 7 — 9- floris breviter pedicellatis ; glumis insequalibus carinatis acutis dorso parum scabris ; valvula inferiore basi et margine dense ciliata, superne glabra apice tridenta, medio dente breve-aristato. New Mexico. Dr. Woodhouse. [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 It has 3—4 erect stems from one root, branched at the joints ; branches erect, straight, with large terminal panicles, densely flowered ; leaves at the joints of the culm without sheaths and stems, smooth and naked below, the base of the panicle is often sheathed by the upper leaves ; whole plant pale green. Uralepis (Tricuspis) pilosa, s. n. — Culmo erecto rigido 1£ — 2-pedali ; vaginis pilosis internodium obtegentibus ; ligulis ciliatis ; foliis convolutis rigidis numerosis pajce ciliatis aut tarde glabris 6 — 12-policaribus 1 — 2 lin. latis ; panicula terminale basi inclusa 2— 3-policari 4 — 6 lin. latis dense-spi- cata ; radiis solitariis compositis scabris ; glumis insequalibus lanceolatis acutis glabris ; valvula inferiore 3-uervia supra medium glabra basi dense pilosa apice breve tricuspidata, dentibus lateralibus obtusis, dente medio brevissima cuspidata. Northern Texas. Hairs of the sheath erect and numerous ; lower leaves abundant ; spikelets 3 — 1 lines long, packed closely on the short rays ; internodes of the rachis 4 — 6 lines long, scabrous. Pleuraphis mutica, s. n. — Culmo subprostrato geniculato glabro, (l|-pe- dali) ; foliis planis parum scabris 3— 4-policaribus 2 — 3 lin. latis ; vaginis fau- cibus pilosis internodio brevioribus ; ligulis membranaceis laciniatis ; spica terminali 2 policari 5 — 6 lin. lata; glumis lato-obovatis 5 -7-nerviis apice albo-hyalinis breviter laciniatis inermisbus ; valvulis subsequalibus muticia hyalinis vel 1— 3-nerviis obtusis laciniatis. Northern Texas. It is a much smoother plant, with fewer leaves than P. Jamesii Torr. A very few of its glumes with 7 nerves have a short bristle on each side below the middle, formed by the extension of the lateral nerves ; nerves green, the remainder hyaline. Glyceria bulb os a, s. n. — Culmo erecto; vaginis scabris; ligula brevis- sime truncata ; foliis planis vel convolutis glabris ; radiis angulatis patenti- bus compositis scabris ; spiculis 3 — 4-floris oblongo-ovatis sublaxifloris ; glumis glabris ovatis subacutis inferiore £ breviore ; valvulis oblongis acutis inferiore ovata obscure 7-nervia parum scabra, interiore margine ciliata. Columbia Woods. Nuttall. Glyceria leptostachya, s. n. — Culmo erecto gracilenti tereti simplici basi geniculato ; vaginis glabris ; ligulis 3 — 4 lin. longis fissis ; foliis planis glabris 6 policaribus 4 lin. latis ; panicula elongata circum 12 lin. longa inter- rupta ; radiis geminis scabris angulatis ; spiculis 3 — 4-fioris ; flosculis remo- tiusculis obtusis scabris ; glumis membranaceis ; valvula inferiore distincte 7-nervia obovata apice obtusa scariosa, superiore obtusa apice membranacea. Oregon, Columbia River. Nuttall. Panicle about one foot long ; its branches double, and placed at intervals of 1 — 2 inches on the stems, the longer branch about an inch in length, with 2 — 3 loose spikes of flowers on short pedicels, the shorter branch 3 — 4 lines long, having one spike. Glyceria s t r i c t a, s. n. — Culmo rigido erecto tereti glabro 2— 3-pedali ; vaginis glabris ; ligula brevissima truncata ; foliis planis vel convolutis glabris 6 — 12-policaribus, 2—3 lin. latis ; panicula stricta coarctata 5 — 6-policari 4 — 5 lin. lata ; radiis 2 — 3-nis erectis scabris angulatis ; spiculis 3 — 4-floris glabris laxis ; glumis insequalibus uninerviis oblongo-ovatis acutis ; valvula inferiore plus minus distincte 5-nervia oblongo acuminata glabra ; superne subacuta integerrima. Middle Texas. Branches of the panicle erect and unequal, the longest naked near its base, and with 3—4 spikes at and near its extremity ; the longest of the lowest 1862.] 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 3 branches is about 1J inch in length ; the remainder, the one is sessile and one-spiked, the other nearly | an inch long and two-spiked ; the upper branches are about i an inch long and 1 — 3-flowered ; some of the palea are smooth and nerveless, and others distinctly nerved ; florets 3 — 4 lines long, the two upper somewhat divided from the lower, being distant from each other on the rachis 1 — 2 lines. Glyceria micro thee a, s. n. — Caule erecto geniculato simplici glabro tereti ; vaginis glabris internodio brevioribus ; ligulaconspicua apice fissa basi decurrente ; foliis planis 3 — 4-policaribus et 3 — 4 lin. latis glabris ; panicula patente 3— 4-policari 3 — 4 lin. lata; radiis geminis compositis basi nudis parum scabris ; spicuHs ovatis sub 5-floris ; glumis inrequalibus scariosis ob- tusis ; valvulis apice scariosis obtusis, inferiore distincte 5-nerviarare 7-nervia, interiore apice bifida. Oregon, Columbia River. Nuttall. Panicle terminal, with few pairs of branches at intervals of h — 1 inch apart, lower branches about 2 inches long ; spikes about 4 lines long and 1 — 2 broad on filiform pedicels ; valves caducous, glumes persistent. Glyceria m o n t a n a, s. n. — Radice fibrosa ; culmo erecto tereti simplici glabro 10 — 15-policari ; vaginis glabris internodio longioribus superiore mar- ginibus albo-hyalinis ; ligula ovata integra 1 — 2 lin. longa ; foliis planis vel convolutis 4 — 5 pol. longis et 1 — 2 lin. latis ; panicula elongata interrupta basi inclusa 3 — 5-policari 6 — 8 lin. lata ; radiis 2— 4-nis erectis compositis sca- bris lh — 2-policarihus ; spiculis 3 — 4-floris ovatis acutis ; glumis ovatis ; valvu- lis ovatis acutis, inferiore obscure 7 nervia. Rocky Mountains. Nuttall. Intervals on the rachis between the branches of the panicle J — 1 inch long ; lower branches naked near the bases and 4 — 5 spikes at and near their ex- tremities ; spikes small, pale green ; a semi-transparent membrane from the ligula extends down along the margins of the sheath 1 — 2 inches. Poa laxi flora, s. n. — Culmo erecto 2 — 3-pedali simplici geniculato scabro ; vaginis internodio multo brevioribus scabris ; ligula conspicua sub- obtusa 2—3 lin. longa; foliis planis scabris 4— 5-policaribus 2 — 3 lin. latis ; panicula patente circum 6 policari ; radiis 2— 4-nis compositis filiformibus 1 — 2-policaribus ; 3 — 4-stachyis ; spiculis pedicellatis 3 — 4-floris laxis ; glumis insequalibus acutis dorso scabris; valvula inferiore oblongo-ovata acuta obscure 5 -nervia glabra basi parum villosa ; interiore basi et dorso parce ciliata. Oregon, Columbia Woods. Nuttall. Culm 6 — 8 inches below the panicle, naked ; leaves few. Poa t en ui folia, s. n. — Radice fibrosa ; culmo geniculato glabro rigido tereti (1 — IV pedali), vaginis internodio brevioribus glabris ; ligulis 3 — 4 lin. longis ovatis fissis ; foliis planis vel convolutis basi plurimis (3 — 4-policaribus), parum scabris aut glabris 1 — 2 lin. latis ; panicula coarctata 3 — 4-policari 8 — 12 lin. lata; radiis 2 — 3 nis ad pressis scabris compositis apice multista- chyis ; spiculis 2 — 3-floris oblongo ovatis acutis ; glumis subaequalibus ovatis acutis scabris ; valvula inferiore margine et dorso scabra obscure 5-nervia basi nuda ; interiore margine ciliata. Columbia River. Nuttall. Poa d ens i flora, s. n. — Culmo erecto (l.> — 2 pedali) glabro; vaginis internodium obtegentibus glabris ; ligula membranacea brevissima truncata ; foliis planis (4— 9-policaribus) marginibus scabris 2— 3 lin. latis ; panicula conferta parum interrupta 2— 8-policari 10 — 12 lin. lata ; radiis 5 — 7-nis dense spicatis scabris; spiculis 5 — 9-floris distichis lato-ovatis sublaxis ; ^lumis parum insequalibus carinatis dorso scabris acutis ; valvula inferiore [Feb. > NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97 plus minus obscure 5 — 7 nervia acuminata basi et interiore parce lanosa aut glabra. Northern Texas. April. Longest branches of the panicle about an inch in length and its upper half densely spiked ; spikes in twos and threes on short pedicels ; short rays with spikes of flowers at and near the base; internodes on the rachis I — 1 inch long. Eragrostis diffusa, s. n. — Culmo csespitoso erecto vel basi procumbente et geniculato glabro ; foliis planis 6 — 8-policaribus et basi numerosis ; vaginis glabris internodio brevioribus ore pilosis ; ligula margine longe ciliato ; pani- cula diffusa ampla in long. 10 — 12-policaris, in latit. 6 — 9-policari ; radiis 3 — 4-nis aut solitariis scabris basi parce villosis 20 — 35-spiculatis ; spiculis oblongo-ovatis acutis 9 — 11-floris; glumis insequalibus acutis margine albo- hyalinis inferiore £ breviore ; valvula inferiore valde 3-nervia acuta hyaliuo- membranacea ; nervis viridescentibus ; valvula superiore virido-carinata mar- gine albo-hyalino persistente. Northern Texas. May. Stems from the root many, both procumbent and erect ; spikes 4 — 5 lines long and 1 — Ik broad, and about equal to the pedicels in length ; pedicels appressed to the stems ; lower valve about double the size of the upper, leaves 3 — 4 lines broad, 5 — 7-nerved and glabrous. Eragrostis curtipedicell3ta, s. n. — Culmis erectis basi decumbenti- bus glabris 2 — 3 pedalibus; vaginis glabris internodium obtegentibus aut brevioribus ore pilosis ; ligula margo ; foliis plauis glabris 4 — 6-policaribus et 3 — 4 lin. latis ; panicula diffusa patente 10 — 12-policari in latit. ti — 8-policari ; radiis scabris solitariis alternis compositis ; axillis pilosis ; spisulis alternis breviter pedicellatis 5 — 7-floris ; glumis subsequalibus ovatis acutis carinatis ; valvula inferiore margine ciliata 3-nervia acuta ; carinis scabris ; superiore apice breve hirsuta. Northern Texas. June. Pedicels generally shorter than the spikes, which are more or less appressed, often touching each other on the branchlets, along which they extend from the base or near the axils to the top ; spikes 2 — 3 lines long and about 1 line wide. Eragrostis sessilispica, s. n. — Culmo decumbente ramoso glabro rigido ; vaginis glabris internodium superantibus ore pilosissimis ; foliis paucis planis glabris ; panicula diffusissime 1 — 1£ pedali in. latit. 12 — 15 - policari ; radiis rigidis glabris compositis ; axillis pilosis ; spicis solitariis alternatis sessilibus adpressis oblongo-ovatis 4— 6-fioris ; glumis subsequali- bus carinatis dorso scabris acuminatis ; valvula inferiore ovata longe acumi- nata dorso scabriuscula ; superiore carinata arcuata ad carinam leviter ciliata persistente. Near Austin, Texas. Lower palea strongly 3-nerved, equal in length or little longer than the upper, which is often curved outward, leaving an open space between the two ; spikes about k an inch distant, the lowest being in the axils, where they (spikes) are sometimes double. Festuca gradient a, s. n. — Radice fibrosa; culmis basi numerosis geniculatis (1 — 1J pedali) gracilentis pubescentibus tarde glabris ; vaginis striatulis pilosiusculis ; ligulis membranaceis tarde fissis ; foliis planis 3 — 4- policaribus, 1 lin. latis parce pubescentibus ; panicula terminali gracilente patente (3 — 4 policari) interrupta ; radiis solitariis aut 2-nis angulatis dis- tantibus scabriusculis insequalibus ; spiculis ovatis 2 — 4-floris breviter pedi- cellatis ; glumis insequalibus acuminatis lineari-lanceolatis flosculo brevioribus 1862.] 98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF inferiore \— I breviore ; valvulis infra glabris supra scabris inferiore breviter . aristata ; aristis 1 — 2 lin. longis. Northern Texas. May. Grows in tufts ; internodes of the rachis \ — Ik inches long, longest ray at the base of the panicle about H inches long"; short rays 4—6 lines in length. Festuca reflex a, s. n. — Culnio geniculato glabro tereti 1 — \\ pedali; vaginis parce pubescentibus marginibus breviter ciliatis ; ligula brevisshna membranacea truncata; foliis glabris tarde convolutis 2— 4-policaribus 1 2 lin. latis ; panicula terminate patente pauci-radiata ; radiis solitariis parum ciliatis ; spiculis 3 — 4-floris breviter pedicellatis tarde reflexis ; glumis inrcqualibus flosculo \ brevioribus superiore 3-nervia subobtusa marginibus albo-hyalinis ; valvulis glabris inferiore aristata, aristis 3 — 4 lin. Upper California. Nuttall. Panicle 3— 4 inches long; rays about an inch in length, somewhat rigid, having 1—2 branches. Spikelets about as long as the bristles and 3 — 4 lines distant. Festuca p u s i 1 1 a, s. n. — Culmo decumbente geniculato tereti ad basin glabro supra pubescenti (10— 12-policari) ; vaginis glabris aut parce pubes- centibus ; ligulis membranaceis ovatis subintegris ; foliis convolutis glabris 3_4-poliearibus 1 lin. latis ; panicula terminal! coarctata 2— 3-policari longis circum 6 lin. lata; rachi. pubescentibus subangulatis ; radiis 2— 3-nis scabris angulatis dense spicatis ; spiculis 6— 8-floris ; glumis injequalibus superiore 3-nervia acuminata flosculis \ breviore ; valvulis scabris, inferiore aristata. Upper California. Nuttall. Bristles 3—4 lines long, being a little longer than the lower valve ; rays nearly an inch in length and densely spiked ; internodes of the rachis \ — 1 inch long. Bromus breviaristatus, s. n.— Culmo erecto piloso simplici \\ — 2 pe- dali ; vaginis villosis internodio brevioribus ; foliis plains pilosis 5 — 6 policari- bus 2— 3 ped. latis ; ligula breve membranacea integra vel fissa ; panicula stricta circum 6 policari, et" 6 lin. lata ; radiis geminis vel solitariis scabris erectis 1 2 spicatis ; spiculis 2 — 3-fioris oblongo-ovatis ; glumis insqualibus ovatis acuminatis obscure nervatis ; valvula inferiore obscure 7 — 9 nervata pilosa apice integra aristata 2 — 3 lin. Ion. Ceratochloa breviaristata ? Hook. Rocky Mountains. Nuttall. "Whole plant pilose, with short white erect hairs ; panicle of few spikes ; in- tervals on the rachis between the branches 1—2 inches long ; longest ray about an inch in length, erect and 1—2 spiked, of which the lowest is near the base ; short ray 2—3 lin. long and 1-spiked ; spikes about \ an inch long. Bromus virens, s. n. — Culmo erecto aut decumbente glabro (\\ — 2 pe- dali) subgeniculato ; vaginis internodium sequantibus vel superantibus fauci- bus marginibusque superioribus villosis ; ligulis 1—2 lin. Ion. laciniatis ; foliis planis glabris 6—8 policaribus, 2—3 lin. latis ; panicula patente 3 — 4 policari, circum 1 ped. lata ; radiis 2 — 3 nis vel solitariis a basi fioriferis aut breviter nudis scabris ; spiculis laxis 5 — 7-floris circum policaribus ; glumis ina?qualibus ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis scabris, superiore 5 — 7-nervia, infe- riore 3-nervia ; valvula inferiore 7 — 9-nervia scabra margine et apice albo- hyalina; apice subintegra aristata ; setis 4 — 5 lin. Ion. Rockv Mountains and Columbia River. Nuttall. Branches of the panicle unequal, the longest 2 — 3 inches in length and erect 2 2 spiked, near its top spikes on short pedicels ; short branches 3 lines to 1 inch long and 1—2 spiked. Bromus setaceus, s. n. — Culmo erecto 2—3 pedali ; vaginis inferioribus [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99 glabris, superioribus marginibus et faucibus parce villosis ; ligulis 2 — 3 lin. Ion. apice laciniatis ; foliis glanis pubescentibus margine ciliatis 4 — 6 policari- bus 3 — 4 lin. latis ; panicula diifusa composita 6 — 8 policari 4 — 5 polic. latis ; radiis 5 — 7-nis basi nudis hirsutis ad apiceni compositis ; ramulis 3 — 4 nis, unispicatis ; spiculis 4 — 5-floris oblongo-obovatis ; glumis parum insequalibns carinatis lineari-lanceolatis ciliatis acuminatis, marginibus apicibusque albo- hyalinis, superiore 3 — 5-nervia ; valvula inferiore lanceolata 5 — 7-nervia ciliata apice bifida et aristata ; seta 6 lin. Ion. Northern Texas. The longest of the lower branches of the panicle 3 — 4 inches in length, and the shorter branches 1 — 2 inches long, all destitute of spikes excepting near their tops ; spikes loosely flowered ; internodes on the rachis 1 — 2 inches long ; pedicels 4 — 6 lines in length ; spikes without the bristle about £ an inch long, loosely flowered ; upper florets abortive, 2 — 3 united, appearing to the naked eye like one with 2—3 bristles. Uniola (Brizopyrum) flexuosa, s. n. — Culmis erectis gracilentibus glab- ris 1J — 2 pedalibus ; vaginis glabris internodio brevioribus ore parum pilosis vel nudis ; ligula nulla ; foliis planis glabris 4 — 6 policaribus et 1 — 3 liu. latis ; panicula terminali conferta 2—3 policari, 6 — 10 lin. latis, 15 — 20 spicatis ; spiculis 10 — 12-floris oblongo-ovatis acutis 6—8 lin. Ion. et 2 — 3 lin. latis ; glumis insequalibus ovatis obscure 3-nerviis seu glabris acutis ; valvula infe- riore obscure nervata glabra subacuta ; superiore bicarinata apice obtusa aut truncata. On the Brazos at Fort Belknap. Culms weak, smaller at the base than above ; leaves of the stem 2—2^ inches distant, not rigid ; roots fibrous and small. Elymus interruptus, s. n. — Culmo tereti simplici glabro erecto 2 — 3 pedali ; vaginis glabris marginibus breviter ciliatis ; ligula brevissima mem- branacea laciniata ; foliis planis scabriusculis 6 — 8 policaribus, 3 — 4 lin. latis ; spica pauciflora interrupta 3 — 5-policari ; spiculis geminatis 3 — 4-floris laxis ; glumis setaceis flosculum superantibus ; valvula inferiore 5-nervia glabra in aristam terminata ; arista arcuata scabra valvula duplo longiore ; valvula su- periore integerima, apice et margine breviter ciliata. Llano County, Texas. Internodes on the rachis about ^ an inch long ; flo- rets about the same length ; bristles of the palea an inch in length, those of the glume nearly eight lines long ; rachis angular or compressed, smooth, or a little scabrous on the margins. Elymus triticoides, s. n. — Culmo geniculato glabro (1 — 2 pedali) ; va- ginis glabris vel parum pilosis ; ligula brevissima laciniata ; foliis convolutis aut planis (2 — 3 policari) pubescentibus ; spica stricta lh — 2 policari ; spicu- lis solitariis aut geminis 2—3 floris racheos internodium superantibus ; glumis subulatis marginibus scabris vel brevissime setosis ; valvula inferiore enervia seu obscure 5-nervia glabra apice breviter aristata ; valvula superiore sub- sequali obtusa apice et margine pubescente obscure 2-nervia. Rocky Mountains. Nuttall. Rachis slightly rough ; bristles of the palea 2 — 3 lines long ; glumes shorter than the valves. Elymus g 1 a u c u s, s. n. — Culmo basi glabro ad apicem parum scabro 1 — 2 pedali ; vaginis parce scabris internodium superantibus ; ligula membranacea truncata parum fissa ; foliis planis glabriusculis 4 — 8 policaribus 2 — 3 lin. lat. ; spica 2 — 3 policar. 3 — 4 lin. lat. ; spiculis 2 — 3-floris adpressis ; glumis flosculis parum brevioribus aut requantibus 3 — 5-nervis lineari-lanceolatis subulatis ; valvula inferiore convoluta glabra obscure nervata vel enervia apice pubescente ; setis scabris valvula 2 — 3-plo longioribus. Columbia river. Nuttall. 1862.] 100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Its spikes are more slender than the other North American species. Rachis somewhat scabrous, and its internodes 2 — 3 lines long. Trisetum glabrum, s. n. — Radice fibrosa ; culmo glabro erecto geniculato 8 — 10 policari ; vaginis glabris ; ligula membranacea elongata fissa ; foliis planis glabris 2 — 3 policaribus 1 lin. latis ; panicula elongata patente ; radiis 2-nis glabris basi nudis compositis filiformibus, spiculis 2-floris pedicellatis ; glumis sequalibus lanceolatis acuminatis 3-nerviis glabris flosculos superanti- bus ; valvulis glabris hyalinis ovatis subtruncatis apice 3-dentatis infra me- diam aristatis ; arista geniculata flosculo duplo longiore. Texas. Dr. Linsecum. Glumes longer than the two paleaceous florets, which are vertical, the upper having a long sericeus stipe. Trisetum interrupt um, s. n. — Culmo geniculato pubescente erecto basi ramoso S — 12 policari ; radiis 3-nis sen solitariis scabris compositis basi ad apicem densiHoris ; spiculis 1 — 2 floris sessilibus vel breviter pedicellatis ; glumis scabris 7-nervatis acuminatis sequalibus valvulam subaequantibus marginibus et apicibus albo-hyalinis ; valvulis glabris acutis paulo infra apicem longe aristatis, inferiore bifida basi parce setulosa. Middle Texas. The lower flowering branches are partly included in the sheaths, and are at intervals of from 1 — 2 inches from near the base of the culm to its summit, forming a vertical succession of little panicles, which are from 1 — li inches long, densely flowered. Trisetum canescens, s. n. — Radice fibrosa ; culmo erecto (3 — 4-pedali) parce piloso ; vaginis inferioribus canescenti villosis, superioribus glabriuscu- lis ; ligulis membranaceis (1 — 2 lin. Ion.); foliis planis paulo pilosis ; 4 — 6 policaribus, 3 — 4 lin. latis ; panicula elongata stricta patente 8 — 10 policari ; radiis 5 — 7-nis scabris inaequalibus compositis ; spiculis 2-floris pedicellatis ; pedicellis scabris ; glumis insequalibus carinatis acutis dorsis scabris, supe- riore duplo latiore ; valvula inferiore glabra paulo infra apicem longe setulosa apice bifida callo dense piloso. Oregon, Columbia Plains. Nuttall. Internodes of the panicle 1 — 2J inches long ; rachis terete and slightly sca- brous ; branches of the panicle filiform and erect, the longest about 3 inches in length ; margins of the glumes white and hyaline ; bristles of the palea 4 — 6 lines long : florets about 3 lines in length. Hierochloa occidentalis, s. n. — Culmo glabro erecto 1^ — 2 pedali sim- plici ; vaginis glabris internodio brevioribus ; ligula membranacea apice fissa ; foliis planis glabris 2 — 3 policaribus et circum 2 lin. latis ; panicula patente 2 — 3 policari ; radiis solitariis compositis glabris basi nudis ; pedicellis 1 — 2-spi- catis ; glumis ovatis acutis hyalinis 5 — 7 nerviis lateralibus et apicibus albidis, caeteris ferrugineis flosculos fere sequantibus ; flosculis masculis lsevibus mu- ticis parce ciliatis ; hermaphroditis glabris apice breviter ciliatis. Columbia woods. Nuttall. Lower branches of the panicle about 2 inches long, with lower half naked ; internodes between the branches 6 — 15 lines long. Note No. 2.— On Q.UERCUS HETEROPHYLLA, Mich. BY S. B. BUCKLEY. Since the first note was written, I have seen a young tree on the grounds of Joshua Hoopes at West Chester, near Philadelphia, which grew from an acorn obtained from a tree now living at Marshalltou a few miles from West Chester. The Marshall tree is a seedling from the original Bartram Oak. The Bartrams [Feb. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 101 wishing to continue the species, which was founded on a single tree, caused acorns from it to be planted in different places, from which two living trees are now known ; one at the Bartram garden mentioned in a former paper, and the other in the old Marshall garden. The Hoopes tree is about 15 feet high and 2—3 inches in diameter, and its leaves have a striking resemblance to Michaux's figure of the Bartram Oak. This may be caused in part from a tendency in many young oak trees to have lobed leaves, often quite different from those of mature trees of the same species. This is well known to many observers. Mr. T. Meehan, of German- town, has specimens similar to Q. heterophylla, from Townsend, in New Castle County, Delaware, collected from the young shoots growing around a stump, surrounded by living willow oaks, of which it had every appearance of having been one. The following is an extract from a letter lately received from Mr. Hoopes : "There is a Bartram Oak in the garden at Marshallton, with foliage corres- ponding to the figure in Michaux, yielding acorns, which produce trees having foliage true to the original." Dr. Darlington lately told me what amounts to the same as that just quoted from Mr. Hoopes. Should these trees maintain their present distinctive cha- racters, and continue to produce trees of the same sort, it will be an example of the formation of a new species from a form of an old one ; nor is it by any means improbable that the Bartram Oak may become distinct from its parent, the willow oak. It is believed by some botanists that new species have been formed, and are now being made from varieties of old species ; but human life is so short that we cannot perceive the long gradual changes necessary for this creative process. These Bartram Oaks should be carefully preserved and propagated, that future generations may see whether a good species of Quercus heterophylla has been thus created. It is singular that acorns from the original Bartram Oak should yield trees of such different foliage as the one at the old Bartram garden, and that at Marshallton. The oak in the Bartram place shows a tendency to breed back to tbe original stock of the willow oak, while the one at Marshallton seems to keep most of the characters of its Immediate parent, the Bartram Oak. In confimation of this I have just received the following note from Mr. Meehan in reference to some Bartram Oaks now being raised by Mr. Buist. "Mr. Buist says his seedlings from the Bartram Oak all approach the willow oak, but none quite like, all having a few lobed leaves. His seed was gathered by himself from the tree in the Bartram garden which I pointed out to you. T. Meehan." These seedlings as they acquire age will probably be much more like the willow oak than at present, young trees often having foliage different from mature trees, as before stated. March ith. The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. Twenty-eight members present. The following papers were presented for publication : Synopsis of the Cirrhitoids ; On the limits and arrangement of the Scomberoids ; Descriptions of new species of Alepidosauridae ; and on a new species of Priacanthus. By Theodore Grill. On a tropical Isopod found near the shores of Massachusetts, by "Win. Stimpson. 1862.] 102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Mr. Norris remarked that Dr. Hayes' Arctic collection contained a specimen of the common brook trout, (Salmo fontinalis,) taken near God- haven, Greenland ; and specimens of the salmon trout, (Salmo trutta,) common to the coasts of Scotland and new Brunswick, and the Gulf of St. Lawrence. March 11th. The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. Thirty- two members present. Mr. Warner made some remarks on the imitation of the section of esgs by mathematical lines. Dr. Corse exhibited, under the microscope, specimens of Nitella, showing the circulation within the nucule. Dr. Carson exhibited specimens of metallic copper, deposited by vol- taic action in the felt of the sunken frigates at Sevastopol. March 18 th. The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. Twenty-nine members present. The following papers were presented for publication : On the West African genus Hemichromus, etc., by Theo. Gill. Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California, etc., by Theo. Gill. On some new and little known American Anura, by E. D. Cope. March 25th. The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. Twenty-nine members present. On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were ordered to be published in the Proceedings : Synopsis of the Family of CIRRHITOIDS. BY THEODORE GILL. Family CIRRHITOIDS Gray. Synonymy. Percoidei pt. ) Cm . mu &C- Sciaenoidei pt. \ Cirrbitidje Gray, Synopsis of the contents of the British Museum. " Richardson. Theraponidse pt. \ Riehardl0n, Polynemidte pt. ) Oirrhitoidei Bleeker, Acta Societatis Scientiarum Indo-^ederlandicae, vol. n., Vischsoorten von Amboina. Cirrhitidse Gtinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c, vol. ii., p. 70. SparidiE (Haplodactylina) Gtinther, op. cit., vol. i., p. 434. The body is oblong and compressed, with the dorsal and abdominal outlines [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 unequally arched. Scales cycloid and of moderate or rather large size. Lateral line simple, concurrent with the back. Head compressed, and of mode- rate or rather small size. Forehead n parly flat, or little convex transversely. Eyes submediau. Nostrils double, moderately approximated to each other. Suborbital bones not crossing the cheek nor articulated with the preoperculum. Preorbital bone moderate, or rather large. Preopercular, opercular, suboper- cular and interopercular bones normally developed. Mouth moderate, cleft on the sides. Intermaxillary bones with the ascending processes variable in de- velopment. Maxillary bones expanded towards their ends and behind the intermaxillaries at the ends. Teeth variable in form and position. Branchi- ostegal membrane generally extended more or less behind under the throat, and free. Branchiostegal rays normally six, rarely five and exceptionally three. Dorsal fin extending along the entire back, and with the spinous portion nearly as much or more developed than the soft. Anal fin commencing nearly under the first soft dorsal rays, and short or little oblong ; spinous ray three. Caudal fin entire, or emarginated. Pectoral fins normally inserted on the sides, with the inferior rays well developed, simply articulated and not branched. Ventral fins inserted considerably behind the pectorals and with one spine and five branched rays. The vertebral column is composed (in Cirrhitina;) of the normal or nearly normal number of vertebra? (^) or a moderately increased number (in Latri- 14 16 . dina?, 5jj ; in Haplodactylince, said by Richardson to be £jj in Dactylosargus arcti- dens.) The stomach is csecal, and a few (4 to 5) pyloric appendages are present. The air bladder is sometimes absent (most Cirrhiliuce and Chironema- tinee) ; or present and simple (most Haplodactylince) ; or lobed or fringed (most Latridince.) This family is a very distinct and perhaps a natural one, although its several groups or subfamilies offer rather peculiar characters and decided vari- ations. The chief characters by which those various groups are united, are the position of the ventral fins very considerably behind the bases of the pectoral, and the simple, thickened and produced rays of the pectoral fins ; the branchiostegal membrane is also generally more ample beneath than in those forms which most resemble the Cirrhitoids in external appearance. In the artificial arrange- ment of Cuvier and hi? disciples, in which the fishes with the typical or percoid form were arranged according to the presence or absence of palatal teeth and of opercular armature, the members of the present family were partly referred to the Percoids and partly to the Sciaenoids, with which they have very little affinity. Dr. Gray appears to have been the first to propose the family which Sir John Richardson was afterwards inclined to adopt, although in his essay on " Ichthyology," in the Encyclopa-dia Britannica, he has referred Cirrhites, Aplodactylus and Chironemus as the first of thegerera, to bis family of Therapo- nidae, which family certainly is, as he admits, " a rather heterogeneous assem- blage of Percoids, brought together by the single character of six branchios- tegals." The other genera, Chcilodactylvs and Latris, are placed by him after Polynemus, and constitute with it his family of Polynemidae. Dr. Bleeker has adopted the family of " Cirrhitoidei," aDd divided it into three subfamilies, — Cinhitiformes, Ilaplodactylifotmes and Cheilodactyhformes. Chironemus has been once placed in the first subfamily, and again, as Threp- terius of Richardson, in the third, Bleeker not having perceived their affinity to each other. Dr. Giinther has a family of " Cirrhitidre," which is naturally constituted, but he has placed the Haplodactylns in a peculiar " group" or subfamily among the Sparidae, to which it has apparently little true affinity. The Cirrhitoids, so far as known, are peculiar to the torrid and temperate portions of the Pacific Ocean and its indentations. The CirrhitincB are princi- 1862.] 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF pally tropical, and chiefly developed in the Indian seas and those of the great archipelago, from which some wander to the Pacific, Chinese and African seas, and one (Cirrhilus maculatus) ranges to the Red Sea, where, indeed, it appears to be most common. Another (Cirrlritus rivulalus Val.) is found at both the Gallapagos Islands and Lower California, it having been observed at the latter place by Mr. Xantus.* The Chironematince are peculiar to the Australian Seas. The Ilaplodaclylince and Latridince are principally inhabitants of the Southern temperate seas, and most numerous in the Chilian and Peruvian and the Aus- tralasian seas. Several are also found at the Cape of Good Hope, while several others are northern and inhabitants of the Chinese and Japanese waters. The following synopsis will enable one to readily distinguish the different subfamilies : Synopsis. I. Spinous portion of the dorsal longest, but with only 10 (9) 10 spines. Vertebras jg Cirrhitinte. II. Spinous portion of the dorsal more or less subequal to the soft, with 14 — 22 spines. A. Teeth of jaws compressed and tricuspidate or lanceolate. Vetebras ^jt Haplodactylinae. AA. Teeth small, conic and acute. B. Ventral fins (generally) rounded ; caudal subtrun- cated ; dorsal deeply notched behind each spine Chironematinse. BB. Ventral fins angulated ; caudal with extended lobes ; dorsal not notched behind each sepa- 14 rate spine. Vertebrae ^ Latridime. I have not been enabled to examine many of the species of the family, but I trust that the suggestions and views enunciated in this treatise will forward the classification and knowledge of the group, and prove useful to naturalists if it should only direct attention to the imperfect knowledge we have of some forms. Several of the species have been so described that it has not been possible to positively refer them to any group. The whole family, indeed, re- quires a careful revision, and the present classification will be doubtless con- siderably modified. Subfamily CIRRHITINiE Gill. Cirrhitaeformes pp., Sleeker. Teeth conical and mostly small, but often with larger or canine ones inter- mixed. Dorsal fin with its spinous portion longer than the soft, and with ten spines, the last of which truly belongs to the second portion. Ventral fins generally angulated or subangulated, the second (branched) ray being rarely somewhat longest. Caudal fin truncated or emarginated. The vertebral column, in all the species examined, has been found to be constituted of ten abdominal and sixteen caudal vertebrae. The Cirrhitinae as defined above form a natural group, and differ from the Cirrhitaeformes of Bleeker by the exclusion of Chiro7irmus, which appears to represent a distinct subfamily. *Another species not yet described is found at Cape St. Lucas. It had been unfortun- ately overlooked uniil after the transmission of the above paper ; it will be described in the catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California. [March, NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105 Synopsis. Spinous portion of dorsal longest, but with only 9 or 10 rays. Vertebra about JJ CIRRHITIN.U. a.. Head abbreviated, with the jaws not produced. Head decurved from the nape ; operculum unarmed. Origin of dorsal nearly over preopercular margin. Canine teeth obsolescent Amblycirrhitus. Origin of dorsal generally above carpus; canine teeth in both jaws Cirrhitus. Head very obliquely incurved to the pointed snout. Oper- culum with two small spines Cirrhitichthys. Preorbital not higher than the eye's diameter Cirrhitichthys. Preorbital considerably higher than an eye's di- ameter Cirrhitopsis. 0. Head oblong and incurved to the snout; intermaxillary produced, and with the posterior processes tootbed..Oxycirrhites. AMBLYCIRRHITUS Gill. Synonymy. Cirrhites sp. Cuv. el Vol. Rostrum convexum. Dentes canini obsolescentes. Pinna dorsalis fei e supra preoperculi marginim incipie?is. Body oblong-cuneiform, highest before the ventral fins, before which it is rapidly curved upwards. Scales large. Head short and elevated, higher than long. Occipito-nasal outline very oblique and nearly straight ; snout slightly convex. Nape gibbous. Preoperculum finely serrated behind. Mouth little oblique and of moderate size, chiefly under tbe eyes. Teeth pluriserial, with the canine obsolete or rudimentary. Branchiostegal rajs 6, 6. Dorsal fin commencing at the nape above the preoperculum ; its spinous portion is convex, much lower behind than the articulated, and the membrane is very profoundly notched and produced into a slender lobe behind each spine. Anal fin with three spines, the second of which is largest, and with six branched rays. Cau- dal fin entire, with its angles acute. Pectoral fins with its undivided rays slightly produced. Type. Amblj cirrhitus fasciatus Gill. The Cirrhitus fasciatus of the " Histoire Naturelle des Poissons" differs from the typical Cirrhiti by the form of the body, the region of greatest height being before the ventral fins and not above it, as in the latter; by the resultant more anterior commencement of the dorsal fin, and the deeply-notched and lobigerous membrane behind the spines of that fin, and by the absence of larger canine teeth. Only one species of the genus is known. Amblycirrhitus fasciatus, Gill. Cirrhites fasciatus Cuv. et Vol., Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, torn, iii., p. 76, pi. 47. Habitat. East Indian seas, (Pondicherry.) CIRRHITUS (Commerson) Lac. Synonymy. Cirrhitus (Comm.) Lactp&de, Histoire Naturelle des Poisons, torn, v., p. 2, 1803. Rostrum convexum. Dentes canini anticiin maxilla superiore 2. Pinna dorsalis supra pinnae pectoralis basin incipiens. Body oblong-oval, highest before or above the ventral fins, covered with 1862.] 10(5 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF rather large scales. Head moderate, and generally longer than high. Occipito- nasal profile obliquely and moderately decurved. Nape convex. Eyes moderate, above the rostro-opercular line and submedian. Preoperculum more or less serrated behind, rarely entire. Anterior nostrils generally with short fimbri- ated tubes. Mouth oblique and of moderate size; the supratnaxillary bones generally end under the eyes. Teeth pluriserial, margined by an external row of larger ones ; canine teeth generally present on each jaw, in the upper in front, and in the lower on the sides. Front of vomer furnished with a row of small teeth. Branchiostegal rays six on each side. Dorsal fin furnished with ten spines and ten to twelve (rarely fourteen) rays, the former of which form nearly two-thirds of its length ; the spinous portion is convex at the middle and behind much lower than the soft portion ; the membrane is moderately notched behind each spine. Anal fin with three strong spines, the second of which is largest, and six branched rays. Caudal fin generally entire and ab- ruptly truncated. Pectoral fins with "the simply articulated rays moderately produced. Type. Cirrhitus maculatus Lac£pede. The species retained in the genus Cirrhitus as now limited, appear to have the same physiognomy and to bear a strong resemblance to each other: but the Cirrhitus maculatus, which was the only species of the genus known to its founder, has a small patch of teeth on the anterior portion of each palatine bone, while in all the others the teeth are confined to the front of the vomer. For this reason Drs. Bleeker and Giinther have referred that species, although the type of Cirrhitus, to the genus Cirrhitichthys, established by the former naturalist for fishes differing from Cirrhitus by the presence of palatine teeth. As the Cirrhitinse with unarmed palatine bones do not appear to differ in any other respect from the Cirrhitus maculatus, and as the dentigerous palatine area is very small, we retain the species having the same specialized resemblance in the genus. Cirrhitichthys is apparently an excellent genus, and is consequently retained, but with quite different limits and on other grounds than those for which it has been distinguished by Bleeker and Gunther. As before mentioned, it was separated by them from Cirrhitus on account of the presence of palatine teeth. The most essential character appears to us to be the form of the head. Nine species of the genus are now known. Palatine bones with teeth anteriorly C. marmoratus. Palatine bones unarmed. Preoperculum denticulated. Dorsal IX. I. 10, 11. Body not transversely banded. 7 simple pec- toral rays. Pectoral thickened, not extending beyond the anus. Scales of the lateral line 40 C. alternatus.*_ Scales of lateral line 48 — 50. Head simply dotted with black C. Fosteri. Head with a margined area behind the eyes. Area marked by a whitish semicircular line, edged with brownish ; sides above late- ral line with a longitudinal whitish band..C. arcatus. Area brown, bounded by yellow; sides with many (16) longitudinal lines C. amblycephalus. C. alternatus has five indistinct, oblique, purple bands, the first of which alternate below the lateral line with their lower halves, while the last is continuous. But, as it has seven simple pectoral rays, and is closely allied to C. marmoratus and C. Forsteri, it is placed between them. _„, , [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 107 Pectoral thickened ray extending to the origin of the anal ; scales of lateral line 42 C. punctatus. Body (red) with 6 vertical blackish bands ; 6 simple pectoral rays C. aprinus. Dorsal IX. I. 13. Scales 49 C. fasciatus. Preoperculum entire C. rivulatus. 1. ClURHITDS MARMORATUS Gill. Labrus marmoratus Lac, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome iii., p. 492, pi. 5, fig. 3. Cirrhitus maculatus Lac, op. cit., tome v., p. 3. Cirrhitus maculosus Bennett, Zoological Journal, 1829, pi. 38. Cirrhitichtbys maculatus Bleeker. Habitat. Red Sea, Southern Asia, Indian Archipelago, Isle of France and Polynesia. 2. Cirrhitus alternatus Gill. Habitat. Sandwich Islands. 3. Cirrhitus Forsteri Giinther. Perca taeniata Forsler. Grammistes Forsteri Bloch, Systema Ichthyologiae, Schneid. ed., p. 191. Sparus pantherinus Lac, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome iv., p. 100. Cirrhitus pantherinus Cuv. et Val., tome iii., p. 70. Serranus Tankervillae Bennett, Fishes of Ceylon, pi. 27. Cirrhitus Forsteri Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c, p. 71. Habitat. Cape seas, Eastern Africa, Southern Asia and Indian Archipelago. 4. Cirrhitus arcatus Cuv. et Val. Cirrhitus arcatus Cuv. et Val., tome iii., p. 74. Cirrhitus vittatus Val. in Cuv. Regne Animal, ed. ill. Poissons, pi. 39. Habitat. Mauritius, Southern Asia, Indian Archipelago, and Sandwich Islauds. 5. Cirrhitus amblycephalus Bleeker. Cirrhitus amblycephalus Bleeker, Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Neder- landsch Indie, vol. xii., p. 378. Habitat. Sangi. 6. Cirrhitus punctatus Cuv. et Val. Cirrhitus punctatus Cuv. et Val., tome iii., p. 70. Habitat. Indian Ocean. 7. Cirrhitus aprinus Cuv. et Val. Cirrhitus aprinus Cuv. et Val., tome iii., p. 7G. Habitat. Sea of Timor. 8. Cirrhitus fasciatus Bennett. Cirrhitus fasciatus Bennett, Zoological Journal, 1829, p. 39. Cirrhitus cinctua Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, vol. ii., p. 73. Not Cirrhitus fasciatus Cuv. et Val. (=Amblycirrhitus fasciatus Gill.) Habitat. Madagascar, Isle of France and Sandwich Islands. 9. Cirrhitus rivulatus Val. Cirrhitus rivulatus Val., Voyage de la Venus, Poissons, p. 309, pi. 3, fig. 1. Habitat. Galapagos Islands and Lower California. 1862.] 108 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF CIRRHITIOHTHYS Bleeker. Synonymy. Cirrhitichthys Bleeker, Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie, vol. x., (Index,) p. 474, 1856. Cirrhites sp. Temminck et Schlegel, Bleeker. Rostrum acutum. Dentes canini in maxilla superiori nulli ; denies palatini. Body oblong-ovate, highest above the ventral fins, and covered with rather large scales. Head moderate, and nearly equally long and high. Nape and crown convex. Occipito-nasal outline obliquely concave and incurved towards the pointed snout; pectori-nasal outline curved upwards. Crown and forehead scaly; suborbital bones naked. Preoperculum finely serrated behind. Sub- orbital bone entire, or dentated posteriorly. Operculum armed with two minute spines. Nasal cirrhi fringed. Mouth oblique and rather small ; supramaxillary bones ending under or nearly under the anterior borders of the orbits. Teeth pluriserial, larger in the external row ; in the lower jaw on each side are larger canine teeth. Front of vomer and palatine bones armed with a band of villi- form teeth. Branchiostegal rays 6 — 6. Dorsal fin with its spinous part convex, and the last ray generally longer than the penultimate. The interspinal mem- brane is simply notched, or produced in penicilligerous lobes behind each spine. The first articulated ray is more or less elongated. Anal fin with three spines, the second of which is very stout, and six or seven branched rays. Caudal fin subtruncated. Type. Cirrhitichthys graphidopterus Bleeker. Under the name of Cirrhitichthys, Dr. Bleeker has collected together several fishes which appear to have a considerable mutual resemblance, and to deci- dedly differ from Cirrhitus, to which genus most of them had been previously referred. Four species have been placed in the genus which appear to concur in having the same physiognomy, but are distinguished from each other by some very decided characteristics. Three have a nearly similar size and posi- tion of the eye, which is separated about a diameter, or even less, from the end of the snout. A fourth has smaller eyes, much more distant from the snout. Of the first three, one has a distinctly serrated preorbital, while in the other two it is entire ; the latter again are distinguished by the condition of the inter- spinal portion of the dorsal fin. The following analytical synopsis will more readily show the relative dif- ferences : Snout shorter than the eye ; suborbital bone scalele3s. Preorbital serrated behind C. graphidopterus. Preorbital entire behind. Interspinal membrane penicilligerous C. oxyrhynchus. Interspinal membrane not penicilligerous C. oxycephalus. Snout longer than the eye ; suborbital bone scaly C. aureus. j In the preceding table the categories have been arranged in the order which appears to best express their value. The most distinct groups or natural sec- tions seem to be those characterized by the size of the eyes and their position. Many naturalists, confiding in characters which may be of very little real value, although at the same time trenchant and well defined, would regard the den- tated or entire posterior margin of the preorbital bones as a character of greater value ; and some would doubtless even consider it as entitled to generic rank. But, after a careful comparison of the descriptions of the various spe- cies that have hitherto been made known, we cannot discover that there is any other essential character by which Cirrhitichthys graphidopterus is distinguished from C. oxyrhynchus and C. oxycephalus. There appearing, then, to be no differ- ences coincident with the condition of the preorbital margin, and the physi- [March, NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109 ognomy being apparently similar, one cannot be disposed to regard such a character in this case as generic. The Cirrhitus aureus of Temminck and Schlegel is probably the type of a dis- tinct genus. We have provisionally proposed for it the designation of Cirrhi- topsis, but having seen none of the species of Bleeker's Cirrhitichthys, hesitate to rank it as a genus. The Cirrhitus maculatus of Lacepede has been referred to Cirrhitichthys by Dr. Giinther, as well as Dr. Bleeker, on account of the presence of " a very small patch of teeth anteriorly on each palatine bone." In other respects, that spe- cies perfectly agrees with most of the species retained under the name of Cirrhitus by those gentlemen. Its physiognomy is entirely similar to theirs, and quite different from that of a typical Cirrhitichthys. We therefore retain that species in the genus Cirrhitus, not regarding the extension of a few of the teeth on the palatine bones as entitling it to generic distinction, and certainly not to be grouped with Cirrhitichthys. The name Cirrhitichthys could in no case be accepted for the Cirrhitus maculatus, as it is the type and only species placed by Commerson and Lacepede in their genus ; it must therefore always retain that name, and if isolated from others, they must receive a new generic appella- tion, and not it. Subgenus Cirrhitichthys. 1. Cirrhitichthys graphidopterus Bleeker. Cirrhitichthysgraphidopterus Blocker, NatuurkundigTijdschrift voorNeder- landsch Indie, 1853, p. 106. Habitat. Amboyna, 2. Cirrhitichthys oxyrhynchcs Bleeker. Cirrhitichthys oxyrhynchus Bleeker, Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Neder- landsch Indie, deel xv., 1858, p. 205. Habita. Goram. 3. Cirrhitichthys oxycephalus Bleeker. Cirrhitichthys oxycephalus Bleeker, Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Neder- landsch Indie, deel viii., 1855, p. 408. Habitat. Amboyna. Subgenus Cirrhitopsis. 4. Cirrhitopsis aureus Gill. Cirrhites aureus Temm. et Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Pisces,]}. 15, pi. 7. fig. 2. Cirrhitichthys aureus Bleeker. Habitat. Japan and China. OXYCIRRHITES Bleeker. Synonymy. Oxycirrhites Bleeker, Achtste Bijdrage tot de kennis der Vischfauna von Am- Jboina, p. 39; in Acta Societatis Indo-Nederlandicje, vol. ii., 1856 — 7. Bostrum aculissimum, procluclum. Dentes canini nulli. Body elongated, compressed and about five times as long as high. Scales large. Head very acute, nearly twice as long as high, with the nape convex ; concave between the occiput and snout. Cheeks and opercular bones scaly. Preoperculum dentated, and with its angle obtusely rounded. Operculum armed with aflat'spine. Anterior nostrils each famished with a divided cirrhus. Mouth almost prolonged into a tube. Jaws equal; the upper produced more than an eye's diameter beyond the snout, dentated on their ascending and de- cending branches. Teeth pluriserial on each jaw, preceded by a row of larger ones, but no canines. Front of the vomer with a semilunar band of small ones ; palatine none. Branchiostegal rays 6 — 6. Dorsal fin with ten spines, the third, fourth and fifth of which are longest, and the first and penultimate shortest ; 1862.] 110 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP soft portion acute and elevated in front, low and rounded behind. Anal fin with three spines, the second of which is elongated ; soft portion rounded be- fore and behind, and with seven or eight rays. Caudal fin emarginated and with pointed lobes. Pectoral fins irregularly rhomboidal, and with none of its entire rays produced. Type. Oxycirrhites typus Bleeker. This genus is almost peculiar among fishes by the extension of the intermax- illary bones and the armature of their ascending branches. It also differs from Cirrhitkhthys and Cirrhitus by the more elongated body and head, and the form of the caudal. A single species is known. Oxycirrhites typds Bleeker. Oxycirrhites typus Bleeker, Achtste Bijdrage tot de kennis der Vischfauna von Amboine, p. 40, in Acta Societatis Indo-Nederlandicae, vol. ii. Habitat. Amboyna and Isle de France. Subfamily HAPLODACTYLIN^E Gunther. Haplodactyliformes Bleeker. Haplodactylina Gunther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c, vol. ii., p. 434. Teeth compressed, trenchant and lanceolate, or tricuspidate. Dorsal fin nearly equally divided into spinous and soft ; the former with fourteen to seven- teen spines. Ventral fins generally with the second branched ray longest. Caudal fin truncated or emarginated. Tne vertebral column is composed of an increased number of vertebra?. Richardson having found sixteen abdominal and eighteen caudal ones in the Dactylosargus arctidens. Gunther, however, adopts the correctness of that number. This subfamily is distinguished principally by the dentition ; the physiognomy of its representatives is also rather peculiar. The group is divisible among three genera, which may be thus distinguished. Teeth of jaws compressed, tricuspidate or lanceolate. Vertebras |j^ HAPLODACTYLINA. Vomerine t^eth present. Teeth in both jaws tricuspid Haplodactylus. Teeth in both jaws sublanceolate, or with lateral lobes small Dactylosargus. Vomerine teeth obsolete. Teeth tricuspid in jaws...Crinodus. HAPLODACTYLUS Cuv. et Val. Synonymy. Aplodactylus Cuv. et Val. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, vol. viii., p. 476, 1831. Aplodactylus Guichenot. Haplodactylus Gunther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c, vol. ii., p. 434. Denies tricuspidati et velutinae in maxillis ambobis ; in maxilla superiori tricus- pidati, triseriati ; inferiori biseriati. Dentes vomerini velutini. Body oblong, highest above or behind the ventral fins, covered with small scales. Head scarcely longer than high, with the profile behind the eyes ob- liquely straight or little concave, before eyes very oblique and high. Eyes high and mostly anterior. Preorbital bones higher than long. Preoperculnm with an entire membranous border. Mouth small, transverse and terminal. Teeth villiform or cardiform in each [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ill jaw, preceded in the upper by three rows of tricuspidate teeth, and in the lower by two rows. The tricuspidate teeth have the cusps rounded, and the median longest. Front of vomer with villif'orm teeth. Anterior dorsal tin convex, de- clining in a straight line behind and with fifteen or sixteen spines, the last of which are very short. Anal fin with three spines, the first two of which are very short, and with seven or eight branched rays, which very rapidly diminish in size. Type. Haplodactylus punctatns Cuv. et Val. The genus Haplodactylus, as here defined, has the same limits given to it by Cuvier and Valenciennes and by Guichenot. Two species that have since been referred to it by Sir John Richardson and Dr. Gunther, have been abstracted from it, and are considered to be the types of as many distinct genera. The diagnosis given by Dr. Gunther to Haplodactylus is indeed equivalent to ours, but his Haplodactylus arctidens and H. lophodon do not correspond to his defi- nition. The correctness of the elimination of these two species is confirmed by their geographical distribution. The typical Haplodactyli are, as far as known, peculiar to the temperate salt waters of western South America. The other two species are inhabitants of the Australian seas. Four forms have been described as distinct, but the specific differences of all of them have not yet been fully demonstrated. Dr. Gunther has united the Haplodactylus punctatus and H. reginae, but, if the figure of the latter is correct, it is apparently a very good species. The species appear to be distinguished by the following characters ; but it will be necessary to confirm them, and they must be accepted with reserve : Secondary color or markings dark. 1. Body brownish gray, covered with irregular, brown vermiculated markings; fins thickly spotted. A. III. 8. H. vermiculatus. 2. Body brownish red above, irregularly dotted with black. A. III. 8; first three dorsal spines short and gradu- ated, much shorter than the fourth? H. reginae. 3. Body brownish above, dotted all over with blackish. A. III. 7 ; first four dorsal spines regularly graduated to the fifth H. punctatus. Spots or dots whitish, on a yellowish ground. A. III. 7 H. guttatus. 1. Haplodactylus punctatus Cuv. et Val., Gunther. Aplodactylus punctatus Cuv. et Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome viii p 477, pi. 242. Habitat. Chili. 2. Haplodactylus regin;e Val. Aplodactylus reginae (Vol..) Gray, Historia Fisica y politicade Chile. Zoo- logia, tomo ii., p. 158, lam. 1, fig. 2. Haplodactylus punctatus p*.. Gunther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygiau Fisbes, vol. ii., p. 434. Habitat. Chili. 3. Haplodactylus vermiculatus Gay, Gunther. Aplodactylus vermiculatus Gay, Op. cit. tomo ii., p. 159, lam. 1, fig. I. Habitat. Chili (Valparaiso.) 4. Haplodactylus guttatus Gay, Glinther. Aplodactylus guttatus Gay, Op. cit., tomo ii., p, 160. Habitat. Chili. DACTYLOSARGUS Gill. Synonymy. Aplodactylus sp. Richardson. HaplodactyluB sp. Giinther. 1862.] 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Denies omnes in maxillis tricuspidati, vel lanceolati, lobis externis parvis, in seriebus externis majores. Dentes vomerini velutini. Body oblong, highest above or behind the ventral fins, covered with small scales. Head scarcely longer than high, with the profile behind the eyes ob- liquely straight, or little concave, and in front very oblique. Preorbital bones aa high or higher than long. Eyes elevated and mostly anterior. Preoper- culum with an entire membranous border. Mouth small, transverse and ter- minal. Teeth in the old, narrow, thin and little cuspidate, arranged in a band on each jaw; the teeth of outer rows are largest. Front of vomer with a small patch of villiform teeth slightly extending on the palatine bones. Branchios- tegal rays six on each side. Dorsal fin convex and with sixteen spines, the last of which are small. Anal fin with three spines and eight branched rays. This genus is nearly allied to the genuine Haplodactyli, but is distinguished by the trilobation of all the teeth, and not only the large ones of the external rows as in Haplodactylus. One species has been well described, and perhaps another indicated. Dactylosargus arctidens Gill. Aplodactylus arctidens Richardson, Proc. Zoological Society of London, 1839, p. 96. Habitat. Port Arthur. The following species is referred to the genus Dactylosargus with doubt, being only known through the description of Paikinson : Dactylosargus meandratos Gill. Scisna meandrata Parkinson MSS. Aplodactylus meandratus Richardson, Transactions of the Zoological So- ciety, vol. iii., p. 83. Habitat. New Zealand. CRINODUS Gill. Synonymy. Haplodactylus sp. Giinthcr. Dentes tricuspidati in maxilla superiori pluriseriati, uniseriati in inferiori. Vomer inermis. Body oblong, highest above or behind the ventral fins, covered with rather small scales. Head little longer than high, with the forehead flattened, and the snout obtusely rounded and projecting. Eyes elevated and mostly ante- rior. Preopereulum entire and with a membranous margin. Mouth narrow, horizontal, and situated beneath the snout. Teeth elongated and tricuspidate, with the terminal lobe largest, arranged in a band on the upper jaw, and uni- serial on the lower : palate unarmed. Branchiostegal rays five on each side. Dorsal fin with its spinous portion convex, and with about seventeen spines, the last of which are short. Anal with three graduated spines and six branched rays. Crinodus appears to be decidedly different from either Haplodactylus or Arcti- dens, the snout being more protuberant, the teeth of the lower jaw confined to one row, and only five branchiostegal rays being present on each side. This also is represented by a single known species. Crinodcs lophodon Gill. Haplodactylus lophodon Giinthcr, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c, vol. ii., p. 435. Habitat. Coast of New South Wales. Subfamily CHIRONENEMATIN.E Gill. Teeth acutely conical and small. Dorsal fin with its spinous portion gene- rally more or less longer than the soft, and with thirteen to fifteen spines, the [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113 membrane behind each of which is deeply and acutely notched. Ventral gene- rally obtuse or rounded. Caudal fin truncated or subtruncated. Chironemus appears to be entitled to take rank as the type of a distinct group of Cirrhitoids, its physiognomy being quite different from that of any other division 5 the characters above, given are sufficient to distinguish it, and they will doubtless be found to be accompanied by others of more importance when the family shall have been fully investigated. Chironemus Cuv. et Val. Synonymy. Chironemus Cuv. et Vol., Histoire Naturelie des Poissons, vol. iii., p. 78. Threpterius Richardson, Proc. Zoological Society of London, 1850, p. 68 ; ib. in Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. vii., p. 284, 1851. Chironemus Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c, vol. ii., p. 76. Body oblong, highest above or before the ventral fins. Scales rather large. Head moderate, subcorneal and longer than high. Occipito-nasal profile nearly straight; snout scarcely convex. Crown, forehead and cheeks naked. Oper- culum, suboperculum and interoperculum scaly. Preoperculum entire, nearly vertical or slightly oblique behind and rounded at its angle; operculum with two spines. Eyes anterior. Suborbital bones narrow. Anterior nostrils with a membranous appendage. Mouth oblique, moderate. Supramaxillary bones ending near the vertical of the anterior borders of the orbits. Teeth generally villiform, in a band on each jaw and on the front of the vomer. Branchios- tegal rays 6, 6. Dorsal fin commencing above or little before the bases of the pectorals, with its spinous portion longer than the soft, convex and with four- teen or fifteen spines, the penultimate of which is lower than the soft portion ; its membrane is deeply notched behind each spine. Anal fin short, with three spines and six or seven branched rays. Caudal fin entire or convex. Pectoral fins with its inferior simple rays produced, and the intervening membrane deeply no'ched. Type. Chironemus georgianus Cuv. et Val. With Dr. Giinther, we have, for the present, retained the Threpterius maculo- sus of Sir John Richardson and the Chironemus marmoratus of the former gentleman in this genus to which both have been referred. It is quite probable, however, that the genus may be hereafter found not to be homogenous, and that Threpterius may be re-established, but with quite different characters from those assigned to it by its founder, who named it from a misconception of its true relations, and did not perceive its affinity to the Cuvieran Chironemi. The principal distinctive characters of the three species combined under this generic designation are as follows : Second simple pectoral ray produced to the anal ; soft dorsal half as long as spinous C. georgianus. None of the pectoral rays much produced beyond others. Teeth of jaws nearly uniserial : soft dorsal two thirds as long as spinous C. maculosus. Teeth of jaws villiform, in a broad band ; soft dorsal rather shorter than spinous C. marmoratus. Not having been able to examine any of the species of the genus, we are not prepared to state what may be the value of those characters, or whether they are entitled to be regarded as more than specific. The type of the genus is very imperfectly known, having been only described by Cuvier and Valenci- ennes from a much injured specimen. The three species are confined to the Australian seas. 1862.] 8 114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 1. CHIRONEMUS georgianus, Cuv. et Val. Chironemus georgianus Cuv. el Val. Hist. Nat. de Poissons, tome Hi. , p. 78. Habitat. KiDg George's Sound. 2. Chironemus maculosus, Guother. Threpterius maculosus Richardson, Proc. Zoological Society, 1850, p. TO, pi. 2, figs. 1, 2, Habitat. King George's Sound. 3. Chironemus marmoratus, Gunther. Chironemus marmoratus Gunther, Catalogue of Acanthopterygian Fishes, vol. ii., p. 76. Habitat. Western coast of Australia. Subfamily LATRIDIN^E Gill. Teeth acutely conical and generally small. Dorsal fin with its spinous and soft portions subequal or one not much longer than the other ; the spinous por- tion has from fifieen to twenty-three spines, behind which the membrane is notched. Ventral fins generally acutely angulated, the first branched ray be- ing the longest. Caudal fin with the angles more or less obliquely produced aDd acute or rounded. The vertebral column is composed of a moderately in- creased number of vertebrae, all those examined having fourteen abdominal and twenty caudal. This subfamily appears to be a very natural one, all the species having the game general physiognomy, and equally differing from the representatives of the other groups of Cirrhitoids. The genera are rather numerous; their prin- cipal distinctive characters are given in the following synopsis. Several species have been retained provisionally in genera to which they apparently do not belong, — the descriptions alone of their several describers not being sufficiently characteristic to enable one to positively allocate them. Ventral Ads angulatt-d, the first branched ray being longest ; caudal with its lobes produced ; dorsal not acutely notched behind each spine LATRIDIN^E. I. Branch iostegal lays 5 or 6 Latrideb. A. Anal fin nearly coterminal with dorsal, and with more than 30 rays. Vomerine teeth Latris. Vomerine teeth obsolete Latridopsis. AA. Anal fin with 30 branched rays or less. H. Teeth only in the upper jaw Mendosoma. BB. Teeth in both jaws. C. Spinous dorsal convex or arched. D. Branchiostegal rays VI. 1. Head high and much decurved. Anal ob'ong and nearly uniformly high..Dactylopagrus. 2. Head conic. Anal oblong. Dorsal and anal spines robust Acantholatris. 3. Head conic. Anal short, produced at its anterior angle, and when ex- panded with the raj ed margin ver- tically truncated or emarginated...Chirodactvlus. DD. Branchiostegal rays V. Scales small (L. 1. 75.) Chilodactylus. CC. Spinous dorsal elevated in front, preceded by three graduated spines and obliquely incurved behind Goniistius. II. Branchiostegal rays III Nematodactyli. Teeth of jaws uniserial Nematodactylus. [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115 Latridopsis Gill. Synonymy. Latris Richardson. Cheilodactylus sp. Richardson. Pinna analis dorsali coterminalis, radiis 30 plusve. Palatum edentutum. Body subfusiforra, highest above the ventral fins ; caudal peduncle slender. Scales of moderate size. Head compressed, short and conical in profile, with the occipito-nasal outline straight. Eyes moderate, above the rostro-opercular line, submedian and remote from the snout. Scales on the head above and laterally. Preoperculum vertical behind. Mouth small. Teeth only the jaws, where they are small and pluriserial in front. Branchiostegal rays 6 — 6. Dorsal fin nearly equally divided ; the anterior portion convex and with about seven- teen spines, the last of which are very low. Anal fin long, with three small spines and about thirty or more rays, coterminal with the soft dorsal. Pectoral fins rounded and with its simple rays not produced. Type. Latridopsis ciliaris Gill. Syn. Latris ciliaris Richardson. The present genus and Latris are pre-eminently distinguished from all the other members of this family by the many-rayed anal fin, which is quite long and coterminal with the dorsal fin. The physiognomy is also quite dissimilar to that of other L^tridinae, and would itself sufficiently distinguish them. The only difference from Latris appears to be the absence of teeth on the front of the vomer. As this is unaccompanied by any other modification of importance, it may be urged that, as in the case of Cirrhitus, the two might be combined. The absolute presence or absence of teeth on the palate appears, however, to be of greater value than the slight extension of a patch on neighboring bones, and we have therefore considered the absence of the vomerine teeth as a cha- racter which generically distinguishes the Latris ciliaris from the type of that genus. The dentition of the present genera does not appear to have any analo- gy to that of the Therapoooids, where the presence or absence of palatine teeth appears to be dependent on age, the teeth being deciduous. Latridopsis ciliaris Gill. Anthias ciliaris Block, Systema Ichthyologise, Sehneid. ed.y p. 310. Sciaena ciliaris Forster. Latris ciliaris Richardsott. Habitat. New Zealand. Latris Richardson. Synonymy. Latris Richardson, Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, vol. iii., p. 106. Chilodactylus Richardson. Pinna analis dorsali coterminalis, radii 25 plusve. Denies vomerini. Body subfusiforra, highest at the ventral fins. Scales of moderate size. Head compressed, short and conical laterally, with the occipito-nasal profile nearly straight. Eyes moderate, above the rostro-opercular line, submedian and re- mote from the snout. Scales on the superior surface and the sides. Pre- operculum vertical behind. Mouth small. Teeth present on the jaws and front of vomer; pluriserial at the symphisis. Branchiostegal rays 6 — 6. Dorsal fin nearly equally divided into spinous and articulated ; the former is convex and has about seventeen spines, the last of which become very low. Anal fin long and coterminal with articulated portion of the dorsal, provided with three small spines and thirty or more rays. Pectoral fin with none of its simply articu- lated rays produced. One species of this genus is known; its relations are discussed in the remarks on Latridopsis. 1862.] 116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Latris hecateia Ricli. Latris hecateia Rich., Proc. Zoological Society of London 1839, p. 98 ; Trans. Zool. Soc, vol. iii. p. 106, pi. 6, fig. 1. Cheilodactylus hecateius Rich , Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 6T. Habitat. Van Diemen's Land. Mendosoma Gay. Synonymy. Mendosoma Gay, Historia Fisica y Politica de Chili, Zoologia. torao ii., p. 212, 1848. Mendosoma Gilnther, Catalogao of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, Ac, vol. ii., p. 83. Denies maxilla superiori solum. Body fusiform, highest above or behind the ventral fins, with a slender caudal peduncle. Scales of moderate size. Head rather small, much com- pressed, acutely conical in profile, slightly depressed above the eyes. Eyes large ; pupil intersected by the rostro-opercular line. Scales covering the head on the sides and above. Preoperculum angulated, with posterior mar- gin vertical. Mouth moderate ; jaws subequal. Teeth small and pluriserial, present only on the upper jaw. Branchiostegal rays six. Dorsal unequally divided, the spinous being longer than the soft, convex and highest in front of the middle, and sustained by about twenty-two spines ; soft portion much higher than the last spines. Anal fin oblong, and little shorter than the soft dorsal, with its three spines moderate and the eighteen rays gradually decreas- ing. Pectoral fins rounded and with ncne of the rays produced. Type. Mendosoma lineatum Gay. Mendosoma is the only known representative of the Cirrhitoids in which the teeth are confined to the upper jaw. The physiognomy is somewhat similar to that of Chirodactylus or Goniisthis, but from both of them it differs espe- cially by the length and nearly uniform height of the anal fin and the less produced simple rays of the pectoral fins. Three forms have been described as so many species, but the only clear characters are those relating to the colors. Whether the difference of colora- tion is not only one of degree and has not been exaggerated remains to be discovered. The diagnostic phrases below inserted are extracted from Gay's work. Mendosoma lineatum (Gay.) Mendosoma lineata Gay, Historia Fisica y Politica de Chile, Zoologia, tomo ii., p. 212, lam. 5, fig. 2. M. corpore oblongo ; dorso et lateribus viresceutibus, lineis fnscis longi- tudinalibus ; ventre pallide albo ; pinnis fuscis, caudali solum nigro-maculatis emarginata. D. XXII. I. 24. A. III. 18. Habitat. Coast of Chili. Mendosoma CjEkulescens Gay. Mendosoma cserulescens Gay, op. cit., p. 215. M. corpore elongato ; supra casruleo, infra cinero, ita pinnis omnibus. Habitat. Coast of Chili. Mendosoma fernandezianum (Gay.) Mendosoma fernandezianus Gay, op. cit., p. 216. M. corpore subovata, supra subgriseo, infra argentata ; pinnis omnibus nigrescentibus ; lateribus lineis fuscis distinctis, Habitat. Coast of the Island of Juan Fernandez. [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 117 Dactylosparus Gill. Synonymy. Sparus sp. Parkinson. Cheilodactylus sp. Cuv. et Vol., Richardson. Chilodactylus sp. Giinther. Body highest and arched above the ventral fins, convex behind, and with the caudal peduncle very slender. Scales of moderate size. Head moderate, with the crown arched and the profile much decurved. Eyes elevated above the rostro-opercular line and nearer the nape than the snout ; preorbital bones very high ; cheeks scaly. Preoperculum vertical behind, and with its angle broadly rounded. Mouth moderate. Teeth villiform on each jaw, preceded by a row of larger conical ones. Branch iostegal rays 6, 6. Dorsal fin with its spinous and soft portions nearly equally long and high ; the former is con- vex near the middle, and scarcely lower than the soft part behind, with seven- teen spines. Anal fin oblong, with its three spines moderate, and its soft rays subequal. Pectoral fins with one of its simply articulated rays much produced. Type. Dactylosparus carponemus Gill. Syn. Cheilodactylus carponemus Cuv. et Val. Dactylosparus has quite a different aspect from most of the Latridinse, and, as the new name indicates, has a considerable analogical resemblance to a Sparoid, the head being high and much decurved from the nape. The anal fin of the typical species at least has considerably more numerous rays than that of most of the allied genera, and the dorsal is nearly entire. Perhaps the type may be the only known species. Dactylosparus carpokemds Gill. Sparus carponemus Parkinson MSS. Cheilodactylus carponemus Cuv. et Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome v. p. 362, pi. 128. D. XVII. 31. A. III. 19. P. 17. Habitat. Coasts of Australia and New Zealand. A fish found at Van Diemen's Land was at first referred to the Cheilodac- tylus carponemus of Cuv. and Val. as a variety by Sir John Richardson, but was afterwards distinguished as a peculiar species, under the name of C. as- persus. It is certainly very distinct, and indeed scarcely appears to be con- generic with the C. carponemus, differing from it in the short anal, the much stronger spines and the decided notch between the spinous and soft portions of the dorsal fin as well as by the elevated preorbital bones. The Cheilodac- tylus macropterus of Richardson appears to be most nearly related to his C. aspersus. In the present condition of our knowledge we will not venture to propose a distinct genus, but simply enumerate them in an appendix to Dacty- losparus, under the names bestowed on them by Richardson. Chilodactylus aspersus Richardson. Cheilodactylus carponemus Richardson, Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, vol. iii. p. 99. Not Cheilodactylus carponemus Cuv. et Val., from whom, however, the radial formula is copied. Cheilodactylus aspersus Richardson, Proc. Zoological Society, 1850, p. 64. D. XVIII. 27. A. III. 11. P. 8 | 7. Scales 55—57 £. (B. 6.) Habitat. Van Diemen's Land. Chilodactylus macropterus Richardson. Scisena macroptera Forster. Cichla macroptera Bloch, Systema Ichthyologise, Schneid. ed., p. 342. Cheilodactylus macropterus Richardson, Proc. Zoological Society, 1850, p. 62. 1862.] 118 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP D. XVII. 26. A. III. 14. P. 9 | 6. Scales 55 ^- Giinther. (B. 6.) Habitat. Australia (Port Arthur, Port Essington) and New Zealand. CHILODACTYLUS (Lacepede.) Chilodactylus Lactpede, Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, tom. v. p. 6. Trichopterus Gronovius, Catalogue of Fish collected and described by L. T. Gronow, now in the British Museum, p. 162, 1854. Cynsedus sp. Gronovius, Zoophylacium. Pteronemus Van der Hceren, Handbook of Zoology, vol. ii. p. 177. Ossa branchiostegalia 5 — 5. Body highest and arched above the ventral fins, and with a moderate caudal peduncle. Scales small. Head moderate, apparently with the crown arched and the profile decurved ; crown and sides of the head scaly. Pre- operculum vertical behind. Operculum with two blunt points separated by an emargination. Mouth moderate. Teeth on both of the jaws villiform. Branchiostegal rays five on each side. Dorsal fin with its spinous and soft parts nearly equal in length ; the former has eighteen or nineteen spines, is convex near the middle, and little lower behind than the soft part. Anal fin short, with its three spines moderate and its soft rays rapidly diminishing in length. Pectoral fins with one of the articulated rays much produced. Type. Chilodactylus fasciatus Lace'pede. The genus Chilodactylus, as now characterized, is distinguished by the form of the head and the presence of only five branchiostegal rays. Its scales are also in the type rather smaller than those of the allied genera. There is per- haps not more than one species. Chilodactylus fasciatus Lacepede. Cynaedus sp. Gronov., Zoophylacium p. 64, No. 221, pi. x. fig. 1. Cheilodactylus fasciatus Laceptde, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tom. v. p. 6, pi. 1, fig. 1. Trichopterus indicus Gronovius, Catalogue, Gray ed. p. 162. Pteronemus fasciatus Van der Hoeven, Handbook of Zoology vol. ii. p. 177. D. XVIII. 23. A. III. 11. Scales 75. Hob. Cape of Good Hope. The following species may provisionally be retained here ; it differs from Chilodactylus fasciatus by the larger size of the scales and the brevity of the simple pectoral rays. Chilodactylus brachydactylus Cuv. et Vol. Cheilodactylus brachydactylus Cuv. et Vol., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome v. p. 361. (B. V.) D. XVII.— XVIII. 31. A. III. 9. Scales 50 6-13. Hah. Cape of Good Hope. A species discovered in King George's Sound has been described as approach- ing to C. carponemus in shape, but rather more elongated in the body, and with a more arched spinous dorsal, the situation of the eyes nearer the snout, the abbreviated simple pectoral rags and the naked cheeks. "The disk of the preoperculum is broad, that of the interoperculum fully equal to it, and both these bones and the cheeks are scaleless in the specimen, which has sustained some damage in the head, but not apparently in these places," (Richardson.) If the cheeks are really naked in a normal condition, the species is so distin- guished from every other species of the group of Latrides. It doubtless does not belong to the genus, but it cannot well be characterized until better known. Perhaps the Cheilodactylus brachydactylus belongs to the same genus. Chilodactylus nigricans. Cheilodactylus nigricans Richardson, Proc. Zoological Society 1850, p. 63. Ha b. Australia. [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119 ACANTHOLATRIS Gill. Synonymy. Chaetodon sp. Carmichal. Cheilodactylus sp. Cuv. et Val., &c. Chilodactylus sp. Giinther. Caput conicum. Pinna analis o7>longa spinis tribus robustis et radiis circa iluodecim paulo decrescentibus. Body oblong and subfusiform, higbest above the ventral fins, and with the caudal peduncle slender. Scales moderate or large. Head rather small, conical and with the profile nearly straight. Eyes mostly above the rostro- opercular horizon, and nearly intermediate between the snout and nape. Pre- operculum subvertical behind. Mouth smalL Jaws nearly equal. Lips thick. Teeth pluriserial in each jaw. Branchiostegal rays six. Dorsal fin with its spinous portion rather longer than the soft, arched and with about seventeen stout spines, as high or higher than the soft dorsal. Anal fin oblong, with three robust spines and twelve rays which very slowly diminish in length. Pectoral fin with a simple ray considerably produced. Type. Acantholatris monodactylus Gill. This genus is distinguished by the nearly uniform height of the anal, the strong spines of the dorsal and anal and the conical head. It appears to be most nearly allied to Chirodactylus and Chilodactylus, but differs especially from the first in the development of the anal fin and the strength of the spines, and from the second by the larger scales and the presence of six branchioste- gal rays. The only species of the genus that is well known is the one described by Carmichal in his treatise on the Fishes of Tristan d'Acunha. Acantholatris monodactylus Gill. Chaetodon monodactylus Carmichal, Transactions of the Linnsean Society, vol. xii. p, 300, pi. 21. Cheilodactylus Carmichselis Cuv. et Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome v. p. 360 ; ib. tome ix. p. 489. Cheilodactylus Carmichselis Cuv. Regne Animal, ed. ill., Poissons, pi. 31, fig- 2. Chilodactylus monodactylus Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c, vol. ii. p. 81. Hab. Coast of Chili. CHIRODACTYLUS Gill. Synonymy. Chilodactylus auct. Caput conicum. Pinna analis ad angulum anticum multo producta, spinis tribus et radiis 7 — 10. Body highest above the ventral fins, declining quite rapidly towards the slender caudal peduncle. Scales of moderate size. Head rather small, much compressed, presenting in profile a conical appearance, with the profile oblique and nearly straight. Eyes on or just above the rostro-opercular line, and mostly anterior. Cheeks and crown scaly. Preoperculum extended below, with the posterior margin vertical. Mouth small. Lower jaw shorter than the upper. Lips well developed. Teeth on each of the jaws pluriserial in front. Branchiostegal rays (J — 6. Dorsal fin with its spinous and soft por- tions nearly equally long. The former is convex and highest near the middle, and much lower behind than the soft part. Anal fin short, with its three spines moderately produced at its anterior angle and rapidly diminishing be- hind, so that the rayed margin is nearly vertical. Pectoral fins with one of the simply articulated rays moderately produced. 1862.] 120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Type. Chirodactylus Antonii Gdl. This genus differs chiefly from Chilodactylus by the form of the head and the presence of six branchiostegal rays. Chirodactylus is distinguished by the conical head, the convex outline of the spinous portion of the dorsal fin and the form of the anal. Two species are known of the genus ; a third, described by Dr. Giinther, is provisionally re- ferred to it, which differs from the first two by the depth of the preorbital bones and the consequent position of the eyes and the brevity of the third anal spine. It appears to have the form of the anal characteristic of the genus, the length of the second soft anal ray equalling three inches three lines in a fish twenty seven inches long. The species may be thus distin- guished. Synopsis. Eye nearer the snout than the end of the operculum. Anal fin III. 7 C. antonii. Anal fin III. 10 C. variegatus. Eye rather nearer the end of operculum than to the snout. Anal fin III. 9 C. grandis. The typical species of the genus are inhabitants of the Chilian seas, while the C. grandis is a native of the Southern African seas. Chirodactylus antonii Gill. Cheilodactylus antonii Cuv, et VaL, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome ix. p. 494. Bab. Chili. Chirodactylus variegatus Gill. Cheilodactylus variegatus Cuv. et VaL, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, tome ix. p. 494. Cheilodactylus tschudii Miill. et Troschel, Horse Ichthyologicse vol. iii. p. 25. Cheilodactylus cinctus Tschudii, Fauna Peruviana. Ichthyologia, p. 15, taf. 2. Hub. Chili and Peru. ■f Chilodactylus grandis Giinther. Cheilodactylus grandis Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c, vol. ii. p. 79. GONIISTIUS Gill. Synonymy. Chilodactylus sp. auct. Pteronemns sp. Van Der Hoeven. Pinna dorsalis spinis priinis tribus parvis, quarto elongata; postice incurvata. Body highest before the ventral fins, declining rapidly under the second dorsal to the slender caudal peduncle ; ante dorsal region obliquely convex and carinated. Scales of moderate size. Head rather small, much compressed, with the profile oblique and nearly straight or slightly incurved. Old indi- viduals have a pair of tubercles on the forehead and another on the snout. Eyes below, nearly on a line with the posterior termination of the operculum or suboperculum. Cheeks and crown scaly. Preoperculum posteriorly ver- tical and entire. Operculum spiniform behind and deeply emarginated above. Mouth small. Lower jaw shorter and received within the upper. Lips well developed and free. Teeth on each of the jaws, pluriserial in front, uniserial on the sides. Branchiostegal rays six on each side. Dorsal fin with its spinous and soft portions nearly equally long ; the former has about seventeen spines, the first three of which are very small and graduated ; the fourth is longest, and the outline behind is slightly incurved towards the soft part ; the latter is of a nearly uniform bight, exceeding the last spinous rays. Anal fin short, nearly under the middle of the soft portion of the dorsal, provided with three small spines produced at its anterior angle, and with about eight or nine [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121 rays, the posterior of which rapidly diminish in length, so that the rayed margin is subvertical. Pectoral fins with the simply articulated inferior rays moderate, and moderately elongated. Type. Goniistius zonatus Gill. This genus is proposed for species of Oriental and Australian fishes that have been referred by previous naturalists to the genus Chilodactylus, from which they appear to differ sufficiently to authorize their separation. They are readily distinguished from all the other Chilodactijii of Cuvier by the struc- ture and outline of the dorsal fir., the size and form of the head, and the en- tire physiognomy. They agree with the Chirodactyli in the form of the anal fin. Three species have been described, one of which has been long known and is now taken as the type of the genus. The most distinctive characters of the respective species are exhibited in the following analytical table : Body with 7 to 10 oblique bands. 9 Head not banded, unicolor. Scales 60 — G. zonatus. 16 Head with a nearly vertical band below the eye. Scales 9 54 — G. quadricornis. 17 Body with a blackish longitudinal band on the back ascend- ing to the apex of the spinous dorsal ; bands on and behind the head. Scales 63 G. gibbosus. 1. Goniistius zonatus Gill. Cheilodactylus zonatus Cuv. et Vol., Hist. Nat. des Poissons. tome v. p 363, pi. 129. Chilodactylus zonatus Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c. vol. ii. p. 82. Hab. Japanese and Chinese seas. 2. Goniistius gibbosus Gill. Cheilodactylus gibbosus Richardson, Proc. of the Zoological Society of Lon- don 1850, p. 65, pi. 2, figs. 3, 4. Hab. Coast of West Australia. 3. Goniistius quadricornis Gill. Chilodactylus quadricornis Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, vol. ii. p. 83. Hab. Sea of Japan. Group NEMATODACTYLI Gill. Latridin;e radiis branchiostegalibus tribus ; caput plerumque nudum. Branchiostegal rays three. Head mostly or entirely naked. NEMATODACTYLUS (Richardson.) Synonymy. Nemadactylus Richardson, Proceedings Zoological Society, 1839, p. 98 ; lb. Transactions of the Zoological Society, vol. iii. p. 116. Dentes maxillis uniseriati, parvi. Body robust, fusiform, highest behind the ventral fins. Scales thin and of moderate size. Head rather small, with the outlines above and below slightly curved to the snout. Eyes mostly anterior, on or scarcely above the rostro- opercular line. Crown and forehead only scaly; cheeks and opercula naked. Opercular bones unarmed. Preoperculum nearly vertical behind. Teeth 1862.] 122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF uniserial on each jaw. Branchiostegal rays only three on each side. Dorsal fin nearly equally divided ; its spinous portion convex and with seventeen spines, the last of which are lower than the second part. Anal fin oblong, with three moderate spines and about fifteen gradually decreasing rays. Pec- toral fins with one of its simple ra\s produced beyond the rest. The genus Nematodactylus is distinguished from all the other representatives of the family by the presence of only three branchiostegal rays. Notwith- standing this anomalous character, its resemblance to the Latridinse, and especially to Chiredactylus and the allied genera, is such that scarcely a doubt can be entertained as to the affinity of the genus to the rest of the subfamily. Another characteristic feature cf the genus is the nudity of the cheeks. Only one species is known. Nematodactylus concinnds (Rich.) Nemadactylus concinnus Richardson, Transactions of the Zoological Society, vol. iii. p. 116, pi. 4, fig. 2. Habitat. Port Arthur, Van Diemen's Land. Description of a new species of CIRRHITUS. ClRRHITUS ALTERNATUS Gill. The form is similar to that of the typical species of the genus. The region of greatest height is above the ventral fins, and there equals three-tenths (3-10) of the total length ; thence the back is slowly decurved towards the caudal peduncle ; the height behind the dorsal equals an eighth and that at the lowest part of the peduncle a tenth of the length. The thickness at the pectoral region is between a fifth and sixth of the length. The head is very obliquely decurved, and is longer than high ; it nearly equals the height (29-100) to the end of the bony projection of the operculum, and the membranous portion extends two fractions beyond (31-100.) The distance from the snout to the nape equals 23-100 of the total length, and is as great as the height at the latter region ; the height at the pupil equals 18-100 of the length. The interorbital region is channelled or concave. The distance between the orbital ridges is less than the diameter of the eye (4^-100. ) The eye is moderate, the diameter being nearly a fourth of the head's length (7-100 of the total), and is greater than the height of the preorbital, which is about a fifth of the head's length (6-100.) The snout exceeds a third of the same (11-100.) The preoperculum has a convex margin, which is deli- cately serrated above the interoperculum. The preorbital is entirely concealed in the integuments and entire, and equals in height the diameter of the eye. The cheeks are covered with very small scales ; the preopercular border naked ; the operculum and suboperculum have three rows of scales, larger than those of the body ; the interoperculum three in one row ; the operculum two in the lower row and two smaller ones in an upper. The postnasal fringe has two larger filaments and several smaller ones. The cleft of the mouth has a semi- elliptical contour, and is moderate, the supramaxillary bones ending under the posterior border of the pupil. The canine teeth are well developed, two being in the front of the upper towards the sides, and six to eight in the lower in front, while on each side of the lower are also two larger ones. The band of villiform teeth is quite broad in each jaw. The front of the vomer only has a narrow lambdoidal band, and the palatines are unarmed. The dorsal fin commences over the end of the bony operculum and the axilla of the pectoral, or nearly with the third tenth (32-100) of the total length. The spinous portion covers three- tenths (31-100) of the length, and is convex ; the first spine equals a twentieth (5-100) of the total length, and is less than half as long as the third to the sixth inclusive, they equalling a ninth (11-100) of [March, 6 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123 the same ; the ninth spine equals 7-100 of the same. The memhrane is not acutely notched, and is penicilligerous behind each spine. The soft portion, inclusive of its spine, exceeds a fifth (21-100) of the length, is higher in front than the spinous and declines little in height. The anal fin commences nearly under the first soft dorsal ray and at the posterior half of the length (53-100) ; the entire base equals 13-100 of the total length, and the soft portion, inclusive of its spine, an eleventh (9-100) ; the latter is much higher than long, and vertical truncated behind when ex- panded ; the second soft or first branched ray is nearly twice as long as the base of the soft part (17-100). The membrane behind the first and second spines is acutely notched ; the length of the first spine nearly equals a twelfth (8-100), that of the second an eighth (12-100) of the total length, and is greater than that of the third. The caudal fin truncated behind and forms nearly a fifth (19-100) of the length. The pectoral fins are well developed, but none of the rays are much elon- gated, the second and third simple rays from the branched being about equal, not a quarter (23-100) of the length, and not much larger than the fourth, which exceeds a fifth (21-100) of the same. There are seven simple rays, the membrane below each of which, except the uppermost, is very deeply and acutely notched. The ventral fins are inserted nearly at the vertical, between the fourth and fifth dorsal spines, and extend backwards to the anus, the length nearly equal- ling a sixth of the total (17-100) ; the spine equals a tenth (10]) of the same ; the first ray is longest and about a quarter longer than the inner. The branched rays of the dorsal are divided from the middle, and the pos- terior branch again divided ; those of the anal are dichotomous, both branches being divided, as are also those of the caudal. Those of the pectorals are unequally branched, like those of the dorsal, the lower branch only being divided. The central rays of the ventrals are thrice divided ; the others are more or less unequally branched. The scales are large, there being only forty along the lateral line ; above are four rows, and below ten. The obliquity is such that a row from the front of the dorsal fall behind the anus. 11 4 [>. IX. 1. lOy. A.III. 5y. C. 6. 1.7. 6.1.5. P. 1.6 | 1. 6. V.I.5. Scales 40j^ The color is grayish or light purplish, apparent on the back in five spots, the first of which is below the third to fifth spine ; the second below the seventh and eighth ; the third below the second to fifth soft rays ; the fourth unpaired and behind the dorsal, and the fifth at the base of the caudal ; below the lateral line are as many more under the superior row, and these alternate below with as many bands as broad as the intervals. The intervals between the spots on the back, especially the last, are band-like. The spinous part of the dorsal is purple, with two lighter longitudinal bands ; the soft part is also purplish at the base. The rays of the caudal and anal are sometimes spotted. The head is purple, and the chin is marked with three purple spots, forming a triangle. The bands are much darker on the back. Body — Total length from snout to caudal, 5| 100 Greatest height 30 Height at caudal peduncle behind 122 " " in middle 10 Thickness of body at pectoral region 18 Head — Length from snout to opercular angle 29 " " opercular membrane 31 " " nape 23 Width at operculum 18 " eyes 14 " between orbits 42 1862.] 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Height of preorbital 6 Eye— Diameter 7 Distance from snout H Dorsal —Distance from snout 32 Length to base of last spine 31 " of soft portion 21 Anal — Distance from snout. 53 Length.. 13 Length of 1st spine 8 Length of 2d spine 12 Caudal — Length of middle ray 19 " outermost rays ••■ 19 Pectoral — Length of 2d and 3d simple rays 23 " 4th simple ray 21 Ventral — Length of 1st ray 17 " spine 10j A single specimen of this species, in very fine condition, is contained in the Smithsonian museum, and was obtained at Honolulu (Sandwich Islands), by the Rev. W. H. Pease. It differs from the other species chiefly in color and the size of the scales, resembling in the last respect the Cirrhitus maculatus. It is nearly related to that species, but differs not only in color, but in the smooth palatine bones, and would consequently be placed in a different genus by Bleeker and Giinther. On the limits and arrangement of the Family of SCOMBROIDS. BY THEODORE GILL. The family of Scombroidse, as established by Cuvier, was a very heterogenous group, containing many dissimilar forms which certainly cannot, in the present state of our knowledge, be characterized or distinguished by any decisive diagnosis, nor is one of the characters given by Cuvier himself either peculiar to his family or applicable to all its constituents. Various attempts have been made to distribute the species referred to the Cuvieran family among natural groups. The most recent of these, and the most valuable on "account of the knowledge of the authors, are those of Drs. Bleeker and Giinther. Neither of those naturalists appear to have been successful in giving an entirely natural arrangement of the family. Dr. Bleeker has not characterized his groups. Dr. Giinther has distinguished his by the number of vertebrae and the compara- tive extent of the dorsal fins. The following arrangement is a sketch of one which it is proposed to shortly publish in more detail. The family thus esta- blished comprises parts of Dr. Giinther's Trichiuridae and Scomberidae, as the characters given to the former are equally applicable to some of the genera of the latter. Family SCOMBROIDS (Cuv.) A. Body fusiform and moderately elongated. First dorsal with less than 25 spines. B. Spinous dorsal abbreviated and widely separated from the soft. Pectorals at the horizon of the eyes Scombrinje. a. Teeth on the palatine arcade Scomber. b. No teeth on the palate Auxis. BB. Spinous dorsal contiguous to the soft, variable. Pec- torals equidistant from the back and breast, or nearer the latter Obtckin^b. C. Tail with cutaneous keel on each side. [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125 D. Dorsal spines not more than 22. a. Vomer unarmed, al. Dorsal and anal finlets 6. Corslet not scaly. First dorsal XIV , Gymnosarda. a2. Dorsal finlets 8 — 9. Anal 7 — 9. Corslet with very small scales. D. XI. — XIII Orycnopsis. Corslet with larger scales. D. XVIII. — XXII Sarda. aa. Vomer and palatines dentigerous. b. Teeth of jaws rather small. Corslet on the sides before formed by larger scales. D. XII.— XV. Lateral line simple Orycnus. Lateral line double Grammatorycnus. bb. Teeth of jaws strong. Corslet obsolete and body generally partly naked. Teeth compressed, nearly equal in each jaw. Dorsal and anal finlets similar, 7—10. D. XIV.— XVI. (XX.) Cybium. Teeth conic, much larger in the lower. Dorsal and anal finlets 4 — 5. D. XII...Lepidocybium. Teeth conic, subequal. Dorsal and anal finlets 3—9. D. XV.— XVIII Apodontis. DD. Dorsal spines 25, Acanthocybium. CC. Tail not keeled, a. Ventrals I. 5. al. Dorsal and anal finlets developed. 1. Lateral line present. Dorsal and anal finlets 6. Lateral line abruptly decurved behind the last spines Thyrsites. Dorsal finlets 5 ; anal 4. Lateral line nearly straight Thyrsitops. 2. Lateral line obsolete. Skin with spini- gerous or stellate tubercles Ruvettus., a2. Dorsal and anal fins undivided Epinnula. aa. Ventrals represented chiefly by the spines. Preoperculum unarmed. Dorsal and anal fin- lets 2 Prometheus. Preoperculum spinigerous at its angle. Dorsal and anal finlets none Dicrotus. AA. Body very long, (height much less than a tenth of the length.) First dorsal with numerous spines Gempylinje. Spinous dorsal XXX., XXXI. Ventrals minute, I. 5 Gempylus. The types of the respective genera are the following: SCOMBRINLE (Bon.) Sw. 1. Scomber (Z.) Scomber scombrus L. 2. Auxis (Cuv.) Scomber Rochei Risso. - ORYCNIN.E Gill. 3. Orycnus (Cuv.) Scomber alatunga L. S. thynnus L. 4. Grammatorycnus (Gill.) Thynnus bilineatus Riippell. 5. Gymnosarda (Gill.) Thynnus unicolor Riippell. 1862.] 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 6. Orycnopsis {Gill.) Scomber unicolor Geoffroy. 7. Sarda (Cuv. 1829.) Scomber pelamys Briinnich. 8. Cybium {Cuv.) Scomber commersonii Lace'pdde. 9. Lepidocybium (Gill.) Cybium flavobrunneum Smith. 10. Apodontis (Bennett.) Apolectus immunis Bennett. 11. Acanthocybium (Gill.) Cybium sara Bennett. 12. Thyrsites (Cuv.) Scomber atuu Euphrasen. 13. Thrysitops (Gill.) Thyrsiies lepidopoides Cuv. et Val. 14. Ruvettus (Cocco.) Ruvettus pretiosus Cocco. 15. Epinoula (Poey.) Epinnula magistralis Poey. 16. Prometheus (Lowe.) Gerapylus prometheus Cuv. et Val. 17. Dicrotus (Giinther.) Dicrotus armatus Gilnther. GEMPYLIN^E Gill. 18. Gempylus (Cuv. 1829 ) Gempylus serpens Cuv. Thus limited, the family Scombroids appears to be a very natural one. The Lepituroidoz appear to be represented by four genera : 1. Lepturus (Artedi.) Trichiurus lepturus Linn. 2. Euplearogrammus (Gill.) Trichiurus muticus Gray. 3. Lepidopus (Gouan.) 4. Aphanopus (Lowe.) The other genera included in the family of Scombroids by Dr. Gunther may be variously distributed. Naucrates Raf., Cubiceps Lowe, Neplomenus Gthr., Platystethus Gthr. and pos- sibly Elacate Cuv., appear to belong to the family of Carangoids. Echeneis (L.) is the representative of a peculiar family. Gasleroschisma Rich, and Nomeus Cuv. we also believe to represent a distinct family. Ditrema (Temm. et Schlegel) belongs to the family of Embiotocoids, as has been shown by Mr. Brevoort, and is very closely allied to Embiotoca and Phane- rodon furcatus. The group of Cyttina is equivalent to the family of Zenoidae Lowe, and is well entitled to rank as such. It is divisible into two subfamilies and five genera : ZEIJLE (Bon.) 1. Zeus (Artedi.) Zeus faber Linn. 2. Zenopsis (Gill.) Zeus nebulosus Temm. et Schley el. 3. Cyttus (Gunther.) Capros australis Richardson. 4. Cyttopsis (GUI.) Zeus roseus Liowe. OREOSOMATIN^J. 5. Oreosoma (Cuv. et Val.) Oreosoma atlanticum Cuv. Zenopsis is distinguished by the presence of osseous plates at the base of the dorsal, and of three anal spines, &c. The Zeus ocellatus of Storer is a member. The genus Cyttopsis has no plates at the bases of the fins, but several intervene between the ventral fins and the anus, and each ventral has a spine and eight branched rays. The Stromateina appear to be entitled to family rank as much as the Caran- goids. The genera are the following: 1. Stromateus (Artedi.) Stromateus fiatola Z. 2. Chondroplites (Gill.) Stromateus atous Cuv. et Val. 3. Stromateoides (Bleeker.) Stromateus cinereus Bloch. 4. Apolectus (Cuv. et Val ) Stromateus niger Bloch. 5. Peprilus (Cuv.) Sternoptyx Gardenii (Bloch) Schneider. 6. Poronotus (Gill.) Stromateus triacanthus Peck. [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127 Nearly allied to the preceding are the Centrolophinae, with the genera Cen- trolophus Lac, Leirus Lowe and Palinurichthys Gill, Blkr., (=Pammelas Gthr.) Closely connected to the Centrolophinae are the genera Sckcdophilus Cocco and Moplocoryphis Gill, (type Schedophilus maculatus Gthr.) Brama and Taractes appear t j belong to a peculiar family, Pteraclis Gronovius and Plerocombus Fries, the latter of which has been over- looked by Dr. Giinther, seem to constitute a distinct group. Diana Risso and Luvarus Raf. (=Ausonia Risso) probably also constitute a distinct family, as well as Lampris Eetzius. Mene is more related to Equula. Coryphcena is the type of a peculiar family early established. The genus Lampugus is probably, as Bonaparte and Giiuther have believed, identical with it. Valenciennes has announced* a discovery of M. Dussumier proving that the interparietal crest of the male is much more elevated than that of the female, while Dr. Giinther considers the elevation of the crest as the accom- paniment of mature age. Several forms referred by Dr. Giinther to his family of Carangidse should be also withdrawn. They are Pammeias Gthr., which is nearly allied to Centro- lophus, Pseltus Com., Platax Cuv. et Val., Zanclus Com., Capros L., Antigonia Lowe, Equula Cuv. and Gazza Riippell, as well as the group Kurtina. Capros and Antigonia form a family already established by Mr. Lowe ; to it also belongs the genus Hypsinotus (Temm. et Schlegel), included by Giinther in the group of Chaetodontina and family of Chaetodontidae. Equula and Gazza represent another peculiar family (Equuloidaa Blkr.) ; the Equula longimanus of Cantor, is the type of a distinct genus (Clara Gill), dis- tinguished by the composition of the fins (D. X. 15. A. IV. 13), the large scales, entire preoperculum and long pectorals. It is, perhaps, also somewhat doubtful whether Psenes (Cuv. et Val.) belong* to the Caranproids, but it would be premature to separate them until better known. The Trachinotus anomalus of Temminck and Schlegel referred to Psenes differs by the presence of seven branchiostegal rays and of only six dorsal spines ; it may be called Psenopsis anomalus. The genus has a superficial re- semblance to Crius or Palinurichthys. Descriptions of new species of ALEPIDOSAUROID.E. BY THEODORE GILL. In this paper are described two new species of the family of Alepidosauroids, both of which are found in the waters of Western North America, and a third from the Carribean Sea is indicated. They all belong to that subgenus or genus whose members have a spine and twelve branched rays in each of the ventral fins, and of which the only other known species has been very recently described by M. Poey in his " Memorias Sobra la Historia Natural de la Isla de Cuba." The three species appear to agree in all other respects with Ahpi- dosaurus, and have the same elevated dorsal fin. The family of Alepidosauroidae, including the species now described, appears to include seven species, but they require to be critically examined and rede- scribed, as the descriptions hitherto published are not sufficiently character- istic to establish their distinction. Two (Alepidosaurus ferox Lowe and A. azureus Val.) are inhabitants of Madeira, while a third (A. Richardtonii Bikr. ) is found at New Zealand. The family of Alepidosauroids still appears to me to be more nearly allied to the Lepturoidse than Siluroidae, as has been urged by Mr. Lowe, with whom Sir John Richardson, and perhaps Parnell alone of all the native na- turalists of Britain, can well contest the palm of excellence as a scientific * Cuv- et Val. Hist, Nat. des Poisaons. torn? xsi. p. 8. 1862] 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP ichthyologist. On another accasion, I will give my reasons for the retention of this family near the Acanthopteri and against the supposed affinity of its members to either the Salmonoids to which Valenciennes has referred them, or the Silnroids, to which Giinther has lately approximated them. The species herein described, as well as the Alepisaurns altivel s of Poey, or those Alepidosauroids, whose ventrals have each a spine and twelve branched rays, may at least be placed in a separate subgenus, to which the name of Caulopus may be given. The number of ventral rays appear to be constant, and as there is rarely so wide an interval as that of between nine and thirteen in the same natural genus, its title to such distinction or even generic rank appears to be good. Alepidosaukus (Caulopus) bokealis Gill. The head has the form and outlines common to the other members of the tribe. The superior surface is flat and declines in a nearly uniform line to the snout, and is sculptured as usual. The height at the vertical of the preoper- cular margin enters nearly four times and a half (44-100) in the length ; the width at the same region nearly equals a fourth (24-100) of the same ; thence it regularly diminishes to the pointed snout. The eyes are circular and normally large, a diameter entering eighteen- hundredths (18-1001 times in the head's length. The distance of the eye from the snout equals two-fifths (40-100) of the length. The nostrils are nearer to the eyes than to the snout, and are situated at the twenty-third-hundredth (23-100) of the length. The operculum is of a rhomboidal form ; above it is straight, and its length exceeds a quar- ter of the head's ; its longest diameter, from the centre of radiation to the postero-inferior angle margin, equals three-tenths of the same ; its posterior margin is nearly vertical, or rather parallel with the preopevculum ; the ante- rior curved upwards from the inferior. Its surface has about eighteen promi- nent stria? or ridges, besides additional smaller ones. The coalescent inferior opercular bone is divided into two parts by an ele- vated stria or ridge, commencing above the articulation of the lower jaw ; the part above that ridge is vertically semi-kastlform, or irregularly triangular, with an oblique emarginated base or posterior side ; from its angle of radia- tion above the lower jaw, about nine stria? radiate ; its least diameter, from the apex to the base or posterior oblique margin, equals an eleventh (9-100) of the head's length ; its greatest, behind the preoperculum, exceeds twice the lat- ter (19-100), while that of its posterior oblique side equals only about an eighth (12-100) of the head. The inferior portion, besides the upper dividing ridge, has one under it continued to the margin, and the whole surface has coarse radiating stria? or ridges, the upper of which are interrupted behind by the anterior of two or three ridges parallel with the posterior border. The lower jaw is robust, and its length is equal to three-fourths of the head's. Its upper outline is slightly arched or convex. Its greatest height is under the last median trenchant small teeth of the sides, where it equals an eighth of the length of the head. The teeth of the intermaxillary bones are very small, acute and numerous, and continued to the angle of the mouth. There are about three very large and nearly equal vomerine teeth, which are slender and considerably curved. The length of the hinder equals a seventh (15-100) of the head's length ; one is unpaired, while the two behind are nearly opposite. The large palatine teeth are shaped like the vomerine and equal in length nearly a tenth of the head's ; there are in our specimen one on the left and two on the right side. The succeeding small trenchant teeth commence con- siderably behind, the first being scarcely before the anterior border of the orbit ; they are not contiguous, and rapidly increase in size, are scarcely cari- nated, and the posterior border is slightly recurved. There are about six. The [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 129 lower jaw lias, first, in front, on each side, two small teeth, then behind a larger, slender, conical and recurved one. Each species has three on the right and four on the left,(normally ?); thirdly, about six small, slender, nearly straight ones ; fourthly, three large, slender, compressed and curved trenchant ones, and behind ten or twelve small, trenchant ones. The large dentary teeth are slender and moderately curved ; the length is four times greater than the height, and nearly equals a twelfth of the head's length. The posterior small trenchant teeth are separated by considerable intervals. The dorsal fin has about thirty-four rays, the first of which is rather stout, and anteriorly has a prominent compressed ridge, crenulated in front ; the distance between the first and second equals about three-fourths of that be- tween the second and third. The ventral fins are as long as the head, and each is composed of a slender spine, crenulated on its external edge, and of twelve rays divided nearly to the base ; the external branches of the last are also more or less deeply divided. Head— Length (7| inches) 100 Height at preoperculum 44 Width at preoperculum 24 Eye — Distance from snout 40 Diameter of eye 18 Nostril— Distance from snout 23 Lower jaw — Length 75 Greatest height 13 Intermaxillary bones — Length of posterior processes 15 Operculum— Length of upper margin 25 Greatest length 30 Height 26 Infraoperculum— Length 29 Length of shortest ray above the superior hori- zontal ridge 10 Teeth — Length of posterior vomerine tooth 15 Width " " " 3 Length of large posterior dentary tooth 8 Width " " " " 2 This species is probably nearly allied to the Alepidosaurus ( Caulopus) altivelis (Poey) of Cuba, but is distinguished by the length of the ventral fins, which appear to be at least equal to the head, and from others by the form and sculpture of the opercular pieces, as well as by the relative proportion and dimensions of the other parts of the head. A single specimen was obtained in Puget's Sound, by Dr. C. B. Kennedy, the Naturalist of the Northwestern Boundary Survey, under the command of A. Campbell, Commissioner. The head, dorsal, caudal and ventral fins were only preserved. The reflection will naturally arise, whether the individual captured there was not a wanderer from more southern waters. The discovery of a species of the family in such northern waters is a discovery of no slight interest. A plate illustrative of the species will be published in the work on ih^ Fishes of Western North America. Alepidosaurus (Caulopus) serka Gill. The head has the typical generic form, and constitutes about a sixth of the total length. The upper surface is flat, and declines in nearly a straight line to the snout. The height at the preopercular border equals two-fifths (40-100) of the length. Its width at the same place, or above the preoperculum, ex- ceeds a fifth (22-100) of the same, or half of the height ; thence, the width regularly decreases towards the pointed snout. The eyes are of the usual size, the diameter entering about five and haH 1862.] 9 130 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF times (18-100) in the head's length ; they are nearly central, the distance from the snout exceeding the height, (two-fifths (43-100) of the length.) The nostrils are within the posterior half of the interval between the snout and orbit. The operculum is oblong, and has a somewhat trapezoidal form ; its superior margin advances obliquely upwards ; its posterior snbtruncated and nearly parallel with the preoperculum ; its inferior nearly straight and parallel with the upper margin for half of the length of the operculum, and then curved upwards to the centre of radiation, or from the posterior inferior angle to the angle of radiation, it nearly describes the segment of a circle. Its length above nearly equals four-tenths (39-100), and its greatest exceeds three-tenths (33-100) of the head's length ; its greatest height is less than a fifth (18-100). Its radiating strise and ridges are moderately developed, most distinct and distant on the median and superior surface, and finest most approximated and curved beneath. There are about twenty- four, of which half terminate behind. The coalescent inter- and subopercular bones are divided into two portions, an upper and lower ; the upper is nearly equally triangular, with its apex above the articulation of the lower jaw, and its base Innately emarginated and below the operculum ; it has from ten to fourteen radiating strise or slight ridges ; its least diameter, from the apex to the base, equals an eighth of the head's length ; the sides nearly twice as much (23-100). The inferior por- tion is defined above by a straight ridge from the centre of radiation to the end, and scarcely passes beyond the operculum; its greatest length equals tiiree-tenths of the head's ; its surface above is wrinkled parallel with the ob- lique posterior margin, and has slight radiating stria; on its lower half. The form of the lower jaw and the dentition offer important characters. The lower jaw forms three-quarters of the head's total length; its superior outline is nearly straight ; its height is somewhat greatest under the second large tooth, but behind is subequal ; its height there equals a tenth of the head's length. The teeth of the intermaxillary bones are of normal size, very small, acute and numerous. The large vomerine teeth* are greatly developed and stout ; the curve of the posterior is moderate. The length equals an eighth of the head's, and is three times longer than wide. The posterior or large palatine teeth behind have nearly straight posterior borders. The length nearly equals a twelfth of the head's or three-fourths of the palatine. The smaller teeth behind are contiguous at their bases, oblique, broad and with the posterior margin nearly straight or slightly convex near the base. Each has a median ridge on the surface, which is more distinct towards the tip. There are about nine such teeth. The slender and elongated tooth of the front of each branch of the lower jaw is moderately curved ; then follow about twelve slender conical ones ; then three large dagger-shaped ones. The latter are robust ; the posterior margin is at first straight and then slightly curved forwards to the tip ; the posterior tooth has a length equalling half of the hinder vomerine (Go -100), and its width at the base 2\. The posterior smaller teeth are broad and contiguous at their bases ; the anterior border is curved very obliquely backwards, and the posterior is nearly straight. There are from thirteen to fifteen. Each one is carinated along the middle. Of the dorsal fin, only the roots of the first few rays are not preserved, from which it appears that the first must have originated nearly over the postero- superior angle of the operculum ; the ventrals have been also mostly de- stroyed, but enough is retained to show that there were the usual number of rays, — one spinous and twelve-branched. * Only the two posterior ones are present in the specimen. QMarch, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131 Head— Length (S inches) 100 Height at preoperculum 40 Width " " 22 Eyes — Distance from snout 43 Diameter of eye 18 Lower jaw — Length 75 Greatest height 10 Intermaxillary hones — Length of posterior processes 12 Operculum — Length of upper margin 29 Greatest length 33 Height 18 Iufraoperculum — Length 30 Length of shortest ray ahove the superior longi- tudinal ridge 12 Length of its angular processes about 22 Teeth — Length of posterior vomerine tooth 14V Width " " " 3| Length of largest dentary tooth 9 Width " " " 3 The present species differs from the Caul opus boreahs by the oblong opercu- lum, the nearly equal triangular shape of the coalescent infraopercular bone above the dividing ridge, but with an oblique excavation at its base which describes nearly the third of a circle, as well as the sculpture of the portion below the dividing ridge. The vomerine teeth are stronger but less elongated, and the palatine approximated and not curved. This fish was discovered at Monterey, Lower California, by Mr. A. S. Taylor, and the head as well as the caudal and ventral fins, all considerably mutilated and "sun-dried," were preserved and forwarded to the Smithsonian Institu- tion, in whose museum they are now contained. The notes of Mr. Taylor describe it as an "eel-like fish," "shaped something like a Barra30uta" (Sphyrana) and apparently "a female (?)" It was " caught near Monterey Rocks, 19 April, 1859." Its weight was seven pounds ; the length "from snout to end of tail four feet," circumference round the belly seven inches ;" it had "simple viscera; the gall bladder, three inches long, was filled with transparent green gall ; it had two simple straight guts ; the female (?) organs of the roe (not impregnated) white and four inches long." It was " evidently in very poor condition." The species is "called ' serra,' or saw fish, by the Lower Californians, but it is a very rare species." The specific name given to it has the advantage of at the same time perpetuating the popular name and of being classical and describing one of the peculiarities of the palatine dentition, which distin- guishes it from the A. (C.) borealis. Alepidosaukus (Caulopus) Poeyi Gill. A species at least very nearly related to the A. (C.) serra, is found in the Caribbean Sea. It has been noticed in M. Poey's " Conspectus Piscium Cuben- sium" as perhaps a new species, or, perhaps, the other sex (sp. nova? an sexus alter?; of his Alepisaurus altivelis. That professor has kindly sent to me outlines of both the Alepisaurus altivelis and the doubtful form, and I find that the dimensions of the latter and the present almost exactly agree in the height of the head, length of the snout, size of the eyes, and depth of the lower jaw. There appears, however, if full reliance is to be placed in the figure^ to be some difference in the opercular bones, that portion of the coalescent, in- ferior, opercular piece, which is above the longitudinal dividing ridge, being much wider towards the. upper angle of the preoperculum, and not deeply excavated on its oblique base, thus approaching the A. (C.) borealis; the operculum itself appears to be less long, its longest ray being little more than 1862.] 132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF a third (31-100) of the head's length. The head itself is not so large, form ing only a seventh of the total length. Finally, the first dorsal spine is repre- sented as heing nearly over the axilla of the pectoral fin. M. Poey distin- guishes it further from his A. altivelis in his correspondence as follows : "Le337 diffJredu 619 par 15 fois la hauteur dans la longueur totale, au lieu de 13. La tete 7 fois au lieu de 6i. De la base de la pectorale a la base de la ventrale, ily a la mime distance que jusqu' a l'auale, moins £, au lieu de moins £. Premier rayon-dorsal ^ de i'autre au lieu de |. Le 2e egal le ler. Le 4e est le plus grand. Du 6e au 24 tous sont hauts, et egaux, au lieu que chez 619 le 2 — 22 sont hauts, egaux. D. 41. Lobe sup. caudal prolonge, lobes separes, trois rayons au melieu. Ventr. d'epassant l'anus et la hauteur du corps. Couleur de la dorsale uniforme. Je n'ai pas note dans 619 que la ler rayon fut rabotteux, a la dorsale." In honor of the gentleman who has thus distinguished the species, it may take the name of Alepidosaorus (Caulopus) Poeyi. On a new Species of PRIACANTHUS discovered in Narragansett Bay, R I. BY THEuDOkE GILL. During a recent visit to Philadelphia, I discovered in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences, a species of Priacanthus, which was at once discovered to he most nearly allied to a species of Japan. In the same bottle was a note confirming the label and giving the following information : " From Mr. Philip Caswell; taken at Cananicut Ferry, Narragansett Bay, Sept., 1860. Color like Gold Fish." I am assured by Dr. Bridges, one of the principal ichthyologists of Philadelphia, that he is himself conversant with the circum- .stames of its discovery, and that there can be no doubt of the fact of its having been found in Rhode Island as well as Sarothrodus maculo ductus and Hyporthodus Jiavicauda, described in a previous number of these Pro- ceedings, from the same State. The species may be named Pkiacanthus altus Gill. The height of the body equals about a half of the total length, inclusive of the caudal fin. The head forms more than a third of the same. The diameter of the eye in the young specimens is contained 1\ times in the head's length. The posterior nasal aperture is a long curved slit. The angle of the preoper- culum is armed with a strong spine passing beyond the branchial aper- ture. The caudal fin truncated ; the spines of the dorsal and anal fins longi- tudinally striated. The scales are proportionally large. The whole body is rough. 1 D. X. 11. A. III. 9- 1 The body appears to have been reddish or rose colored ; behind and at the pectoral region, the color is plumbeous, but perhaps accidentally so. The dorsal fin has its spinous portion punctulated with very numerous blackish dots, and with two rows of large roundish clear spots, besides a row of smaller basal ones and one of similar small spots near the margin ; the diameter of the large spots nearly equals the space between adjoining spines. The soft portion of the dorsal, as well as the anal and caudal fins, are more or les? dotted with blackish ; the spinous portion of the anal also so thickly covered as to be blackish. The pectoral fins are entirely blackish, the dots being densely crowded. The specimen is little more than an inch (1 1-5) in length. [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133 There can be no doubt as to the validity of this species, as it widely differs iu the number of its rays from all except one otherspecies of Priacanthus, and especially from the formerly known American ones. The only species which resembles it in the number of the rays of the fins is a Japanese species — the Priacanthus niphonim of Cuvier and Valenciennes, and the Fauna Japonica. In other respects also the Japanese and North American species are closely related. The f >rm is nearly similar but the height even greater in ours than in the Priacanthus niphonius, and consequently exceeding that of any other known species of the genus ; the scales of the body and head are very rough ; the ventral fins in the young, at least, entirely blackish ; the spinous portion of the anal fin is also very dark. It is probable that the species undergoes a change of color somewhat similar to the Priacanthus niphonius. The discovery of three new species of fishes on the coast of Rhode Island, all representing forms almost entirely confined to warmer seas, in such rapid succession, is an event of no little interest and importance. The specimens obtained were all young ; single examples only were found of the Sarothrodus ( Chato'lon auct.) maculo-cinctus and the Priacanthus, and two of the Hypor- thodus flavicauda. They were all doubtless brought to the New England shores by the Gulf Stream, which runs near the Rhode Island coa-t, and in which the traveller often finds small fishes, as well as other animals, of which the Isopod Crustacean, described below by Dr. Stimpson, is an example. None of the three species of fishes previously mentioned have yet been seen in the West Indian seas, where they will undoubtedly be hereafter found. It is important also to compare the discovery of these fishes on our own northern shores with the discovery on the Scandinavian and Greenland coasts of forms equally characteristic of the tropics. In another article I will allude to the analogy between the denizens of the Carribean and Japanese seas. On aa oceanic ISOPOD found naar the south-eastern shores of Massachusetts, BY VVM. STIMPSON. In the summer of 1859, while cruising among the south-eastern islands of Massachusetts in company with my friends Dr. Slack and Mr. Ordway, we approached the shores of the beautiful island of Martha's Vineyard — the Isle of Wight of New England. When becalmed in the Vineyard Sound north of Gay Head, we were occupied in observing the small medusae and other pelagic animals which appeared near the surface of the water. Among them we no- ticed some pretty blue isopods quite new to our shores, which reminded me of forms which I had met with in the temperate parts of both great oceans. They were swimming at the surface and could be easily distinguished from the deck of our boat, even at some distance, by the ripple they made in their progress. Several of them were caught, and found to be Idothece of that oceanic type which has the habits of the miniature sailors Physalia, Velella and Janthina, which are occasionally cast upon our south-eastern shores. It proves to be Idothea robosta Kr. Body strongly convex, two and two-thirds as long as broad, and broadest at the fifth thoracic segment ; lateral outline convex at the thorax, but some- what concave at the abdomen. Surface pubescent. Inner antennae reaching to the penultimate joint of the peduncle of the outer ones, which are less than one-half the length of the body. Thoracic segments protuberant, and laterally somewhat rugose ; their epimera large, distinct and rather sharply projecting. Abdomen strongly three-jointed, with partial separation of a 1862.] "" 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF fourth joint, as in other species of the group. Extremity of the abdomen truncated, or slightly excavated. Color in life deep blue beneath the silvery or pearly pubescence. Length 0*8; greatest breadth 0*29 inch. Its nearest ally is /. margaritacea Dana, found in the ocean between Aus- tralia and New Zealand, in which the abdomen is regularly rounded at the extremity, while in our species there is a well-marked angle on either side. On the West African genus HEMICHROMIS and descriptions of new species in the Museums of the .Academy and Smithsonian Institution. BY THEODORE GILL. Mr. P. DuChaillu, the African traveller, obtained among other objects of natural history, specimens of several species of fishes, one of which is a new form of Peters' genus Hemichromis. The genus Hemichromis was proposed, in 1857, by Dr. Peters for Chromoids, having the habit of Chromis or Tilapia, and with a row of conic, brown tipped teeth in each jaw, the two median of which in the upper were considerably larger, and also with an interior row of smaller teeth in the upper jaw. The only species was obtained in Guinea by Pel. Recently, M. August Dumeril has described and figured a species as a new generic type under the name of Chronriichthys elongatus Guichenot. It agrees in every respect with Hemichromis, except in the presence of only one row of teeth in the upper jaw. As, however, the inner row of Hemichromis is formed by very small teeth, it is probable that it has been overlooked by Guichenot and Dumeril, and that their species is therefore a genuine Hemichromis. That genus will then embrace four species, which may be distinguished as follows : Hemichromis fasciatus Peters. Hemichromis fasciatus Peters, Monatsberichte der Koniglichen Preuss. Akade- mie die Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1857, p. 403. " Fasciis transversis fuscis sex, macula operculari nigra; pinna dorsal i et anali oblique fasciatis, albo marginatis ; pinna caudali supra in/raque albo margi- nata; pinnis ventralibus externe fuscis." D. XIV. 11—12. A. III. 9—10. Habitat. Guinea. (Peters.) Hemichromis adritus Gill. Fasciis quinque, latere medio expansis, macula operculari nigra, margaritacea supra infra /ue m trginata ; pinnis ventralibus externe fusco-purpureis. D. XIV. 11. A. III. 8. Habitat. Gaboon River ? Hemichromis bimaculatus Gill. Unicolor, macula corporis latere unica et operculi apice nigris. 1 1 ™ 3 D. XIV. 1. Sy. A. III. 6y. Squam. ser. 25 y. Hemichromis elongatus Gill. Chromichthys elongatus (Guich.,) Dam., Archives du Museum, tome x. p. 257, pi. xxii. lig. 3. Fasciis quinque (macula ope.rcul iri nulla) : squamis buccis quinqueseriatis. D. XIII. 9. A. III. 8. Habitat. Gaboon River. [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135 Hemichromis aukitos Gill. The body is oblong and arched from the iuterorbital region to the end of the dorsal, both of which are at the same horizon ; the height is greatest under the seventh dorsal spine where it nearly equals three-tenths (-29) of the length; behind the dorsal fin, it exceeds an eighth ("13), and at the lowest part nearly equals a ninth ("11) of the length. The greatest thickness is nearly equal to a seventh of the length. The head forms three-tenths (-30) of the total length ; its height at the pre- opercular margin bears a proportion to the same length of 23-100, and at the pupil of 18-100. The profile above is perfectly rectilinear, and little oblique along the intermaxillary groove, from the region above the pupil to the sym- phisis of the jaw. The snout is acutely conical and nearly equals a third of the head's length (9-100 of total.) The preorbital bone is highest behind, and exceeds half the diameter of the eye, while between that point and the nostrils it equals the same half. The preoperculum is vertical behind, slightly prominent at its angle and obliquely curved forwards. The operculum forms less than a third (9-30) of the head's length, and its angle is rounded. The subopercular border behind is nearly vertical, and has a shallow emargination, while below it is very obliquely rounded ; the height of the operculum and suboperculum combined exceeds half (16-30) of the head's length. The iu- terorbital region is flattened, and the sinus for the pedicles of the intermax- illary bones is indicated by a semielliptical outline, terminating at the vertical of the front border of the pupil. The teeth are tipped with brown and in a regular row in each jaw, about twenty-five on each side in the upper (25 I. I. 25), and sixteen in the lower 16(-3, 4-)16 ; the two front teeth of the upper are two or three times as long as the others, and that on each side is also rather larger than the others. The three or four teeth on each at the front are somewhat larger and separated from the others. The second series of small teeth, which are also tipped with brown, is separated by a wide interval in front, but gradually approaches the outer row towards the side. The dorsal fin commences over the end of the operculum ; its base is one and a half times longer than the head (44^ of length) ; the spinous portion exceeds the head's length ('31), and the soft is considerably less than half as long (*13^). The spines rapidly and regularly increase in a curved line from the first to the fifth, and behind the latter very slowly increase towards the last ; the first spine nearly equals the lesser height of the preorbital bone ( '3j), and is much less than half as long as the fifth ("8) and less than a third as long as the last one (-11). The soft portion is acuminated at the middle or sixth ray, which exceeds by half the length of the longest spine as well as the last ray. The anal fin commences under the third ray of the dorsal fin, and ends under or nearly under or slightly behind its last ; its base exceeds an eighth ("12) of the total length ; the three spines regularly increase ('4; *7£; '9) towards the soft part ; the latter is acuminated like the dorsal, its longest ray equal- ling that of the dorsal ("16), and twice the length of its last ray (-8). The caudal fin, when expanded, is almost truncated, the median rays form- ing almost a fifth (*19), and the longest quite equalling a fifth ("20) of the total length. The pectoral fins are slender and equal the longest dorsal and anal rays (*16). The ventral fins are immediately behind the vertical of the lower axillae of the pectorals. The spine equals a third ('10) of the head's length, and is as long as the fifth ray; the first ray is simply bifurcated, and equals -23 of the total length ; the other rays doubly or triply subdivided. The scales are nearly equal, except on the abdomen, where they are much smaller. There are twenty-five oblique rows, and at its deepest portion thir- teen longitudinal rows, three of which are above and nine below the lateral 1862.] 13b" PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF line, while on the caudal peduncle there are seven rows, three above and three below. The anterior portion of the lateral line runs along eighteen scales, and the posterior along nine. A row from the front of the anus would end above, near the seventh dorsal spine. The scales of the cheeks are in three regular rows, without including those in the limb. D. XIV. 11. A. III. 8. C. 3. I. 7. 7. I. 3. P. I. 1. 13. V. I. 5. The color of alcoholic specimens is purplish brown above, fading into lighter on the sides, where margaritaceous spots on each scale form faint, interrupted longitudinal lines. The sides have five ovate black spots terminating in lighter processes above and below, and forming indistinct vertical bands. The first is above the base of the pectoral fin ; the second on the seventh to ninth oblique rows of scales ; the third above the spines of the anal fin ; the fourth nearly behind the fins, and the fifth at the base of the caudal. The head is uniform and like the body, except at the angle of the operculum, where there is a rhomboidal black spot, and bordered before and behind, below the angle, with margaritaceous. The fins are immaculate ; the ventrals only having the external half dark purple. This species is closely allied to the Hemichromis fasciatus of Peters, but is distinguished from it by the uniform color of the fins, the presence of only five vertical bands, the margaritaceous margination of the opercular spot and the presence of only eight anal rays, the last two of which are simple, but entirely separated. Dr. Peters attributes to his species the formula for the 3 scales 2S -, I do not know whether this indicates the actual number of rows 9 or the sum of those pierced for the two parts of the lateral line. If the latter is the case, it would nearly agree with the H. auritus. Specimens of this species were obtained by Mr. DtiChaillu in the Gaboon River,* and are preserved in the Museums of the Academy of Natural Sci- ences of Philadelphia and of the Smithsonian Institution. Length from snout to end of median caudal rays 41- 100 Body — Greatest height 29 Height behind dorsal fin 13 Height of caudal peduncle 11 Length " " lOi Greatest thickness 13^ Head — Length laterally , 30 Height at preopercular margin 23 pupil 18 of preorbital end of jaw 4V near nostril 3| Length of snout 9 * Miny specimens of a new Cyprinodont allied io the African Pof-cilia> of A- Dumeril were also collected. It may be called Epiplatys sexfasciatus Gill. Allied to E. homalo- iiutus, but the head above is ohlung, with the snout transversely semicircular and the lower jaw little but uniformly prominent. The caudal peduncle is not consiricted, and its length equals the height behind the dorsal 3 D. 3. 7 (3. 8.) A. 3. 12. Scales 28-. 5 The color is reddish, wiih six bands below the lateral line ; Is', behind the pe toral ; 2d, close before the ventral ; 3d, close before the anal; 4ih, over ninih to eleventh anal rays ; 5th, behind dorsal ; 6th, at end of caudal peduncle. The name of Epipla lysis proposed for the present species and the Poccilia omalonata , P. spi/lara-i/rcia and P. spitanchen of A. Dumenl, which differ from the true Poecilite ? P. vivipara Schneid., P. Surinamensis Val.) by the longer anal, whose hinder portion is opposite to thf dorsal, &c. Mollinesia is distinguished by the difference of the sexes and the large dorsal. [March, it cc NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187 Length of front operculum 9 Height of operculum and suboperculum l(i Width of interorbital area 8k Eye — Diameter 7\ Dorsal — Origin from snout 32 Length of base 31 + 13V Height at first spine 3i " " fifth spine s" " " lastspine 11 " " longest ray 16 " " last ray 9 Anal — Origin from snout 57 Length of base 12 Height at first spine 4 " " second spine 7£ " " third spine 9~ " " longest ray 11 " " last ray..." 8 Caudal — Length of median rays 19 " '■ longest rays 20 Pectoral — Length 16 Ventral — Length of spine 10 " " first rav 23 " fifth ray 10 Hemichromis bimaculatus Gill. The form is similar to that of its congeners, and is highest under the fifth and sixth dorsal spines, the height there somewhat exceeding a quarter ("26) of the extreme length ; that of the caudal peduncle, behind the anal fin, equals half of the greatest height, and that of the lowest part exceeds a ninth (•11 2) of the total length, and is considerably greater than the length of the peduncle. The thickness of the body at the pectoral region equals half the height (-13). The head forms three-tenths (*30) of the length ; its height at the preoper- cular margin exceeds a fifth (-22), and that at the pupil nearly equals a sixth (•16) of the total length of the fish. The length of the snout equals an eleventh (*9) of the same, and exceeds twice the height of the preoibital bone (*4). The length of the operculum is twice as great as the height of preorbital (*8). The eyes are oval, and the longitudinal diameter equals the length of the operculum (-8), and is greater than the width of the forehead between them ; the latter is plain, the emargination for the intermaxillary processes being very shallow and extending little beyond the anterior borders of the orbits. The mouth is small and oblique ; the supramaxillars extend backwards to the anterior borders of the orbits. The larger teeth are moderate, uniserial and nearly or quite contiguous in each jaw; there are about twenty on each side in the upper and seventeen in the lower jaw, besides the two larger on each side in front in the upper and one equal in size to the rest, but removed backwards on each side in the lower ; the teeth of the inner, small, transverse row of the upper jaw are well devel- oped, but much smaller than the outer, and two to four on each side separated by a wide interval from those of the opposite side. The dorsal fin commences over the base of the pectoral, or at a distance from the snout exceeding the head's length (*31) ; its spinous portion equals •28 of the total length, and its soft nearly an eighth (-12) ; the former in- creases in a gradually curved line towards the soft portion, the first spine being very short (*2i), the fourth more than twice as long (-6), and the last nearly four times as long (*09). The soft portion is produced at the median 1862.] 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP rays which equal at least a sixth of total length, while the last double ray equalt a tenth. The anal fin commences before the vertical of the last dorsal spine and is coterminal with the dorsal fin, its base equalling a seventh (-14) of the total length. The three spines rapidly increase in length, equalling respectively the first, fourth and fifteenth dorsal ones ("02.], -06, -08) ; the produced median rays nearly equal a seventh (-15) and the last a tenth ('10) of the total length. The caudal fin appears to have been truncated behind and rounded at its angles, and forms nearly a fifth (-19; of the length. The pectorals nearly or perhaps quite equal the caudal in length. The ventrals are also about equal to the caudal. The scales are normally large, there being about twenty-five oblique rows ; the anterior portion of the lateral line runs through eighteen and the posterior through nine scales. There are three rows above and nine below the lateral line in front, and on the caudal peduncle three above and three below. The buccal scales appear to be triserial. 1 1 D. XIV. 1. 8 -. A. III. 8 -. C. 2. 1. 7. 7. 1. 2. P. 2. 12. V. I. 5. 1 1 The color is uniformly purplish red, fading into lighter below. There is a single vertical black spot under the lateral line, below the twelfth and thir- teenth dorsal spines. The operculum is also black at its angle. The following is a table of the relative proportions of the species ; the measurements in this, as in all other cases, being taken by compasses, and indicating the direct dimensions without consideration of any curvature. Extreme length 3| 100 Body — Greatest height 26 Height behind fins 13 Least height of caudal peduncle 11} Length of peduncle 9 Head— Length 30 Height at preoperculum 22 " " pupil 16 " of preorbital bone *4 Length of operculum 8 Length of snout 9 Greatest width 13 Width of interorbital area 7 Eye — Diameter 8 Dorsal — Distance from snout 31 Length of spinous part 28 Height at first spine 2J " " fourth spine 6 " " last spine 9 Length of soft part 12 Height at longest ray 17 " " last ray 10 Anal — Length of base 14 Height at first spine 2i " " second spine..... 6 " " third spine 8 " " longest ray 15 " " last ray 10 Caudal — Length of external ray 19 Pectoral — Length 18 Ventral— Length 18 [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139 This is a very distinct species, readily distinguished by the small mouth and short intermaxillary processes, as well as by its dimensions and the color. A single specimen is in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution, to which it has been transferred from the former National Institute of the City of Washington. There is no indication of locality, but it is probable that it was sent from Liberia. With it are three other species, a foetal Rhirtobatus, a new Clarias* and a new Mormyroid,\ all in a poor state of preservation. Three African genera of Chromoids appear to be now known, all of which differ from the American ones. All have a regular form, interrupted lateral line, large scales and three anal spines. They may be briefly distinguished as follows : Tilapia A. Smith, A. Dumeril. Chromis Heche! , Miiller, Peters, Giinther, (nee Cuv.) ? Coptodon Gervais. (? = Haligenes Gthr.) Corpus ovatum ; caput breve ; dentes apicibus oblique espansis, uni vel bi- emarginatis, in maxilla superiori triseriales, inferiori biseriales. Type. Tilapia nilotica. Haligenes G-Linther. Corpus ovatum; caput breve; dentes apicibus oblique expansis, uni vel biemarginatis ; in maxilla superiori biseriales, serie interna minores, infe- riori uniseriales. Type. Haligenes Tristrami Giinther. Hemichromis Peters. Corpus oblongum ; caput oblongo-conicum, acutum ; dentes conici, apici- bus nigri, in maxilla superiori biseriales, serie interna minuti, inferiori uni- seriales. Type. Hemichromis fasciatus Peters. * Clarias la-viceps Gill. — Height at anus a lenth of length; head (laterally) a sixth; its breadth an eighth ; the surface smooth ; maxillarv barbels lwice as long as head. D. 86. A 61. t Marcusenius brachyistius Gill. — The height in front of the anal fin equals a fit' li of the length, exclusive of the caudal, and scarcely exceeds the length of the head. The distance of the short dorsal from the snout is three and a half times ('69) greater than the head's length; the anal has about ten rays before and four behind lhe dorsal. The pectorals are shorter than the head ( 15) and scarcely extend as far as the bases of the ventrals. The head is decurved and the snout convex. All the teeth (about six in each jaw) are em irgin.ued. D. II. 1. 14. A. II. 1. 24. Scales 50; between ventrals and lateral line 10 rows; in 9 front of anal I. 9 Widely distinguished from its congeners (itf. anguilloides, M. Tucheyi and M. zamba- nerije) by the radial and scale formula?. The Mormyroids are divisible as follows: I. Dorsal very long. Vomer covered by anterior processes of pala- tine bones; cerebellum entirely concealed above. . . Mormyrin.e. Muzzle tubulifurin (M. caschive Has.) ...... Mormyrus. Muzzle obtuse (M. Hasse/quistii Geoff.) Mormyrodes. II. Dorsal more or less abbreviated. Vomer uncovered. Cerebellum and quadrigeminal bodies more or less exposed above. . . Petrocephalin^e. A. Snout not produced ; mouth not continued to vertical of eyes. a. Anal (25 — 50), not more than twice as long as dorsal Lower jaw prominent, M. anguilloidex. L . . . Motmyrops. Upper jaw longer, (M. cyprinoidex L.) .... Marcusenius. b. Anal three times as long as dorsal. Palatal teeth pixiform (M. dorxalix Geoff.) . . . Hyperopisus. B. Snout produced. Mouth under eye, (M banc Val.) . . Pe.rocephalus, 1862.] 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California in the Smithsonian Institution, collected by Mr. J, Xantus. BY THEODORE GILL. PART I. Mr. John Xantus, when stationed at Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, as a tidal observer for tbe coast survey, brought together a very large collection of objects of natural history, among which is a most excellent series of the fishes of the coast. The collections were formed under the auspices and direction of the Smithsonian Institution, to which the species were sent from time to time and deposited in its museum. By permission of the Secretary of the Institu- tion, 1 propose to give a preliminary synopsis of the species discovered on that coast, embracing descriptions of the numerous new species. At a future time I trust that I shall be enabled to publish a more complete monograph accom- panied by figures of the various species. The following descripiions are, how- ever, pertinent, and will enable naturalists, in most cases, to readily identify the species. The Pomacentroids are the only ones, I believe, concerning which there can be doubt, but I think ihat I have succeeded in giving them, also, their distinctive characters after an examination of many species. In the final part of this catalogue, the peculiarities of the Fauna of Lower California will be discussed, and its relations to that of other regions. Some species are common to even the temperate seas of South America and the West Indies, but a very large proportion of those discovered are new. Family LABROID^E (Cuv.) Bleeker. Subfamily Labrinae (Bon.) Gill. The representatives of the Labrinae found in the California waters belong to the "group" of Julidina, characterized by Dr. Gunther in his excellent Synop- sis of the Labroid Genera. The course of the lateral line appears to be more important than the number of spines, and, consequently, we may associate those Labroids with an interrupted or suddenly deflected line (except Gotn- phosinae) in one subfamily, (Xirichthyinae) and provisionally refer the rest of the Julidina, the Hypsigenina and Labrina of Dr. Gunther to one subfamily, (Labrinae) as I know of no important characters coincident with the number of dorsal spines. Only one species of the Labrinae inhabiting the California coast has been hitherto described. It is the Semicottyphua pulcher Gthr. (Labrus pidcher Ayres.) Two new species are now described, both of which belong to the genus Harpe (Lac.) or Cossyphus Cuv., (not Fabricius.) Genus HARPE Lac. This may be retained as by Lacepede for those species whose median dorsal and anal rays become much extended in the adult. The Cossyphus axillaris Cuv. et Val*. &c, may be then referred to a new genus (Lepidaplois) distin- guished by the nearly uniform anal. Harpe diplot^enia Gill. The greatest height, inclusive of the scaly sheath of the dorsal fin, equals a fourth of the length from the snout to the end of the median caudal rays. The bead scarcely exceeds the height ; its profile is not or very little gibbous in the adult. The preoperculum is entire or scarcely crenulated ; its posterior margin is vertical, and its angle obliquely rounded. The eye is subcircular, contained about six times in the head's length, and distant from the snout about two diameters and-a-half. The height of the preorbital bone equals half the length of tbe snout. The mouth is moderate, the supramaxillary bone ending [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 141 nearly under the posterior nostril. The four canine front teeth of the upper jaw are conoid, and of nearly equal size, the two median curved slightly for- wards, and the external downwards and sideways ; the four of the lower jaw have nearly the same inclination forwards ; the two median are aubot half as long as the external, contiguous to them, and themselves inclining towards each other. Behind the canine teeth are small granular ones. The acuminated dorsal and anal fins increase in length with the age of the fish, and in the adult the former extends nearly to, and the latter beyond the median caudal rays, while the external rays of the caudal are twice as long as tbe median. The ventrals of the adult are also elongated, and extend to the third anal spine. The pectorals are as long as the head in front of the oper- culum. The scales are moderately large, there being thirty-three along the lateral line, five rows above, at the origin of the dorsal fin, and twelve rows beneath. On the caudal peduncles there are four rows above, and five beneath. D. XII. 11. A. III. 13. The color is brownish yellow, reticulated on the trunk with a dark brownish hue, which margins each scale. A dark band commences behind the snout, obliquely tends towards the eye, and behind is divided into two, the upper of which runs along the oculo-scapular groove, is continued high on the side, and nearly joins the corresponding one on the back of the caudal peduncle; the lower one croises the operculum at its angle, and on the caudal peduncle runs along the lateral line, but ceases before the end of the latter, and alternates with two spots behind the base of the caudal fin. A band less distinct runs on the head from the angle of the mouth, and passes close above the angle of the preoperculum. The pectoral fins are immaculate and yellowish ; the spi- nous dorsal has its postspinal tips orange ; the posterior parts of the dorsal and anal as well as of the caudal are yellowish, while the rest is darker. The first ray of the ventrals is orange. Two specimens of this species were sent to the Smithsonian Institution by Mr. Xantus ; one is in spirits and is nearly nine inches long. The dorsal ex- tend back to the end of the caudal scales ; the anal to the base of the lower caudal rays; the external caudal rays are scarcely produced; the ventrals do not extend to the anus. The other is about sixteen inches long; the dorsal ends raiher behind the caudal scales, while the anal is much produced, and ex- tends as far back as the posterior caudal margin ; the external caudal rays of the naked part of the caudal are nearly twice as long as the others. Haupe pectorallis Gill. The greatest height is little more than a third of the length. The head is con- tained about three times and a third in the same length, and in the young is symmetrical and conical, the profile being nearly straight, but in the adult the loreuead is very giboous above the eyes Tne preoperculum is either entire or very slightly crenulated, vertical behind, and with its angle obliquely rounded and curved forwards. The eye is subcircular, and its diameter a little less than a six'h of the head's length; it is disant two and-a-half times its diameter from the snout; the height of the preo bital bone equals half the length of the snout. The mouth is moderate, the supramaxil'ary b me ending nearly under the posterior nostril. The four large teeth of the upper jaw are nearly equal in size; the median are approximated and curved outwards, and are separated by a diastema from the external, each of which is curved downwards ar.d out- wards. Of the front teeth of the lower jaw, the two median are very small, nearly vertical, and separated by a diastema from the external, which are as large as those of the upper and directed forwards. Behind the large teeth is a band of granular ones. The summits or angles of all the fins, except the pectoral, become elongated with advancing age, so that, finally, the dorsal extends backwards nearly to, 1862.] 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF and the anal beyond the median caudal rays; the external caudal rays increase, and become twice as long aa the median, and the ventral extend backwards nearly as far as the base of the anal. The pectorals are constant in their pro- portion, and equal the length of the head exclusive of the operculum. 5 4 D. XII. 11. A. III. 13. Scales 32—33 . 12 5 When dried, the color is brownish-yellow, and reticulated, the margin of each scale being darker. The terminal halves of the posterior dorsal and anal fins, as well as of the shorter caudal rays, are orange ; the largest caudal rays, and the anterior borders of the dorsal and anal are reddish ; the rest of these fins, as well as the ventrals, are darker. The pectorals are orange, with its tip marked by a large dark spot. " When alive, a yellow patch of the size of a half dollar is just behind the side (pectoral) fins. Head, tail, and all the fins bright red, with the tips black and yellow. Whole body bright blue." It is allied to Harpe rufus — Cossyphus ?•«/;« Gthr., or Cossyphus bodianus Cuv. There are three specimens in the collection: — 1st. One a foot long from the snout to the concavity of the caudal, beyond which the external rays project about an inch ; the dorsal extends little beyond the scaly sheath of the caudal, and the anal to the middle of the external rays ; the ventrals reach the anal. The forehead is not gibbous. 2d. One sixteen inches long to the concavity of the caudal fin, of which the exposed parts of the external rays are twice as long as those of the others ; the dorsal extends backward nearly to, and the anal beyond the caudal margin; the ventrals pass the middle of the base of the anal. The hump of the fore- head exceeds by a half the eye's diameter. 3d. An old specimen, two feet long, with the caudal lobes rather more pro- duced, but the dorsal, anal and ventrals rather less than in the second. The hump on the forehead is very elevated, and twice the diameter of the eye. Subfamily XIRICHTHYINAE Gill. Group JULIDES. Genus JULIS (Cuv.) Giinther.* JULIS LUCASANCS Gill. The height at its highest part equals a fifth (19-20) of the total length. The head is oblong, moderately decurved in front of the eyes, and forms nearly a quarter of the total length ; its height above the preopercular margin nearly equals two thirds (15-24) of its own length, and over the pupil, a half (12-24). The length of the snout equals a third and is about twice as great as the height of the pieorbital. The diameter of the eye equals a quarter of the head's length. The interorbital area is nearly arched transversely, and its shortest width exceeds the diameter of the orbit. The dorsal fin commences nearly over the bases of the ventral fins, and is * The Julis modeling of Ciirard (Halichceres cali/ortiicus Gther) belongs to this genus. The discnption by (iirard of ihis species, as well as most oihers, is very defective, the churacters being chiefly vague or generic. 'J lie Julis modestus has an oblong, acutely 2 3 conic head ; D. VIII. 14 j scales 26 — -. Lin. lat. ant. 20 ; the tubes of the lateral lines JO 3 simple and straight. 1 have not seen the Julis semic'nctus of Ayres, bui on account of its height and the presence of nine dorsal spines, am inclined to refer it to Hulichreres, or rather V/iceroju/is, the former name being preoccupied for a genus of Seals. Ayres, like Girard, may have mistaken the number of ypines, but it may be assumed ihat he is correct. [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143 nearly uniform at its respective parts, the soft being rather higher than the spinous. The anal fin commences at or close before the middle of the length. The caudal, when expanded, is truncated, and forms a sixth (*17) of the total length. The pectorals have very oblique bases, and equal in length the height of the body, (*19). The ventrals are inserted somewhat before the lower axilla of the pectoral, from which each is separated by a space equal to the base of the pectoral. The length equals an eleventh of the total. The tubules of the lateral line are generally more or less trifid (rarely quad- rifid) on each scale. 1 D. VIII. 13. A. III. 10 -. Scales 25. 1 The color of the upper half, except a lighter band below the dorsal fin, is ■lark purplish, and abruptly separated from the light brownish or rose of the lower half. The soft portion of the dorsal is margined with whitish ; the rest, as well as almost the whole of the spinous portion, is dark. The basal half of the anal is light brownish, and the margined half whitish. The cau- dal has above and below a narrow marginal line of whitish and a submar- ginal purplish band ; the rest is yellowish. The upper axilla of the pecto- rals has a dark purple dot. Many specimens of this species, the largest of which is three inches long, were obtained by Mr. Xantus. Group XIRICHTHYS. This group, embracing the Xirichthyinse with an interrupted line, is repre- sented by a number of genera which may be briefly characterized as follows : I. Dorsal spines 9 (10). A. First two spines forming a distinct fin. Cheeks with small scales Novacula. Cheeks naked (Xirichthys pavo C. V.) Iniistius. B. Dorsal fin continuous. C. Cheeks naked. <*. Scales large. Ventrals thoracic Xirichthys. Ventrals subjugular (Xir. tceniurusC. V.) Malacocentrus. /?. Scales small (Xir. micro! epidotus C. V.) Cymolutes Gthr. CC. Cheeks with large scales. a. Supramaxillars normal. 1. Head and eyes moderate. Dorsal and anal acutely angulated near end Cheilinus. Dorsal and anal angulated at end (Cheil. arena- tus C. V.) Oxycheilinus. 2. Head very large ; eyessmall ( Cheil. undulatus C. V.)..Crassilabrus. 0. Supramaxillars prelonged behind by a membran- ous extension Epibulus. II. Dorsal spines 11 Cirrhilabrus. There is another genus (Doratonotus Gthr.) which is said to have the spinous portion of the dorsal strongly depressed in the middle. It has as yet been only indicated. The Xirichthys altipinnis of Ruppell has a similar depression of the dorsal. Xirichthys mundiceps Gill. The greatest height close behind the ventral fins nearly equals a quarter (23-100) of the total length ; the elevation above the axis is nearly uniform at the spinous dorsal, but under the soft is slowly decurved to the caudal pe- 1862.] 144 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP duncle ; the preanal region is nearly horizontal, but behind is nearly recti- linear and slowly trends upwards to the caudal. The height of the caudal peduncle equals a tenth (*10) of the total length. The head is scarcely longer than high, and curved from the dorsal to the eyes ; it is laterally rhomboid, the profile in front of the eyes descending down- wards in a nearly straight and oblique line at an angle of about 43° to the longitudinal axis of the body, and nearly parallel with the preoperculum. The length from the snout to the end of the subopercular membrane con- stitutes a quarter of the total, and is a fifth greater than the height at the vertical margin of the preoperculum. The snout (from the orbit to the sym- phisis of the intermaxillaries) is more than a third (9-27) of the head's length, and nearly twice (9-5) as great as the oblique height of the preorbital. The eye is moderate, the diameter being contained between five and six (4}-25) times in the length of the head ; the distance from the profile equals two- thirds of that diameter ; that from the lower margin of the preoperculum nearly (8-9) equals the distance from the snout. The preoperculum is rounded at its angle, vertical behind and horizontal below. The operculum equals the depth of the preorbital, and the suboper- culum extends nearly an eye's diameter, the distance between the end of the subopercular membrane and the preoperculum equalling the height of the operculum behind the latter. The dorsal fin commences nearly over the middle of the operculum, or more than a fifth ('21) of the total from the snout ; the spinous portion occupies a quarter (*25), and the articulate much more than a quarter ("29) of the total length. The spinous portion is nearly uniform, the first spine nearly equal- ling the diameter of the orbit (*4) and the second and following exceeding it, (•5 — *6) : the whole fin almost imperceptibly increases towards the middle ol the soft part. The articulated rays are not branched, the last only being di- vided at its base. The anal fin commences behind the second fifth of the length and nearly under the ninth dorsal spine ; its base equals a third (*33) of the total length ; its height is nearly uniform. The caudal is scarcely convex, and forms a sixth (*17^) of the length. The pectoral fins extend nearly to the vertical of the anus, and equal in length a sixth ("16) of the total length. The ventrals are inserted under the lower axilla of the pectoral, and the length equals an eleventh (*9) of the total ; they are acutely pointed, the first ray being considerably longest. The scales are in twenty-four oblique transverse rows ; at the region of great- 1 3 est height in ten longitudinal ones, (-) and on the caudal peduncle in seven (-) 9 3 rows. The lateral line is composed of simple tubules ; its elevated part runs through nineteen and its caudal portion through five scales. 11 1 13 D. IX. 11 - - A. III. 10 -. Scales 24 . Lat. line 19—5. 19 1 8 3 The color is uniform flesh-colored tinged with brown. Total length, 3| 100 Body — Height over ventrals 23 " of tail 10 Width 8 Head — Length 2.r> Width & Height at preoperculum 20 Height of preorbital 5 Length of operculum 1" [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 145 Orbit — Diameter 4 J Distance from snout 9 " " profile 3 " above preoperculum 8 Dor3al — Distance from snout 21 Length of spinous part 25 soft part 29 Anal — Distance from snout 42 Length 33 Caudal — Length 17£ Pectoral — Length 16 Ventral — Length 9 Numerous specimens were obtained by Mr. Xantus, but most of them are very small ; the largest is less than four inches long. Genus INIISTIUS Gill. Iniistius mdndicoupds Gill. This species has the same form of the head and body as Iniistius pavo. The greatest height equals three-tenths (-30) of the length and that of the caudal peduncle a ninth (.11) ofthe same. The head forms less than three-tenths (-28) of the length, and is equal to the height over the preoperculum. The eye is small, its diameter entering seven times (-4) in the bead's length; it is distant a diameter from the profile. The height of the preorbital equals a tenth (-10) of the total length. The front teeth ofthe upper and lower jaws are nearly equal, and those of the latter are received between those of the former. The anterior occipital spine equals the length of the pectoral and nearly a fifth (-19) of the total. The ventrals exceed a seventh (-15) of the length and are inserted en- tirely under the upper angle of the base of the pectoral. The caudal scarcely forms a seventh (-14) ofthe length. 1 1 D. II. VII. 22, 19 -. A. 3, 11 -. C. 2, 5, 5, 2. P. 2, 10. V. I. 5. Scales 1 1 2 3 2 24 — . 25 inclusive of large one on caudal, — behind occipital fin ; at anus-. 10 10 8 The body is yellowish or brownish and entirely immaculate. The dorsal alone has several oblique bars between its rays. One specimen, nearly ten inches long, was obtained by Mr. Xantus at Cape St. Lucas, and is now in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. The right front tooth ofthe lower jaw is deflected forwards horizontally. Family POMAGENTROIDM. Genus EUSCHISTODUS GUI* This name is appropriated to a group of Pomacentroids having nearly the same physiognomy as Hypsypops, but the teeth, instead of being entire, are very * A second species of this genus is an inhabitant of Panama, where it was discovered by Capt. J. M. Dow. The forehead is transversely convex but not arched, the profile in front less steep, the preorbital higher behind, and the caudal peduncle shorter than in Euschiatodusdeclivifrons. D. XIII. 12. A. II. 10. 4 3 Scales 26 , L. 1. 21. 10 3 The color is uniformly chocolate or purplish brown ; the bases of the pectorals with falciform black line pointed below. The species may be named Euschislodus concolor. 1862.] 10 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP deeply and acutely notched. The genus Glyphidodon, whose teeth are emar- ginated, have al30 a short conic head and low (or narrow) preorbital bones. Er/SCHISTODUS DECLIVIFRONS Gill. The region of greatest height is at the sixth dorsal spine ; the height there, exclusive of the dorsal sheath, -45£ of the total length ; behind the vertical fins the height equals -18, and at the lowest portion of the caudal peduncle -.15 of the length. The outline from the dorsal fin to the nape is convex and very obliqne, then rectilinear, and at an angle of 50° to the axis as far as the interorbital region, which is transversely convex ; in front the profile is also nearly rectilinear and at an angle of about 73° ; the snout, or rather jaw. is convex or curved inwards. The length of the head forms a quarter of the length, inclusive of the median caudal rays, and equals the height at the vertical of the pupil, but is a sixth less than that at the vertical of the preoperculum. The nape is above the hinder margin of the orbit. The length of the snout exceeds a third (9-25) of the head's, and is twice as great as the greatest depth of the preorbital bone and nearly three times (9 — 3J) as great as the depth at the angle of the mouth. The preoperculum is entirely vertical behind, horizontal below and obtusely angulated. The operculum forms about a third of the head's length (-81) ; the operculum and suboperculum together are two and a third times (20 — 8|)~higher than the length of the operculum. The eye is contained nearly three times (9-25) in the length of the head, and the interorbital area is transversely arched and exceeds the eye's diameter. The mouth is small and its periphery semioval ; the lower jaw is considerably shorter than the upper. The supramaxillary bone ends under the anterior mar- gin of the orbit. The lower lip has a free margin, but it is partially attached at the symphysis. The dorsal fin commences at the vertical from the upper axilla of the pec- toral fin ; its spinous portion nearly equals two-fifths (-39) and its soft a seventh (•14) of the total length; the spines progressively increase in a curved line towards the fifth, the first spine equalling half the length of the ventral spine (•5£) ; the fifth, from its hase, much exceeds (-13), and on its exposed part nearly equals (-10) twice its length; thence they diminish towards the last, which equals the length of the exposed part of the fifth. The soft part at its middle equals the height immediately behind the fin ("18) and is much more than twice as great as the length of the last ray (-7). The anal fin begins under the penultimate spine, and its soft part is similar to and opposite the corresponding part of the dorsal. The length of the first spine nearly equals that of the first dorsal one (-5), and the second is twice as long (-11). The caudal fin is emarginated and its lobes rounded ; its median rays form •18 of the total length and are a quarter less than the longest (-25). The pec- torals are rounded at the angles and equal in length "22 of the total. The ventral fins are inserted a little behind the bases of the pectorals. The spine equals the second anal (-11) and is half as long as the first and longest ray (=•22) and equal to the internal (-11). The scales are arranged at the region of greatest height in fifteen rows( — ) and on the caudal peduncle in seven / — \. There are twenty-six obliquely transverse rows, and twenty-one are perforated for the upper part of the lateral line. The scales of the cheeks are in three rows. The formula for the fins and scales are as follows : D. XIII. 12. A. II. 12. C. 5. I. 7. 6. I. 4. P. I. 1. 17. V. I. 5. Scales 4 3 25—26 L. 1. sap. 20—21. 10 3 [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147 The color is greenish, tinged with brassy and with lighter areas in the centres of the scales on the sides, which form faint, uninterrupted lines. There are six transverse dorsal bands ; the first almost obsolete before the dorsal fin ; the second under the third to fifth spine; the third under sixth to eighth; the fourth under the tenth to twelfth ; the fifth under the anterior half of the soft portion, and the sixth behind the fin. Length from snout to end of median caudal rays (3-J) 100 Body — Greatest height ." 43, 45^ Height behind vertical fins 18 " of caudal peduncle 15 Greatest thickness 17 Head — Length laterally 25 Height at preopercular margin 30 " at pupil 25 " of preorbital at end of jaw 3J " " at highest part 4| Length of snout 9~ Length of operculum 8f Height of operculum and suboperculum 20 Width of interorbital area 9^ Eye — Diameter 9" Dorsal — Origin from snout 27£ Length of base 39—14 Height at first spine 5£ " " fifth spine (10)-13_ " " last spine 8,10 " " longest ray 18 " " last ray 7 Anal — Origin from snout 57 Length of base 19 Height at first spine 5 " " second spine 11 " " longest ray , 18 " " last ray 7£ Caudal — Length of median rays 18 " " longest ray 25 Pectoral— Length 22 Ventral — Length of spine 11 " " firstray 22 Seven specimens of this species, varying between nearly two and four inches were obtained by Mr. Xantus. Genus HYPSYPOPS Gill. This genus, framed for Glyphidodonle, with elevated preorbital bones and entire teeth, is rather allied to Pomacentrus than to Glyphidodon, the technical character bringing its species in the latter genus, being of less real value than the dentition or development of the suborbital bones. Hypsypops dorsalis Gill. The height much exceeds a third (-37) of the extreme length. The head is rather depressed in front of the nape and very steep in front of the eyes ; it forms nearly a quarter (-23) of the total length ; its height at the vertical of the preoperculum much exceeds the length (-28), and that at the pupil is less (•21). The length of the snout equals two-fifths of the latter height (-8i), is about a quarter more than the height of the preorbital bone (6), which itself is not much less than the diameter of the eye (-7). The preoperculum is per- fectly entire, and the teeth of the jaws truncated. 1862.] 148 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF The dorsal fin commences above the first scale of the lateral line; its greatest height equals or exceeds a quarter of the length (#26), The caudal ha3 acute lobes, forming more than a quarter (-27) of the length, while the median rays scarcely equal a sixth (-16) of th'o same. The pectorals and ventrals are nearly equally long and exceed a quarter (-21 — -22) of the length ; the latter are inserted immediately behind the former. The dorsal and anal are densely scaly. 3 2 D. XII. 13. A. II. 11. Scales 26 . Lat. line 21. 10 3 The color of the entire fish is a deep purplish brown, relieved on the back by two blue spots on each side, as in Pomacenlrus quadrigutta, (under the fourth spine and under the third or fourth ray,) close behind the dorsal by a transverse linear spot, and on or just above the first scale of the lateral line by another spot. A blue line extends from the snout to the front of the orbit, and a spot exists above before the middle of the orbit. Another blue line crosses the preorbital and passes under the eye. There are also a few other blue dots scattered on the head. A single specimen of this species, four inches long, was sent by Mr. Xantus to the Smithsonian Institution. Genus POMACENTRUS Lac. POMACENTRUS RECTIFRiENUM Gill. The height equals a third (34) of the total length, inclusive of the entire caudal. The head is regularly decurved from the nape and forms nearly a quarter (23) of the total length ; its height at the preopercular margin ex- ceeds the length (-24) and is rarely a quarter greater than that of the pupil (•19). The length of the snout exceeds a third (-8) of the head's, is greater than the diameter of the eye (-7), which itself is more than twice as great as the height of the entire preorbital (-3) at the angle of the mouth. The pre- operculum is finely dentated and vertical behind. The teeth are entire. The dorsal commences above the upper axilla of the pectoral ; the greatest height exceeds a fifth (21) of the total length, and equals the length of the pectoral (21). The ventrals are inserted behind the pectorals, and equal a quarter of the length. The caudal forms about a quarter of the extreme length, and the inner rays exceed a sixth (-16) of the same. 3 2 D. XII. 16. A. II. 15. Scales 25--. Lat. line 21. 10 3 The color is a deep chestnut, dotted with light blue on each scale on the back and tail, and on the sides with a faint crescentiform line, parallel with the border of each scale. The head has two blue lines diverging from the snout and passing over the eyes to each side of the dorsal ; there is an oblique one on the preorbital and also a suborbital line, as well as one below the suborbital chain. Another proceeds backwards from the upper angle of the orbit. A black spot, bordered by blue, is more or less developed behind the dorsal. The dorsal, anal and pectoral are very dark, and the first two dotted with blue. There are six specimens in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution. The pattern is similar, but not equally vivid in all. There is no indication of a dor- sal ocellus. The following two species were at first supposed to be varieties of one spe- cies of romacentrus, but, as there are no gradations, and as they differ slightly in pattern of coloration as well as the presence of a dorsal ocellus, it is impro- bable that such is the case. POMACENTRUS FLAVILATUS Gill. This species differs from the preceding by the presence of a very distinct [March. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149 ocellus on the anterior half of the soft part of the dorsal fin, which also advances downwards as far as the lateral line. The color of the body, below the late- ral line, is yellowish brown, with an indistinct dot on each scale; the caudal, pectoral, ventral and anal fins as well as the dorsal fin behind are also yellow- ish, the external ventral ray and margin of the anal before being darker. One specimen, about three inches long, was discovered at Cape St. Lucas by Mr. Xantus and sent to the Smithsonian Institution. POMACENTRDS BaIRDII Gill. This species has the hinder and lower part of its length colored like the pre- ceding, but there is no trace of an ocellus, and the base of the soft part of the dorsal is blue. The ventral fins are also very light. The blue lines from the snout end over the pupils ; a transverse line, a third of the interorbital area, exists on that area, and behind it are two short parallel longitudinal lines. There are three blue spots on the suborbital chain and one behind the angle of the mouth. The scales below are not dotted with blue in the middle. Two specimens, rather less than an inch long, are in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution. The preopercular serrature is almost obsolete. POMACENTRDS QUADRIGUTTA Gill. The present species differs from P. rectifrcenum by the greater portion of each scale being blue ; the presence of two distant blue spots on the back, one be- low the end of the dorsal fin, and another at the end of the base of the anal ; the color of the head above more like that of P. Bairdii. The ventrals are dark as in P. rectifrcenum, edged, like the anal, with blue. Many specimens, less than an inch long, were obtained and sent by Mr. Xantus to the Smithsonian Institution. The preopercular serrature is very faint. Genus CHROMIS Guv. Furcaria was established by M. Poey for two species of Pomacentroids found along the Cuban coast, which were supposed to be distinguished from all others by seven branchiostegal rays aod the unequal teeth. M. Poey has kindly sent to the Smithsonian Institution two specimens of the type of his genus, the Furcaria puncta, and, after a careful examination but without dis- section, I have been unable to count a number so unprecedented and remark- able for a Pomacentroid, and have only discovered five. The name might, how- ever, be retained for the group which differs from the typical species of Chromis or Heliases by the presence of only twelve dorsal spines.* Chromis (Furcaria) atrilobata Gill. The form is probably nearly similar to that of Furcaria puncta, but the only specimen sent to the Smithsonian Institution by Mr. Xantus is much injured and shrivelled up, although preserved in alcohol. The greatest height is esti- * Another type of the Pomacentroids characterized by a band of conical teeth in each jaw is Dascyllus Cuv. {Tetrad rachmum Cantor). An elegant undescribed species is found at the Sandwich Islands, from which specimens were sent to the Smithsonian lnstiuition by Mr. W. H. Pease. It may be called Dascyllus albixella ; it has the form of Daxcyllus marginatus Ehr. ; its height exceeds half the entire length. The head forms nearly a quarter of the same. Its forehead before the eye is vertical. The dorsal spine regu- larly decreases from the second to the last, the second equalling the length of ihe head and about twice as long as the last. The soft pans of the dorsal and anal are arched. D. XII. 16. A. II. 15. 5 2 Scales 27—, -. Lat. line 18—19. 12 3 The color is dark grayish, wilh a transverse white band descending half way down from the middle of ihe back below the dorsal fin, between its fifth and tenth spines. All the fins, except the pectorals, are very dark. 1862.] 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP mated to have been about three-tenths of the extreme length, inclusive of the caudal lobes ; that at the origin of the anal tin equals a quarter of the length. The height behind the dorsal and anal exceeds an eighth (-13) of the total length, as well as the length (behind it) of the caudal peduncle, while the least height of the latter equals an eleventh (-9) of the length. The head forms more than a fifth (-21J) of the extreme length, and is longer than high ; the height at the upper angle of the preoperculum -19, and that at the pupil -17 of the same length. The diameter of the eye is contained three and a half times (-6) in the head's length, equals the snout and is twice as great as the height of the very oblique preorbital. The forehead and snout above are nearly rectilinear, and the former between the eyes is transversely arched and as wide as the diameter of the eye. The preoperculum is oblique behind and scarcely emarginated at its lower half, has its angle rounded and its inferior margin slightly ascending. The mouth is small and very oblique. The teeth are conic and curved, continued to the angles of the mouth and larger in front ; behind is a transverse row of smaller ones. The dorsal fin commences above the bases of the ventrals ; its spinous por- tion is rather elevated, and its last spines rather shorter than the preceding ; its base much exceeds a quarter (-28) of the length ; that of the soft nearly equals a seventh (-14) of the length ; at its middle the height nearly equals an eighth (-13), and behind a tenth ( 10) of the length. The anal, like that of Furcaria puncta, has its second spine as long as the succeeding rays, which are nearly uniform or even slightly increase towards the last.* The caudal forms more than a quarter (-27) of the extreme length, the lobes, especially the upper, being prolonged and pointed, while the median rays only equal a tenth (-10) of the length. The pectorals are rather long (-18) and bluntly angulated. The ventrals have the first ray filiform and equal to the pectorals ; its base is behind that of the pectorals. The scales have been mostly rubbed off in the single specimen in the mu- seum. Those on the cheeks are triserial. 1 D. XII. 11-. A. II. 12. 1 4 Scales 32—33—. Lat. line sup. 21, (inf. 17 !) 10 The color is dark green. The dorsal blackish, except the hinder portion, (last four or five rays,) which is colorless. The caudal has its margins above and below black. A single specimen was sent to the Institution by Mr. Xantus. It is in poor condition and slightly less than four inches long. Genus GLYPH1DODON Lac. Glyphidodon Tkoschelii Gill. The form is similar to that of Glyphidodon saxatilis (Lac.) and its allies. The height equals half the length, exclusive of the caudal. The head forms a third of the same length and is as long as it is high close behind the eyes. The eye has a diameter nearly equal to a third of the head's length, is separated by a diameter from the muzzle, and the same distance from its fellow. The inter- orbital area is transversely convex. The preorbital bone is nearly parallel with the straight suborbitals. The preoperculum has a vertical posterior and horizontal inferior border, and its angle is obtuse or rounded. The dorsal begins over the base of the lower rays of the pectorals. The pec- * Furcaria cyanea is represented by Poey with the anal acuminate at the middle like the dorsal. [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151 torals and ventrals are nearly equal and almost as long as the head. The ventrals are inserted nearly as far back as the vertical of the third dorsal spine. The entire caudal equals the length of the head ; the median rays equal about two-thirds of the longest. D. XIII. 12. A. II. 13. 4 3 Scales 25—, -. L. 1. 20. 10 3 The color is light green or purplish ; five rather narrow vertical bands cross the body ; the first commences under or close before the front of the dorsal ; the second, under the space between the third and fifth spine ; the third, between the seventh and ninth; the fourth, under the thirteenth spine, and the fifth is close behind the dorsal and anal. The fins are immaculate, the external por- tions of the ventrals darker. This species is apparently very common at Cape St. Lucas, Mr. Xantus having sent to the Smithsonian Institution about one hundred specimens, most of which are, however, very young ; the largest are three or four inches long. I dedicate the species to Dr. Troschel, who, by his annual reports on herpe- tology, ichthyology and malacology, as well as by the original memoirs pub- lished by him alone and in conjunction with the great J. Muller, has much contributed to the advancement of those departments of science. On some new and little known American ANURA BY E. D. COPE. Hylodes dimidiatus. Form ranine. Head not broader than body, muzzle rather acute, depressed at the tip. Nostrils lateral. Eye of moderate size, twice the extent of the round tympanic membrane. Internal nares small, less than ostia pharyngea; vomerine teeth posterior to them, in two rather abruptly curved series ; their inner extremities directed backwards, widely separated, their outer reaching the maxillary margin. Tongue oval, without posterior notch. Skin smooth above and below, except upon the posterior femoral region. A narrow dermal fold from the superciliary region nearly to the groin. Posterior lateral region rugulose. Digital pallettes well developed : no rudimentary membrane between posterior digits. Two metatarsal tubercles, that at the base of the least digit elongate ; sole smooth. Palm tuberculous, two metacarpal warts, no tarsal dermal fold. Humerus three-fourths the length of tarsus, which is half as long as the tibia, which is longer than the femur. Length of head and body 1 in. 9 1. Ante- brachium 4§ 1. Tarsus and longest digit 1 in. 3 1. Hinder extremity, from groin, 2 in. 9 1. Above brownish or pinkish gray, beneath yellowish. A black band passes from the end of the muzzle across the tympanic disc, beneath the lateral dermal fold, to about the middle of the side. A yellowish line on superior labial margin, indistinct anteriorly. A black, white-bordered spot on the crural region, sometimes one on each side of the end of the coccyx. Inner faces of extremities marbled ; superior surfaces cross-banded. A very narrow white line extends from the end of the muzzle to the termical coccygeal region. Some white spots on the posterior femoral surface. Habitat. — Eastern Cuba. Mus. Smithsonian (No. 5099) Mr. Wright Coll. Mus. Acad. Philada. This species exhibits much resemblance to Dr. Giinther's Cystignathus albilabris in external form. Hylodes 1 e n t u s . Form stout, depressed ; posterior extremities short. Head not so wide as 1861.] 152 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF the body; muzzle prominent, rounded. Tympanic disc round, half the size of the eye. Nostrils lateral, internal nares large, equal to ostia of eustachian tubes. Behind these are placed the two curved series of vomerine teeth, which extend nearly from the maxillary wall ; their inner extremities are directed backwards, and are separated by a slight interval. Tongue elongate oval, entire. Without granulations above, below, or upon the sides. Pallettes moderately developed. Palms tuberculous; three warts in the posterior series, of which the median is much the largest. Soles with small tubercles, two small posterior metatarsals, the inner elongate, acute. Heel reaching orbit, when directed forward. Length of head and body 1 in. 6 1. Hinder ex- tremity 1 in. 11 1. Tarsus, to end of digit, 1 in. 1 1. Antebrachium 4J 1. Beneath whitish, immaculate. Above dark chestnut, a light band on each side from posterior margin of the orbit to crural region ; between these, on the vertex, the sides and extremities, the ground is coarsely marbled with whitish or yellowish. Habitat. — St. Thomas. Mus. Smithsonian. Ruse Coll. This species differs from its near ally, the martinicensis, in the greater length of the series of vomerine teeth and in coloration. The posterior ex- tremities are much shorter than in the d i m i d i a t u s. Hylodes auriculatus. Size small: head as wide as, or wider than, the body. Muzzle rounded. Nostrils lateral. Tympanic disc circular, one-fourth the size of the eye. Tongue elongate, obcordate, with a small emargination. Vomerine teeth in two oblique series, which commence opposite the inner margin of the posterior nares, and converge posteriorly, though the extremities are widely removed. Above sparsely rugose; belly and femora beneath, granulate. Digital pallettes well developed. Anterior extremity reaching to groin. Heel nearly to end of the muzzle. Total length 10 1. Hinder extremity 1 in. 3 1. Above light gray, loreal region black; a black line descends from orbit to near the shoulder, which crosses the upper part of the tympanum. A blackish band between the eyes, a chevron-shaped one between the scapulas. Hinder extremities dark, shaded on their posterior faces. Beneath yellowish, mental and lower labial region varied with brown. Habitat.— Eastern Cuba. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5207.) Philadelphia Academy. This species is allied to H. martinicensis, but has a broader head, longer extremities, and rougher skin : it is also much smaller. Hylodes cuneatus. Hyliform : head large, broader than the body. Muzzle elongate, acute. Tympanic disc round, half the size of the eye. Internal nares smaller than eustachian ostia; the latter are transverse. Vomerine teeth in two curved series, which begin opposite, and much behind the external border of the in- ternal nares, and converge posteriorly, leaving an interval. Tongue elongate oval, rounded posteriorly, slightly nicked. Skin of the superior surfaces, ex- cept that of the muzzle, granulated; beneath everywhere smooth. A slight dermal fold extends from the end of the muzzle to the end of the coccyx, and another, very delicate, commences behind each orbit, and descends upon the side, then ascends towards the iliac region. Palm tubercular, two large meta- carpal tubercles. Sole smooth, two metatarsal warts, the external not promi- nent. Heel extending nearly to extremity of muzzle. Length of head and body 1 in. 1 1. Hinder extremity 2 in. 6 1. Width of posterior gular re- gion 1 1. Above blackish gray. Muzzle lighter as far as the abrupt commencement of the darker between the eyes. A light line, from anterior border of orbit to labial commissure, and one from the posterior border to the tympanum. A light band from each supercilium to the coccygeal region. Extremities indistinctly [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153 banded with brown. Beneath whitish, very minutely punctulaerd with brown, except upon the abdomen. Var., almost entirely black : the head a little nar- rower. Habitat. — Eastern Cuba. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5202, var. 5202J.) Hylodes planirostris. Head as wide as, or wider, than the body, longer than broad ; the lateral outlines curved; the end of the muzzle abruptly truncated. Ostia pharyngea oval. Vomerine teeth in two long curved series, which commence behind and opposite to the external border of inner nares ; they are separated by a considerable space medially. Tongue elongate, oval, slightly nicked. A subgular vocal sack. Tympanum half the size of the eye. Skin smooth above and below ; sides rugose. Heel reaching the orbit. Digital pallettes small. Two metacarpal, two metatarsal tubercles. Brachium longer than or equal to ante-brachium. Length of head and body 111. Muzzle, to canthus oris, 4 1. Hinder extremity 1 in. 9 1. General color reddish brown. The loreal region, a band between the eyes, one above the tympanum, and some dorsal spots, darker. Beneath light brownish. Habitat. — New Providence Island, Bahamas. Mus. Salem. From Frederick Putnam, Esq. Hylodes hallowellii. Head and body rather elongate. Muzzle thick, prominent. Canthus ros- tralis obsolete. Tympanic disc half the size of the eye. Vomerine teeth much behind the internal nares, in two short, transverse, slightly curved series. Tongue thick, elongate, oval, entire. Ostia pharyngea round, a little larger than internal nares. Skin of the under surfaces smooth ; sides rugulose, with a few tubercles ; a few rugosities on the posterior dorsal region, and some folds upon its borders. A strong fold from the orbit above and behind the tympanum. Numerous delicate folds npon the anterior face of the femur ; a posterior tarsal fold. Palm smooth, a large median metacarpal tubercle, and a very prominent elongate one on the base of the inner digit. A rudimentary web between all the toes of the hinder extremity ; the metacarpal tubercles two, small, the internal narrow. Femora very stout. Heel extending to the orbit. Length of head and body 1 in. 6 1. Width of head at canthus oris 6 1. Length of hinder extremity 2 in. 3 1. Above grayish brown, with a reddish tinge. A light band between the eyes, from which one descends on the end of the muzzle to the labial border. A light line from the nostril to the labial border, two from the anterior border of the orbit, and one from the posterior. A dark shade upon the occiput. Chin, thorax, sides and inner borders of extremities marbled with brown. Two brown bands on the tibia; one broad and several narrow bands on the femur. Habitat. — Near Carthagena, New Granada. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 4343.) From Lieut. Michler's Expedition. A near ally of H. fitzingerii Schmidt, with which it ought, perhaps, to be removed from this genus. It is dedicated to the memory of the late Dr. Edward Hallowell, whom the author holds in grateful and respectful recollection. The genus Hylodes, as understood by Dumeril, embraces twenty-three species, including those here described. They naturally associate themselves round several types, forming the following groups. 1. Craugastor Cope. Toes very slightly webbed. Vomerine teeth in two short, transverse series behind the internal nares. Skin of the abdomen smooth. H. hallowellii and fitzingerii. 2. Hylodes Fitz. Toes entirely free. Vomerine teeth in two short, oblique series behind the internal nares. Skin of the belly (typically, granular. H. martinicensis, auriculatus, ?conspicillatus) ?parvus (belly smooth.) 3. Lithodytes Fitz. Toes free. Vomerine teeth in 1862.] 154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP two, often elongate, curved series behind the posterior nares. Skin of abdo- men smooth. H. lineatus, lentus, cuneatus, luteolus, planiros- tris, dimidiatus. This group connects with Hylodes proper through H. cuneatus. 4. Euhyas Fitz. Toes free. Vomerine teeth in two elongate, angularly curved series, which are medially directed posteriorly and in contact, forming a zigzag line behind the anterior nares. Abdomen smooth or granular. H. ricordii, oxyrhynchus. The dentition of this group is nearly ap- proached by that of H. (Lithodytes) lentu s. 5. Batrachyla Bell. Toes free. Vomerine teeth in two straight oblique groups between the posterior nares. Abdomen smooth: a. Tympanum round. Batrachyla. H. leptopus, lon- gipes. b. Tympanum vertically elliptic. Halophila Gird. H. h e r o s, chryseus,* dorsalis, vitianus, corrugatus. Hylodes 1 a t i c ep s is perhaps the type of a distinct genus. Ranacapito Leconte bears some resemblance to it. Phyllobates limbatus. Size very small; form ranine. Head not wider than the body. Muzzle rather acute. Skin smooth below, slightly granular upon the lateral, gluteal and occipital regions. Tympanic disc two-thirds the size of the orbit. Nostril lateral, its position one-third the distance from the muzzle to the orbit. Internal nares much smaller than 03tia pharyngea. Tongue elongate, sub- cylindrical, entire. Palms and soles granular; outer metatarsal tubercle very small. A delicate dermal fold on the median line of the back. Heel scarcely reaching the orbit. Length of head and body 5£ 1. Hinder extremity 8 1. Above, chestnut. A white line extends from the end of the muzzle to the knee joint; beneath this a broad, black band extends to the same position. Upper surfaces of posterior extremities and anal region blackish brown. Under surfaces and anterior extremities yellowish, the hinder limbs and sides of abdomen spotted with brown. A dark line on humerus. Upper lip yellow. Habitat.— Eastern Cuba. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5206.) Mr. Chas. Wright's Coll. Acad. Philada. This is, perhaps, the smallest frog known, and is a very prettily marked one. Suspicions of immaturity have been removed by careful examination of the six specimens at our disposal. Hyla andersonii Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 61. In proportions and general appearance similar to the Hyla arborea oi Europe. The skin of the upper surface of the body and extremities is smooth, minutely corrugated ; that of the throat, belly, and under surfaces of the femora, is areolated. A cutaneous fold across the breast, and one across the throat. Tympanum about one-third the size of the eye. Tongue broad, slightly emarginate. Vomerine teeth in two oblique series between the internal nares. each directed inward and backward. Coloration in life. The whole upper.surface a rather deep pea green, paler upon the sides and the margin of the upper lip. A narrow band of purplish brown commences at the external nares, passes through the eye and including the tympanum, loses its inferior border a little beyond the insertion of the humerus. The color becomes paler upon the sides, where it is of an ashy mulberry tint, and extends as far as the origin of the femur. Anterior to this point it is margined below by large irregular spots of a beautiful saffron, which are continued upon the anterior and posterior surfaces of the femur, and the whole inferior surface of the tibia, upon a ground of a paler shade of the same color. The supero-anterior surface of the tarsus, the three inner toes and the webs of the external,— also a small area behind the humerus, the posterior surface of the latter, the infero-anterior face of the fore-arm and the inner *Halophila viliensis Gir., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1853, Oct. nee. H. vitianus Dum., Ann. Sci. Nat. 1853, June, 1853. [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 155 finger, are tinted and spotted in the same manner. The superior surfaces of the femur, tibia, humerus and fore-arm, are of the same color as the back, that of the humerus separated from the green of the jaws by an isthmus of the purplish shade, and that of the tibia separated anteriorly from the saffron of its lower surface by a band of mulberry. The green of the back and ex- tremities is everywhere margined with pure white, except posteriorly on the femur and tibia, and anteriorly on the former, where saffron takes its place. The green crosses the rictus and forms an oval spot upon each side of the throat. The borders of the latter and the chin are tinged with mulberry. Beneath whitish flesh color. The exposed surfaces of the anterior and posterior extremities, where not green, are of a shade intermediate between mulberry and chocolate. Length of head and body 1 in. 8 1. Femur 8 1. Tibia 9 1. Tarsus and foot, to the end of the longest toe, 121 1. The following are the differences which I discover upon a comparison of this species with many specimens of the Hyla arborea of Europe. The head is relatively broader and more obtuse. The vomerine teeth are in two oblique lines, not in symmetrical fasciculi. In coloration we notice, first, the arborea is entirely destitute of the saffron spots and shades so distinct in the ander- sonii. Second, the carpus and tarsus of the latter are destitute of any green shade or band so usual in the arborea. Third, the green is bordered with white, not yellow, and the green of the extremities is much more distinctly bordered than in the arborea. Fourth, the lateral band, and that on the anterior face of the tibia, is of an impure mulberry shade, instead of brown or greenish. I am indebted to Dr. Jos. Leidy for a beautiful specimen of this frog. It was found in a cedar swamp, near the town of Jackson, in New Jersey, sixteen miles east of Philadelphia. Without careful examination of the specimen, he supposed it to be the viridis of the Southern States, from its great re- semblance to that species, and presented it as such, at the meeting of the Academy the same evening. (Vid. Proc. Acad, for July, p. 305.) At the same time Baltimore was given as its northern limit upon the authority of Dr. Uhler of that place. As Dr. Holbrook gives lat. 33° as the most northern habitat known to him, it would be interesting to receive specimens from Baltimore, as there is a possibility of the supposed viridis being the andersonii. Lysapsus 1 i m e 1 1 u m.* Char. gen. — Family Hylidae of Gunther. Anterior extremities free. Interior digit opposite the three external. Proximal phalanx of external, posterior digit entirely free from that of the second ; all the digits broadly palmate. Pallettes slightly developed. Vomerine teeth in two fasciculi. Tongue broad, slightly free, nearly entire. Skin rugose above, not smooth below. This genus is related to Litoria, but differs from it, and from most, if not all, other genera of Opisthoglossa platydactyla, in the freedom of the basal phalanx of the external digit. Char, specif. — Head as wide as the body. Muzzle acute, with rounded out- lines. Canthus rostralis none. Nostrils vertical. Tympanic disc half the size of the eye. Internal nares smaller than ostia pharyngea tubarum eustachii. Vomerine teeth in two well-separated fasciculi, near to and behind the nares. Tongue very broad, subtriangular, obtusely emarginate and slightly free posteriorly. Inferior surface of limbs smooth, of body areolate or transversely plicate, except on the middle of the thorax. Upper surfaces as far as interior orbital region, minutely and firmly rugose, resembling shagreen. Palms not tubercular; basal phalanges thickened. Hinder extremities very long, knee reaching nearly to tympanum. Palm smooth, a small acute cuneiform tubercle at the base of the internal digit. External digit longer than the third. *Lima, a file, shagreen. 1862.] 156 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP Palmation extending to the pallettes. No dermal folds, except on the posterior face of tarsus. Humerus shorter than antebrachium ; tarsus less than half the length of tibia. Length of head and body 9 1. Hinder extremities 16 1. Above dark reddish brown, a dark spot on the occiput. Two narrow yel- lowish lines on each side, one from the orbit, one from the tympanum. A light line from the orbit to the angle of the mouth. Two broad oblique bands across the femur, three from the tibia. A brown band extends from one popliteal region to the other, without interruption, on the (?) perinseuni. Be- neath pale rusty ; small brown spots on lower labial region. Habitat. — Paraguay. Taken on river. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5494.) This species has probably the habits of Rana. It evidently possesses great power in the hinder extremities. The formation of these, aud of the anterior members, remind us of Pseudis. Cystignathus podicipinus. Tympanum distinct, half the size of the eye. Posterior digits with margins as wide as a phalanx, which unite at their bases, forming a slight web. A tarsal fold continuous with that of the internal digit, except where interrupted by a spur-like tubercle. Tarsus half as long as tibiae. Anterior digits free; first digit longer than the second and fourth ; an elongate tubercle at its base ; an oval median palmar tubercle ; inferior articular tubercles moderate. Head narrow. Muzzle rounded, a little prominent. Tongue oval, subemarginate. Vomerine teeth in two short, separate rows, much behind, and within the marginal line of the posterior nares. Skin smooth above, except a few minute warts on the coccygeal region. Lateral and postanal region verrucose. Total length of head and body 21 1. Anterior extremity 10 1. Posterior extremity 2 in. 3 1. Foot and tarsus 14 1. Above brown, an elongate, darker triangular spot between the eyes. A yel- lowish line extends beneath the eye to the angle of the mouth. Femora indis- tinctly banded, posteriorly marbled with blackish. Tibiae with three brown bands. Beneath yellowish brown, with numerous yellow spots. Habitat. — Paraguay. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5831.) Philada. Acad. This species differs from the other Cystignathi, with margined toes and vomerine teeth behind the nares, in having the latter in straight series, instead of curved, it differs from C. ocellatus and many species with simple digits, in wanting the discoidal folding of the thoracic and abdominal in- tegument. Cystignathus p o e c i 1 o c h i 1 u s. Tympanum half the size of the eye. Head rather depressed. Muzzle short, not prominent. Tongue oval, subemarginate posteriorly. Vomerine teeth in two well-separated curved series behind the internal nares, the outer ex- tremities of the former on a line with the middle of the latter. A pectoral, lateral, abdominal fold, enclosing the thoracic integument, as a disc. A dermal fold from the posterior border of each orbit to the groin. The heel extended reaches the nostril. Toes not margined, slightly webbed at the base ; their subarticular knobs very prominent. Sole smooth. Internal anterior digit shorter than the third, and longer than the fourth. A large palmar tubercle ; an elongate one at the base of the intern '1 digit. Length of head and body 1 in. 10 1. Anterior extremity 10 1. Hinder extremities 2 in. 91. Color of surperior surfaces chestnut brown; the sides rather darker, deli- pately marbled next to the pure white abdomen. A brown band on the extremity of each canthus rostrlais reaching the labial commissure ; another beneath the anterior part of the orbit. Lips marbled with white and brownish. A narrow brown band above and behind the tym- panum. Some light-bordered brown spots on the anterior face of the femur [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 157 and posterior face of the tibia. A light line on the posterior face of each femur. Habitat. — Near Turbo, New Granada. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 4347.) Acad.. Philadelphia. The fewness of the dermal plica?, the less prominence of the muzzle, and the want of spots on the back, separate this species from the f us c u s. In tseniatus there are no folds, and the vomerine teeth are in fasciculi. Pseudacris feriarum. EeloecetesferiarumB&ird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1854, p. 61. The differences between Pseudacris Fitz and ITeloecetes Baird, do not seem obvious. The present species was described from specimens found near Carlisle, Penna. I have found it abundant near Gloucester, New Jersey, and in the valley of Trough Creek, in the southern part of Huntingdon Co., Pa. Phrynocerus testudiniceps. Top of the head plane, the profile of the muzzle descending from the nasal process of the frontal bone at an obtuse angle. Space between the orbits slightly concave, wider than the diameter of the orbit. Temporal ridge not prominent. Dermo-ossification roofing over the temporal fossae, as in Spix's figure of Rana scuta ta, but not enclosing the tympanum posteriorly or inferiorly. Its posterior border is nuchal, continuous, concave; it is further behind the orbit than the end of the muzzle is anterior to the latter. Tym- panum vertically oval, longest diameter equal to the length of the third phalanx of the third anterior digit. Vomerine teeth in separate transverse series ante- rior to the inner margin of the internal nures. Anterior digits free; posterior fully webbed, except the extent of the last two phalanges of the median. Skin (in a stuffed specimen) without folds, but with obtuse warts. Length of head and body V in. Head 1 in. 9 1. Tarsus aud longest toe 3 in. 9 1. Breadth of jaws on the gular region, 2 in. 9 1. Above bright yellowish and brownish green, marbled with black. Sides and inferior surfaces of extremities without marbling. Subanal region blackish, spotted with yellow. Belly and gular region whitish, a few black vermicula- tions on the latter. Habitat. — Panama. Mus. Academy, Philadelphia. Lieut. Fields. Phrynocerus* appears to be a name applicable to the Ranid genus, which differs from Ceratophrys, in wanting a dorsal dermo- osseous shield. Whether the P. testudiniceps truly belongs to it, is yet uncertain. It is remarka- ble in the relatively small head, plane profile, and anterior position of orbits. Bufo hasmatiticus. Form slender. No bony ridges on the superior surface of the head. Muzzle short, high, angular; canthus rostralis a sharply-defined right angle, con- tinuous with a fold on the eyelid, the paratoid gland, and the side nearly to the groin. Nostrils latero-vertical. Mouth large, its commissure directed ob- liquely downward. Tongue elongate, oval, extensively free. Ostia pharyngea smaller than internal nares. Tympanic disc vertical, elliptic, one-fourth the extent of the eye. Paratoid gland lateral, smooth, elongate, angular externally. Anterior extremities slender, reaching beyond the posterior face of the femur. Palmar tubercles few, one large, oval, median. Hinder extremities slender : heel reaching to the orbit. Sole smooth ; three metatarsal tubercles all slightly developed, especially the median. Palmare of the toes slight. Skin everywhere smooth, except a few granulations on the occiput. Length of head and body 1 in. 6 1. Hinder extremities 1 in. 10 1. Above fawn brown, tinged with pink. Sides of the head and body, beneath the lateral fold, red-brown, brighter posteriorly. A pale spot anterior to and beneath the eye. Two black, white-bordered spots on the interscapular region, arranged en chevron; two similar sacral spots. Small spots on the femur. *Bibron, Techudi, Classif. der Batrachier, p. 44. 1862.] 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF and larger ones near the middle of the tibiae, black, white-bordered. Ex- tremities shaded with pink. Belly and gular region pinkish brown. Digits tipped with pink. Var. lac hry mans. Skin minutely glandular above, lateral fold strong, extending to the groin. Above pink, without dorsal spots. Spots on the tibiae not white-bordered. A pink spot beneath and in front of the eye. Gular region yellowish. Habitat. — Region of the Truando, New Granada. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 4344.) Acad. Philada. This curious toad is further removed from the Bufo vulgaris than the types of many genera are from each other, but it is difficult to seize upon special characters upon which to base a generic diagnosis, without further in- vestigation. Its general form is similar to that of B. gr a c i 1 i s Gird. It is in some degree allied to Otilophus margaritifer, but, besides wanting the cranial crests, the spines of the dorsal vertebrae are not developed in the same manner. Bufo politn s. Head without any osseous ridges ; canthus rostralis none, profile of muzzle gradually descending nearly to the lip. Emargination of the latter broad. Nostrils transverse, vertical. Skin of the whole body smooth, shining, with- out rugosities or spines ; abdomen areolated, most coarsely posteriorly. Ex- tremities stout, toes iuUy webbed, soles smooth, without tubercles except that formed by the first cuneiform bone, which is very prominent, oblique, conic, yellow, not brown tipped. A tarsal ridge, no fold. Fingers free ; palm smooth, a large indistinct median callosity ; a tubercle at the base of the thumb. Tympanum one-fourth the size of the eye, narrowed above ; paratoid imme- diately above it, oval, moderate. A series of flat glands on each side of the back symmetrically arranged. Glands also on the superior surfaces of the humerus, antebrachium, femur and tibia: three on the last remarkably large. Length of muzzle to sternum 7 I. ; sternum to vent 1 in. 10 1. : anterior extremity 1 in. 101. ; posterior extremity 3 in. Above olive brown, the glands bordered with deep brown. Inner faces of the extremities straw colored with large brown spots. Beneath bright yellow with variously inosculating black bands. Palms and soles slate color. This curious toad resembles the B. leschenaultiiD. and B., from Guiana, in some respects, but differs in many points — as the round canthus rostrales, palmated tots, and color. It maybe related to B. trifolium Tsch., but the characters of that species are little known. B. politus has been taken near Greytown, Nicaragua, by Dr. Caldwell (coll. No. 191) and sent to the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, (No. 5600.) Fifty-nine species of toads of the genus Bufo have been described, including those of the present article. Bufo co n ife r u s. Muzzle prominent, its superior outline only sloping from the concavity of the ridge of the canthus rostralis. This is very prominent, and forms two parallel ridges on the upper surface of the muzzle. It unites with the supraorbital ridge a distance anterior to the orbit, from which angle a strong ridge descends in front of the eye. Supraorbital ridges perfectly straight, a little longer than their distance apart anteriorly. They diverge slightly posteriorly, where each sends off a strong ridge two-thirds its length, slightly directed inward. A strong postorbital ridge, from which a short prominent supratympanic takes its origin. Tympanum distinct, half the size of the eye. Eustachian ostia as large as pos- terior nares. Tongue very elongate, widened and rounded posteriorly, free for one-third its length*. Anterior extremity slender, the distal end of antebra- chium reaching the femur at the groin. Palm smooth, one large flat median metacarpal tubercle ; one narrow elongate on inner border of the base of the [March, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159 internal digit. Fourth digit longer than second. Hinder extremity elongate, no tarsal fold ; the digital web extensive, very repand : sole smooth. Two large flat oval metatarsal tubercles, the internal marginal. Skin of under surfaces granular, spiunlose on the thorax. Extremities with acute tubercles above. Dorsal region with obtuse tubercles. Numerous elongate conic warts on the sides, largest on a fold from the paratoid gland to the groin ; such are also found beneath it anteriorly, and upon the angle of the jaws. The para- toid gland is lateral and very small, — not more than half the extent of the upper eyelid — and is studded with conic warts. Above and behindjt is a deep depression. Length of head and body three inches; breadth acros9 gular re- gion 1 in. 1 line. Length of posterior extremity (along anterior face,) 4 inches. Above brownish gray with a few large dark-brown spots, which do not in- terrupt a median line. Extremities dark spotted : a light band between the eyes, and one from the eye to the angle of the mouth. Habitat. — Turbo region, New Granada. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 4335.) Dis- covered by Mr. Arthur Schott, of Lieut. Michler's Expedition. This species is allied to various others of the section of the genus character- ized by the presence of an occipital process to the supraorbital ridge; which embraces in America, Bufones lentiginosus, ocellatus, nebulifer, dorbignyi, veraguensis, and perhaps sternosignatus. It nearly approaches the veraguensis Schmidt, but differs, first, in the distinctness of the tympanum and large ostia pharyngea ; second, in the very small para- toid gland ; third, in the absence of ridge from lower margin of eye towards paratoid ; fourth, in the less freedom of the tongue. In nebulifer the front is more declive, the canthus rostrales less concave, the paratoids larger, the conical warts absent, the soles and palms tuberculous. April 1st, 1862. Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. Thirty-three members present. A paper was presented for publication entitled Synopsis of the North American Forms of Colymbidae, and Podo- cipidae, by Elliott Coues, which was referred to a Committee. Mr. Warner made some remarks on the resemblance existing be- tween organic forms and certain figures produced by optical, acoustic and electrical experiments; also, on the relations existing between these forms and figures and certain mathematical lines mentioned in a pamphlet on organic marphology, published by him. April 8th, 1862. Vice-President Bridges in the Chair. Twenty-three members present. A paper was presented for publication entitled Descriptions of certain species of diurnal Lepidoptera, etc., by Wm. H. Edwards, which was referred to a Committee. Dr. Slack called the attention of the members to a colored cast of the head of a gorilla, which he characterized as a new species under the name of Gorilla 1862.] 160 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF castaneiceps. The principal external specific character is, that upon the top of the head there exists a circular patch of reddish hairs ; the hairs covering the. belly, in the original specimen, were thick and long, and the hairs of the fore- arm were retroverted ; the skull presents important differences from that of the ordinary gorilla. April lbth, 1862. Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. Thirty-nine members present. The following papers were presented for publication : On the Classification and Synonymy of recent species of Pho- ladidre, by George W. Tryon, Jr. Description of a new genus (Trypanostoma) of the family Melanidse, and of forty-five new species, by Isaac Lea. On Neosorex albigenis, and on Lacerta echinata and Tiliqua dura, by E. D. Cope. Which were severally referred to Committees. April 223, 1862. Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. Forty members present. The following papers were presented for publication : Descriptions of two new species of Vespertilionidae, by Harrison Allen, M. D. Catalogue of North American Mollusca in the collection of the Acade- my, by W. G. Binney, and G. W. Tryon, Jr. On a New Genus of Fishes allied to Aulorhyncus, etc. ; Pieinarks on the relations of the Genera and other groups of Cuban Fishes ; and Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California, in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, by Theodore Gill. Description of ten new specie's of Unionidre, etc., and Descriptions of two new species of Exotic Uniones, etc., by Isaac Lea. Contributions to Neotropical Saurology, by E. D. Cope. Which were severally referred to Committees. April 2Vlh, 1862. Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. Thirty-three members present. Dr. Leidy presented a paper entitled Notes upon the Descriptions of new plants from Texas, by. S. B. Buckley, etc., by Asa Gray, which was referred to a Committee. On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were ordered to be published in the Proceedings. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161 Notes upon the "Description of New Plants from Texas, by S. B. Buckley," published in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia, Dec. 1861 and Jan. 1862. BY ASA GRAY. Having for many years past taken a prominent part in the study of Texan botany, as made known by the ample collections of Berlandier, Drummond, Wright, Lindheimer, Thurber, and others, and being under the necessity of keeping, as nearly as possible, au courant with all publications upon the sub- ject, I was naturally much interested in the appearance of Mr. Buckley's two papers, and not a little surprised at the large number of new species which he had gleaned in such a well-harvested field. Accordingly I applied for speci- mens of the plants in question ; and Mr. Buckley— an early correspondent of Dr. Torrey and myself — promptly and obligingly has placed in my hands, for examination, nearly the whole original materials upon which these new genera and species were characterized. These materials I have examined and com- pared with my own herbarium, calling in the assistance of Dr. Torrey in those orders in which I am not proficient ; and I report the results herewith, with the request that, if favorably received by the Academy, they may be printed in its Proceedings. I take the species in order, as they stand in Mr. Buckley's papers. 1. Clematis Texensis, Buckl., is C. Viorna, var. coccinea, Gray, PI. Wr. 2, p. 7, C. coccinea, Engelm. The latter name would have preference ; but I see no reason for changing my published opinion, that it is a mere va- riety of C. Viorna, although a striking one. Mr. Buckley's character would have been better had he described the cauline leaves from the specimen in Mr. Durand's herbarium, the " foliolis pusillis, segmentis lanceolatis acutis " being from an imperfectly developed leaf. The leaflets are usually rounded. 2. Clematis Coloradoensis is founded on a very insufficient, thin- leaved, not fully developed specimen of a common Texan form of C. Pitcheri, Torr. and Gray. The leaves are plainly pinnate. 3. Streptanthus glabrifolius is a large S. hjacinthoides, Hook. 4. Streptanthus Brazoensis is S. petiolaris, Gray, PI. Fendl. p. 7, PL Lindh. 2, p. 143, PI. Wr. 2, p. 7, &c. 5. Lepidium Texanum is L. intermedium, Gray, PI. Wr. 2, p. 15. 6. Arenaria (Alsine) monticolais.4. Benihamii, Fendl., Torr. and Gray, Fl. 1, p. 675. 7. Sida Sabeana is Mehchia pyramidata, L. ! 8. Callirrhoe p a 1 m a t a is what we have always taken for a small form of C. involucrata, Gray, i. e. Malva involucrata, var. linearibola, Torr. and Gray. Fl. Some of the specimens with narrow lobes to the leaves are exactly this var. lineariloba (= Berlandier's No. 1815) ; the others are like Capt. Pope's specimens from the Upper Colorado. It appears to run into the ordinary C. involucrata. (I think I have elsewhere stated that C. macrorhiza is probably a form of the little-known C. alcceoides.) 9. Sidalcea Atacosais Malvastrum pedatifidum, Gray, PI. Lindh. 2, p. 160, and in the later collections. How, if "the specimens are in fruit only,' were the peculiar characters of the genus Sidalcea ascertained ? 10. Malvastrum linearifolium is Sida fasciculata, Torr. and Gray, a most genuine Sida. 1862.] 11 162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 11. Elidurandia Texan a, n. gen., is Fugosia Drummondii, Gray, PL Wr. 1, p. 23. 12. Linum (Linopsis) San-Sabeanum is Lechea Drummondii '. 13. Zanthoxylum hirsutum is the Z. CaroJinianum var. PI. Wright, 1, p. 30, No. 81, there discussed by me, and mentioned as Z. coriaceum, Wright, Z. digynum, Engelm., and Z. alveolatum, Shuttleworth ; so that, if a distinct species, (as I suppose it is not), it has names enough already. As to the hairiness, upon which Mr. Buckley's name is founded, some flowering speci- mens of his in Mr. Durand's herbarium demonstrate the slight importance of this character. 14. Ampelopsis heptaphylla is the same as Fendler's No. 108, viz., a small- leaved state of A. quinque folia, only with some of the leaves 6— 7-foliolate. It is also in Wright's earlier, undistributed, Texan collection. 15. Vitis monticolais V. rupestris, Scheele, (see PI. Lindh. 2, p. 165, and PL Wr. 2, p. 27). 16. Vitis Linsecomii is what I have always referred to V. Labrusca. The Louisiana specimen (of Dr. Hale) exactly agrees with specimens from the plant which we formerly cultivated in the Cambridge Botanic Garden as Isa- bella Grape. 17. Vitis Mustangensis (which is not the Mustang Grape of Florida, &c, vide Chapm. S. Flora, p. 71) is the well known V. candicans, Engelmann, (PL Wright 2, p. 32, &c.) ; and V. coriacea of Shuttleworth is a thick-leaved form of it, the V. Caribcea of Chapman ; whether of De Candolle I am still un- certain, but have seen no West Indian specimens which exactly match it. Surely there is some mistake in the statement that "its leaves are neither toothed nor mucronate." It would be more correct to say that they are never entire, and some Texan specimens of Lindheimer, &c, show the glandular mucronations of C. Caribaa. Perhaps the reader should be warned that mustang is not the name of a town or country, (as the termination ensis implies, ) but of a wild horse. 18. Psoralea palmata is P. cyphocalyx, Gray, PL Lindh. 2, p. 450, coll. No. 593. 19. Indigofera c i n e r e a, and 20, 1. T e x a n a, are both /. leptosepala, Nutt., common in all collections in that region. The specimens afford no evidence that the former has an annual root, and Mr. Buckley does not appear to know the plant except by these specimens. 21. Amorpha T e x an a is A. laevigata, Nutt., var. pubescens, Gray, PL Wr. 1, p. 49, the same as Wright's and Lindheimer's specimens, the latter from the very same district ; also apparently A. Rocmeriana, Scheele. The pubes- cent forms pass into A. paniculata, Torr. and Gray. 22. Astragalus Brazoensisis the rare or local A. reflexus, Torr. and Gray, FL, from the district where Diummond discovered it; the legume better de- veloped and more didyrnous than in Drummond's specimens. Its cells are not always " monospermous, " some having ripened two seeds. The keel of the corolla is tipped with purple. 23. Phaca (Astragalus) cretacea is a form of Astragalus Missouriensis, Nutt., the flowers of which are "sometimes nearly white," but I suppose not ochroleucous. I have not felt at liberty to make a section of the single nearly full-grown legume which the specimens afford; but a closely similar specimen, in an undistributed collection of Mr. Wright from the same district, shows "the lower suture a little introflexed, " just as A. Missouriensis is described in the Flora of North America. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 103 24. Baptisia Tex an a, the color of the corolla of which is not mentioned in the singular specific character, is founded on a branch of either B. austral is or leacantha, the two commonest of species. 25. Cassia Texan a is C. cham&cristoides, Collad. (C. cinerea, Cham, and Schlecht.) enumerated in the Botany of the Mex. Bound. Survey, p. 59. It is No. 2427 and 2429 of Berlandier's collection. 26. Hoopesia arborea, n. gen. and sp. is made up of a flowering speci- men of Cercidium Texanum, Gray, a fruiting one of Acacia flexi caul is, Benth. , and a sterile branchlet of Acacia rigidula, Benth. The character " semen re- miformis " is, like the gender, an oversight. The above are the materials in herb. Durand. Those of the herbarium of the Academy lack the Acacia rigi- dula, and have only broken fragments of the Cercidium. 27. Acacia Sabeana is Leucana retusa, Benth., in PL Wr. 1, p. 64 ; a species not easy to mistake. 28. Acacia Durandiana is A. Greggii, Gray, PI. Wright, 1 and 2 ; Bot. Mex. Bound., &c. 29. Acacia Nueciana is founded on a miserable fragment of Pithecolo- bium brevi/blium, Benth., in PI. Wr., 1, p. 67. 30. Mimosa calcarea is Strombocarpa (Prosopis, Benth.) cinerascens, Gray, PI. Wr., 1, p. 61 ; Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv., p. 60 — where it should have mentioned that it is Berlandier's Nos. 2013 and 3143. 31. Desmanthus pedunculatus is D. velutinus, Scheele, abundant in all collections. 32. Desmanthus rhombifolius is D. reticulatus, Benth., the characters which distinguish the species quite omitted. 33. Crataegus T e x a n a is C. tomentosa var. mollis, Gray, Man., and C. sub- villosa, Schrader, not to mention other names. 34. Gaura triangulata is G. tripetala, Cav. ; Gray, PI. Wr., 1, p. 72, mixed with some G. coccinea. 35. Oenothera Lampasana is just intermediate between Wright's No. 199, (E. Greggii var. pubescens, Gray, PL Wr., 1, p. 72, and his No. 1076, (E. Hartwegi var. approaching Fendleri. So that, instead of a new species, a farther reduction than I had indicated in PL Wr., 2, p. 58, &c. is indicated. 36. Oenothera L e o n a. the glabrous calyx excepted, accords throughout with (E. rhombipetala of the Flora of North America, and I presume with Nuttall's plant, which I have not access to at present. What Mr. Durand takes for (E. rhombipetala (Texas, Dr. Linsecom), also Lindheimer's No. 56 and Berlandier's No. 1842, with the calyx hirsute with very long and spreading hairs, the petals rhombic- ovate, but obtuse and erect pods, I take to be (E. bifrons of Don and Hooker, probably quite distinct, although some forms are questionable. 37. Mentzelia petiolata is a not uncommon form of M. oligospermia, Nutt. 38. Saxifraga Tex an a: no specimen extant. 39. Cymopterus macrorhizusis C. mentanus, Nutt., and the Texan plant so named in PL FendL, p. 56 and PL Wright, 1, p. 79, the latter from Austin, Mr. Buckley's own locality. I had recorded the fact that it agreed very well with Nuttall's original specimens in the Hookerian herbarium. 40. Eurytaenia m a c r o p h y 1 1 a, as it appears to me, is E. Texana with 1862.] 164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF the radical leaves, whkh were before unknown. The flowers, upper leaves, &c. are the same, and the fruit of the proposed new species is unknown. 41. Eupatorium SabeanuniisE'. conyzoides, Vahl., noticed in Bot. Mex. Bound. 42. Bulbostylis (Brickellia) deltoides is founded on a specimen (with the flowers too undeveloped for Mr. Buckley to make out the generic charac- ter) of Eupatorium Berlandieri, DC. ; also E. ageratifolium, var. Mexicanum, DC, and var. Texense, Gray, PI. Lindh., &c. — a familiar Texan plant. 43. Kuhnia m a c r a n t h a is the common Western form of K. eupatori- oides var. corymbuhsa, Torr. & Gray; and, if to be distinguished, must take the old name of K. Maximiliani, Sinn. 44. Erigeron Brazoenseis E. tenue, Ton*. & Gray, a rather stout and leafy form. 45. Erigeron nudiflorum is E. divergens, Torr. & Gray, the form called E. cinereum in PI. Fendl. 46. Machseranlhera (Dieteria) gr and if 1 o ra is Xanthisma Texanum, DC. (Centauridium Drummondii, Torr. & Gray), which Mr. Buckley had in his own collection. The rays have fallen, but were bright yellow. 47. Aplopappus linear ifolius is Baccharis Texana, Gray, the female plant, showing plainly that it is a Baccharis. 48. Parthenium 1 o b a t u m is the old and familiar P..hijsterophorus, L. 49. Aphanostephus pilosus is one of the hispid forms of A. rammosissi- miis, DC. 50. Sericocarpus (Galatella) Woodhousii is Linosyris Wrightii, Gray, PI. Wr., and has hardly any thing in common with Sericocarpus. 51. Lepachys s e r r a t u s is L. peduncularis var. picta, Gray, PL Wr., 1, p. 107. The heads are undeveloped in the specimens. 52. Margacola p a r v u 1 a nov. gen. (which, from its position, Mr. Buckley may be thought to have mistaken the affinities of) is Trichocoronis Wrigfitii, Gray, PI. Fendl., PI. Wr., &c. 53. Linsecomia glauca, nov. gen., — the whole published character of which perfectly accords with Helianthus, — is the well known Helianthus cili- aris, DC. 54. Halea rep and a, so far as I can judge from the fragments, accords with H. Ludoviciana (of which it has just the pappus), with more of the leaves (and these sharply dentate instead of " repando-denticulatis") petioled, and some of them lobed. The specimens do not show the plant to be an annual, but the contrary. 55. Zexmenia (Lasianthea) hispidulais Oligogyne Ta?npicana, DC. 56. Verbesina T e x a n a is V. microptera, DC, a variety of V. Virginica. 57. Actinella lanuginosa is A. scaposa, Nutt. 58. Heterotheca 1 a t i f o 1 i a is H. Chrysopsidis, DC 59. Gaillardia 1 o b a t a is G. picta, Don., a form with the leaves all sinuate- pinnatifid in one specimen ; the upper ones entire in another, just as in Lind- heimer's No. 103. 60. Gaillardia scabrosa is G. arablyodon, Gay, depauperate specimens, just like Drummond's original ones. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 165 61. Phileozera (Philoxera was intended) multiflora, nov. gen., is Hyme- noxys odorata, DC, Actinella odorata, Gray, PI. Fendl. 62. Heleniuni Texanum is just Berlandier's plant, H. microcephalism, DC, a species to include also H. elegans and heterophyllum, DC. 63. Cirsium Texanum is C.filipendulum, Engelm., inTorr. k Gray, FL, there regarded, I think correctly, as a variety of C. Virginianum. 64. Specularia (Campanula) Linsecomia and Campanula Colorado- en s e are S. (Campanida) leptocarpa, Engelm., Campylocera leptocarpa, Nutt. 65. Arbutus Tex an a is the A. Menziesii of the Bot. Mex. Bound., p. 108, and, so far as known, differs from the Western plant only in its smaller leaves. G6. Comarostaphylis glauca is the same plant as the foregoing. 67. Bunielia arborea is B. oblongifolia, Nutt., the common species of Lindheimer's and other Texan collections, and certainly a form of B. lanugi- nosa. The long hairs of the lower surface of the adult leaves are not scanty. 68. Pentstemon pauciflorus is Phlox pilosa, L. ! as to the solitary speci- men in the Academy's herbarium, and nearly the whole description ; while to Durand's herbarium was supplied a bit of the same Phlox and two small specimens of Pentstemon gracilis, Nutt. or (which is probably the same thing) a slender form of P. pubescens. The character " filamento sterili glabro apice dilatato" is factitious, since there is no sterile filament in the Phlox, and that of the real Pentstemon (which has been dissected out and displayed in the specimen) is heavily bearded ! 69. Pentstemon amplexicaule is P. Fendleri, Gray, well figured in the second volume of Pacif. R. Road Reports ; and it is also, with scarce a doubt, both P. acuminalus and P. nitidus of Douglas, &c. 70. Drejera parviflora is the first plant of the collection at all new to me. I believe it to be a congener of Sdiaueria parviflora and linearifolia, Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 71. Lithospermum prostratum is exactly Berlandier's No. 2311, L Matamorcnse, DC. The nutlets are rather tawny than white, and are better described by De Candolle than by Buckley. 72. Echinospermum p i 1 o s u m is E. Redowshi, Lehm., which has been confused with E. palulum, — the same as Fendler's No. 634, Wright's 1569, &c. 73. Echinospermum scabrosum is E. strictum, Nees, Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. 73a. Eritrichium hispidum is E. Texanum, DC 74. Nemopbila h i rs u ta (founded on decumbent branches) and N. p i 1 o s a are both essentially alike, do not differ in the kind of pubescence, and are both the original N. phacelioides, Nutt. 75. Phacelia (Cosmanthus) hispida is Eutoca patuliflora, Engelm. & Gray, PI. Lindh., (in herb. Durand) — forms verging to E. slrictiflora, Engelm. & Gray, 1. c. They all run together, and into Phacelia hirsula, Nutt., the proper name. 76. Phlox mac rant ha, the quite peculiar characters of which are totally overlooked, and the seeds of which are wrongly said to be alate, has long been known in Wright's and Lindheimer's collection (No. 467 of the latter), was named P. Lindheimcri by Engelmanu, but published by Scheele under the name of P. Rcemeriana. 77. Convolvulus (Ipomea) caddoensis is Ipomca leptophylla, Torr., long ago well figured in Emory's Gila Report. 1862.] 106 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP 78. Solarium (Cryptocarpum) Sabeanum is S. Balbisii, Dun., now re- ferred to S. sisymbrufolium, Lam., the var. acutilobum albiftorunt of Dunal, pro- bably also S. tectum, Pers., and an introduced plant. 70. Solanum (Lasiocarpa) Linsecumii is Withania sordida, Dunal, Torr.. in Dot. Mex. Bound., p. 155. 80. Physalis Sabeana is P. lobata, Torr. 81. Nicotiana glandulosa is N. ipomopsifiora, Dunal; also, JV. trigono- phylla, Dunal, and iV. multiflora, Nutt. ? Torr. For an elucidation of the species see Proceed. Amer. Acad , 5, p. 1G6. 82. Erythrrea calycosa is Gyrandra chironoides, Griseb. and Erytkrcea chironioides, Torr., Dot. Mex. Bound., where the species is cleared up and well figured. 8:!. Sabbatia fo rmosa is S. campestris, Nutt., a familiar species, beautifully figured in Bot. Mag. No. 5015. 84. Forestiera autumnalis differs from F. ligustrina, especially the var, pubescens, only in having flowered in summer while the leaves are on. Lindhei- mer collected a similar form at Houston, flowering in July, with full-grown leaves terminating the flowering branches. The specimens of Linsecom and Buckley in Durand's herbarium render it clear that all belong to the common Texan F. ligustrina. 84a. Fraxinus Americana, pubescens and oblongocarpa (a hy- brid name) are all three absolutely the same species, — the differences in the specimens before me being only such as may be found in different trees from the same seed-bed, and are F. pubescens, Lam. 85. Fraxinus albican s — as to the tree intended from New England, Penn- sylvania, &c. — is what all American botanists have taken for F. Americana. Whether it be the ash Linnaeus had in view (excluding the syn. of Catesby). viz., the species of Clayton, I am uncertain, although the remark about the fruit, in the second edition of the Species Plantarum, looks to the white ash rather than to F. pubescens or viridis. But, in adopting his vietr of the case, Mr. Buckley had no need to give a new specific name to the white ash. There is, first of all, Marshall's most appropriate name, — F. alba. The still older name, — F. Novte- Anglice of Wangenheim, probably belongs here, as also F. ju- glandifolia, Lam. and F. discolor, Muhl. But, above all, an undoubted name of the white ash, over half a century old, is F. epiptera, of the elder Michaux. Here, the phrase " capsulis obverse lanceolatis, ima parte teretibus apteris" is per- fectly discriminative. To be sure Mr. Buckley describes his F. albicans, " sa- maris basi subteretib-us,1'1 and his Americana and pubescens as " ba3i teretibus.'' Now, our white ash, the F. epiptera of Michaux, is well marked by the latter cha- racter, the wing not at all decurrent as a margin on the terete body of the fruit. Turning to Mr. Buckley's Texan specimens in the herbarium of the Academy, I find that there are two, both in fruit; one with the larger leaves and fruit is clearly F. viridis, var. Berlandieriana, Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound. (/'. Berlandieri- ana, DC.) ; the other is, I think, a form of F. Americana (i. e. albicans of Buckley), of the small-fruited form we are familiar with, but with very small leaves as well as fruits, the latter terete and cylindrical in the manner of the species. Upon studying our ashes several years ago, I ventured the opinion that the fruits of F. Americana and F. viridis in the Sylva of the ycunger Mi- chaux were mismatched. This, Mr. Buckley controverts by stating that the descriptions in the letter-press correspond with the figures on the plates. It would be surprising if they did not, both being drawn from the same materials ! The case may easily be tested. The green ash is as well marked by its foliage as the common white ash is by its fruit. When any person shall exhibit upon [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167 a green ask such fruit as that represented on Michaux's plate of the species, with an oblong, turgid and terete body, and a wing which commences so ab- ruptly, I shall retract my opinion. It is a curious statement to be made in the Proceedings of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, that Zaccheus Collins was a pupil and corre- spondent of Linnaeus ! Also, that Linnaeus may have derived from him and Dr. Kuhn his specimens of Fraxinus Americana,- — upon which Linnaeus had pub- lished his last words a little before he ever saw, or probably had ever heard of, Dr. Kuhn, and somewhere about the time that Mr. Collins was born ! 86. Fraxinus nigrescens. No specimen of this is communicated. A specimen from Louisiana, Hale, which generally accords with the description, is F. platycarpa. 87. Fraxinus trialatais a small-leaved and small-fruited form of F. viridis, var. Berlandieriana, with a triple wing, which is not uncommon in F. platycarpa and some other species. 88. Abronia speciosa is one of the forms or species which have been as- sembled under the name of A. mellifera, Dough, and probably the same as Wright's No. 1710, which had "red-purple flowers," and has been indicated by Dr. Torrey under the still unpublished name of A. turbinata, — so that if the same, and really distinct, Mr. Buckley's name will take precedence. 89. Oxybaphus pau c ifloru s is a common Texan form of 0. ?iyctagineus, vide Gray in Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 174. 90. Phyllanthus (Lepidanthus) e 1 1 i p t i c u s is founded, as appears, upon a specimen of one of Wright's collections, given to the Academy's herbarium by Mr. Durand. If I have myself specimens of it they are mislaid. The species is distinct from any of our recognized ones of the United States, and, so far as I know, a new one. But it ia not at all a Lepidanthus, is not " dioecious," but monoecious, and its proper characters are not noticed in Mr. Buckley's descrip- tion. Moreover, his specific name is anticipated. 91. Moms microphylla, a common Texan Mulberry, which certainlv does appear distinct from M. rubra, and was so regarded by Dr. Engelmann, who distributed Lindheimer's specimens under the name of M. parvifolia ; but I think it has not been published. Dr. Torrey refers it to M. rubra. 92. Yncca 1 o n g f o 1 i a ; no specimen supplied. 93. Yucca constricta is Y. angustifolia, Nutt. The constriction of the capsule is inconstant. It occurs also in Y. rupicola. This and all the following determinations are by Dr. Torrey. 94. Juncus filipendulus ;s/. heteranthos, Nutt., a variety of J. margina- tus, Rostk. 95. Juncus diffusissimus is J", debilis, Gray, Man. 96. Tradescantia speciosa as appears from the character and an un- named species in herb. Durand, is the well-marked T. leiandra, Torr., Bot. Mex. Bound, (misprinted " T. biandra ") ; but Mr. Buckley has omitted to notice its beardless filaments. 97. Cyperus retro flexus is a fully developed state of C. uniflorus,Tovv. Mon. Cyp., which was described from starved specimens. 98. Cyperus ruficomus is C. lutescens, Torr. 99. Cyperus Heermanniiis not identified with any published North Ame- iican species. 100. Cha?tocyperus membranaceus is Eleocharis pygmcea, Torr., the va- riety with naked achenia noticed in Nicollet's report. 1862.] 168 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF 101. Eleocharis cylindrica is E. tenuis, Schultes, a variety with smooth achenia. 102. Eleocharis micro formis [a hybrid name] is near E. intermedia, Schultes. 103. Eleocharis acutisquamata is the E. palustris var. anachata, Torr. It will be perceived that all the new genera of Mr. Buckley's two papers, and nearly all the new species, are either oversights or mistakes, which might have been avoided. The painful duty I have had to perform was all the more neces- sary, inasmuch as the true names of the plants could seldom have been ascer- tained from the published descriptions in those papers. However excellent the author's intentions, we can only regret a publication which entails upon our science a hundred worse than useless synonyms, (a regret which I have reason to believe Mr. Buckley now shares), and we should endeavor to prevent future calamities of the kind. In this regard, understanding that a third paper of the sort, upon a peculiarly difficult order of plants, has been printed in the Acade- my's Proceedings, but not yet issued, I am confident that my motives will not be misunderstood when I venture to suggest, that the credit both of the Acade- my and of the author of the paper, no less than the interests of science, would be most subserved by the cancelling of the sheets. Descriptions of Ten new species of TTNIONIDJE of the United States. BY ISAAC LEA. Unio grandidens. — Testa, valde tuberculata, obliqua, ad umbones inflata ; valvulis crassissimis, antice crassioribus ; natibus valde tumidis terminalibus- que ; epidermide fusca, ; dentibus cardinalibus pergrandibus, percrassis corruga- tisque ; lateralibus crassis, sublongis, obliquis et valde corrugatis; margarita, alba et iridescente. Hab.— Near Hot Springs, Arkansas, Byrd Powell, M. D, Unio speciosus. — Testa omnino tuberculata, fere granulata,, quadrangulari, valde compressa, ad latere planulata, subsequilaterali, postice subbiangulata et cmarginata, antice rotundata ; valvulis subcrassis, antice paulisper crassioribus ; natibus subelevatis, ad apices acuminatis et elogantissime perundulatis ; epi- dermide viridi-lutea, substriata, vel obsolete radiata vel eradiata, submicanti ; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, compressis, obliquis, erectis, striatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus rectis, sublongis obliquisque ; margarita, argentea, et iridescente. Hah. — Colorado River, near Lagrange, Texas, Prof. Forshey ; and Leon Co., Texas, Lieut. E. F. Beale. Unio Leibii.— Testa lsevi, quadra, subcompressa, valde inaequilaterali, pos- tice emarginata, antice rotundata, valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus subprominentibus, fere terminalibus; epidermide straminea. eradiata,; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, erectis striatisque ; lateralibus curtis, rec- tis crassisque. in utroque valvulo duplicibus; margarita alba et paulisper iri- descente. Hab.— Erie Co., Michigan, G. B. Leib, M. D. Unio Gerhakdtii. — Testa subsulcata, elliptica, subcompressa, sublenticular!, inaequilaterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice rotunda; valvulis crassiusculis, antice paulisper crassioribus; natibus subelevatis ; epidermide straminea, radiis capillaribus ; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, compressis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis subcurvisque; margarita alba, et valde iridescente. Hab. — Chattanooga, Geo., Alexander Gerhardt. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 169 Unio Mercerii— Testa lsevi, late elliptica, compressa, postice compressa et biangulata, antice rotundata, valde insequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus ; nati- bus prominulis; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, subnitida, eradiata; dentibus car- dinalibus parvis, tuberculatis striatisque ; lateralibus prselongis subcurvisque ; margarita purpurea et valde iridescente. Hab. — Lee Co., Geo., Dr. Mercer. * Unio Arkansasensis. — Testa laevi, ovato-obliqua, insequilaterali, postice com- pressa et obtuse biangulata, antice rotunda; valvulis crassiusculis, antice paulisper crassioribus ; natibus subelevatis; epidermide flavescente, obsolete radiata: dentibus cardinalibus parvis, striatis crenulatisque ; lateralibus sub- longis, subrectis subcrassisque ; margarita alba et valde iridescente. Hab.— Near Hot Springs, Arkansas, Byrd Powell, M. D. Unio Be ale i. — Testa laevi, elliptica, subcompressa, insequilaterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata, ; valvulis crassiusculis, antice crassioribus; natibus prominulis ; epidermide vel tenebroso-fusca vel nigricante, obsolete ra- diata, ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, compressis, crenulatis, acuminatis, in utro- que valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus prselongis, subcurvis, lamellatis ; margarita vel alba, vel dilute salmonia et valde iridescente. Hab. — Leon County, Texas, Lieut. E. F. Beale, U. S. Navy. Rutersville, Texas, Prof. Forshey. Anodonta Leonensis. — Testa, lavi, elliptica, inflata, insequilaterali, postice subbiangulatti, antice oblique rotundata et paulisper sulcata ; valvulis tenuibus, antice paulisper crassioribus ; natibus prominentibus, tumidis, ad apices nodo- sis ; epidermide fulgida, luteo-virente vel fuscescente, vel obsolete radiata vel eradiata ; margarita caeruleo-alba et valde iridescente. Hab. — Leon County, Texas, Lieut. E. F. Beale, U. S. Navy. Anodonta Williamsii. — Testa, lsevi, ovato-oblonga, inflata, subsequilaterali, postice subbiangulata, antice rotundata et paulisper sulcata; valvulis sub- tenuibus, antice ad marginem incrassatis ; natibus prominulis, inflatis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide vel viridi vel luteo-oliva, fulgida, obsolete radiata vel eradiata ; margarita caeruleo-alba et valde iridescente. Hab. — Potomac River, at the White House below Mt. Vernon, H. C. Williams. Anodonta Tryonii. — Testa, lsevi, obliquo-elliptica, subcompressa, sublenticu- lar!, valde insequilaterali, postice subbiangulari, antice rotundata ; valvulis tenuibus; natibus prominulis, subcompressis, ad apices undulatis, epidermide fulgida, vel virente vel fuscescente, obsolete radiata; margarita caeruleo-alba, et valde iridescente. Hab. — Schuylkill River, above Philadelphia, Delaware River, at League Isl- and, G. W. Tr'you, jr. Flemington, Con., Prof. Shepard. Westfield, Mass., Dr. Shurtleff; and Potomac near Chain Bridge, above Washington, Prof. Henry. Description of a New Genus, (TRYPANOSTOMA) of the Family MELANID.E, and of forty-five New Species. BY ISAAC LEA. Family MELANIDJE. Genus Trypanostoma.'* — Testa conica, apertura rhomboidea, inferne sub- canaliculata. Labro expanso. Columella lsevis, inferne contorta. Operculum corneum, ad spirans pertinens. The enormous number of species in the genus dfelama, has made it very de- sirable to eliminate as many as possible, by founding new genera, when well- characterised groups can be established. With this view, I proposed, in the * Tgt/Tavev, an auger, and ari/ma, a mouth. 1862.] 12 170 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP Proceedings of the Academy in April last, the genus Sirephobasis. The genus now proposed, under the name of Trypanostoma, will include all the well-known Melanice, with an auger- shaped aperture, the type of which maybe considered Mr. Say's Melanin canaliculata, a common and well-known species from the basin of the Ohio River. It will include a number of large species, indeed, nearly all of the large and ponderous species of the United States. Many new ones will be found in this paper. Objections may be raised against increasing the num- ber of genera without the aid of the examination of the soft parts. But there is no validity in this objection, from the fact, that in the present condition of the Science of Malacology, we are becoming acquainted with a vast number of new and interesting forms, without the hope, at present, of seeing the soft portion of the animals. These may, at some future time, and, no doubt, will be examined and carefully described by Zoologists, who may dwell near the waters where these numerous and highly developed species reside. Until this takes place, we can only group them upon the characters which are presented by their outward hard portions, which are accessible to us now. In proposing this new genus, I am aware that European Zoologists have made many genera and subgenera in this Family, but none have made groups of our numerous species by which they can be properly divided. They have mixed them up, notwithstanding all the time and care they have bestowed upon them, in a manner so as to make great confusion. Mr. Swainson, in his " Treatise on Malacology," proposed a subgenus of Mdania under the name of Ceriphasia, and gives a figure, page 204, (C. sulcata,) stating it came from Ohio. It is evident, on looking on this figure, that it does not represent any Ohio species, neither in the aperture nor in the revolving ribs. Dr. Gray and the Messrs. Adams* adopt the genus, and the latter give a figure (pi. 31, fig. 6) of canali- culata, Say, as the type, which I do not think answers to the description or figure of Mr. Swainson. Dr. Gray, in his excellent "List of the genera of Re- cent Moliusca," in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society, expresses a doubt whether his Telescopella may not be the same with Ceriphasia. Mr. Reeve, in his beautiful work," Concbologia Iconica," mixes may of our species in a man- ner that does not admit of their being separated into groups ; and Dr. Chenu (" Manuel de Concbyliologie'') groups together some very incongruously. Many of our groups are emphatically American, and the divisions made by our zoologists have not had the attention they deserve from European writers. Thus, neither Dr. Gray, Mr. Reeve, nor the Messrs. Adams adopt Prof. Halde- man's genus Lithasia, established so long since, and which is an easily recog- nized group. Mr. Reeve puts the various species of that group into my genus lo to which they certainly do not belong, and Dr. Chenu puts part of them there. The genus Amnicola, long since proposed by Gould and Haldeman, for a very natural group of small shells, divided from Paludina, is not recognized by Chenu or Reeve. In a future paper I propose to define the group into which our Mclanidcs seem naturally to divide themselves, adopting the well recognized genera which have been established. Trypanostoma dcx. — Testa carinata, pyramidata, crassa, rnfo-fuscescente; spira valde elevata; suturis paulieper impressis ; anfractibus instar novenis, planulatis ; apertura subgrandi, rhombica, intus pallido salmonia ; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Tennessee River, W. Spillman, M. D. Fox River, Illinois, J. Sampson. Oostenaula, Rev. G. White. Tuscumbia, B. Pybas. Trypanostoma Thortonii. — Testa, carinata, pyramidata, subcrassa, cornea * Messrs- Adams for the type of subgenus Jvga give Buddii, Say. I am not aware that Mr. Say described any Melanian under that name; and in Megara ihey give alveare, Con. and basalis. Lea, as types, while they certainly belong to very different groups, having very differently formed apertures. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 171 vel vittata vel evittata; spira regulariter elevata; suturis parum impressis ; aafractibus instar denis, planulatis ; apertura parviuscula, rhomboidea, intus albida. ; labro acuto, valde sinuoso ; columella interne incrassata, et valde contorta. Hab. — Tu'scumbia, Ala., L. B. Thorton, Esq. and Rev. G. White. Chatta- nooga, Tenn., J. Clark. Trypanostoma Troostii. — Testa carinata, conoidea, valde inflata, vel luteo- cornea vel viridescente, vel vittata vel evittata ; spira elevata; suturis valde et irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar novenis, subimpressis, interdum canaliculatis ; apertura grandi, rhomboidea, intus albida, interdum vittata; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella interne incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Tennessee, Prof. G. Troost. Florence, Ala., Rev. G. White. Ooste- naula River, Ga., Bishop Elliott ; and Fox River, near New Harmony, Indiana, J. Sampson. Trypanostoma incurvdm. — Testa carinata, conoidea, subtenui, cornea; spira subelevata; suturis regulariter impressis; anfractibus octonis, planulatis, in- terne obsolete striatis ; apertura parviuscula, rhomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto, sigmoidea ; columella valde contorta. Hab. — Florence, Ala., Rev. G. White. Trypanostoma Postellii — Testa, carinata, pyramidata, subcrassa, cornea ; spirit regulariter conica; suturis valde impressis; anfractibus octODis, vel planulatis vel impressis, ultimo parviusculo; apertura parvissima, rhomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto, valde sinuoso ; columella interne incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Tennessee River, J. Postell. North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey. Trypanostoma Tuomeyi. — Testa carinata, crassiuscula, elevato-conica, tene- broso-fusca, ; spira elevato-conica; suturis vix impressis; anfractibus instar denis, planulatis, inferne obsolete striatis ; apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus tenebrosa ; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella paulisper incrassata, et valde contorta. Hab.—Sovlh. Ala., Prof. Tuomey. Florence, Ala., Rev. G. White. Trypanostoma Florencense. — Testa, subcarinata, tnrrita, subcrassa, tene- broso-fusca. vel luteo-cornea, obsolete vit'ata vel evittata ; spira valde elevata ; suturis leviter impressis : anfractibus instar undenis, paulisper convexis ; aper- turii parviuscula, rhomboidea, intus cseruleo-alba; labro acuto, sinuoso ; colu- mella, albida et valde contorta. Hab. — Florence, Ala., Dr. Spillman. Tuscumbia, L. B. Thornton, Esq. Trypanostoma Clarkii. — Testa, obtuse1 carinata, conica, subcrassa, tenebroso- oliva ; spira elevata; suturis valde impressis ; anfractibus instar octonis, planu- latis ; apertura parviuscula, rhomboidea, intus albidil ; labro acuto, sinuoso ;. columella alba, et contorta. Hab. — French, Broad and Tellico Creeks, Tenn., J. Clark and Prof. Christy. Florence, Ala., G. White. Noxubee River, Miss., Dr. Spillman ; and Clinch River, Tenn., Dr. Warder. Coosa, Cahawba and Alabama Rivers, Ala., Dr. Showalter. Trypanostoma Alabamense. — Testa carinata, crassiuscula, subfusiformi, tene- broso-cornea; spira subattenuata ; suturis regulariter impressis; anfractibus instar octonis, planulatis, inferne striatis; apertura parviuscula; rhomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella inferne incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey. Florence, Ala., Rev. G. White. Trypanostoma ligatum. — Testa carinata, fusiformi, subcrassa, inflata, nitida, vittata vel evittata, luteo-oliva; spira, obtuse conica; suturis impressis; an- 1862.] 172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF fractibus septenis, convexiusculis, ultimo pergrandi, ligata apud peripheriam ; apertura grandi, rhomboidea, intus obsolete vittata ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella inferne incrassata, ad basim rufo-maculata, valde contorts. Hab. — Tennessee, Prof. Troost. Cumberland, River, C. T. Downie. North Ala., Pruf. Tuomey. Ohio River at Cincinnati, U. P. James. Trypanostoma Pybasii. — Testa obtuse carinata, obtuse conica, solida, bi- vitta, viridi-fusea. ; spira. obtasa; suturis valde impressis ; anfractibus instar octonis. convexiusculis ; apertura parva, rhombica, intus alba, et vittata ; labro acuto, valde sinuoso ; columella inferne incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Tuscumbia, Ala., B. Pybas. Trypanostoma olivaceum. — Testa carinata, subfusiformi, subcrassa, olivacea ; spira subobtusa ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus instar octonis, planulatis ; apertura subgiandi, rhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella inferne incrassata et valde contorta. Hal. — Tombigbee River, Mississippi, W. Spillman, M. D. Trypanostoma monilifertjm. — Testa tuberculata, crassa, pyramidata, vel luteola vel virente, vittata vel evittata. ; spira elevato-pyramidatfi : suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar denis, planulatis, inferne striatis, interdum obsolete sulcatis, ad peripheriam tuberculatis ; apertura subgrandi, rhomboidea, intus vel albida vel salmonia, plerumque bivittata ; labro acuto, valde sinuoso; columella inferne incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Tennessee, Prof. Troost and Mr. Anthony. Florence, Ala., Rev. G. White, Mr. Pybas and Mr. Thornton. Cumberland River, Dr. Powell. Ohio River, near the mouth, in Illinois, J. Donaldson. New Harmony, Indiana, Mr. Carley and Mr. Sampson. Warrior River, Ala., Prof. Brumby. Trypanostoma Lewisii. — Testa sulcata, subtenui, elevato-conica, tenebroso- fusca vel cornea, vittata ; fpira attenuata ; suturis paulisper impressis ; an- fractibus instar undenis, planulatis; apertura parva, subrhomboidea, intus vittata ; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso ; columella inferne paulisper incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Peoria, Illinois, J. Lewis, M.D. Trypanostoma moriformi. — Testa sulcata, subcylindracea, solida, uno-vittata, cornea, spira obtuse conica; suturis impressis; anfractibus instar novenis, impressis, canaliculatis ; apertura parviuscuia, rhombica, intus alba et uno- vittata ; labro acuto, valde sinuoso; columella inferne incrassata et valde contorta. Hab.— Oostenaula River, near Rome, Ga., Rev. G. White. Tenn. River, Dr. Spillman. Tuscumbia, Ala. B. Pybas. Trypanostoma viride. — Testa subsulcata, subcrassa, subfusiformi, olivacea; spira obtuse conica; suturis valde impressis; anfractibus septenis, convexis, ultimo subcanaliculato ; apertura subgrandi, rhomboidea, intus vel purpurea vel albidA; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella inferne incrassata et paulisper contorta. Hab. — Tennessee, Prof. Troost. Trypanostoma Showalterii. — Testa, striata, interdum laevi, valde exerla, crassa subcylindracea, vel cornea vel fusca, interdum inferne vittata; spira valde elevata ; suturis valde impressis; anfractibus novenis, subpianulatis ; apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus vel albida vel salmonia; labro acuto, parum sinuoso ; columella interne incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Cahawba River, Ala., E. R. Sho waiter, M. D. Tuscaloosa, Ala., Dr. Budd. Oostenaula River, Ga., Rev. G. White and Bishop Elliott. .Trypanostoma Anthonyi. — Testa rugoso striata, pyramidata, crassa, luteo- olivacea ; spira elevata ; suturis rugoso-impressis ; anfractibus instar novenis, [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 173 planulatis ; aperturA subgrandi, rbomboidea, intus alba ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella inferne incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Tennessee, J. G. Anthony. Warrior River and Yellowleaf Creek, Ala.. Dr. Showalter. Fox River, Indiana ; J. Sampson. Trypanostoma striatum. — Testa striata, subulari, subtenui, cornea ; spirit elevata ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus instar octonis, convexiusculis, ultimo parviusculo ; apertura parva, subrbomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto, valde sinuoso, expanso ; columella paulisper incrassata et valde sinuosa. Hab. — Florence, Ala., B. Pybas. Trypanostoma Hartmanii. — Testa, laevi, interdum obsolete canaliculata, solida, virente vel rufo-fuscescente, regulariter conica, vittata vel evittata ; spira pyra- midata ; suturis regulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar novenis, convexius- culis ; apertura parva, rhoinboidea, intus vel alba vel salmonia ; labro acuto. sinuoso ; columella inferne incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Cabawba and Coosa Rivers ; Dr. Showalter. Warrior River, Ala- bama. Knoxville, Dr. Budd and J. Clark. Tenn. River, Ala., Dr. Spillman. Trypanostoma Jayi.— Testa laevi, subpupoidea, crassa, nitida, rufo-fusca ; spira. obtuso-conica ; suturis valde impressis, anfractibus octonis, subtumidis, ultimo subgrandi; apertura parva, rhoinboidea, subangusta, intus pallido-fusca: labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella inferne incrassata et contorta. Hab. — , Alabama? J. C. Jay, M. D. Trypanostoma Spillmanii. — Testa, laevi, regulariter conica, tenebroso-oliva ; spira elevata; suturis regulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar novenis, planu- latis ; apertura parviuscula, rbomboidea, intus albida, interdum vittata; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella alba et valde contorta. Hab. — Noxubee River, Miss., W. Spillman, M. D. ; and Tenn., J.Clark. Trypanostoma Christyi. — Testa laevi, elevato-conica, crassiuscula, cornea, raro vittata; spira, valde elevata; suturis regulariter impressis; anfractibus instar denis, parum convexis; apertura parva, subrbomboidea, intus albida : labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella alba et contorta. Hab. — Cane Creek, Tenn., Prof. D. Christy. Trypanostoma labiatum. — Testa, lasvi, acuto-conica, subcrassa, nitida, virido- cornea : spira attenuata, mucronata ; suturis regulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar denis, convexiusculis, ad apicem carinatis, ultimo subgrandi ; apertura parviuscula, rbomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto, jux'a marginem incrassato, valde dilatato, valde sinuoso ; columella albida, inferne incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Big Miami River, Ohio, J. Clark. Trypanostoma Whitei. — Testa laevi, attenuato-conica, crassiuscula, tenebro- so-cornea ; spira valde elevata; suturis regulariter impressis; anfractibus instar novenis, convexiusculis ; apertura parva, subrbomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella inferne incrassata et contorta. Hab. — Lafayette co. and Marietta, Ga. ; Rev. G. White. Farland's Creek, Mississippi, Dr. Spillman ; and Tenn., J. G. Anthony. Trypanostoma Estabrookii. — Testa laevi, attenuato-conica, subtenui, cornea ; spira valde elevata, superne carinata ; suturis regulariter impressis; anfracti- bus instar denis, convexis ; apertura parva, subrbomboidea, inlus albida; labro acuto, subsinuoso ; columella alba et contorta. Hab. — East Tennessee, President Estabrook and Bishop Elliott. Near Cleve- land, Tenn., Prof. Christy ; and Monroe co., Tenn., J. Clark. Trypanostoma Knoxvillense. — Testa lrevi, subulari, subtenui, pallido-cor- nea; spira attenuato-conica, mucronata; suturis regulariter impressis ; anfracti- bus denis, convexiusculis, ad apicem carinatis, ultimo subconstricto ; apertura 1862.] 174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP parva, subrhomboidea, intus alba; labro acuto, sinuoso} columella inferne incrassata et paulisper contorta. Hab. — Knoxville, Tenn., Pres. Estabrook. Trypanostoma attenuatum. — Testa laevi, subulari, subtenui, cornea ; spira attenuata. ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus novenis, vix convexis, ultimo parvo ; apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto, valde sinuoso; colu- mella vix incrassata. et contorta. Hab. — Lafayette, Ga., Rev. G. White ; and Tenn., Dr. Hartman. Trypanostoma subul^forme. — Testa carinata, subulari, subtenui, cornea > spira at'enuato conica; suturis valde impressis; anfractibus denis, inferne planulatis, superne carinatis ; apertura parva, subrhomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella paulisper incrassata et contorta. Hab. — Knoxville, Tenn., Prof. Troost and W. Spillman, M. D. Trypanostoma tortum. — Testa substriata, conica, cornea, subcrassa ; spira subobtuso-conica ; suturis valde impressis ; anfractibus septenis, planulatis ; apertura subgrandi, subrhomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella valde incurvata, superne paulisper incrassata, inferne incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Uchee Bar, below Columbus, Ga., J. Lewis, M. D. Trypanostoma pallidum. — Testa, laevi, attenuato-conica, subcrassa, pallido- cornea ; spira valde elevata ; suturis valde impressis; anfractibus undenis, con- vexiusculis, superne subgeniculatis ; apertura parviuscula, subrhomboidea, intus alba; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella alba et valde contorta. Hab. — Niagara Falls, New York. Trypanostoma parvdm. — Testa laevi, crassiuscula, conoidea, cornea, vittata vel evittata ; spira conoidea; suturis regulariter impressis; anfractibus octonis, planulatis; apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso; columella inferne paulisper incrassata et contorta. Hab. — Knoxville, Pres. Estabrook; and French Broad River, East Tenn., J. Clark. Trypanostoma modestdm. — Testa laevi, conica, subtenui, virido-cornea; spira subelevata ; suturis linearibus ; anfractibus instar septenis, convexiusculis, ultimo subcompresso ; apertura parviuscula, subrhomboidea, intus caeruleo- alba ; labro acuto, sinuoso, expanso ; columella inferne paulisper incrassata et contorta. Hab. — Chilogita Creek, Blount co., Tenn., J. Clark. Trypanostoma simplex. — Testa laevi, conica, subcrassa, luteo-olivacea, spira subelevata; suturis paulisper impressis; anfractibus octonis, subconvexis, ultimo subconstricto ; apertura parva, constricta, rhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella inferne incrassata et contorta. Hab. — Cincinnati, Ohio, T. G. Lea. Trypanostoma minor. — Testa Isevi, obtuse conoidea, subcrassa, luteola, vit- tata ; spira obtuso-conoidea ; suturis valde impresiss ; anfractibus septenis, convexiusculis, ultimo grandi ; apertura grandi, subrhomboidea, intus alba, interdum vittata; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella incurva, inferne incrassata et paulisper contorta. Hab. — Tennessee, Prof. Troost. Trypanostoma pumilom. — Testa laevi, nitida, conoidea, subsolida, luteo- virescente, bivittata ; spira. obtuso-conoidea; suturis valde impressis ; anfrac- tibus septenis, subconvexis, ultimo pergrandi ; apertura subgrandi, rhomboidea, intus albida et trivittata ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella inferne incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Tennessee, Prof. Troost. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 175 Trypanostoma bivittatum. — Testa laevi, conoidea. subcrassa, lutea, bivittata ; spira, obtuso-conoidea ; suturis valde impressis ; anfractibus septenis, subcon- vexis, ultimo grandi; apertura subgrandi, subrhomboidea, intus alba, bivit- tata ; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso; columella inferne incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Tennessee, Prof. Troost. Trypanostoma Vanuxemii. — Testa laevi, conoidea, flavida, vel bivittata vel evittata; spira obtuso-conica; suturis impressis; anfractibus senis, convexius- culis ; apertura parviuscula, subrhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, siouoso ; columella inferne incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — South Carolina, Prof. L. Vanuxem. Trypanostoma trivittatum. — Testa lasvi, subfusiformi, subtenui, nitida, oli- vacea, trivittata; spira conica, mucronata,, ad apicem carinata ; suturis line- aribus ; anfractibus octonis, planulatis, ultimo subgrandi ; apertura subgrandi, rhomboidea, intus vittata; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella paulisper incrassata et incurva. Hab. — Tombigbee River, Mississippi, W. Spillman, M. D. Trypanostoma trochdlus. — Testa laevi, trochiformi, valde turnida, lutea, infra unifasciata; spira. valde obtusa; suturis impressis; anfractibus senis, superne planulatis, inferne inflatis; apertura grandi, rhomboidea, albida et unifasciata ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella inferne incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Holston River, Tenn., Prof. G. Troost. Trypanostoma Sycamor£nse. — Testa plicata, conica, luteo-cornea, subcrassa; spira attenuata, mucronata; suturis impressis; anfractibus undenis, convexi- usculis, superne carinatis, in medio plicatis; apertura parviuscula, rhomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella, incurva, inferne in'crassata et contorta. Hab. — Sycamore, Claiborne co., E. Tenn., J. Lewis, M. D. Trypanostoma Chakasahaense — Testa laevi, conica, fusco-virente, subtenui, bivittata; spira, subattenuata; suturis valde impressis; anfractibus instar oc- tonis, convexis, superne carinatis; apertura parva, rhombica, intus alba, et vittata; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella incurva, inferne inerassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Chakasaha River, Ala. ,Wm. Spillman, M. D. Trypanostoma Tennesse£nse. — Testa lam, obtuse conica, valde inflata, sub* crassa, tenebroso-fusca; spira brevi, valde obtusa ; suturis impressis; anfrac- tibus instar denis, convexis; apertura magna, rhomboidea, intus tenebrosa; labro acuto, expauso, inflecto et valde sinuoso; columella interne valde incras- sata et contorta. Hab. — Tenn., Prof. Troost. Lebanon co., Tenn., J. M. Safford. Trypanostoma Knoxense. — Testa, laevi, conica, vel ferruginea vel vittata, subcrassa; spira subelevata, mucronata ; suturis impressis; anfractibus octo- nis, convexiusculis, superne carinatis; apertura parva, intus vel albida vel fusca ; labro acuto, sinuoso, expanso ; columella paulisper incrassata et contorta. Hab.— Flat Creek, Knox co., Tenn., Prof. D. Christy. Trypanostoma canalitium. — Testa canaliculata, conica, crassiuscula, cornea, obsolete vittata; spira, regulariter conica, subelevata, ad apicem bivittata; suturis impressis; anfractibus planulatis; instar septenis, ultimo canaliculato ; apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus vel alba vel salmonia, et vittata; labro acuto et sigmoideo ; columella contorta, ad basim recurva. Hab. — Yellowleaf Cr., Ala., E. R. Showalter, M. D. 1862.] 176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Descriptions of two new species of IX01IC UNI0N1S and one MONOCONDYLffiA. BY ISAAC LEA. Unio Paramattensis. — Testa .crebre et leviter sulcata, elliptica, subinflata> valde inaequilaterali, postice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata; valvulis cras- siusculis, antice paulisper crassioribus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices radiis undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-ruscii, nigricante, eradiata; dentibus cardi- nalibus parvis, valde compressis, obliquis, valvulae dextrae duplicibus; late- ralibus praelongis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita alba et valde iridescente. Hab. — Paramatta River, New Soutb Wales, Smithsonian Institution. Unio Pazii. — Testa laevi, obliquii, antice inflata, valde inaequilaterali, postice acuto-angulata et attenuate, antice rotundata ; valvulis crassiusculis, postice paulisper crassioribus; natibus tumidis, subterminalibus ; epidermide olivacea, obsolete radiata et tiansverse late vittata; dentibus cardinalibus longis, lamellatis, valde obliquis corrugatisque ; lateralibus praelongis, obliquis, lamellatis corrugatisque; margarita vel alba vel CEerulea et valde iridescente. Hah. — China. Sig. Patricio Maria Paz. Monocondlcea Wheatleyi. — Testa, laevi, oblonga, subcompressa, valde in- aequilaterali, antice oblique rotundata, postice truncata, ; valvulis subcrassis, antice paulisper crassioribus ; natibus parvis, acuminatis, ad apices minutis- sime undulatis ; epidermide lutea, nitida, eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibu3 parvis, erectis, in utioque valvulo uno-tuberculatis ; margarita alba, et valde iridescente. Hal. — River Tigris, Assyria, Rev; Mr. Beadle, by C. M. Wheatley. Contributions to NEOTROPICAL SAUROLOGY. BY E. D. COPE. Phyllodactylus spatulatus. Muzzle elongate, rounded, depressed, extending anterior to the orbit once and one-tbird times the diameter of the latter. Frontal and nasal regions closely squamulose 'tuberculous, each tubercle as large as those that are scat- tered upon the occiput. Superior labials six, the last minute ; inferior labials five. Symphyseal elongate campanuliform in outline, succeeded by three or four transverse series of mental plates. The anterior is composed of three (median smallest), which are much longer than broad ; the posterior are hexagonal. About twenty-five rows of abdominal plates, and twenty rows of elongate trihedral dorsal tubercles. Extremities coarsely tuberculous. Length of head to angle of mandible 8 lin. ; from this point to vent, 1 in. 9 lin. ; of hinder extremity, 1 in. ; tail ? Abo^e pale yellowish ; a dark brown line from orbit to shoulder ; dark brown longitudinal lines, which inosculate on the nape and anterior dorsal region ; on the posterior dorsal and sacral they form cross-bands. Extremities banded. Beneath immaculate. Habitat. — Barbadoes. Prof. Theodore Gill coll. Anolis ( Acantholis) argillaceus. Size small, form stout. Head large, the muzzle short.. Canthus rostralis straight, sharp ; facial ruga? very obtuse, uniting a little anterior to the mid- dle of the muzzle, and forming a slightly pronounced median keel. Tail one and one-half times the length of the body, slightly compressed and trenchant, though not serrate above ; its scales keeled. No dorsal dermal fold. A slight prebrachial fold. Nares vertical. Orbit large ; tympanic orifice moderate ; dorsal and lateral scales minute, equal, except an occasional one a little [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177 larger. Abdominal scales rounded, smooth ; those of the extremities smooth. Occipital plate not in contact with superciliaries ; the latter are in contact medially, and number six or seven on each side ; tbe anterior pair is much the longest, and enclose a subtriangular plate. The second plate on the facial ruga is large, transverse ; tbe third is large and in contact with that of the other side and with the third plate of the canthus rostralis. Anterior to them is a median plate. The rest of the head plates are small, all are perfectly smooth. Two or three loreal rows. Superior labials six. Palpebrals three or four, transverse, forming an isolated disc. First infralabial large. Goitre well developed. In alcohol, above brownish white, with two rows of brown spots on each side ; occasionally a median series of dots. A short, median, nuchal band ; two convergent lateral cervical bands ; a dark band between the eyes. Ex- tremities brown banded. Habitat. — Eastern Cuba, (estate of Monte Verde.) From a valuable collec- tion made there by Mr. Chas. Wright. Mus. Academy Phila. and Smithsonian, (No. 5098.) This species has an occasional large granular scale in place of the dermal appendages of the loysianus. In that species the muzzle is more elon- gate ; the third plate of the facial ruga is not in contact with that opposite, or with that of the canthus rostralis ; the scales of the canthus are narrower. There are four or five palpebral plates, never three. The coloration is also different. Anolis (Ctenocercus) coelestinus. Size medium, form slender. Tail more than twice as long as head and body, cylindrical, the vertebral series of scales largest. Abdominal scales subquadrate, smooth, those of the baek and sides subequal, coarsely granu- lar, smooth. No dorsal or nuchal dermal folds. The hinder extremity di- rected forward reaches the ear ; the anterior, four-fifths the distance to the groin. Digital expansions well developed. Goitre large ; a prebrachial fold. Head elongate, front very little concave, nostrils latero-vertical close, to the extremity of the muzzle. Canthus rostralis acute, straight, covered with small scales ; facial ruga? none. Head plates all small, keelless. Seven in the superciliary series, the posterior minute ; two rows of scales separate those of one side from those of the other ; they are also well separated from the occipital, which is small oval. Five loreal series. Eight superior labials ; anterior infralabials small, keelless. Palpebrals small, scarcely keeled, sepa- rated from the superciliaries by granules. Length of head and body 2 in. 6 lin.; of posterior extremity 1 in. 4 lin. Color above bright bluish green (in alcohol), the extremities bluer. A white or reddish band extends beneath the orbit, through the ear to a short distance beyond the axilla. Above and behind the latter a large black spot extends more or less posteriorly. A reddish tint sometimes pervades parts of the in- ferior surfaces ; otherwise they are greenish white. Tibia and femur indis- tinctly dark cross-banded. Postorbita) and sometimes the loreal and frontal regions blackish. Habitat. — Western Hayti. Specimens obtained by Dr. Weinland near Jeremie (No. 1500 Mus., Compar. Zool.) have been kindly lent me by Prof. Agassiz. This species takes the place of A. p ri n c ip ali s in Hayti. It is the nearest ally of that species, but differs in important particulars, as the smoothness of the abdominal and frontal plates, the smallness of the latter, and the absence of facial rugse ; the digital expansions are less developed and the nostrils are more anterior. Anolis (Anolis) c y b o t e s. Size above medium ; form stout, head massive. Tail much compressed, ser- 1862.] 178 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP rulate above. Digital expansions rather narrow. Abdominal scales smooth rounded ; scales of the lateral thoracic region keeled. A strong nuchal der- mal fold and a slight dorsal one. Lateral and dorsal scales minutely granular, except two to four median series, which are larger and keeled. Anterior brachial, antebrachial and tibial, and inferior tibial scales keeled. Angular process of mandibulum prominent. Temporo-occipital region swollen ; occiput with a median, gemmiform, sharply-defined depression, which is continuous with the gutter-like frontal concavity. The facial rugae are well defined, little divergent, including rather a deep longitudinal depression. Nostrils large, lateral ; canthus rostralis sharp, a little curved, depressed anteriorly. Superciliary plates large, five on each side, in contact or barely separated medially. Frontal scales rather large, longitudinal, smooth. Occipital plate elongate, small, separated from superciliaries. Seven or eight loreal rows ; seven superior labials ; symphyseals large, first infralabial not large. Tym- panic orifice large. Anterior extremity extended, reaches beyond the groin ; the posterior anterior to the orbit. Length of head to angle of jaw 9 lines ; from angle of mandible to vent 1 in. 8 lin.; hind extremity 2 in. 2 lin. General color green, with blackish tints. Posterior extremities sometimes cross-banded. Female with a pale vertebral streak. Habitat. — Western Hayti ; from near Jeremie, Dr. Weinland. Mus. Compar. Zoology, Cambridge, No. 1501. Anolis (Coccocssus) pentaprion. Size medium ; form stout. Tail one and a quarter times the length of the head and body, much compressed, subtriangular in section, the vertebral angle trenchant, serrate ; four basal angles formed by the continued keels of as many series of large scales. Goitre large. Scales of the back and sides equal, minute, the abdominal larger, though small, subgraniform, smooth. Orbits large, auricular orifice small. Head stout, muzzle thick, rounded. Canthus rostralis obtuse anteriorly, facial rugae just traceable posteriorly. Nares near the end of the muzzle, lateral. Occiput covered with numerous irregular smooth plates, which extend between the superciliary series. Plates of the front and muzzle rather small, polygonal, rough, not keeled ; palpe- brals numerous, smooth, three loreal rows ; nine superior labials, nine inferior, the second small. Infralabials small. Extremities stout, their scales small, not keeled ; digital expansions well developed. The anterior extremity does not reach the groin, the posterior scarcely the auricular orifice. Length of head and body 2 in. 61.; of tail 3 in. 4 1.; head to ear 8 1. ; hinder extremity 1 in. 2 1. Above whitish, tinted with reddish brown, and marbled with brown. Ex- tremities and tail pale reddish brown with brown cross-bars. Frontal and occipital regions dark, muzzle pale ; some brown shades beneath the eye on both jaws. Beneath yellowish ; goitre cherry red. Habitat. — New Granada, near the river Truando. Discovered by Arthur Schott, Esq., who accompanied the U. S. Expedition under Lieut. Michler. The shape of the tail and the subgranular ventral scales place this species in a section of the genus which I call Coccoessus. It is most nearly allied to sect. Gastrotropis, Fitz., in which A. schiedii Wieg. resembles it in many respects ; the form of the muzzle is much as in this species and in A. nebu lo sus.* Anolis (Dracontura) 1 i m i f r o n s. Tail cylindrical, without a larger median series of scales. Ventral scales smooth. Dorsal and lateral scales granular, rugulose, all equal. Scales of arm, inferior tibia and anterior femur keeled. Neck rather elongate ; eyes large, head broad, very concave in profile, muzzle prominent, truncate, nearly * Dr. Gray, Catal. Liz. Brit. Mus., refers A. sag rae to this species. They are differ- ent, and typical of different sections of the genus. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 179 plane above. Nares large, lateral. Frontal concavity elongate deep, its scales numerous, granular. Facial rugas moderately developed, divergent, soon ob- solete, covered by three scales anterior to the seven superciliary, and sepa- rated from the canthus rostralis by larger keeled scales. The canthus is weak, concave. Occipital plate small, oval, surrounded by granular scales, which also separate the snperciliaries. Palpebrals keeled ; muzzle plates polygonal, tricarinate. Loreal rows about seven ; upper labials eight, inferior seven, infralabials small. Anterior extremity slender, not reaching the groin, the external digit shorter than the second ; posterior extremity reaches the ante- rior margin of the orbit. Auricular orifice large, vertical. Length from muz- zle to axilla 9 1.; from auricle to vent 1 in. 3 1.; of hinder extremity 1 in. 4 1. Above bronze brown, beneath rusty white, separation between the two ab- rupt anteriorly ; lips and femora beneath varied with brown. Another speci- men is brownish golden above, light yellow beneath. This species differs from fuscoauratus in the uniform size of the dorsal and lateral scales, and the absence of a larger median caudal row. In radulinus, poecilopus and f r a s e r i the ventral scales are keeled. In the last there is no occipital plate, and the second has the scales of the muzzle no larger than those of the front. A. radulinus exhibits a few larger dorsal rows. In general appearance it is quite similar to A. 1 i o n o t u s. It inhabits tbe same country, viz. : Veragua. Mus. Academy Nat. Sciences, from Mr. R. W. Mitchell. Anolis (Dracontura) poecilopus. Size medium ; neck and hinder extremities elongate ; head broad, muzzle full, rather prominent. Tail compressed cylindrical, its scales keeled, the median row largest. Abdominal scales small, ovate, keeled ; lateral minute, gradually merging into the dorsal, which are larger, flat, keeled and in nume- rous rows. All the scales of the extremities are keeled, those of the internal surfaces minute, the others flat, not large. The scales of the upper surface of the head are minute, subgranular, rugulose ; those between the canthus rostralis and facial ruga larger. The canthus weakly pronounced, soon obso- lete ; rugae slightly developed, bounding a rather deep frontal concavity, which extends between the orbits. Nostrils near the end of the muzzle, lateral. Seven or nine snperciliaries bounded internally by granules ; occi- pital minute or wanting. Superior labials nine ; infralabials small. Palpe- brals small, keeled. Loreal series nine or ten. Auricular orifice small, vertical. No dorsal or nuchal fold ; goitre large. Anterior extremity reaching groin ; second finger longer than fifth ; posterior extremity reaching end of muzzle ; digital expansions narrow. From muzzle to tympanum 8 lin.; tympanum to vent 2 in.; tail 4 in. 8 lin.; posterior extremity 2 in. 1 lin. General color above, brown ; the extremities and digits with numerous light cross-bands ; sides darker, with numerous longitudinal light lines, one com- mencing above the axilla most distinct ; light vertical bands ascend from this to a superior obsolete longitudinal band. In female specimens dark chevron- shaped spots cross the back. Beneath pale yellowish. Habitat. — Near Carthagena, and on the Truando, New Grenada. From Lieut. Micheler's collection, made by Arthur Schott. (Sm. No. 4320, 4331.) This animal probably most nearly resembles the A. fraseri, Gthr., but that species is said to have but five rows of loreal scales, the fifth finger longer than the second, and different coloration. In general appearance it approaches near to A. 1 i m if rons, fuscoauratus and lionotus. In the last the dorsal scales are much larger and smooth ; the scales of the front and muzzle are also larger. Anolis (Dracontura) vittigerus. Head rather broad, muzzle short. Tail cylindrical, four times the length of the head and body. Anterior extremity just reaching the groin, posterior ex- 1862.] 180 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP tending to the middle or in front of the orhit ; second finger longer than fifth. The latter is large ; tympanic orifice moderate. Nineteen teeth in the supe- rior maxillary bone. Goitre very small. Abdominal scales imbricate sub- acute, keeled ; lateral scales minute ; dorsal scales larger, less than the ventral, fiat, keeled, in about twenty rows. Anterior brachial, antebrachial and femoral, superior brachial and tibial, and inferior femoral and tibial scales keeled. Occipital plate not in contact with the superciliaries. The latter are rather large, five or six in number, in contact medially. Facial rugae low, divergent. Frontal depression obpyriform, containing rather large, flat, smooth scales ; scales of the muzzle smaller, carinate. Palpebrals nume- rous, keeled. Canthus rostralis short, acute. Five rows loreal scales ; supe- rior labials eight, inferior seven ; infralabials small. Length of head and body 1 in. 4 lin. ; of tail 5 in. 6 lin. Light yellowish brown, median dorsal region and tail reddish brown, crossed by some irregular blackish markings. A longitudinal light lateral band, bounded above and below by a brown one. A brown band from eye to axilla, one above it rising to the nape, one from superciliary region nearly joining one from the opposite side behind the occiput. A band between the eyes and one on the muzzle ; lips varied. A crossed-band on the tibia and femur formed of two united triangles. Beneath golden with a coppery tint. Habitat. — Truando region, New Granada. Mr. Schott coll., Lt. Michler's Exped. Mus. Academy; Smithsonian (No. 4332.) This species is much like A. 1 e m u r i n u s in form, but has the larger dor- sal rows more numerous, and a different coloration. From A. chrysolepis it differs in the more numerous series of larger dorsal scales. Anolis (Gastrotropis) r a du 1 i n u s. Size small, head not short. Tail cylindrical or slightly compressed, median row of scales a little larger. Ventral scales ovate, keeled ; lateral scales mi- nute ; the dorsal scales larger, fiat, keeled, becoming larger medially, where two series are abruptly larger. Occipital distinct, isolated ; superciliaries five, separated by three or four rows of minute scales. Facial ruga? weak, enclosing a shallow concavity, which is covered with minute, keeled scales. Those outside the rugse and on the muzzle are larger, keeled. Canthus ros- tralis acute, nearly straight, soon obliterated. Nostrils terminal, lateral. Six or seven rows of loreal scales ; labials nine — nine ; infralabials small. Auricular orifice rather large, vertical. Goitre large. Digital dilatations very narrow. Anterior extremity reaching groin ; the posterior to beyond the orbit. Length of head to tympanum 6 lin.; from tympanum to vent 1 in. 3 lin.; of tail 3 in. 6 lin. Above golden brown, with eight or ten narrow, chevron-shaped cross-lines, the angles directed posteriorly. A lateral series of small white spots, most distinct anteriorly, beneath which is a light longitudinal band, obsolete pos- teriorly. A narrow brown band between the eyes ; extremities banded. Be- neath brownish white. The 9 is bronze brown, the dorsal line sometimes darker. Habitat. — Truando region, New Grenada. Lt. Michler Exped. coll. Mus. Academy and Smithsonian (Nos. 4327, 4328.) In the minuteness of the interrugal scales this species resembles limi- frons, poecilopus and fraseri. From the first the keeled ventral plates and other peculiarities separate it ; in the second, the frontal and loreal scales are smaller and the large dorsal scales more numerous. The large occipital and coloration will separate it from fraseri. Sallaei, coo peri and cupreus resemble it in form, but all have larger frontal and muzzle plates; in sallaei the large dorsal rows of scales are more numerous. Anolis (Gastrotropis) concolor. Anolis refulgens "Schl.," Hallow., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 480. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 181 General form that ofA. maculatus. A strong nuchal fold in larger specimens. Tail cylindrical or slightly compressed. Head elongate, muzzle rather narrow, nostrils lateral. Canthus rostralis straight, loreal region long, perpendicular. Occipital plate large, not in contact with superciliaries, in a depression which is not defined in the young. Facial rugse not acute, con- vergent anteriorly ; the enclosed depression elongate diamond-shaped, with rather small, more or less keeled scales. Superciliary plates seven, in con- tact or separated by one series of granules medially. Palpebrals numerous, keeled. Loreal rows five or six. Upper and lower labials eight. Infralabials small. Scales of the extremities small, keeled ; abdominal scales keeled ; lateral scales minute, dorsal larger, keeled ; two median rows abruptly largest. Auricular opening moderate, vertical. Digital expansions moderate ; second and fifth fingers nearly equal ; anterior extremity reaches groin ; posterior, middle or anterior part of orbit. General color darker or lighter brownish green, the extremities faintly banded. A few dorsal dots in the young. Habitat. — Nicaragua. Mr. C. Wright, of Capt. Rodger's Exped., collection Mus. Smithsonian (No. 6055); Phila. Academy. The young of this species may be distinguished from A. cupreus Hallow, by the longer muzzle, more prominent facial rugse and nearer approach of the superciliary plates ; from radulinus by the same characters, and by the greater size of the interrugal scales and the coloration. A. cupreus Hallow, is nearly related to A. cooperi Baird, both differing from A. s a 1 1 a e i in the the less number and uniformity of the rows of keeled dorsal scales. In cooperi the first infralabial is large as in sagrae, and there is a strong prebrachial fold. The palpebrals are three or four-rowed. In cupreus these are only two rowed, and the infralabials are small. The colors are lighter. A. longicaudus Hallowell, described in the memoir referred to at the head of the description of this species, is allied to A. tropidogaster Hallow. Like it, it is a slender animal, the length from the muzzle to the tympanum entering two and a half times into the distance from the latter point to the groin. The tympanum is, however, very much smaller, the dorsal scales are larger and the facial ruga? more strongly pronounced. The head is narrower. Dracontura bivittata, described in the same memoir, belongs to the sub- family of Basiliscina?, where it should be placed next to Thysanodactylus Gray. In proof of this, it may be stated that the external nares are lateral, and the toes broadly margined. From all the genera it differs in its plain occiput, without enlargement or compression, and the total absence of nuchal, dorsal or caiidal crest. Tail compressed. A transverse gular fold. The species may be called Paraloma bivittata. Basiliscus (Cristasaura) n u c h a 1 i s. Tail compressed, its superior margin undulate serrate. Dorsal crest low, extending between interscapular and crural regions ; its rays eleven. Helmet highly developed, produced posteriorly, where its outline is sigmoid ; from its posterior extremity to its anterior, which is between the hinder borders of orbits, its margin is more than twice as long as from the last-mentioned posi- tion to the end of the muzzle. It is thin and covered with smooth scales, which are much larger than any on the cranium. Occiput much swollen, its scales smooth ; supraorbital scales keeled. Superciliaries ten on each side, separated by three rows of scales. Facial ruga) well developed, enclosing a concavity covered with rough scales. Muzzle scales scarcely keeled. Canthus rostralis acute. Rostral bordered by three plates posteriorly. Labials seven or eight above, nine below. Tympanum half as large as bony orbit. Two gular folds. Abdominal scales keeled. Dorsal flat, subquadrangular, slightly keeled, larger than lateral. Hinder extremity extends beyond the muzzle. 1862] 182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF From muzzle to second gular fold 2 in. ; from fold to vent 3 in. 8 lin. ; from vent to end of tail 16 in. ; length of hinder extremity 5 in. 6 lin. General color olivaceous, paler below. A white (or ?yellow) band from the superior posterior angle of orbit, which extends half way to the helmet. A rusty-brown band extends from above the tympanum to the posterior part of the back. Three transverse black spots on the nape. Habitat. — Near Grey town, Nicaragua. Discovered by Dr. Caldwell, who sent specimen 5845 to the Smithsonian Institution. Dr. Gray says of his Cristasaura m i t r e 1 1 a, that the scales of the crest are smaller than those of the front, and slightly keeled, also that the dorsal crest is high — which is, however, only important specifically when compared with the developement of the helmet. The coloration of that species is also different. It is an inhabitant of Honduras. Scartiscus c a d u c u s. Char. gen. — Body depressed. A median dorsal keel, which forms a low crest on the nape. Tail slender, compressed, covered with appressed equal verticils of weakly-keeled scales. Digits 5 — 5, without lateral expansions, strongly pectinate inferiorly. Tympanum distinct. Nostrils in a single plate, which is lateral and below the canthus rostralis. Head plates numerous, small, keeled ; interparietal, parietals (in contact) and postparietal only distinguish- able. Pterygoid teeth none ; maxillaries triscuspid. No antepectoral fold. Scales of the body large, flat, caducous, keeled everywhere ; the dorsal in posteriorly convergent series. No femoral or anal pores. In this genus of Iguanidse, there are two pairs of abdominal ribs,* connected by a slight linea alba. In Brachysaurus, which resembles Scartiscus in general appearance, these are more numerous ; the external nares also are superior to the canthus rostralis. In Polychrus, the representative of the Gastropleur type with lateral nostrils, the general form and squamation are totally different. The position of the nostril will distinguish Scartiscus from many Huruivagse (e. g. Liocephalus), and the compressed spineless tail will separate it from others. Char, specif. — Labials very narrow ; inferior, to proc. coron. mand. six, superior four, bounded above by a similar series of seven : symphyseal single. Scales of head everywhere keeled ; two larger superciliary series distinguishable, which are in contact medially. No earlobes. A slight preaxillary fold. A lateral crural keel on each side. Posterior extremities elongate, extending forward to anterior border of orbit. Tibia longer than femur ; foot much longer than tibia or than hand and antebrachium. Ex- ternal toe reaching beyond internal. Brachium shorter than antebrachium ; order of digits, first, fifth, second ; third and fourth nearly equal. Whole anterior extremity reaching nearly to groin. Head to posterior border of tympanum equals longest measurement of tibia. Color above brown, with numerous dark brown chevrons, the angles di- rected posteriorly ; a narrow, vertical, yellow line from the axilla. Extremi- ties and tail cross-banded. Beneath yellowish brown, the throat darker, light varied. Length of head and body to vent 3 in. 3 lin.; of tail 6 in. 3 lin. ; of anterior extremity 1 in. 6 lin. ; of posterior do. 2 in. 7 lin. Habitat.— Paraguay. Mus. Smithsonian (No. 5852). Capt. Page's Exped. coll. Liocephalus p e r s o n a t u s. Head shields keeled, not lanceolate. First internasal not in contact with * Dr. Fitzinger places Laemanctus among the Gastropleurae, but it seems incorrectly. Laemanctus 1 o n g i p e s is destitute of abdominal ribs. Chauiaeleopsis hernandezii there is one pair which do not meet on the median line. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183 rostral. Six or seven in the supraocular series. Interparietal lanceolate- Across the middle of the nape, between lines continuous with the temporal ridge, eleven rows of scales may be counted. Cheek with rather large keeled scales ; four thick marginal auricular scales. Labials five— five. Prebrachial folds conspicuous. Dorsal crest high, higher upon the origin of the tail. The tail is very much compressed. Posterior extremity reaching tympanum. Length from muzzle to vent 2 in. 11 lin. ; vent to end of tail 5 in. 4 lin. ; greatest depth of tail 4 lin. Above light brown, many of the scales with greenish shades ; a few median black spots on the nape. Side of the head, and posteriorly nearly to axilla, also chin and jaw, black. Beneath bluish green, the sides of the abdomen, the hinder extremities and tail, varied with greenish white scales. Habitat. — Hayti (near Jeremie). Sent in a valuable collection made by Dr. D. P. Weinland to Prof. Agassiz. Mus. Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. The West Indian Liocephali, with smooth ventral scales, possess either three pairs of fronto-nasal plates in addition to the supranasals, or only two. Of the former description are L. carinatus Gray (microlophus Coct. Bibr.) L. vittatus Hallow, (schreibersii Gray), L. macropus n. sp., L. schrei- b e r s i i and L. melanochlorusn. sp. Those of the latter kind are L. ravicepsn. sp., L.trigeminatusn. sp. and the subject of the preceed- ing description. Liocephalus trigeminatus. Head shields slightly keeled, not lanceolate ; first internasal not in contact with rostral ; six or seven supraoculars ; interparietal lanceolate. Ten nuchal rows. Nuchal and dorsal crest low, caudal elevated. Labials six — five ; temporal scales large ; two principal marginal auricular. Lateral neck folds very strong. Post auricular scales not granular. Posterior extremity not quite reaching orbit. Tail much compressed. Length from muzzle to vent 2 in. 1 lin. ; vent to end (?) of tail 2 in. 10 lin. ; of hinder extremity 1 in. 6 lines. Above olivaceous brown, with four narrow, transverse, blackish brown bars, bordered behind with lighter ; the posterior between the groins. Tail spotted above, a light lateral band from the orbit to the base of the tail, and another from the ear to the groin ; between these brown with a few vertical blackish brown bars. Beneath dirty greenish white, chin spotted with brownish. Bab.— Hayti, near Jeremie. Dr. Weinland's Coll. in Mus. Compar. Zool. Liocephalus raviceps. First internasal often in contact with rostral. Head scales generally strongly keeled. Posterior fronto-nasals remarkably large. Six or seven supraoculars. Interparietal elongate triangular, short. Fifteen nuchal rows, (counted as in p e r s o n a t u s). Nuchal dorsal and caudal crest equal, little developed. Tail nearly cylindrical. Labials five — six ; cheek scales rather small ; five large marginal auriculars ; post auriculars not granular. All the scales of the body small. Posterior extremity reaching ear or angle of mouth. Length from muzzle to vent 3 in. 1 lin. ; from vent to end of tail 4 in. 4 lin. ; of posterior extremity 2 in. Above yellowish brown, with many short, narrow, black longitudinal lines, which are sometimes arranged as a double series of dorsal spots. A dark band from the eye to the groin, which becomes obsolete in age, and is bounded beneath by a rather broad yellowish vitta which is permanent. Beneath yel- lowish, under surfaces of limbs and abdomen and sides as far as the jaws varied with ? yellow (white in spirits) scales. Tail with brown chevron- shaped crossbands. Top of head light yellowish brown. Hab. — Eastern Cuba. Mr. C. Wright discoverer. Mus. Smithsonian (No. 4162) and Academy Phila. 1862.] 184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Liocephalus macropu s. Head plates broad, smooth or keeled ; first internasal not touching rostral. Six or seven supraoculars. Labials six — six ; cheek plates rather small ; four marginal auriculars ; postauriculars granular. Nuchal rows nineteen. Crest low, equal. Tail nearly cylindrical. Posterior extremity quite or nearly reaching end of muzzle. Dimensions of largest specimen : from muzzle to vent 2 in. 9 1. ; from vent to end of tail 4 in. 3 1. Above olive, often with a metallic lustre ; sometimes brownish. A trans- verse interscapular and crural pale-bordered spot, which is often indistinct. A blackish band extends from the orbit to the groin, mostly varied with white near the axilla — obsolete posteriorly. Beneath yellowish or greenish, the gular region sometimes streaked with black. Hab. — Eastern Cuba. Mr. Chas. Wright has sent specimens to the Smith- sonian Institution, which has presented some to the author. This species is much like the L. vittatus, but differs in the greater breadth and smoothness of the head-plates, especially of the supranasals and frontonasals, and in the granular nature of the scales for some distance pos- terior to the auricular opening; its size is less, more resembling the ravi- c e p s in this respect. The species first named by Dr. Edw. Hallowell, as Holotropis vittatus* has been apparently mistaken by Dr. J. E. Gray for the L. schreibersii (Pris- tinotus schreibersii Gravenhorst). The head plates are very lanceolate, and strongly keeled, the crest low and equal. It is perhaps the most abundant species of the genus in Cuba, though the carinatus only is represented in de la Sagra's work, where it is called Holotropis microlophus. The latter spe- cies resembles yet exceeds the mac r opus in the breadth of its head-plates : they further differ in being perfectly smooth. Liocephalus melanochlorus. Head scales more or less keeled, numerous ; anterior extremities of supra- nasals cut off, sometimes three anterior internasals ; always four prefrontals. Six supraorbitals ; interparietal lanceolate. Labials six-'-six. Two prominent marginal auriculars ; postauriculars squamous. Scales of the back large, the keels unusually strong ; nuchal rows eleven. Crest well developed, highest on the tail. Tail compressed, the scales of the lower surface keeled. Poste- rior extremity reaching the orbit. Length from muzzle to vent 3 in. 7 lin. ; from vent to end of tail 7 in. General color light green, principally appearing above in two dorsal bands and in the interspaces of a series of about ten transverse black bands ex- tending between them. These become more or less confluent in old males, as do also sometimes the vertical bars on the sides, which are often present. Top of head brownish. Posteriorly beneath spotted with greenish white scales ; gular region coarsely reticulated with black. Extremities dusky green above. Hab. — Hayti, near Jeremie. Mus. Compar. Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Dr. D. F. Weinland. Tretioscincus castanicterus. Char. gen. — Scales large, those of the tail and median dorsal rows keeled. Supranasals none. Internasal broad ; but two supraoculars ; interparietal large. Gular region covered by the large infralabials. Inferior eyelid with a transparent disc. Extremities moderately developed, digits unequal, four — five. A series of femoral pores medially separated. Tail cylindrical. Char, specif. — Sixteen rows of scales on the body, of which the median dorsal pair are weakly keeled posteriorly ; on the crural region the included rows are all keeled ; the carina? are stronger on the tail. Two large marginal * Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 185 and two median triangular preanal plates. Five pectoral plates in an arched transverse series. Three pairs of infralabials, one transverse mental, one symphyseal. Labials 8 — 6 ; eye over the fifth upper. One loreal, two nasals, nostril between ; the anterior slightly bent upon the surface of the muzzle. Fronto-nasals transverse, in contact ; frontal nearly parallel-sided, obtuse- angled before and behind. Fronto-parietals longer than broad, in contact ; interparietal shield-shaped, its point projecting behind the borders of the pa- rietals ; all the head plates impressed-punctate. Posterior extremity scarcely reaching the elbow of the appressed anterior limb ; extent of digits in the order, first, second, fifth, third, fourth. Femoral pores six on each side. Tail plates smooth beneath. Length from muzzle to vent 1 in. 9 1., (tail muti- lated) ; of fore limb 6 lines ; of hinder, 9 lines. Color above and on the sides dark chestnut ; a bright yellow band, which commences on each side of the base of the tail, extends anteriorly round the outer border of the supraocular plates, and meets its fellow on the rostral ; in- ternally it is dark bordered on the head. Beneath yellowish, the scales bor- dered with chestnut ; chin immaculate ; under surface of tail yellow spotted. The discovery of this little lizard is particularly interesting, as exhibiting femoral pores for the first time among the Scincidse. In other points it nearly resembles the genus Heteropus of Fitzinger. One specimen in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy is labelled as having come from New Grenada. Mabuia fulgida. Dr. Girard has regarded the genus Mabuia as peculiarly American, the spei cies from the Pacific Islands formerly placed in it belonging more properly to the genus which he first defined under the name Emoa, (but which Dr. Gray had previously called Emoea), and the East Indian type probably remaining under Dr. Gray's Riopa (except the M. elegans Gray). This view cannot be considered as fully established, at least sas regards the latter group, for Prof. Gill has discovered in the island of Barbadoes a species (Mabuia lan- ce o lata) which, in weakness of extremities and cylindrical form, nearly approaches the M. (Riopa) punctata. The genus Emoea is no longer Poly- nesian, for a species of it has been discovered in Paraguay by the naturalists connected with the government expedition sent thither. The history of the American Mabuiae is in a state of some confusion, pro- bably ©n account of the want of close observation in the discrimination of the species. The following table exhibits the relations of those which appear to be truly distinct. I. Species in which there are twenty-six or fewer rows of scales on the body : M. brevirostris Giinther, from Mexico ; M. punctata, India, and per- haps the other species placed by Gray in Riopa, viz., M. hardwickii and ruppellii; R. sundevallii Smith, from South Africa, is not stated to possess a transparent eyelid, and hence may not belong to this genus. Pos- sibly M. elegans Gray should be placed here. II. Species in which there are thirty or more rows of scales on the body : A. Eye over the seventh superior labial agilis.* B. Eye over sixth superior labial. a. Internasal semidiscoid, its posterior outline straight, s 1 o a n e i. a a. Internasal rhombic ; b. As long as broad, in contact with rostral. Muzzle narrow ; the yellow marginal band bordered with brown above, on head fulgida. 6 6. Broader than long, rarely or not touching rostral. c. Frontal acute anteriorly. Four brown bands on the neck ; thirty-four rows of scales, cuprescens. * Vid. Girard Herpetol. U. S. Expl. Exped. p. 261, for synonymy and observations. 1862.] 13 186 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF Two brown bands on neck, thirty-two rows of scales nnimarginata. c c. Frontal truncate anteriorly. Scale slarge s'urinamensis. * C. Eye over fifth superior labial. Thirty-four rows of scales, head acute aenea. f Thirty rows of scales. Elongate ; head acute ; appressed extremities not touch- ing lanceolata. Stout; head short; appressed extremities meeting cepedii. t Mabuia fulgida is perhaps the most abundant species in Jamaica, where it has been seen and described by Mr. Gosse under the name of M. a g i 1 i s. That the agilis of Dr. Gray is this species is not improbable, though that au- thor has alluded to South American specimens, and quoted synonymy per- taining to the South American species, the original agilis, which Girard's des- cription shows to be distinct. The scales of the median nuchal rows are of unusual breadth. The head is narrow, continuous with the neck, and the muzzle is depressed and acute. The scales have a metallic refulgence, in fresh specimens strongly golden cupreous. There are many small black spots on the dorsal region. The lateral stripe extends from the end of the muzzle, and is black ; its yellow superior and in- ferior borders are brightest anteriorly, the former extending round the muzzle, and having a brown inner border. The tail is speckled with blackish brown, .and the extremities are barred with the same ; lips and beneath yellowish. Specimens probably exist in most of the larger museums. Mabuia cuprescens. Body short, gradually tapering into the narrow acute head. Length of muzzle from canthus of eye a little greater than width between anterior mar- gins of orbits. Supranasals in contact over rostral. Frontonasal rhombic, broader than long. Frontal not truncate, its greatest width three quarters its length. Four supraoculars. Anterior border of interparietals angular: parietals in contact posteriorly ; postparietals well developed. Superior labials eight, six beneath eye ; with the seventh the largest. Scales smallest on sides, in thirty-four rows. Seven marginal prenasals. Extremities touch- ing when extended. Length from muzzle to vent 3 in. ; from vent to end of tail 5 in. ; hinder limb 1 in. ; fore limb 9 lin. ; muzzle to ear 7 lin. Gen- eral color above iridescent brown or coppery, darkest on the median six rows of scales. A brown band extends from the muzzle to the groin, covering three and a half scales on the neck, one and two halves on the side. It is bounded above and beneath by broad gray bands, of which the superior shades into the dorsal color, except where bounded above by a narrow brown band which is most distinct on the nape, though it extends on the head-plates and is trace- able on the back. The lower light band is margined inferiorly by a darker shade, which becomes a band between the rictus and axilla. Tail pale gray : beneath whitish. Hab. — St. Thomas. From Mr. A. H. Ruse, a gentleman whose valuable collections have been for some time adding much to our knowledge of the zoology of the West Indies. A very pretty species resembling the aenea in form, and the number of rows of its scales. It has four supraoculars instead of three, the frontalis not truncate anteriorly, the eye rests upon the sixth not fifth superior labial. The coloration is different. * Hallowell, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. t " Scinque (appele Anolis de terre et Mabouia dans les Antilles) Cuvier." X Eumeces mabuia Bum., Bibr., as Dr. Gray has pointed out. § I have supposed a specimen from the Paris Museum labelled as Eumeces mabuia from Marie Galante, to belong to the M. aenea, while new Grenadian and Trinidad specimens have been referred to the cepedii. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187 Mabuia uni mar gin at a. Form slender, head as wide as the neck to the orbits, the muzzle not elon- gate ; scales (in the specimen described) in thirty -two rows. Supranasals in contact ; frontal elongate, not truncate anteriorly ; a postnasal. Supraoculars four ; superior labials eight, eye over sixth. Appressed limbs overlapping. Seven marginal anal plates. From muzzle to tympanum 6 lines ; from muzzle to vent 2 in. 7 lin. ; from vent to end of tail 3 in. 10 lin., anterior ex- tremities 9 lin. Above rather dark brown ; a narrow black band extends from the end of the muzzle to the groin, which has a bright yellow inferior border. Beneath this the sides are brown. Abdomen yellowish. Hab. — Panama. This species resembles strongly the c e p e d i i and a e n e a. Mabuia lanceolata. Body narrow, head lanceolate, narrow, the distance from the muzzle to the brachium nearly two-thirds that from the latter point to the groin. Frontal breadth less than length of muzzle anterior to orbit. Internasal nearly as long as broad, in contact with rostral, and frontal. Four supraorbital ; fronto- parietals divaricate on account of the intervention of the angle of the inter- parietal. Seven upper labials, eye over fifth. Lateral head plates narrow. Extremities weak, not touching when extended upon the sides. Tail cylindri- cal at base, compressed at its middle with a large median series of scales above as is frequently seen in this member when reproduced. From muzzle to tympanic meatus 5 lin., meatus to vent 2 in. 2 1. Tail mutilated ; anterior extremity 7 1., posterior 11 1. General color iridescent olivaceous ; no lateral band ; sides of body, neck and jugulum with numerous narrow black streaks. Labial and infralabials yellowish margined with black ; head shields sometimes with darker varia- tions. This very distinct species was discovered by my friend Prof. Theodore Gill, in the Island of Barbadoes. This gentleman has made a valuable collec- tion of Trinidad reptiles, through which the knowledge of the fauna of that Island will soon be increased. Emcea f r e n a t a. Head distinct ; muzzle from anterior canthus to eye longer than breadth of frontal region. Appressed extremities over-lapping. Auricular meatus with- out lobes. Eight or nine upper labials, eye over sixth or seventh. Four supraorbitals. Interparietal nearly trigonal. Frontoparietal broadly trian- gular, nearly as long as frontal ; the latter narrowly truncate posteriorly, in contact with internasal anteriorly. This plate is rhombic, broader than long. Supranasals in contact behind rostral. Nostril near the middle of nasal plate. Scales in thirty or thirty-two rows. Length from muzzle to ear 4 lin. ; muzzle to vent 2 in. 6 1. ; posterior extremities 11 lin. Above bright olive, with golden reflections on the head. Brownish spots produce a darker shade on the posterior part of the back. An irregularly margined brownish black band extends from the end of the muzzle to the groin ; it is margined above and below by lighter. Superior labials yellow. Beneath yellowish. Hab. — Paraguay. Mus. Smithsonian (5855) and Acad. Nat. Sci. Discovered by Mr. Wood of the U. S. Expedition up the River Paraguay. This is the only species of the genus which does not inhabit some part of the Polynesian or Malaysian Archipelagos. It constitutes the nearest ap- proach to the genus Mabuia. Seven species of Emcea have been enumerated by Dr. Chas. Girard, in the Herpetology of the U. S. Exploring Expedition under Commodore Wilkes.* ♦Page 263. 1862.] 188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Diploglossus stenurus. Sides vertical : outline of body contracted at axillae ; head distinct, muzzle obtuse : tail depressed at base, much compressed throughout the remainder of its length, twice as long as from vent to opposite auricle. Extremities pressed to the sides not meeting ; toes compressed, very unequal. Scales in forty-two longitudinal series, each with 26 lines and a strong median keel. From orbit to end of muzzle equal to width between orbits. Postoccipital smaller than interoccipital. Five supraorbitals. Internasal longer than in D. o c c i d u u s, nine-sided, the anterior angle right, the latero-posterior pro- duced. Lateral borders of frontal curved. A rhombic postnasal ; two frenals longer than high ; nine supralabials, suborbital over 6th and 7th ; four pairs of large infralabials. Maxillary and mandibular teeth subbicuspid, with an antero- lateral groove. Length from muzzle to vent 5 in. 10 1. ; tail 9 in. 1 lin. ; posterior extremity 2 in. Color above brown, with occasional spots formed by a deeper brown scale. Sides with vertical undulate light bars, darker bordered, which are subdivided superiorly so as to form longitudinal series of light spots. Top of head uni- form. Tail with light vertical bars. Beneath yellowish. Bab. — Hayti. Found near Jeremie, by Dr. A. F. Weinland, whose collec- tion is in Prof. Agassiz splendid Museum at Cambridge. Beside species described in this memoir, Dr. "Weinland obtained the types of the previously unknown genera Panolopus and Ialtris. In this species and the D. occiduus (Celestus Or.), in theOneyda sagr ae {Diploglossus part. Gray,) and Panolopus costatus, I have observed that the slender quasi- squamous terminal third of the tongue, is retractile within the other portion, which covers it as a sheath. This is not mentioned by the French herpetologists ; Wiegmann does not mention it in Herpetologia Mexicana, but says in Archiv f. Naturgesch. 1837, p. 129, " * lingua * sub- parte basali, aquamarum linguam forma referenti, quasi emergente.'" It is a structure probably characteristic of the Diploglossinse. It does not occur in* Siderolamprus, which is allied to Plestiodon, though resembling Diplo- glossus in the plating of the head. On Neosorex albibar bis. BY E. D. COPE. Of the twenty well distinguished species of shrews- which Prof. Baird,* enumerates as inhabiting the United States, one only exhibits that peculiar modication of structure which is indicative of his genus Neosorex. This animal, the N. navigator, Cooper, has been found in Washington Territory. It is, therefore, a matter of some interest that the present article introduces to no- tice a second species which the author discovered at the Profile Lake, in the Franconia Mountains, New Hampshire. In September, 1859, two specimens were seen swimming in the Lake about forty feet from the bank : their motion was undulatory, their backs alternately appearing above, and disappearing beneath the surface of the water. They were caught under stones upon the shore, where they had taken refuge. This aquatic habit, so little known among American Soricinoe, would be inferred from comparison with the water- loving Crossopodes of Europe, where we find the feet similarly fringed with a border of stiff hairs. N. albibarbis as compared with the navigator has a shorter tail, and a shorter hind foot. The color of the thorax and abdomen is also much darker. 2 5—5 4—4 Dental formula . The internal process of the superior incisor 2 2—2 3—3 * In vol. viii. of the Pacif. R. R. Rept. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189 is one-third of its length distant from the tip : the basal is well developed, and noarly equal to the first premolar. Second and first premolars nearly equal ; fourth larger than third ; fifth very small, wedged between the molar and premolar, its crown oval, with a faint transverse line of coloration. All the other teeth are tipped with bright chestnut, those of the mandible most extensively, especially the incisors, in which the whole superior border is colored. First superior molar scarcely larger than second and third. Inferior incisors with indistinct lobes. First premolar small, very oblique ; second larger, little oblique, bicuspid. First molar largest. Muzzle slender, de- pressed, probably less elongate than inN. navigator. Distance between the ocular fissures contained once and a half times in the distance between the same and end of the muzzle. A styloid angular process of the mandibu- lum. The whiskers are long — the anterior directed downward and forward, the posterior extending as far as the margin of the helix of the ear. The auricle is directed backwards and closely appressed to the head : the length from antitragus to border of helix is equal to the width between the centres of the orbits. The superior and inferior portions of the helix are closely folded longitudinally upon it, the inferior fold most extensive. The anti- tragus is large, its anterior border folded backward, the whole closely cover- ing the meatus. Antihelix vertical, short, folded backwards. The posterior, and external anterior faces of the helix are covered with long dark hairs like those of the body ; the other portions of the auricle are heavily fringed with the same. Fur, upon the middle of the side about three lines long. Tail obtusely tetragonal, as long as the head and body. The hairs are stiff, flat- tened, equal ; they form a pencil at the tip. A close fringe extends along the inner and outer borders of the palms and soles and exterior digits ; a slighter fringe occurs on the border of the median digits. The claws are acute, short. The anterior foot is contained one and two-thirds times in the length of the posterior. In the latter there is a depi'essed tubercle at the base of the in- ternal digit, one at the base of the second, and one at the base of the fissure between the fourth and last. There is a compressed tubercle at the base of the third digit, and two on the metatarsus. The arrangement of tubercles on the palm is similar, except that they are more depressed, and close together. Length of head 1 in. 2J lin., of body 1 in. 6 1., of tail 1 in. 9 1., of fore foot 4i 1. , of hind foot 8| 1. The general color is black, with a tinge of brown ; this tinge is more ap- parent on the abdomen, and most upon the posterior gular region ; anterior gular region and chin nearly white, lightest anteriorly. Tail unicolor. On Lacerta echinata and Tiliqua dura. BY E. D. COPE. Lacerta (Zootoca) eehinata. Scales nearly granular on the sides and nape of the neck. They increase in size posteriorly, becoming rhombic, and having strong keels parallel with the median line. Abdominal plates in six series, transverse, except the posterior portion of the median two series, which are longitudinal. Gular scales in cross series, coarsely granular, the posterior largely. Eight plates ontbe ante- pectoral fold, preceded by six or seven smaller. Four series of brachial plates, two anterior ; the superior of these is the largest of all. One antero- internal antebrachial series : the external and posterior scales of the ante- brachium are keeled, as are also those of the tibia and femur. Anterior femoral series five, the second (from above) largest. Femoral pores fourteen, large, in the posterior parts of the plates. Two tibial rows, external larger, composed of six plates, of which the median three are nearly equal. Marginal preanals, one very large, transverse, two small on each side. The former is 1862.] 190 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF bordered anteriorly by a curved series of six small plates. Plates of the tail strongly keeled above and below : the margins and keels of those of the superior halves of the whorls from the tenth (counting from vent) to the twenty-sixth greatly produced, forming flattened trihedral spines. Temple with flattened, slightly keeled scales. Superior labials eight, last minute, eye separated from the large sixth by a chain of small suborbitals. Frenal and pre- frenal well developed ; prenasals larger than postnasals, in contact medially. Internal longer than broad ; frontonasals large, in contact ; frontal more than half as broad as long ; frontoparietals longer than broad, in contact with a truncate cuneiform interparietal. Parietals large, as long as the anterior four upper labials. An elongate semicircular inter-post parietal. Inferior eyelid scaled. Tympanic meatus, large, vertical. Inferior labials four, narrow ; in- fralabials four, large, two anterior in contact with those of the other ramus. Teeth as in other species tricuspid. Length from symphysis to antepectoral fold 1 in. 6 1., from fold to vent, 2 in. 7 lin., from vent to end of tail 10 in. 6 1. Anterior extremity 1 in. 6 1. ; posterior, 1 in. 11 lin. Above bluish- green with about fifteen blackish cross bands ; those upon the nape and rump are narrow, the others broad, dark bordered. Beneath yellowish. Head shaded with yellowish. Hab. — West Africa, Museum Smithsonian, (No. 5995.) The spinous swelling upon the tail of this species is its most characteristic peculiarity. Tiliqua dura. ^ Body stout, tetragonal ; sides vertical. Tail tetragonal at base. Head dis- tinct, muzzle narrow, with vertical sides. Rostral plate covering the tip of the muzzle like a cup, its posterior border straight. Nostril in the middle of a subquadrangular nasal. A pair of large supranasals, longer that broad, ex- tensively in contact medially : an elongate frontonasal connects the supra- nasal with the supraocular on each side ; it is separated from its fellow by a shorter pentagonal internasal. One or two minute freno-nasals ; an elongate freno-ocular bounding the second and third superior labial. Vertical (or frontal) elongate cuneiform, truncate anteriorly, extensively in contact with fronto-nasals. Fronto-parietals and parietals moderate ; interparietal cunei- form acute, angled anteriorly. Two crescentic postparietals on each side. Four supraoculars. All superior head plates longitudinally rugose. Six superior labials, four under middle of orbit. Temporal region covered with large keeled scales, the tympanic meatus appearing as a small slit behind the free border of one of the posterior. Thirty rows of scales round the body, the dorsal and ventral in longitudinal rows, the lateral in oblique series which are directed upward and backward ; they are unicarinate, the dorsal tricarinate, the keels very strong. Four large marginal preanals. Three large in- fralabials on each side, beside mental and symphyseal, all in contact with in- ferior labials ; of the latter there are six, the anterior small. Digits unequal. Hinder extremity reaching the elbow ; the scales of its external surfaces strongly keeled, as are those of the fore limb ; tail (reproduced) covered with strongly, keeled scales which form on the upper surface four strong continuous ridges. Length from muzzle to axilla, 9.5 lin. ; from axilla to vent 1 in. 2 1. Above dark rusty, the head and a broad interscapular cross-band, also a median dorsal series of spots, and five or six rather large dorso-lateral spots, chestnut. Beneath and upper lip, rusty yellow. Hab. — Western Africa, Museum Smithsonian, (No. 5996). This species is not to be considered a Euprepis, on account of the squamous inferior eyelid : it is quite different from the Tiliqua rufescens in the much stronger carination, the more compressed head, minute auricular opening, and different arrangement of head-plates. This species and the preceding, as well as several others previously described iu these Proceedings, must be added to the catalogues of West African rep- [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191 tiles, recently published by Drs. Gray and Dumeril. Of these may be men- tioned the crocodile Osteolfemus tetraspis, the turtle Aspidonectes aspilus, the tree-frog Hyperolius fulvivittatus and the serpent Dasypeltis carinata (Dipsas carinata Hallow). M. Dumeril has united many of the supposed species which have been described as distinct ; he has, however, not noticed Dr. Giinther's identification of HallowelPs Heteronotus triangularis with his Graya silurophaga. As both the names for this genus have been previously employed, I have called it Glaniolestes in the " Hand- book to the Museum, Philadelphia Academy." On the Classification and Synonymy of the recent species of PH0LADID2E. BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. In the year 1851, Dr. John Edward Gray proposed a very excellent arrange- ment of the genera of shells included by earlier conchologists in Pholas and Teredo.* This arrangement has received the approval of most of the subse- quent authors, who have treated on the subject, including Fischer, (Journ. Conchyl., 2d ser., iii. iv.), H. and A. Adams, (Genera of Recent Mollusca,) and Chenu, (Manuel, tome 2.) S. P. Woodward, however, in his admirable Treatise on Conchology, part second, makes the following disposition of the Pholades: Genus Pholas (including Dactylina, Barnea, Talona, etc. " The differences in the dorsal shields are only of specific value." Genus Pholadidea, subgenera Martesia, Jouannetia, Parapholas. Genus Xylophaga. Mr. P. P. Carpenter, in his various works on the West Coast Mollusca, fol- lows Woodward's arrangement. The only other modern classification of the family with which I am ac- quainted, is that contained in Swainson's Malacology, which is as follows: Order DITHYRA. Tribe MACROTRACHLE. . Family PHOLID^J. Genera Aspergillum, Clavagella, Fistclana, Gastroch^ena, Pholadomya, Pholas, Pholidjea, Martesia, Xylophaga, Teredo, Teredina. I am much inclined to think that more than merely specific value should be attached to the number, form and position of the accessory valves, and I have therefore adhered in the main to Dr. Gray's arrangement. The Pholades are monographed by Sowerby, Thes. Conch., ii. 1849. Chenu, 111. Conchyl. ; and Hanley, Desc. Cat., besides which, scattered de- scriptions are contained in the works of numerous ancient and modern authors. For very full and satisfactory anatomical descriptions of the animals of PHOLADiDiE, see Poli. Testacea utriusque Sicilian. Deshayes. Exploration Scientifique de l'Algerie. Mollusques. Fischer. Journal de Conch. 2d ser., vols. iii. and iv. The Pholades inhabit all parts of the world, and many of the species have a geographical range much surpassing that of the generality of bivalve mollusca; and the supporters of the theory of the specific distinctness of all * An Attempt to Arrange the Species of PHOLADID^E into Natural Groups, by J. E. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., viii. p. 380, 1851. 1862.] 192 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP the Mollusca of the Pacific qoast of America from that of the Atlantic, must admit that in this family, at least, no such barrier exists. This wide distribu- tion has doubtless been caused, in a great degree, by the circumstances of habitation of several of the species, which seem to select floating timber for their abode. In these habitations they appear to sustain those vicissitudes of temperature which so generally circumscribe the Marine Testacea, except deep-sea species, to restricted zones of latitude ; but it is exceedingly surpris- ing that the larger species, which naturally make their abode in stone or mud, do not appear to be any more restricted in habitat than the others. In illus- tration of this subject, the following species and their range are cited : Pholas cos ta ta, L. New Bedford, Mass. Mexico. Mediterranean. Pholas truncata, Say. Atlantic coast from Nova Scotia to Florida. Peru. Chili. Zirphaea c r i s p a t a, L, Europe. United States. "West coast (teste Car- penter.) Martesia striata, L. Europe. West Indies. Philippine Islands. The manner in which the animals of Pholas excavate the holes in rocks, wood and hard clay, in which they reside, has long proved a puzzling ques- tion to naturalists, and various theories have been started in explanation. The hypothesis of the evolution of an acid or solvent to eat away the surface of limestone rocks, was met with the powerful objection that the delicate valves of the animal itself would be equally liable to attack, and when it was found that the Pholas, not restricting its operations to carbonate of lime, exca- vated with equal facility surfaces on which acid has no effect, — gneiss, for in- stance,— the "solvent theory" received its death-blow. The use of the valves with their sharp imbrications in effecting the work of excavation is forbidden by their frequently perfect state, even when contained in the hardest sub- stances;— (exemplified by a piece of extremely hard gneissic rock from the coast of France, containing a magnificent specimen of Dactylina dactylus, with its imbricated ribs sharp and perfect. Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci.) The anterior part of the animal of Pholas has a granulated surface, caused by the presence of numerous siliceous particles ; and this is probably the in- strument which the animal employs in its work. Recent investigations have shown that these granules are renewed as fast as they are worn off by attrition with the surrounding surface, thus forming an analogy with the tongue of the Gasteropoda. The young shells of Pholadidae frequently differ much from the adult and this difference has caused the description of many of these as dis- tinct species ; the synonymy of the family is further confused by the redescrip- tion of species prosured from stations far distant from the original localities. Dr. Gray includes in the family Pholadidae, three subfamilies, which are thus characterized : — 1. Pholadinje. Dorsal muscle attached by one or two dorsal shelly valves. Cavity in which the animal lives not lined with a regular shelly tube enclosing the valves. 2. Zirphjeina. Dorsal muscles only covered with a horny or coriaceous epidermis. The cavity in which they live not lined with a regular shelly tube enclosing the valves. 3. Teredinina. Dorsal muscles covered with a coriaceous epidermis. Cavity in which they live lined with a regular shelly tube surrounding the valves. The great differences between Pholas and Teredo (strengthened by Dr. Gray's recent discoveries respecting T. giganteus) have induced me to separate them into distinct families, one containing two, the other three sub- families, as follows. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 193 Order PHOLADACEA. Family PHOLADID^. Animal clavate, with a large truncated foot protruded through the otherwise closed mantle; siphons elongated, connected nearly to their ends, and not provided with shelly styles. Gills narrow, attached, closing the branchial chamber ; palpi elongate. Shell always present, its valves generally protected by one or more accessory dorsal plates. Inhabiting exeavations in wood or stone, the walls of which are sometimes, but not frequently, lined with a testaceous deposit. Subfamily 1. Pholadiile. The valves with a gap anteriorly, which is never closed in the adult shell. ^Subfamily 2. Jouannetin^. Anterior ventral hiatus open in the young shell, but invariably closed in the adult by a callous plate. Family TEREDID^. Animal elongate, subcylindrical, siphons united nearly to the end, their ex- tremities armed with two shelly styles ; foot long and narrow, protruded through the united mantle lobes, which are thickened in front. Gills long ; mouth with palpi. Shell, when present, globular, tripartite, included with the animal in a more or less cylindrical testaceous tube, the siphonal end of which is divided into two by a longitudinal partition. Subfamily 1. Teredin/E. Valves present, free, contained in the tube, which is irregularly cylindrical, sometimes much contorted. Perforating timber. Subfamily 2. Teredinin^e. Valves with an accessory anterior dorsal plate ; their margins prolonged into a shelly tube when adult. Tube frequently con- camerated ; siphonal extremity often truncate, and the opening contracted by a six-lobed internal margin, (fossil.) Subfamily 3. Kuphin^e. Without valves. Tube clavately cylindrical, sunk horizontally in sand. Never penetrating timber. The present paper will comprise the family Pholadida; as here limited, while Teredidae will form the subject of a future article. Synopsis of Genera. Subfamily PHOLADESLE. Anterior hiatus always open. * With two dorsal accessory valves. Dorsal valves placed anterior and posterior to the beaks, the anterior lanceolate, the posterior small, transverse. Umbonal processes reflected over the beaks, closely applied. Shell elongate Genus Pholas, Linn. Dorsal valves lanceolate, placed side by side. Umbonal processes reflexed over the beaks, cellular beneath. Shell oblong, ovate Genus Dactylina, Gray. Dorsal valves half ovate, diverging, small. Umbonal processes none, but the anterior margins of the valves re- flexed. Shell globose Genus Xylophaga, Turton. Dorsal valves moderate, diverging ; anterior hiatus small. Shell oblong-ovate, with a pair of siphonal valves at their posterior end Genus Talona, Gray. 1862.] 194 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP ** With a single accessory valve. Dorsal valve lanceolate ; umbonal processes reflexed, closely applied. Shell oblong-ovate Genus Barnea, Leach. Dorsal valve ovate-cuneiform; umbonal processes re- flexed, cellular beneath. Shell oblong-ovate Genus Monothyra, Tryon. Dorsal valve small, transverse, posterior, under a cori- aceous epidermis. Hinge plates produced and reflexed. Shell ovate Genus Navea, Gray. ***Destitute of accessory valves. Beaks protected by a membrane. Valves ovate. ..Genus Zirph^ea, Leach. Subfamily JOUANNETLNLE. Anterior ventral gap closed in the adult by a callous plate. * With three dorsal accessory valves. Anterior dorsal plates two, placed side by side, posterior to which is a central plate, directly over the umbones. Base of the siphons protected by reflected appendages Genus Penitella, Valenciennes. ** With two dorsal accessory valves. Dorsal valves small. The base of the siphons pro- tected in the adult by a subtestaceous cup-shaped appendage, which is absent in young individuals. Valves ovate Genus Pholadidea, Turton. Surface impressed by two oblique sulci, extending from the beaks to the margins. Shell ovate-oblong. Valves equal Genus Parapholap, Conrad. *** With a single accessory valve. Shell globose, hinge plates not reflexed ; inequivalve, the left valve overlapping the right Genus Jouannetia, Desmoulins. Shell ovate-oblong, accessory valve lanceolate or peltate. Equivalve ; the surface impressed by one or more furrows Genus Martesia, Leach. Index to the species of Pholadid;e. Anchomasa Pennantiana, Leach = Bar- nea parva, Penn. Barnea Australasia, Gray. Baked, Desh.= B. Burmanica ? Burmanica, Philippi. Candida, Linn. Erythraea, Gray. frayilis, Sowb. = Manillensis, Philippi. lanceolata, D'Orb. Manillensis, Philippi. parva, Pennant, similis, Gray, subtruncata, Sowb. Cadmusia Solanderiana, Leach = Phola- didea papyracea, Soland. Dactylina Campechensis, Gmel. " " Gray,=D. Chi- loensis (part.) it « u u l< 1! U (C it (I « u Dactylina candeana, D'Orb. = D. Cam- pechensis. Chiloensis, King, dactylus, Linn. orientalis, Gmel. = Monothyra orientalis, Gm. Jouannetia Cumingii, Sowb. " Darwinii, Sowb.= Penitella penita. globosa, Quoy. globulosa, Quoy=J. globosa. (i a u 1< pectinata, Conrad. pulcherrima, Sowb.= J. pec- tinata. Martesia acuminata, Sowb. = M. calva. aperta, Sowb. Australis, Gray, branchiata, Gould. Cali/ornica, Conr. = Parapho- las California. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195 u u u a Martesia calva, Sowb. clavata, Lam. = M. striata, corticaria, Adams, cuneiforms, Say. curta, Sowb. intercalata, Carpenter. 'f multistriata, Sowb. obtecta, Sowb. ovum, Gray, rivicola, Sowb. striata, Linn. Monothyra orientalis, Gmelin. My a crispata, Linn. = Zirphaea crispata. Navea nucifera, Fabr. " subglobosa, Gray. " tenuis, Gray. Parapholas acuminata, Sowb. = Marte- sia calva. bisulcata, Conr. = Martesia calva. Californica, Conrad. calva, Sow.=Martesia calva. concamerala, Desh. = Peni- tella penita. " Janelli, Desh.=P. Califor- nica. " ovoidea, Gld. = Pholadidea ovoidea. penita, Conr. = Penitella pe- nita. " quadrizonalis, Spengl. Penitella Conradi, Val. = P. penita. penita, Conrad. " Wilsonii, Conr. = Pboladidea melanura. Pholadidea cuneiformis, Say = Martesia cuneiformis. curta, Sow. =Martesia curta. " Goodallii, Blain. = P. papy- racea. loscombia, Turt. = P. papy- racea. melanura, Sowb. ovoidea, Gould, papyracea, Solander. penita, Conr. = Penitella pe- nita. quadra, Sowb. spathulata, Sowb. sulcata, Brown, trider.s, Gray, tubifera, Sowb. Pholadopsis pectinata, Conr.=Jouanne- tia pectinata. Pholas acuminata, Sowerb. = MarteBia calva. " angustius, Petiver. = Dactylina dactylus. 1862.] ii it it it u 11 (( Pbolas antipodum, Phil. = Barnea simi- lis. " aperta, Sowb.=Martesia aperta " Australasia', Gray, == Barnea Australasias. •' Bakeri, Desh, == Barnea Bur- manica? " Beauiana, Recluz. = Mart, cor- ticaria, Ad. " bifrons, Da Costa, = Zirphaea crispata. " Birmanica, Phil. = Barnea Bur- manica. " branchiata, Gould. = Martesia branchiata. " Californica, Conr.= Parapholas Californica. " callosa, Lam. = Dactylina dac- tylus. " calva, Sowb. = Martesia calva. " Campechensis, Gniel.— Dactylina Campechensis. " Candeana, D'Orb. = Dactilina Campechensis. " Candida, Chemn. = Talona ex- planata. Candida, Linn.=Barnea Candida. Caribaea, D'Orb. =Martesia cor- ticaria. " Chiloensis, King, = Dactylina Chiloensis. " clausus, Gray, = Talona expla- nata. " clavata, Lam.=Martesia striata. " concamerala, Desh. = Penitella penita. conoides, Flem.=Mart. striata. conslricta, Sowb.=Zirpbaea con- stricta. " cordala, Schroter, = Schroteria cordata. " cornea, Sowb. =Penitella penita " corticaria, Ad.= Martesia corti- caria. " costata, Linn. " crenulatus, Spengler, = Barnea parva. " crispa, Blainv. = Zirphaea cris- pata. " crispata, Linn. = Zirphaea cris- pata. " crucifera, Sowb. " cruciger, Sowb. = P. crucifera. " cucullata, Gray, = Penitella pe- nita. " cuneiformis, Say,= Martesia cu- neiformis. " curta, Sowb. = Martesia curta. ii 196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Pholas dactyloides, Delia Chiaje,= Bar- nea Candida. " dactyloides, Lamarck, = Barnea parva. " daclylus, Linn.=Dactylina dac- tylus. " dactylus, Spengl. = Monothyra orientalis. " daclylus, var. Deshayes, = Bar- nea parva. " Darwinii, Sowb.=Penitella pe- nita. " Edwardsii, Gray,=Martesia cu- neiformis. " explanata, Spengl.= Talona ex- planata. " falcala, Wood, = Martesia stri- ata. " fragilis, Sowb.= Barnea Manil- lensis. " gibbosa, D'Orb. = Xylophaga globosa. " globulosa, Quoy, = Jouannetia globosa. " hians, Pultney,:=Dactylina dac- tylus. " Hornbeckii, D'Orb. = Martesia corticaria. " Incii, Sowb.=:Parapholas quad- rizonalis. " Janelli, Desh.=Parapholas Ca- lifornica. " Julan, Adans.=Zirphaea Julan. " lamellata, Turt. = Pholadidea papyracea. •' lamellosa, D'Orb. =Barnea sub- truncata. " lanceolata, D'Orb. =Barnea lan- ceolata. " laqueata, Sowerby,= Dactylina Chiloensis. " latissiraa, Sowb. '• ligamentina, Deshayes, =Barnea parva. " lignorum, Spengler, = Martesia striata. " Ifanillce, Sowb.=Barnea Manil- lensis. " Manillensis, Phil.=Barnea Ma- nillensis. " melanura, Sowb. = Pholadidea melanura. " multistriata, Sowb. = Martesia raultistriata. " muricata, Da Costa,= Dactylina dactylus. " nana, Pult. = Martesia striata. " nucifera, Fab.=Navea nucifera. Pholas oblongata, Say, = Dactylina Campechensis. " obtecta, Sowb. = Martesia ob- tecta. " orientalis, Gmel. = Monothyra orientalis. " ovata, Gray, = Martesia ovum. " ovoidea, Gould, = Pholadidea ovoidea. " ovum, Gray, = Martesia ovum. " papyracea, Spengler. = Barnea Candida. " papyracea, Soland. =Pholadidea papyracea. parva, Pennant, =Barnea parva. parva, DaCosta,=Zirphaea cris- pata. patula, Gould, = P. latissima. penita, Conr.=Penitella penita. " pusilla, Linn. =Martesia striata. " quadra, Sowb. == Pholadidea quadra. " quadrizonalis, Spengl. = Para- pholas quadrizonalis. = Martesia rivi- Martesia cunei- it a it rivicola, Sowb. cola. " rudis, Gray, formis. " semicostata, H. C. Lea, = Marte- sia striata. " Siamensis, Spengl. = Monothyra orientalis. " silicula, Desh.=Barnea Candida. " similis, Gray,=Barnea similis. " spathulata, Sowb.= Pholadidea spathulata. " striata, Linn.=Martesia striata. " striata, Blainv.=Pholadidea pa- pyracea. " subtruncata, Sowerby = Barnea subtruncata. " sulcata, Brown, = Pholadidea sulcata. " Terediniformis, Sowb. = Martesia striata. " tridens, Grays= Pholadidea tri- dens. " truncata, Say. " tuberculatum, Turton, = Barnea parva. " tubi/era, Sowb. = Pholadidea tubifera. " Vibonensis, Phil. = Pholadidea papyracea. " Xylophaga, Desh. = Xylophaga dorsalis. Schroteria cordata, Schroter. Solen crispus, Gmel.=Zirphaea crispata. [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 197 Talona clausa, Gray,=T. explanata. " explanata, Spengler. Teredo dorsalis, Turton. = Xylophaga dorsalis. Thurlosia crispata, Leach. = Zirphaea crispata. Triomphalia Cumingii, Sowb. = Jouan- netia Cumingii. " globosa, Quoy,= Jouanne- tia globosa, " pulcherrima, Sowb. = Jou- annetia pectinata. Xylophaga cardissa, Gould. " dorsalis, Turton. " globosa, Sowb. Zirphaea Beauiana, Recluz. = Martesia corticaria. " constricta, Sowb. " crispata, Linn. " Danvinii, Sowb. = Penitella penita. " Julan, Adanson. " Viboiiensis, Philippi, = Phola- didea papyracea. Reference to Authors on PhoJadldse. Adams, Chas. B Catalogue of Shells Collected at PaDama, 1852. Con- tributions to Concbology, 1849 to 1852. Adams, H. & A .Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 1854. Adams & Reeve Mollusca; Voyage of the Samarang, 1850. Adanson Hist. Nat. du Senegal, 1757. Alder Catalogue of the Mollusca of Northumberland. Aldrovandi... De Test, 1618. Anton Versuch der Conchylien, 1839. Argenville Conchyliologie, 1757. Aucapitaine Observ. sur la perforation des Roches paries Pholades, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1851. Barbut Genera Vermium. Beau Catalogue des Coquilles Guadaloupe, 1858. Below De Aquat. Blainville ....Diet, des Sciences Naturelles, xxxvii. xxxiz. 1826, Manuel Malcologie, 1825. Bonanni Recreatio Mentis et Oculi, pt. 2, 1684. Born Test. Musei Ce- captus, Poey,) Zonichthys, Sw., Naucrates, Raf., Trachi/notus, Lac and Elacate. Cuv., but the latter probably represents another family. Next to Elacate follows the family of Echencidoidce. Prof. Poey, believing that there were two groups of Echeneioids charac- terized by differences of dentition,— homodont and isodout, — has invited me to name and describe them as genera.* I cannot, however, regard thos variations as indicative of generic distinction, nor as coincident with any other peculiarities which would entitle the homodont and isodont species to be genetically distinguished, the differences being simply very slight dif- ferences of degree. The Echeneioids appear, however, to form two very distinct groups of higher value than genera, each of which is again divisible into two others, which appear to be true genera. They are recognizable as follows : I. Body and tail slender and subcylindrical. Ventral fins with their inner rays more or less connected by a membrane which is partly free from the abdomen ; pectorals angulated ; caudal with the median rays pro- duced in the young, emarginated in the adult. Lower jaw with a cutaneous symphiseal projection Echeneides. «.' Discal lamina? 21 — 26," (A', naucrates, L.) Echeneis. 0. Discal laminae 10 — 11, (E. linedta, Menz.) Phtheirichthys. II. Body and tail robust and compressed. Ventral fins with the inner rays more or less attached to the abdomen, and folding in an abdominal depression ; piectorals rounded ; caudal generally more or less emarginated in the young, as well as in the adult. Lower jaw with no flap Remorje. *. Discal laminae 12— 19, (E. remora, L.) Remora. (J. Discal lamina? 27, (E. scutata, Gthr.) Remilegia. If the principles of Dr. Gimther are correct, all the forms described by Prof. Poey would be probably referrible to five known species. That gentleman and Sir John Richardson have demonstrated that the form of the caudal fin (only, however, to any extent among the typical Echeneides) varies with age ; consequently divisions based on the outline of that fin are illusive. The species described by M. Poey would be referred by Dr. Giinther to the following species ; the figures in parenthesis indicate the respective size of the fishes on which M. Poey founded his several species : 1. Echeneis naucrates, Lin. =E. guaican, P. (800 mill.) = E. metaliica, P. (600 mill.) 2. Echeneis albicauda, Mitchill = (E. holbrookii, Gthr.) = E. verticalis, P. (half grown, 380 mill.) 3. Phtheirichthys lineatus = E. apicalis, P. (260 mill., half grown) == E. sphyrsenarum, /'. (75 mill., very young.) on each palatine bone, and in another thirteen inches long, a narrow band of villiform teeth on the same bones, while Dr. Holbrook asserts, that in a specimen nine inches long, he found a " small patch of minute teeth on the vomer, and a small, narrow group of similar teeth on each palate-bone." M. Poey denies to his C. keteropygus (winch I am unable to distinguish from the C.falcatus) any palatal teeth. Are the palatal teeth then deciduous and lost with age, but still more or less persistent in different individuals ' Such is probably the case. * M. Poey has since communicated to me his discovery of the more or less heterodont dentition of all ihe species of the family known to him. 1862.] '•UO PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP 4. Remora jacobaea = (E. remora, Gthr.) = E. postica, P. (105 mill.) 5. Remora osteochir = (E. tetrapturorum) (200 mill.) We may await the publication of the second edition of the " Conspectus Piscium Cubensium," before accepting the preceding identifications as cor- rect ; in that publication, M. Poey, influenced as usual by his desire for truth, will correct the nomenclature of his species, and have no hesitation in re- uniting some of tbem if a future examination should lead him to doubt the correctness of his former views. I shall only remark that, among the species of the group of Echeneides, there is a definite ratio in the form of the caudal to the size of the species, and that the difference of dentition has been ex- aggerated. After an examination of many specimens from the most distant seas, I have also been, like Grunther and Richardson, unable to discover any differences which could be regarded as specific. The habits of the representa- tives of this family would indeed render it not improbable that they should be very widely distributed. The genus Nomeus of Cuvier probably belongs to a peculiar family (Gas- teros chismatoidae.) Lampris likewise represents a special family (Lainpri- doidae.) With Dr. Bleeker, I am now disposed to believe that Aulostoma, Lac. and Solenostomus, Gron. belong to different families, but, contrary to his opinion, think that they are very nearly related. The Malacanthini of Poey form a natural family. The Latilus chrysops, Val. does not, however, appear to be congeneric with the type of Latilus, but is distingushed by its form and the structure of the fins. It may be called Cau- lolatilus chrysops. The Labroidae are represented by six genera, — Lachnolcemus, Cuv. Harpe, Lac. (= Cossyphus, Cuv.), Decodon, Gthr. (Cossyphus puellaris, Poey) (= La- brinae), Choerojulis, Gill (Halichares, Riippell), (= Julides), Xirichthys, Cuv. (= Xirichthyinse), and Clepticus, Cuv. (= Clepticinae). In retaining the Labroids at the end of the symmetrical physoclystous Teleocephali in the Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast, it was by no means intended to convey the ideas of the author as to the affinities of that family. Its affinities have indeed expressly been said (p. 7) to be "probably rather with the Scisenoids, the Cha?todontoids and even the Percoids," &c. As, however, they were not quite evident, the Pharygognathi were provisionally retained where Miiller had placed them. The families are nearly related to each other and should not be scattered. The most appropriate position is probably near the Centrachoids. The single Cuban species of Polynematoid belongs to the genus Trichidion of Klein, as recently restored. The Gobioids are represented by four subfamilies and ten genera. The Gobiinae with four genera, — Gobiu&, Art. (mapo, P., lacerlus, P.) ; Lo- phogobius, Gill (crista-galli), characterized especially by a longitudinal coro- nal crest; Gobionellus, Grd. (= iSamaragdus, Poey) ; Awaous, Val. (= Rhino- gobius, Gill = Chonophorus, P.) Eleotridinae with three genera, — Eleotris, Gron. (gyrinus, guavina) ; Dormitator, Gill (Gundlachi, P., omocyaneus, P.), readily distinguished by the form, the cleft or extension forwards of the branchial apertures above the operculum and the large scales ; Pkilypnus, Val. and Erotelis, Poey, Ainblyopodinae with the genus Gobioides, Lac. Sicydiinae with the genus Sicydium, Val. The Eleotridinse cannot be separated from the Gobiinae, as the physiognomy is not only similar, but there is almost a transition from one form to the other. The Cyclopteroids are certainly not natural associates of the Gobicsocoids, the latter forming a very distinct family. Prof. Poey has committed the same error as Dr. Girard in describing the ventral fins as lower pectoral rays, and [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241 the disk as the ventral fins. His Gobidsox rupestris belongs to the genus Sicyases of Miiller and Troschel. The subfamily of Blenninae includes only three genera. The Salarias mar- garitaceus may be referred to the genus Entomacrodus, Gill, if the presence of superciliary tentacles is not considered to be of generic importance. The Opisthognathinse are represented by three forms, which appear to me to merit generic rank. The similarity between the three groups is that which should naturally exist between allied genera of a natural tribe or family ; the differences of detail of structure represent generic value. The three genera are Opisthognathus, Cuv. (macro gnathus, P.), with minute scales and extended maxillars ; Gnathypops (maxillosus, P., macrops, P.), with moderately small scales and maxillars passing little beyond the eyes, and Lonchopisthus {microg- nathus, P.), with normal maxillars, moderately small scales and lanceolate caudal fin. Opisthognathus macrognathus, P., if not identical, is at least very closely allied to the slightly previously named 0. megastoma of Giinther. The families of Antennarioidse and Maltheoidse, as suggested by Dr. Bleeker, appear to be good. Antennarius must be substituted for Uhironectes, as the latter had been previously used for a valid genus of marsupial mammals. The family of Ophidioids naturally contains only the genus Ophidium (L.). Fih-asfer (C.) is the type of a distinct family, known by the position of the anus, the development of the fins, &c. ; the other genera are the very distinct genus Echiodon of Thompson and the Encheliophis of Miiller, which differs from Fierasfer only by the absence of the pectoral fins. The Cuban species is very closely related to Fierarfer Homei (Kaup. ) Synbranchus is the type of a peculiar family (Synbranchoidae, Lat. of Apodes.) The true Salrnonoidae are not represented in Cuban nor any tropical waters. Alepidosaurus, Lowe is the type of a very distinct and remarkable family, which is probably most nearly related to the Scombroids and Lepturoids. The Cuban species belong to a peculiar group or genus (Cairfopus, Gill.) The genus Saurus, Cuv., whose prior name is Sy nodus, Gron., is the type of a special family related to the Scopeloids. The S. brevirostris, Poey has an abbreviated trachinoid muzzle and an oblong anal fin, and therefore belongs to the genus Trachinocephalus, Gill. Astronesthes, Rich, is a Chauliodontoid. Among the Clupeoids, the Meletta thrissa, Val. belongs to the genus Opis- thonema, Gill, which is more distinct than most of the genera of Clupeoids. The " Pleuronectes ocellatus, Agz." of I'oey and its allies belong to the genus Platophrys, Swainson. Ophisurus is the type of a peculiar family (Ophisuroidse.) There is a quite strong analogy between the faunae of the Japanese and West Indian archipelagoes and the neighboring seas. Dr. Giinther has in two instances alluded to the resemblance between West Indian and Japanese fishes. He has remarked,* in his 'observations on his Serrans margaritifer, a South American species, that it "very much resembles the S. tsiremtnara, Faun. Japon., p. 7, pi. 40, fig. 3, which is said to be common in Japan and to have sixteen soft rays in the dorsal fin. Still more remarkable is it that the same plate represents another fish, S. octocinctus, so similar to a West Indian fish, S. mystacinus, that they cannot be separated." Again, f the same gentle- man has observed that the Japanese " Mesoprion spams appears to be closely allied to the" Cuban " Mesoprion dentatus," "and it is a very remarkable fact, in the geographical distribution of fishes, that we find several species, described by Schlegel in the 'Fauna Japonica, ' represented in the Atlantic by others, not or scarcely different, — viz., among the Serranina, Anthias ocu- latus, Serranus tsirimenara and margaritiferus, Mesoprion sparui and dentatus." * Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c, vol. i. p. 132. f Giinther, op. cit., pol. i. p. 89. 1862.] 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF The recent discoveries by Prof. Poey have much increased the number of representative species. The Haliperca of the West Indies are represented by one Japanese species, (H. hirundinaceus). The other Serraninse have been already enumerated by Dr. Giinther. The Elastoma oculatum of the Carib- bean Sea is represented by a form so closely allied that the distinguished authors of the Fauna Japonica were unable, after a critical comparison, to discover any difference. Verilus of Poey is allied to Elastoma and Etelis, and is perhaps also represented by Caprodon (T, & S.) in Japan. The species of the genus Scombrops, T. & S. has only two species, one of which is Japanese and the other Cuban ; the nearest relation of the genus is also a West Indian, the Sphyrcenops Bairdianus (Poey.) Emmelichthys has equally Japanese and West Indian species. The peculiar Priacanthus niphonius (Cuv. et Val.) and Myriopristis Japonicus (Cuv. et Val.) are most nearly allied to West Indian and North American fishes — the Priacanthus alt us (Gill) and Myriopristis tra- cht/poma (Giinther). Finally, the species recently described as Hoilardia Hollardi by M. Poey, is closely related to a Japanese fish, the Triacanthodes anomalus, Blkr. The forms enumerated are very peculiar and distinct ones, and have no near allies in other seas. Many other genera of more universal distribution or with less characteristic species, which are represented by allied forms in the two seas might be added. Sufficient has been said to indicate that the law which has been enunciated by botanists relating to the similarity of the plants of Eastern Asia and Eastern America, may be extended within more restricted limits, to the inhabitants of the sea as well as to those of the land ; for the invertebrated animals, — the crustaceans, the mollusks and the radiates, — to a greater or less extent, are subject to the same rule as the fishes. Catalogue of the FISHES of Lower California, in the Smithsonian Institution collected by Mr. J. Xantus. PART II. BY THEODORE GILL. In this paper are continued the descriptions of the fishes collected at Cape St. Lucas, by Mr. John Xantus. The sequence of the families is not entire- ly in accordance with their natural affinities. Family TE UTHYD OIDJE (Cuv.) Genus Pkionurus C. et V. PEIONURUS PUNCTATt'S Gill. The greatest height equals twQ-fifths of the total length (-40.) the head forms more than afourth ("27.) The length of the snout much exceeds half of the head's length ("15,) and is a half greater than the diameter of the orbit (•10;) it is produced and its upper profile very obliquely incurved. There are on each side of the upper jaw eight teeth, and in the lower jaw six. The tail has three median laminse, the anterior of which are conic, and the last bifid, and one smaller one above and below at the base of the caudal. D. VIII. 26. A. III. 22. (V. I. 5.) The color is whitish gray, spotted with black on the head, body, dorsal, and anal fins ; the caudal peduncle and fin, pectoral and ventral fins are im- maculate. Many specimens of this species were obtained at Cape St. Lucas. It widely differs from the previously known species by its spotted body ; in other [April. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243 respects it is most nearly allied to the Prionurus laticlavius Val., from the Gallapagos Islands. Family CHsETODONTOIDJE. Subfamily CH.ETODONTINiE. Genus Sarothrodus Grill. Sarothrodus nigrirostris Gill. ' The body is elevated, the height being nearly equal to three-fifths of the extreme length. The snout is little produced, and shorter than the diame- ter of the eye. The pectorals equal the head's length, and are scarcely longer than the ventrals. The lateral line is slowly curved upward as far as the vertical of the fourth soft dorsal ray, and is there nearly parallel with the back, from which it is mostly separated by an interval equal to the width of the in- terorbital area. D. XII. 24. A. III. 20. Scales lat. line 44. The ground color is apparently light and uniform. The head is whitish ; the muzzle has a blackish band ; there is a transverse interorbital band emar- ginated behind and much narrower than the orbit. A band between the dor- sal fiu and the interorbital area descends to the temples and is bordered by whitish. Another obliquely crosses the dorsal fin, caudal peduncle and near the margin of the anal, the anterior margin of which extends from the base of the anterior soft rays to the axilla of the anal fin ; the band is bordered by whitish. The caudal, the produced portion of the dorsal, margin of the anal, and all the pectoral and ventral fins appear to have been uniformly light. This species is allied to Sarothrodus uli e t e lis i s (Chastodon ulietensis Blkr.) S. robustus(C. robustus Gthr.,) S. humeralis(C humeralit Gthr.) S. gracilis, ( C. gracilis Gthr.,) and S. m ac ul o-c inc tu s Gill; but is readily distinguished by the above diagnosis. Two specimens, about two inches and a half long, were sent by Mr. Xantus to the Institution ; the alcohol having evaporated, both have been dried up. Genus Holacanthus (Lam. ) C. et V. HOLACANTUUS STRIGATCS Gill. The greatest height exceeds two-fifths (-43) of the length. The length of the head forms almost a quarter (-24 ;; the diameter of the orbit equals a third (■08) of that length, and is less than the length of the snout (=-09,) and greater than that of the preopercular spine (-07.) The margin of the dorsal and anal fins are slightly convergent backwards ; the angle of the former is little acu- minate, and passes beyond the anterior half of the caudal, the longest rays nearly equalling the head's length ; the anal angle is obtuse or slightly rounded. The caudal is scarcely convex, and slightly oblique, its upper angle passing beyond and less blunt than the lower ; the length is less than a fifth (-19) of the total. The pectoral exceeds a fifth (-21) and the ventrals nearly equal a quarter ("24) of the total length. D. XIV. 17. A. III. 16. The color is dark purplish brown, crossed below the seventh spine by a whitish band attenuated and curved backwards below ; four nearly equidis- tant indistinct vertical bluish lines cross the body between the band and the base of the caudal. The head is girdled with two broader and more distinct bluish bands, one in front of the eyes, and the other in front of the dorsal and behind the eyes. The dorsal and anal have two indistinct lines parallel with the borders, and the posterior margins are also bluish. The pectorals, dorsal and caudal are yellow ; the latter alone margined with brown. 1862.] 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF This species, like the Pimelepterus, is related to a species of the Red Sea, the Holacanthus maculosus C. et V., but is readily distinguished by the less ele- vated body and fins, number of rays and details of coloration. It is also re- lated to the H. formosus Cast, of Brazil, and more remotely to //. passer, Val., of the Gallapagos Islands, and H. diacanthus, Gthr., of the Indian Ocean. Genus Pomacanthodes Gill. POMACANTHODES ZONIPECTUS Gill. The form much resembles that of Pomacanthus. The greatest height equals three-fifths (-59) of the length. The head forms about a quarter ('26) and the caudal fin about a sixth (-17) of the total length. The diameter of the orbit enters nearly four times (-7-26) in the head's length, the snout two and a half times, ("10) and the preopercular spine six times and a half ("04.) The dorsal is considerably produced at the sixth ray which passes behind the rounded posterior margin and nearly equals a third (*31) of the total length. The anal is simply rounded behind, and the caudal truncated. The pecto- rals equal a fifth (-21) and the ventrals three-tenths (-30) of the length. The back behind the nape is gibbous or protuberant. D. XI. 23—24. A. III. 20. The color is brownish margined with light on each scale. A very dark brown band girdles the breast behind the ventral and pectoral fins ; the dark color is prolonged upwards to the fifth dorsal spine, and merges into the lighter color of the head. The pectorals and caudal are marbled, the other fins nearly uniformly dark. One specimen eight inches long was collected by Captain Dow, at San Sal- vador. PlMELEPTEROIDJE Gill. This family may be modified to embrace those fishes with the outline corres- pondingly developed above and below the* median axis of the body, and by scaly fins and compressed teeth, as well as the development of numerous pan- creatic caeca. The principal types are the Piinelepterinae, Girellinje, and Scorpidinae. Two of those types are represented on the California coast. Subfamily GIRELLIN^E Gill. Genus Griella (Gray,) Gthr. GlRELLA NIGRICANS Gill. Camarina nigricans Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences, pt. ii. p. 81, fig. 22. Oct. 1861. Girella nigricans Gill, Proc. Acad. Natural Sciences, vol. xiv. p. 16. 1862. This species appears to be a true Girella, and I had referred it to that genus early in 1850, when hastily examining the species then sent by Mr. Xantus. I have always found fourteen dorsal spines. There is a more or less distinct white spot under the spinous dorsal. If distinct, then it may be named G. dorsomacula. D. XIV. 13. A. III. 11. The genus Girella as limited by Dr. Giinther, scarcely appears to be homogeneous. The Girella simplex, (Crenidens simplex Rich.) has the incisors entire and undivided, and therefore represents a distinct genus to which the name of Incisidens may be given. Subfamily PIMELEPTERINJE Gthr. Genus Pimelepterus (Lac.) This genus as adopted here is intended to embrace only those species with [April, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 245 nearly uniformly low dorsal and anal fins, and consequently excludes Pime- lepterus tahmel Riippell, P. Dussumieri C. et V. and P. raynaldi C. et V., in which the soft parts of the dorsal and anal fins are much elevated. It is therefore proposed to refer them to a distinct genus under the name of Opis- THISTIUS. The Pimelepterus waigensis has been stated by Cuvier and Valenciennes to ap- parently have five or six pyloric caeca.* In the species of our eastern coast which I have examined, as well as in T. fuscus .hypticus Cuv. Rhypticus xanti Gill. The greatest height equals a fourth or more of the total length. The head to the end of the opercular membrane equals three-tenths (-30^) and projects considerably beyond the spine (-01^;) its height behind the eyes enters nearly five times and a half (-18) in the total length, and the greatest height at the nape more than five times (-21.) The eye is moderately small, its diameter (-4) being more than half as long as the snout. The pectoral fin enters more than 6J times (=-15£) in the total length. D. III. 24. A. 16. [May. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251 The color is a very dark purplish brown, darker on the fins and on the trunk, irregularly mottled with lighter brown spots. Two specimens of this species are in the collection, one thirteen inches and a half long, and the other little more than five inches long. In color it most resembles the Rhypticus nigripinnis (Gill) from Panama, -but that has only two dorsal spines, and might therefore perhaps more properly be referred to the genus Promicropterus. I dedicate it to Mr. Xantus, who has made the magnifi- cent collection, of which a part is here described. Rhypticus maculatus Gill. The greatest height equals a quarter of the total length. The head, exclu- sive of the membrane, forms 27-100, and inclusive of it 29-100 of the length ; the height immediately behind the eyes equals 13-100, and at the nape 18-100 of the same. The eye of the single small specimen in the collection has a diame- ter longer than the snout, and equal to a fifth of the head's extreme length. The pectoral fin equals a sixth of the total length. D. III. 24. The color is reddish brown on the body and head, thickly covered with yel- lowish spots about as large as the pupil of the eye. The fins are blackish and immaculate, except the caudal, which is dotted on its basal half. A single specimen, less than two inches and three quarters long, was col- lected. Family CEILODIPTEROIDJE Bleeker. Genus Amia Gronovius. Amia retrosella Gill. The greatest height exceeds a quarter (-28) of the total length ; of that length the head forms more than three-tenths ('31.) The diameter of the orbit enters three times and a half (-09) in the head's length, and the snout four times and a half (-07. ) The hinder margin of the preoperoulum is finely den- ticulated; the crest entire. The spinous dorsal, at the third spine, has a height equal to an eighth (-12) of the total length, and the soft a sixtn (-17) of the same. The caudal fin enters four times and a half (-23 ;) the pecto- ral fin equals a fifth (-19) and the ventral a sixth (-16) of the length. D. VI. I. 9. A. II. 8. C. 4. I. 8. 7. I. 3. P. 2. 10. V. I. 5. 2 Scales 25—. 8 The color is reddish yellow, minutely dotted with black, with a black spot on the operculum, another on the end of the caudal peduncle, and a vertical band below the soft dorsal fin. The unpaired fins are more or less thickly punc- tulated with black. This species is related to Amia dovii (Apogon dovii Gthr.,) but the saddle-like band under the second dorsal fin at once distinguishes it it ; is also closely allied to A. maculata (Monoprion maculatus Poey.) Family SPAROWJ2 Cuv. Gill. Subfamily LUTJANIN^E Gill. Lutjanus novempasciatos Gill. The greatest height exceeds a quarter of the extreme length. The head forms rather more than three-tenths of the same, (-31 ;) the snout enters three times and a half (-09) in the head's length, and the diameter of the eye about four times and a half (*07.) The teeth are in a longitudinal band on the tongue. The anterior nostril has a membraneous flap or lid behind. The pre- operculum has a shallow emargination ; the interoperculum a blunt trihedral 1862.] 252 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP tubercle. The fourth dorsal spine equals a tenth of the total length and is a quarter longer than the ninth, which is shorter than the tenth. The second anal spine is strongest and rather larger than the ninth dorsal one. The cau- dal is nearly truncate when expanded, and forms a fifth of the total length. The pectoral and ventral fins are equal, and contained about five times and a half in the length. D. X. 13-14. A.III. 8. 7 Scales 48 — . 18 The color is purplish brown, lighter at the centres of the scales, and with nine faint vertical bands, the second under the front of the dorsal, the sixth under the union of the spinous and soft parts, and the last behind the dorsal. The margin of the dorsal and caudal is dark. The front of the soft anal near the angle white ; the base of the pectoral dark. Subfamily HOPLOPAGRIN^ Gill. Genus Hoplopagbus Gill. Proc. Academy of Nat. Sciences of Phila., 1861, p. 78. ""* ' Body oblong-ovate, compressed, with the caudal peduncle short, covered with moderate or rather large oblique scales, similar to those of the typical Sparoids and arranged in longitudinal rows parallel with the lateral line. Head moderate, with the profile not much arched but declining rapidly down- wards. The operculum and suboperculum are covered with large scales ; the cheeks with about five rows of scales ; the limb of the preoperculum naked. The preorbital bone is very high, and its hinder margin concealed. The pre- operculum is notched above its angle for the reception of a knob of the inter- opercular bone. Its ascending margin and angle are finely pectinated, as is al?o the suprascapular bone. The operculum is obtusely biangulated behind. Mouth of normal size; the ascending branches of the intermaxillaries are shorter than the horizontal ones. Teeth on the jaws and front of the vomer ; there are four robust but blunt canines in each jaw, near the symphisis in au anterior row ; another row of obtusely conical ones, behind in which, in the upper jaw, is at least one row of smaller molar or fusiform ones. Behind the row of conical ones of the lower jaw, there is, on each side of the median line, about one molar. There are also about three short and obtusely conical molars on the front of the vomer. Nostrils distant; the posterior are elongated oval slits in front of the eyes; the anterior are tubular and situated at the anterior margin of the snout. Branchiostegal rays five on each side. Dorsal fin with a deep notch between its spinous and soft portions ; the anterior part with ten spines. Anal fin wth three moderate but stout spines, the second of which is largest. Caudal fin emarginated. Pectoral fins subfalcate and acuminate. Ventral fins acuminate, with its axillar scales well developed. The species for which we have framed the genus above described, is one of the most interesting that has been for some time made known. It furnishes additional evidence of the slight value of the presence or absence of teeth on the palatine arch as a character for distinguishing families, and at the same time it confirms the propriety of approximating the Sparoids and the Percoids, or at least the Lotjaninae. At first sight the observer would be inclined to refer the type of the new group to the genus Diacope of Cuvier, or Genyoroge of Cantor, or to Mesoprion of Cuvier. There is indeed no essential difference in external form or appear- ance between those several genera. There is the same nudity of the superior surface of the head and preorbital region : the same sinus above the angle of the preoperculum, and the corresponding knob of the interoperculum ; the same serration of the preoperculum and suprascapular ; the same two blunt spinous [May, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253 processes of the operculum ; the same form and disposition of the fins, and the same structure of the scales. Almost the only external difference that ■would be esteemed as of more than specific value relates to the position and form of the nostrils. And yet the fish now to be described does not belong to the same family as Diacope or Genyoroge, if the Sparoids andPercoids are regarded as being distinct families simply on account of dentition. For the present species is found, on further investigation, to be provided with teeth like those of the Sparine subfamily of the Sparoids, while Diacope or Genyoroge has teeth somewhat like Serranus, and has been by all naturalists referred to the family of Percoids and placed near Serranus. The number of branehiostegal rays is also less than that of the Lutjanine genus. HoPLOPAGRUS GUENTHERII Gill. Proc. Academy of Nat. Sciences of Phila., vol. 1861, p. 78. The greatest height equals a third ('35) of the extreme length. The head forms three-tenths ('30) of the same. The profile is scarcely curved ; the fore- head slightly gibbous. The snout equals nearly half ('14J) of the head'3 length ; the height of the suborbital from the eye to the angle of the mouth is less than a third of the same ("09.) The diameter of the orbit equals a fifth of the head's length. The posterior nostril tube is an elliptical aperture. The preopercular sinus is semicircular; the interopercular knob moderate and oblique. The spine of the dorsal increases in a curve to the fourth spine, which equals an eighth of the total length, and is more than twice as long as the last two (=-05J.) The anal spines regularly increase, the first being con- tained seven times and a half (-04) in the head's length, while the second is nearly and the third quite twice as long as the first. The caudal fin is little emargi- nated, and the angles nearly rectangular ; the external rays equal about -22 and the median about -18 of the total length. The pectoral fins are produced and pointed as usual, and nearly equal three-tenths of the length ("28,) the ventrals equal a fifth (20.) The rows of scales above the lateral line are parallel with it, and those below nearly straight and longitudinal. D. X. 14. A. III. 9. C. 2. 1.8. 7. I. 1. P. 2. 15. V. I 5. 8 4 Scales 43 (3)— — 17 6 The color of the stuffed specimen is uniform purplish brown. I dedicate the fine species to the excellent Gunther in token of appreciation. Subfamily PRISTIPOMATOLE Gill. Genus ELemulon Cuvier, This genus as here adopted is restricted to Pristipornatinae, with large mouths, the spinous dorsal increasing in a curved line towards the third, fourth or fifth spines and thence gradually decreasing, and the scales of moderate size, arranged in more or less oblique rows, so that the nuclei or the spots on each scale form interrupted lines that tend obliquely upwards and form acute angles with the lateral line. The anal spines are robust, and the second is generally largest. The genus, however, requires still further restriction. Hjemulon Scddderii Gill. The greatest height enters less than three times and a half (-28) in the total length, and is little greater than the length of the head (= -27.) The diameter of the eye equals a third of the head's length, and is nearly as long as the snout. The supramaxillary bones reach behind nearly to the vertical of the pupil. The teeth of the front row in each jaw are strongly and abruptly curved. The preoperculum is emarginated behind and is pectinated, especially at the angle. The dorsal fin increases in a curve to the fourth spine, which is half as 1862.] 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF long as the body beneath, (-14,) and two and a third times as long as the eleventh spine. The second anal spine is longest and nearly equals the fourth dorsal one. The caudal forms more than a fifth (-22) of the length, and the pectoral equals a fifth (-20.) 1 6 D. XI. I. 16. A. TIL 7 — . Scales 52 — . 1 14 The color is greenish silvery, with faint oblique lines formed by the central dots on the scales above the lateral line, and less oblique ones below. There are two lateral bands ; one from the snout over the eye to the end of the dorsal, and the other from the back of the eye to an oblong spot on the caudal pe- duncle. The fins are nearly colorless. The preoperculum has a blackish brown spot behind partly concealed. I dedicate this species to Mr. Scudder, already favorably known as an Ento- mologist, and now engaged in the study of Ilcemulon and the allied genera. HyEMULON SEXFASCIATUS Gill. The greatest height is nearly equal to three-tenths ('29) of the extreme length, and barely exceeds the head's length (=-28.) The diameter of the eye nearly equals a third of the latter length as well as the length of the snout. The supramaxillary bones reach behind nearly to the vertical from the front of the pupil. The teeth of the external row in the upper jaw are strongly curved ; those of the lower much less. The preoperculum is emarginated behind by the production of its angle and is dentated. The dorsal fin is highest at its fourth or longest spine, which nearly equals an eighth (-13) of the total length, and its last spines are much abbreviated, the eleventh little exceeding a quarter of the fourth (-63^.) The second anal spine is as long or longer than the fourth dorsal. The caudal and pectoral fins are nearly equal, and contained about four and a half times (22 — 23) in the total length. 1 7 D. XI. I. 16. A. III. 9—. Scales 50—. 1 18 The color is greyish-silver, with six broad bands on the body, the first between the nape and dorsal fin ; the second under the first five spines; the fourth under the last spines, and the sixth mostly behind the dorsal fin. ELemulon flaviguttatus Gill. The greatest height does not much exceed a quarter of the extreme length, (.27,) of which the head forms a quarter. The eye's diameter equals a quarter of the head's length, and is less than the length of the snout. The supramaxillary bones end undsr the front of the pupils. The preoperculum is little emar- ginated behind and is pectinated. The fourth dorsal spine is longest, and equals a ninth ('11) of the total length ; the eleventh is as long or longer than the twelfth or second dorsal one, and equals a twentieth (-5) of the length. The second anal spine equals an eleventh of the length. The caudal fin forms scarcely a fifth of the length, and the pectoral enters four times and a half in the same. D. XI. I. 16. A. III. 10. 7 Scales 53 — . 16 The color is greyish, with sulphur-colored spots in the centre of each scale, forming above the lateral line and below the spinous dorsal oblique lines tend- ing upwards and backwards, and on the caudal peduncle longitudinal lines, while under the lateral line they form longitudinal undulating lines. [May, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 255 Genus Orthostoechus* Gill. This genus is proposed for species which differ from Ilcemidon by the arrange- ment of the scales above as well as below the lateral line in longitudinal rows, and the straight course of the anterior portion of the lateral line. In other respects it resembles Hcemulon. The arrangement of the scales approximates it rather to the genera Pristipoma (hasta) and Conodon of Cuvier, but the dorsal and anal fins in both of those genera are scaleless. 0RTH0STO3CHUS maculicauda Gill. The greatest height equals 28-100ths of the total length, and the head rather more than a quarter. The diameter of the orbit equals a quarter (-07) of the greatest height, and is less than the length of the snout (= -08.) The supra- maxillary bone ends under or somewhat behind the front of the pupil. The teeth of the external row are of moderate size and moderately curved. The preoperculam is emarginated behind and pectinated or dentated. The fourth dorsal spine equals or exceeds a ninth of the total length, and is scarcely shorter than the third and fifth, while it is nearly three times as long as the twelfth, which itself is shorter than that in front of the second dorsal. The second anal spine equals a tenth of the total length. The caudal fin forms less than a fifth, and the pectoral fin enters about four times and a third in the length. D. XII. I. 16. A. III. 10. 1 Scales 47 — . 16 The color is purplish grey, with longitudinal lines on the body formed by yellow spots in the centre of each scale, and with an oblong black spot on each side of the end of the caudal peduncle. There are sometimes irregularities in the squamation. In the collection are four varieties. 1st. With all the rows straight. 2d. With the third row below the lateral line in front decurved and continued, as the fourth row, to the caudal. 3d. With the second row below the lateral line in front bent upwards and confluent with the first row. 4th. With the first row above the lateral line in front bent upwards and con- tinued as the second row to the caudal. These aberrations are caused by the displacement of the rows, and corres- pondingly affect the rows above or below. They exhibit the tendency to revert to the arrangement of scales of Hcemulon. Genus Microlepidotus Gill. The present is closely related to Hcemulon and Orlhosicechus ; it differs from the latter by the arrangement of the scales above the lateral line in oblique rows, and from both in the following characters: — 1st. The scales are small. 2d. The mouth is rather small. 3d. The second dorsal spine is at least half as long as the third, which equals or surpasses the others. 4th. The anal spines are rather small and graduated, the third being longest. 5th. The dorsal and anal fins are scaleless. In other respects the genus resembles Hcemulon. It differs from Pristipoma (hasta) by — 1st. The small scales, obliquely arranged. 2d. The rather smaller mouth. 3d. The development of the anterior dorsal spines. 4th. The small and gradu- ated anal spines. The name Microlepidotus is given to the genus in imitation of ITemilepidotus. * OpBo; (straight) and cttoi^o; (row.) 1862.] 256 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OE MlCROLEPIDOTUS INORNATUS Gill. The greatest height equals or nearly equals a quarter of the extreme length. The head equals the height; the diameter of the orbit enters about four times and a third (-05^) in the head's length, and the snout three times and a half, (•07.) The supramaxillary bone ends under the posterior nostril. The teeth of the outer row are moderate and curved. The preoperculum is little emargi- cated behind, and is pectinated as usual. The first dorsal spine is weak, and not half as long as the second; the second spine is two-thirds as long as the third; the latter equals a tenth of the length, and is about as long as the fourth and fifth ; the rest decrease towards the thirteenth, which is half as long as the second spine. The third anal spine is largest ; its length does not equal half that of the third dorsal spine (=z-0&%.) The caudal fin scarcely forms a fifth of the length ("19), and equals the length of the pectoral. D. XIII. I. 15. A. III. 12. 9 Scales* 80—85 — . 23 The scales of the lateral line behind are as large as the others and as much exposed. The color is brownish, tinged with a golden hue. Genus Genytremus Gill. This genus is proposed for the Pristipoma bilineatum Cuv. et Val., the species described below and the P. melanopterum, which are the only ones that I am able to positively refer to the genus. They differ from the Anisolremi by the less elevated body, depressed nape, the dorso-ocular region being incurved, the oblique snout, the more rapid increase in width of the pharyngeal bones behind and the pattern of coloration. The Pristipoma bicolor of Castelnau, which is supposed by Dr. Giinther to be, perhaps, "a variety only" of P. melanopterum, " or the type of the species, but with the coloration made from life," appears to me to be a typical A?iisotre?nu$, alike distinguished as such by form and pattern of color. The Diagramma cavifrons Cuv. appears to represent a genus separated from Genytremus by the absence of a chin groove, the low preorbital bones, decurved snout and the presence of thirteen dorsal spines, which less rapidly decrease in length. The genus may be called Gcnyatremus.f Genytremus interruptus Gill. J This species is so closely allied to the G. bilineatus that it might be even considered as a variety, but it appears to differ by the steel blue color of the back and the discontinuance of the lateral band a short distance before the spot on the tail ; at its end, the band is bounded below by the lateral line. In other respects, the two species are so similar thata detailed description would be only a repetition of that of G. bilineatus, and is not necessary in the present paper. Family M ULLOIDJE. Genus Upeneus Cuvier. Upeneus dentatus Gill. The greatest height is less than a fifth (*18) of the extreme length. The * The number of rows of scales and not the number through which the lateral line runs is counted. t The Pristipoma cantharinum of Jenyns is the type of another Pacific genus, distin- guished by the form of the head, the form of the fins and the squamation. The pre- orbital region is oblique and very deep. The genus may be named Prislocantharus. X Anisotremus tajniatus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Phila., vol. xiii. p. 107. Pristipoma rodo Morris, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sciences, Phila. vol. Habitat. — Panama. This is another species closely allied to a West Indian fish, but is undoubtedly distinct. [May, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257 head forms a quarter of the length, and its height at the nape equals a sixth of same ; the snout is gradually decurved, and its length equals an eleventh (•09) of the total ; the height of the preorbital bone at the angle of the mouth equals two-thirds (06) the length of the snout. The diameter of the eye nearly equals a third (-08) of the head's length. The barbels extend nearly to the vertical of the preoperculum. The teeth are rather strong ; in the upper jaw uniserial, in the lower biserial in front. The caudal fin forms more than a fifth (-22) of the total length, and the pectoral fin equals a sixth of the same. 1 1 2 D. VII. I. 7 -. A. I. 5 -. Scales 37 -. 1 1 6 The color is a bright pink or rose, with a broad red band extending from the eye to the caudal fin, and suffusing the caudal itself. This species is as closely related to the Upeneus flaviviltatus (Poey) of the Caribbean Sea as any other species, but differs widely in dentition as well in the size of the scales, &c. Three specimens, nearly four inches long, are in the collection. Family SCIJEJSrOIDJE (Cuv.) Gthr. Subfamily SCI^NDLE (Bon.) Gill. Umbrina dorsalis Gill. The greatest height equals three-tenths (-30) of the extreme length. The head forms a quarter (-25) of the length and declines nearly in a straight line ; at the vertical of the preopercular angle its height equals -22, and at the pupil •17 of the total length. The diameter of the eye equals a third of the head's length, and that of the snout a quarter. The barbel is very short and thick. The preopercular teeth behind are small and distant. The spinous dorsal is convex; the second anal spine strong and equal to a tenth of the total length. The caudal fin is subtruncated, and forms a fifth of the length. The pectoral enters six times and two-thirds (*15) and ventral five times and a half ("18) in the same length. D. X. I. 33. A. II. 7. 8 Scales 56 — . 14 The color is silvery, tinged on the back with rose. The upper half of the dorsal fins are sometimes punctulated with black. Umbrina xanti Gill, The height is rather less than a quarter (-23) of the total length*. The length of the head equals the greatest height, and is nearly a quarter greater than the height at the preopercular angle (=-18) and twice that at the pupil (-12). The diameter of the orbit nearly equals a third (-07) of the head's length, while the snout enters about four times and a half (-05) in the same. The barbel is short and moderately thick. The teeth of the preoperculum behind small and distant. The spinous dorsal is rather angular; the second anal spine not robust and equalling an eleventh (09) of the total length. The caudal enters five times and a half in the length ; and its margin is nearly truncated. The pectoral fin rather exceeds an eighth (-13) and the ventral a seventh (-15) of the length. D. X. I. 28. A. II. 6. 7 Scales 51 — . 12 The color is silvery, tinged with purplish on the back, and with faint oblique 1862.] 258 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP lines running upwards and backwards. The first dorsal is generally more or less punctulated with black. Many specimens were obtained. The species is, perhaps, most nearly re- lated to the U. broussonettii (Cuv. et Val.) of the West Indies, but differs widely in color, size of the scales, &c. A species of Sciaenoid of California has been described by Dr. Girard as Umbrina undulata. I have not been able to examine the species, the only specimen having been lent to Mr, Scudder, of the Cambridge Zoological Mu- seum, who is now engaged in the study of Hamulon and the related genera. I am unable to judge, from the description of Girard, to what this species is most nearly related. On account of the presence of a single spine and nine rays in the anal fin, it was formerly referred to Menticirrhus, but if Girard is correct in describing the caudal fin as " posteriorly subtruncated," it can scarcely belong to that genus. Girard states that " a small spine is placed be- tween the two dorsal fins, and a similar one at the anterior margin of the second dorsal," and atlributes "XL" spines to the first dorsal. Doubtless the membrane had been simply torn from the "small spine," and it is possible that he included the spine of the second dorsal as the eleventh. He must certainly be mistaken when he attributes only four (IV.; IV.) branchiostegal rays to the species. The color resembles that of Umbrina Xanli. Family POLYNEMATOIDJE Bleeker. Trichidion approximans Gill. Proc. of the Academy of Nat. Sciences of Phila., vol. xiii. p. 275. Polynemus approximans Lay and Bennett, Beechey's Voyage to the Pacific, Zoology, p. 57. Polynemus xanthonemus? Gunther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c, vol. ii. p. 325. Many specimens were collected. Family NEMATISTIOIDJE Gill. Genus Nematistius Gill. Body oblong or rather elongated, compressed, regularly diminishing in height towards the caudal ; the caudal peduncle is slender but robust. Scales cycloid and small, but very conspicuous, and arranged in moderately oblique rows above and less oblique ones below. Lateral line simple and unarmed, scarcely convex before and not angulated. Head little longer than high, compressed and trenchant above, with the profile strongly decnrved from the dorsal fin to the eyes, and with the snout oblique. Eyes in the anterior half of the head, near the snout and the profile. Nostrils double, in front of the eyes. Sub- orbital bones low. Opercula unarmed. Mouth rather large; the cleft very oblique and continued under the eyes. Teeth villiform and small, especially on the vomer and palatine bones. Branchiostegal rays six. Dorsal fins two, fold- ing in a deep sheath; the first with eight filamentous spines; the second low and elongated. Anal fin low and oblong, shorter than the second dorsal and with one spine. Caudal fin forked and acutely lobed. Pectoral fins acuminated. Ventral fins inserted under the bases of the pectorals ; each with a long, slender, compressed spine contiguous to the first ray and with six rays, the internal of which is compound, and has several contiguous branches nearly or quite distinct. This very remarkable genus may be most aptly compared to Coryphana. A more vivid idea of its physiognomy can be obtained by a comparison with the Coryphce.ua hippuris ; if that species was somewhat abbreviated, the eye placed over the posterior half of the cleft of the mouth and nearer the profile, the single dorsal replaced by two, the first commencing above the pectoral and 1862.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 259 with eight filamentous spines, and the pectoral fin elongated, it would resemble a Nematibiim. The peculiar modification of the ventral fins reminds the naturalist of the genus Lampris, the type of a peculiar family, but in other respects it is little related. On account of this modification of the ventral fins, as well as the development of the dorsal fins and the form, it appears expedient to consider it as the type of a distinct family, allied to the Carangoids and Coryphaenoids. Nematistius pectoralis Gill. The greatest height equals or exceeds a quarter of the length from the snout to the end of the median caudal rays. The head nearly equals the height, and the height at the nape is not much less (-22 — -24.) The direct distance between the orbits equals a third of the head's length ; the orbit has a diameter equal to a fourth of the same length, is distant from the horizon of the forehead half a diameter, and from that of the snout little more than a diameter. The height of the suborbital bone equals a third of the diameter. The origin of the anal fin is nearly equidistant from the throat and the end of the caudal. The pec- toral equals about three-tenths of the length and is nearly twice as long as the ventrals. The median rays of the caudal fin equal the length of the snout and quarter that of the longest. D. VIII. I. 26. A. I. 15. P. I. 1. 14. V. I. 5—4. The color of a dried specimen is plumbeous on the back and operculum, and silvery on the sides of the head as well as body. The dorsal filaments are black ; the lower half of the pectoral fin is also blackish. The following table of measurements is taken from the dried specimen, the only one obtained. It has been registered as No. 2421. Length from snout to end of median caudal rays (16 inches) 100. Body — greatest height 26. Height behind dorsal and anal -09. Height of caudal pe- duncle -06. Length of caudal peduncle "11. Head — Length laterally 24. Height at nape 22. Width between orbits 8^. Length of snout 6^. Height of suborbital bone 2. Eye — Diameter 6. Distance from profile 3. Dorsal (spinous) — Length of first spine 6^. Length of second spine 31. Length of third spine 55. Length of fourth spine 53. Length of fifth spine 52. Length of sixth spine 41. Length of seventh spine 36. Length of eighth spine 43. Caudal — Length of median rays 6J. Length of longest rays 25. Pectoral — Length 31. Ventral— Length 16. Family CIRRHITOIDJE (Gray.) * Subfamily CIRRHITIN^E (Blkr.) Gill. Genus Cirrhitus Lac. ClRRHITUS RIVULATUS Val. Voyage de la Venus, Zoologie, p. 309, pi. 3. fig. 1. Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c, vol. ii. p. 519. Gill, Proc. Academy of Nat. Sciences of Phila., &c, vol. xiv. 1862, p. 107. A single stuffed specimen, fifteen inches long, was sent to the Institution by Mr. Xantus. Cirrhitus betaurus Gill. The greatest height exceeds a quarter (-27) of the extreme length, and the head forms nearly a third (-32) of the same. The preoperculum is serrated behind. In the small specimen now described, the diameter of the orbit is * contained little more than three times and a half in the head's length and equals the snout. The fourth dorsal spine is longest, and equals a ninth of 1862.] 260 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP the total length. The second anal spine is largest, and equals the fourth dorsal one; the longest soft ray enters six times and two thirds in the total length. The caudal fin is slightly emarginated and nearly equals a fifth of the length. The produced pectoral ray rather exceeds a quarter of the length, and the ventral fins enter five times and a half in the same. 1 D. X. 11. A. III. 5 -. P. 6. VI. V. I. 5. 1 The color is lohitish on the body, blackish on the shoulders and from the dorsal fin to the eyes, and with four complete, oblique, blackish bands; the first under the middle of the spinous dorsal ; the second under the last spine ; the third under the middle of the soft dorsal, and the fourth encircling the caudal peduncle. The head has three lateral bands, one on the preorbital region, a second on the cheek, and third on the posterior margin of the pre- operculum. The operculum has a longitudinal oblong spot. The chin has four spots forming the angles of a rhomb, and there is another one behind, on the branchiostegal membrane near the margin. The spinous dorsal is mar- gined with blackish, and the two bands beneath more or less ascend on it; anal blackish. The caudal has a blackish B-shaped mark and a band at its base divided by the lateral line. The pectoral is dusky, with a black spot at its base nearly surrounded by a clear area, and separated from a spot in front of the base. The ventrals are blackish, with nearly transparent sides and margin. This species is very distinct, readily recognized by the color, and especially the large mark on the caudal fin,— in allusion to which the name has been given. It is, perhaps, most nearly allied to Cirrhitus ajjrinus. One specimen, scarcely an inch and a half long, was obtained. Family SCOMBROIDS (Cuv.) Gill. Subfamily SCOMBRIN^E Swainson. Genus Scomber (L.) Scomber diego Ayres. Proc. California Academy Nat. Sciences, vol. i. p. 92. Three specimens of a species which is doubtless identical with the one de- scribed by Dr. Ayres, were obtained. Family CARANGOIDJE Blkr. Subfamily CARANGIN^E (Bon.) Genus Trachurds (Raf.) Tkacuurus symmetricds Girard. Caranx symmetricus Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Nat. Sciences, pt. 1, p. 62. Trachurus trachurus pt. Gurdher. After an examination of numerous specimens, I am unable to discover any valid reasons for uniting the European, Japanese and Californian fishes in one. They differ in the course of the lateral line, the comparative size of the pec- toral, &c, and can be readily distinguished at the first glance. The Californian species has the flexure very abrupt and oblique, and the pectoral fin equal to the length of the head before the preoperculum. The Trachurus declivis of the Australian seas is not represented in the Smithsonian Collection, but I am dis- posed to believe that that species may also be distinguished from the Japanese species, to which it is most related. At another time I will again revert to this subject. [May, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 261 It may be remarked, that the Trachurus boops of Girard is a typical Caranx of Bleeker, and nearly allied to a species previously placed by Girard in a genus called by him " Carangus Girard." Dr. Giinther has called attention to the discrepancy between Girard's diagnosis of Trachurus and that of Trachurus boops. The name of Caranx boops has been given by Cuvier and Valenciennes to a Carangoid, but, as the species belong to different genera, the name of Caranx boops may be retained for the Californian fish. A near ally is the com- mon Caranx chrysos (Dekay) of the Atlantic coast. Genus Trachurops Gill. Trachurops brachychircs Gill. This species is very closely related to the Trachurops crumenophthalmus of the Atlantic, but appears to differ by the less length of the pectoral fins. The description of form, &c. would be equally applicable for the two ; for the pre- sent, therefore, the following formulae for the two specimens in the collection and the annexed table of measurements are deemed sufficient. The tips of the caudal lobes are broken in both specimens. D. VII. + I. I. 26. A. II. I. 22. Lateral acute plates 36, 37. Trachurops differs from Trachurus by the presence of scutellae only on the hinder half of the lateral line. Length to end of middle caudal rays (8 l-5th-8,) 100 (-f 14.) Body— Greatest height 26-25. Distance of vertical of end of dorsal to end of median caudal rays 16-16. Head— Greatest length 29-29 J. Distance from snout to end of spine 28-28 J. Width of interorbital area -07. Length of snout 8-8J. Length of opercu- lum .07. Orbit — Diameter 9-9. Dorsal— Height of third spine 13-13. Height at longest ray 12-lU. Anal — Height at longest ray 11^-10. Caudal — Length of middle rays 7|. Length of external rays 21 -f- 4. Pectoral— Length 24-24. Ventral— Length 14-13. Genus Decapterus Bleeker. The genus Decapterus of Bleeker appears to be a natural and homogeneous one, but at the same time embraces species which differ considerably in denti- tion, and which may consequently be distributed among sections distinguished by such differences. The dentition appears to be constant in the species and to be at least of equal value with that which has induced naturalists to sub- divide the analogous family of Clupeoids. The sections known to us are the following: Eustomatodos. Teeth on the jaws (uniserial), vomer, palatine bones and tongue. Decapterus muroadsi Blkr. D. kurroides Blkr. Decapterus verus. Teeth on the jaws (uniserial), vomer and palatine bones, Tongue smooth. Decapterus kurra Blkr. Gymnepignathus. Teeth on the lower jaw (uniserial), vomer and palatine bones. Tongue and upper jaw smooth. Decapterus macrosoma Blkr. Eyepigymnus. Teeth on the lower jaw (uniserial), and tongue. Upper jaw and palate smooth. Decapterus hypodus Gill. 1862.] 262 PROCEEDINGS OE THE ACADEMY OF Decapterus hypodus Gill. The greatest height is less than a fifth (-18) of the total length. The head forms a quarter of the same. The diameter of the orbit equals a quarter of the head's length, and the snout enters three times and a third in the same. The lateral line has a very slight sigmoidal flexure and is covered with very conspicuous discoid scales; the lateral line is trifid on each scale, giving out an oblique pro- cess above and another below. The teeth on the lower jaw are small and unisenal ; the tongue has a longitudinal narrow band. D. VII. I. 31—1. A. II. I. 26—1. Lateral line (70+) 30. The color above is greenish-blue ; the opercular spot small. Five specimens were obtained. It is, perhaps, most closely related to Dccap- lerus macarellus, — the Caranz macarellus of Cuvier and Valenciennes, which differs at least in proportions as well a3 the number of rays and plates of the lateral line. The dentition has not been described, and the species is autop- tically unknown to me. Blepharichthys crinitus Gill. I have not been yet able to satisfy myself as to the specific distinction be- tween representatives of this genus from widely separated places, and there- fore prefer for the present to refer two specimens obtained by Mr. Xantus at Cape St. Lucas to the species above named. Subfamily TRACHYNOTINJE Gill. Trachynotus pampanus Cuv. et Val. As in the case of Blepharichthys, I cannot give any positive characters to distinguish the Atlantic and Californian representatives of Trachynotus from each other. With Giinther, I believe that Bothrolcemus pampanus of Holbrook is the aged form of Doliodun carolitius, in which the teeth are lost. In the specimen described by Dekay, said to have the " teeth so minute as scarcely to be distinguished," I cannot distinguish even minute teeth. Trusting to the American naturalists who had, I supposed, fully studied the species, I retained in the Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast the four species and three genera admitted by them ; they are apparently, however, as stated by Giinther. referrible to two species belonging to one genus. Note. Very young Carangoids have a trispinous preoperculum, and always a distinct spinous dorsal fin. Nanclerus and Seriola dussumieri are founded on young specimens of Nancrates. Description of a New Genus (GQNIOBASIS) of the Family MELANIDJE and eighty-two new Species. BY ISAAC LEA Family MEL AN ID JE. Genus GONIOBASIS* Testa vel conica vel fusiformi. Apertura rhomboidea, inferne subangulata. Columella superne interdum incrassata. Operculum corneum, ad spiram pertinens.f In my paper on the genus Trypanostoma, proposed by me, I mentioned the * r&>w«, angle, and ffaa-tg, base. t This genus may be divided into two groups, one embracing the conical, the other. the fusiform species, and these into smooth, plicate, carinate, &c. [May„ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263 importance of eliminating as many species as possible from Melania, which is so enormously extended as almost to prevent the possibility of finding suitable names for its species. In the Proceedings of tbe Academy, December, 1861, I stated that Professor Haldeman's genus Lithasia formed a very excellent group. In working up a very large number of the family Melanidce, obtained from the Southern and Western States, I have, notwithstanding the divisions which had been made, found myself embarrassed with that form of aperture, which is quite different from the auger-mouthed {Trypanostoma) species and the Lithasia, to which latter they are most nearly allied. I mean those which usually, though not always, have a slight thickening of the upper part of the columella and no callus below, and which are also without the notch of Lithasia, although subangular at base. In this subangular character they differ from Melania pro- per, which are round or loop-like at the base. For this group I propose the name of Goniobasis * which will give us for our American Melanidce the following genera, all of them having spiral opercida: Melania,] Lam. Anculosa, Say. lo, Lea. Lithasia, Hald. Sehizostoma, Lea. Strephobasis, Lea. Trypanosoma, Lea. Goniobasis, Lea. Amnicola, Gould and Hald. They may be known by Melania having a regular loop-form aperture. Anculosa having a rounded aperture and a callous columella. Io having a greater or less elongate channel or spout at the base. IAthasia having a callus on the columella above and below, and a notch at the base. Sehizostoma having a cut in the upper part of the outer lip. Strephobasis having a retrorse callus at base and usually a squarish aperture. Trypanosoma having an expanded outer lip and an auger-shaped aperture. Goniobasis having usually a subrhomboidal aperture, subangular at base and without a channel. Amnicola\ having a round mouth and no callus. Goniobasis oscclata. — Testa laevi, pupaeformi, subelevata, subcrassu, luteo- fusca, quadrivittata; spira subelevata; suturis valde et irregulariter impressis; anfractibus septenis, convexiusculis ; apertura parva, constricta, subelliptica, intus albida et vittata ; labro acuto ; columella alba, inflecta, ad basim contorta et subangulata. Bab. — Coosa River, Alabama, E. R. Showalter, M. D. Goniobasis Brumbyi. — Testa, losvi, attenuate, subtenui, cinerea, quadrivit- tata; spira attenuata, ad apicem carinata, ; suturis valde impressis; anfracti- bus instar octonis, convexiusculis ; apertura parva, subrhomboidea, intus albida et quadrivittata; labro acuto; columella inflecta, ad basim obtuse angulata.. Ilab. — Alabama, Prof. Brumby. Goniobasis Grosyenorii. — TestS, Isevi, subattenuata, tenui, cornea, fulgida, evittata; spira subattenuata, mucronata, ad apicem carinata; suturis regu- lariter et valde impressis ; anfractibus octonis, convexis ; apertura parva, sub- rotunda; intus albida; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso ; columella inflecta, tenui et contorta. Ilab. — Fox River, Illinois, H. C. Grosvenor; and Quincy, Ohio, J. Clark. * Adams's Elimia takes in part of this genus. t Cuvier describes Melania as having long tentacula, the eyes being on the exterioi side about the third of the length. The eyes of Melania Viiginica, Say, are at the base of short tentacula. I very much doubt if we have a single species in the United States which properly belongs to this genus, which Cuvier considered amarula as the type and Lamarck asperata as the type. % Amnicola, although much like Paludina, is more nearly allied to the Melanidce. The operculum is spiral, and thereiore very different in this character from Paludina. 1862.] 264: PROCEEDINGS OE THE ACADEMY OF Goniobasis parva. — Testa laevi, conica, tenui, cornea., evittata ; spira sub- elevata,, mucronata ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus septenis, planulatis ; aper- tura parviuscula, intus albida, subrhomboidea ; labro acuto et sinuoso; colu- mella inflecta et paulisper incrassata. Hab. — Georgia, Right Rev. Stephen Elliott. Goniobasis spinella. — Testa, laevi, valde attenuata, tenui, tenebroso-oliva, evittata; spira. valde elevata, mucronata; suturis regulariter impressis; an- fractibus instar novenis, planulatis; apertura parvissima, ovata, intus albida; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso ; columella inflecta et inferne paulisper in- crassata. Hab. — Sycamore, Claiborne County, Tennessee, J. Lewis, M. D. Goniobasis Estabrookii. — Testa laevi, conica, subtenui, rufo-cornea, evittata ; spira attenuato-conica, mucronata ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus denis, con- vexiusculis ; apertura parviuscula, ovata., intus albida; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso; columella inflecta. Hab. — Knoxville, Tennessee, Prof. Estabrook. Goniobasis Prairiensis. — Testa, laevi, attenuato-fusiformi, tenui, olivacea, fulgida, quadrovittata ; spira. elevata, mucronata; suturis regulariter impres- sis ; anfractibus novenis, planulatis ; apertura submagna, subrhomboidea, intus albida et quadrivittata, ; labro acuto et sinuoso ; columella inflecta et contorta. Hab. — Big Prairie Creek, Alabama, E. R. Showalter, M. D. Goniobasis Etowahensis. — Testa, lam, conoidea, tenui, tenebrosa, bivittata; spira subelevata ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus septenis, convexiusculis ; apertura submagna, subrhomboidea, intus tenebrosa et late bivittata ; labro acuto et sinuoso ; columella inflecta et valde contorta. Hab. — Etowah River, Georgia, J. Postell. Goniobasis Draytonii. — Testa, laevi, conoidea, crassiuscula, tenebroso-cas- tanea, evittata vel obsolete vittata; spira subelevata; suturis valde impressis; anfractibus instar senis, convesis; apertura parva, ovata, intus tenebroso- fusca, ; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso ; columella valde inflecta et contorta. Hab. — Fort George, Oregon, J. Drayton ; also at Walla. Goniobasis tenebrovittata. — Testa, lasvi, elevato-conica, subtenui, flaves- cente vel vittata vel evittata ; spira subelevata ; suturis paulisper impressis ; anfractibus planulatis ; apertura subgrandi, subrhomboidea, intus albidii; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso ; columella paulisper inflecta. Hab. — Coosa River, "W. Spillman, M. D. Goniobasis Spillmanii. — Testa, laevi, fusiformi, tenui, virido-cornea,, fulgida, evittata ; spira obtuse conoidea ; suturis linearibus ; anfractibus instar senis, planulatis, infra suturis subimpressis ; apertura magna, rhomboidea, intus diaphana.; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso; columella paulisper inflecta et teuui. Hab. — Tennessee River, W. Spillman, M. D. Goniobasis flava. — Testa, laevi, obtuso-conica, subtenui, flava, trivittata ; spira obtuso-conica,; suturis valde impressis; anfractibus instar senis, con- vexiusculis ; apertura parviuscula, ovata, intus alba et trivittata; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso ; columella incurva, incrassata. Hab. — Benton County? Northwest Alabama, G. Hallenbeck. Goniobasis Anthonyi. — Testa laevi, obtuso-conica, subtenui, micanti, tene- broso-castaneA, evittata; spira obtusa ; suturis impressis; anfractibus instar senis, convexiusculis ; apertura subgrandi, elongato-rhombica, intus fusces- cente ; labro acuto, ad marginem albida et paulisper inspissata ; columella incurva et valde contorta. Hab. — Tennessee, J. G. Anthony. [May, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265 Goniobasis Gabbiana. — Testa laevi, subfusiformi, subtenui, cornea, evittata; spira paulisper exertans, mucronata; suturis impressis; anfractibus instar octonis, convexis, varicosis; af ertura parviuscula, subrhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, paulisper siDUoso ; columella incurva et contorts. Hab. — Tennessee, Prof. G. Troost. Alabama, Prof. Tuomey. Goniobasis Bridgesiana. — Testa laevi, fusiformi, subinflata, subtenui, mellea, evittata; spira obtuse conica, ad apicem carinata ; suturis linearibus; anfrac- tibus instar septenis, planulatis ; apertura magna, subrhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella subinflecta, interne et superne incrassata et paulisper contorta. Hab.— Cahawba River, Alabama, E. R. Sbowalter, M. D. Goniobasis intercedens. — Testa laevi, fusiformi, subtenui, mellea, fulgida, evittata; spira conoidea, mucronata, ad apicem carinata; suturis linearibus; anfractibus octonis, planulatis, varicosis ; apertura submagna, rhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella subinflecta, paulisper incras- sata, inferne subrecta. Hab. — Cahawba River, Alabama, E. R. Showalter, M. D. Goniobasis Ohiensis. — Testa lfevi, conica, subtenui, evittata ; spira obtuse conica, mucronata, ad apicem carinata; suturis valde impressis; anfractibus instar novenis, convexis ; apertura parva, subrotunda, intus alba ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella infiecta, valde incrassatfi. Hab. — Yellow Springs, Ohio. Goniobasis cinerea. — Testa laevi, conoidea, tenui, cinerea, fulgida : spira obtuse conica, mucronata, ad apicem carinata; suturis valde impressis; anfrac- tibus octonis, convexiusculis ; apertura submagna, subrhomboidea, intus ca?ru!eo-alba; labro acuto, paulisper siuuoso ; columella incurva; paulisper incrassata et purpurescente. Hab. — South Carolina, Professor L. Vaauxem. Goniobasis Vanuxemii. — Testa laevi, fusiformi, subcrassa, tenebroso-cornea ; spira obtuse conoidea ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus septenis, subconvexis ; apertura magna, subrhomboidea, intus albida vel purpurea ; labro acuto, pau- lisper sinuoso : columella incurva, supernk et inferne incrassata. Hab. — North Fork of the Holston River, Virginia, Prof. L. Vauuxem. Goniobasis Spartenburgensis.— Testa laevi, fusiformi, subtenui, virido-cornea, fulgida, vittata vel evittata ; spira acute conica, ad apicem carinata ; suturis impressis; anfractibus octonis, planulatis; apertura submagna, elongato-rhom- boidea, intus albida; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella paulisper incurva, inferne incrassata. Hab.— Spartenburg District, S. Carolina. Prof. L. Vanuxem. Marietta, Ohio, Dr. Hildreth. Wabash River, Indiana, H. C. Grosvenor. Goniobasis auricoma. — Testa laevi, fusiformi, subtenui, mellea, vittata ; spira. valde obtusa ; suturis linearibus ; anfractibus quinis, vix convexis ; apertura pergrandi, subilioinboidea, intus Savescente; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; colu- mella incurva, pauii&per incrassata. Hab. — Tennessee River, W. Spillman, M. D. Goniobasis Georgiana. — Testa laevi, fusiformi, inflata, subcrassa, lutea, ful- gida, vittata ; spira valde obtusa ; suturis impressis; anfractibus quinis, con- vexis; apertura grandi, subrhomboidea, intus albida et vittata ; labro acuto, recto ; columella incurva. incrassata, parum contorta. Hab. — North Georgia. Goniobasis Yauxiana. — Testa ljevi, fusiformi, subtenui, viridi ; spira, valde obtusa; suturis parum impressis; anfractibus quinis, superne planulatis et 1862.] 18 266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF carinatis ; apertura pergrandi, lato-rhornboidea ; labro acuto, recto ; colu- mella parum incurva. Hab. — Coosa River, Alabama, Prof. Brumby. Goniobasis Whitei. — Testa lasvi, fusiformi, crassa, valde inflata, luteo-fusca, fulgida trivittata ; spira valde obtusa ; suturis parum impressis ; anfractibus quinis, superne planulatis, ultimo ventricoso; apertura pergrandi, lato-rhom- boidea ; labro acuto, recto ; columella incurva, incrassata et contorta. Hab. — Georgia, Rev. G. White. Goniobasis Binneyiana. — Testa laevi, obtuso-fusiformi. subtenui, valde inflata, tenebroso-oliva, obsolete vittata; spira depressa; suturis impressis ; anfractibus quinis, superne planulatis, ultimo ventricoso; apertura pergrandi, subovata, intus tenebrosa ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso ; columella incrassata, ad basim maculata. Hab. — Coosa River, Alabama, W. Spillman, M. D. Gonioeasis Toomeyi. — Testa laevi, fusiformi, crassiuscula, luteo-oliva, vittata. vel evittata ; spira obtuso-conica, ad apicem minute plicata ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus iostar senis, superne planulatis, ultimo subventricoso ; apertura grandi, rhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso ; columella incrassata, incurva et contorta. Hab. — North Alabama, Prof. M. Tuomey. Goniobasis fabalis. — Testa, lsevi, elliptica, crassa, lutea, quadro-vittata ; spira valde obtusa ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus quaternis, superne convexiusculis, ultimo pergrandi ; apertura magna, subrhomboidea, intus albida et vittata ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella inferne et superne incrassata. Hab. — Tennessee River, W. Spillman, M. D. Goniobasis gibberosa. — Testa lasvi, subfusiformi, crassa, pallido-castanea, vel rufo-ca9tanea, vittata vel evittata; spira, obtusa; suturis irregulariter impressis; anfractibus gibberosis, superne convexiusculis, ultimo pergrandi, apertura per- grandi, rhomboidea, intus alba; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella ineurva, superne et inferne incrassata. Hab. — Alabama River, E. R. Showalter, M. D. Goniobasis Lyonii. — Testa, plicata, superne striata et ad apicem carinata, luteola, subtenui, valde exerta ; spira, attenuata, mucronata ; suturis irregu- lariter impressis ; anfractibus novenis, convexiusculis ; apertura parviuscula, subrhomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella incurva, incras- sata, parum contorta. Hab. — Grayson County, Kentucky, S. S. Lyon. Goniobasis Pybasii. — Testa plicata, valde exerta, luteola, tenui, vittata ; spira attenuata, mucronata ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus septenis, planulatis ; apertura ovato-rhomboidea, intus albida et vittata; labro acuto, sinuoso ; colu- mella paulispev incurva, parum incrassata et contorta. Hub. — Tubcuin'uia, Alabama, B. Pybas. Goniobasis Duttonii. — Testa plicata, conoidea,, dilute rufo-lutea, crassa, bivittata; spira, conoidea ; suturis irregulariter impressis; anfractibus instar septenis, subconvexis ; apertura ovato-rhomboidea,, intus alba et lato-vittata ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella incurva., incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Maurey County, Tennesse, T. R Dutton. Grayson County, Kentucky, S. S.Lyon. Goniobasis Doolyensis. — Testa plicata, subcylindracea, tenebroso-cornei! vel subsinerea, tenui, evittata; spira, attenuata; suturis irregulariter impressis; anfractibus instar novenis, convexiusculis, apertura parva, ovato-rhomboidea, [May, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 267 intus albida ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella valde incurva, in medio impressa et valde coutorta. Hab. — Tennessee, Prof. Troost. Near Vienna, Dooly County, Georgia, in a small stream tributary to Flint River, Rev. G. White. Goniobasis Viennaensis. — Testa plicata, subfusiformi, olivacea, subtenui, evittata ; spira regulariter conica ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus septenis, planulatis ; apertura subgrandi, rhomboidea, intus casruleo-alba ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella incurva, inferne inerassata, parum contorta. Hab. — Near Vienna, Dooly County, Georgia, in a small stream tributary to Flint River, Rev. G. White. Goniobasis strenua. — Testa, plicata, subfusiformi, fusco-olivacea, subtenui, evittata; spira. subelevata ; suturis valde impressis; anfractibus instar sep- tenis, planulatis ; apertura subgrandi, ovato-rhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, subsinuoso ; columella incurva et contorta. Hab. — Benton County? Northwest Alabama, G. Hallenbeck. Goniobasis sparus. — Testa, plicata, subattenuata, pallido-flavescente, sub- crassa, evittata ; spira attenuate, mucronata ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus octonis, convexiusculis; apertura submagna, ovato-rhomboideii, intus alba ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella parum incurva, superne lutea. inferne alba, contorta. Hab. — Tennessee, Dr. Currey and Prof. Lindsley. Goniobasis difficilis. — Testa plicata, subattenuata, tenebroso-oliva vel fuscescente, subtenui, evittata; spira, attenuata, mucronata; suturis regula- riter impressis; anfractibus instar octonis, convexiusculis ; apertura, parvius- cula, ovato-rhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, subsinuoso ; columella incurva, inerassata et contorta. Hab. — Tennessee, Dr. Edgar. Goniobasis Bairdiana. — Testa, plicata, subattenuata, tenebroso-fusca, sub- crassa, unovittata ; spira, subattenuata, mucronata ; suturis impressis ; anfrac- tibus octonis, convexiusculis; apertura parviuscula, ovato-rhomboidea, intus albida et unovittata ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella incurva, parum inerassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Columbia River, at Fort George, Oregon, J. Drayton. Goniobasis inclinans. — Testa, valde plicata, subattenuata, tenebroso-fusca, subtenui, obsolete vittata ; spira subattenuata, mucronata; suturis sulcatis ; anfractibus octonis, planulatis, plicis inclinatibus indutis ; apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus dilute fuscescente ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella valdti incurva, fusco-rufescente et valde contorta. Hab. — Near Albany, Georgia, Rev. G. White. Etowah, J. Postell. Tuscjro- bia, Alabama, B. Pybas. Goniobasis induta. — Testa, valde plicata, conica, subtenui, polita, tenebro- sa, quadrivittata ; spira, conoidea, mucronata ; suturis valde impressis ; anfrac- tibus octonis, planulatis, plicis erectis indutis ; apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus albida et quadrivittata ; labro acuto, subsinuoso ; columella incurva et. contorta. Hab. — Near Vienna, Dooly County, Georgia, Rev. G. White. Goniobasis Lindsleti. — Testa, plicata, cylindraceo-conica, subtenui, luteo- cornea, evittata; spira conoidea; suturis irregulariter et valde impressis; anfractibus planulatis, plicis erectis undutis ; apertura parviuscula, rhom- boidea, intus caaruleo-alba ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella incurva et contorta. Hab. — Tennessee, Prof. Lindsley and Dr. Edgar. 1862.] 268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Goniobasis Thortonii. — Testa rugoso-plicata, conoidea, subtenui, cornea,, evittata ; spira. conoidea ; suturis irregulariter et valde impressis ; anfractibus convexiusculis, plicis flexis distantibus indutis; apertura submagna, rhom- boidea, intus alba; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella subincurva, incrassata et contorta. Hab. — Tuscumbia, L. B.Thornton, Esq. Florence, Alabama, Rev. G. White. Goniobasis interveniens. — Testa plicata, conoidea, subtenui, tenebroso- cornea, vel fusca, vel bivittata vel evittata ; spira. obtuse conoidea ; suturis irregulariter et valde impressis ; anfractibus irstar senis, planulatis, plicis paulisper flexis ; apertura subgrandi, rhomboidea, intus alba vel vittata vel fusca ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella incurva et parum contorta. Hab. — North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey. Goniobasis continexs. — Testa plicata, conoidea, subtenui, luteo-cornea, evit- tata ; spira, regulariter conica ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus instar septenis, convexiusculis, plicis paulisper flexis; apertura parviuscula, ovato-rhomboidea, intus caeruleo-alba ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella parum incurva et contorta. Hab. — North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey. Goniobasis cerea. — Testa plicata, conoidea, subtenui, cerea, evittata ; spira conoidea: suturis impressis; anfractibus senis, subconvexis, plicis minutis : apertura grandiuscula, eiongato-rhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, sinuoso: columella incurva et contorta. Hab. — Tennessee, Prof. Troost; and Duck Creek, Tennessee, J. Clark. Goniobasis viridicata. — Testa plicata, subattenuata, tenui, viridesceme. evittata ; spira conoidea, subattenuata ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus instar septenis, planulatis, plicis subcrebris ; apertura parvissima, rhomboidea, intus cseruleo-alba ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso; columella, incurva, superne flaves- cente, inferne albida, contorta. Hab. — Grayson County, Kentucky, S. S. Lyon. Goniobasis Leidtana. — Testa plicate, fusiformi, subtenui, luteo-cornea. evittata; spira, obtuso-conica; suturis linearibus ; anfractibus senis, planulatis; apertura pergrandi, ovato-rhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, tenui ; colu- mella incurva, ad basira contorta. Hal. — Benton County, Northwest Alabama, G. Hallenbeck, Esq. Goniobasis Abbevillensis. — Testa plicata, conoidea, subcrassa, castanea. fulgida, evittata ; spira conica ; suturis linearibus ; anfractibus septenis, con- vexiusculis, fere planulatis, ad apicem carinatis et striatis ; apertura grandi- uscula, ovato-rhomboidea, intus subochracea ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; colu- mella incrassata et contorta. JZafc.— Abbeville District, S. Carolina, J. P. Barratt, M. D. Goniobasis amcsna. — Testa, plicata, subfusiformi, crassa, dilute castanea, evittata; spira obtuse conoidea; suturis irregulariter impressis; anfractibus instar senis, subconvexis, ad apicem striatis ; apertura grandi, ovato-rhom- boidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso, columella incrassata, incurva et contorta. Hab. — North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey. Goniobasis paupercula. — Testa plicata, subcylindraeea, subtenui, castanea vel tenebroso-oliva, evittata; spira curtiuscula ; suturis impressis; anfractibus fonvexiusculis, superne plicatis, ad apicem striatis ; apertura parva, ovato- rhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso; columella incurva et paulisper contorta. Hab. — North Alabama, Prof. Tuomey. Goniobasis puoletaria. — Testa plicata, obtuse conoidea, subtenui, cornea, [May, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269 evittata. ; spira obtuse conica ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus instar senis, convexiusculis, superne plicatis ; apertura grandiuscula, subrhomboidea, intus albida : labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella incurva, incrassata et contorta. Hab. — Florence, Alabama, Rev. G. White. Goniobasis in-constans. — Testa plicata, subfusiformi, subtenui, cornea vel olivacea vel tenebroso-fusca, vittata vel evittata; spira obtuse conica; suturis impressis ; anfractibus senis, convexiusculis, superne plieatis; apertura grandi- uscula, subrhomboidea, intus albida vel dilute purpurea vel vittata ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso ; columella incurva et contorta. Hab. — Etowah River, J. Postell. Goniobasis mediocris. — Testa, plicata, subfusiformi, subtenui, cinerea, ful- gida, vittata; spira, conoidea; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus senis, planulatis ; apertura grandiuscula, rhomboidea, intus albida et vittata ; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella incurva, incrassata et contorta. Hab. — Tennessee, Dr. Edgar and President Lindsley. Goniobasis crispa. — Testa plicata et transverse striata, fusiformi, subcrassa, luteola, crispata, evittata; spira obtusa ; suturis irregulariter impressis; an- fractibus instar senis, convexiusculis; apertura grandi, ovato-rhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella parum incurva et contorta. Bab. — Florence, Alabama, Rev. G. White. Goniobasis ornatella. — Testa plicata, fusiformi, crassiuscula, luteo-cornea, vittata; spira obtuso-conoidea; suturis irregulater et valde impressis ; anfrac- tibus instar senis, convexis ; apertura grandi, ovato-rhomboidea, albida et obsolete vittata ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella parum incurva et con- torta. Hab. — Tennessee, Coleman Sellers. Goniobasis olivella. — Testa plicata, fusiformi, subcrassa, olivacea, fulgida, evittata; spira obtuso-conoidea; suturis irregulariter et valde impressis ; an- fractibus instar quinis, convexiusculis ; apertura grandi, rhomboidea, albida labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella incurva et contorta. Hab. — Tennessee, Prof. Troost. Goniobasis purporella. — 'Testa, plicata, conoidea, tenui, purpurescente, fulgida, vittata vel evittata, spira, conoidea; suturis impressis; anfractibus instar septenis, planulatis ; apertura grandiuscula, rhomboidea, intus tene- brosa ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella incurva et contorta. Hab. — Caney-Fork River, Tennessee, J, Lewis, M. D. Goniobasis cinerella. — Testa plicata, subfusiformi, tenui, luteo cinerea. evittata; spira obtuse conoidea; suturis irregulariter impressis; anfractibus senis, convexiusculis; apertura grandiuscula, ovato-rhomboidea, intus albida: labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella incurva et parum contorta. Hab. — Tennessee, Coleman Sellers. Goniobasis Christyi. — Testa plicata. vel striata vel granulata, fusiformi, subcrassa, inflata, luteo-olivacea, vittata ; spira. obtuse conoidea ; suturis im- pressis ; anfractibus quinis, convexiusculis ; apertura pergrandi, ovato-rhom- boidea, intus vittata ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella incrassata, parnm contorta. Hab. — Valley River, Cherokee County, N. Carolina, Prof. David Christy. Goniobasis instabilis. — Testa plicata vel lsevi, fusiformi, crassa, subinflata. vittata vel evittata, olivacea; spira conoidea; suturis impressis; anfractibus instar quinis, convexiusculis ; apertura grandi, ovato-rhomboidea, intus vit- tata ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella incrassata, parum incurva et contorta. 1862.] 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Hab. — Twenty-one miles north of Murphy and other places in Cherokee County, Georgia, Prof. David Christy. Goniobasis Gerhardtii. — Testa carinata, fusiformi, tenui, fulgida, luteo- virente, quadrivittata ; spira regulariter conica. ; suturis irnpressis ; anfrac- tibus senis, planulatis, ultimo grandi ; apertura magna, rhomboidea, intus albida et vittata ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso ; columella incurva, inferne paulisper incrassatzi. Hab. — Chattanooga River, Georgia, Alexander Gerhardt. Coosa River, Ala- bama, Dr. Spillman. Goniobasis infuscata. — Testa carinata, fusiformi, subtenui, fulgida, tene- brosa, nigricante, trivittata ; spira conoidea ; suturis irnpressis ; anfractibus instar senis, superne planulatis, ultimo grandi ; apertura submagna, rhomboidea; intus albida vel fusca. trivittata; labro acuto, parum sinuoso; columella in- curva, inferne paulisper incrassata, Hab. — Georgia, Rev. G. White. Coosa River, Alabama, Dr. Spillman. Goniobasis mdtabilis. — Testa carinata vel plicata vel striata, subfusiformi, subcrassa, luteo-virente, quadrivittata vel evittata ; spira. obtuse conoidea ; anfractibus senis, planiusculis ; apertura subgrandi, rhomboidea, iutus albida; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella incurva, incrassata, parum contorta. Hab.— Butts County, Ga., Rev. G. White. Goniobasis cruda. — Testa, carinata, subfusiformi, subtenui, fulgida, tene- broso-fusca., obsolete vittata; spira obtusa; suturis paulisper irnpressis; an- fractibus superne planulatis, ultimo grandi ; apertura submagna, rhomboidea. intus tenebrosa, ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella paulisper incurva, vix incrassata. Hab. — Tennessee River, Dr. Spillman. Goniobasis rdbella. — Testa carinata, subulata, subtenui, rubicunda, evit- tata ; spira attenuata. ; suturis valde irnpressis ; anfractibus octonis, vix con- vexis ; apertura parvissima, subrhomboidea, intus vel albida vel rubida ; labro acuto, sinuoso: columella parum incurva et contorta. Hab. — Near Murphy, Cherokee County, N. Carolina, Prof. Christy. Goniobasis macella. — Testa carinata, subulata, tenui, olivacea, evittata; spira subattenuata ; suturis valde irnpressis ; anfractibus septenis, convexius- culis ; apertura parvissima, subrhomboidea, intus albida, ad basim maculatfi : labro acuto, parum sinuoso ; columella incurva et paulisper contorta. Hab. — Coosa River, Alabama, Prof. Brumby. Goniobasis rubiginosa. — Testa carinata, subsubulata, subtenui, fulgida, rubi- ginosa, obsolete vittata; spira. subattenuata; suturis valde irnpressis; an- fractibus instar senis, convexis ; apertura parvissima, subrhomboidea, intus dilute rubiginosa ; obsolete bivittata; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella parum incurva et contorta. nab. — Oregon, W. Newcomb, M. D. Goniobasis Uche£nsis. — Testa carinata, obtuse conoidea, subtenui, cornea, evittata ; spira obtusa ; suturis irnpressis ; anfractibus instar senis, planulatis ; apertura submagna, ovato-rhomboideii, intus albida; labro acuto, parum sinu- oso ; columella incurva, paulisper contorta. Hab. — Little Uchee River, below Columbus, Georgia, G. Hallenbeck, Esq. Goniobasis inosculata. — Testa carinata, conoidea, subtenui, luteo-cornea, evittata ; spira subelevata ; suturis irnpressis ; anfractibus instar septenis, convexiusculis; apertura submagna, rhomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella incurva, inferne incrassata. Hab. — Little Uchee River, below Columbus, Georgia, G. Hallenbeck, Esq. [May, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271 Goniobasis Barrattii. — TestS, carinata, subfusiformi, subtenui, virido-cornea vel rufo-cornea, obsolete \ittata, vel evittata ; spira. obtuso-conoidea, ; suturis valde impressis ; anfractibus septenis, convexiusculis, ad apicem plicatis ; apertura submagna, subrhomboidea, intus albida vel obsolete vittata ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella parum contorta. Hab. — Abbeville District, S. Carolina, J. P. Barratt, M. D. Goniobasis robricata. — Testa, carinata, conoidea, subtenui, rufo-fusca, polita, evittata; spira subelevatii; suturis valde impressis; anfractibus instar septenis, convexis ; apertura submagna, rhomboidea, intus dilute rubida, labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella incurva, parum incrassata. Hab. — Tennessee, Prof. Troost. Goniobasis Bentoniensis. — Testa carinata, plicata, striata, conoidea, sub- tenui, virido-cornea, evittata ; spira elevata, conoidea ; suturis valde impressis; anfractibus septenis, convexiusculis ; apertura parviuscula, ovato-rhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso; columella incurva, parum contorta. Hab. — Benton County? North Alabama, G. Hallenbeck, Esq. Gomobasis negata. — Testa striata, elliptica, subconica, crassa, luteola, quadrivittata; spira, obtuse conica ; suturis valde et irregulariter impressis; anfractibus senis, convexiusculis, ultimo grandi ; apertura parviuscula, ovata, intus albida et quadrivittata ; labro acuto, spissato ; columella inflecta, incras- sata, ad basim obtuse angulata. Hab. — Coosa River, Alabama, E. R. Showalter, M. D. Goniobasis Elliottii. — Testa obsolete striata, subobtuso-conoidea, subcrassa, vel flavescente vel fuscescente, evittata ; spira. subobtusa, ; suturis valde im- pressis ; anfractibus instar senis, convexiusculis; apertura magna, ovato rhom- boidea. intus vel albida vel fusca ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso; columella paulisper incurva, incrassata et parum contorta. Hab. — Fannin County, Georgia, Bishop Elliott, lichee and Little Uchee Rivers, Alabama, G. Hallenbeck and Dr. Gesner. Goniobasis flavescens. — Testa, striata, interdum granulata, et plicata, sub- cylindracea, flavescente, crassa ; spira obtuse conoidea ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus convexiusculis, ultimo pergrandi ; apertura grandi, sub- rhomboidea, intus vittata vel alba ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso, columella incurva, superne valde incrassata et contorta. Hab. — Oconee and Tennessee Rivers, Tennessee, Rev. G. White. Goniobasis Hallenbeckii. — Testa tuberculata,, inferne transverse striata, tur- rita, subtenui, luteo cornea vel olivacea, vittata vel evittata; spira elevato-tur- rita ; suturis valde impressis ; anfractibus octonis, carinatis, ad peripheriam compresso-tuberculatis ; apertura magna, ovato-rhomboidea, intus albida; labro crenulato, sinuoso ; columella incurva, parum incrassata et valde contorta. Hab. — Randall's Creek, near Columbus, Georgia, G. Hallenbeck, Esq. Goniobasis Canbyi. — Testa tuberculata, plicata, inferne transverse striata, turrit^, tenui, vel fusca vel dilute fusca, maculata, ; spira turrita ; suturis ir- regulariter impressis ; anfractibus septenis, carinatis, ad peripheriam compresso- tuberculatis ; apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus maculata : labro crenulato, sinuoso; columella incurva et valde contorta. Hab. — Lake Monroe, Florida, Wm. Canby, and Etowah and Tennessee Rivers, Georgia, J. Postell. Goniobasis Couperii. — Testa tuberculata, plicata, inferne et superne striata, turrita, tenui, tenebroso-fusca, ad basim vittata ; spira turrita ; suturis valde impressis ; anfractibus septenis, subcarinatis, ad peripheriam et supra com- presso-tuberculatis; apertura parvissima, subrhomboidea, intus tenebroso et 1862.] 272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF uno-vittata ; labro crenulato, valde sinuoso ; columella incurva, contorta et purpurescente. Hab. — Etowah River, Mr. Couper, by J. Postell. Goniobasis Downieana. — Testa tuberculata, subturrita, superne clathrata et subcarinata, inferne transverse striata, teuui, dilute fusca ; spira, conoidea, clathrata; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus septenis, subcarinatis, ad peripheriam et supra compresso-tuberculatis ; apertura submagna, ovato-rhom- boidea, intus albida : labro crenulato, sinuoso ; columella incurva et contorta. Hab. — Etowah River, J. Postell. Goniobasis Tryoniana. — Testa, granulosa vel striata, subfusiformi, luteo- f'usca vel tenebroso-fusca, crassa, robusta, vittata, raro evittata, spira obtuse conoidea ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar senis, ultimo per- grandi ; apertura pergrandi, ovato-rhomboidea, intu3 valde vittata ; labro sub- crenulato, vix sinuoso; columella paulisper incurva et vix contorta. Hab. — Oostenaula, near Rome, Bishop Elliott. Etowah River, Georgia, J. Postell, and Ocoee River and Tennessee River, Rev. G. White. Goniobasis granata. — Testa granulosa, inferne striata, fusiformi, vittata, subcrassa. fulgida, inflata, olivacea, vel rubiginosa ; spira depressa ; suturis ir- regulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar quinis, planiusculis, ultimo pergrandi ; apertura grandi, ovato-rhomboidea, intus valde vittata ; labro parum crenulato, vix sinuoso; columella incurva et contorta. Hab. — Etowah River, near Canton, Georgia, Bishop Elliott and Rev. G. White. Goniobasis Stewardsoniana. — Testa granulata, transverse striata, subfusi- formi, crassa, fulgida, inflata, viridi vel fusca, evittata ; spira perob.tusa ; su- turis impressis; anfractibus convexiusculis ; apertura pergrandi, ovato-rhom- boidea, intus alba; labro acuto, subsinuoso ; columella incurva, superne et in- ferne incrassata et contorta. ifafi.—Knoxville, Kentucky, B. W. Badd, M. D. Goniobasis cadus. — Testa cancellata, fusiformi, subcrassa, inflata, flaves- cente, evittata ; spira, subobtusa ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus quinis, convexiusculis, superne eancellatis ; apertura pergrandi, ovato-rhom- boidea, intu3 alba ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso ; columella incurva, incrassatH. et contorta. Hab. — Georgia, Major J. Le Conte. Descriptions of Eleven New Species of MELANIDiE of the United States. BY ISAAC LEA. Trypanostoma Henryanum. — Testa carinata, attenuata, roucronata, tenui, diaphaua, pallido-cornea, evittata; spira regulariter attenuato conica ; suturis regulariter impressis; anfractibus denis, planulatis, inferne medio regulariter carinatis et striatis ; apertura parva, subrhomboidea, intus albida ; labro valde acuto, sinuoso: columella incurva et valde contorta. Hab. — Tennessee? Smithsonian Institution. Trypanostoma rostellatum. — Testa, striata, attenuata, subtenui, cornea, evittata ; spira elevata ; suturis valde impressis ; anfractibus octonis, convexius- culis ; apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto, valde sinuoso ; columella incurva et valde contorta. Hab. — Florence, Alabama, Rev. G. White. Trypanostoma strictum. — Testa carinata, subattenuatii, tenui, diaphan.', pallido-cornea, uno-vittata ; spira regulariter conica ; suturis linearibus; an- fractibus instar senis, superne planulatis; apertura parviuscula, rhomboidea, [May, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273 intus albida, et uno-vittata ; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso ; columella parum incurva et contorta. Hab. — South Carolina, Prof. L. Vanuxem. Trypanostoma lativittatum. — Testa, carinata, subattenuata, subtenui, ful- gida, tenebrosa, late vittata ; spira conoidea ; suturis linearibus ; anfractibus iustar septenis, superne planulatis, ad basira luteis; apertura parva, rhom- boidea, intus lativittata ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella incurva, inferne in- crassata. Hab. — Chikasaha River, Alabama, fm. Spillraan, M. D. Trypanostoma Carolinense. — Testa laevi, conoidea, subcrassa, cornea, ; spira obtuso-conica ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus septenis, convexiusculis ; apertura parviuscula, rhomboidea, intus albida vel fuscescente ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella incurva, incrassata, et contorta. Hab. — South Carolina, Prof. L. Vanuxem. Trypanostoma luteom. — Testa laevi, obtuso-conica, subcrassa, straminea, evittata, mucronata ; spira obtuso-conica ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus octonis, convexiusculis; apertura parviuscula, rhombica, intus dilute straminea; labro acuto, sinuoso, ad marginem incrassato ; columella inflecta, inferne incrassata et contorta. Hab. — South Carolina, Prof. L. Vanuxem. Trypanostoma digndm. — Paulisper nodosa, subfusiformi, subcrassa, mellea, unifasciata ; spira elevata, regulariter conica ; suturis impressis; anfractibus instar octonis, planulatis, ultimo subgrandi ; apertura ovato-rhombica, intus albida vel salmonia, univittata, ; labro acuto, sinuoso ; columella inflecta, con- torta, ad basim obtuse angulata. Hab. — Yellowleaf Creek, Shelby Co., Alabama, E. R. Showalter, M. D. Strephobasis carinata. — Testa, carinata, subfusiformi, inflata, subtenui, vi- rente, quadrivittata ; spira obtusa, ; suturis valde impressis ; anfractibus senis, planulatis, ad apicem carinatis, ultimo inflato ; apertura submagna, rhomboidea, intus albida et vittata ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso ; columella incrassata, re- trorsa et valde contorta. Hab. — Tennessee River, Wm. Spillman, M. D. Strephobasis olivaria. — Testa laevi, elliptica, crassa, vittata, tenebroso- oliva ; spira obtuso-conica ; suturis valde impressis ; anfractibus instar septenis, convexis, ultimo pergrandi ; apertura subgrandi, rhomboidea, intus alba et vit- tata ; labro acuto, paulisper sinuoso ; columella inferne incrassata et retrorsum contorta. Hab. — Knoxville, Tennessee, J. Clark. Lithasia vittata. — Testa laevi, cylindracea, subtenui, tenebroso cornea, quadrivittata ; spira brevi, decollata ; suturis irregulariter impresais ; anfracti- bus planulatis, ultimo pergrandi ; apertura grandi, subrhomboidea, intus albida, et valde vittata; labro acuto ; columella incrassata. alba, incurva\ Hab. — Coosa and Cahawba Rivers, Alabama, E. R. Showalter, M. D. Lithasia Downiei. — Testa parum nodulosa, subcylindracea, castanea, spira obtuse conoidea, subelevata; suturis irregulariter impressis; anfractibus sep- tenis, planulatis, ultimo subgrandi ; apertura subgrandi, rhomboidea, intus vel albida vel vittata; labro acuto, sinuoso; columella alba et incurva,. Hab. — Cumberland River, T. C. Downie. 1862.] 19 274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF June 3d. Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. Twenty-two members present. The following papers were presented for publication : New Melanidse of the United States. By Isaac Lea. New Unionidae of the United States. By Isaac Lea. June 10th. Mr. Jeanes in the Chair. Sixteen members present. The following paper was presented for publication : Descriptions of new Genera, Subgenera and Species of Tertiary and Recent Shells. By T. A. Conrad. Jane 17 th. Vice-President Bridges in the Chair. Seventeen members present. The following papers were presented for publication : Notice of a Collection of the Fishes of California, &c. By Theo. Gill. Synopsis of the Lopbobranchiate Fishes of Western North America. By Theo. Gill. June 2-ith. Vice-President Bridges in the Chair. Eighteen members present. On report of the respective Committees, the papers of Mr. Lea, read June 3d, were ordered to be published iu the Journal, and the follow- ing in the Proceedings. Notice of a Collection of the FISHES of California presented to the Smithsonian Institution by Mr. Samuel Hubbard. BY THEODORE GILL. The collection of Fishes noticed in the present article was formed by Mr. Samuel Hubbard, of the Pacific Mail Steamship Company, during the past two years. Although small, it contains several species of considerable rarity and not less than five new ones, two species represent entirely "new" genera. The species will hereafter be more fully described. Family EMBIOTOCOIDJZ* Agassiz. * The family of Embiotocoids appears lo be represented by two subfamilies and thir- teen genera, — I. EmbiotocinjE. with the genera Hypsurus A. Ag., Phanerodon Grd. incl. Embioloca argyrosoma Grd.), Ditrema T. S., Embiotoca Ag., Damalichthys Grd. [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275 Subfamily EMBIOTOCINJE Gill. This subfamily embraces all the Embiotocoid fishes, with the exception of Hysterocarpus, which is the type of a second one (Hysterocarpinse Gill.) The group is thus limited to embrace those fishes whose dorsal fin has a longer soft than spinous portion. In Hysterocarpus, on the contrary, the spinous portion is considerably longer than soft, and has 16 to 18 spines ; that genus is composed of a single fluviatile species. Damalichthys lateralis Gill. Five specimens are in the collection, all young and representing the stage named by Girard Embiotoca ornata. Embiotoca jacksonii Agassiz. Several fine specimens. Amphistichus argenteus Agassiz. Two specimens. Hyperprosopon arcuatus Gibbons, (nee A. Ag.) This species is very closely related to the Hyperprosopon argenteus of Gib- bons ; the description of the latter being essentially applicable, with the fol- lowing exceptions : 1st. The forehead is higher in the middle and the frontal outline little incurved. 2d. The snout is at the horizon of the centre of the pupil, or even lower, and not as elevated as its upper border. 3d. D. 27. A. III. 32—33. 8 5 4th. Scales 72 — , -. 21 6 In almost other respects it resembles Hyperprosopon argenteus, and has the same terminal blackish ventral band. Two specimens, a male and female, equal in size to those of Hyperprosopon argenteus, are in the collection of Mr. Hubbard. Hypocritichthys analis Gill. Hyperprosopon analis A. Agassiz. — I refer to this species, which has (incl. Embiotoca lateralis Ag.), Rhacochilus Ag., Amphistichus Ag., Holconotus Ag., (nee Grd), Cymatogasier Gib. (aggregatus,) Hypocritichthys Gill, Hyperprosopon Gib., Brachyisiius Gill, {B. frenatus, new sp, with small mouth, uniserial acute teeth. 5 D. VIII. 13—15. A. HI. 21,22. Scales 38, 39 . Purplish, with a longitudinal 11+2, band on head interrupted by eye. Abeona Grd. (minima). II. Hysterocarpinse, with one genus, — Hysterocarpus Gib. These thirteen genera contain at least eighteen species, Hyperprosopon having three, and Damalichthys. Phanerodon and Holconotus each two. I have adopted the name of Cymaiogaster instead of Micrometrus, because the former was first applied in publication to the species here retained under it, and its application to another type and the substitution, for the present, of the name of Micrometrus, as exhibited in publication, was an after thought. As it is generally acknowledged that an author has no more right to modify the nomenclature introduced by himself than another, such a change cannot be accepted. The genus Micrometrus of Gibbons included two lypes ; the first was considered by Girard, from the slight description of Agassiz, to be identical with the Holconotus of the latter. The second was regarded as a distinct generic type, and named Abeona. The correctness of this differentiation being admitted, the name of Abeona must be retained, and Metrogaeter of Agassiz be regarded as a synonym of Micrometrus, itself as above considered, a synonym of Cyrnatogaster. 1862.] 276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF not yet been described, two specimens in Mr. Hubbard's collection, the possession of an authenticated specimen, received by the Institution, from M. Agassiz enabling me to do so with perfect certainty. Hyperprosopon anal is has been truly affirmed by A. Agassiz to have "the general appearance and about the size of Metrogaster aggregatus Agass., but the teeth and the shape of the dorsal fin show that it is a true Hyperprosopon, " and, notwithstanding the superficial resemblance to another type, it may be added, that the physiognomy is also essentially more like that of Hyperpro- sopon than Cymatogaster (or Metrogaster Ag.) The difference between it and the typical species of Hyperprosopon is, however, so great as to authorize its generic separation. The body is oblong, the height little exceeding three-tenths of the extreme length, of which latter the head forms less than a fourth. The head itself is oblong conic ; the diameter of the eye about equal to a quarter of its length, and not much longer than the snout ; the latter is as high or higher than the upper border of the pupil ; the forehead less depressed than in H. argenteus. 6 D. IX. 22. A. III. 24. Scales 65 . 16 + 2 The color is silvery, slightly tinged with brassy on the sides and light pur- plish on the back ; the margin of the elevated spinous portion of the dorsal is blackish, and the anal has a very distinct ink-like spot between its fourth and eleventh rays. The species referred to Hyperprosopon may be thus distinguished : I. Body convex and high, the height more than a third of the length, and the back behind nape convex. Head rhom- bic, about as high as long. Eyes very large. Snout short. D. IX. 26—27. A. III. 32—34 Hyperprosopon. a.. Ventrals with a broad terminal black band. 8 Scales 85 H. argenteus. 20-21 8 Scales 72 — H. arcuatus. 21 8. Ventrals uniformly colorless H. agassizii.* II. Body oblong, subfusiform, with the back before the dorsal scarcely convex. Head oblong-conic. Eyes moderate. D. IX. 22. A. III. 24 Hypocriticktkys. 6 Scales 65 — H. analis. 16 * Hyperprosopon agassizii' Gill. This species is closely related to H. arcuatus Gibbons, but the occipital region is more elevated and obliquely convex; the caudal fin less emarginated, its margin dark and the ventral fins are colorless. 8 D IX 27. A. III. 33. P. 25. Scales 65 . 19—20 This species is the one to which the name of H. arcuatum Gibbons refers in the " Notes on the described Holconoti," by A. Agassiz. Gibbons' species is, however, quite different, and rather allied to H. argenteus than to the present one. The following table shows the relative proportion of the several species: arg. arc. Ag. Extreme length (=100) 7* 8* 61 Height, 36 36 37 Head— Length of head, 24 23 _ 23 Eye— Diameter, 7c 74 7 Snout— Length 5« 5 5 [June. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 277 SOLENOIDS (Cuv.)Gthr. ISOPISTHINiE Gill. Seriphus politus Ayres. Seriphus politus Ayres, Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sc. , pt. ii. p. 80. I refer to this species a fish sent by Mr. Hubbard. It, however, disagrees in many important respects with Dr. Ayres' description, but, as the dif- ferences which the diagnosis of that gentleman offer in comparison with the present species are equally at variance with the attributes of all Bcisenoid fishes, I am compelled to believe that Ayres has quite seriously erred in his description. The present fish agrees with other Scisenoids in having seven branchiostegal rays, scales on the head and not more than two anal spines and five branched ventral rays. The second dorsal, anal and caudal fins are naked, and do not appear to have been scaly, except the interval between the median rays of the latter through which the lateral line runs as usual. The outer teeth of the upper jaw are erect and the interior bent back. The pectoral is more than half as long as the head, equalling the space between the orbit and its axilla, while the ventrals are rather less than half as long as the head. D. VII. II. 1. 18. A. II. 1. 20. C. 4. 1. 8, 7. 1. 3. P. 2. 1. 4. V. I. 5. 9 Scales 65 — . Pseudobranchiae are developed. Family CHIROID^E (Sw.) Gill. Subfamily CHIRIN^ Gill. Chirus guttatps Girard. Two specimens. Scales (1) ; lat. line 105 ; transverse line from dorsal to ventral fin. 114 1 8 | 35 = 51. Chirus constellatus Girard. One specimen was forwarded. The two species here enumerated are excessively nearly allied, but appear to constantly differ in the color of the pectoral fin, Chirus gattatus having them plain, while Chirus constellatus has white dotted pectorals. The former species has the same form as Chirus constellatus, and I am quite unable to appreciate the justness of Girard's remark that "the body in its general out- line is intermediate in form between C. constellatus and C. pictus, though more like the latter in its general bearing, the dorsal and ventral outlines being more arched." Girard has confined his comparisons to the C. pictus, from which it is totally different in proportions, squamation, color, &c, but has not assigned the characters which really distinguish it from C. constellatus. The color of neither species is accurately described. Subfamily OXYLEBIINJE. Genus Oxylebius Gill. This genus is allied to Zaniolepis (Girard), but the form is shorter and com- pressed, the ctenoid scales are similar to those of Chirus (Steller), the profile from the depressed nape rectilinear and the snout pointed, the first dorsal fin convex, increasing rapidly from the first to the fifth spines, and with the membrane behind the anterior as well as others not notched. The anal fin is shorter, coterminal with the second dorsal, and with the anal spines stronger, the second being longest as in Zaniolepis. The lower rays of the pectorals are 1862.] 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP simple and nearly entire, and the ventral fins perhaps inserted farther behind, its second soft ray slightly produced and the membrane between it and the first acutely notched. The caudal fin is truncated. The teeth are present on the jaws, vomer and palatine bones as in Zaniolepis, those of the former being larger in the outer row, and, as in that genus, there are six branchi- ostegal rays. OXYLEBIUS PICTUS Gill. 1 D. XV. + I. 14. A. Ill 12 -. C. 1. I. 6. 5. I. 1. P. 10 -f- 6. V. I. 5. 1 The color is brownish, or dark tawny yellow, with indistinct lighter spots and with six undulating, vertical, dark purple bands ascending on the dorsal and anal fins, as wide as the intervals between them on the back and nar- rower below. The first band is under the three anterior dorsal spines and descends to the scapular bone ; the second from the sixth to eighth spines, ceases behind the bases of the ventral fins ; the third extends over the last five spines and descends on the spinous portion of the anal ; the fourth covers the dorsal between the fifth and ninth soft rays and descends on the anal between and across the fourth to sixth rays ; the fifth is close before the end of the vertical fins ; and the sixth partly on the end of the caudal peduncle and partly on the fin. The head has an arched band from the snout to the margin of the operculum, interrupted by the lower half of the eye ; beneath that band and on the branchiostegal membrane are numerous rather large spots. An arched band from the nape runs toward each eye below the pos- terior angle. The four small tufts, one over each eye and one on each side of the nape, are scarlet. The upper part of the spinous dorsal is light, and the margin of the soft mostly blackish. The anal is saffron yellow, and be- tween the broad bands continued on it from the body are linear ones, parallel with them, the last crossing near the ends of the last four rays. The caudal has two or three bands ; the pectoral four, and the ventral two. Subfamily HOPLOPOMATIN^I Gill. Ophiodon elongatus Girard. Two fine but small specimens of this species are in the collection. Family SCORPyENOID^E (Sw.) Gill. Subfamily SCORP^NINiE (Sw.) Gill. Genus Sebastodes Gill. This genus is readily distinguished by the characters assigned to it in the Proceedings of the Academy for 1861 ; the head above is quite unarmed. The other species of California referred to the genus Sebastes belong to another one distinguished by a form nearly similar to that of the true Sebastes, but with a dorsal fin armed with only twelve or thirteen (XI. — XII. + 1.) spines, and having, as far as known, only ten abdominal and fourteen caudal vertebras. With regard to the Sebastes elongatus of Ayres there is some doubt, but it appears, from the only description and figure published of it, to be, if not congeneric with the other Californian species, to be at least more nearly allied to them than to Sebastodes. The genus comprising S. nigrocinctus Ayres, S. nebulosus Ayres, S. auriculatus Girard, S. ocellatus Cuv. (= S. helvomacu- latvs Ayres), S. melanops Girard and S. rosaceus Ayres may be called Sebas- tichthjs.* Not having had the opportunity to examine all of the foregoing species, I cannot be certain that all are valid. * The species of Sebastes without palatine teeih, of which the S.polylepis of Bleeker and Gumher is one, may be considered as representing another generic type (Sebas- topsis Gill ) [June^ NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279 Sebastodes paucispinis Gill. One specimen is in the collection. Family COTTOID^E Girard. Subfamily COTTIISLE. Aspidocottus bison Girard. Three small specimens. Artedius notospilotus Girard. Three small specimens of this species are also in the collection. The spe- cies undergoes so considerable a change with age, especially in the armature of the head, that it might readily be the cause of a multiplication of nominal species. Family GOBIOIBJE. Subfamily GOBIINiE. Lepidogobius gracilis Gill. Two specimens in the collection. The Gobius newberrii of Girard is the type of another genus, to which the name of Eucyclogobius may be given ; it is distinguished from Lepidogobius by the naked head, the oblong and equal second dorsal and anal fins, &c. Family BLENNIOID^. Subfamily CEBEDICHTHYIN^E Gill. Cebedichthys violaceus Girard. A fine specimen is in the collection. Subfamily CENTIIONOTIN^E Gill. Apodichthys virescens Ayres. Three specimens. The Apodichthys flavidus of Girard, as originally based, may possibly be dis- tinct from A. virescens Ayres, but there can be no doubt that one of the spe- cimens sent to the Smithsonian Institution by Ayres under the name of A. virescens and referred by Girard to A. flavidus, truly belongs to the former species. Apodichthys sanguineus Gill.* This species resembles Apodichthys virescens, but is of a beautiful intense red color, minutely punctulated with darker ; the dorsal and anal fins have the margins rather darker and with a yellow dot generally in front of the tip of each fourth to sixth ray, and more distinct on the anal. A dark purple line under the eye is behind the upper jaw, but there is none above. D. XCIIL— XCV. A. I.— 40. * A specimen of Apodichthys which appears to represent another species of ihe genus was obtained by the naturalist of the Northwestern Boundary Commission. It is ihirteen inches long and rather discolored, but does not exhibit any trace whatever of the characteristic line behind the upper jaw and below the eye. The anal spine is much shorter and transversely cleft at the tip ; the latter is probably abnormal. I have deferred a description, hoping to have the validity of the species confirmed by other specimens, and am very reluctant to name it from the single one in the collection, but as this notice may call attention to it, I have finally resolved to publish. The species may be called A.inornatus. The radial formula is D. XC. A. I.— 38. C. 23. P. 2. 11. 1. In pro- portions it does not essentially differ from A. virescens or A. flavidus. The eye is, per- haps, smaller and the body higher. The color is brownish, with a dark spot or blotch on the back at the base of every fourth or fifth spine. 1862.] 280 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP A single adult specimen was sent to the Institution by Mr. Hubbard, and a smaller one is in the collection formed by the Northwestern Boundary Com- mission. Family BATRACHOIDJE. Porichthys pokosissimus Girard. After an autoptical examination of adult specimens, Dr. Giinther was un- able to distinguish between the Pacific and Atlantic representatives of Porich- thys. I am therefore compelled to follow him. The only specimens of the Atlantic fish that I have seen were young. Family ATHERINOID^. Chirostoma californiense Gill. Atherinopsis californiensis Girard, Ayres. Two fine specimens in the collection. I fully concur with Messrs. Giinther and Ayres in uniting Atherinopsis, Basilichthys and Heterognathus of Girard in one genus, but am compelled to retain for that genus the name of Chirostoma given by Swainson, he having first truly limited it. The A. affinis and A. tenuis of Ayres must consequently be named Chirostoma affine and C. tenue. The Atherina migrans of Richardson is scarcely a species of Chirostoma, but apparently the type of another genus, which may be named Melanotaenia, distinguished by a more robust body, black lateral band, &c. Family GADOIDS. Subfamily GADINiE. Gadus proximus Girard. Six fine specimens are in the collection. This species is a true Gadus. The Gadus eeglifinus L. and G. minutus Yar- rell, of our Eastern America and Northern Europe, belong to different genera. The former distinguished by its black lateral line, pointed first dorsal and emarginated caudal, may be called Melanogrammus (sglijinus and the Gadus minutus, with its abbreviated head, short abdomen, emarginated caudal, &c, is the type of a genus which may be called Brachygadus. Subfamily BROSMOPHYCINiE. BROSMOPHYCIS MARGINAT0S Gill. A fine specimen in the collection. The name of Brosmophycis was published a short time before Ayres' name of Halias. The latter name has been also preoccupied. Family PLEURONECTOID^. Subfamily PLEURONECTINiE. Platichthys stellatus Girard. I have not been happy enough to distinguish any differences between the Platichthi/s rugosus of Girard and Pleuronectes stellatus Pallas. Girard has ac- knowledged that " the latter species is closely allied to P. rugosus, from which it may even not differ. An actual comparison between the specimens is, how- ever, demanded, before a settlement of the question can be arrived at." As Richardson's elaborate description and figure are entirely applicable to the Californian species, it appears to be much more appropriate to consider the two identical until " an actual comparison" shall enable us to ascertain any dif- ferences, which is quite improbable. [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 281 Genus Pakophrys Girard. Body fusiform in profile, covered with cycloid scales. Lateral line scarcely convex in front, recurrent backwards near the back. Head large and conic. Snout conic. Eyes entirely in the anterior half, contiguous and nearly even. Nostrils on the horizon of the superior margins of each orbit ; the anterior subtubular ; the posterior with an anterior flap. Mouth unequal, little ob- lique, the maxillary boues of the colored side extending little beyond the anterior margin of the orbit, and much shorter than that of the white side. Lips rather thin and simple. Teeth on the white side uniserial, contiguous, short and wide, presenting an incisorial edge as in Pleuronectes planus, &c. A recumbent anal spine. Caudal fin truncated or little emarginated. This genus is most closely related to Pleuronectes. Pakophrys hubbardii Gill. This species is very slender, the height being considerably less than a third of the total length and not much greater than the head. The eyes are situated in the middle of the anterior half of the head ; a diameter enters four times and a half in the length of the head. The caudal fin is slightly emarginated and forms a seventh of the total length. The pectoral bent forwards, extends little beyond the interior preopercular ridge. D. 83. A. 62. C. 3. 6. 6. 3. P. 12. V. 6. Scales of lateral line 96, The color is a uniform brownish. This very fine species is distinguished especially from Parophrys velulus Girard by its more elongated body and head as well as the other proportions. I have given myself the pleasure of dedicating the species to the gentleman who has formed the collection of which the present article is descriptive. The judgment with which that collection was made is evident from the number of new species described ; and the excellent condition of the specimens, all of which are in alcohol, and have even, in several cases, preserved their original colors, is worthy of all praise. Family CLUPEOIDJS. Subfamily CLUPEIN^S. Alausa californica Gill. The form is that of a herring (Clupea), the back is thick and rounded, and the height little exceeds a seventh of the extreme length. The head forms little more than a fifth of the length. The opercular margin behind is ver- tical. The diameter of the eye is rather less than a fourth of the head's length, while the snout equals a third of the same. The lower jaw, when closed, is even with the upper, which latter has no emargination. The ventrals are under the posterior third of the dorsal. D. 2. 1. 15. A. 2. 1. 16. P. 1. 17. V. 1. 8. Scales 57 -f 6 ; longitudinal rows 12. The color is silvery on the sides and beneath and blue above. This species belongs to the genus Alausa of Valenciennes, but not of Na- ture. The genera of Clupeoids need a careful revision, altogether too much importance having been attached to the dentition. As I am not certain to what other genus the present species should be eventually referred, it is deemed advisable to retain it in that one where most naturalists would place it. It is, however, more nearly allied to the type of Clupea than that of Alausa. Four specimens, between eight and ten inches long, are in the collection, 1862.] 282 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF Family CYPRINOIDjE. Subfamily CYPRININ^E. Carassias auratus Heckel. Two abnormal varieties of tbis species, — tbe common and well-known "Gold-fish," — are in the collection. One of them has the tail doable, but connected at the superior margin. Family GALEORHINOIDjE. Subfamily GALEORHININ.E. Triacis semifasciatus Girard. A young specimen was sent. ISOPLAGIODON, Sp. A new species of this family is in Mr. Hubbard's collection. As the single specimen is a young one, its positive determination is deferred for the present. Family RATOIDJS. Subfamily RAIINJE. Uraptera binoculata Girard. One specimen. Synopsis of the species of LOPHOBRANCHIATE Fishes of Western North America. BY THEODORE GILL. The present brief article is preliminary to a more extended paper on the Lophobranchiate fishes inhabiting the Western coast of the North American continent. Six species have been attributed by Dr. Girard to that coast. Sub- tracting from that number one which appears to have been founded on a smaller individual of the common species described by Girard as Syngnathus californiensis, we have still the number assigned by Girard ; the S. calif or - niensis of that author being distinct from the homonymous species of Storer, as shown by Ay res. All the species noticed are in the collection of the Smith- sonian Institution. Family SYNGNATHOIDsE Bleeker. Subfamily HIPPOCAMPINiE (Kaup.) Gill. Genus Hippocampus Cuv. 1. Hippocampus gigas Girard. 2. Hippocampus gracilis Gill. The body is very slender, the height being contained four times and a half in the length of the tail, or equal to the distance of the snout from the hinder border of the orbit. The tube forms about half the length of the head, which forms rather more than a sixth of the length. The spines at the angles of the frontal triangle are nearly equal and blunt. The coronet is rather ele- vated ; the temporal spines rather large and blunt. The angles, especially the dorsal, of every third or fourth plate are tuberculous. 10(3) D. 10. Plates . 10 (1) 38 ■ [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283 The color is a very dark purple, indistinctly and sparsely dotted with lighter. The fins are colorless. A single female specimen was obtained by Mr. Xantus at Cape St. Lucas. It differs from any of the previously described species by the combination of characters indicated in the diagnosis, and is remarkable for its slender form, which rivals that of Acentronura. Subfamily SYNGNATIIIN^ Kaup. Genus DERMATOSTETHUS Gill. This genus is, perhaps, most closely related to Syngnathus, although in some respects tending to Trachyrhamphus (Kaup), &c. It is readily distin- guished from Syngnathus by the following characters : 1st. The trunk and tail especially are considerably more robust. 2d. The breast-shields are covered by the adipose skin. 3d. The occiput is elevated and carinated. 4th. The lower jaw is received within the upper. In all other respects it resembles Syngnathus. 3. Dermatosthus punctipinnis Gill. The height and width of the trunk nearly equal the head behind the eyes. The head forms about an eighth of the total length ; the snout equals the distance of the base of the pectoral fin from the eye, while the height at the occiput is equal to the length of the operculum. The tail (exclusive of the fin) is twice as long as the trunk. (2 +*) 18 | 9 (or U) I). 40—42. Plates ■ . (1 -ff) 19 (1) 39 The color is a uniform chestnut, while the dorsal fin has its rays dotted with chestnut. Four specimens, all of which were males, of about twelve inches long, were found at San Diego, California, by Mr. Trowbridge. Genus SYNGNATHUS (Linn.)" Kaup. This genus, as restricted by Dr. Kaup, is represented in California by five species, which may be briefly distinguished by the characters assigned in the following synopsis : Dorsal with 38—42 rays. Postanal plates 46 — 47 S. californiensis. Postanal plates 40—43 S. griseolineatus. Dorsal with 30 — 34 rays. Snout forming more than half the length of head. Snout equal to interval between eye and base of pectoral. Nuchal plates scarcely keeled S. arundinaceus. Snout equal to interval between eye and end of pec- toral fin. Nuchal plates sharply keeled S. leptorhynchus. Snout scarcely forming half the length of head S. dimidiatus. 4. Syngnathus californiensis Storer. Nee S. californiensis Girard. 19J | £ 9£ D. 42. Plates . 19—20 (1) 46—47 California (1), W. Hutton. * Occipital and nuchal plates; in lhe formula for the othfr species they are omitted, t First or gular plate ; in the formula for the others it is omitted. 1862.] 284 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP 5. Syngnathus griseolineatus Ayres. Syngnathus califomiensis Girard (nee Storer.) Syngnathus abbotti Girard. 18 | 9 D. 38—41. Plates . 18 (1) 39—43 San Francisco (1), Dr. Ayres ; (1) Dr. Newberry. Tomales Bay (4), Mr. Samuels. Fort Uinpqua, Oregon (3), Dr. Vollum. 6. Syngnathus arundinaceus Girard. 17 | 9 D. 34. Plates . 17 (1) 43 Coast of California (1), Dr. Suckley. 7. Syngnathus leptorhynchus Girard. 17 | 8 D. 32. Plates 17 (1)41 San Diego, California (1). 8. Syngnathus dimidiatus Gill. Syngnathus brevirostris Girard (nee Hemp, et Ehr., nee Tern, et Schlegel.) 17 | 7 D. 30—32. Plates . 17 (1) 37—39 San Diego, California (3). Subfamily DORYRHAMPEINsE Kaup. Genus DORYRHAMPHUS Kaup. 9. DORYRHAMPHUS CALIFORNIENSIS Gill. The snout forms half the length of the head ; its crest is composed of about ten irregular teeth, and farther back are two others. The double frontal crest is well dentated. The superior orbital border has five or six teeth. The ridge under the orbit is unarmed, but on the side of the snout is well serrated. The chin is prominent but unarmed, and some distance behind, in the middle is a slight swelling. The longest superior pectoral rays are about equal to the length of the operculum. The caudal is as long as the snout. (2+) 15 | 7 D. 25. A. 3. C. 44. P. 20. Plates . (1+) 18 (1)16 The color is an almost uniform yellowish brown, but with a black streak from the snout to the upper axilla of the pectoral fin. A single female specimen of this species was discovered by Mr. Xantus at Cape St. Lucas. Descriptions of New Genera, Subgenera and Species of Tertiary and Recent Shells. BY T. A. CONRAD. Family PLEUROTOMID^E. TURRIS, Rumphius. PLEUROTOMA, Lam. The species of this genus are inhabitants of the Indian Ocean, coasts of Madagascar and China ; and, as they are unknown on the American coasts, [Jutfe, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 285 it is probable that all of this family", recent and fossil, in America belong to distinct genera, usually classed as subgenera by autbors. The predominant forms in the Miocene of the United States are Drillia and Surcula, the latter containing some species much larger than any of the former genus. The true Turris group is also absent from the Eocene, where species of the two Miocehe genera above mentioned and others abound. It is also unknown in a recent state on the American coasts. SURCULA, Gray. 1. Surcula e n g o n a t a. — Fusiform ; whorls 8, turrited, nodulous on the angle, very minute revolving lines above the angle, distinct below it ; one line more prominent near and below the suture ; labrum margin rounded ; body whorl with obsolete revolving lines. Locality. Virginia. 2. Surcula nodu lifer a. — Subfusiform, turriculate ; whorls 8, carinated below the suture by a subtuberculous line, and furnished with tubercles shaped like inverted commas, distant ; a revolving line between the tubercles and suture ; body whorl with prominent revolving lines and a minute inter- mediate one. Locality. Virginia. 3. Surcula ru g a t a. — Fusiform, turriculate ; whorls 10, lower half obtusely ribbed ; upper half concave, subangular, with much curved, rugose lines of growth ; beneath the suture whorls obtusely subcarinated, distinct revolving lines over the ribbed portion, minute and obsolete above it ; suture profound ; body whorl and beak striated ; beak slightly curved. Locality. Calvert Cliffs, Md. DRILLIA, Gray. 1. Drillia impress a. — Elevated, scalariform or turriculate, with short, obtuse ribs ; contractions of whorls striated, and having a carinated line near the suture, revolving lines impressed, double, alternated, rugose volu- tions 8 ; base subumbilicated. Locality. James River, Virginia. 2. Drillia d i s t a n s, n. s. — Turriculate, whorls 6, scalariform, with distant obtuse ribs on the lower half; suture waved, with an impressed line above it ; body whorl with an impressed revolving line above and' four raised revolving lines inferiorly ; upper sinus of labrum deep and rounded, lower obsolete. Locality. Virginia. 3. Drillia arata. — Turriculate, whorls 9; spire elevated, acute: subsca- lariform, the contracted portion of the whorls flattened and with perpendicular sides, below this space costate, ribs somewhat oblique and crossed by minute, close lines, which on the body whorl reach the base, obsolete above, distinct inferiorly. Locality. Virginia. 4. Drillia bell a. — Turriculate ; whorls 7, scalariform, costate nearly to the suture ; ribs distant, obtuse ; whole surface with minute revolving raised lines, very minute and close on the contracted space below the suture, reflected labrum callous at the upper end. Locality. Virginia. 5. Drillia e b u r n e a. — Turrited ; upper part of whorl without ribs and with an impressed revolving line ; lower part ribbed, ribs oblique, rounded ; surface striated with close impressed revolving lines, finer and obsolete on the upper part of the whorls. 1862.] 286 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF MANGELIA* Leach. Mangelia Virginian a. — Short-fusiform ; whorls 5, subscalariforin, or medially angular ; ribs prominent, two whorls from the apex smooth ; mimit«- revolving lines on the lower half of the penultimate whorl ; one or two obsolete revolving lines on the body whorl. Locality. Yorktown, Virginia. PETRICOLWJE. PLEIORYTIS, Conrad. Equivalve, ovate or oval, with radiating striae, gaping posteriorly ; hinge of right valve with two widely diverging teeth ; left valve with one direct thick triangular, bifid tooth under the apex, and an oblique compressed tooth pos- teriorly ; sinus of pallial impression extending beyond the middle of the valves ; muscular impressions large. (Miocene.) P. ovata. — Ovate, compressed, very inequilateral, thin, radiately striate, strife numerous, undulate or irregular, crossed by wrinkled fine lines ; car- dinal teeth prominent. Proportionally longer, more compressed and inequilateral than P. cente- n a r i a, and with narrower hinge teeth. Locality. Day's Point, James River, Virginia. FASCIOLARIIDsE. BUSYCON, Bolten. 1. B. carinatu m. — Fusiform ; whorls 6 ; spire elevated ; whorls angular, angle situated below the middle of the whorls, cariuated, carina tuberculated, sides of volutions above the angle straight and very oblique, surface trans- versely striated ; lines rugose, unequal, obsolete on the middle of last whorl ; columella and canal sinuous. Locality. Virginia. 2. B. filosum. — Pyriform, thick, lineated, lines revolving, close, fine, un- equal, rugose ; spire short, scalariform, spinose on the angle, spines foliated ; columella twisted, sinuous ; last whorl obliquely ridged ; canal long, sinuous. Locality. Yorktown, Virginia. Resembles B. gibbosum, C, (Kiener, Conch, pi. 9, fig. 2.) but has shorter spines, finer strife and more scalariform spire. That is a recent reversed species, but the fossil has been found dextral only. Rather common at Yorktown. The spire in some specimens is short and hardly scalariform, but the revolving ridge on the lower part of the body whorl distinguish^-' this from the other Miocene species. FASCIOLARIA, Lam. Subgenus Lirosoma, Conrad. 1862. Subpyriform ; ribbed, beak narrow and produced, slightly recurved ; one long, very oblique plait at the angle of the columella. Fasciolaria (Fusus) sulcosa, Conrad, Foss. Med. Tert. Subgenus Tekebraspika, Conrad. 1862. Spire elongated, whorls angular; plaits concealed or not reaching the onter edge of columella. Fasciolaria elegans, Emmons, Geol. N. C. BUCCINIDjE. TRITIA, Risso. T. scalar is.— Ovate-acute; spire elevated, turrited ; whorls 7, \oa.%\- NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 287 tudinally ribbed ; ribs rounded, prominent, curved on the last whorl ; revol- ving lines close and distinct ; right lip striated within ; fold at base of colu- mella distinct. Locality. BTJLLIA, Gray. Subgenus Btjlliopsis, Conrad. 1. B. ovata. — Smooth; last whorl subquadrate ; ovate or oblong-ovate, entire ; whorls 5 or 6, slightly convex ; spire conical, about half the length of the shell ; aperture elliptical. Locality. St. Mary's Co., Md. Shorter and broader than the other two species of Maryland, the callus not prominent nor extending beyond the upper extremity of aperture. 2. B. Marylandic a. — Oblong-ovate, entire ; whorls 6, slightly convex or subtruncated laterally ; suture impressed ; aperture about half the length of the shell ; columella profoundly callous above, the callus extending beyond the lip. Locality. St. Mary's Co., Md. Proportionally longer than the preceding, and the spire subscalariform. The shell is variable in outline, the spire being much longer in some speci- mens than others of equal breadth. 3. B. quadratic, Journ. A. N. S. vi. 226. There are no known living representatives of this subgenus. COL UMBELLINsE. AMYCLA, H. and A. Adams. Subgenus Astyeis, H. and A. Adams. 1. Amycla communis. — Ovate, whorls 6 or 7, smooth and polished ; spire rather elevated ; body whorl abruptly rounded in the middle or sub- angular ; submargin of labrum minutely dentate. Locality. St. Mary's River, Md. A common species in the blue clay of Maryland and Virginia. 2. A. a vara, var. granulifera. — Narrow-acuminate ; longitudinally ribbed ; ribs numerous, angular ; spire subturriculate ; whorls 8, crossed by impressed lines, four in number, on 4 whorls of the spire, and covering the body whorl to the base ; where the lines cross the ribs there is a small tubercle ; labrum 7-dentate within ; columella subplicated from base to submedial angle. Locality. Occurs with the preceding. 3. A. r e t i c u 1 a t a. — Subturrited ; volutions 6 — 7, slightly convex ; lines prominent, revolving and transverse lines equal in size, transverse lines most remote, lines smaller and closer below the middle of last whorl ; right lip toothed within. Locality. Virginia. OLIVINJE. DACTYLUS, Klein. Subgenus Strephona, Browne. Dactylus e bore us. — Slightly tumid on the upper part of body whorl; whorls 6 in number, the penultimate contracted below the suture ; columella slightly tumid, with numerous acute plaits, and five oblique plaits at base, four of them elongated. Locality. Virginia. 1862.] 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF DENTALTD^E. DENTALIUM. D. Carolinens e.— Regularly curved, ribs 9 to 11, narrow and laterally flattened. Locality. North Carolina. Larger, less tapering, and having fewer ribs than D. attenuatum, Say. Longer and tapering more than D. , Emmons, Geol. N. C, fig. 188. VERMETID^E. VERMETUS, Adams. Subquadrate, ribs 3, longitudinal, distant, the lowest one most prominent ; longitudinal lines minute, close, rugose, becoming obsolete near the spire, which is regular, each whorl having two carinated lines revolving in the middle and one joiuing the suture at base ; longitudinal lines none. Locality. Neuse River, below Newbern, N. C. TROCHIDJE. LEIOTROCHUS, Conrad. L. distans. — Trochiform ; volutions 4; suture subcanaliculate near the apex ; revolving lines, a few distant, distinct, impressed, the others very fine ; periphery rounded ; base convex-depressed, with six distant impressed revol- ving lines and very fine intermediate lines ; umbilicus narrow, profound ; sub- carinated at base. Locality. Calvert Co., Md. ? CARINORBIS, Conrad. Suborbicular ; spire small, depressed, or but little prominent ; shell costate, ribs revolving, distant, prominent ; last whorl flattened above ; umbilicus small, and the space beneath it channelled ; peritome continuous. C. (Delphinula) lyra, Conrad. C. (Delph.) qaadricostata, Emmons. (Mio- cene.) SCR OBICULARIDJE. ABRA, Leach. A. oval is. — Oval, convex, inequilateral, with five close laminar concentric lines ; posterior side short, with a distinct obtuse fold ; end margins rounded ; within highly polished ; cardinal and lateral teeth prominent. Locality. Yorktown, Virginia. (Miocene.) ASTARTIDJE. ASTARTE, Sowerby. Astarte distans. — Triangular, convex-depressed, with four broad con- centric undulations ; concentric lines unequal ; umbo flattened with small prominent concentric ribs, inner margin minutely crenulated. Locality. Cumberland Co., N. J., near Shiloh. (Miocene.) Very distinct from the nearest allied species, A. undalata Say. PARASTARTE, C. Elevated, triangular, equilateral, ventricose ; epidermis pale and shining ; hinge of right valve with one thick nearly direct tooth, and deep and rather long channel in the hinge plate anterior to the tooth ; left valve with two equally diverging teeth ; posterior submargin of both valves channelled above. Estarte t r i q n e t r a, C, Tampa Bay, is the type of this new genus. [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 289 which differs essentially from Erycinelli, whilst the exterior is very much like the latter. (Recent.) CRASSATELLA, Lam. C. producta. — Trapezoidal, elongated, inequilateral, concentrically ribbed ; ribs or ridges subacute, prominent as far as the umbonal slope which is obtusely subcarinated, and curved inwards ; posterior slope depressed and medially subangular, concentric lines not prominent except behind the umbo, where they are more distinct; posterior extremity obliquely truncated; inner margin minutely crenulated. Locality. Enterprise, Clark Co., Miss. (Eocene.) This elegant species may be distinguished from C. protexta by the furrows or ridges extending over the whole disk. It belongs to a group of fossils quite distinct from those of Claiborne, Jackson or Vicksburg. TRIGONIID.E. VERTICORDIA, Wood. V. Emmonsii, C, Emmons, Geol. N. C, 286 206. This is the only species yet known in an American formation. ARCIDuE. CUCULL^IA, Lam. The typical form of hinge teeth in this genus is not represented in the Eocene or Cretaceous Arcidcv. The oldest form which could be referred to Cucullsea occurs in the latter formation, represented by thick ponderous shells, with a broad hinge, and are in marked contrast to that of the recent spe- cies, whilst the character of the teeth is equally remote. I propose, therefore, to characterize the cretaceous subgenus as follows : IDONEARCA, Conrad. Triangular, thick, delicately lined ; hinge thick, medial cardinal plates transverse, laminar, laterally striated ; anterior and posterior plaits elongated, oblique, curved downwards at the ends towards the umbo, and laterally striated; interior plate curved, very prominent. Cucullcea Tippana, C, and T. capax, C. (Cretaceous.) The following European species will come under this section : Area tumida, d'Orbig., A. Marceana, d'Orbig., A. fibrosa, d'Orbig. TRIGONARCA, Conrad. Equivalve, trigonal, angular on the umbonal slope ; hinge area narrow ; series of cardinal plates curved and placed transversely or nearly at right angles to the hinge line. T. (Cucullcea) Maconensis, C, Journ. A. N. S. Viewed exteriorly, this shell has the habit of Cucullsea, but the hinge of Axinsea. It probably has the internal elevated plate, but the specimens are filled with stone too hard to be removed, (Cretaceous.) Subgenus Latiarca, Conrad. Triangular, thick, capacious ; hinge line narrow medially, broad and thick on the sides ; cardinal plates granular and laterally striated, towards the ends in short oblique series ; cardinal area wide with obliquely diverging grooves. L. (Cucullcea) gigantea, C, L. idonea, C, C. ononckela, Rogers, C. trans- versa, Rogers. (Eocene.) ANOMOLOCARDIA, Klein. A. tr i gi nt i na ri a. — Elongated, rhomboidal, very unequilateral, veil- 1862.] 20 290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF tricose ; ribs about 31 ; square, not very prominent, on tbe posterior side divided by an impressed line and posterior to tbe umbo witb an in- termediate raised line ; posterior end emarginate ; cardinal area transversely striated ; hinge line long, and the plates numerous ; disk medially contracted or flattened ; interstices of the ribs transversely striated. Locality. South Carolina. (Miocene.) NOETIA Gray. N. ponderosa, Say, var. N. carolinensis. — Ovato-cuneate, ventricose ; disks flattened submsdially, ribs about 35 in number ; narrow, flattened, divided by an impressed line, except on the anterior side, where they are dis- tinctly lined only near the base, transverse wrinkles between the ribs close and prominent ; these intercostal spaces have each an acute radiating line about the umbonal slope and posteriorly ; basal margin slightly contracted medially. Locality. Dauphin Co., North Carolina. (Miocene.) Compared to the typical ponderosa it is less ventricose, proportionally longer, and has 35 ribs, whilst the latter has only 26. N. ponderosa, Say, is abundant in a fossil state in some localities, and Mr. Tryon has obtained specimens from Cape May, in company with Turritella plebeia, Say, but I have not seen a recent specimen, and suppose it to be an ex- tinct s, ecies. STRIARCA, Conrad. Equivalve, radiately striate, closed ; hinge area transversely striated, and also the epidermis above it ; hinge line dilated and curved at the ends ; teeth divided into oblique hollow cross plaits. S. (Area) centenaria, Say. (Miocene. ) The remarkable teeth of this genus distinguish it from all other genera of ■Arcidce ; the plaits are hollow with parallel laminar sides. BARBATIA, Gray. Subgenus Granoarca, Conrad. Equivalve, gaping anteriorly ; hinges are rather wide and very oblique, with longitudinal grooves angulated under the back ; tooth more or less di- vided into granular plates, posteriorly widely expanded and broken into ir- regular granules. A. propatula, C. Miocene Foss., 61, 32, 1. CARDITIDiE. Subgenus Pteromeris, Conrad. Triangular, not oblique, with radiating ribs ; beaks medial ; hinge of left valve, anterior tooth direct or directed slightly towards the anterior margin ; posterior tooth double or bifid. Cardita per plan a, C, — A fossil of the North American Miocene is the type of this genus, which embraces two fossil and one recent species, all small shells. The other fossil species is Cardita abreviata, C, and the recent P. (Astarte) Jlabella, C, of Florida. Family MYTILIDJE. MYTILOCONCHA, Conrad. Subfalcate, thick ; perlaceons, laminated ; hinge thick, elongated ; pointed at the apex ; an oblique tooth or ridge and parallel furrow throughout the en- tire length of hinge area. [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291 1. M. (Myoooncha) incurva, C, Miocene, Foss. 52, 28, 1. 2. M. (Mytilus) incrass at a, C, ib., 74, 42, 4. PECTENLDJL. PECTEN, Lin. P. fraternus. — Ovate, upper valve slightly ventricose, lower convex depressed; ribs 15 or 16, prominent; convex, laterally flattened, nar- rower than the interstices, trilineate, squamose ; interstices with fine, unequal, delicately squamose radiating lines ; lower valve, ribs broader, and more nu- merously lined ; ears moderate, with radiating numerous rugose lines. Locality. Virginia. (Miocene.) Differs from P. Jeffersonim in being comparatively more elevated or ovate ; in having smaller ears, and more numerous and narrower ribs, &c. P. Edgecomens is. — Suborbicular ; height not quite equal to the length ; lower valve-ribs 16 to 17, prominent, but not elevated, square or convex- depressed, not quite as wide as the intervening spaces, radiately lined with finely squamose striae, most conspicuous towards the margins, interstices ot ribs carinated, in the middle squamose and finely striated ; ears with fine close unequal squamose radiating lines, the larger ones most prominent on the pos- terior side ; margins of ligament pit carinated. Locality. Edgewood Co., North Carolina. Cab. Smithsonian Institution. Allied to P. ehoreus ; the carina between the ribs distinguish it from that species. (Miocene.) LYROPECTEN, Conrad. Inequivalve, radiately costate ; hinge with a triangular pit as in Pect en and diverging prominent teeth on each side the ligament cavity. Lyropectin (Pallium) estrellanus, C, Pacific R. R. Reports, 1S55, vi. pi. 3, f. 15. This genus is peculiar to the Miocene of the Pacific slope, and appears in three large species, the second of which has been figured and described as Pallium estrellanum, in Pacific Railroad Reports, vol. vii. 191, but is very dis- tinct from that species. I propose to name it Volcefonnis. L. crass icar do. — Suborbicular; ribs 15; larger valve ventricose ; ribs rounded, not quite as wide as intervening spaces ; whole surface radiately striate with equal lines, about 11 on the ribs and 5 on the interstices ; opposite valve convex, ribs prominent, narrower and more abrupt than in the large valve, disposed to be concentrically nodulous or undulated by broad concen- tric furrows, and sometimes an abrupt concentric truncation. Locality. California. OSTRLAD^E. OSTREA, Lin. 0. f ale if or mi s. — Falcate, radiately ribbed; ribs numerous, regular, close, rounded, crossed by squamous lines ; ribs small on the anterior de- pression; margins plicated, not crenulated ; ligament cavity oblique. Locality. Enterpise, Clark Co., Miss. Dr. Spillman. (Eocene.) Revision of the GULLS of North America; based upon specimens in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. BY ELLIOTT COUES. The present paper is an abstract of a more extended Monograph on the Gulls of North America, prepared for publication in a Government Report. 1862.] 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF As some time, however, may elapse before the appearance of the Report, it has been thought advisable to issue in advance this brief sketch of the sub- ject. Except in the cases of one or two species, everything not absolutely necessary to the proper understanding of the subject has been omitted. In the Monograph alluded to will be found references to the pages of the works of the authors cited ; descriptions of the various changes and stages of plu- mage ; together with a discussion of doubtful points of synonymy, and the arguments for the views entertained. It is also illustrated by figures of the bills of all the species, and colored drawings of the primary quills, showing the outlines and extent of their markings. The gulls of North America are worked up to the fullest extent that the specimens at my command allow ; but, in the apparent hopelessness of arriving at ultimate truth with regard to these birds, I am prepared to relinquish any of the views now entertained which future investigation may prove to be erroneous. Family L&RIDJE. The family Laridse, embracing the Jagers, Gulls, Terns and Skimmers is divisible into four subfamilies, which may be distinguished by the following brief diagnosis : LESTRinraiE.— Covering of upper mandible not continuous, the basal half with a somewhat horny overlapping plate, differing in character from the ter- minal portion ; the nostrils opening beneath it, but slightly above the cutting edge, and beyond the middle of the bill. Tail cuneate, the central feathers projecting, usually tapering and much elongated, the lateral stiff and acu- minate. Interdigital webs more or less rounded. Body full, stout ; size usually moderate. LarinjE.— Covering of bill continuous. Bill more or less robust, the culmen about straight to the nostrils, abruptly decurved to the tip, which overhangs the tip of the lower mandible. An angular projection at the symphysis of the lower jaw more or less prominent. Nostrils at the end of the basal half of the bill. Tail generally even, the feathers being all of the same character. Webs more or less indented. Inner lateral toe moderate. Body robust ; size very large or moderate. Sterninje. — Covering of bill continuous. Bill slender and tapering to a very acute point, the tip not abruptly decurved, nor overhanging the lower mandible. Curve of culmen and commissure regular and gradual from base to tip. Angle of lower mandible scarcely apparent. Nostrils on the basal third of the" bill. First primary greatly longer than the second. Tail gene- rally forked. Inner lateral toes very short. Webs indented. Body rather slender and graceful ; size moderate or very small. RHYKcnopsiNiE. — Bill excessively compressed, like the blade of a knife. Upper mandible abruptly shorter than the lower. Otherwise generally as in Sternino . We have at present only to do with the second of these groups, the Subfamily LARIN.E. Of the many genera into which the Gulls have been divided by systematic writers, North America contains representatives of eight, which seem to differ in well marked characters. They may be arranged in two sections and very briefly defined as follows : A. — Lareje. Size very large, large, or moderate. Body robust, general organization more or less powerful. Bill stout and deep, the angle prominent, the tip ob- tuse, seldom attenuated or much decurved. Tail never cuneate or decidedly [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 293 forked. Legs rather stout ; hind toe sometimes rudiuiental. Head never with a hood ; in winter with the neck streaked with dusky. Under parts white without a decided roseate tint. 1. Larus. — Size large or moderate. Bill stout, robust, obtuse, the tip not attenuated, the angle usually very prominent. Convexity of culmen great at the ends. Color white, nearly always with a darker mantle. Tail even. 2. Blasipus. — Size moderate. Bill rather slender, its tip somewhat attenu- ated. General color dusky. Tail even, or very slightly emarginate. 3. Rissa. — Size rather small. Bill stout at base, but more attenuated and decurved at the tip. Angle acute, but not very prominent. Hind toe rudi- mental. Tail even ; somewhat emarginate in the young. 4. Pagophila. — Size rather small. Bill short, stout, obtuse. Tarsus v^ry short, stout, arm rough. Tibire partially feathered. Webs excised. Color entirely pure white. B. — Xeme^;. Size moderate, small, or very small. Body more slender, general organiza- tion more delicate. Bill generally slenderer and more acute, the angle not very prominent, but acute, the tip decurved and attenuated. Tail variable, — even, forked, or cuneate. Legs rather slender. Hind toe always present. Head usually with a hood, or with a black ring round the neck. Under parts white, with a decided roseate tint. 5. Chroicocephalus. — Size moderate and very small. Bill slender, the tip more or less decurved. Tail even. 6. Rhodostethia. — Size small. Bill short and very slender. Neck with a black ring, but head without a hood. Tail cuneate. 7. Xema. — Size small. Bill short, rather slender, the angle acute. Head with a hood and neck with a ring. Tail moderately forked. 8. Creagrus. — " Of medium size ; bill very strong and much curved ; mantle grayish white ; tail deeply forked." — Lawr. The above brief characters define the genera sufficiently for our present purposes ; the aim being rather the determination of species than rigid syste- matic classification. Genus 1. Larus, Linnaeus. Larus, Linn. 1744; nee 1735; (typus L. canus, fide Gray.) Gavia, Moehring, 1752 ; nee auct. Leucus, Kaup, 1829. Laroldes, Brehm, 1830; t. L. argentatus, Brunn. Bp. 1856; (typus idem.) Planius, Reichenbach, 1853. Glaucus, Bruch, 1853 ; (t. L. glaucus, Brunn.) Dominicanus, Bruch, 1853 ; (t. L. marinus, Linn.) Gaviiia, Bp. 1854, fide G. R. Gray ; nee Bp. 1856. Laroides, Bruch, 1855 ; (t. L. glaucus, Brunn. = Glaucus, Bruch, 1853.) Leucus, Bp. 1856 ; (t. L. glaucus, Brunn. Emend. Leuc. Kaup, 1829 = Laroides Bruch, 1855, vel Glaucus, Bruch, 1853.) The eleven species of the genus found in North America may be very na- turally arranged under the following sections or subgenera : Section A. — Leucus Bp. (Plantus, Reich. Glaucus, p. Bruch, 1853, La- roides p. Bruch, 1855.) Large and powerful; primaries without any black ; upper parts very light. a. Color above entirely white. 1862.] 294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 1. Lakus Hutchinsii Richardson. ?L. glacialis, Benicken (nee Macgill. qui L. glaucus, Brumi.) Glaucus glac. Bruch, 1853. Laroides glac. Bruch, 1855. Leucus arcticus, "Macg." Bp. 1856, excl. synon. (nee Macg.) Larus Hutchinsii, Richardson, F. B. A. 1831, ii. 419. Sp. char. — Adult: Bill flesh-colored at hase, blackish on terminal third. Entire plumage pure white, the shafts of the feathers straw yellow. Feet light flesh-color. Young : Head, neck and upper parts mottled with light reddish brown, appearing on the latter as irregular patches, and on the rump as more or less obsolete transverse bars. Under parts a nearly uniform very light reddish brown, the under tail coverts transversely barred with white. Wings and tail pure white. Length 27=> inches ; extent 60 ; wing 17| ; bill above 2*40 ; along gape 3*20. Tarsus 3-40 ; middle toe and claw 3*50. Hob. — Arctic America ; North Pacific ; New York State ! The name "Arcticus Macgill." is usually applied to this bird. Bonaparte adopts the name in his Conspectus, moreover, considering it identical with L. argentatus of Sabine's Memoir on the Birds of Greenland. But both these authors speak of a notable amount of blue on the back, — ( ' 'back pure pearl gray, with a good deal of blue" — " crerulescente-perlaceo.") Moreover, Macgilli- vray himself subsequently says that his arcticus is the leucopterus Faber. I have not been able to find the original description of glacialis of Benicken ; but Bruch, who adopts that name, speaks of the "gull-blue" of the upper parts. In the Fauna Boreali-Americana, ii. p. 419, there is given a brief de- scription of a Gull, which is certainly, I think, the present species. The names " arcticus" and "glacialis" being in my opinion untenable, I adopt that of Hutchinsii, proposed by Richardson. I have no doubt of the validity of the species. This species is now introduced into the Fauna of the United States through a specimen killed in Washington co., New York, and presented to the Smith- sonian Institution by Mr. Peter Reid. It was killed in midwinter, while feed- ing on a dead sheep. Other specimens were collected by Mr. Stimpson in Behring's Straits, while connected with the North Pacific Expedition under Capt. Rodgers, U. S. N. b. Color above very light pearl blue. Primaries like the back, fading insensibly into white at some distance from the tips. 2. Larus glaucus Briinnich. Larus glaucus, Brunn. 1764 et auct. Laroides glauc. Bruch, 1855. Leucus glauc. Bp. 1856. Plantus glauc. Reich. 1853. Larus consul, Boil, 1822. Glaucus cons. Bruch, 1853. Larus islandicus, Edmonston, 1822, nee Edm. 1823. Larus glacialis, Macgill. 1824; (nee Benick.) Larus leuceretes, Schlelp. L. leucopterus, Vieill. L. giganteus, Benick. fide Bp. Sp. char. — Length 29 inches ; extent 62 ; wing 18-5. Bill above 2-75, along gape 3-75 ; height at nostril -80, at angle -85. Tarsus 3"00 ; middle toe and claw 2*75. (Dimensions sufficient to separate it from leucopterus, the only other N. A. species in this group, (6.) Hal>. — Arctic seas, coming southward in winter. Labrador in summer. ',*>. Larus leucopterus Faber. L. argentatus, Sub. 1818 ; nee Briinu., nee auct. L. argentatus, var. Temm. L. arcticus, Macgill. ; (nee Leucus arct. "Macg." Bp. 1856.) Larva leucopterus, Faber; (nee Vieill., qui L. glaucus, Briinn.) Laroides leucop. Bruch, 1855. Glaucus leucop. Bruch, 1853. Leucus leucop. Bp. 1856. Plantus leucop. Reich. Larus isla>idicus, Edmonst. 1823, nee 1822. Larus glaucoidcs, Temm. 1840. Laroides glaucoides et leucop- terus, Brehm, fide Bp. [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295 Sp. char. — Length 24 inches, wing 16*75. Bill above 1*80, rectus 2-80, depth at angle *65. Tarsus and middle toe and claw 2-26. Hah. — "Arctic seas; Baffin's Bay ; Labrador." (Lawr.) c. Color above pearl blue. Primaries about the color of the back to the very tips, which have well-defined, rounded, white apical spots. 4. Lakus glaucescens Lichtenstein. Larus glaucescens, Licht. Laroides glauc. Bruch, 1855 ; (nee Glaucus glaucescens, Bruch, 1853, qui Larus chalcopterus.) Leucus glaucescens, Bp. 1S56. Larus glaucopterus, Kittlitz, fide Bruch. Glaucus glaucop- terus, Bruch, 1853. Sp. char. — Bill long and rather weak, the upper mandible projecting con- siderably beyond the lower, the convexity of the culmen comparatively slight. Angle pretty well defined, the outline between it and the tip about straight. Adult: Mantle pearl blue, much the same shade as in argentalus. Primaries slightly deeper than the back, all with rounded, well-defined apical spots of white. First, Base not appreciably lighter than the body of the feather, with a well-defined white spot on both webs, near the end, separated from the white apex by a transverse band of the color of the body of the feathers ; second, third and fourth, basal portions notably lighter than the terminal, fading into pure white at their junction with the latter, without spots except the apical ones ; fifth, sixth, basal portions the color of the back, fading into white near the end, separated from the white apices by a band (narrowest on the sixth) of the color of the outer primaries. Young of the year. — Bill black. Everywhere deep grayish, somewhat mot- tled with whitish, the feathers of the back, wings and upper tail coverts edged, tipped and crossed by more or less regular transverse bars of grayish white. Length about 27 inches, wing 16"75. Bill above 2'25, gape 3-25, height at angle -70 ; tarsus 2-60, middle toe and claw 2-50. Habitat. — Pacific coast of North America. One of the later discoveries, and a very distinct and well-marked species. 5. Lakus chalcopterus Licht. Glaucus glaucescens, ("Licht."), Bruch, 1853; (nee Laroides glaucescens, (Licht.) Bruch, 1855. Laroides chalcopterus, Bruch, 1S55. Leucus chalcopterus, Bp. 1856. Larus chalcopterus, Lawr. 1858. Sp. char. — Adult: "Entirely similar to leucopterus, except in the primaries, which are ashy gray, with rounded white apical spots." Young : "Dark gray, as in glaucopterus," (of Kittlitz =< glaucescens, Licht.) Habitat. — " American coast of Behring's Straits, and Greenland." A species I have never seen. The diagnosis is copied from Bruch's Mono- graph. This author, in saying that the primaries of the bird are " ashy gray, with rounded white apical spots," reduces the characters in this respect pre- cisely to those of glaucescens, Licht. Then, the bird being "like leucopterus, except on the primaries, " must be separated from glaucescens — throwing out of consideration the primaries, acknowledged to be identical — by those points in which leucopterus differs, — viz.: smaller size, somewhat differently shaped bill, and lighter mantle. In a word, chalcopterus is a leucopterus with the wings of glaucescens. If the characters given are constant, the species is doubtless a valid one. If so, it is the smaller analogue of glaucescens, and bears the same relation to that species that leucopterus does to glaucus. Section B. — Dominicanus Bruch. Very large and powerful ; color above dark blackish slate ; primaries crossed with black near the end. 6. Larus marinus Linnaeus. Larus marinus, Linn. 1776. Dominicanus marinus, Bruch, 1853 et 1S35. 1862.] 296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Laras neevius, Gmel. 1788 (juv.) Larus maculatus, Bodd. fide Bp. ; (nee Briimi.) Larus maximus,' Mulleri, et Fabricii, Brehrn, secundum Bp. Sp. char. — First primary with a large white space at the tip, 2\ inches long. Young: Fully as large as the adult; the bill as large, but the angle less de- veloped, entirely black. Upper parts dusky chocolate brown, everywhere mottled with whitish and light rufous, (the latter on the back and wings,) the feathers being tipped and the wing coverts deeply indented with this color. Under parts mottled with white, or rufous white and dusky, the throat mostly immaculate. Primaries and tail deep brownish black, the former at the ex- treme apex tipped, and the latter tipped, subterminally barred, and with the outer feather mottled with whitish. Length 30 inches, extent "65, wing 18-50. Habitat.— North Atlantic, coming south in winter. Florida (Aud.) A full description of the adult appeared unnecessary. That of the young was drawn up from a specimen taken from its nest while in the downy state, and reared by the writer until full grown. Section C— Laroides Brehm. (Larus, Kaup ; Glaucus, p. Bruch, 1853.) Mantle lighter than in B, darker than in A. Primaries crossed with black near the ends. a. Large ; bill robust ; angle prominent. "Herring-gulls." I. A rounded, white subapical spot on the first primary. Legs flesh-colored 7. Larus occidentals Audubon. Larus occidentalis, Aud. Glaucus occicl. Bruch, 1853. L*aroides occid. Bruch, 1855. Sp. char. — Bill large, robust, very stout and deep, the culmen very convex at the end, the angle strongly developed, making the under outline doubly concave. Adult : Mantle dark bluish ash, almost slate color, the tips of the secondaries and tertiaries white, the line of demarcation distinct. Primaries : first three black throughout their exposed portions, the outer white for some distance at the tip (1*75 inches), crossed near the end with an irregular black bar ; the shafts entirely black ; the second without a white spot but its tip and the tips of all the others white. The young of the year : Bill entirely black, rather shorter than in the adult, but at the same time with great com- parative depth at the angle. Everywhere a deep blackish brown, mottled with grayish white, the feathers of the upper parts edged and tipped with that color. Rump and upper tail coverts barred with whitish and dusky. Prima- ries and tail uniform deep blackish brown, with scarcely lighter tips, the former without tips. Length 24 inches, extent 55, wing 15-5. Bill above 2-30, along gape 3*10 ; height at nostril -75, width -40, height at angle "85. Tarsus 2-75. Habitat. — Pacific coast of North America. A very strongly-marked species. 8. Larcs Sjiithsonianus Coues. Larus argentatus, auctorum americ. L. argentatus ex America*. Sp. char. — Adult : Mantle typical " gull-blue ;" much lighter than in occi- dentalism lighter than in brachyrhynchus, much as in Delawarensis and glauces- > ns, darker than in glaucus or leucopterus. Bases of primaries a but slightly lighter shade of the blue of the back, not so light nor extending so far, (es- pecially on the first primary,) nor so broad at the end as in Calif ornicus ; on the first the light portion is very short, falling five or six inches short of the white spot, is not lighter at its juncture with the black, nor does it extend further on the central portion than on the edge of the feather; on the second, third and fourth the light bluish extends about the same distance (about four [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297 inches from the tip of the second), and runs further up along the centres of the feathers than on the edge ; on the seventh the black is a mere spot on one or both webs ; the bluish fades into pure white at its juncture with the black on all the feathers except the first. First primary with a subapical spot near the tip, small, rounded, not much more than an inch long, not longer on the outer vane than on the inner, sometimes wanting on the former. Second pri- mary without a white spot, or, if present, it is a mere point. Extreme tips of all the primaries white. Young of the year : Entirely a deep sooty brown, the throat, slightly streaked and the rump transversely barred with whitish, and the feathers of the upper parts edged with grayish or yellowish. Wings and tail entirely black ; bill black. Length 25 inches ; extent 58 ; wing 17'75 ; tarsus 2-50 to 2-60. Habitat. — Eastern and Western coasts of North America. Although it may seem a hazardous undertaking to separate the Herring- gulls of America and Europe, after they have been judged identical by so many authors of repute, I am compelled to do so from a conviction that the differences constantly observable in them are of specific value. Further on it will be attempted to show why they have been confounded. The comparison of the extensive series of the North American bird has been made with four perfect specimens of Larus argentatus from Europe, which, I have every reason to believe, represent typically the characters of that species. In both birds, the color of the mantle, the color of the bill, the relative pro- portions of the tarsus and toes, the black on the primaries, the small white apical spots, and their bluish bases do not differ appreciably. The tangible differences are the following: 1st. The whole bird is larger. The difference in the wing in some speci- mens amounts to nearly two inches, and in none is it less than half an inch. 2d. The bill is larger, longer and more robust. It is especially stouter at the base. The angle is larger, more prominent and bulging ; but at the same time it has not so pointed and well defined an apex. 3d. The legs and feet are longer and stouter, perhaps even more so than is proportional to the greater size of the bird. The entire difference in the length of the tarsus and middle toe amounts to but little less than half an inch. The preceding differences, though marked, I should not consider, iu the absence of other distinctive features, as of specific value. The following dis- crepancies I find it impossible not to regard as conclusive. 4th. In the European bird, when adult, the first primary has a white ter- minal space just about two inches long. (This is precisely as in cali/ornieus, the similarity being further heightened by the fact that in young birds there is a narrow transverse bar, which gradually resolves itself into two small spots or scollops, and finally disappears.) The second primary has a rounded white spot about three-fourths of an inch in diameter, invading both vanes, but divided into two by the black shaft. In the American bird the first primary has a rounded white spot (of much the same size and character as that on the second primary of the European bird) entirely distinct and sep- arated from the white apex, which is very small. The second primary has no white sub-terminal spot ; or if one is present (which is rarely the case in very old birds) it is exceedingly small. . Now it may be urged, that these differences have been noted, but disre- garded as of no value, the nature of the terminal markings on the wings of gulls being considered "notoriously inconstant." There is in the Smith- sonian collection perhaps the most extensive series of American Herring gulls ever brought together. In no single specimen of the series have I ever observed the slightest approach to the large white apical space on the first primary which exists in the European bird ; — constantly, so far as I have op- 1862.] 298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP portunities for judging. While the bird is undergoing the changes incident to its arriving at maturity, there are great and indeed endless variations in the precise character of the primaries. All, however, uniformly tend towards the same result ; and in fully adult birds these characters are constant. I find no material differences in the character of the extent of the bluish markings of the bases of the primaries. The above points would seem to be sufficient to establish the position as- sumed, but there is another argument of a different character which, in con- nection with the preceding, seems quite conclusive. The Herring Gulls of both continents differ from the Larus glaucus, leucopterus, etc., in being essentially southern birds. They go north to breed only, returning again as soon as the duties of incubation are concluded, and moreover, do not proceed very far north. The American bird, at least, is found but sparingly, if at all, north of Cape Chidleigh, on the coast of Labrador, and is more numerous somewhat farther south. The Larus glaucus, leucopterus, Pagophila eburnea, etc., are entirely boreal birds, inhabiting the regions about the arctic circle, coming south only when forced to do so by the severity of winter. In view of this fact, it would be improper to presume upon the specific distinction of the two birds, unless very strongly marked and "constant characters were found. Reasoning by analogy, it would be natural to suppose that two birds, separated by the breadth of the ocean, might very probably be distinct ; and discrepancies which in the case of truly boreal birds would be of little importance, might under other circumstances be of specific value.* In view of the above facts, I have not hesitated to separate the two birds. If the position assumed should be hereafter substantiated by more extended investigation, it will be interesting as bearing upon the law which regulates the identity or non-identity of birds of the two continents, which does not ap- pear to be as yet thoroughly understood. With regard to the previous comparisons which have been instituted be- tween the two birds, in which no differences have been discovered. It seems that this might have arisen in two ways. In the first place, authors who were impressed with the differences of the markings of the primary in the same species at different ages, might have considered these differences in the two species as equally accidental, and consequently entirely overlooked them, considering them as of no value whatever. The birds in other respects are so generally similar, that they might readily be thought identical. Again, when we are informed that absolutely no differences could be discovered, is it not very pro- bable that the European bird was compared with Northern white-tipped-pri- maried stype, the color of the legs not being apparent in dried skins ? For example : — this is certainly the case in the comparison made by Wm. Thomp- son, Esq. (See " Natural History of Ireland, Birds, vol. iii. page 367, copied from the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, for 1835, page 83.) The comparison is here made of "six mature specimens of the Herring- Gull of the north of Ireland " with the description given in the Fauna Boreali- Americana. As Richardson does not particularly mention the character of the bluish markings on the bases of the primaries, and gives the legs as flesh colored, there was no difficulty in referring the European specimens to the description. On account of the difference of size of the subterminal spot on the second primary of the two wings of the same individual, the author in- fers that "this markiner is so inconstant that it should not be relied on as a character." Both spots, however, were present ; and I have noticed the same difference in the two wings of californicu*, and even the presence of a minute white dot on the second primary of one wing of L. Smithtonianus, and its ab- sence from that of the other, without considering it as in the least invalidat- ' It is due to Prof. Baird to acknowledge that the theory is not original with myself. [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299 iag the claims of these markings to be considered as of value. The radical difference still exists. But if then the terminal marking of the primaries of californicus are like those of the European argentatus, and the two species are nearly identical in size and general robustness, what are the differences between these two species ? Briefly as follows : The European argentatus, though less robust than the apicalis, does not exhibit that decided approach to the " new gull " type indicated in the californicus by its greenish legs. Though the terminal markings of the primaries are quite identical, the character of the bluish bases differ decidedly. In californicus this color is very light, so much so as to be almost white. It runs up further on the primaries (especially on the first), and with a different pattern, its edge being nearly parallel with the shaft for the greater part of its length, and then turning off suddenly at an angle to the edge. It runs up nearly as far on the edge of the feather as in the middle. Now in the European argentatus (and also in Smithsonianus,) this color is but little lighter than the mantle ; runs an oblique course to the edge of the feather ; and goes further up centrally than at the edge of the inner vane, where the terminal blackish descends for a little distance as a narrow margin. Moreover, in californicus the line of demarcation of the two colors is very distinct and decided, while in argentatus, they are more blended at their union. In discussing this point, the habitat of the californicus should not be lost sight of. With regard to the name by which this species is to be designated : — So far as I have been able to ascertain, the species has never been desig- nated by any other name than that of L. argentatus by American authors, it having been always considered by them as identical with the European species of Briinnich. The Laroides americanus, Brehm, might perhaps be considered to refer to this species. It is, however, evidently quite a different bird. The brief diagnosis of Brehm is as follows : " Unterscheidet sich von Laroides argenta- toides Brehm durch den etwas kleinern Schnabel und der noch weiter hirsten erhuhten scheitel. " Now the Laroides argentatoides of Brehm is said by that author, "vor alien vorhergehenden " — L. major, argentatus and argenteus — "an ihrem kleinen Schnabel und iiusserst hohen scheitel zu erkennen." Thus, the L. americanus of Brehm is a bird with a much smaller bill even than L. argentatoides of that author, and therefore cannot possibly be the species now under consideration, which has a larger bill than argentatus, Briinnich. I regard it as not at all impossible that Brehm should have based his species {americanus) on a small specimen of L. californicus, but his diag- nosis is so brief and unsatisfactory that I do not see how the identity of the two names is to be proved positively. The Laroides argentatoides, Brehm, is given by Bonaparte and some other authors as the " Larus argentatus ex America," which would make it the bird now under consideration. Brehm's description, however, gives no tangible points of difference, and the measurements indicate a bird rather smaller in- stead of larger than the argentatus, Briinn. The distinctive characters from argentatus are summed up as lying in the smaller size, smaller bill and higher forehead ; — features quite at variance with those presented by the species now under consideration. Moreover, the expression " sie ist nordlichate unter alien silbermoven," proves decisively the non-identity of the two. I have been unable to find any other name which could by any possibility be referred to this species. There is, in the collection of the United States Exploring Expedition, (Vin- cennes and Peacock,) a Gull labelled as having been obtained in Oregon. The specimen presents the characters of the present species typically, agreeing perfectly with eastern skins. This locality I was at first disposed to consider as erroneous, but very recently specimens received from J. Hepburn, Esq., of 1862.] 300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF San Francisco, collected in that immediate vicinity, would seem to demon- strate the existence of the species on the Pacific as well as on the Atlantic coast. The specimens I have compared critically with an eastern series, and have been unable to detect the slightest difference. They appear to be abso- lutely identical. A circumstance that would seem to confirm the belief that the present species does extend quite across the continent is the fact that there are undoubted specimens in the collections of Messrs. Kennicott and Ross from localities whose general avi-fauna is rather of a western than of an eastern type. Should the existence of this bird on the Pacific slope be satis- factorily demonstrated, its habitat may properly be given as the "Continent of North America." I beg leave to dedicate this species to that Institution whose material for the illustration of North American ornithology, unequalled in richness and extent, has so greatly increased our knowledge in this department of Natural History. And the name seems not inappropriate, for, as there is scarcely a lake or river in North America which does not furnish sustenance to this Gull at some period of its extensive migrations, so there is hardly a locality, how- ever remote or inaccessible, which has not yielded its varied productions to the Smithsonian Institution, until its collections afford every facility for the study of the Natural History of our Continent. II. A large white apical space on first primary in adult birds. Legs dusky olivaceous, the webs bright chrome. 9. Larus Califoknicus Lawrence. L. argentatoides, Bp. 1828 et Richardson, 1831; nee Brehm. L. Cali- fornicus, Lawr. 1854 et 1858. Laroides Calif. Bp. 1856. Sp. char. — Bill moderately stout and strong, the angle well developed ; varying considerably in size, larger than in Delawarensis, sometimes nearly equalling argentatus. Tarsus equal to or slightly longer than the middle toe and claw. Adult : Bill chrome yellow, tinge with greenish, a vermillion spot on the lower mandible at angle ; a black spot just above it, forming with another small black spot, sometimes present on the upper mandible, an im- perfect band. Legs olivaceous greenish or yellowish, the webs chrome. Mantle pearl blue, much as in brachyrkynchus, lighter than in canus (Linn.), perhaps a little darker than in argentatus. Primaries: bases of all light bluish white, almost white internally, especially on the outer ; and of great extent en all the prima- ries ; first with a white space at the end about two inches long, the shaft white along the white portion of the feather ; second with a white spot near the end. on the whole of the inner and most of the outer web, divided by the black shaft ; tips of all white ; black forming merely a narrow subterminal band on the sixth. Tips of inner primaries, of the secondaries and tertials, white. Di- mensions, (average, for they vary greatly) wing 15-50 ; bill nearly 2-00 ; tar- sus 2-30. Female smaller. Habitat. — California ; Pacific coast ; Arctic America, internally ; breeds about Great Slave Lake. The following is the argument in favor of the synonymy adduced : In the first place, argentatoides of Bonaparte's Synopsis (1^28), and of Rich- ardson (1831), are the same bird, since the latter quotes the former as au- thority for the name, and the diagnosis and descriptions of the two agree perfectly. Now, in the collection there are numerous specimens of the fully adult bird from Arctic America, from localities not far distant from those where Richardson's specimens were procured. These specimens agree pre- cisely with Richardson's descriptions of argentatoides,* and correspond very * If it be objected that the expression " six outer quills crossed by a brownish black bar, which t.ikes in nearly the whole of the first one'' is not correct, I refer to several other descriptions of Richardson, (his canus and others,) where it is evident that he does [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301 nearly with the measurements.* I think, then, that there can he no reason- ahle douht of the propriety of referring the large northern specimens to the argentatoides of Richardson and Bonaparte. These same specimens were, immediately upon their reception, referred unhesitatingly to Californicus of Lawrence, by both Prof. Baird and myself. We have critically examined them, and find it impossible to distinguish them from undoubted specimens of Californicus. The size is somewhat greater ; but not more so than would be expected from the much more northern habitat of the specimens examined ; and, more- over, the numerous specimens differ among themselves to a remarkable de- gree, the smallest of the northern ones not exceeding the largest of the southern. Thus, though a large northern bird and a small southern differ so much that it would seem quite reasonable to separate them, there are found intermediates of every grade of dimensions. The upper parts of the northern bird are, perhaps, a shade lighter than are California specimens ; but other- wise, we cannot appreciate the slightest distinctive characters. Now, it is not improbable that there should be in America two species of white-tipped pri- niaried Gulls, the one from Arctic (and Eastern ?t) America and the other from the Pacific, differing from each other, on an average, in size ; hut in the absence of tangible characters, I do not venture to separate the two. I there- fore, at present, quote " Larus argentatoides, Bp. et Rich, nee Brehm" as synonymous with " Californicus, Lawr.," leaving it to future investigation to settle the point definitely. The only discrepancy to be reconciled in the description of Richardson, is the statement "legs flesh-colored " The legs of Californicus are of a dusky olivaceous greenish or yellowish, their interdigital membranes bright chrome yellow, with a slight tinge of green. In this respect, as well as in a general less powerful and robust organization, weaker bill, &c, it shows an evident ap- proach to the "Mew Gulls" (Delawarensis, canus, &c), and apparently forms the connecting-link between the powerful Herring- Gulls, with their robust bills and flesh-colored legs, and the group of which canus is the type. J But Mr. Lawrence himself, in his description given in the General Report, says also "legs flesh-colored," though the color is given correctly in the Ann. N. Y. Lye. N. H. The descriptions of both these authors were most probably drawn up from the dried skins, in which, as attested by a large series before me, the legs appear of a dingy undefinable color, which might readily be sup- posed to be the change produced in drying of the flesh color. My authority for the statement as to the color of the legs, is the labels attached to the specimens, containing the color of bills, eyes, legs, &c, taken from the recent bird before skinning. The type of Californicus has been kindly furnished by Mr. Lawrence for examination. It is moulting, and some of the primaries are not fully grown out. The white apical space on the first primary is interrupted by a narrow transverse bar of black. Another specimen before me is in precisely the same condition. In other skins of the series the black bar is resolved into not take into special consideration the character of the extent of the bluish white bases t>f the quills; and since the black nearly occupies the whole of the outer web of the first, he would not have particularly noticed the extent to which the bluish white runs up on the inner vane. * I am inclined to think that Richardson drew up his measurements and descriptions from the largest as well as the most perfect specimens, since, in several instances, the measurements seem above the average, though not exceeding the dimensions of large individuals. t Bonaparte (Syn., 1828, 360) says his argentatoides is " common near New York and Philadelphia." t This fact is also an argument for the impropriety of separating the two groups gene rically, as has been done by some authors. 1862.] 302 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF two little spots, then into a slight indentation at the edge of the feather, which finally disappears altogether, leaving the apex of the first primary purely and uninterruptedly white for nearly two inches. Independently of the difference in size, character of bill and color of legs, the present species may readily be distinguished from the American Herring- Gull by the different markings of the primaries, (compare descriptions.) If it be an error to refer the argentatoides of Richardson to the Calif amicus, or, in other words, if there be a true Herring-Gull in the north with flesh- colored legs, I do not know by what characters it could be separated from the true European argentatus. (See comparison of Cal if arnicas and argentatus. under head of L. Smithsonianus.) The name argentatoides of Bonaparte and Richardson is of course of prior date to Californicus of Lawrence. The latter name, however, obtains, of Brehm's having first applied the name argentatoides to a variety, perhaps only accidental, of the European argentatus, of which it necessarily becomes a synonym. Brehm's description of his argentatoides applies pretty well to Californicus, but it is evident that it cannot refer to the latter, for he says of it, that "brutet an der scheve dischen, Norwegischeu und Danischen kaste, " — a statement entirely at variance with all that is at present known of the geo- graphical distribution of Californicus. Bonaparte, in his conspectus (1856), under head of L. argentatoides, (re- ferring to his Synopsis of 1828,) gives, among other characters, the smaller size, the tarsus only two inches, " remi gibus nigris, apice, primes latissimo, albis." This is precisely the character of Californicus. The tarsus of L. Smith- sonianus is nearly or quite two and a half inches long ; that of L. argentatus: about two and a quarter ; while that of Californicus is just about two inches. b. Smaller ; bill less robust ; angle less prominent ; legs dusky bluish green. "Mew-Gulls." (Including L. canus, the type of Linnaeus Larus.) 10. Larus Delawaeensis Ord. Larus Delaioarensis, Ord, 1815 ; Lawr. 1858, (excl. synon. aliq.) L. canus, Bonap. Syn. 1828; (nee Linn.; nee Richards.; nee Nutt.) L. zone- rhynchus, Richardson, 1831; Aud. 1842 (excl. synon.), Bp. 1856 (excl. synon.) Glaucus zonorh. Bruch, 1853. Gavina zonorh. 1855. Sp. char. — Bill encircled with black near the end. Tarsus a fourth longer than the middle toe. Mantle light pearl blue. Spot on the outer primaries small, not larger on the outer than on the inner web. In winter the head and neck spotted (not streaked nor nebulated) with dusky. Length 19-75 inches ; extent 48-50 ; wing 14-75. Bill above 1*70 ; gape 2*30 ; tarsus 2-05 : toe 1-80. Habitat. —North America, generally. Puget's Sound. All along the Atlantic coast. Texas and interior. It is necessary to exclude the synonyms of many of the authors adduced, since most of them quote canus and brachyrhynchus of Richardson as the young. (See next species.) 11. Laeus beachyehynchus Richardson. ?Larus niveus, Pall. 1811. Larus canus, Richardson, 1831, ad (nee Bp. Syn. 1828; nee Linn, et auct.), Nuttall, 1834. Larus brachyrhynchus, Richardson, 1831, juv. Larus Suckleyi, Lawrence, 1858. Rissa (.') sep- tentrionalis, Lawrence, 1858. Sp. char. — Bill small, somewhat stout for its length, much shorter than the head or tarsus. Upper mandible straight to the end of the nostrils, moderately convex to the tip, rather more so than in canus. Angle comparatively more developed than in canus, the lower outline considerably concave posterior to [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303 it, somewhat so before it. Commissure about straight to near the tip. Tarsus about equal to middle toe and claw. Adult : Bill bluish green, its terminal third bright yellow. Legs and feet dusky bluish green, the webs yellowish. Mantle light grayish blue, or dark pearl blue ; a shade lighter than in canus, much darker than in Delaioarensis. Primaries : The bluish gray bases rather lighter than in canus, much darker than in Delawarensis, but fading into nearly pure white on all but the first, at its juncture with the black portion. These bluish gray bases extend towards the end much further than in canus, as far as in Delawarensis ; and, as in that species, extend on the second, third and fourth feather further along the centre of the feather than on the edges, so that they are bordered for some distance with the black of the terminal por- tions. The black takes in the outer web of the first primary, and nearly the whole of the inner, but rapidly becomes narrower, till on the sixth it is merely a subterminal transverse bar ; the seventh has frequently a spot of black on one or both webs ; first, with a large white spot near the end, two inches long, longer ou the outer than on the inner web, not divided by the black shaft ; the tip of the feather black ; second, with a similar spot, but smaller, not longer on the outer than on the inner web, and divided by the black shaft ; the extreme tip white, as are the apices of all the others except the first. Dimensions: Length 17'50; extent 40-00 ; wing 13*75. Bill above 1-40; along gape 2*00 ; height at nostril and at angle *35 ; tarsus and middle toe and claw 1-80. Habitat. — Interior of Arctic America. North Pacific Coast. I have before me the type specimen of Richardson's Larus brachyrhynchus, the original of this description in the Fauna Boreali-Americana, " a female, killed on the 23d of May, 1826, at Great Bear Lake." "Some brown markings on the tertiaries, primary coverts, and bastard wing, with an imperfect subter- minal baron the tail, point it out as a young bird, most probably just com- mencing its second spring. The rest of its plumage corresponds with that of L. zonorhynchus, except that it wants the extreme white tips of the quill feathers." The specimen is labelled " $, May 23, 1826, Great Bear Lake," and corresponds minutely with the above description. Richardson, however, in drawing up the description from the young bird, fell into the error of giving •' remigibus apice concoloribus,,, whereas, in the adults, the primaries are as broadly tipped with white as in Delawarensis or canus. In the type the bill is very short, perhaps less than in the average of even young birds ; but there are specimens before me in which it is quite as short. A very careful comparison of the types of Larus Sucldeyi and Rissa septen- trionalis with the above specimen, and with the very extensive series of all ages in the collection, shows them to be absolutely identical, and proves that the three names refer to one and the same species. The rather intricate discussion of the relationships of Larus niveus, Pallas, is presented elsewhere. The amount of the other synonyms may be stated in a word. There are in North America two species of "Mew-Gulls." One is the Delawarensis, Ord., zonorkynchus, Richd. The other is a bird, the adult of which Richardson mistook for the European canus, Linn, and so named it. the young of which he characterized as L. brachyrhynchus. The error of authors is in not recognizing two species, but considering canus, Rich., and brachyrhynchus, Rich., as intermediate ages, or varieties of zonorhynchus, Rich. As the name of canus is pre-occupied, brachyrhynchus, though based upon the young bird, must stand for the North American species. Comparison of L. canus, Linn., of Europe, and L. brachyrhynchus, Rich., of America. — Common characters : Small weak bills, without strongly developed angle, or black band ; color of back nearly the same, subterminal and apical spots of primaries identical. Distinctive characters : brachyrhynchus has the bill shorter and smaller, culmen more convex at the end, the angle perhaps comparatively more developed. Size is less, gull blue, a little 1862.] o04 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP lighter. Bases of primaries very different, the blue is much lighter, fades into nearly white at its juncture with the black; extends for a greater dis- tance, and runs up further in the centre than along the edges of the inner vane ; tarsus about equal to the middle toe and claw, while in canus the tarsus is a fourth longer, as in Delawarensis. The collections of Messrs. Kennicott and Ross would seem to indicate that this gull is extremely abundant in the interior of Arctic America. Genus II. Blasipus Bonaparte. Blasijms, Bp., 1852, fide Lawr. Bp., 1856, type Larus Heermani, Cass. Adelarus, Bruch, 1853. Id., 1855, p. 12. Blasipps Heermani, Bon. ex Cass. ? Larus Belcheri, Vig., 1829. ? Lencophacus Belcheri, Bp., 1856; I nee 11 Adelarus Belcheri, Vig. ; fuliginosus Gould " Bruch, 1853 et 1855). Larus Heermani , Cass., 1852. Blasipus Heerm., Bp.. 1856; Lawr., 1858. Adelarus Heeim. Bruch, 1853^ et 1855, excl. synon. Sp. Char. — Bill bright Vermillion, black from angle to tip. Head all round white, gradually merging on the neck to a plumbeous ash, which extends over the whole under parts (considerably lighter on the abdomen and under tail coverts,) and also on the rump, but which on the back and wings deepens into a plumbeous slate color. Tips of secondaries and tertials broadly white. Primaries black, the tips of all but the three outer ones white. Tail black, narrowly tipped with white. "Length about 17*50 inches; wings 13-50 : tail 5-50." Habitat. — Pacific Coast of North America; Puget's Sound; California; Mazatlan, Mex. Genus III. Rissa Leach. Larus, Linnseus, 1758, (nee 1744, nee 1735, fide Gray.) Gavia, Boie, 1822, (nee Moehr. 1752.) Rissa, Leach, 1825, (typus Larus rixsa, Brunn.) Cheimonea, Kaup, 1829, (typus idem.) Putocondora Reichenbach, fide Bp. 13. Rissa tridactyla Bon. ex Linn. Larus rissa Briinn, 1764. L.tridaetyhiset rissa, Linn. 1766. L.turquatus, L. gavia, et L. canus, Pall., 1811. Rissa Briinnichii, Leach, 1825. R. cinerea, Eyton. R. tridactyla, Bon., 1838, etauct. Gavia tridactyla, Boie, 1822. Cheimonea tridactyla, Kaup, 1829. Sp. Char. — Bill rather longer than the tarsus, nearly equal to the middle toe without the claw, stout at the base, tapering somewhat towards the tip, which is rather acute and attenuated. Convexity of culmen regular and gradual. Angle at symphysis very moderately developed. Color of bill light yellow, clouded with olivaceous. Head and neck all round, under parts and tail pure white. Mantle rather dark bluish or cinereous gray, the tertiaries and secondaries of the same color nearly to their tips, which are white. Primaries : the first very light bluish white, without white apex, its outer web and its inner web for about two inches from the tip black ; second like the first, but without the black outer web, its tip being black for nearly the same distance as the first, its apex with a minute white spot ; on the third and fourth the black tips grow shorter, while the apices are more broadly white ; this lessening of the black on each feather is exactly proportional to the shortening of the successive quills, causing the bases of all the black tips to be in the same straight line. A subapical black spot is usually pres- ent on one or both webs, but is sometimes absent. Legs and feet dusky olive. Young : Bill black. An anteocular lunula, and a postocular spot, dusky [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OE PHILADELPHIA. 305 slate. A broad transverse bar across the neck behind, the whole of the lesser and median wing coverts, the bastard quills, the tertiaries, except at their edges, and a terminal bar on the tail, black. The four outer primaries with their outer webs, outer half of inner webs, and tips for some distance black, the rest of the feather pearly white. Tips only of the fifth and sixth black, their extreme apices with a white speck. Dimensions : Wing 12-25. Bill above 1-40 to 1-50, height at base *59, at angle "40 ; tarsus 1'30 middle toe, and claw 1-80. Habitat. — Arctic regions of both hemispheres, coming south in winter. A specimen has the circumrostral space as far back as the eyes a light brownish ashy, in marked contrast to the adjoining white. The bill is stouter than usual, and of a bright chrome. A comparison of this species with the succeeding will be found under the head of the latter. 14. Rissa KoTZEr.ui Bon. ?R. brachyrhyncha, Bruch, 1553, nee Larus brachyrh. Gould. R. nivea Bruch, 1855, excl. synon. R. Kotzebui, Bp., 1856. R- brevirostris, "Brandt," Lawrence, partim, sed nee Brandt, quae potius species sequens. Sp. Char. — Nearly adult. Bill rather long, and somewhat tapering towards the tip, which is attenuated and decurved ; stout at the base, where it is much deeper than at the angle ; culmen about straight to the nostrils, the con- vexity beyond them to the tip very gradual and rather slight ; gonys doubly slightly concave, the angle but little developed, so as to hardly touch a chord drawn from the tip of the lower mandible to the base; but its apex acute. Bill light yellow, slightly tinged with olivaceous, its tip somewhat clouded with dusky. The specimen described, as being not fully mature, has a post- ocular spot, and the nape plumbeous gray, which color on the back of the neck fades into the pure white which intervenes between it and the mantle. Mantle gray-blue, with a leaden tinge, b^t several shades lighter than in brachyrhyttchus. This color extends nearly to the tips of the tertiaries, but hardly at all invades the secondaries, which are pearly white for nearly the whole length. Primaries : The shafts of all black, deepest on the outer ones ; the first blackish-brown, its inner web dull white at the base, this white nar- rowing as it ascends till it is lost an inch or two from the tip of the feather ; there is no distinct line of demarcation between the two colors; second the color of the first, but the white broader, better defined, and ending abruptly one and a half inches from the tip ; third and fourth with the white still wider defined, and running up rather further on the feather ; fifth bluish white, with a. brownish black tip, half an inch long and a central field of dusky along the shaft ; other primaries a lighter shade of the color of the back, fading into white on the edges, without any black. An imperfect subterminal bar on the tail, and dusky tips along the median wing coverts, show the specimen to be immature. Tarsus shorter than the middle toe without the claw ; the hind toe better formed than in R. tric/actyla. Legs and feet dusky-olivaceus. (No. 21,287, S. I. Coll., from Semiavine Straits.) Another specimen (No. 15,693, from the N. W. coast of America) differs in the following particulars : The bill, though stout at the base, is more tapering and attenuated at the tip, which is more decurved ; and the convexity of the culmen is more gradual, giving a somewhat different shape. The back is a rather darker shade of leaden. gray, approximating to B. brachyrhyncha. The white of the inner vanes of the outer primaries is broader, purer and more sharply defined. It agrees pre- cisely in other particulars, the hind toe having the same developement. Dimen- sions (of No. 21,287) : Bill along culmen 1-50 inches ; from apex of angle to. 1862.] 21 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF tip of lower mandible *48 ; from nostrils to tip of upper mandible ,V2 ; depth at base *55, at angle *42 ; width at base -33. Wing just 12 inches ; tarsus 1-35 ; toe and claw l-90. Of No. 15,695, the same parts measure respectively, l-68, •56, -90, -54, '40, "40 ; wing, tarsus and toe about the same. Habitat. — Northwest coast of America. This species differs from the R. tridactyla chiefly in the shape of the bill and in the greater developement of the hind toe. Its habitat is also quite different, and I have not the slightest doubt of the propriety of separating that species. From the R. brachyrhyncha, Gould, of which I have before me typical speci- mens, fully mature and in excellent preservation, it is totally distinct, the characters differing in almost every respect. The size, shape and color ol the bill, the color of the mantle, the color of the feet and the markings of the primaries are widely diverse in the two birds. It is unnecessary here to specify these differences, as they may be seen by comparing the description? given. While the characters of the species are thus so very distinct and well marked, its synonymy is in a state of confusion only equalled, perhaps, by that of the succeeding species ; and the proper name to be applied to it is a matter of great uncertainty. The history of its synonyms is so intimately blended with that of Rissa brachyrhyncha , that the two may be most conve- niently discussed together. The reasons for the adoption of the name which I chose for this species may, however, be given here. The essential charac- ter of Bonaparte's R. Kotzebui is " simillima praacedenti;" R. tridactyla, "sed halluce magis ex plicato. " The character of the hind toe is precisely the dis- tinctive feature of the specimen now under consideration. Still there are some discrepancies in Bonaparte's description. The wings of the young birds before me are not " black internally ;" the bill is not " very black," nor is the back " remarkably variegated with black and white." Still, in a more immature state of plumage than that exhibited by the specimens before me, these cha- racters may exist ; and therefore, in spite of these discrepancies, I think it advisable to adopt the name, especially as the imposition of a new one, other- wise unavoidable, is thereby obviated. It is well known that at certain ages the R. tridactyla assumes exactly the state of plumage described by Bonaparte: and reasoning by analogy, in view of the close relationship of the two, it might be expected that the same should occur in the present species. 15. Rissa brachyrhyncha (Gould.) Larus brachyrhynchus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1843. Rissa nivca, Gr. secundum Bp. ; (nee L. niveus, Pall. Ris*a brevirosiris, Brandt, secundum Bp. Rissa nivea, •' Bruch," Lawrence, (1858,) Gen. Rep. 855 ; sed nee Bra- chii, qua? species pra?cedens. Descriptio Gouldii ipsius transcripta est. Sp. char. — Adult : Bill a uniform clear light straw yellow, without any oliva- ceous tinge ; very short, stout, wide at the base, upper mandible much curved, though not acute nor attenuated ; the convexity of the culmen very great, especially towards the tip, it being, from the nostrils to the tip, almost the arc of a circle, whose centre is the apex of the angle at tbe symphysis ; gonys but very slightly doubly concave, its angle but little developed. Tarsus not much more than two-thirds the middle toe and claw. Wings exceedingly long, reaching much beyond the tail. Head and neck all round, under parts and tail pure white. Mantle deep leaden gray, much darker than in the pre- ceding ; and this color extending to within half an inch of the tips of the secondaries and tertials, which are white. Primaries : First primary with its shaft and outer vane black, its inner vane with a space of dull gray (not white), which, at the base, takes in nearly all the vane, but gradually nar- rows, and, at about two and a half inches from the tip, ends by a well-defined rounded termination about half as broad as the vane itself; second, the outer vane is of the same leaden gray lo within four inches of the tip ; the inner NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307 vane wholly of a lighter shade of the same color to within three inches ; this gray ends very abruptly, being almost truncated, as it were ; third, like the second, but the gray extends further (nearly as far on the outer as on the inner web), to within about two inches of the tip, which has a minute gray apical spot ; fourth, wholly leaden gray to within one and a half inches of the tip, which has a larger apical spot than the second ; fifth, the leaden gray body of the feathers is separated from the well-defined and now white apex by a band of black, less than an inch long ; and the gray begins to be edged internally with white ; sixth, gray, fading into white at the tip and internal border, with a small subapical spot of black on one or both webs ; other pri- maries like the sixth, without any black. This "gray" of the primaries is precisely the color of the mantle. Legs and feet in the dried specimen light straw yellow ; probably tinged with coral red in life. Claws black. Dimen- sions : Bill along culmen 1-19 inches ; depth at base -50; width "42; depth at angle same ; nostril to tip -60. Wing 13-00 ; tarsus 1*25 ; middle toe and claw 1-95. (No. 24,296, S. I. Coll. from Kamtschatka.) Habitat. — Kamtschatka. This is a very strongly-marked species, and one which it is impossible to confound with any other. The fine specimens before me agree in the minutest particulars with Gould's description. Its peculiar characters of the shape of the bill, its color and that of the feet, with the dark mantle and the peculiar style of the markings of the primaries, separate it widely from any other Gull with which I am acquainted. Having never seen the young bird, I am totally unacquainted with the changes of plumage which the species undergoes. Having thus characterized the two species of Rissa from the Northwest coast, I proceed to the difficult task of discussing their intricate synonyms. While it is believed that the characters of the species are accurately given, the hope is scarcely indulged that the synonyms are more correctly assigned than they have hitherto been by previous authors. Concerning the proper location of no name has there been a greater dif- ference of opinion among authors than of Larue niveus of Pallas ? Many writers consider it a Ilissa, and refer it to the R. hrachyrhync/n of Gould. Bonaparte considers it a true Larus, and makes it a distinct species. I am decidedly of opinion that it is a true Lams, and very closely allied to, if, indeed, not identical with, the Larus brachyrhytickus, Richardson, of this paper. Let us examine the characters given by Pallas. " Rostrum virescente-flavum." There is no trace of greenish in the bill of Rissa brachyrhyncha , which is a clear straw yellow. " Pedes fusci." The feet of Rissa brachyrhyncha are yellow, with a tinge of coral red. With his known accuracy of description, I'allas could hardly have made such a mistake as this ; and hence, I do not see why Bruch has identi- fied the bird with Rissa brachyrhyncha. In Pallas' description thus far, there is nothing absolutely inconsistent with the characters of C. Kotzebui of this pa- per. The description continues, however, "apice alaeruinuigro prseeedenti simil- limus." The preceding species is L. cachinnans, Pall., the description of the primaries of which is, " remiges 1 ad t> extremitate nigrse, extimse sensim nlte- rius ; dua? extimse macula transversa albaet apice, 3 ad (5 tantum apice albse." This is the usual pattern of coloration of the primaries of Herring-Gulls, and very different from that which obtains throughout the genus Rissa, being equally inapplicable to either species of the genus. It is true that the plate gives no indication of these subapical spots on the primaries; but in the case of conflict, the text should certainly have precedence. Is the bird, then, a Rissa ? If we examine Pallas' descriptions of his Larus rissa, L. toi-quatus, or L. gavia, we find that he is very careful to use the expressions " tridactylus" and " subtridactylus," and it seems hardly probable that the rudimental cha- racter of the hind toe would have passed unnoticed. The plate shows the hind toe and claw as fully formed as many species of Larus, and there is no expression in the text contradicting it. While I am thus of opinion that the 18(3'2.] 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF bird is n Larus. I by no means insist upon its reference to L. brachyrhynchus, Rich, although I have placed it as a synonym of that species, with a query, in consequence of my inability to discover any material discrepancies. The question appears really to hinge upon the identity or non-identity of Larus hrachyrhynchus with the Siberian type of L. canus, which is given by Midden- dorff as a variety {major) of canus, in view of its larger bill and some other peculiarities. I have little doubt of the propriety of referring L. niveus to this Siberian Mew-Gull. But, while I thus exclude Larus niveus of Pallas from the Rissa, the Rissa nivea of Bruch and other authors is to be examined. Bruch says of his R. nivea of 1855, that it has the hind toe better developed ; and it is of another species that he says "feet coral-red." While, therefore, he is in error in adducing R. brachyrhyncha, Gould, as a synonym, his species is to be referred (from its description) to the preceding species, — R. Kotztbui. I quote Ri'ssa nivea, Gr. and Rissa brevirostris, Brandt, as synonyms of the species, on the authority of Bonaparte. In the General Report on Birds, Mr. Lawrence gives, under the head of Rissa brevirostris, Brandt, a description taken from Bruch, which applies to the pre- ceding species in most particulars, but the expression, "feet coral-red," is only applicable to the present. Again, under head of Rissa nivea, Bruch, which has been shown above to be the Kotzebui, he copies Gould's description of R. brachyrhyncha. In other words, in his first species he has the synonymy of the present and mostly the description of the preceding species ; and his second, the description of the present species and mostly the synonymy of the preceding. Rissa septentrional is of Lawrence has been already adverted to. I am entirely ignorant of the characters and relationships of Larus citriros- tris, Schimper. By Bonaparte it is placed as a synonym of Rissa brachyrhyncha ; this author, perhaps, having overlooked the fact that he had already assigned it, a few pages previously, to L. niveus, Pallas. Judging, however, from Bruclrs description and plate, it must be quite distinct from the present spe- cies, as the bills differ widely in shape. . Bruch says that Bonaparte's L. lamt- schatchensis is an "undoubted synonym" of Larus citrirostris. Bonaparte himself places L. lanntschatchensis as a partial synonym of L. niveus, Pall. It is not impossible, after all, that L. niveus should be distinct from the Mew- Gulls (Larus canus major, Midd. and L. brachyrhynchus, Rich.) both of Siberia and America, and yet be no Rissa, but form a good species, with Larus Icamt- schatchensis, Bp. and L. citrirostris, Schimper, as synonyms. This is the opinion maintained by Bonaparte. In the preceding remarks I have endeavored to state the opinions of various writers and my own, as fairly as possible ; considering that in this manner truth is most likely to be attained. I do not profess to have settled so knotty a point satisfactorily, even to myself; and, accordingly, am prepared to adopt any modificatioNS of the views here expressed which future investigations may require. Genus IV. Paoopoila Kaup. Gavia, Boie, 1822; (nee Moehr. 1752.) Pagophila, Kaup, 1829, (typus Larus eburneus.) Cetosparactes, Macgill. 1842, (typus idem.) 16. Pagophila eburnea Kaup ex Gmel. Larus eburneus, Gmel. 1788. Gavia eburnea, Boie, 1822. Pagophila ebur- nea, Kaup, 1829; Lawr. 1858. Cetosparactes eburnea, Macgill. 1842. Larus candidus, Fabricius, 1780. Larus niveus, Mart, fide Bp. ; (nee Pall. 1811.) Sp. char. — Culmen straight to the nostrils, then regularly convex ; commis- sure gently curved to the tip, where it is greatly decurved ; gonys straight to [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 309 near the angle, which is well developed, the outline from angle to tip perfectly s^aight. Feathers extending between the rami nearly to the angle. Wings long and pointed, reaching beyond the tail ; primaries gradually attenuated to the tip. Adult: Entirely pure white, the shafts of the primaries straw yellow. Bill dusky greenish yellow at tip, and along the cutting edges. Legs ar.d feet black. Length 19-50 inches; wing 13-25; bill above 1»40, along gape 2-10, height at nostrils -45 ; tarsus about 1-45 (varying) ; middle toe and claw 1-75. Habitat. — Northern coasts of both continents. 17. Pacjopbila brachytarsus Bruch ex Holb. Larus brachytarsus, Holb. 1846. Pagophila brack. Bruch, 1855. P. Lrachy- tarsi, Lawr. 1858. Larusniveus, Brehm, fide Bp. ; (nee Pall. 1811.) Pago- phila niveus, Bp. 1856. Sp. char. — "Bill yellow, with a darker tip. The long wings, which when folded reach two and a half inches beyond the tail, are distinguished from those of all other Gulls by the extraordinary breadth of the four first primaries. Color snow-white, with or without dark brown spots. Feet and webs black, the latter very deeply excised. Length 17 inches; extent 40 ; tail 5 ; tarsus one inch ; middle toe 1-75. Breadth of outer primary four inches from tip 1 *23." Habitat. — " Greenland." Never having seen a specimen of this supposed species, I have nothing to offer with regard to its relationships to the P. eburnea. The description is com- piled from Holboll's original account. Genus V. Chroicocephalds Eyton. Xenia, Boie, 1822 ; (nee Leach, 1818.) Gavia, Kaup, 1829 ; (typus L.ridibundus ; nee Moehr. 1752.) Ichthyaetus, Kaup, 1829; (t. L. ichthyaetus, Pall.) Hydrocoloeus, Kaup, 1829 ; (t. L. minulus, Pall.) Chroicocephalus, Eyton, 1836 ; (t. L. capistratus, Temm. fide Gray.) Gavia, Macgill. 1842, p. (Nee Moehr. 1752.) Atricilla, Bonap. 1854; (t. Atricilla Caiesbyi, Bp ) Cirrhocephalus, Bruch, 1855; (t. L. cirrhocephalus, Vieill.) A. — Large ; bill rather stout, tip much decurved ; middle toe and claw three- fourths the tarsus. 18. Chroicocephalus atricilla Lawr. ex Linn. Larus atricilla, Linn. 1766. L. ridibundus, Wils. ; (nee Linn.) L. major, Catesb. Atricilla Caiesbyi, Bonap. (fide Bruch.) Chroico. atricilla, Lawr. 1858. Sp. char. — Bill deep carmine. Hood deep plumbeous, grayish black, extend- ing further on the throat than on the nape. Eyelids white posteriorly. Mantle grayish plumbeous. Length 16-50 inches; wing 13; bill above 1-75; tarsus 2-00; middle toe and claw 1-50. Habitat. — More southern portions of Atlantic coast of North America. Texas. B. — Medium ; tarsus equal to the middle toe and claw. 19. Chroicocephalus cccdllatus Bruch ex Licht. Larus pipizcan, Wagler. L. melanorhynchus, Temm. fide Bruch. Chroicoce- p h at 'us cucullatus, Bruch, 1855; Lawr. 1858. Sp. char. — Bill very short, scarcely more than two-thirds the head, about three-fourths the tarsus, moderately stout, the culmen regularly curved from base to tip ; angle well defined and very prominent. Adult: hood deep plum- beous black, barely encircling the head, not extending further on the throat than on the nape. Lower eyelid white, upper more broadly so, the white ex- tending behind the eye. Mantle bluish plumbeous, as in Franklinii, with more blue than in atricilla. Primaries : Shafts of three outer black, of the inner 1862.] olO PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF light colored ; first, outer web wholly black, inner a rather lighter ashy than the black to within about three inches from the tip ; second, like the first, tot the base of the outer web the color of the inner; on the third, fourth and fifth the black gradually decreases in extent, till on the sixth it is merely a narrow, subterminal bar; the tips of all are white, smallest on the first, increasing successively on the others. Three lateral tail-feathers white, the others light pearl blue, deepest on the central. Bill deep carmine, crossed with black near the end, the extreme tip yellowish. Legs and feet red. Wing 11-25; bill above 1-20 ; along gape 1*70 ; tarsus or middle toe and claw 150. Habitat. — Central America; Panama, (Suckley) ; Louisiana, (Wurdemann.) Closely allied to Ch. Franklinii and much resembling it. Easily to be distin- guished by the characters of the primaries, as will be seen by comparing the descriptions given. 20. Chroicocepfjalus Franklixii Bruch ex Richardson. Larus Franklinii, Richard. 1831. Chroicocephalus Franklinii, Bruch, 1855. Sp. Char. — Bill comparatively longer and slenderer than in cucullatus, the tip more attenuated and decurved. The angle well defined and acute ; but the depression of the tip makes it less prominent, gonys from angle to tip concave. Adult : Mouth and bill bright carmine, the latter crossed with black near the end. Feet dusky carmine. Edges of eyelids orange. A conspicuous white patch above and below the eye, and behind it. Hood deep plumbeous black, encircling the upper part of the neck as well as the head, and extending much further on the throat than nape. Mantle as in cucullatus. Primaries: Shaft of first white, of others white except along the black portions of the feathers ; first, its outer web black to within an inch of the end, its inner pearly white, crossed by a black bar near the end, the tip white for almost an inch ; next five crossed by a black bar near the end, two inches wide near the end, gradu- ally narrowing to a black spot on the sixth ; bases of all the color of the back fading into white along the outer edge of the inner vane and adjoining black portions ; tips of all white. Tail feathers as in cucullatus. Length 14 inches, extent 35, wing 11-25. Bill above 1-25, gape 1-75, tarsus or middle toe and claw 1-60. Habitat. — Interior of Arctic America; Nebraska ; Texas ; Mexico. 21. Chroicocephalus Philadelphia Lawrence ex Ord. Sterna Philadelphia, Ord, 1815. Chroicocephalus Philada., Lawrence, 1858. Larus capistratus, Bonap., 1828. L. Bonapartei, Richardson, 1831. Chroicocephalus Bonapartei, Bruch, 1855. Sp. Char. — Bill shorter thau the head or tarsus, much compressed, slender, and sternine. Both mandibles with a slight but distinct notch near the tip. Nostrils linear, exceedingly narrow. Adult : Bill black ; mouth carmine ; legs and feet chrome, tinged with vermillion. Webs bright coral red. Hood plumbeous slate, not so deep as in Franklinii, enveloping the head and upper part of the neck, reaching further before than behind. White patches on eye- lids narrow. Mantle pearl blue, much lighter than in Franklinii or cucullatus, not so light as in minutus. Ends of the tertials and scapulars scarcely lighter than the back. Primaries: Shafts of the first five or six white except at their extreme tips, the others dark colored ; first, outer web and extreme tip black, rest white; second, white, its tips black for a greater distance than the first, and on one or both webs, for a greater or less distance (sometimes half way down the feather) narrowly bordered with black; third, fourth, fifth, sixth, black at the ends for about the same distance on each, the black bordering the inner web much further than the outer ; the inner webs of the third and fourth, and both webs of the fifth and sixth, of a rather lighter shade of the color of the back. Other primaries like the back, the seventh and eighth with a touch of black on one or both webs. Length 14 inches, extent 32, wing 10-25. Bill above 1-20, gape 1-75, tarsus or middle toe and claw 1-40. Habitat. — Entire continent of North America. [June NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311 Does the female of this specie3 have a browo head ? I am inclined to the contrary opinion. If Audubon's assertion to the fact of having seen Gulls with brown heads be true, they were probably of a different species. [All the preceding species of Chrokocephalus acquire during the breeding season, a beautiful delicate rosy blush on the white of the under parts.] 0. Very small; bill exceedingly slender and compressed; tarsus shorter than the middle toe and claw. 12 Cfiroicocephalus minutus Bruch ex Gmel. Larus, minutus, Gmel. 1788. Hydrocohvus minutus, Kaup, 1829. Xemaminu- tum, Bp. 1838. Gavia minuta, Macgill. 1842. Chrokocephalus minutus, Bruch, 1855. Larus melanotis, Lesson, fide Bruch. Sp. Char.— Smallest of the genus. Length 11-50. Bill above -90, along gape 1-40; tarsus, -90, middle toe and claw 1-10. Under surface of wings deep blackish slate. Habitat. — Europe. ? Northern North America (accidental.) Professor Baird thinks that there is no good reason to consider this bird an inhabitant of or even a visitor to North America. It has been included in our fauna on the strength of a statement of Sabine, who saw a small Gull, with black head and bill, greatly resembling the Larus minutus. This, however, was before Larus Bonapartei {Chrokocephalus Philadelphia) was described and made known by Richardson in the F. B. A., and a poorly preserved or immature speci- men might easily be referred to Larus minutus by one ignorant of the existence of two species. Genus VI. Rhodostethia Macgill. Rossia, Bp. 1838; (nee Owen.) Rhodostethia, Macgill. 1842 ; (t. Larus roseus Macgill.) 23. Rhodostethia rosea Bp. ex Macgill. Larus roseus, Macgill. 1824; descriptio nulla. A 'hodostethia rosea, Bp. Ros- sia rosea, Bp. 1831. LarusRossii, Richardson, 1825 ; descriptio hujus avis prima. Rhodostethia Rossii, Macgill. 1824. Sp. Char. — " Scapulars, inter-scapulars, and both surfaces of the wings clear pearl gray ; outer web of the first quill blackish brown to its tip, which is gray : tips of the scapular and lesser quills whitish. Some small feathers near the eye. and a collar round the middle of the neck, pitch-black. Rest of plumage white, the neck above and whole under plumage deeply tinged with peach blossom red in recent specimens. Bill black, its rictus and the edges of the eyelids reddish orange. Legs and feet vermillion red ; nails blackish. Length 14 inches, wing 10*5, tail 5-5. Bill above, -75, along gape 1.25, tarsus 1. — 1-12." (Richardson). Habitat. Arctic Regions. We have never had the pleasure of examining a specimen of this exquisite Gull, and are therefore obliged to copy the description from Richardson. This au- thor admits that the bird was named Larus roseus the year before he called it L. Rossii; but claims precedence for his name, on the ground that his was the first published description. Genus VII. Xema Leach. Xema, Leach, 1818 ; (fide Gen. Rep. t. Larus Sabini, J. Sab.) Gavia Macgill. 1842. p. 24. Xema Sabini Leach ex Sab. Larus Sabini, J. Sab. 1818. Xema Sabini, Leach, 1825. Gavia Sabini, Mac- gill. 1842. Sp. Char. — Adult, breeding plumage. Bill black to the angle, abruptly bright chrome from angle to tip. Mouth bright orange; eyelids orange ; legs and feet black. Hood uniform clear deep slate, bounded interiorly by a band, narrowest 1862.] 312 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP on the nape, of deep velvety black. Lower parts of neck all round, tail and its coverts, four inner primaries, secondaries, greater part of greater coverts, tips of tertials, except the innermost, and whole under parts, pure white. Mantle slatey blue, extending quite to the tips of the inner tertials. Edge of wing, from the carpal, with the bastard wing, black. First five primaries, with their shafts, black ; their extreme tips, and the outer half of the inner webs, to near the end, white. Other primaries white, the sixth with a touch of black on the outer web ; web near the base, extending a little on the inner web. Emargination of tail 1-25 inches. Length 13-75; wing 10-75. Bill 1-00, along gape 1-50, height at angle -30 ; tarsus 1-25, middle toe and claw same. Habitat. — Arctic America. Lake Winnipeg. (Kennicott.) The preceding description was drawn up from a very beautiful and perfect specimen, collected on Lake Winnipeg by Mr. Kennicott. Genus VIII. Creagrus Bonap. Creagrus Bp. 1854. fide gen. Rep. 25. Creagrus fdrcatus (Neboux.) Larus furcat us Neboux. Xema furcatus. Bruch 1S53. Creagrus furcatus Bruch 1855. Sp. Char. — "Adult: Head and nearly all of the neck grayish brown; two small rounded white spots embracing symmetrically the base of the upper man- dible ; mantle grayish white; breast, abdomen, and under wing coverts white ; wings extend beyond the tail ; primaries black on their inner and outer edges ; the smaller wing coverts white ; the greater slate color bordered with white ; tail very much forked and white, the two outer tail feathers much longer than is usual in this class of birds ; bill very much bent, black at the base and white at the extremity: iris red ; eyelids orange; tarsi and feet red; claws black. " Total length 60 centimetres." " Habitat.— California." Of this rate and remarkable Gull I have never seen a specimen ; but copy the description from the General Report, to complete this very cursory notice of the Gulls of North America. Catalogue of Birds collected by the United States North Pacific Surveying and Exploring Expedition, in command of Capt. John Rodgers, United States Navy, with notes and descriptions of new species. BY JOHN CASSIS. 1. Falco peregrinus, Gmelin. From Japan. We find in the collection one very fine adult specimen, quite identical with specimens from Asia in the Museum of the Academy, and the first ever brought to this country from Japan. Mr. Stimpson's note is, "shot by Mr. Charles Wright in the hills west of the city of Hakodadi, Island of Jesso, June, 1855." 2. Mickonisus radius, (Gmelin). From China. " Hong Kong, March, 1S55, collected by Mr. Salvadora Pel- key." (Mr. Stimpson.) 3. Bcxbo vulgaris, Beclistein. Buteo vulgaris japonicus, Teinm. and Schleg., Faun. Japon. Aves, p. 16. From China. The only specimen is in light colored plumage and not adult. " Common about the harbor of Hong Kong, March, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 4. MiLvr.s GOVUmA, Sykes. Milvus melanotic, Teinm. and Schleg., Faun. Jap. Aves, p. 14, (1850). [Juue, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313 .From Japan. " Kagosima Bay, December, 1854. Collected by Lieut. Brooke." (Mr. Stimpson). 5. Elanus leucurus, (Vieillot). "San Francisco, California, January, 1856." (Mr. Stimpson). 6. Circus hudsonius, (Linnseus). "San Francisco, California, January, 1856." (Mr. Stimpson). 7. Strix pratincola, Bonaparte. "San Francisco, California, shot by J. G. Cooper, M. D., December, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson). 8. Otus vulgaris, Fleming. From China. " Taken at sea, off the coast of China, about lat. 30° N , De- cember, 1854, by Mr. L. M. Squires of the Hancock." (Mr. Stimpson.) 9. Brachyotus Cassinii, Brewer. From California. "Mare Island, November, 1855. Shot by Capt. H. K. Stephens." (Mr. Stimpson). 10. Ketupa fiavipes, (Hodgson). From China. " Hong Kong, presented by Dr. Harland." (Mr. Stimpson). 11. Corvus corax, Linnaeus. From Arikamcheche or Kayne Island, Behring's Straits. So far as I can see is identical with the European Raven. 12. Pica sericea, Gould. "Hong Kong, China, March, 1855, collected by Mr. S. Pelkey." (Mr. Stimpson). 13. Eulahes javanensis, (LatLam). From Gaspar Island, in the Straits between the islands of Java and Sumatra. " Gaspar Island, April, 1854, collected by Mr. Squires." (Mr. Stimpson). 14. Spreo morio, (Limneus). " In flocks at Simon's town, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853. Specimens in the collection were obtained by Mr. Joseph Pennington and Mr. Francis H. Storer." (Mr. Stimpson). 15. Spreo bicoloe, (Gmelin). From the Cape of Good Hope. "Iris white, lips or wattles at the base of the bill, bright yellow, inhabits the marshy plains near Constantia, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853. Specimens in the collection were obtained by Mr. Joseph Pennington." (Mr. Stimpson). 16. Lamprotorxis metallicus, Temnnnck. From the Island of Tombaro or New Ireland. Numerous specimens, which seem to be identical with others in the Academy Museum from New Guinea. "Iris bright red, sexes alike; total length 9^ inches, wing 41, extent of wings 13 inches. In flocks at-Port Praslin, Tombaro Island, January 23d, 1854." (Lieut. Van Wyck). 17. Agelaius Gubernator, (Wagler). "San Francisco, California, November, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson). 18. Ecplectes capensis, (Linnaeus). From the Cape of Good Hope. " On the plains and hill sides near villages, and especially numerous near Constantia, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853." (Lieut. Van Wyck). 19. Hyphantorxis aurifrons, (Temminck). " Near Simon's town, Cape. of Good Hope, October, 1853." (Mr. Stimpson). 1S62.] 314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF "20. Melophus Lathami, (Gray). From China. "Hong Kong, March, 1S55, collected by Mr. Salvadora Pel- key." (Mr. Stimpson;. 21. Passer mostanus, (Linnajus). From the Loo Choo Islands. 22. Citrinella totta, (Span-man). From the Cape of Good Hope. 23. Sekinds eutyraceus, (Linnaeus). "Near Simon's town. Cape of Good Hop", October, 1853." (Lieut. Van Wyck). 24. Serin-its canicoi-lis, (Swainsou). From the Cape of Good Hope. " This bird had its nest in the crevice of a granite rock on the western shore of False Bay at Simon's town, Cape of Good Hope. It was about four feet from the ground and contained eggs ; Septem- ber, 1853." (Mr. F. H. Storer). 25. Estrelda astrilda, (Linna?us). From the Cape of Good Hope. 2G. Lel-costicte befxneinuciia, (Brandt). From Kamtschatka. One specimen in mature plumage of this little known bird, which appears to be a summer resident in North-eastern Asia, and very probably also visits Russian America. " Petropaulski, Kamtschatka, July, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson). 27. Fringillaria capexsis, (Linnaeus). "Near Simon's town, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853." (Mr. Stimpson^. 28. Maceonyx capensis, (Linnams). "Simon's Bay, Cape of Good Hope, September, 1853. Collected by Mr. Francis E. Storer." (Mr. Stimpson). 29. Megalopuonts apiatus, (Vieillot). "Simon's Bay, Cape of Good Hope, September, 1853." (Mr. Stimpson). 30. Laxius Schach, Linnams. From China. "Hong Kong, February, 1855." (Mr. Stiropson). 31. Fiscus coi.laris, (Linnaeus). From the Cape of Good Hope. Numerous specimens of both sexes are in the collection of the Expedition, and are distinguishable from each other only by the rather lighter color of the females. In some specimens of the latter there is an ashy tinge in the usually clear black parts of the plumage, not to be seen in male specimens. Apparently an abundant species of Southern Africa. " Near Simon's town, Cape of Good Hope ; common around farm houses on the hills and having nests and eggs in October, 1853." (Mr. Stimpson). 32. Laniarius bac3akiri, (Shaw). "Simon's town, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853." (Lieut. Van Wyck). 33. Merula cnEYSOLAVs. (Temminck). " Hong Kong, China, March, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson). 34. Merula caedis, (Temminck). "Hong Kong, China, March, 1855," collected by Mr. S. Pelkey." (Mr. Stimpson). 35. Petrocossypus manillensis, (Gmelin). From the Loo Choo Islands. "Abundant in the country around Nappa Harbor, Great Loo Choo Island. Generally observed in the hedges which take [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. the place of fences in this island, but frequently seen on the ground. It ap- pears to exclusively inhabit the rice and Indian corn fields or other cultivated places." (Mr. E. M. Kern). 86. Petrocincla rupesteis, (Vieillot). From the Cape of Good Hope. A very handsome and interesting bird, of which numerous specimens are in the collection of the Expedition. Female specimens are easily distinguishable by the entire head being dull brown, uniform with the back, with light touches and lines of black. In the males the head is light ashy blue and the back dark fulvous mixed with brownish black. Apparently au abundant bird of South Africa. "Simon's town," Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853." (Lieut. Van Wyck). T. Bbssonornis phcbnicurus, (Gmelin). " Constantia, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1S53. Occasionally seen, but not common." (Lieut. Van Wyck). •4. Myiophonus nitidus, Gray. Myiophonus nitidus, Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 1, (1831). From China. Specimens of this little known but quite distinct and handsome species are from the vicinity of Hong Kong, and are in excellent plumage and preserva- tion. It has usually been regarded as identical with M. Temminckii, Vigors, hut quite erroneously, the two birds being no more nearly related than any >ther two species of this genus. The specimens in the collection of the Expedition are the first ever brought to this country, and are a most valuable and interesting addition to the Na- tional Museum. From the frequently erroneous references to it by authors, it appears also to be little known in museums of Europe. It is a quite dis- tinct and well marked species. The present specimens are from the same iocality given in the original description by Mr. Gray, to which we refer above, inf are undoubtedly the same species. "Hong Kong, China, March, 1855. Collected and presented by Dr. Har- land." (Mr. Stimpson). .:;i. Ixos h^morrhoa, ^Guielin). " Hong Kong, China, February, 1855. Collected by Mr. Salvadora Pelkey." Mr. Stimpson). 40. Ixos capensis, (Gmelin). " Near Simon's town, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853. Common in the valleys, generally frequenting the bushes.' (Lieut. Van Wyck). 41. Ixos sinensis, (Gmelin). " Hong Kong, China, February, 1855. Collected by Mr. Salvadora Pelkey." Mr. Stimpson). 42. Ixos From Hong Kong. A young bird not in good condition and brought home in spirits, but evidently a species that I have never before seen from China, and much regret that I find no other specimens in the collection. 43. Garrulax perspicillatus, (Gmelin). "Hong Kong, March, 1855. Collected by Mr. S. Pelkey." (Mr. Stimpson). 44. Miorocelis squamiceps, (Kittlitz). Oriolus squamiceps, Kittl., Mem. Acad. St. Petersb. 1830, p. 241. Galgulus amaurotis, Kittl., Kupfert, Vog. p. 8, (1832). "Turdus amaurotis, Ternm.," Kittl., as above. Mem. Acad. St. Peters. 1830, pi, 16. Kittl. Kupfert, pi. 12, fig. 1. From the Bonin Islands. 1862.] 316 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF One specimen only, I regret to say, from the locality originally designated by the describer of this curious species, the distinguished Russian naturalist above named. This specimen is not in mature plumage, and is somewhat injured from being preserved in alcohol, but I have no doubt as to the iden- tity of the species. So far as I can judge from the present specimen, I much doubt that this bird is identical with Turdus arnaurotls, Temm. and Schleg., Faun. Japon. Aves, pi. 31, B., a Japanese species, of which several specimens are in the Academy Museum from the Leyden Museum, though so rated by ornitholo- gists, and even by Professor Kittlitz himself in his late work above cited. This bird is well described and figured as above cited, and the specimen now before us is the first that we have ever had the gratification of seeing and the first ever brought to this country. "Bonin Islands, October, 1S54." (Mr. Stimpson). 45. Sphen^cus africanus, (Ginelin). " Near Simon's town, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1S53. Found in shel- tered sandy valleys, frequent." (Lieut. Van Wyck). 46. Pratincola sybilla, (Gmelin). " Near Constantia, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853, frequent." (Lieut. Van Wyck). 47. Ruticilla Aurora, (Pallas). From China. Figured by Messrs. Temminck and Schlegel in Fauna Japo- nica as a bird of Japan, where it appears to be of more frequent occurrence, but I have now repeatedly received it from China. "Hong Kong, February, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson). 48. Calliope camtschatkensis, (Gmelin). Turdus camtschatkensis, Gin., Syst. Nat. ii. p. 817, (1788). Motacilla calliope, Pallas, Travels, iv. p. 668, (Paris, 1793). Calliope Lathamii, Gould, B. of Europe, ii. p. (not paged, 1837). Accentor calliope, Auct. Gould, B. of Eur. ii. pi. 118. From Kamtschatka. A specimen of this bird in the collection of the Expedition is one of the most interesting that we have ever had an opportunity of examining:. It is from the locality from which this species was originally described, and from which it derives its name, though now well known as a bird of India, occasionally occurring in Europe, and is very handsomely figured by Mr. Gould in his magnificent and standard work above cited. The first description of this species is by Latham, under the name of " Kamt- schatka Thrush," in General Synopsis of Birds, ii. p. 28, from specimens in the collection of Sir Ashton Lever ; " inhabits Kamtschatka." On the faith of this description Gmelin gave the name as above. I find in the Museum of the Academy numerous specimens, of which those from Japan bear the most in- timate resemblance to that now before me. All these seem to be slightly larger than others variously labelled "Bengal," "India" and "Europe," but in all other respects are precisely similar. I have no doubt of the identity of the species from all the localities here mentioned, the proper name for which is that above given. "Shot at Awatska Bay, Kamtschatka, July, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson). 49. Nemura cyanura, (Pallas). "Hong Kong, February, 1855 ; collected by Mr. S. Pelkey." (Mr. Stimpson). 50. Zosterops annulosa, (Swainson). "Simon's Bay, Cape of Good Hope, September, 1853." (Mr. Stimpson). [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 317 51. Cercotrichas cortph^ps, (Vieillot). Sylvia coryphaeus, Vieill., Nouv. Diet. xi. p. 177, (1817). Drymoica coryphaea, G. R. Gray, Gen. Birds, i. p. 163. Le Vaill. Ois. d'Afr. iii. pi. 120. From the Cape of Good Hope. This seems to be a little known species, though from the fact that there are several specimens in the present collection and also in the Museum of the Academy, we would infer that it is of frequent occurrence in Southern Africa. The only name that we find for this bird is that of the great French ornitholo- gist, Vieillot, given above, and after careful examination we find no genus more appropriate than Cercotrichas, Boie, as given by Dr. Hartlaub in his very valuable volume on the Birds of Western Africa, p. 69. It is a long- tailed form of Luseinince, as restricted by Mr. G. R. Gray, to which belong such ge- nera as Cercotrichas, Sphenura and Thamnolaca, and represented in the Thrushes by Copsi/chus and its allies. This bird is fairly represented in Le Vaillant's plate above cited. "Con- stantia, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853. Collected by Lieut. Van Wyck." (Mr. Stimpson). 52. Drymoica maculosa, (Boddaert). "Simon's town, Cape of Good Hope, September, 1853. Collected by Mr. Francis E. Storer." (Mr. Stimpson). 53. Drymoica sdbruficapilla, Smith. Drymoica subruficapilla, Smith, 111. S. Afr. Zool. Birds, (1849). " Malurus phragmitoides," label in Acad. Mus. Phila. Smith, 111. S. Afr. Zool. Birds, pi. 76, fig. 2. From the Cape of Good Hope. This species is represented in the plate above cited with but moderate success, and for its identification in the present col- lection we rely on specimens in the Academy Museum labelled by that verv excellent ornithologist Mr. Jules P. Verreaux, of Paris. The name Malurus phraymitoides is attached to specimens formerly in the Rivoli collection, and which we have not succeeded in finding in any publication to which we have access, except the catalogue of the Rivoli collection. "Simon's Bay, Cape of Good Hope, September, 1853." (Mr. Stimpson). 54. Recutloides proreguxits, (Pallas). Motacilla proregulus, Pallas, Zoog. Ross. Asiat. i. p. 499, (1811). Regulus modestus, Gould, B. of Ear. ii. (not paged, 1837). Gould B. of Eur. ii. pi. 149. " Hong Kong, February, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson). 55. Motacilla capensis, Linnams. "Simon's town, Cape of Good Hope, September, 1853. Collected by Lieut. Van Wyck and Dr. Alexander." (Mr. Stimpson). 56. Motacilla dukhunensis, Sykes. " In a meadow at Hong Kong, China, March, 1855. Collected by Mr. Sal- vadora Pelkey." (Mr. Stimpson). 57. Motacilla luzoxiensis, Scopoli. "Hong Kong, February, 1855. (Mr. Stimpson). 58 Motacilla lugubris, Temminck. Motacilla lugubris, Temm., Man. d'Orn. iii. p. 175, ("1835). Motacilla albeola, var. kamtschatica, Pallas, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. — * ' J.. Gould. B. of Eur. ii. pi. 142. Temm. and Schleg., Faun. Jap. Birds, pi. 25. From Kamtschatka. One specimen, not in good condition, appears to be this species in summer 1862.] 318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF plumage, but has the white space on the shoulders not so large as appears to be usual. The throat is entirely black, which color extends to the breast, ending abruptly, This is undoubtedly the bird alluded to by Pallas in Zoog. Ross. Asiat. i. p. 507, as a variety of Moiac'dla albeola, which he states is of frequent occur- rence in Kamtschatka and the Curile Islands. To this variety the Prince Bo- naparte gives the name as above. •• Pttropaulski, July, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson). 59. Bcdytes virides, (Gmelin) ? From the Island of Formosa. A young specimen preserved iu spirits and which we find impossible to refer to any sj>ecies — moreover, a young speci- men of a Motacilla, greenish and yellowish colored, is not an easy subject, at best ! •• Flew on board, after a storm, off the south end of the Island of Formosa, September 25th, 1854." (Mr. Stimpson). 60. Anthus malayensis, Eyton. ••Hong Kong, February, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson). 61. HlKUNDO GCTTURALIS, Scopoli. •• Fiew on board offthe Island of Formosa, September, 1855." (Mr. Stimp- son). 62. Cecropis cucullata, (Boddsert). " Constantia, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1S53. Collected by Lieut. Van Wyck." (Mr. Stimpson). 63. Cypselcs melba, (Linnaeus). Hirundo melba, Linn., Syst. Nat. i. p. 345, (1766). Hirundo alpina, Scopoli. Hirundo gularis, Steph., Gen. Zool., x. p. 99, (1817). Cypselus gutturalis, Vieill.. Nouv. Diet. xix. p. 422, (1818). Le Vaill. Ois d'Afr. v. pi. 243. From the Cape of Good Hope. Several specimens, very interesting on account of their locality, and tend- ing to demonstrate that this bird, which is found in southern Europe and Asia, inhabits also the entire continent of Africa. On careful comparison will; European specimens in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy, though we find no strong nor perhaps sufficient characters distinguishing the present bird, yet the specimens now before us are somewhat larger, and appear to have a wider band in front on the neck and breast. Both of the names last given above are applicable to the South African bird, having been applied on the faith of Le Vaillant's plate and description. " Near Simon's town, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853. Shot by Lieut. Van Wyck." (Mr. Stimpson). 64. Alcedo bengalensis, Gmelin. From the Loo Choo Islands and from China. "Loo Choo, November, 1854, and Hong Kong, February, 1855." (Mr. Ftimpson). " Frequently seen along a creek at Tumai, Nappa Harbor, Great Loo Choo, generally sitting very quietly on dead branches projecting over the stream, or occasionally plunging into the water." (Mr. E. M. Kern). 65. Halcyon pileata, (Boddsert). "Near Hong Kong, presented by Dr. Harland." (Mr. Stimpson). 66. Halcyon rufiventris, Swainson. " In a dry valley back of Porto Praya, Cape de Verde Islands. Collected by Lieut. Van Wyck, July, 1853." (Mr. Stimpson). [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319 67. Selaspkorus rufus, (Grnelin). From Sitka, Russian America. 68. Nectarinia famosa, (Linnseus). From the Cape of Good Hope. Numerous specimens of both sexes and young of various ages and stages of plumage. In the youngest the entire upper parts are dull ashy brown, the brilliant metallic green of the adult first appearing on the shoulders. Throat and under parts of the body greenish yellow mixed with dark greenish brown. "Simon's town, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853. Abundant, and nume- rous specimens collected by Lieut. Van Wyck." (Mr. Stimpson). 69. Nkctarinia violacea, (Linnseus). From the Cape of Good Hope. Adults and young birds in the collection of the Expedition. The latter are uniform dull greenish brown or yellowish brown above and nearly the same below, though lighter and with the yellow predominating on the abdomen. " Very abundant in the gorges of the hills near Simon's town, Cape of Good Hope, September and October. 1853. Numerous specimens were collected by Lieut. Van Wyck and Mr. Joseph Pennington." (Mr. Stimpson). 70. Cinnyris chalybea, (Linnseus). ':Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853 ; abundant, and numerous specimens obtained by Lieut. Van Wyck and Mr. Joseph Pennington." (Mr. Stimpson ) 71. Promerops cafer, (Linnaeus). From the Cape of Good Hope. Numerous specimens of both sexes and various stages of plumage are in the collection of the Expedition. This is evidently a common bird of South Africa, and the specimens now before us show much uniformity in colors and other specific characters in both sexes. They differ, however, in some minor par- ticulars, such as the greater or less extent of the light brown color on the breast, and no two specimens have the tail of the same length. One male, evidently a patriarch, has a magnificent outfit in this line, his tail measuring fifteen inches, and his total length about twenty-one inches. This is one of the few birds named and described by Linnseus from a draw- ing only, without specimens and without reference to any author. A second description, in which he names the same species " Upupa promerops," (Syst. Nat. i. p. 184), is copied from Brisson. "Abundant on the hill sides, frequenting low trees and bushes ; numerous specimens obtained by Lieut. Vau Wyck. Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853." (Mr. Stimpson). 72. Eclectcs LixnjEi, Wagler. From the Island of Tombaro, or New Ireland. One specimen only of this gorgeous species, which, though known as a bird of New Guinea, is now pre- sented from a new locality. "Port Praslin, Tombaro Island, January 23d, 1S5-1. Extent of wings 2G^ inches, wing from shoulder 9^, total length 13 inches. Iris whitish, a deli- cate band of azure colored feathers around the eyes." (Lieut. Van Wyck). 73. Eclectcs polychlorcs, (Scopoli). From the Island of Tombaro or New Ireland. Also from a new locality. "Port Praslin, Tombaro Island, January 23d, 1854. Iris red ; total length 15 inches, wing from shoulder 9^, extent of wings 30 inches." (Lieut. Van Wyck). 74. Geocolaptes cafer, (Gmelin). From the Cape of Good Hope. 75. Centropus sinensis, (Stephens). Polophilus sinensis, Steph., Gen. Zool. ix. p. 51, (1815). 1862.] 320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF From China. Specimens not in mature plumage, but of a species probably quite distinct from C.philippinus or other, and much as described by Stephens, as cited. "Hong Kong, China, March, 1855, collected by Mr. S. Pelkey." (Mr. Stimpson). 76. Geococcyx mexicanus, (Gmelin). "California, November, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson). 77. Columba intermedia, Strickland. From the Loo Choo Islands. " Frequently seen about the pine trees in the foreign burying ground and its vicinity, at Tumai, Nappa Harbor, Great Loo Choo Island, December, 1854. Seemed to be quite at home in the trees, and was rather wild and watchful, though occasionally shot for eating by members of the Expedition. Pairs were generally seen together and only in the trees." (Mr. E. M. Kern). 78. Cari>ophaga VajS Wyckii, Cassin. About the size of and resembling Carpophaga esnea and allied species, but with the head and neck lighter and a distinct ring of white around the eyes. Bill moderate, rather depressed at base ; wing with the third quill longest ; tail rather long ; tarsi short and feathered behind, in front having about three large scales ; toes much flattened beneath, claws rather strong, curved. Frontal feathers and ring around the eye white. Head and neck above light cinereous, body above, wing coverts and tail coverts metallic golden green with violet and ferruginous shades. Throat and entire under parts of the body vinaceous, tinged with purple on the throat and breast and inclining to cinereous on the flanks and abdomen. Under tail coverts dark chestnut, quills black with a bluish lustre and a slight shade of grayish ashy, tail fea- thers deep metallic blue, changing to green on the edges and at their ends. Bill and feet light colored, probably yellow. "Iris lake, upper mandible purple at base; extent of wings 27 inches." (Lieut. Van Wyck). Total length about 17 inches, wing 9, tail 5.} inches. Bab.— Tombaro Island or New Ireland. Specimen in National Museum, Washington. This fine Pigeon is of much interest, and we regret to find only a single specimen in the collection of the Expedition, which was obtained by Lieut. Van Wyck at Port Praslin, in the island above mentioned. It is allied to C. tenea and its allies, but is not identical with either of them, and is from a locality not previously assigned to any species of the intricate group of which C. renea is the type. To this handsome bird we have great gratification in giving a name in honor of its discoverer, the late Lieut. Van Wyck of the United States Navy. To the enterprise and scientific taste of this lamented gentleman we are indebted for a very valuable portion of the present extensive collection, and he was de- servedly esteemed as one of the most talented and promising young officers of the naval service. His early death, on the passage homeward of the U. S. Brig Porpoise, is, assuredly, to be deplored as a loss to science and to his country. 79. Carpophaga luctuosa, (Temminck). From Tombaro Island, (New Ireland). One specimen only in young plumage, but from a locality not previously known for this species. "Purchased from the natives at Port Praslin, Tombaro Island, or New Ire- land, February, 1854." (Lieut. Van Wyck). 80. Turtur rupicola, (Pallas). From the Loo Choo Islands. [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 321 " Numerous at the foreign burying ground at Tumai, Great Loo Choo Island, December, 1854. Frequently seen in the pine trees and always in pairs, the male constantly cooing and very sedulously engaged in attentions to his mate." (Mr. E. M. Kern). 81. TuRTUR CHINENSIS, (Scopoli). "Hong Kong, China, February, 1855. Collected by Mr. Salvadora Pelkey." (Mr. Stimpson). 82. Lophortyx californicus, (Shaw). From California. 83. Grits canadensis, (Linnaeus). "San Francisco, California, November, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson). 84. Herodias egretta, (Gmelin). "San Francisco, California, November, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson). 85. Herodias alba, (Linnaeus). " Loo Choo, December, 1854." (Mr. Stimpson). 86. Ardea jpgularis, Forster. From the Loo Choo Islands. Specimens in the usual dark colored plumage, and not different from others now before me from Tahiti and New Zealand, so far as I can see. The present is an unusual locality. "Loo Choo, December, 1854." (Mr. Stimpson.) 87. Ardea Greyi, (Gray.) "Loo Choo, December, 1854." (Mr. Stimpson.) 88. Botaurus lentiginoses, (Montagu.) "Marc Island, California." (Mr. Stimpson.) 89. Numenius arquatus, (Linnaeus.) From the Loo Choo Islands. "Abundant along the coral reefs at Nappa Harbor, Great Loo Choo Island." (Mr. E. M. Kern.) 90. Limosa fedoa, (Linnaeus.) "San Francisco, California, November, 1S55." (Mr. Stimpson.) 91. Charadrids fdlvus, Gmelin. From Loo Choo and the Bonin Islands. Several specimens apparently of the same species and identical with numerous others now before me from va- rious localities in the Pacific Ocean. "Loo Choo, November, 1854, Bonin Islands, October, 1854." (Mr. Stimp- son.) 92. Charadrius longipes, Temminck. From the Bonin Islands. Appears to be identical with Asiatic specimens in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy. 93. Aegialitis nivifrons, (Lesson.) From the Cape of Good Hope. "In low, stony places near the sea, Cape of Good Hope, October, 1853, collected by Lieut. Van-Wyck." (Mr. Stimp- son.) 94. Macroramphus scolopaceus, (Say.) "San Francisco, California, November, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 95. Stmphemia semipalmata, (Gmelin.) " San Francisco, California, December, 1S55." (Mr. Stimpson.) 96. Totanus brevipes, (Vieillot.) "Bonin Islands, October, 1854, Loo Choo, November, 1854." (Mr. Stimp- son.) 1862.] 22 •'322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 97. Totanus glareola, (Linnseus.) " Hong Kong, China, March, 1855, collected by Mr. S. Pelkey." (Mr. Stimp- son.) 98. Tringoides hypoleuca, (Linnseus.) From the Loo Choo Islands. 99. Tringoides empusa, (Gould.) " Bonin Islands, October, 1854.'' (Mr. Stimpson.) 100. Tringa alpina, Linnseus. From the Asiatic coast of Behring's Straits. Specimens in the collection of the Expedition are identical with the European species and also with Asiatic specimens in the museum of the Philadelphia Academy. "Straits of Semiavine, Asiatic coast of Behring's Straits, August, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 101. Tringa minuta, Leisler. " Straits of Semiavine, Asiatic coast of Behriug's Straits, August, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 102. Phalaropcs fulicarius, (Linnseus.) From Behring's Straits. "This bird appeared in great numbers, during an easterly storm, seeking shelter under the lea of our tents at Arikamcheche Island, on the Asiatic coast of Behring's Straits, in August, 1855." (Mr. Stimp- son.) 103. Rallus elegans, Audubon. " San Francisco, California." (Mr. Stimpson.) 104. Rallus virginianus, Linnseus. " San Francisco, California, January, 1856." (Mr. Stimpson.) 105. Fulica Americana, Gmelin. "San Francisco, California, November, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 106. Fulica alai, Peale. From the Sandwich Islands. "Found in considerable numbers tending their young at a fresh water pond near Hilo, Hawaii, March, 1856." (Mr. Stimpson.) 107. Anas eoschas, Linnseus. From the Sandwich Islands. 108. Mareca amekicana, (Grnelin. ) "San Francisco, California, January, 18-36." (Mr. Stimpson.) 109. Dafila acuta, (Linnseus.) "San Francisco, California, January, 1856." (Mr. Stimpson.) 110. Nettion carolinensis, (Gmelin.) " San Francisco, California, December, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 111. Nettion crecca, (Linnaeus.) "Obtained in the market at Hong Kong, China, by Capt. Rodgers, Febru- ary, 1855 ; said to be caught in nets." (Mr. Stimpson.) 112. Spatula cltpeata, (Linnseus.) "San Francisco, California, January, 1856." (Mr. Stimpson.) 113. Fulix jiarila, (Linnseus.) "Loo Choo Islands, December, 1854." (Mr. Stimpson.) 114. Fulix affinis, (Eyton.) " Petaluma Creek, California, December, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 115. Aythya valisneria, (Wilson.) " San Francisco, California, December, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) [June. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 328 116. Bucephala Americana, (Bonaparte.) "San Francisco, California, December, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 117. Histrionicus torquatus, (Brandt.) From California. 118. Polysticta Stelleri, (Pallas.) "Semiavine Straits, August, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 119. Erismatora rubida, (Wilson.) "San Francisco, California, January, 1856." (Mr. Stimpson.) 120. Melanetta velvetina, (Cassin.) " San Francisco, California, November, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 121. Pelionetta perspicillata, (Linnaeus.) " San Francisco, California, November, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 122. Somateria molissima, (Linnseus.) " Semiavine Straits, August, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 123. Somateria spectabilis, (Linnaeus.) "Behring's Straits, August, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 124. Bernicla leucopareia, (Brandt.) " San Francisco, California, January, 1856." (Mr. Stimpson.) 125. Colymbus septentrionalis, Linnaeus. " San Francisco, California, November, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 126. Podiceps gornutus, (Grmelin.) "California, November, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 127. Podilymbus carolinensis, (Latham.) " San Francisco, California, November, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 12S. Uria grylle, (Linnaeus.) From Herald Island, Arctic Ocean. Very interesting on account of locality, which is north of Behring's Straits, though known as inhabiting the coasts of northern Asia. Exactly identical with the bird of northern Europe and north-eastern America. "Herald Island, August, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 129. Uria columba, (Pallas.) From Behring's Straits. Numerous specimens of this species, now well known as inhabiting the Pacific coast of America from the present locality to San Francisco. In general form and color resembles the preceding, but is easily distinguished by the white space on the wing being partially divided by a black band, or, as expressed by Pallas, "fascia alarum duplex alba.'''' "Abundant in the edge of the water at the harbor of Glassnappe in the island of Arikamcheche or Kayne Island, which is on the Asiatic side of Behr- ing's Straits, lat. 64° 40' N., long. 172° 59' W., and along the shores of the Straits of Semiavine which separate this island from the continent of Asia." ' ' This bird was always observed swimming close to the shore, apparently in search of food, and though seen in considerable numbers, was always iso- lated and scattered along the coast. It is quite shy and timid, and on the slightest alarm escaped by diving with great expertness and quickness, and swimming under the water quite a considerable distance. It was not heard to utter any note, but quite silently and very industriously appeared to be constantly engaged in its search for subsistence." (Mr. E. M. Kern.). "Behring's Straits, August, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson). 130. Ukia carbo, (Pallas). From the coast of Japan. From a new locality and a more southern lati- tude than usual for this interesting species. 1862.] 324: PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP "On the coast of the Island of Niphon, Japan, north of the Bay of Sendai, June, 1855. Collected by Lieut. Brooke." (Mr. Stimpson.) 131. Uria akra, (Pallas.) From Herald Island, Arctic Ocean. The only specimen of this species that has ever reached the naturalists or museums of the United States from a lo- cality on the western or north-western coasts of America. In mature plumage, and showing strongly the dilated edges of the basal third part of the upper mandibles by which this species is easily distinguished. " Herald Island, Arctic Ocean, August, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 132. Fratercula cirrhata, (Gmelin). From the Sea of Ochotsk. Formerly very rare in museums, but is now brought in nearly all collections from the Pacific coast of America, and is evi- dently of frequent occurrence. "Ochotsk Sea, August, 1855, collected by Capt. H. K. Stevens." (Mr. Stimpson.) 133. Mormon corniculata, Naumann. Mormon corniculata, Naum., Isis 1821, p. 782. Mormon glacialis, Aud. Orn. Biog. iii. p. 599. (1835.) Gray, Oen. iii. pi. 174. Aud. B. of Am. pi. 293, Oct. ed. vii. pi. 463. From Behring's Straits and the Sea of Ochotsk. Several specimens in ma- ture plumage, all of which seem to be that entitled to the name here given. The species is, however, nearly related to the common glacialis, and may be identical. "Behring's Straits, August, 1855; Ochotsk Sea, August, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 134. Phaleris pusilla, (Pallas.) Uria pusilla, Pallas, Zoog. Ross. Asiat. ii. p. 373, (1811.) From Behring's Straits. Specimens of this little bird are amongst the most interesting in the collection of the Expedition, and are probably the first ever obtained since this species was described by the distinguished Russian natu- ralist above mentioned. Usually this bird has been regarded as identical with Phaleris microceros, (—P. nodirostris), but it is entirely distinct, and also from Alca pygmeea of authors. This curious little bird is probably the very smallest of the sea birds, and is easily distinguished by the clear black of its upper plumage and pure white of the iinder parts, with the additional character of having white scapulars. It is about an inch shorter in total length than P. microceros, and smaller in all other measurements. The rediscovery of this bird is an important contri- bution to ornithology, and the specimens are an exceedingly valuable addition to the National muse^^m. "In the Straits of Semiavine and along the coast of Arikamcheche Island this little bird was quite numerous in September, 1855. It was always seen in the water and was constantly diving, as though seeking food beneath the surface, but remaining submerged a short time only. It has a short chirping note, and is so very small in size and gentle in its actions and appearance that some of our party were disposed to insist that it was a very young bird, or chicken of a larger species. All admitted that it was the very smallest sea- bird that they had ever seen." "Though rather shy, it was occasionally killed by a blow from the paddle of a hiak or native boat, and sometimes an attempt to row into the midst of a flock for that purpose was successful. Several specimens were preserved for the ornithological collection, and large numbers were eaten, and with other birds proved an agreeable addition to our limited stock of fresh provisions." (Mr. E. M. Kern.) 135. Pelecanus fuscus, Linnaeus. "San Francisco, California, November, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson). [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OE PHILADELPHIA. 325 136. Sula fiber, (Linnseus.) " Shot at the Bonin Islands by Mr. J. Thompson, Master's Mate of the Vin- cennes, October, 1854." (Mr. Sthnpson). " Alighted on board, off the Meia-co-shimah Islands, between the Loo Choo Islands and Formosa, just after sunset, October 3d, 1854. Bill yellowish blue, inclining to greenish about the base and on the throat. Feet light lemon yel- low. Two fishes of the genus Hemiramphus were found in its maw." (Mr. Stimpson.) 137. Sula piscator, (Linnpeus.) " Taken in the Coral Sea, January, 1854. No land nor shoal known to be in the vicinity." (Mr. Stimpson.) 138. Graculus dilophus, (Swainson.) "San Pablo Bay and Bay of San Francisco, California, November, 1S55." (Mr. Stimpson.) 139. Graculus violaceus, (Gnielin.) From Behring's Straits. In very fine adult plumage. "Behring's Straits, August, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 140. Graculus carbo, (Linnseus.) "Shot at Fotow Bay, Island of Ousima, May, 1855, by Lieut. Brooke.'" (Mr. Stimpson.) 141. Larus Hutchinsii, Richardson. From Behring's Straits. "Abundant on the shores of Semiavine Straits and in the fresh- water la- goons of Arikamcheche Island on the Asiatic coast of Behring's Straits, in August, 1855 ; not shy and easily approached within gun-shot. The native boys catch this bird with a sort of sling made of five or six strands of rope, to the ends of which small stones are attached. This sling is thrown at the bird usually when flying, and is frequently successful in entangling it so much that it cannot extricate itself before being captured. The skins of this and other birds are used by the Tchuchtchi people for clothing." (Mr. E. M. Kern.) 142. Larus melanurus, Temminck. " Hakodadi, Japan, June, 1S55." (Mr. Stimpson.) 143. Rissa Kotzebuei, Bonaparte. "Behring's Straits, August, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 144. Chroicocephalus Philadelphia, (Ord.) "San Francisco, California, November, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 145. Sterna macroura, Naumann. Sterna macroura, Naum., Isis, 1819, p. 1847. Sterna arctica, Temm., Man. d'Orn. ii. p. 742, (1820.) From Behring's Straits. This is the first specimen that I have ever seen from the North Pacific Ocean, but it appears to be identical with the bird from the northern regions of America and Europe. " Semiavine Straits, Asiatic coast of Behring's Straits, August, 1855." (Mr. Stimpson.) 146. Sterxa lunata, Peale. Sterna lunata, Peale, Zool. U. S. Ex. Exp. Vincennes, Birds, p. 277, (1st ed. 1848.) From the Pacific Ocean, lat. 26° N., long. 135° E. This is a rather large, black-billed species of the same group, and considerably resembling the com- mon S. panaya, but is much lighter colored. It is carefully described in my second edition of the volume on Quadrupeds and Birds of the U. S. Ex. Exp. (1858.) 1862.] 326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF " Taken in the North Pacific Ocean, lat. 26° N., long. 135° E. (Mr. Stimp- son.) 147. Sterna minuta, Linnaeus ? From the Island of Formosa. In young plumage. " Flew on board after a storm, off the south end of the Island of Formosa, September 25th, 1854." (Mr. Stimpson.) 148. Anous stolidus, (Linnaeus.) From the Pacific Ocean. Very extensively distributed, but one specimen in the collection of the expedition is from an unusually northern locality. "Specimen No. 181, taken near the Borodine Islands, lat 24° N. long. 132° E. in the North Pacific Ocean." " Specimen No. 105, alighted on board at night, in lat. 5° S., long. 166° E. (Mr. Stimpson.) 149. Diomedea exulans, Linnaeus. From the Cape of Good Hope and other localities in the South Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. 150. Diomedea brachyuka, Temminck. " North Pacific Ocean, lat. 30° to 60° N., long. 140° to 150° W., very com- mon." (Mr. Stimpson.) 151. Diomedea melanophrys, Temminck. From the Cape of Good Hope and from the South Pacific ocean. " Feet pearly slate color, a black stripe at the base of the bill, which nearly disappears on drying. Shot and prepared by Dr. Stuart." (Mr. Stimpson.)' 152. Diomedea fuliginosa, Gmelin. From the Cape of Good Hope and various localities in the Pacific Ocean. 153. Ossifraga gigantea, (Gmelin.) From the Pacific Ocean, south of Australia. " Lat. 40° 10' S., long. 132° 49' E. Iris black, feet black, little changed in drying." (Lieut. Van Wyck.) 154. Fulmards Rodgersii, Cassin. About the size of F. glacialis of the Northern Atlantic Ocean, and in gene- ral appearance resembling that species, but with the tertiary quills, rump and under wing coverts white. Bill strong, thick, wings long, with the first quills longest, feet rather large, tarsi covered with small hexagonal scales, tail short, slightly rounded. Bill yellow, with a tinge of green at base (in dried skin.) Head, neck, lower back, rump, tertiary quills and entire under parts snowy white. Back, scapulars and wing coverts brownish ashy, witb a pearly lustre, primary and secondary quills ashy brown, with a large portion of their inner webs white, and their shafts white. Tail feathers light ashy brown, with their shafts white and their inner webs white at base. Feet light colored, probably yellow. Total length about 18 inches, wing 12, tail 5 inches. Hab. — South Indian Ocean. Specimen in Nat. Mus. Washington. This bird belongs to the same group as the common Procellaria glacialis of the Northern seas and P. Pacifica of the Northwestern coast of America, both of which are included in the restricted group Fulmarus. The tertiary quills in the present species are white, which is a strong character, in addition to which it is larger and much lighter colored than either of the species men- tioned. In the one character of having the tertiaries white, this bird resembles P. antartica, Gray, Voy. Erebus and Terror, Birds, pi. 33, but in no otber. The bill in the present bird is yellow, and precisely of the same form as in P. glacialis. One specimen only is in the collection of the expedition, and is stated to have been obtained in the Indian Ocean. [June, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 327 This species is dedicated to Commodore John Rodgers, of the United States Navy, under whose command the voyage of the North Pacific Surveying and Exploring Expedition was performed, and through whose liberal and en- lightened encouragement and assistance the naturalists of the expedition were enabled to form one of the most extensive and interesting collections in all departments of zoology ever brought to this country. In all the classes of Marine zoology the collections are especially valuable, and were made under the immediate direction of this accomplished and distinguished officer. 155. Fdlmakus pacificus, (Audubon.) "Kamtschatka Sea, September, 1855. North Pacific Ocean1, lat. 40° N., long. 150° W." (Mr. Stimpson.) 156. Thalassoica glacialoids, (A. Smith.) " At sea, lat. 44° 48' S., long. 42° 54' E., Nov. 14th, 1853. Eyes black, bill black and flesh-colored, the latter fading to nearly white in drying." (Lieut. Van Wyck.) 157. iEsTRELATA Lessonii, (Garnot.) From the South Indian Ocean. A single specimen of this little known spe- cies, quite identical with Mr. Gould's specimen* now in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy. "Taken in the South Indian Ocean, December, 1853, by Dr. Stuart, of the Porpoise. Eyes black, lower part of toes and webs black, upper part white." (Lieut. Van Wyck.) 158. Majaqueus conspicillatus, (Gould.) From the Atlantic Ocean, off the coast of Africa. Quite identical with Mr. Gould's specimens in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy, and from a new locality for this species, but probably like nearly all its relatives, — a great wanderer. "South Atlantic Ocean, September, 1853." (Mr. Stimpson.) 159. Daption capensis, (Linnaeus.) From the Cape of Good Hope and South Pacific Ocean. 160. PcFFiNtJS Kuhlii, Bonaparte. From the Cape of Good Hope. Specimens in excellent plumage appear to be the species designated by Prince Bonaparte as above, and differ from P. major as stated by that distinguished author. " Taken with hook and line at sea, off the Cape of Good Hope, Sept. 11th, 1853. Land distant about fifty miles." (Mr. F. H. Storer.) 161. Nectris tenuikostris, (Temminck.) From Japan. A small dark lead-colored species, very accurately described and figured in " Fauna Japonica." "Taken off the east coast of Niphon, Japan, in lat. 36° N." (Mr. Stimpson.) 162. Thalassidroma Wilsonii, (Bonaparte.) " Gulf Stream, off the coast of Virginia, June, 1853." (Mr. Stimpson.) 163. Thalassidroma melanogastra, Gould. From the Cape of Good Hope and the Pacific Ocean. The former seems to be a new locality for this species, and the specimen differs from others in the collection of the expedition in having the throat black. We find, however, similar specimens in Mr. Gould's collection in the Museum of the Philadelphia Academy. "Taken in the South Indian Ocean by Lieut. Van Wyck and Dr. Stuart of the Porpoise, December, 1853." (Mr. Stimpson.) '•Eyes black, male, lat. 40c 25' S., long. 126° 12' E." (Lieut. Van Wyck.) "Thirty miles south of the Cape of Good Hope, September, 1853." (Mr. F. H. Storer.) 1862.] 328 PROCEEDINGS OE THE ACADEMY OF With this species we close the Catalogue of the present very interesting collec- tion. In that part of Commodore Rodger's Report relating to natural history, we hope to give figures of the most remarkable species, as well as further notes on their manners and habits, by the naturalists who accompanied the expedition. July 1st, 1862. Dr. Bridges, Vice-President, iu the Chair. Fifteen members present. July Sth, 1862. Dr. Bridges, Vice-President, in the Chair. Thirteen members present. July 15th, 1862. Dr. Bridges, Vice-President, in the Chair. Nine members present. July 22d, 1862. Dr. Coates in the Chair. Six members present. The following papers were presented for publication, and referred to Committees : Notes on the family of Scombroids. By Theo. Grill. Notes on the genera of Fishes of Western North America. By Theo. Gill. July 29th, 1862. Dr. Bridges, Vice-President, in the Chair. Thirteen members present. On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were ordered to be published in the Proceedings : Note on the Family of SCOMBROIDS. BY THEODORE GILL. Incited by the discovery of the existence of radiating spines at the angle of the preoperculum as a characteristic feature of the youth of the Carangoids, I turned my attention to the family of Scombroids, and have ascertained that the same feature exists in that family. The Scombroids, then, in extreme youth, have the preoperculum armed with three spines, above and below which are generally smaller ones, all of which are afterwards absorbed in the substance of the bone. I have myself verified this law on the young of a new species of Sarda, of which a single specimen, about an inch and five-eighths in length, [July, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 329 was obtained at Cape St. Lucas by Mr. Xantus. The Dicrotus armatus of Giinther was also founded on a young fish, of which it was remarked by its describer, with a happy foresight, that "several of the characters mentioned may be modified in a mature state." That species might, indeed, but for the homogeneity of the dorsal and anal fins, be considered as the young of Pro- metheus prometheoides. As Dr. Giinther has, however, positively denied pinnules to the genus, and, as the pinnules appear to be developed in the young as well as the old, the genus Dicrotus may, until further known, be regarded as distinct. The subfamily of Orcyninae, as characterized in a former paper, might, perhaps, be rather subdivided, if the number of pyloric appendages should be found to be coincident with other characters. In that case the following arrangement might be advisable : Scombkin-e. OKCTNiNiE. — Caudal peduncle of adult with a median adipose carina, and two converging backwards, one above and one below. Pyloric caeca dendri- tical or very numerous. Thyrsitin.?e. — Caudal peduncle not earinated. Pyloric caeca developed in moderate or rather small numbers, (7 — 10.) GEMPYLIN-ffi. The genus Acanthocybium* having the spinous dorsal longer than the soft, the proportions of those fins cannot be used in the present state of our know- ledge to distinguish the two subfamilies. The name Orycnus has been, by an unfortunate misapprehension, applied instead of Orcynus ; and it is hoped that the latter will in all cases be sub- stituted as the correct orthography. Note on some Genera of FISHES of Western North America. BY THEODORE GILL. In the Proceedings of the Academy for July, 1861, a number of genera have been established for species previously described from the western waters of North America. In the present article, several aditional genera are introduced ; and to formerly established ones, species described under other generic names have been referred. SCORPiENOIDS. Sebastichthys Gill. This genus embraces all the species referred to the genus Sebastes, which has eleven to twelve (XL -\- 1. — XII. -f- I.) spines in the first dorsal fin, pala- tine teeth and the physiognomy of Sebastes (Norvegicus. ) I believe that I may be permitted to announce, that Dr. Ayres, in a letter of May 6th, has informed me that he kncws eleven species belonging to the Cuvierian genus Sebastes to be inhabitants of the Californian waters. Five of them have been referred to the genus Sebastes and six to Sebastodes, the latter having been modified to embrace the species of which the head is "nearly smooth," while the name Sebastes is restricted to those of which "the summit of the head is strongly ridged." Such a division appears to me to be inadmissible, and I believe that Sebastodes must be retained with the characters I have assigned to it, while all othei described species of California belong to one and the same natural genus, for which the name Sebastichthys has been proposed. The * The Cybiumpetus of Poey and C. solandri C. V. are true species of this genus. 1862.] 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF. only species of whose affinity I entertain any doubt is the S. elongatus Ayres ; that species, however, appears to be either a Sebastichthys or closely related to that genus. As to the number of species, I am disposed to doubt whether all are valid or even distinct from each other ; the S. helvomaculatus Ayres appears to be identical with S. ocellatus Cuv. et Val. As Dr. Ayres kindly announces his intention to forward a full series, I trust soon to be enabled to satisfy myself regarding such doubtful points. 1. Sebastichthys jiigrocinctus = Sebastes nigrocinctus Ayres. CARANGOIDS. Paratractus Gill.* Paeatkactus bcops. Syn. Trachurus boops Grd. GOBIOIDS. Eucyclogobius Gill. Eacyclogobius differs from Lepidogobius in form, nudity of the head and the smaller second dorsal fin. 2. Eucyclogobius Newbekkyii. Syn, Gobius Newberrii Girard. GOBIESOCOIDS. Caularchus Gill. The present genus differs principally from Gobiesox Lac. (= Sicyogaster Barneville) by the nearly equal size of the dorsal and anal fins, and the nearly horizontal direction of the six compressed trenchant incisors of the lower j aw. 3. Caularchus eeticulatus. Syn. Lepodogaster reticulatus Girard. CYCLOPTEROIDS. EUMICROTREMUS Gill. Differs from Cyclopterus Artedi by the smaller branchial apertures situated at the horizon of the eyes, and by the development of the spinous dorsal fin. The type is the Cyclopterus spinosus of Midler. Eumicrotremus orbis. Syn. Cyclopterus orbis Gthr. SALMONOIDS. Hypsifario Gill. This genus embraces a single known species, distinguished by its com- pressed body, projecting snout, &c. Hypsifario kennerlyi. Syn. Salmo kennerlii Suckley. PLEURONECTOIDS.f Lepidopsetta Gill. Lepidopsetta umbrosa = Psettichthys umbrosus Grd. Hypsopsetta Gill. Hypsopsetta guttulatus = Pleuronichthys guttulatus Grd. Orthopsetta Gill. Orthopsetta soedida = Psettichthys sordidus Grd. TJropsetta Gill. Ueopsetta californica = Hippoglossus californicus Ayres. * Type Caranx pisquetos C. V. = C. chrysos auct. nee Mite. t A synopsis of this family may be soon expected. [July, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 331 TETRAODONTOIDS. Gastrophysus Miiller. * Gastrophysus politus. Syn. Tetraodon politus Girard. STURIONOIDS. Antaceus Fitz. and Heckel. Antaceus brachyrhynchus. Syn. Acipenser brachyrhynchus Ayres. Antaceus transmontanus. Syn. Acipenser transmontanus Rich. Antaceus medirostris. Syn. Acipenser medirostris Ayres. Antaceus acutirostris. Syn. Acipenser acutirostris Ayres. CHIM^ROIDS. Hydrolagus Gill. Distinguished from Chimaera on account of the absence of an anal fin and the triple division of the sexual organs of the male. Hydrolagus colliei. Syn. Chimaera colliei Lay and Bennett. HETERODONTOIDS. Gyropleurodus Gill. Gyropleurodus francscii ■== Cestracion francisci Grd. MYLIOBATOIDS. Holorhinus Gill. This genus is founded on a species which differs from Myliobatis by the transverse entire snout. The median teeth are very broad, and the lateral hexagonal ones have nearly equal sides. Holorhinus vespertilio. Syn. Rhinoptera vespertilio Girard. PETROMYZONTOIDS. Lampetra Gray. Lampetra plumbea. Syn. Petromyzon plumbeus Ayres. Entosphenus Gill. Entosphenus tridentatus = Petromyzon tridentatus Rick. = P. lividus Grd. " epihexodon = " tridentatus Grd. (nee Rich.) " ciliatus = " ciliatus Ayres. " astori = " astori Grd. The following list of the genera belonging to the Fauna of the Western coast of America north of Cape San Diego, not presented in Dr. Girard's Report, and exclusive of those in my " Notes," may be of use : Percoids. Stereolepis Ayres. Pimelepteroids. Girella Gray. Sci^noids. Rhinoscion Gill (vice Amblodon Grd.) Menticirrhus Gill (vice Umbrina Grd. fide spec.) Genyonemus Gill (vice Leiostomus Ayres, Grd.) Atractoscion Gill. Cynoscion Gill, (Ayres.) Seriphus Ayres. Labroids. Semicossyphus Gthr. Chcerojulis Gill. Embiotocoids. Hypsurus A. Ag. Holconotus Ag. Cymatogaster Gib. (vice Holconotus Grd.) Hyperprosopon Gib. (vice Ennichthys Grd.) Hypo- critichthys Gill. Brachyistius Gill. Carangoids. Naucrates Rctf., Gthr. Stromateoids. Poronotus Gill, (Ayres.) 1862.] 332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Echeneidoids. Echeneis L. Remora Gill. Cottoids. Potamocottus Gill, (Cottopsis gulosus Grd.) Oncocottus Gill. Gymnacanthus Sw. Temnistia Rich. Blepsias Cuv. Agonoid^e. Podothecus Gill,* (= Paragonus Gill.) Chiroids. Oxylebius Gill. Trichodontoids. Trichodon Steller. •iobioids. Lepidogobius Gill. Blennioids. Anoplarchus Gill, Giinther. Psychrolutoids. Psychrolutes Gthr. Aulorhynchoids. Aulorhynchus Gill. Alepidosauroids. Caulopus Gill. Salmonoids. Hypomesus Gill, (lapsu calami etiam Mesopus.) Osmerus Art. (vice Thaleichthys Grd.) Ctprinodontoids. Cyprinodon Lac. (Grd.) Clppeoids. Alausa Vol. Mur^enoids. Mursena L. (Ayres.) Ophidiuroids. Myrichthys Girard. Sydjgnathoids. Dermatostethus Gill. Galeorhinoids. Nov. gen. Isoplagiodou Gill, a sp. Rhinoids. Rhina Klein, (Ayres.) Aug. 5 th. Vice-President Bridges in the Chair. Ten members present. The following papers were presented for publication : A Report upon Mr. Buckley's Description of Plants, No. III., Gra- minese. By Asa Gray. Notes on certain Reptiles of the New World. By E. D. Cope. Aug. 26th. Vice-President Bridges in the Chair Thirteen members present. On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were ordered to be published in the Proceedings : A Report upon Mr. S.B. Buckley's " Description of PLANTS, No. 3, Graminese." Published in the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia, February, 1862. BY ASA GRAY. As it appears to have been impracticable to act upon the suggestion with which I concluded my remarks upon Mr. Buckley's preceding botanical papers, (vide p. 168,) all that remains is, to repair the damages sustained by this * Deceived by the comparisons of authors, the identity of Podothecus perisihethus with Agomis acipenseroide.i was not recognized until an opportunity was afforded of examin- ing Tilesius' description and figure. [August, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333 foray as well as we can, sincerely hoping that it may be the last. The speci- mens which Mr. Buckley has here described having been kindly collected (a few excepted which have not yet been found) by the Botanical Curators, I re- ferred them, in the first instance, to our best instructed agrostologist, Professor George Thurber. His careful and conscientious notes (except in a few in- stances) form the basis and substance of the following report. I have, how- ever, verified them as far as I could ; and I hold myself responsible for the statements herewith presented. If some of my comments be thought severe, it should be understood that Mr. Buckley was duly warned of the injury he was about to infliet upon science, and was besought to submit the specimens of his supposed new species of grasses to some competent agrostologist be- fore publication. This disregard of good counsel and reckless miscalculation of scientific fitness for such undertakings, and the astonishing breach of comity and confidence (to use the gentlest words) by gross appropriation or suppression of the names of Nuttall and others, recorded in a public herba- rium, which the following pages disclose, are traits which seem to illustrate and explain each other. Polypogon alopecuroides, Buckley. The first thing to notice is, that Mr. Buckley has suppressed Nuttall's name, under which he communicated the plant to the Academy's herbarium, and doubtless to the Hookerian, if not to other herbaria, — viz.: Deyeuxia alopecuroides! Then he has mistaken the genus at least as widely as Nuttall did. In fact, this grass differs from Agrostis exarata, Trin. in nothing notable except in its denser and lobate panicle and in the awn ; which last Bongard detected in some specimens of A. exarata. If distinct, Nuttall's specific name will be adopted, unless the plant is already published under some other; i. e., it will be Agrostis alope- curoides. We have a far larger form of it from Hooker's Oregon duplicates, without a name. Vilfa agrostoidea. No specimens so ticketed have yet been found. But one of Sporobolus cryptandrus, ticketed by Mr. Buckley "Agrostis, North- ern Texas," is probably the plant in question. Sporobolus (Vilfa) angustus is Sporobolus Indicus, R. Br., Agrostis In- dica, L. Having adopted the genus Vilfa in the preceding and following cases, Mr. Buckley has a curious way of including it under Sporobolus besides. Vilfa r i g i d a is Calamagrostis gigantea, Nutt., also C. longifoha, Hook. Vilfa (Sporobolus) alba. Here, vice versa, Sporobolus is subordinated to Vilfa ; and the present new species of this double-headed genus is Eatonia obtusata ! Sporobolus (Vilfa) arenaceus, (again this side up !) is described from No. 737 of Wright's collection, and the fact suppressed : it is Sporobolus asperifolius, Nees and Meyen, fide Munro. Uralepsis (Tricuspis) elongata, which is the same as 2054 of Wright's coll., and 307 of one of Drummond's collections, is Tricuspis trinerviglumis, Munro, MSS., near T. mutica, Torr. Vilfa (Sporobolus) varians, described from some specimen of Nuttall's, which is not yet found. Sporobolus (Vilfa) diffusissimus is S. airoides Torr. Vilfa (Sporobolus) Sabeana is S. Coromandelianus, Kunth (nou Trin.), an old and widely diffused species, to which, according to Col. Munro, belong S. commutatus, Kunth and Trinius, S. argutus, Kunth, S. Arkansanus, Trin., and Vilfa ambigua, Steud. 1862.] 334 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF Agrostis a q u a t i c a, from Texas. No specimen of this is communicated. Agrostis scabriuscula is founded on a specimen of familiar A. scabra, ticketed by Nuttall " Agrostis scabrata," the name a little altered. Agrostris albicans is founded on a slender form of A. ezarata, Trin.. named by Nuttall A. Oregonensis. Muhlenbergia a r e n i c o 1 a is 31. gracillima, Torr., in Whippl. Rep. It is Wright's No. 735, and Fendler's 968 and 969. The specimens described are from Wright's collection. Muhlenbergia monticola is founded on Wright's specimens Nos. 731 and 733. which were referred by Col. Munro to M. sglvatica, Torr., var. ligulis elongatisjfoliis angustis. Muhlenbergia pauci flora is described from a scanty, depauperate speci- men of Wright's No. 732, — the source concealed as usual, and the character no better than would be expected. The species is, so far as we know, a new one, allied to M. Willdenovii. Muhlenbergia T e x a n a. No specimen communicated under this name, but one given by Mr. Buckley to the Academy's herbarium under the name of " Agrostis barbatis, Buckl." may, from the description, be the plant intended. This is a form of Sporobolus ramulosus. Calamagrostis Oregonensis. Mr. Buckley's ticket is thrown into a sheet containing three specimens of Nuttall's, respectively ticketed by him " Calama- grostis purpurascens, Columbia River," " C. gracilis, Dry Plains, Columbia," and " C. pumila, Rocky Mountains." The first of these belongs to C. Langs- dorffii, Trin. and C. strigosa, Bong., (between which we can draw no valid dis- tinction;) the other two appear to belong to C. stricta, Trin. or C. Lapponica, which are also combined by some. From Mr. Buckley's pleonastic phrase, " aristisg^e et pilis corollam excedentibus," it may be supposed that he was describing only the first-named specimen ; but the " pauicula 3-b-polican longis" [sic] seems to include all three. (Nuttall's C. Columbiensis, ined., we may remark, seems also to be C. Langsdorffii, a form with the awn inserted much above the middle, and exactly C. elata, Blytt., from Norway.) Calamagrostis rubescens is indicated as " Oregon, Nuttall ;" but Nuttall's ticket is not preserved. The specimen is an imperfect fragment. The spikelets in structure perfectly accord with those of the next, of which we suppose it to be a coarctate form. It would agree very well with the character of C. varia, vox. purpurascens, Fl. Ross., but not with C. purpurascens, R. Br. Calamagrostis albicans is described from Nuttall's specimen of his " 6'. pallida," this name on the ticket erased, and " albescens, Buckl." substituted, and that changed to " albicans." The plant we take to be C. aleutica, Bong. It is allied to some forms of C. varia, (into which C. sylvatica appears to merge,) but is probably quite distinct. Aristida curtiseta is founded on depauperate specimens of A. purpurea. such as were gathered in Sitgreaves' Expedition. Aristida pauciflorais^4. oligantha, Michx. Aristida filipendula is A. purpurea, Nutt., a form near the var. Ber- landieri, Trin. The species is polymorphous. Bouteloua p u m i 1 a is B. polystachya, Torr., Pacific R. R. Surv. 5, (Chondro- sium, Benth.) a small-flowered form of the species. Described from some of Wright's No. 754. Bouteloua brevifolia is B. eriopoda, Torr. Described from Wright's 748 [August, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. and Fendler's 950, (not 946 as on the ticket in herbarium Acad.,) — with the usual omission to mention it. Uralepis (Tricuspis) brevicuspidata is Leptochloa dubia, Nees, Chloris dubia, H.B.K. (767, Wright.) Uralepis (Tricuspis,) pilosa, described from Wright's specimens, No. 781, the ticket of which bore the note " Tricuspis, n. sp." in Mr. Thurber's hand- writing, is Tricuspis acuminata, Munro, in herb., mixed with one specimen of T. avenacea, Thurber, (Triodia avenacea, H.B.K.) It is also Wright's 2058, Fendler's 915, and Lindheimer's 738. Uralepis (Tricuspis) po a? o i de s, founded on Fendler's No. 932 (and duly credited !) was long ago published, and the number cited as Eragrostis Fendleri- ana, Steud., Glum., 1, p. 278; and it is Sclerochloa Californica, Munro, in PI. Hartw. p. 342. Uralepis (Tricuspis) densiflora (same as Drummond's 274 and 278, 2d coll.) is Windsoria stricta, Nutt., therefore Tricuspis stricta. (No. 314 of Drum- mond's same collection is T. albescens, Munro, ined.) Uralepis (Tricuspis) composita is a well-known large form of Leptochloa fascicularis, Gray, Man. What is meant by " leaves at the joints of the culm without sheaths and stems," we need not endeavor to make out. Uralepis (Tricuspis) p i losa, — the second of the same name, — is Trtcusjxx mutica, Torr., in Pacific R. R. Surv., 4, p. 156, a large form, with hirsute sheaths, better developed. The lower palea often bears a minute mucro. It is described from one of Wright's specimens, in whose collection it is Nos. 779, 780 and 2046. Pleuraphis mu tic a. Upon this Professor Thurber remarks : " I think this may be a good species. It differs from P. Jamesii (Fendl. 946) in the glumes of the lateral spikelets, which are cuneate-obovate, 5-7-nerved, and do not enclose the flowers, but form a sort of involucre, as in Elymus. Glumes of the central spikelet 2-cleft, 5-nerved; the nerves confluent below, the middle one produced as an awn, which is shorter than the lacerate-fringed laciniae. Lower palea of the perfect flower muticous." It is Wright's 760 and 2108. Glyceria b u 1 b o s a. This is founded on a diminutive bit of stem and two separate spikelets of NuttalPs, named by him " Bromus (Phrenachyris) muticus. Upon the sheet Prof. Thurber had last year noted " Glyceria bulbosa, Thurb.," a plant so named by him in the Botany of Wilkes' Expedition, yet unpublished. Whereupon, Mr. Buckley furtively erases the " Thurb." and substitutes " Buckl." If we mistake not, the species has been published under two names already, viz., Melica potsoides, Nutt., in PI. Gamb., &c, and Melica bulbosa, Geyer, in Hook. Kew. Jour. Bot. 8, p. 19. Glyceria stricta, if reckoned as a normally plurifiorous grass, is no Glyce- ria, but would be ambiguous between Uniola and Brizopyrum. We have reason to regard it, however, as an abnormal state of Vilfa Drummondii, Trin., which is a form of V. aspera, Beauv. In this the paleae are often elongated in this fashion, (but not nerved, as some of them are in Mr. Buckley's specimen,) and the tendency to develope one or more additional flowers in the spikelet is not rarely manifest. Glyceria leptostachya and G. microtheca are both alike, and both Nuttall's MSS. names, which Mr. Buckley has appropriated in the coolest man- ner writing " Buckl." after the name upon Nuttall's autograph tickets. They be- long to a grass, common in Oregon and northward, which differs a little from G. pallida of the Northern States, (in the rather broader and shorter florets and shorter and more rounded glumes,) and which already has names enough, being 1862.] 336 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF doubtless the G. pauciflora of Presl., as it certainly is the G. spectabilis, var. flaccida, Trin. and Bongard, from Russian America and Kamtschatka ; there- fore, G. Norveyica, according to Ruprecht, Poa arundinacea, of Bieberstein (and so G. arundinacea, Kunth), according to Grisebach, and G. reniota, of Fries, on the same authority. But authentic Swedish and Norwegian specimens of G. remota, Fries, do not well accord with the N. W. American plant, especially in the glumes. Glyceria montana. Another appropriation of a MSS. name of Nuttall, Could Nuttall complain, however, he should transpose the words of the poet and say, " He that filches my good name steals trash ;" for the species is "poor indeed." He who so confidently enters upon Nuttall's labors should be com- petent to discern the patent fact that this Glyceria montana of Nuttall's is just the same as his Poa airoides, of which the original specimen is preserved in the same sheet. G. airoides would be the name, (Steudel's homonym being an Erayrostis, as he himself asserts) ; but Col. Munro reduces it to G. (Atropis) distans. Poa laxiflora — the name appropriated from Nuttall, as usual — whatever else it may be, accords with P. leptocoma, Trin., from Sitcha. It is probably a woodland form of an old species. Poa t e n u i f o 1 i a — still another of Nuttall's unblushingly appropriated — is a common grass west of the Rocky Mountains, which has much puzzled bota- nists, and occurs in herbaria and some published lists under several names. It is Atropis Califomica, Munro, ined. (probably founded on Douglasian speci- mens, coll. 1833), and exactly the plant so named from Fidalgo Island. But Hartweg's No. 2035, correspondingly named (Sclerochloa Califomica) seems to be rather different. Atropis is equivalent to Glyceria sect. Heleochloa, of which this must be only an ambiguous member. Poa densiflora is P. arachnifera, var. /?. Torr., in Marcy, Rep. p. 301; a form with the long wool either scanty or almost wanting, except in one old spe- cimen. Eragrostis di f f u s a is the common E. Purshii, Bernh. Eragrostis curtipedicellata (ticketed brevipedicellata) is a fa- miliar-looking species, not identified among the published ones— the same as Drummond's 327 of the second collection, and Wright's 772. Eragrostis sessilispica is Leptochloa riyida, Munro. It is Fendler's 926, and Wright's 760 and 2091. Festuca gracilenta is founded on specimens quite too young and poor to be meddled with. It may be either of three described species, more likely F. microstachys, Nutt., which is near F. bromoides. Festuca reflexa — another name of Nuttall's appropriated — is F. microsta- chys, var. divergens, Torr., probably well referred to that multiform species. Festuca p u s i 1 1 a — boldly appropriated from Nuttall, as usual — accords with No. 2030 of Hartweg's collection, which Col. Munro refers to Festuca mi- crostachys, except in its smoothness. Bromus breviaristatus. This is described from a specimen of Nuttall's, named by him " Bromus parviflorus, to which Prof. Thurber had appended the note " Bromus breviaristatus {Ceratochloa, Hook.)" So Mr. Buckley claps his " Buckl." to the ticket, and prints his " new species," sagely adding his mark of doubt to the synonym. Bromus virens is founded on B. virens, nitens and Californicus, of Nuttall. all the same species, and all Ceratochloa grandiftora, Hook., as a note of Prof. Thurber's had pointed out; but Mr. Buckley suppresses the clue. [August, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 337 Bromus setaceusisi?. sterilis, L. ; probably introduced. Uniola (Brizopyrum) flexuosais Brizopyrum spicatum, Hook, and Arn. Elymus in terruptus. We cannot quite match this among the various puzzling forms of the genus from Texas. Elymus triticoide s — another name furtively appropriated from Nuttall — 13 a depauperate form of No. 2072, Hartweg, (and nearly of 2072, Wright), named by Col. Munro E. dasystachys, Trin., var. E. condensatus, Presl. Elymus gl a u c u s — also Nuttall's — appears scarcely, if at all, distinct from E. Sibiricus, L. Trisetum glabrum is Aira danthonioides, Trin., the same as Hartweg's 2027 ; new to Texas. Trisetum interrupt um is T. elonyatum, H.B.K. ; it is in Lindheimers and in one of Wright's earlier collections. Trisetum canescens is the more hairy-leaved and striate form of T. cer- nuum, Trin., described from the specimen of " T. datum" Nutt., which name Mr. Buckley has erased from the ticket, for no obvious reason (as the name is a good one), except to give some variety in form to his depredations. Hierochloa occidentali s, — Nuttall's name appropriated as usual — is H. borealis, Rosm. & Schult. Happily Mr. Buckley has spared the Panice.cz and the Andropoginece; for which, in the interest of all American botanists, I tender him my sincere thanks. Notes upon some REPTILES of the Old World. BY E. D. COPE. Atheris squamatus Cope. Toxicoa squamata Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 341. Eckis squamatus Hallow. Professor Jan states* that Schlegel's Vipera chlorocehis (Toxicoa, Cope, 1. c.) possesses keeled gular scales as in Tropidolamus. I find that Echis squamata of Hallowell exhibits the same peculiarity. In this respect these species differ from Echis arenicola Gray ; moreover, they are tree-vipers, having a compressed body, angular gastrosteges and prehensile tails, just as in the American tree-moccasins, — species of Thamnocenchris, Salvin, and Teleuras- pisf Cope. They further represent these genera in having uniserial uros- teges. The keeled gular scales are found in Tropidolsemus, another Crotalid genus whose species abound in Malaysia ; and Megsera, also one of the Cro- talidse, is an evident representative in the forests of Ceylon. A very different type among the Solenoglypha ( Viperidos Cope) is the family Atractaspididae (-twee Cope.) Atractaspis and Brachycranium appear to be well defined genera. Whether Polemon Jan belongs here, and how it differs from Atractaspis, has not been stated. The Elaps irregularis Reinhardt, placed by Jan in that genus, and identified by Giinther with the A. i n o r n a t u s, is evi- dently the type of an unnamed genus. It differs from the other genera in its biserial urosteges. From Homeroselaps Jan, {Pacilojihis Grth., preoccupied among Apodes), it differs externally in the two nasal shields. It may be called Eurystephus. ~~ « Rev. Mag. Zoo)., 1859, No. 12. t Mr. Falvin speaks of Teleuraspis (P. Z. S., 1860, 459), as being cylindrical in form. However this may be with ihe T. n i t idus, the T. sch lege Ii i lias a prehensile tail, and is much compressed. 1862.] 23 338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Tarbophis sp. I have seen a specimen of a species of this genus, from Ooroomiah, Persia, which is possibly different from that found in Southern Europe. The head is relatively shorter, the vertical and particularly the occipital plates being less elongate. There are ten upper labials, all narrow and high, the fourth, fifth and sixth bounding the orbit. In Bonaparte's coll. specimen there are eight, eye over third, fourth and fifth as described by Dumcril and Giinther; the seventh is very minute, the eighth horizontal. There are eleven inferior labials ; twelve in the Ooroomiah specimen, which has also three postoculars. Coloration much as in the v i v a x ; there is a narrow vertebral line and the belly is very dark. What this serpent should be named, if requiring it, is uncertain. The plates in Eichwald and Savigny's works resemble it, while the figures of Schlegel, Fleischmann and of the " Voyage dans la Russie Meridionale," etc. are different. Natrix leopardina. Callopeltis leopardina, Fauna Italica. This species bears considerable resemblance to Pityophis c a t e n i f e r. There seems to be no reason why Laurenti's original name for the Callopeltis or Coluber flavescens of some authors should not be retained as well as his Coroaella, Naja and Dipsas ; especially in view of the want of uniformity in the practice of naturalists in the matter. Besides the names above men- tioned, the genus has received those of Scotophis (Baird et Girard) and Elaphis (Hallow, fide Dum.) It contains the species longissima (Col. flavescens auct.), quad- rilineata, leopardina, rufodorsata, conspicillat a, manda- rin a, c a 1 1 i c e p h a 1 a, in the Old World ; quadrivittata, gut- tata, laet a, con finis, rhinomega, vulpina, allegheniensis and perhaps others, in North America. Tyria gracilis. From Ahmednuggur, India, has been received this species, quite recently described by Dr. Giinther as Zamenis gracilis. Tyria is an older name than Zamenis, hence we are compelled to write Tyria atrovirens, T. ventrimaculata, T. hippocrepis, etc. While Per tops Wagl. is rightly regarded by Giinther as a synonym of Tyria, Fitzinger's Chilolepis, typified by C. cliffordii, seems to be a valid genus not generally recog- nized. The Coryphodon fasciolatus of Giinther, poorly described by authors, seems to be a Tyria, if I have properly identified it. The separate posterior upper maxillary tooth is shorter than usual in the genus. Bascanium ant hi cum. Scales in seventeen longitudinal rows. Teeth equal. Head moderately distinct, plane in profile ; supercilia prominent, muzzle rounded. Rostral plate much higher than broad, prominent. Seven or eight superior labials, eye over third and fourth or fourth and fifth. Nasals high, loreal oblique, as high as long. Two preoculars, inferior very small, superior not reaching vertical. Two postoculars ; two large and two small temporals in contact with occipitals ; the latter are rounded, broad, their common suture not so long as the vertical plate. Superciliaries broad ; vertieal laterally concave ; postfrontals longer than prefrontals. Anal divided. Total length 34 inches ; of rictus 10 lines ; of tail 9 inches 3 lines. Color black, varied with many yellow scales ; which are either single or arranged in irregular spots ; beneath yellow. Head brown, with yellowish brown spots which are most distinct on the occipital and labial regions. The native country of this species is not certainly known ; some circum- stances lead me to think that it is from Siam. If so, we have another in- stance of the close similarity of North American and Eastern Asiatic forms. In Siam alone we have a Plethodon, and a form scarcely differing from [August, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339 Tharnnophis, — viz.: Prymnomiodon. Bascanium anthicum is very nearly allied to B. constrictor: the only differences are in the outline of the front — plane iu the former, arched in the latter — the more convergent canthus rostrales of the latter, and that of coloration. Urieehis nigriceps Peters, Homalosoma lutrix, Philothamnus semi- variegatus, Bucephalus typus vars. B. C. D., Causus rhombeatus and Ciotho a r i e t a n s have been sent to the Academy from Umvoti, Natal, by our correspondent, the Rev. Dr. Grout. Contia m o d e s t a. Ablabes modest us Gunther. From Ooroomiah. This species belongs to the same genus as the American C. e p i s c o p a and C. m i t i s, which principally differs from the Homalosoma* of Africa in a divided anal plate. Perhaps the " Ablabes" with two nasal plates be- long to a different genus : at all events the name adopted by most herpetologists must give way to Fitzinger's Lycodonomorphus, proposed for the Coronella ru f u 1 a long previously, f Fitzinger did not give characters to his genera, on which account they ought to be rejected, were it not that it is impossible for naturalists to arrive at an agreement as to what constitutes a good, sufficient, insufficient, or mil diagnosis. It seems also to be rightly conceded by many, that an author cannot change his own name, if it be not preoccupied or false in signification. Thus, Wagler's Catostoma should be retained, though he afterwards altered it to Geophis (which I overlooked on a former occasion), as it is sufficiently distinct from Catostomus. Rhoptrura Peters has been suspected by met to be identical with Charina Gray, on account of the entrance of the style of structure of the plates as described by Dr. Gray, within the extensive range of variation exhibited by the latter genus. Prof. Peters has, however, shown that it does not possess palatine teeth ; this character at once separates it from all other Peropoda. Cryptoblepharus w a h 1 b e r g i i Smith. From Umvoti, Southeastern Africa, whence also has been received Euprepis vittatus Gray, and a variety which is light olivaceous above ; on each side a light band, which is dark-bordered above. Other markings obsolete. Gerrhosaurus b i b r o n i i Smith. Brown bordered. The internasal plate is very transverse, as figured by Wagler in the flavigularis, and widely removed from contact with the frontal by the extensive intervention of the contiguous fronto-nasals. Dr. Smith figures the latter as separate, and the former in contact, in both species. Mancus macrolepis Cope. Char. gen. — The same as that of Chamaesaura, except in the absence of the anterior pair of extremities. Tongue slightly emarginate at the tip. The animal upon which this genus is established, so closely resembles in generic and specific peculiarities the Chamaesaura anguina, that it may be doubted whether it is entitled to the distinction I have proposed for it. The question of the disappearance of organs is one of much interest. Our impression of the importance of a peculiarity as affecting generic or specific rank is derived from consideration of its constancy during the adult age of the animal. That the assumption of generic structural * Another genus, which only differs from Homalosoma in its more slender tail and diacranterian dentition, is Cryptodacus, (Gundlack, Monatsb. Akad. Berlin, 1861, 1002.) C. vittatus is found in Cuba; it was described in November. In the following Feb- ruary the author introduced it as Arrhyton bivittatum (in Proceed. Philada. Acad.) The specimen described wants the dorsal band. t Proceed. Acad. Nnt. Sci. Philada., 1860, p. 256. t L c, p. 305. 1862.] 340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF peculiarities* takes place at very different points in the advance of develope- ment of animals as compared with each other, all very well know.f If such change took place only in case of unusually prolonged life of certain indi- viduals, we would have an instance of what we call the undependability of a character which we elsewhere rely on. This method of accounting among higher groups especially, for this phenomenon (with which students of nature are so familiar), may be worthy of being placed side by side with that which looks upon it as a state of transition from a condition of inferior to one of supe- rior adaptation to peculiar circumstances of life, — or with the usual ' ' acci- dental variation" subterfuge. The number of toes is justly relied on as a safe index to generic groups among Batrachia, Gradientia and Lacertilia, yet in Amphiuma its value is very doubtful, and in Chalcides it is not only not characteristic of the genus, but fails to be constant in the same species. The difference between a limb scarcely developed and one obliterated, pos- sesses no greater significance than the same case among the digits ; the genus Trichiurus illustrates this. As regards the absent members in the genus Mancus, they first appear (i. e. in Chamsesaura) in a condition of compara- tively fulldevelopement. The history of the latter process is, however, neces- sary in order to determine finally the validity of the separation of the genus which I have proposed. The position of the two genera is near the Ecpleopodidae, as Dr. Gray arranges them. In the Erpetologie Generate, Chamsesaura is one of the heterogeneous group called Cyclosaura Ptychopleura. Char, specif. — Generally as in Chamsesaura a n g u i n a. The plates of the head are the same ; they are elongate, especially the interparietal, which is bounded on each side by two parietals. The scales are large, very acute and strongly keeled, in only twenty-two longitudinal rows on the body, (four less than in C. a n g u i n a,) of which the two dorsal are largest. Thirty-six transverse series from temple to vent. Eight scales border the vent : one femoral pore. Tibia shorter than femur, not terminating in a claw, both covered with keeled scales. Length of head and body 5 inches 10 lines ; of tail 19 inches 9 lines. General color pale brown, whitish beneath, shaded with coppery above. Two brown bands extend from the occiput on the outer half of each median row and all of the row next exterior, to the end of the tail. A trace of a lateral band is seen on the second and third rows below the dorsal. This lizard was sent to the Academy of Natural Sciences from Natal, in a collec- tion made by the Rev. Mr. Grout. Other species contained in it were Chamaeleo d i 1 e p i s Leach, Monitor n i 1 o t i c u s Gray, Stellio capensis Dum. , and Agama nigricollis Smith. In the last it may be noted that the liver- brown variations enclose three light brown rhombic spaces on the dorsal line. General tint above rather dark brown. Fourth toe a trifle longer than third. A strong dorso-lateral dermal fold on each side. Laeerta strigata Eichw. Regarded by Dumeril and Bibron as a variety of L. v i r i d i 3, but believed to be distinct by Gray, Berthold and others. The specimen at my disposal differs from L. viridis, from the same region and from Italy, in its rela- tively smaller head and smaller and more numerous plates of the collar. The temporal shields are quite similar. Dactylethra la e vis Gthr. Rana ?mas carie n s i s D. B. General form slender ; head elongate, narrow, muzzle prominent. Distance * i. e. Those which illustrate a greater or less advance towards the extreme of diver- gence <ir of the English savant. On reviewing my former work in connection with the new light furnished by Dr. Gray, the following seems to be the nearest approximation to truth to which I can arrive at present : Tritonina? {Triiones Cope, PleurodelidcE Gray.) Genera Pleurodeles, Glossoliga, No- tophth.ilma (this genus I now believe to be distinct from the next,) Cynops (incl. Taricha Gray), Euproctus (incl. Calotriton Gray), Lophinus Raf. (incl. Ommatolriton Gray, equiva- lent to Triton, lOmmatolriton Cope, exclus.T. a 1 pest r is), Lissotriton (wants the para, toids of Hemisalamandra; is not characterized by the freedom of the tongue posteriorly ;* includes Hemitritnn Duges, Gray, a 1 p e s t r i s, in which I find a lateral line of pores,t) Neurergus, Hemisalamandra (Triton ^Triton Cope, Pyronicia Gray,) Triton {Hemisala- mandra Cope) : ten genera. * As stated Proc Acad. Nat. Sci., 1859, p. 127. ■(" In specimens labelled by Bonaparte; they are stated by Dr. Gray to be wanting, 1862.] 344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF pressed hinder limb. Soles smooth ; tarsus very broad. Tail longer than head and body, not much elevated, compressed, subcylindrical at base; a slight rudiment of a crest. Total length 6 inches 6 lines ; of tail 3 inches 6 lines. General color above brownish black ; this is everywhere relieved by large oval yellow spots ; of the latter those on the inferior lateral region are more or less confluent with the deep saffron of the abdomen. Chin and median line of tail beneath rather paler than belly. The following verbal communication should have been inserted '& under date of August 5th : Mr. Cope called attention to a curious Cuban Bufonid (Peltaphyrne empusa) for the possession of which the Academy was indebted to Professor Philipe Poey of Havana. The genus, which had not been previously characterized, differed from Bufo and Chilophryne as did Trachycephalus from Hyla among tree- toads ; i. e. in the dermo-osseous coating of the head. Thus two of the pre- dominant genera of the regio neotropica are represented in this insular portion of it by types differing from them in the same manner. The continental por- tion of the region is known to abound in forms characterized by peculiar dermo-ossifications. Such are its Batrachian genera Calyptocephalus, Brachy- cephalus, Ceratophrys, Phrynocerus ; its Alligatoridae, its Goniodontidae, and shielded Nematognathi. In P. e m p u s a the ossification was more extensive than in P. p e 1 1 o c e- p h a 1 a, and in one respect was farther developed than in the genera Phryno- cerus and Ceratophrys ; inasmuch as a broad bridge connected the mastoid and quadrato-jugal regions, extending posterior to the tympanum. The covering-in of the maxillo-quadrate sinus was a degree of ossification in both species of Peltophryne not observed in the two genera mentioned ; nor did it possess the (?) crotaphite foramen exhibited by them. Externally in the latter region the dermo-ossification was like that of Ceratophrys d o r s a t a, and less extensive than in Phrynocerus testudiniceps. The prominence of the superior labial border, and other points of physiog- nomy, produced a peculiar grotesqueness in the expression of the animal, which suggested the trivial name. The following diagnosis was offered : Supraorbital ridges very prominent, not crenate, presenting a posterior pro- cess. Postorbital and supra-tympanic processes prominent, obtuse ; preorbital straight, more acute. Canthus rostrales acute, converging so as to produce a very acute angle ; their profile very declive, that of the muzzle more so, but not perpendicular. Maxillary region oblique from a front view ; the labial border forming a prominent rim, which is thickened and everted posteriorly. Two occipital knobs on each side. Tympanum small, one-fourth or one-third the length of the palpebral border in diameter. Paratoid gland small, rounded, lateral, studded with warts ; the dorsal region is similarly studded, most abundantly anteriorly. Sides, extremities and gular region covered with smaller warts ; belly areolate. One large oval flat metacarpal tubercle ; a large one at the base of the interior digit. Two metatarsal tubercles ; the interior most elongate and acute, blackish brown. A short, thickened, internal tarsal fold. Toes half-webbed, palm slightly rugose. Length from end of muzzle to tympanum 11 lines ; of antebrachium and hand, 14-5 lines ; axilla to vent, 2 inches ; vent to end of fourth toe, 3 inches 1 line. The head is brown ; color elsewhere brownish yellow ; on the nape and sides marbled with deep brown, somewhat oblique-longitudinally on the latter region. Limbs cross-banded with brown. [August, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345 Srpt. 2d. Mr. Cassin in the Chair. Ten members present. The following papers were presented for publication : Additions to the Nomenclature of North American Lepidoptera, No. 2. By Aug. K. Grote. Descriptions of Fossils from the Marshall and Huron Groups of Michigan. By Alex. Winchell. Sept. 9 th. Mr. Cassin in the Chair. Fifteen members present. The following papers were presented for publication : Catalogues of the Reptiles obtained during the Exploration of the Paraguay, Vermejo and Uraguay Rivers, by Capt. T. J. Page, U. S. N., and of those procured by Lieut. N. Michler, U. S. Top. Eng., Com- mander of the Expedition conducting the Survey of the Atrato River. By E. D. Cope. Supplementary note to a Synopsis of N. American Colymbidae, &c. By Elliott Coues. Sept. IQth. Mr. Cassin in the Chair. Ten members present. The following papers were presented for publication : Synopsis of the Carangoids of the Eastern Coast of North America. By Theo. Gill. Description of a new generic type of Mormyroids, &c. By Theo. Gill. Sept. 23J. "Vice-President Bridges in the Chair. Seventeen members present. The following papers were presented for publication : Monograph of the family Teredidas. Notes on American fresh water Shells, &c. Description of a new Genus and Species of Pholadidae. By Geo. W. Tryon, jr. Remarks on the species comprising the genus Pediocastes. By D. G. Elliott. On the synonymy and systematic position of the Genus Etelis. By Theo. Gill. Sept. oOth. Dr. Bridges, Vice-President, in the Chair. Fifteen members present. On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were ordered to be published in the Proceedings : 1862.] 3-46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Catalogues of the REPTILES obtained during the Explorations of the Parana, Paraguay, Vermejo and TJraguay Rivers, by Capt. Thos. J. Page, U. S. N. ; and of those procured by Lieut. N, Michler, TJ. S. Top. Eng., Commander of the Expedition conducting the Survey of the Atrato River. BY E. D. COPE. I. The Paraguay Collection. The expedition commanded by Captain Page, was sent out by the United States Government, during tbe administration of President Fillmore, in the year 1853. It ascended the Parana river, to the mouth of the Paraguay; ■which stream it explored as far north as Curumba, in Brazil, lat. 19° S. Among the most important points at which observations and collections were made, were La Paz, Corrientes, Abulquerque, and Fort Coimbra, in the Ar- gentine Confederation, and Assuncion and Salvador, in Paraguay. On the return voyage, an expedition ascended the Vermejo River, one hundred and twenty miles. A land expedition across the Paraguayan territory was also made, which reached the banks of the Parana near the island of Iquibe. Capt. Page subsequently left Buenos Ayres for Santiago and Tucuman, by an overland route ; from which point he descended the Salado, to Monte de la Cueva de Lobo. Previous to this, he had ascended the Uraguay River to the Salto Grande, lat. 31° lb' S. In 1858, another and less extensive expe- dition left the United States for the La Plata and confluent waters. On this occasion, the vessel commanded by Capt. Page, was the Argentina, vice the Water Witch, which had conveyed the first expeditions. The zoological collections made by the naturalists accompanying the expe- ditions, are extensive and valuable. Partial investigations among them have been made, and recorded in appendices to Capt. Page's narrative and statis- tical work, " La Plata, the Argentine Confederation and Paraguay," New York, 1859. Attention is called to some remarks by Dr. Girard, of Washing- ton, on the fish and reptiles, at p. 602. Fifty-nine species of reptiles were obtained ; with these and others, we know about seventy species, a sufficient number from which to deduce most of the distinctive features of the reptile fauna of the Paraguay and Par- ana basins : as yet we can obtain but little clue to the extent of its zoological limits. Of the seventy species, eighteen (marked (Braz.) in the catalogue) are iden- tical with thoseof the regions drained by the tributaries of the Amazon, and by the eastern Brazilian coast streams. But three are found in the Chilian dis- trict. At least forty have not been discovered out of the region in question. Of these, nineteen are represented by nearly allied species in the Brazilian dis- trict; five, find their closest representatives west of the Andes. The follow- ing genera, so far as is known, are peculiar: Phyllosira, Pbimophis ; Teius, Scartiscus ; Lysapsus, Pyxicephalus, Phryniscus, Scytopis. Heterodon does not occur in any other section of the regio neotropica. We miss the more {Equatorial types Catostoma, Rhinostoma, Tantilla, Spilotes, Herpetodryas, Dryophis, Dipsas, Olisthenes, Brachyrhytum, etc. Of the species brought home by the expedition, twenty- five had not been previously known to zoologists. Four of these represent types of genera new to the system, viz. : one ophidian, one lacertilian and two batrachian. The preservation of the specimens composing the collections, was under tbe immediate care of Mr. Christopher Wood of Philadelphia. Testudinata. Hydraspis hilairii Gray. Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., ii. 429. (Braz.) [Sept, NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 347 Ophidia. Caudisona t e r r i fi c a Laur. Cope in Mitchell's Resear. on Venom of Rattle- snake, p. 120. No. 5783. (Braz.) Bothrops alternatus Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., vii. p. 1512. No. 5822. Bothrops d i p o r u s Cope. Second superior labial as in B. alternatus, not forming the anterior boundary of the fossette, and in contact with small scales below and behind the nasals. Superior labials eight ; suture between third and fourth, a little behind anterior margin of orbit. Scales of vertex strongly keeled ; lowest row of temporals smooth. Superior margin of rostral one-third the length of inferior ; superolateral margins very concave. Muzzle a little depressed in profile ; canthus rostralis strongly pronounced, not acute. Scales in twenty- five rows, strongly biporous. Caudal horn elongate. Gastrosteges 168, uros- teges 50. Length of head and body 36 inches ; of tail, 5 inches 6 lines. Ground-color yellowish brown, with numerous deep brown black-bordered triangular spots, sometimes alternating, sometimes confluent at their apices. On the sides their bases appear as though cut off by a longitudinal band of the ground color, and the middle portions of them obliterated ; a general cruciform outline often results when the confluence of the apices is complete. A longi- tudinal spot on each side of the nape and occiput, a round one on each parietal region, and one on the muzzle ; all obscured in old specimens. A black band from orbit crossing upper parts of posterior superior labials. Beneath yellowish, punctulated. with brown. Dark brown spots on the ends of the gastrosteges. From the Vermejo River region. No. 5401. Elaps frontalis Dum. Bibr., 1. c. vii. p. 1223. Frontals pale bordered, or a pale band across postfrontals (var. b a 1 i o- coryphus.) (Braz.) Elaps altirostris Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1859, p. 345. The native country of this species is now first ascertained. It is readily distinguishable by its rather elevated front and elevated labial shield. The gular region is almost entirely black. No. 5346. Elaps pyrrhocryptus Cope. Rings in threes — six triads on the body and one on the tail in the specimen described ; the red interspaces are a little longer than the middle black ring ; the scales which they involve are so broadly tipped with black as to obscure (in one place completely) the red ground. Middle black ring twice as wide as outer black ring ; the latter twice as wide as the inclosed yellow ring. Neck to occipital plates covered by a red space. Head black, the frontals narrowly, the labials broadly margined with yellow or red. Gular region light, inferior labials margined with black. Rings complete on the belly. Head depressed ; muzzle obtuse, short. Rostral plate broader than high ; postnasal smaller than prenasal, well in contact with preocular. Lateral, occipital and frontal borders of vertical equal. Total length. No. 5395. This species is allied toE. melanogenys and marcgravii. Cochliophagus inaequif as ciat u s Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., vii. p. 480. The genus Cochliophagus differs from Dipsas (Leptognathus, Gthr.) in the absence of a larger vertebral series of scale?, and in the compression of the head posteriorly. The maxillary bones exhibit a rudiment of the horizontal wing, so developed in Dipsas. The native country of the only species has been supposed to be Brazil, by Dumiril and Bibron. No. 5815. Oxyrhopus trigeminus Dum. Bibr., viii. p. 1013, No. 5818. (Braz.) Phimophis guerini Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1S60, p. 79, Dum. Bibr., vii. p. 991. 1862.] 348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Tkamnodynastes nattereri Wagler, Dam. Bibr., vii. p. 1149. (Braz.) This species was taken swimming in the river, near Assuncion. Its aspect is not very dipsadine ; perhaps it should be removed, with the Phrynonax 1 unula t us,* to the neighborhood of Hypsirhynchus and Tomodon. Boie more nearly expressed its affinities in calling it a Tropidonotus than others have who denominate it Dipsas. Xenodon ?severus Boie, Erp. Gen., vii. 756. Nos. 5798-9. (Braz.) Heterodon d'orbignyi Dum. Bibr., 1. c. vii. 772. No. 5808. Helicops leprieurii Dum. Bibr., 1. c. vii. 750. Giinther, Ann. M. N. H., 1861, p. 427. No. 5400. (Braz.) Dimades plicatilis Gray, Dum. Bibr., 1. c. vii. 344. No. 5802. (Braz.) Opheomorphus meremmii Fitz. Var. semiaureus Cope, of a yellowish brown, the scales and head plates without black borders. Abdomen yellow, gastrosteges dark-bordered posteriorly ; gular and labial regions bright yellow. No. 4665. Opheomorphus doliatus Cope, Synopsis Holocosus and Ameiva, &c. 15. Liophis doliatus Reinhardt, Herpetologiske Meddelelser, p. 14. Scales in nineteen rows. Var. sublineatus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1860, 252. No. 4666. Var. csesiu s Cope. Light leaden brown, the scales black bordered ; temporal regions black ; head plates black bordered. Short irregular transverse brown lines on the dirty white abdo- men. Superior labials white. Trace of a lateral black band on posterior part of body and tail. Santa Fe. No. 5393. This serpent looks as though intermediate between the var. subline- atus and O. meremmii of Brazil, and Liophis subfasciatus. Close resemblance may be traced between the var. sublineatus and Lygophis r u t i 1 u s. These species of the genus Liophis as formerly understood, are in a very interesting condition — somewhat better denned than the forms of Herpetodryas, and more as in Xenodon, Thamnophis and Oxyrhopus. Careful observation of such species must be of the greatest value in the demonstration of the more difficult problems of natural science. Liophis subfasciatus Cope, Synopsis Holcosus and Ameiva, &c, p. 17. No. 6310, 5S09-4-3. Lygophis r u t i 1 u s Cope, 1. c. p. 20. Buenos Ayres. No. 5397. Lygophis flavifrenatus Cope, 1. c. p. 20. No. 5398. Lygophis d i 1 e p i s Cope, 1. c. p. 21. No. 5861. Lygophis lineatus Fitz, Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., vii. p. 655. Nos. 5810, 6088. (Braz.) Pseudophis s c h o 1 1 i i Fitz, Dum. Bibr., 1. c. vii. p. 1118. (Braz.) A large specimen of this species (No. 5801) measures sixty-seven English inches. A second species of Pseudophis is the P. patagoniensi s — Cal- lirhinus of Girard. Philodryas aestivus Gthr., Dum. Bibr., vii. p. 1111. No. 5812. (Braz.) Philodryas latirostris Cope, Synopsis of Holcosus and Ameiva, &c, p. 13. The prtocular plates do not always reach the vertical in this species. Scale pores single Nos. 5364, 5811. * Tropidodipsas lunnlata Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., I860, p. 517, exhibits a union of the peculiari'ies of tree and water snakes, and is the type of the genus Phrynonax, Cope. The body is rather short, much compressed ; a few median rows of scales weakly keeled. Anal plate entire. Scales biporous. Head distinct, broad, muzzle rounded. Two nasals, one loreal, one preocular. Eye large, pupil round. Dentition isodont. Allied to Hyp- sirhynchus. Diners from Spilotes in the long slender tail and broad depressed muzzle. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 349 Phyllosira flavescens Cope. Char. gen. — Subfam. Atlwetullime. Dentition syncranterian. Two nasals, one loreal and preocular.. Body cylindrical. Scales in subtransverse series, with two larger median dorsal rows, which, alone are keeled. Postabdominal scutel- lum entire. Pupil round. Char, specif. —Scales in ten longitudinal series. Eight superior labials, eye over fourth and fifth; two postoculars. Two large, one small temporal. Late- ral borders of vertical slightly concave, not touching preocular ; prefontals as long as postfrontals ; rostral as high as broad. Front slightly convex. Length of head 9 lines ; of body 17 inches 5 lines ; tail mutilated. Color yel- lowish brown anteriorly, posteriorly brownish yellow. Below yellow. No. 5813. This genus is nearly allied to Ahsetulla. The species seems to bear some resemblance to Schlegel's Dendrophis a u r a t u s. Thrasops marginatus Cope. Eight superior labials, eye over the fourth and fifth. Three large tempo- rals. Preocular sometimes in contact with vertical. Two postoculars ; loreal none ; postnasal no longer than prenasal ; its posterior border vertical, as long as its frontal. Scales in fifteen longitudinal rows, all keeled but the inferior ; tail scales smooth. Angulation of abdominal shields weak. Length of rictus 1 inch ; of head and body 33 inches 9 lines ; of tail 16 inches 9 lines. General color greenish straw color ; the scales with their margins and keels brown. Median dorsal region bluish green; head dark green, the plates margined with black ; labials pale, not margined. No. 4667. This species resembles the occidentalisin the scutellation of the head ; that species differs in its uniform bright green color, and fewer keeled scales. The ahaetulla exhibits two longitudinal blue bands, more numerous superior labials, and a more elongate nasal shield. Pseudoe'aps pantherinus Fitz., Dum. Bibr., vii. p. 181. No. 5796. (Braz.) Erythrolamprus venustissimus Boie, Dum. Bibr., vii. p. 851. No. 5862. (Braz.) Phalotris tricolor Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1861, p. 524, Dum. Bibr., vii. p. 837. No. 5816. Epiciates crass us Cope. Scales in thirty-nine longitudinal rows. Head short, wedge shaped, muzzle rather narrow ; superior labials twelve, sixth and seventh entering orbit. Head plates as in E. c e n c h r i a. General form thick and short. Tail less than one- eighth of total length ; the latter 36 inches 6 lines ; length of head 1 inch 5 lines. General color leather brown ; three rows of darker spots on each side, the inferior broken up, the superior bordered with whitish above on the thirteenth row of scales. These borders uniting form a band on the anterior third of the body, immediately above a brown band formed by the confluent spots. About thirty-four distinct pale oval spots on each side the vertebral line, sometimes confluent with those of the opposite side; they form a longitudinal band on the nape. A median and two temporal brown bands on the head. Cadosa, Parana River. (Sm. No. 5409.) The number of species of Epicrates without subocular plates is perhaps a matter of uncertainty. The specimens of E. c e n c h r i a (as figured by Prince Neuwied), which I have seen, have the seventh and eighth superior labials entering the orbital rim. So has the E. maurus, according to Dr. Gray, who states that it is further characterized by a very elongate ninth. There is a common brown species, of which I have seen none but adult specimens, procured in Trinidad, Venezuela, and Panama, in which the eye rests upon the sixth and seventh superior labials ; occasional traces of lateral and dorsal 1862.] 350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF spots may be observed on some of tbem. These agree in all points of squama- tion with th« specimens often seen, which exhibit pale dorsal and numerous lateral spots and a lateral stripe. This is var. A of Ep. cenchria of Dr. Gray. I have seen only young specimens of this, though the author just men- tioned enumerates " an adult stuffed." Can it to be the young of the brown species above mentioned ? Perhaps it is the Boa lateristriga of Boie, but that species does not appear to have been described. No doubt there are other names applicable to it. The E. crassus resembles it in point of labial plates and coloratiou, but differs from it and the cenchria in having ten rows of scales fewer. This is the most important peculiarity, it may be noted, which cha- racterizes the Eunectes notaeus of the same region. Eunectes notaeus Cope, Synopsis Holcosus and Ameiva, &c, p. 10. No. 4707. Taken in the Paraguay River about thirty miles south of Fort Coimbra, Brazil, near lat. 20° S. Stenostoma melanoterma Cope. Scales in fourteen rows. Tail five or sis times the breadth of the head in length ; anal plate large. Eye large ; postnasal elevated to its line of posi- tion, widely separate from the comparatively broad superciliary. Rostral narrow ; prenasal and fronto-nasal separate. Parietals and postparietals well developed, narrow. General color pale reddish white, with fourteen longi- tudinal chestnut brown bands, one on each series of scales. Head and tip of tail black. I have compared this species with S. albifrons, from Trinidad, where the nasal and superciliary are in contact. If d'Orbigny's figure is correct, the S. albifrons from Buenos Ayres is another species, having a broad rostral plate and separate postnasal and superciliary. The melanoterma was taken at Corrientes. No. 5406. AMPHISBiENIA. Amphisbama c a m u r a Cope. Body thick, short ; tail short, obtuse, with sixteen rings. Preanal plates ten, longer than broad ; preanal pores four. Muzzle abruptly contracted, short, higher than broad ; swollen arched in profile. Rostral plate five-sided ; naso-rostrals nearly transversely parallelogrammic ; frontonaso-rostrals nearly as broad as long ; occipitals rounded anteriorly and posteriorly. Labials four, three ; high. Eye in the superior angle of the ocular, which is acute ante- riorly, and bounded behind by three segments of the first annulus. Mental plate nearly as broad as long. Length of head and body 15 inches; of tail, 2 inches 6 iines. Head and upper parts of body and tail brown ; below, and a broad collar, yellow. No. 5860. This species is most nearly related to A. an gu s tif r ons, from Buenos Ayres. The head and plates are relatively much shorter and more obtuse ; there is one more labial ; the yellow collar is not seen in the latter. Lacertilia. Ophiodes striatus Wagl., Dum. Bibr., v. 789. Ophiodes exhibits the peculiar structure of the scales and tongue charac- teristic of the Diploglossinse, as stated to exist in Panolopus, &c, by the author in a previous memoir.* It evidently succeeds the latter genus in the system. No. 5819. (Braz.) Emoea f r e n a t a Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1862, p. 187. Mabuia dorsivittata Cope. A species to be contrasted with the surinamensis in the author's table * Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1862, p. 188. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 351 of species of Mabuia.* The size is much less. Eight superior labials, eye over sixth ; seven inferior. Supranasals separating rostral from internasal ; the latter is nearly twice as broad as long, and is extensively in contact with the frontal. Fronto-nasals small, transverse. Frontal pentagonal cuneiform ; its longest side bounded by first supraorbital only ; of the latter there are three. Fronto parietals large, interparietals broad ; postoccipitals present. Ear with- out lobes ; thirty longitudinal rows of scales ; six preanal scales. A few cal- caneal tubercles. From muzzle to ear-orifice 5 lines ; from ear to vent 1 inch 6 lines. Vent to end of tail 3 inches 9 lines. Color. — Below greenish white. Sides (six and a half rows of scales wide) brownish black, traversed by two longitudinal white lines, one from the muzzle and one from the lip, two and two half rows of scales apart. Dorsal region brown for a width of only two and two half rows of scales, divided by a narrow median blackish line from nape to rump. Head brown above. Tail brown, with the lateral bands continued. (No. 5405.) Teius v i r i d i s Merr., Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., v. 143. Nos. 4399-5856. Ameiva surinamensis Gray, Cope, Synopsis Holcosus and Ameiva, &c, p. 8. (Braz.) Tupinambis t eguexin ?Dum. Bibr., x. p. 85. No. 4708, (Braz.) Ortholfemus fitzroyi Girard, U. S. Expl. Exped., p. 373. No. 5853. Taraguira torquata Gray, Dum. Bibr., iv. p. 344. No. 5897. (Braz.) Microlophus spinulosus Cope. This species differs from the peruvianus in possessing three rows of scales anterior to that which is homologous with the internasal, instead of two ; the anterior two are entirely transverse, and composed of four scales each ; the posterior of two large ones. Two parietals, narrower than inter- parietal. Supraorbitals short, separated by two rows of scales from the super- ciliary series. Supraorbital margin thickened posteriorly. Two rows above the labials, and two series of loreals. Temporals spinulose. Infralabials lon- gitudinal. A group of tubercles on anterior margin of ear ; other groups on the neck folds. Scales of sides as large as the abdominal. Inguinal and axil- lary scales, and those of the extremities, especially of the posterior face of the femur, with their keels prolonged into recurved spines. Crest scales twice as high as long, thickened on the nape. Palatine teeth present. Length from muzzle to neck fold 1 inch 6 lines ; neck fold to vent 4 inches 3 lines ; vent to end of tail 6 inches 6 lines ; of anterior extremity 2 inches ; posterior extre- mity 2 inches 10 lines. General color bright olivaceous, with indistinct brown variations ; extremities narrowly brown barred. (No. 5956.) Scartiscus caduc u s Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1862, p. 182. No. 5852. Polychrus anomalus Wiegm., Dum. Bibr., iv. 69. Batrachia. Lysapsus limellnm Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1862, p. 157. From the Curumba River. The genus Lysapsus is very nearly allied to Pseudis, and can scarcely be placed in another family. Renewed examination shows, as before, that the sacral diapopbyses are dilated, and the digital expansions as large as those of Acris, and more developed than in Pseudacris. A difficulty in distinguishing between Oxydactyl and Platydactyl groups of Opisthogloss Anura has been experienced by some zoologists, and to the author it seems that such a pri- mary division cannot be maintained. It is not impossible that certain genera * Pr. A. N. S Philada., 1862. M. (Riopa) albipunctata Gray, Am. M. N. H. xvii. 430. was omitted from the list. 1862.] 352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF may embrace species with dilated and undilated digits, e. g. Lithodytes, Fitz. In Prof. Peters' genus Plectromantis those of the hinder extremity only, are furnished with discs. The distinguished herpetologist, Baird, has developed* an important peculiarity of most Platydactyla or Hykeformia, \ viz: the syndes- mosis of the external pair of metatarsal bones (called by me 1. c. basal phalan- ges.) This, however, exists in the Cystignathidse among Oxydactyla. This author also employs the areolation of the abdominal integument, but Dumeril has mentioned the existence of exceptions to this rule ; such are species of Hylodes, Elosia and Hylarana ; so were Lysapsus, if its digital expansions be regarded of primary value. Neglecting the latter point, the genus just men- tioned would fall into the Discoglossidae of Giinther. The propriety of such a separation from Pseudis is very questionable, for the value of difference in the form of the sacral diapophyses is reduced to its minimum in view of the existence of a P. mantidactyla, from Buenos Ayres, which I describe as follows. It will be seen that it bears much resemblance to the L. 1 i m e 1 1 u m : General form that of P. p a r a d o x a. Two vocal vesicles. Tympanum nearly as large as eye. Skin of back smooth, pustulous, most so posteriorly. Skin of tibia and foot minutely roughened ; several rows of acute rugosities on the former. One acute cuneiform tubercle. Skin beneath entirely smooth. Tips of toes very slightly dilated, brown. Above uniform light brown. A yellowish band from axilla to femur ; another above it on the lumbar region. Femora cross-banded with brown above and with three longitudinal brown bands on their posterior face. A light band on the posterior face of the brachium. The sacral diapophyses are cylindrical. Length of head and body 1 inch 6 lines ; tarsus to end of longest toe 1 inch 2 lines ; tibia and femur 1 inch 5 lines. Mus. Acad., Philada. Pyxicephalus ? n. sp. Vomerine teeth in two elevated fasciculi opposite the posterior border of the iniernal nares. Ostia pharyngea smaller than nares. Tongue oval, scarcely emarginate. Muzzle elevated, higher than the length of the short, approximated canthus rostrales. Palpebrse prominent, thickened, covered with transverse glands, broader than the interorbital space. Tympanum con- cealed. Extremities short; numerous antebrachial palmar and subdigital tubercles. Cuneiform process strongly developed. Toes half-webbed. Skin of inferior surfaces glandular, areolated. Sides and superior surfaces coarsely glandular ; a series of four or five larger glands extends from each orbit, and there are two parallel rows on the occipital region. Extremities glandular. Ex- panse of rami mandibuli 10 lines. Muzzle to end of coccyx 2 inches 2 lines. Anterior extremity 1 inch 2 lines. Posterior 1 inch 10 lines. Tarsus 4-5 lines. Ground-color pale brown or whitish, with a series of large dark brown pale bordered spots on the median dorsal region, and smaller spots on the sides. The former interrupt a pale vertebral vitta. Three spots on each maxillary region, and one between the orbits. Extremities brown spotted. No. 5825. If the short descriptions of the P. a m e r i c a n u s (hitherto the only spe- cies) are reliable, this animal differs in the position of the vomerine teeth and in coloration. Pleurodema b i b r o n i i Tschudi, Dum. Bibr., viii. 410. Pleurodema biligonigera Cope. Liuperus bifigonigerus Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1860, p. 517. This species was described from a specimen in which the vomerine teeth and lumbar gland were obliterated. It differs from the bibronii, and from the species or varieties enumerated by Mr. Bell, in the absence of dermal glandules. As compared with our specimen of bibronii, the head is * Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1854, p. 59. t Exceptions are seen in Hylarana, Potypedates and RhacophoruB. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 353 narrower and shorter, and the gape of the mouth less ; the aspect is more that of Eugystoina. The expedition specimen lias the lumbar gland black. It is probably 0113 of Giinther's varieties of bibronii. No. 5840. Cystignathus fuscus Gthr. Var. No. 5842. (Braz.) Cystignathus podicipinus Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1862, p. 156. Phryniscus nigricans Wiegm., Dum. Bibr., viii. 723. No. 5834, et var. with very large (?) white spots on the sides, belly, and labial regions. No. 5833. Phrynoidis agua Cope, Daud., Dum. Bibr., viii. 703. (Braz.) Bufo diptychus Cope. Cranium without longitudinal ridges. Canthus rostralis concave rounded; muzzle elevated, not protruding. Orbit as wide as length of muzzle anterior to it. Tympanum small, scarcely perceptible. Tongue elongate, subcyliudrical. Internal finger slightly longer than second, shorter than third ; toes one-third palmate, third longer than fifth. A tarsal cutaneous fold continuous with the inner metatarsal tubercle ; outer tubercle subcorneal. Paratoids beginning behind upper margin of tympanum, divergent, trilateral, extending posterior to the axilla, and continuous with a lateral dermal fold. Skin above smooth, with a few scattered tubercles. Femora, sides and abdomen rugulose ; the first partly bound by the integument of the sides. The extended limbs reach, the anterior to the femur, the posterior to the end of the muzzle. Muzzle to vent one inch. Above light brown, with a whitish vertebral line ; there are four deep brown spots on each side of this, and a broad chevron-shaped band of the same from border to border of the upper eyelids. A brown band on canthus rostralis, and two from orbit to lip. One from orbit to shoulder on outer edge of paratoid, continuous with a blackish shade beneath the lateral fold. Abdomen brownish white, with a median series of blackish variations from sternum to abdomen. No. 5841. This species bears some resemblance to Phrynoidis variabilis of Dr. Gun- ther, a species furnished with cranial ridges and a distinct tympanum. It differs from B. poeppigii Tsch., as described by Girard, in the form of the muzzle, and condition of skin, and coloration. The paratoids are larger than in B. t h a u 1 Lesson (fide Girard) and B. chilensis; the skin is much smoother, and the coloration different. InB. pantherinus (maculatus Hallow., Pr. A. N. S., 1S54, p. 101) and guineensis, the paratoids are elongate oval. Hypsiboas raniceps Cope. Vomerine teeth in two oblique curves, whose inner limb is very short, — the structure prevailing in Hypsiboas. External digits one-third webbed. Only two phalanges of the fourth toe free. Appressed femur extending five-sixths the distance to the axilla; no calcaneal appendage. Fingers reaching femur. Head longer than broad, subacuminate ; loreal region oblique, not grooved ; canthus rostralis slightly curved, rounded. Tympanum more than half the size of the eye. Tongue oval, entire. Skin everywhere smooth, except upon the usual regions — abdominal, thoracic, and inferior femoral. A subgular vocal sac, with very large oval openings. Expanse of rami of mandible 9 lines ; muzzle to arms 2 inches 9 lines ; anterior extremity 1 inch 6 lines ; posterior extremity 4 inches 5 lines. Ashy, reddish, or dark brown above, with darker cross-bands or broken marblings, which are most distinct poste- riorly. A dark brown band from end of muzzle through eye to posterior margin of tympanum. Brachium, whole length of sides, and all the surfaces of the posterior extremity, except postero-internal of femur and external of tarsus, vertically or transversely brown banded. A whitish band on outer face of the antcbrachium, and of tarsus and foot. Subanal region paleish. Abdomen immaculate ; thorax and gular region shaded and spotted with 1862.] 24 354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF brown ; mandibular border wbitisb, maxillary border brown ; one specimen with a brown vertebral line. This species resembles the H. fasciatus of Giinther in some respects, but is more allied to H. b o a n s. In the latter three phalanges of the fourth digit are free ; the canthus rostralis is acute, and there are various differences in coloration. The raniceps was obtained on the Rio Vermejo. Nos. 5408- 5036. Hyla acuminata Cope Head longer than wide, muzzle rather pointed, depressed, the canthus rostralis almost obsolete. Nostrils not pierced in a swelling. Eyes promi- nent, not large, twice as large as tympanic disc. Skin of upper surfaces warty or nearly smooth ; gular region areolated. Heel reaching anterior border of orbit ; two phalanges of fourth toe free. Fingers entirely free, vomerine teeth in two straight transverse series, opposite the posterior margin of internal nares. Tongue short elliptic, slightly emarginate. Muzzle to pos- terior border of tympanum 7 lines, do. to anus 1 in. 9 lin., anterior extremity 10 lin., posterior do. 2 in. 5 lin. No. 5843. A subgular vocal vesicle. General color brownish gray, beneath uniform, or with a few blackish ver- miculations ; above with a blackish triangular spot between the eyes, and shades and streaks on the sacral and scapular regions. Hinder extremity crossbanded with blackish, most distinctly on femur ; the anterior and pos- terior surfaces of the latter marbled with blackish. This species resembles Cystignathus podicipinus in form, and Hyla versicolor in coloration. Hyla n a s i c a Cope Head small, as long as broad, narrow anteriorly, muzzle depressed, promi- nent, faint. Eye rather small, twice the extent of the tympanum. Tongue elliptic, scarcely emarginate, vomerine teeth in two transverse contiguous short rows between the internal nares. Fingers free or nearly so. Skin above slightly tuberculous. Gular region faintly areolated, a vocal sac. Length of head and body 1 in. 5 1. Breadth of gular region 4-5 lines. From anus to end of fourth toe 1 in. 9. lin. Beneath pale, uniform. Above dark rufous brown with some darker longi- tudinal markings on the back. A dark band from muzzle through tympanum to side. Femur and posterior lateral region varied with dark brown. No. 5835. This animal resembles the vauterii, but the head is smaller, nar- rower and more acuminate ; the tongue is more elongate and the vomerine teeth are more anterior. Hyla vauterii Bibr. Giinther, Catal. Brit. Mus., 106. No. 5407. (Braz.) Scytopis h e b e s Cope. Char. gen. — Maxillary and vomerine teeth. Tongue slightly free posteriorly. Ear perfectly developed, tympanum not concealed. Diapophysis of sacrum dilated. Toes webbed. Large paratoids, which are confluent, covering the anterior part of the back and top of head to muzzle. This genus, it will be seen, enters the "family " Pelodryadidae of Dr. Giin- ther, which has been heretofore represented by but one genus, established for an Australian species. Char. spec. — Ostia pharyngea and internal nares large, the vomerine teeth in two straight transverse series behind the posterior border of the latter. Tongue broader than long, scarcely emarginate. Tympanum horizontally elliptic, overhung by the paratoid ; half as large as eye. Eyelid not promi- nent, encroached upon by the paratoid. Skin above with a few depressed protuberances ; head and body beneath everywhere coarsely areolated ; the skin thick and coriaceous. Head broader than long, loral region concave, [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355 cantlius rostralis obtuse. Palettes of the fingers nearly as large as tympa- num ; digits slightly webbed ; two phalanges of fourth toe free. Heel reaches to orbit when the leg is extended. No vocal pouch in the specimen (5837) examined. From angle to angle of mouth beneath, 1 in. 3 lin. ; from symphysis to postgular fold 6 1. ; muzzle to vent 3 in. 3 lin. ; posterior extremity 5 in. 6 1. ; anterior do. 1 in. 7 lin. Above leathery brown, with deep brown shades on the back, and cross-bands on the limbs. Sides and posterior faces of femora reticulated with the same, enclosing on the former, yellowish areas. Beneath yellowish brown. Phyllomedusa a z u r e a Cope. Muzzle short, elevated, truncate ; canthus rostralis rounded, a little concave. External nares entirely lateral. Supra-palpebral region not prominent, the visual fissure rather restricted. Tympanic disc near the posterior canthus of the latter, equalling less than half its extent. Skin of the superior regions smooth ; a narrow median band of areolations on the inferior surface of the femur. Paratoids very slightly developed. Anterior limbs extended pos- teriorly, reaching hinder side of femur. Heel about reaching tympanic disc. Internal nares anterior, smaller than the eustachian orifices. An acute me- dian emargination in the premaxillary region. Two external of the anterior digits, longest, nearly equal, their basal phalanges, united by the integument : thumb shortest, almost opposable. Soles slightly tuberculous. Length of head and body one inch six lines ; from end of muzzle to tympanum four lines; length of antebrachium 4-5 lines ; of tibia 7 lines ; of tarsus 5*5 lines ; meta- tarsus and longest digit 5 lines. Color of the upper surfaces of the body and extremities, except that of the brachium, milky purplish blue. Beneath white or yellowish. The edges of the jaws are margined with the same, which margins form a narrow, lateral band, which extends to the middle of the side. Posterior lateral region, with the white surfaces of the extremities, with vertical blackish-brown bands. The blue is reduced to a narrow band on the femur ; it is margined with white on the anterior extremity and the tarsus. No. 5832. I cannot find a trace of vomerine teeth in the two specimens at my disposal. Their absence may be accidental ; perhaps it is a specific character — its import- ance is not greater than this. This species differs from P. hy pochond rialis of Surinam (ffy/ct hyp. Daud.) in its smaller and relatively less depressed head, shorter hinder extre- mities, and absence of dark spots upon the anterior lateral region. The hypochondrialis is believed by Prof. Schlegel, (Abbild. Amph., Dec. i., p. 24,) to be the young of b i c o 1 o r. The same statement is made by Dr. Tschudi, (Classif. der Batrachier, p. 27,) and by Dumeril and Bibron. Drs. Burmeister and Giinther apparently acquiesce in this opinion. There are no reasons to doubt the correctness of this view, other than such as a consider- ation of the following differences may furnish. The hypochondrialis \s apparently destitute of the lateral, extremital, and gular yellow spots of the b i c o 1 o r ; on the contrary, the color of the back has a straight outline, and is distinctly defined upon the sides. The superior labial yellow border is not seen in the b i c o 1 o r, nor is the bright color of the upper surfaces wanting upon the humerus, as inazureus and hypochondrialis. II. The Darien Collection. The objects and direction of the expedition to which we are indebted for the collection below catalogued, have been explained briefly by Mr. John Cassin, the well-known ornithologist, in these Proceedings.* He has also stated the positions of the localities at which portions of the collection were made. Thirty-two species of reptiles were obtained, of which thirteen were new to * 1860, p. 132. 1862.] 356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP science. A brief notice of them has been given by Arthur Schott, Esq., the exploring naturalist and geologist, at p. 255 of Lieut. Michler's Report to the United States Government. Crocodilia. Jacare sclerops Dum. Bibr. Turbo. No. 5253. Crocodilus sp. young. Turbo. 4311. Vide Mr. Schott's Report, 1. c. Ophidia. Elaps corallinus Wied., Dum. Bibr., vii. 1207. No. 3005. Elaps melanogenys Cope, Pr. Ac. Nat. Science Phil., 1860, p. 72. Var. with ten sets of rings, and the postocular cross-band interrupted by the black ground on the temporal region. It resembles the dissoleucus* slightly, but wants the acute, prominent muzzle, and small rostral plate of that species. The labials are not so elevated as in that species, and lemnis ca- t u s and other allies, the fourth (subtending the orbit) being as long as high. The prefrontals are not so small, relatively, as in dissoleucus, but are more as in lemnis cat us, where they are smaller than in pyrrhocryp- t u s . Carthagena. Himantodes cenchoa Dum. Bibr., vii. 1065. Nercua. No. 4300. Sibon annulatum Fitz., Dum. Bibr., vii. 1141. No. 4301, 4353. Oxybelis acuminatus Cope, Dum. Bibr., vii. 819, Carthagena. No. 4306. Herpetodryas carinatus Boie, Dum. Bibr., vii. 207. Pliocercus euryzonus Cope, Pr. Ac. N. Sc. Phila., 1862, p.72. No. 4303. Liophis epinephelus Cope, 1. c, p. 78. No. 4305. Lacertilia. Sphasrodactylus casicolus Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Phila., 1861, p. 499. Iguana tuberculata Laur., D. and B., iv. 203. No. 4314. Iguana rhinolopha Wiegm., D. and B., 1. c, 207. Truando. Basiliscus americanus Laur., D. and B., 1. c, 181 ^ $. No. 4112, 4322 Anolis ??reticulatus Gray, Cat. Brit. Mus., 204. Truando. 4321, c? jr.. Turbo. 4313 tf. Anolis r a d u 1 i n u s Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Phil., 1862, p. 180. Truando. 4327-8. Anolis poecilopus Cope, 1. c, 179. Truando. 4320-31. Anolis vittigerus Cope, I.e., 179. Truando. 4332. Anolis pentaprion Cope, 1. c, 178. Truando. Cnemidophorus lemnis cat us Dum. Bibr.., a. 128. Carthagena. 4336; Cnemidophorus. Carthagena. Specimens like m u r i n u s Dum. Bibr., v. 126, with plates on the superior and anterior faces of the humerus, and an olive band internally pale bordered on each side of the back, and otherwise similar. What is C. festivus Licht. et von Martius ? Tupinambis nigropunctatus Spix, Dum. Bibr., v. 20. Turbo. 4319. Brachypus pallidiceps. Digits 4 — 3 ; scales in thirty-four transverse series from axilla to groin, and twenty-three longitudinal ; those of the abdomen broader, rectangular, those of the upper regions hexagonal. Internasal plate longer than broad, hexago- * Possibly this name conveys error, the supposed white spots, having, perhaps, been yellow. The specif s was described from an alcoholic specimen recently taken, in which the red was brilliant; the supposed white had not then the appearance of faded yellow. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 357 nal, its nasal suture longest, the others shorter in the following order, frontal, rostral, fronto-nasal. Nostril between first upper labial and nasal : one frenal, one subocular resting on the third, fourth and fifth superior labials ; of these, the sixth and last is longest. Five temporals, two supraorbitals. Frontal much longer than broad, eight-sided, as follows :— longest, occipital, then su- praorbital, internasal, frontonasal, interoccipital. Five inferior labials, a small symphyseal, a mental longer than broad ; three infralabials on each side, the anterior two very large, the first of each series extensively in con- tact ; a cross row of eight gular plates, the median pair largest. One pair of sternal shields. Four preanals, the anterior subtriangular, the posterior nar- row. Length of head, 3*5 lines ; of body and neck, 2 inches 3 lines ; of tail, ?3 inches 6 lines ; total ?6 inches. General color plumbeous, the scales margined with black ; head cinereous. A light brown band extends along each side of the back, separated from its fellow by four rows of scales. Truando river region. (4324.) This species seems to indicate a necessity for dispensing with Tschudi's name Microdactylus for the Chalcides schlegeliiof Dum. Bibr. unless the latter animal can be generically distinguished by some other peculiarity than the number of its digits. While it possesses three digits on all the feet, and the B. cuvieri four, (usually) the pallidiceps has four anterior and three posterior. Chalcis heteropus of Lichtenstein and Von Martius, judgiug from the name, must exhibit a similar peculiarity. I have not been able to see their description. Batkachia. Cystignathus poecilochilus Cope, Pr. Ac. N. Sci. Phila., 1S62, p. 156. No. 4347. Craugastor hallowellii Cope, I.e., p. 153. Craugastor pulchrigulus Cope. Distal end of tibia reaching beyond muzzle ; feet one-fourth webbed. Head elongate, muzzle subtruncate. Teeth in straight lines behind the internal nares ; tongue broad oval, entire. Dark-brown, white spots on hinder face of femur. Sides and gular region shaded with dark-brown ; a bright yellow band beginning on the intermaxillary region, extends to the thorax. A light spot under the eye. Length of head and body 10 lines. Truando, 4354. ? Otilophus margaritifer, Cuv. young, 4337—8, '40 — 1. Truando. Chilophryne conifer a Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Phila., 1862, p. 156. Turbo. Phrynoidis intermedins Cope. Bufo intermedins Gthr., Catal. Brit. Mus., p. 140, Carthagena. No. 4350. Bufo s i m u s Schmidt, Denkschr, Acad. Wiss. Wien, 1858, p. 254. No. 4339. Truando. In our specimen the toes are very slightly webbed, and not at all margined ; there is a short acute tubercle on the inner face of the tarsus. The tym- panum is visible, though indistinct. The warts on the back, nape, and head, are very numerous, especially on the latter two regions, where some are linear. There is a short reddish median line on the coccyx. The belly is pied, black- ish and ? white; gular region black, with a white median vitta. A large vocal sac. Rhaebo haematiticus Cope. Bufo hcematificus Cope, 1. c, 157. The Dumerilian genus Bufo has been subdivided by Dr. Fitzinger, of Vienna, into several groups, to which he has given names. That that genus is a union of several I do not doubt, but that they are as numerous as Dr. Fitziuger indi- cates, I cannot perceive. The following table exhibits the relative characters of those that seem to be recognizable. Calophrynus is introduced on the authority of Dr. Gunther : — ■ 1862.] 358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Paratoids distinct, dorse-lateral. No dermo-ossification upon the cranium. Cranium with longitudinal ridges. A parietal branch ridge Chilophryne. No parietal branch ridge. Orbito-tympanic ridge enormously developed... Otilophus. Orbito-tympanic moderate, or none Phrynoidis. Cranium without ridges. Canthus rostralis and paratoids rounded ; form stout B u f o. Canthus rostralis and paratoids sharp angled ; form slender ; toes nearly free Rhaebo. Cranium covered with a dermo-ossification Peltaphryne. Paratoids wanting, or scarcely visible Schismaderma. Paratoids confluent, covering the back Calophrynus. These genera contain the following Chilophryne Fitzinger. d'orbignyi Fitz. ex D. & B. dialopba Cope celebensis ex Gthr. biporcata ex Gravenh. americana ex Le Conte cognata ex Say lentiginosa ex Shaw nebulifera ex Gird. conifera Cope veraguensis ex Schmidt ocellata ex Gthr. lineomaculata ex Gay Otilophus Cuvier margaritifer Cuvier ? pleuropterus ex Schmidt Phrynoidis Fitz. Fseudobufo Tsch. (Noinen hybridum) Nectes Blkr. Docidophryne Fitz. asper Fitz. ex Grav. isos ex Lesson melanostietus ex Schn agua ex Daud. molitnr ex Tsch. ornatus ex Spix granulosus ex Spix. gutturosus ex Latr. intermedins ex Gthr. alvarius ex Gird. lugubrosus ex Gird. Bufo Laurcnti. Phryne. Ade- nomus Cope, (founded on a B. kelaartii, with the prox- imal phalanges contracted, leaving terminal dilata- tions.) simus Schmidt.' ,' N. W. S. Amer. anonmlus Gthr. Mexico. TV. S. Amer. Sandwich Is. Celebes Malaysia. E. N. Amer. Central N. Amer. E. N. Amer. Mexico. N. W. S. Amer. W. S. Amer. N. S. Amer. N. W. S. Amer. Java. Bengal. S. and E. Asia. E. S. Amer. W. S. Amer. E. S. Amer. CG ti u .< N. W. S. Amer. Cent. N. Amer. W. S. Amer. species : Bufo insidior Gird. trifolium Tsch. politus Cope crucntatus Tsch. lamentor Girard. uebilis. Girard. boreas£. & G. columbiensis B. rf G. halophilus B. <£ G. thaul Less. chilensis Tsch. diptychns Cope rubropunctatus Gay poeppigii Tsch. speciosus Gird punctatus B. d. G. tuberosus Gthr. guineensis Gthr. angusticeps Smith gariepensis Smith pantherinus Boie calamita Laur. viridis Lour. vulgaris Laur. kelaartii Gthr. Rhaebo Cope. Fhrynomorphus Fitz. (Nom. prseocc.) haematitieus Cope N. W. S. Amer. gracilis ex Gird. E. S. Amer. leschenaultii Cope ex D. & B. N. E. S. Amer. ? coeruleostictus ex Gthr. N. W. S. Amer. Peltaphryne Fitz. peltacephala Fitz. Cuba. empusa Cope " Schismaderma Smith carens Smith S. Africa. Calophrynus Tsch. pleurostigma Tsch. Borneo. Mexico. W. S. Amer. Central Amer. Java. Utah. Mexico W. N. Amer. W. S. Amer. S. Amer. E. S. Amer. W. S. Amer. "VV. S. Amer. Mexico. Centr. N. Amer. W. Africa. S. Africa. ii Africa. S. Europe. Europe, E. Asia. Ceylon. Bufones gymnauchen Bleeker, griseus and melanogaster Hallow.,* eryth ronotus and quercicus Holb., B. woodhousei Gird., I have not been able to refer to any of the preceding genera. Hyla p h a e o t a Cope. Head broad, depressed, canthus rostralis rounded concave ; eye large, prominent, tympanum more than half its extent. Tongue round, entire ; vomerine series nearly tranverse, between the large internal nares ; ostia pharyngea large. A vocal sac. Skin of upper surfaces entirely smooth ; a * Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci„ I860, pp 486, 506. [Sept NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359 strong fold from orbit over tympanum. Three outer fingers slightly webbed ; nearly three phalanges of the fourth toe free, the web, however, margining its outer side. Heel of the extended hind limb reaching beyond the muzzle. Breadth of gular region from angle to angle of mandible, 9 lines ; length of head and body 1 in. 10 lines ; of anterior extremity 1 in. ; of posterior 4 in. Color above grayish-brown, shaded with a pale plumbeous tint, like the bloom of some fruit. Abdomen, upper jaw, postorbital region, and the bor- ders of the upper eyelid, tarsus and antebrachium, and of a brown spot near the vent, white. A dark brown line on the canthus rostralis, and band be- tween the eyes ; a longitudinal band or series of spots on the back, which bifurcates anteriorly ; a spot on the coccyx. A dark brown band from angle of eye to scapular region, involving the whole of the tympanum. Femur with narrow cross-bands ; posterior face reticulate or unicolor. Tibia} more broadly cross-banded. Sides with brownish vermiculations. Gular region brown shaded.* From Turbo. No. 4347. Additions to the Nomenclature of North American LEPIDOPTESA. No. 2. BY AUG. R. GROTE. On pages 59, 60, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1862, I described three species of Heterocera, under the genus Platypterix, Lasp., adopting the classification of Heydenreich, in his Cat. Method. Lepidop. Europ. I have since recognized my P. formula to be identical with Drepana rosea, Walker, C. B. M. viii. and also with Cilix Americana, H. S. Lepidop. Exot. p. 60, fig. 470. This species seems, however, properly classified under neither of the above genera, and for the reasons following. The genus Cilix, Leach, was created for such Heterocera, which, closely allied to Platypterix, Lasp., are aberrant from that generic type by the straight outer margin of the anterior wings. It was established upon a European species, C. spinula, H., formerly included and described under Platypterix, Lasp., as the termination of its specific name in- dicates. Herrich-Schaeffer is, however, evidently in error, in placing his C. Americana under Cilix, Leach, as the outer margin of the anterior wings, unlike the type of that genus, is faleate ; differing, on the other hand, from Drepana, *A species in the Smithsonian Museum, obtained by Dr. Chas. Sartorius at Mirador, Vera Cruz, resembles this species in most respects. It is, however, different in the following respects : It is dark slate above, with blackish confluent spots, in two parallel series ; there are no white borders or anal spot. Gular region uniform yellowish ; a few warts on hinder face of antebrachium. Posterior face of femur uniform slate. No light spot under eye ; broad cross-bands on femur and tibia. Heel reaching anterior border of orbit. Length from muzzle to vent 3 inches. It is allied apparently to Baird's H. v a n v 1 i e t i i. It may be called II. m u r i c o 1 o r. A beautiful species has been presented to the Academy by Capt. Field, in a collection made by him in Panama. It is Hyla callidryas of the author, and may be distin- guished as follows : Head elongate, maxillary outlines convergent, nearly straight; loreal region subvertical, canthus rostralis straight, rounded. Eyes not large, transparent portion of inferior pal- pebra reticulated with white ; iris cupreous. Tympanum nearly as large as eye, ob- liquely elliptic. Tongue elongate elliptic, openly emarginate. Inner nares large, widely separate; vomerine teeth between them, in two oblique series, convergent posteriorly, anteriorly opposite anterior border of nares. Fingers one fourth webbed ; pallettes very larse; toes one-half palmate, margined. Heel reaching end of muzzle when extended. Skin above smooth. From muzzle to vent 1 inch 9 lines ; do. to angle of mouth 7 lines Blue purple above, greenish on the scapular region; humerus, femur, except a narrow blue stripe, and under surfaces, uniform saffron. Numerous oblique bauds of a lighter yellow on the sides. 1862.] 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Schr. and Platypterix, Lasp., by the convexity of the outer margin near the middle. This difference is noted by Walker when describing this species under Drepana, Schr., which genus is synonymous with Platypterix, Lasp., inasmuch as Walker's species, with the exception of his D. rosea, and D. emargiData, C. B. M. viii., as well as those I have described, do not differ generically from European species classed under Platypterix by most authorities ; which latter genus, having apparently the priority, should be retained for our species. I propose for Walker's D. rosea, which specific name has the priority over Americana, H. S., as also for D. marginata, Walker, of which laiter species I have seen no specimen, but which appears from Walker's description to belong here, the following genus : Dryopteris, nov. gen. Antemne bi-pectinate in the male ; simple, or nearly so, in the female. Palpi short, wings broad, anterior pair obtusely falcate, with the outer mar- gin convex near the middle and extending outward to a nearly straight line with the falcate tips. Body rather stouter than in Platypterix ; shorter than the posterior wings. The species under this genus are readily distinguished from the true Platyp- terigides by their brighter colors and somewhat broader and heavier wings. I have carefully compared specimens of my P. fabula, and P. genicula with the description of D. arcuata, Walker, C. B. M. viii., but while the description presents points of resemblance with both, I can positively identify it with neither, and must consider it as a distinct species awaiting a comparison of actual specimens. A simple enumeration of the number and coloring of the bands on the anterior wings in this genus must necessarily lead to some con- fusion, as there exists a great similarity in point of markings and coloring among the different species comprising it. P. fabula may, however, be readily recognized from P. genicula by the ground color ; being in fabula dirty white : in genicula, pale brownish yellow. The second and third wavy lines from the base of the wing, in the former species, run close together, and unite three times near the lower margin, forming two enclosed spaces ; in P. genicula the second and third lines run wide apart, being also much straighter than in P, fabula, in which they zigzag with acute angles, the third line crossing the outside and largest discal spot ; while in P. genicula the same line runs out- side of it. My descriptions are taken from males of both species. This would seem the proper place to correct an error in the obs. to P. fabula, page 59. It is in the American, and not in the European species, that the second and third lines run together on the anterior wings, forming enclosed spaces, as will be seen by the body of the description. The following is a list of all our hitherto described species under this family following the classification of Herrich-Schseffer, in his Syst. Verz. der Europ. Sehmett. Drepanulina, H. S. Dryopteris, Grote. — rosea, Walker, C. B. M. viii. Cilix Americana, H. S. Lepidop. Exot. p. 60, fig. 470, female. Platypterix formula, Grote, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1862, p. 60. — marginata, Walker, C. B. M. viii. Platypterix, Laspeyres. — fasciata? Steph. Morris, Synopsis, N. A. Lepidop. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. vol. iv. 21S. — arcuata, Walker, C. B. M. viii. — fabula, Grote, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1862, p. 59. — genicula, Grote, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1862, p. 59. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 361 List of the PSEUDONEUROPTERA of Illinois contained in the Cabinet of the writer, with descriptions of over forty new species, and notes on their struc- tural affinities. BY BENJAMIN D. WALSH, M. A. [N. B. — Except where otherwise stated, the following species have been taken by myself within four miles of the city of Rock Island. None of my specimens are alcoholic. The species with an exclamation point (!) affixed have been kindly identified by Dr. Hagen, the author of the Smithsonian Synopsis of American Neuroptera, from duplicates which I sent him in 1860 ; but to prevent possible mistakes I have compared most of them with his diagnoses.] TERMITINA. Termes flavipes, Kollar, South Illinois. PSOCINA. \\ " Tarsi two-articulate, discoidal cell closed, quadrangular." (Psocus, Sub- genus C, Hagen.) Psocus venosus, Burm. ! P. contaminatus, Hagen ! (South Illinois.) P. Nov,*: scotl/E, Walker ! P. lichenatus, Uhler (auctore ipso). This last species is not included in Dr. Hagen's synopsis. Psocus purus, new species. — Head cinereous, with a large fuscous spot on the posterior nasus, a small round one on the ocelli, and two on the occiput, which are sometimes almost obsolete ; antennae black, with three basal joints whitish. Thorax and abdomen black, with the sutures whitish. Legs whitish; knees and tarsi a little fuscous. Wings hyaline, except a small black spot on the middle of the posterior margin; veins black, except the posterior side of the discoidal cellule and basal half of 1st sector, which are white ; pterostigma triangular, hyaline, with a small fuscous spot at its basal angle ; its nervures black, except the basal half of the inner nervure, which is conspicuously white ; posterior wings hyaline, with violet reflections. Length to the tip of wings 6J millimetres. Expanse of anterior wings 12 mill. Described from three specimens. Psocus semistriatus, n. sp. — Head yellowish cinereous ; nasus sometimes conspicuously, sometimes obscurely, lineated with black ; in one specimen en- tirely black ; a small black spot on the ocelli ; eyes <$ globose, prominent ; antennae fuscous, two basal articulations, and sometimes part of the third, pale; antennae $ with the seta hairy. Thorax and abdomen black, with the sutures whitish. Legs pale, with the tarsi, and sometimes the tips of the tibiae and the femora, a little fuscous. Wings entirely hyaline, except a small fus- cous spot on the middle of the posterior margin; veins black; pterostigma triangular, rounded behind, more or less fuscous, sometimes almost black, always with the basal angle paler ; posterior wings hyaline, with green reflections. Length to tip of wings 4 — 5 mill. Expanse of anterior wings 7 — 9 mill. Described from eighteen specimens. Psocus perplexus, n. sp. — 9 Differs from the above in size, in the greater proportioual length of the antennae, which extend beyond the wings, in the ocelli being much wider apart and not connected by any black spot, and in the pterostigma being of uniform fuscous color and proportionally longer and not rounded behind. Expanse of anterior wings 11 mill. One 9 specimen. Theoiscal bifurcation of the anterior wing is peduncled, but this is occasionally seen in semistriatus mini. Psocus pollutus, n. sp. — Head yellowish cinereous ; front with a round discal 1862.] 362 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP black spot, and an oblique whitish line on each side near the eyes ; nasus ob- scurely lineated with fuscous; antennae fuscous. Thorax fuscous, with whitish sutures. Legs pale, with knees aod tarsi fuscous. Wings hyaline ; an irregular band en the apical margin, connected with the pterostigina by about four irreg- ular spots, an irregular median band attaining the costa, and the base of the costa, fuscous ; veins black, except the posterior side of the discoidal cellule, and a small spot at the furcation of the 1st sector, which are white ; pterostigma fuscous at tip, at base hyaline ; posterior wings hyaline, with violaceous re- flections. Length to tip of wings 4 mill. Captured one specimen in South Illinois. Psocus amabilis, n. sp. — Head dull luteous, immaculate ; antennae robust, pubescent, fuscous, with two basal joints and the base of joint9 3 — 6 pale. Thorax and legs dull luteous, the tarsi a little fuscous. Wings hyaline, with a black spot on the middle of the posterior margin ; pterostigma hyaline, truncate at tip, with a black spot at its base ; veins black, except the discal bifurcation, which is white. This bifurcation is not angular, as in all the above species, but rounded and peduncled, as in the species figured in Westwood's Introduc- tion (ii. p. 18, fig. 8); from which, however, this species differs by its two- jointed feet, closed discoidal cellule, and the presence of a posterior marginal cellule. Length to tip of wings not quite 3 mill. One specimen, found dead in the room where I keep my insects. §| " Tarsi two-articulate, discoidal celluleopen, absent." (Psocus, Subgenus D, Hagen.) Psocos abruptus, Hagen ! P. corruptus, Hagen. P. aurantiaccs, Hagen. Psocus geologus, n. sp. — Yellowish brown, ranging to almost black. Eye3 normal; antennae normal, villose, fuscous. Feet pale, with the tarsi and tips of tibiae sometimes fuscous. Wings hyaline, all with golden reflections; veins black ; pterostigma triangular, rounded posteriorly, hyaline, with a small spot at the basal angle ; posterior marginal cellule semicircular. Length to tip of wings H mill. Ten specimens, found in the drawers of a geological collection, into which paper had been pasted. Very near salicis, Fitch, but distinguishable at once by the pterostigma not being truncate. The normal neuration of psocus is, apparently, a discal bifurcation with the anterior furcation throwing out one branch and the posterior one throwing out two, in each case towards the margin. In the groups with the discoidal cellule closed, the posterior furcation seems at first sight to throw out three branches instead of two; but this is in reality caused by the submedian nervure, which closes the discoidal cellule by uniting with the posterior furcation, afterwards leaving that furcation and running to the margin. Any one may convince himself of this fact by comparing those species where the submedian nervure comes very close to the posterior furcation, but does not quite touch it, with those where it does actually touch it. What I have here called the discal bifurcation seems analogous to the "sectors" of the "arc" in the odonata ; and the cross-vein from which it rises analogous with the " arc " itself. Dr. Hagen has observed, that " the reticulation in P. abruptus and P. corruptus is abnormal, and may constitute a distinct subgenus or rather genus." At first sight there seems to be a tri- not a bi- furcation in these species, or in other words, three sectors to the arc instead of two. But a closer inspection will show that there are in reality only the normal number — two — the anterior one throw- ing out its branch a short distance from the arc, and the posterior one throwing out at tho usual distance one branch instead of two, which is the only abnormal feature in the neuration of these two species. PERLINA. Pteronarcys nobilis, Hagen. Perla (Acroneuria) abnormis, Newm. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 363 \\ Perla. Subgenus Acronedria. Acroneuria rupinsitlensis, n. sp. — 9 Obscure luteous. Head broader than the prothorax, bright testaceous, the epistotna scarcely excavated ; a transverse line at tip, a raised discal line in the form of an M with its sides divaricate, and a subobsolete basal line commencing at the eyes and curving backwards, fuscous ; the usual two interocular tubercles oval, oblique ; palpi fuscous ; antennae fuscous, with the joints from 2 to about 7, and the first joint beneath luteous. Prothorax nearly twice as wide as long, subcordate, anterior and posterior angles acute, excurved, the sides Dearly parallel before the mid- dle, gradually contracted behind the middle, the prothoracic episternum not thrust underneath as in other Perlae, but distinctly visible behind from above, so as to give at a distance a quadrangular appearance to the whole prothorax ; the middle longitudinal stria acute, surface rugulose, luteo-fuscous with fuscous rugae. Prosternum and anterior half of metasternum bright luteous. Legs luteous, with obscure fuscous vittae. Abdomen and venter with obscure fuscous markings; abdominal setae luteous, annulate with fuscous towards their tips, not pilose except under the lens ; 9 antepenultimate ventral segment regularly rounded, so as at the centre, where it is slightly emarginate, to cover one half of the penultimate segment, with a subobsolete linear transverse tubercle before the apex. Wings subhyaline ; veins of anterior wings mostly brown, of pos- terior mostly clay-yellow ; the vein accessory to the subcosta in the anterior wing throwing out four branches, one of which occasionally becomes bifid ; in one specimen the veins on the posterior apical submargin are obsolete ; from four to thirteen subterminal cross-veins. Length to tip of wings 9 39 m^- Alar expanse 9 64 — f * m^- Length of abdomen 9 about 9 mill. The J1 I have not yet met with. Described from two specimens. Differs from abnormis in the greater relative width of the prothorax, in its sides not being straight, and its not having any luteous dorsal line. Also in the greater extension of 9 antepenultimate ventral segment, and its having a sub- terminal tubercle. From ruralis and arida it differs in the accessory subcostal being 4 (not 5 or 3) branched. §§ Perla. Subgenus A. — Accessory vein two-branched ; three ocelli. Perla flavescens, n. sp. — Clay-yellow. Head a little broader than the prothorax, bright clay-yellow, with a divaricating unequal carina proceeding from each side of the anterior ocellus to the anterior sub-margin, where there is sometimes a large dilated puncture on 6ach side ; a large quadrangular fuscous spot at tip, and another at the base, from which last issue two wide branches nearly attaining the base of the antennae, the two spots sometimes almost confluent ; palpi fuscous ; antennae fuscous, second joint luteous, third to about the eighth luteous annulate with fuscous ; the under side of the head is more or less fuscous at base. Prothorax rugose, entirely fuscous, its breadth exceeding its length by one-half, considerably narrowed behind, with its sides straight, its anterior angles acute, and its posterior ones a little rounded ; meso- and meta- thorax brown-black, polished, with clay-yellow margins. Legs clay-yellow, femora sometimes vittate beneath, and always strongly above, with brown-black, a triangular spot at their tips confluent with the upper vitta, and the posterior femora fuscous at base; tibiae vittate above with fuscous; tarsi fuscous. Sternum fuscous almost entirely. Abdomen 9 sometimes fuscous only at the sides and tip, sometimes with the base of each segment fuscous ; abdomen <^ with the 3 or 4 basal segments clay-yellow and the rest fuscous ; venter in both sexes obscure luteou3, banded with fuscous; sette brown-black, pubescent; $ last few abdominal segments are curved upwards, and the last, which is small and only visible at the sides, triangularly open above ; 9 antepenultimate ventral segment is semicircularly produced in the middle, so as to cover one- 1862.] 364 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP half of the penultimate. Wings subflavescent, the subcostal vein and its accessory brown, the rest mostly luteous. Alar expanse ^ 26—29 mill., $ 35—40 mill. Length J1 3|— 4 mill., $ 4—6 mill. Four (j^, three 9 • Allied to P. capitata, Pictet, bat distinct. In one $ and one 9, the accessory subcostal of one wing is only one-branched. In $ of this species the 5th abdominal segment is semicircularly elongated, so as to conceal almost entirely the upcurving abdominal joints 6 — 8, and the 9th ven- tral is entirely concealed by the 8th, which is large. Perla varians, n. sp. — 'Fuscous. Head as wide as, or wider than the pro- thorax in some specimens, with the usual divaricating carinas equal and polished, and obscurely returning in the form of an inverted W ; epistoma longer than usual, with a dilated puncture on each side ; occiput with a semi- circular or transverse yellow or luteous spot, which is never longer than wide, and sometimes extends to the sides of the head; beneath luteous; palpi and antennae fu?cous. Prothorax nearly twice as wide as long, quadrangular, not contracted behind, the sides straight, the angles acute before, scarcely rounded behind, rugulose, with a yellow or luteous vitta in the middle, and a more or less obvious submarginal luteous cloud on each side. Sternum luteous. Legs luteo- fuscous, with coxae, trochanters and knees luteous. Abdomen with the last joint, luteous ; venter obscurely marked with luteous on the disk and some- times the tip. Setae fuscous, sometimes with a few basal joints luteous ; $ an- tepenultimate ventral segment semi-oval behind, sometimes a little angulated in the middle, almost entirely covering the penultimate segment. Wings sub- hyaline ; veins of anteriors browD, with a small brown cloud on the anterior part of the " arc," which is never entirely obsolete ; veins of posterior wings partly luteous. Length to tip of wings 14 — 18 mill. Alar expanse 28 — 36 mil!. Length of abdomen 5| — 8 mill. It comes very near to P. postica, Walker, but that species has the occipital spot hastiform, and no subcostal spot on the wings. Described from eleven specimens. The species is remarkable for having almost always a cross-vein behind the accessory subcostal vein and outside the "arc," so as to form there a trapezoidal or pentagonal cell. Sometimes this cross-vein is present in one wing in the same individual, and absent in the other; iu one specimen there are on one side three additional subapical cross-veins, making four altogether, thus approximating to Acroneuria, and none at all on the other side. The accessory subcostal vein is incurved at its origin, and generally appendiculated there ; and is further remarkable for sometimes throwing out only one branch, sometimes as many as three, the wing being often normal on one side and abnormal on the other. In the $ the 9th ventral segment is distinct, and never concealed by the 8th. In the $ the 7th abdominal segment is prolonged laterally much be- yond the other abdominal segments, so as to partially cover the base of the antepenultimate ventral. Perla decipiens, n. sp. — Bright clay-yellow, sometimes verging on orange. Head wider than the prothorax, with a square black spot enclosing the ocelli, and a smaller round submarginal one before, which are sometimes almost con- fluent, sometimes obscure fuscous, sometimes, but not often, obsolete ; the usual divaricating carina is generally a little depressed in the middle of each branch and scarcely returns backwards ; palpi and anteunae fuscous, the latter luteous joints 2 — 8. Prothorax one-third wider than long, rugulose, quadrangular, its sides straight, very slightly narrowed behind, anterior angles acute, posterior ones scarcely rounded; fuscous or obscure, always with a narrow central yel- low or luteous vitta ; meso- and meta-thorax more or less obscured with fuscous. Legs clay-yellow, with a fuscous vitta above on the femora and tibiae, and the tarsi fuscous. Abdomen sometimes a little varied with fuscous, especially above, in one mature specimen entirely fuscous above and below. Setae hairy, [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 365 a little fuscous towards their tips ; $ with the last ventral segment invisible ; 9 with the antepenultimate ventral segment truncate, sometimes longitudinally striate in the middle, sometimes rounded and dehiscent. Wings 9 hyaline, hind wings sometimes with violaceous reflections ; veins (J1 9 brown, except the costal and subcostal veins and their cross-veins which are yellowish-hyaline in both wings ; two or three apical costal cross-veins. In one specimen the subcostal accessory vein throws off but one branch on the right wing, thereby approxi- mating to subgenus C. In $ all 4 wings are subfumose. Length to tips of wings 10 — 13 mill. Expanse of wings 19 — 25 mill. Length of abdomeu 3 — 4 mill. Eleven specimens. May be easily confounded with Chloroperla bilineata, Say (noticed below,) but is always distinguishable at once by the sidfs of the prothorax being fuscous or obscure, never yellow. It differs from P. placida, by the prothoracic vitta and by the costal neuration being almost hyaline, so that the cross-veins are seen with difficulty; from P. occipitalis by the vitta, and also by having three ocelli ; and from P. dilaticollis by having three ocelli, and by the accessory subcostal vein not being incurved. The 8th ventral segment ^ is large, the 9th being concealed by it. no appearance of any suture. \\ Perla, subgenus B. Accessory vein two-branched ; two ocelli. Perla occiptalis ? Pict. — £> Luteo-fuscous. Head wider than the prothorax, bright testaceous, clouded before with fuscous and with a round black spot on the ocelli; the epistoma is scarcely excavated, and the usual divaricate carina is subobsolete ; the two usual interocular tubercles are prominent and round; antennas fuscous, except the tip of the first joint and joints 2 to about 7, which are luteous ; palpi fuscous. Prothorax one-third wider than it is long, the sides very slightly sinuate, contracted behind, rugulose, the margins fuscous. Pro- and meso-st.ernum luteous. Legs luteous ; femora and tibiae above and also the tarsi fuscous. Abdominal setae clay-yellow, dusky at tip; 9 antepe- nultimate ventral segment truncate. Wings subhyaline, sometimes with green and violaceous reflections on all of them; veins brown, the costa and subcostal apical cross-veins yellowish-brown; accessory vein not incurved at its origin. The (5\ which is hitherto unknown, differs from 9 in being entirely luteous beneath, and in the four wings being fumose. Abdomen and venter constructed as in $ P. fiavescens. Alar expanse 23 — 29 mill. Length of abdomen 3 — 3£ mill. Differs from P. dilaticollis by the subcostal vein being direct, and from P. occipitalis by the veins being brown, not testaceous. One rj\ four 9- g§ Perla. Subgenus C. (New.) Accessory subcostal vein throwing out only one branch; abdomen very long ; two ocelli ; several subcostal apical cross- veins and several postcostal* cross-veins in the anterior wing. The (?, which is hitherto unknown, differs from 9 in being entirely luteous beneath, and in the four wings being fumose. Abdomen and venter con- structed as in (^ P. fiavescens. Perla producta, n. sp. Brown. Head wider than the prothorax, with the U3ual divaricate carina prolonged nearly to the tip, and obscurely reverting; clay-yellow or obscure luteous, clouded with fuscous at tip, with a black or * I apply this term to the posterior basal corner of the wing, or poslcostal space (espace poatcostal,) in which sense it is used throughout the Synopsis, and in Monographie des Calopterygines ; (see Plate I., fig 1). Mr. Uhler, probably through some clerical or typographical error, is made to say, in the Glossary affixed to the Synopsis, that " Post- costal " is synonymous with " Postcubital." That this cannot possibly be so, at least in Dr. Hagen's nomenclature, may be easily seen by any one who possesses a copy of the Synopsis. The genus Agrion, as distinguished from the genera Pscudostigma and Me- cistogaster, which have one or two series of areoles in their postcostal space, is there characterized by having •• the postcoital space simple," (p. 74); and on inspecting the diagnoses of the 47 N. A. species of Agrion, it will be found that they have a number of postcubital croBS-veins ranging from 7 to 16. 1862.] 366 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP fuscous basal quadrangle enclosing the ocelli, longer than wide and throwing off on each side at tip a small branch reaching the two interocular tubercles which are round ; beneath clay-yellow or luteous obscure ; antennas fuscous, ex- cept joints 2 — 6 or 8, which are more or less luteous ; palpi fuscous. Thorax one-third wider than long, a little contracted behind, its sides straight, anterior angles slightly, posterior ones much rounded, rugulose, luteous with fuscous markings, or sometimes entirely fuscous. Legs luteous, femora and tibiae vittate above with fuscous ; tarsi and generally the knees fuscous. Abdominal setae clay-yellow, with long hairs ; conspicuously banded with fuscous in their cen- tral portion and fuscous at tip; 9 antepenultimate ventral segment truncate, with a triangular tubercle sometimes apparently bifid at its apex ; <$ last ab- dominal segment small and only visible laterally. Front wings hyaline, with a slight brownish tinge ; veins brown, a little lighter on the costa ; from two to five subcostal apical cross-veins; accessory vein direct; from two to four post- costal cross-veins. Hind wings hyaline, the veins pale, except at the tips. Length to tip cf wings 12 — IV mill. Alar expanse 21 — 29 mill. Length of abdomen 2>\ — 6£ mill. Twelve specimens. I obtained a single specimen at Chicago which has the accessory subcostal in one wing two-branched. In more than fifty Rock Island specimens which I have examiaed, it is one- branched in both wings. The tip of the 8th ventral segment tf is luteous, and conceals the 9th. Perla fumipennis, n. sp. — Differs from the preceding in the anterior and pos- terior wings being distinctly and equally subfumose, the veins fuscous, and as dark in the hind as in the front wings ; and also in the costa of both wings being yellowish. The head is bright clay-yellow, the spot enclosing the ocelli black, and the thorax is brown-black, immaculate. Three postcostal cross-veins. Alar expanse 17 mill. Length abd. 4£ mill. One tf specimen. \\ Perla. Subgenus D. — Differs from the preceding only in the ocelli being three in number. Perla elongata, n. sp. — $ Differs from the $ of producta in being one-third larger, in the antennae and seta? being fuscous, immaculate, and in the prothorax having a wide clay-yellow vitta on each side the middle, extending outwards on the anterior and posterior margins. The head is clay yellow, with the spot enclosing the ocelli black; subcostal apical cross-veins 2 — 4; postcostal cross- veins 4 — 5. Alar expanse tf 23 — 25 mill. Abdomen <^ 5 — 5J mill. Three tf ; 9 un- knowti. The prothoracic markings resemble those of P. nigrocincta, Pictet, but that species is larger, has only two ocelli, and is, besides, arranged as having the accessory subcostal two-branched. The 9th ventral $ is concealed by the 8th, which has at its tip a large, smooth, transversely oval tubercle, with a striated outline, as in $ Acroneuria abnormis. §1 Perla. Subgenus Chloroperla. Chloropbrla bilineata? Say. — The epistoma has generally, as Say describes it, "an obscure triangular spot," or is more or less clouded with fuscous, but I have not seen a specimen " with two straight fuscous lines before the discal ones" on the head, as described by Dr. Hagen. Neither are the veins "testa- ceous," as Dr. Hagen describes them, except on the disk and tip of the front wings ; elsewhere they are yellowish-hyaline. For these reasons, and because I believe I forwarded specimens of my species to Dr. Hagen in 1860, and he re- ported them to me as " Chloroperla, new species," I conjecture that my insect is the true bilineata, Say, and that Dr. Hagen has described under that name a different insect, or at all events a geographical race of Say's species. Say in- deed states that " the scutel is bimaculate, spots blackish, placed transversely," which is not the case in any of my specimens, and is not stated to be the case in Dr. Hagen's diagnosis. But this is so contrary to the general style of or- namentation in Perlina, that Say was probably mistaken, and mistook a cloud for two spots. In my specimens the meso- and meta-thorax are luteous, more or lees obscurely clouded with fuscous. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 367 Sometimes in my species the head is pure yellow, with only the eyes and ocelli black. The abdomen is sometimes pure yellow, sometimes with a wide fuscous band in the middle, sometimes entirely fuscous. But the prothoracic vittcE are always distinct. The $ has the last abdominal joint small, internal. The $ antepenultimate ventral segment is triangularly extended so as to completely cover the penultimate. The 9th $ ventral is apparently concealed by the 8th, which is very large and triangularly extended at tip, with no ap- pearance of any suture. Length to tip of wings 11 — 14 mill. Alar expanse 21 — 27 mill. Length of abd. 3 — 4 mill. Twenty specimens. Chloroperla brunnipennis, n. sp. — Brown-black. Head much wider than the prothorax ; ocelli three ; epistoma generally luteous ; antenna? luteous at base. Mouth, base of abdomen, and all beneath, generally obscure luteous. Prothorax rather wider than long, its sides straight, contracted behind, its angles slightly rounded. Setae luteous at base, sometimes all but their tips luteous. Antepenultimate segment 9 venter covering £ the penultimate. Legs luteous, femora with a broad median black band, sometimes inter- rupted beneath, especially in the front legs ; tibia black on their basal half, sometimes luteous beneath, especially in the front legs. Wings all brownish, the costa yellowish ; veins the color of the wing; front wings with a streak be- tween the postmedian and postcostal veins, and the region of the origin of the accessory subcostal, hyaline. Alar expanse 16 — 21 mill. Length abd. 3\ — 4 mill. Two ^ one 9- Chloroperla nana, n. sp. — Differs from the above in size, in the head being immaculate above and below, and in the prothorax being one-half wider than long, its angles rounded, and with a broad, median, luteous vitta. The hya- line streaks on the wings are absent. Length to tip of wings 6| mill. Alar expanse ll£ mill. Abd. 2 mill. One 9? specimen. Isopteryx cydippe, Newman ! (= Perla imbecilla, Say?) Capnia minima? Newport. T^niopteryx fasciata, Burm. ! (= T. frigida, Hagen ?) Nemoura completa, Walker. EPHEMERINA. (Anterior tarsi always five-jointed ; the others generally five-jointed, but four- jointed in Ephemera and Cloe.) Cross-veins numerous ; costal cross-veiDS nu- merous, robust, regu- lar. (Wings 4, hind wings wide with nu- merous veins; very few short, terminal isolated veinlets at the tip? of any of the wings.) 1862.1 Eyes cf contiguous, simple. (Interme- diate seta, when present, rudiment- al.) Eyes (J contiguous, double. (Three sub- equal setae both in imago and subim- ago.) Eyes (J not contigu- ous, simple ; inter- mediate 8eta,when present, short or rudimental. Eyes (J remote, sim- ple ; three long se- ta:, subequal in im- ago, equal iu sub- imago. ' Firsi, tarsal joint longer than the second, except in anterior (J tarsus, where they are equal. First tarsal joint always longer than the second. First tarsal joint shorter (. than the second. 1 ^ Bjetis, subgenus A. J I B^tis, subgenus B. > B.ETIS, subgenus C. •POTAMANTHUS. Legs all short ; intermedi ate seta short. Legs all short, except cf anterior legs ; intermedi ate seta rudimental. Legs all long; no interme- diate seta. \ Palinciema, subgenus A. I Palingenia, subgenus B. | Palinuema, subgenus C. f •EPHKMK3A. 368 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP f Eyes J contiguous, simple. (Wings 4, ("Three long and equal setae, hind wings wide,*! Three seta?, the middle one with numerous (_ rudimental. veins.) Cross-veins less nume- rous ; costal cross- veins, except the ba- sal cross-vein and on the terminal | of cos- ta, almost invisible and partially absent.^' Eyes cf contiguous, j ther numerous (50 or CO.) j (Many short terminal isolated veinleta at the tips either cf the front or hind wings, except in Ca-nis.) EP3EMERELLA, D > BiETISCA, n. g. ( Wings 4, cross-veins ra- \ Cloe, subgenus A. double (Wings 4 i Wings 4,eross-veins sparse 1 c sull 8 B. or 2; hind wings] (14—18.) with 2 or 3 veins.) Wings 2 cross-veins sparse 1 c subgel,us C. V (14 — 18.) Eyes cf remote, sim-") pie. (Wings 2, se- >- Cknis. tse 3.) } As it is often difficult in the dried specimen to distinguish whether the tf eyes are single or double, and as sexual generic characters are practically in- convenient, the following synoptical table, which excludes them, except in two subgenera, has been prepared : First tarsal joint entirely") obsolete in $ ? 4 hind \- Ephemera. legs. ' Setae 3, subequal. I First tarsal joint indis- Costal cross-veins nu- merous, robust, regu- lar ; wings 4. A :L~'„sd,„cTS'! sa f po™.«™». Setae 3, the middle one rudimental. B/ETis, subgenus A. the tibia in cf 9 4 hind , legs, but not obsolete. j Sets 3, the middle) .pALiNGENiA,subgenus A. one short.) j f First tarsal joint shorter! p subgenus B. than second. I First tarsal joint longer] than second, except in ' anterior cf tarsus, where j they are equal. J First tarsal joint longer^ than second in all cf ? H t legs, f First tarsal joint shorter] !than second, indistinct 1 , and connate with the ti- j bia in all cf 9 legs. J | First tarsal joint shorter! I than second, distinct and > Palingenia, subgenus C. { free in all cf ? legs. J ("Three equal setae. Efhemerella, n. g. f Wings 4, hind wings J Three aeta!i midcne one ru- ) „ Costal cross-veins, ex- wltie- (. dimental. S aJEIlsCA' n- B- cept at tip and ex- . ,. , . ( Cross-veins rather nume-ip „,u_-„„„ » treme base, very slen- J Wm„??i'h,nd w,nS8^ roui, (50-60.) i all cf ? SBiETis, subgenus B. M Bjbhs, subgenus C. der ; entirely absent on some part of the costa. ' > Cloe, subgenus [Wings 2. (Cross-veins sparse, (14-18) Cloe, subgenus B. f Two setae ; cross-veins 1 . J sparse, (14— 18.) )' 1 Three setae ; cross-veins 1 r I very sparse, (4—6 ) j^^s. ■ Cloe, subgenus C. B/ET1S. \\ Bastis. Subgenus A. — First tarsal joint distinct, large, always larger than any of the three following, except in the anterior $ tarsus ; joints Irregular- ly and notably diminishing in length, except in the anterior <$> tarsus, where joints 1-4 are long and subequal and joint 1 is distinctly free. A rndimental intermediate seta, distinctly articulate, sometimes turned downwards. BjEtis femobata, Say. — Undescribed imago. — $ Piceous. Eyes in the liv- ing insect pearly whitish on their superior £, with a moveable black spot ; the inferior \ pale dusky, divided from the whitish part by a definite line ; antennas dusky, pale at extreme tip. Prosternum a little marked with whitish, some- times almost entirely whitish ; a broad transverse oblong whitish band between the hind coxae, sometimes very conspicuous. Abdomen with joiuts 1-5 whitish hyaliDe, each with a narrow piceous band before the incisures, an obscure, ob- long, medial spot on each side of the dorsum, and a slight piceous pulverules- [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369 oence above; on the lateral base of joints 6 and 7 a semi-oval whitish spot ex- tending to their middle, and a similar spot covering the whole side of the last joint; venter whitish hyaline; anal processes whitish, sometimes with only their middle joint whitish ; seta? whitish, with fuscous incisures alternately wide and narrow. Anterior legs a little longer than the body, with very long tarsi, pale brown, sometimes with the basal half of their femora brown ; the four pos- terior legs paler; all six with a broad postmedian band on the femora, the base and tips of the tibiae, and the tarsal incisures and tips brown. Wings hyaline; veins and cross-veins, hyaline, subequal, moderate, except the three veins of the costa, one discal sector with its basal cross-veins, and sometimes some of the other veins, which are fuscous ; at the discal bifurcation of this sector there is a more or less obvious small brown spot ; subcostal cross-veins fuscous, rather coarse ; a coarse medial black line immediately behind the third vein of the costa, about a millimetre long, and sometimes a slight brown cloud at the costal tip ; posterior wings hyaline, with hyaline veins and cross-veins, except one long and one short series of cross-veins on the basal costa, which are strong- ly fuscous and enclose a brown cloud. The 9 differs from the $ as follows : joints 1 — 5 of abdomen are piceous brown above, paler towards their base ; the anterior legs, as usual in epheme- rinal 9 imagos, are shorter ; and there is no basal cloud on the hind wings. Length J1 12— 13,} mill.; $ 12}— 14 mill. Alar exp. <-? 25— 28 mill. ; 9 28—29 mill. Setae $ 20—24 mill. ; 9 13—16 mill. Ant. l«g $ 14 mill. ; $ 9 mill. Eight tf, two $. The subimago, which alone was known to Say, is a very different looking in- sect from the imago ; but having found a specimen drowned in the act of moulting, I succeeded in detaching the subimaginal film from the abdomen and from one wing, thus proving their identity. Say states that in ^ "the ner- vures are brown and margined with brown, more particularly so at the base, middle and tip of their costal margins." This makes, of course, 3 darker clouds on the base, middle and tip respectively of the costal margin, which are more or less plain on all my specimens both $ and 9 > the central cloud al- ways very distinct, the basal one the least so. Dr. Hagen has misunderstood Say's language, and abridging his description says, " veins clouded with fuscous, especially the basal discoidal and apical ones," which would make three fus- cous fasciae. It may be added to Say's description, that the antennal seta is fuscous, the basal joints pale, sometimes tipped with fuscous ; that the $ and 9 anterior legs are a shade darker than the posterior ones ; and that besides the femoral bands, the base and tip of the tibiae, and the tarsal incisures and tips, are also brown in all the legs. The abdominal setae are pale brown with brown incisures, pilose at tip ; and the wings are very finely ciliated behind. Length 10} — 14 mill. Alar exp. 24 — 32 mill. Seta? 10—14 mill. Ant. J1 leg 9 mill. Ant. leg 9 8} mill. Five $, two 9- B^etis alternata? Say. — tf Piceous brown. The lower } of the eyes, in the living insect, is separated from the upper | by a black line; antennal seta dusky ; epistoma pale. Base of scutel yellowish all round. Sternum a little marked with yellowish. Abdomen with two lateral basal triangular yellowish spots on segments 2 — 9 or 4 — 9 more or less confluent, sometimes extending to the dorsum ; on joints 7 and 8 and sometimes on 6, one or both of these spots often enclose a longitudinal brown line and are much elongated ; venter pale, each joint generally with a small central basal spot, two transverse medial dots and an oblique slightly abbreviated lateral line, brown ; joints 1 — 2 and 8 — 9 sometimes almost brown ; setae whitish with brown incisures ; aual apppndages pale, generally brownish at base. Anterior legs pale brown, posterior 4 almost pale, all with the extreme base and tip and a wide subterminal band on the femora, base and tips of the tibiae and the tarsal incisures and tips, brown. Wings hyaline, glittering, with fuscous veins and cross-veins, the veins rather fine, except the three on the costa which are quite coarse, and the cross- veins, 1862.] 25 370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF except the oblique basal subcostal one which is quite coarse, so very fine as to be almost imperceptible to the naked eye, giviDg the whole wing a very peculiar appearance. The anterior $ tarsus is very long ; in the living insect the first joint is seen to be freely moveable. The 9 has two diverging carinse between the ocelli, the anterior and lateral edges of the vertex, and sometimes its medial carina, and on each side two ab- breviated vittae, yellowish. The markings of the abdomen are occasionally in- distinct. Length J1 10J— 12£ mill. ; 9 10— 111 m;n. Alar exp. $ 23—30 mill. ; $ 26-32 mill. Length ^ seta 19-31 mill. ; $ 18-19 mill. Length $ ant. leg (one specimen) 16 mill. Ant. tarsus 9 mill. ; 9 ant- 'eg (same size) 8 mill. Described from fifteen <^, six 9- Say states that the wings are "whitish," or" hyaline with a whitish reflection." In other respects his description agrees with the 9 of the above. Very abundant at Rock Island, and I have also taken it on Coal Valley Creek, Rock Island Co. and the Des Plaines River near Chicago. The (J1 and 9 subimago, with which Say was notacqua nted, differ from the imago in the colors and markings being darker and more obscure, and in the wings being fumose and the veins and cross-veins coarser and more distinct. The tips of the hind wings, including the neivures, are pale greenish. As in all other subimagos known to me, the posterior edge of the wings, when held up to the light, exhibits under a strong lens a ciliated appearance, and the setae are pilose. The $ anterior legs are no longer than those of 9- Length tf 11 mill. ; 9 10—12 mill. Alar exp. J1 29 mill.; 9 29—30 mill. Seta (J1 13 mill. ; 9 14 — 15 m^- Length ant. tf leg 8 mill ; it tarsus 4 mill. One J», two 9- \\Batis. Subgenus B. — First tarsal joint large, always larger than any of the three following; in anterior $ and 9 legs free, distinct ; in 4 posterior $ and 9 lej-.s connate, indistinct; joints 1 — 4 regularly and moderately diminishing in length ; no difference in the relative proportions of $ an'l 9 anterior tarsal joints. A rudimental intermediate seta, sometimes turned downwards. B;etis arida? Say. — $ Ferruginous. Head light ferruginous; ocelli not approximate, subequal ; a large black spot on the inside orbit of each posterior ocellus, and a small spot on the back part of the front one; eyes in the dried specimen black, occasionally with a broad interior pale purple vitta ; seta pale at tip, sometimes entirely pale. Thorax and abdomen piceous above, except the last abdominal segment, with ferruginous semicircles or triangles on the basal half of each piceous segment of the abdomen ; longitudinal middle of sternum and venter piceous ; seta pale greenish; anal appendages sometimes fuscous towards the tip. Anterior legs long, obscure greenish, fuscous on the terminal half of the femora and the tibial and tarsal tips, occasionally entirely fuscous, except the basal half of the tarsal joints; four hind legs greenish white, a little cloudy at the tips of the tarsi; the first tarsal joint in the an- terior leg is free in the living insect. Wings hyaline ; veins and cross-veins subequal, rather fine, greenish-hyaline, with a trace of fuscous at the extreme base of the costa. The 9 differs from the $ as follows : The eyes of the living specimen are ferruginous, with a broad yellowish vitta dividing them into two equal por- tions, in the dead specimen dark ferruginous ; the vertex is yellow, sometimes with a ferruginous vitta. Except in two specimens, where the markings are similar to those of (J1, the body is of a nearly uniform ferruginous color ; the anterior legs are generally marked as in the exceptional tf specimen ; and the nervures of the wings, except, occasionally on the posterior margin of the front wings, are pale fuscous. Similar sexual variations in the color of the wing veins occur in Palingenia. Length J» 10—12 mill.; 9 9—13 mill. Alar exp. $ 22j — 25^ mill. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 371 9 23^—32 mill. Seta J1 18—23 mill. ; 9 17—26 mill. Length anterior leg r^ 9J mill.; 9 (same size) 7^ mill. Described from six <^\ nine 9- Say says, " Vertex with a small black spot each side on the orbit." Did he refer to the orbits of the ocelli ? There are no other spots on the head in my species. His description was posthumously published, and lacks the word " brown" or " piceous''' at the end. The (^ 9 subimago, which are undescribed by Say, and from which I have bred numerous specimens of the imago, differ from the imago as follows : The $ body is often of an obscure grayish fuscous color, the lateral markings of the abdomen, when present, being more obscure than in the imago ; in the 9 these markings are never visible. The eyes of the living tf insect are sepa- rated by a narrow fissure, sometimes visible even in the dried specimen, whereas, in ^ imago they are always contiguous. The abdominal setae are greenish obscure, sometimes a little dusky at tip, always pilose under the lens. The anterior legs $ 9 do not differ in length from one another, and are generally entirely fuscous, except the base of the first and sometimes of the second tarsal joints. The wings are clouded with dusky, especially towards the tips; veins and cross-veins dusky, rather coarse, subequal; all the cross- veins bordered with fuscous; hind wings conspicuously and widely berdered with fuscous behind. Length J1 8— 11$ mill. ; 9 9 — 12J mill. Alar exp. $ 20—24 mill.; 9 2G— 32 mill. Setse J1 12— 14 mill. ; 9 10— 14 mill. Eight and they disappear in death. Length J1 7— 9 mill. ; 9 9 mill. Alar exp. ^ 20— 26 mill. ; 9 19— 24 mill. Setae tf 11—14 mill.; intermediate seta ^ 9—12 mill. Setfe 9 8£— 11| mill. ; intermediate seta 9 8 — 10£ mill. Ant. leg. $ 8 mill. ; 9 (same size) 7 mill. Eleven tf, three $>. Potamanthus? odonatds, n. sp. — Piceous; sex uncertain; head, anterior legs and abdomen deficient. Posterior ltgs pale ferruginous, tips of tarsi cloudy. Wings hyaline; veins moderate, fuscous ; paler towards base; cross-veins fine, fuscous at terminal half, hyaline at basal half; terminal one-third of anterior wing dusky, with a definite outline. Alar expanse 25 mill. I have referred this fragmentary specimen, which I found drowned in a pool of water, to Potamanthus, because it agrees with that genus in its tarsal structure (which is the same as that of Batis, subgenus C,) and also in its peculiar neuration, — viz. : four veins on the postcosta, the an- terior one much curved, and emitting anteriorly from its centre a bifurcate vein. I am not aware that there are any other examples in Ephemerina of the style of ornamentation, so characteristic of the Odonata, which prevails in the wings of this species. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373 Palingenia. \\ Palingenia. Subgenus A. — First tarsal joint distinct in the anterior legs, indistinct and connate in the four posterior legs ; legs short, hind legs not nearly attaining the tip of the abdomen ; intermediate seta rather short; eyes of <$ separated by a space as wide as the orbit of the posterior ocellus. Palingenia vittigera, n. sp. — 20—25 mill. ; 9 14—24 mill. Ant. leg tf 10 mill. ; $ (same size) 6 mill. Eight tf, three 9 • The tf subimago differs from the tf imago in the colors being paler and obscurer ; the seta? are immaculate and pilose ; the wings are ciliated and tinged with fuscous, or in very immature specimens opuque and tinged with yellow, and the veins and cross-veins colored as in 9 • The 9 subimago differs from the 9 imago in the prothorax being generally fasciate posteriorly with black ; the abdomen is generally widely vittate with fuscous, the vitta on each joint inclosing a lateral pale spot as in the normal rf ; the setse and wings are as in $ subimago. Length tf 6—10 mill. ; 9 6—10 mill. Alar exp. J* 17—25 mill. ; 9 20— 30 mill. Seta tf 9—15 mill. ; 9 7—14 mill. Ant. leg J* 8} mill. ; 9 (same size) 8 mill. Five <^\ five 9 • Say states of the imago, that " the stemmata are distant," which is true of 9, *>ut not of J* ; and that "the seta? are im- maculate," which is not generally true of cT- Again he says, that "the abdo- men at tip is more or less obviously ferruginous," which is true of the tf, but not of the 2 5 and in some other respects his description disagrees. This insect is referred by Say to the genus Bcetix, and so is Palingenia bilineata. Palingenia pulchella, n. sp. — ^ Whitish. Eyes in the living insect pearly whitish, changing to blackish even before death ; ocelli ferruginous, their orbits often blackish ; seta fuscous at base, pale at tip ; all above behind the ocelli ferrngino-piceous, except the meso- and meta-thoracic scutella, which are whitish, and the base of the seventh abdominal joint, and all but the extreme terminal edge of joints 1 — 6, which are whitish hyaline, with a large subter- minal lateral fuscous dot upon each. Setse whitish with fuscous incisures, alternately narrow and wide on the basal half. Beneath all whitish, except the sternum, which is light ferruginous, especially in front. Anterior legs pale yellowish, with a medial and terminal band on the femora, tips of the tibia?, and the tarsal incisures and tips fuscous ; four hind legs whitish, the markings the same but paler, and the medial femoral band sometimes obso- lete. Wings hyaline, with a pale brown cloud on the tip of the costa ; the veins fine, except on the costa, the cross- veins rather coarser, especially on the costa ; all fuscous, except the basal two-thirds of the costal veins, which are yellowish ; the oblique cross-vein at the base of the costa is very coarse. In the hind wings the postcostal veins and cross-veins are hyaline. The 9 differs from the tf as follows : The vertex is whitish, varied with luteous or ferruginous ; the thorax is whitish, varied with luteous, and the sternum and pleura whitish. The abdomen and venter are egg-yellow, except where the eggs have been partially extruded ; abdominal joints 1 — 6 marked as in tf ; 7 — 9 sometimes slightly tinged with ferruginous above, sometimes immaculate. The cloud on the costal tip is paler, and the veins and cross- veins of the hind wings are mostly hyaline. Length $ 6—7 mill. ; 9 5 J— 6-V mill. Alar exp. J» 15-21 mill. ; 9 17— 22 mill. Seta g 17—21 mill. ; 9 15—16 mill. Ant. leg J* 9} mill. ; 9 (same size) 5h mill. Twelve $, eight 9« The 'tf 9 subimago, from which I have bred the imago, have the body colored as the imago, but paler and obscurer. The setse are obscure pale greenish, less distinctly annulate, and scarcely pilose, except at base. The wings are subopaque, clouded with fuscous ; the fuscous cross-veins bordered 1862.] 376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP with fuscous, aud the hind edge of the wings ciliated. The hind wings are paler, arid tipped with fuscous. Length J* 5—8 mill. ; 9 6—8 mill. Alar exp. tf 18—20 mill. ; O 19—23 mill. Seta $ 10—13 mill. ; 9 8—13 mill. Ant. leg J* 6 J mill. ; 9 (same size) 6 mill. Ten tf, seven 9 • Palingenia terminata, n. sp. — tf When alive this insect is generally distin- guishable from the above by the eyes being yellowish, not pearly whitish. The dried specimen differs as follows: The color is yellowish. The parts which are ferrugino-piceous in pulchella (imago), even immediately after moulting, are almost always ferruginous or luteous ; the meso- and meta-tho- racic scutella are sometimes tipped with white, but rarely entirely white ; the lateral dots of the abdomen are always absent ; the sternum is almost always immaculate ; the medial band on the four posterior femora is generally obso- lete ; the cross-veins are scarcely coarser than the veins, giving the wings a paler appearance ; and generally there is discoverable on the second costal vein the same short streak found in jiavescens, which is only seen in a single $ pulchella. Two somewhat immature specimens are almost entirely whitish, except that the vertex is partly ferruginous, and there is a ferruginous cloud on the tip of the abdomen. The 9 is scarcely distinguishable from 9 pulchella but by the yellowish color, the absence of the lateral dots of the abdomen, and the frequency of the streak on the second costal vein. Length q71 6^—8 mill. ; 9 8 — SJ mill. Alar exp. 9 18— 21| mill. ; 9 23 —25 mill. Seta (j> 19—22 mill. ; 9 18—22 mill. Ant. leg ^ 10 mill.; 9 (same size) 7 mill. Twelve ^, five 9- The (J1 9 subimago differ from tf 9 imago, as in pulchella. They are scarcely distinguishable from the subimago of pulchella, except by the absence of the lateral abdominal dots. Length tf 6h—1 mill. 9 6 \— 8 mill. Alar exp. $ 19—20 mill. 9 21 A— 24 mill. Seta $ 12—13 mill. $ 15—18 mill. Ant. leg $ 9 (same size) 5^ mill. Two cJ1 ; two 9 . Ephemera. Ephemera decora ? Walker Catal. — $ Piceous. Seta of antenna? pale at tip. Sternum a little varied with luteous. Abdomen luteous, each seg- ment with a broad lateral dusky vitta, emarginate on its four sides and con- fluent at its four angles with the adjoining ones, towards the tip of abdomen almost entirely confluent ; venter similarly marked ; anal processes and setse pale obscure greenish, the latter regularly incised with fuscous, and the inter- mediate one slightly the shortest. Anterior legs pale greenish, the femora, base and tip of tibia and tarsal incisures and tips, fuscous ; four hind legs pale greenish, with only the tips of the tarsi fuscous. Wings hyaline ; veins and cross-veins moderate, subequal, fuscous ; the cross-veins irregularly bor- dered with fuscous, except on the extreme tip and the posterior margin ; on the basal disc of the wing, and transversely from the middle of the costa nearly to the hind margin, these borderings become confluent, so as to exhibit a spot and a semi-fascia, both of them irregular in outline ; on the costa they are wider, towards the tip of which there is a pale brownish cloud ; the hind wings are lightly tipped with fuscous. The 9 has a very high and acute carina, divaricate and extending from the occiput to the orbit of the posterior ocellus ; in the $ this carina is not so obvious. The sternum is paler. The lateral abdominal vittaj are not nearly confluent from joint 2 to joint 6 ; and on the venter they are reduced to an abbreviated line. Length $ 10 mill. 9 13 mill. Alar exp. $ 23—25 mill, 9 27 mill. Seta' r? 25 mill. Q 15 mill. Interm. seta tf 20—21 mill. 9 13 mill. Ant. leg J1 12 mill. 9 6 mill. Two the veins and cross-veins are slightly dusky. Length rf 7— 9" mill. 9 81 mill. Alar exp. $ 19—20 mill. 9 20 mill. Seta? (3) tf 9—12 mill. 9 12 mill. Two 141—18 mill. ; 9 15— 19 mill. Seta? tf 11—13 mill. 9 10— 12^ mill. Ant. leg c? 7 mill. 9 (same size) 41 mill. Twelve unknown. B^tisca. New Genus. Wings four ; front wings with numerous cross-veins ; costal cross-veins, except the basal one and those on the terminal one-third of costa, scarcely visible, entirely absent on the middle of the costa ; terminal veinlets distinct, not branching from the veins, but partly connected with them by cross-veins. Hind wings wide, with numerous veins, and except towards the tip with numerous cross-veins ; tip with many isolated veinlets. Eyes $ contiguous, simple. Body very robust ; middle piece of prosternum deeply and very widely emarginate behind ; anterior mesothoracic lobe not nearly half as long as wide, and transversely truncate ; mesothoracic scutel very large, horizon- tally extended so as to attain the tip of the first abdominal joint. Fifth abdominal joint twice as long as any of the others, which are subequal. Setae three, exterior ones short, middle one rudimental, distinct, exarticulate. Tarsal structure as in Bcetis subgenus B. B^tisca (Bcetis) obesa, Say. — Undescribed imago. — ^ Ferruginous -piceous. Each side of the epistoma with a divergent basal elliptical carina, confluent at its base with the central carina ; antennas ferruginous, seta generally pale, sometimes fuscous at base. Sternum paler behind, especially the space between the posterior coxae. Abdomen paler, sometimes quite pale, with the tips of the joints whitish ; anal processes pale, sometimes fuscous at tip ; setae whitish, with regular fuscous incisures at base, which generally disappear towards the tip ; intermediate seta ferruginous, about half a millimeter long. Legs pale greenish-yellow, anterior legs with the knees and the tarsal inci- sures and tips slightly fuscous ; hind legs with only the tarsal tips cloudy. "Wings hyaline, the veins fine, except the three costal veins which are rather coarse ; the cross-veins so fine as to be invisible to the naked eye except on the costal tip, where they are somewhat coarser, and except also the oblique basal cross-vein, which is particularly coarse ; costal veins yellowish, the the third vein piceous at its extreme base ; a few of the principal veins slightly tinged with fuscous, the rest, as well as the cross-veins, hyaline. The 9 only differs from <$ in the vertex being varied with ferruginous. Length J1 V— 8 mill.; 9 6—8 mill. Alar exp. tf 20—22 mill. ; 9 22—24 mill. Sela $ 6 — 1 mill. ; 9 e — ? mil1- Aat- le*S C? 82 mil1- > 9 (same size,) 4 mill. Twenty J1, ten 9. The subimago, which alone was known to Say, and from which I have ob- tained the imago, differs from the imago in the colors being darker and obscu- rer, and in the wings being " dark-brown, with numerous small, transverse, hyaline [spots or abbreviated lines, and a large hyaline,*] very oblique, semi- fascia about the middle on the anal half." Tnere is also another large, oblique hyaline semifascia at the costal tip, and, as Say adds, the hind wings, except at tip, have numerous transverse, abbreviated, hyaline lines. The setae are ob- scure green, with fuscous incisures. One specimen, captured a month before * The words included in brackets [ ] are omitted in the reprint of Say's Works. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 379 the main brood appeared, has the hyaline part of the wings much extended, their brown color paler, and the sette pale. Length Q 7—9 mill. Alar. exp. 9 22—25. Seta $ 4—5 mill. Four $; J* unknown. Cloe. \\ Cloe. Subgenus A. Wings four, cross-veins rather numerous, 50 — 60 in number. Hind wings with only two long veins and one short one. Cloe ferruginea, d. sp. — $ Ferruginous. Eyes in the living insect double, the superior ones peduncled or contracted at their base, and separated above by a fissure; ocelli peduncled, the two hind ones overhung by the upper eyes, so as to be entirely concealed by the shrunken eye in the dried specimen ; an- tenna? with the two basal joints long, each a little fuscous at tip ; setse whitish at base, fuscous at tip, in one instance vice versa. Anterior mesothoracic lobe subtruncate, the corners rounded ; sternum pale, generally freckled with reddish- brown. Abdomen densely freckled with reddish-brown, occasionally almost piceous ; venter pale reddish-white, not so much freckled; anal processes and seta? whitish. Legs pale-yellowish, with the tips of the tibiae, the tarsal inci- sures and tips, and in the anterior legs the first tarsal joint, fuscous. Wings hyaline, a little yellowish on the costa; veins and cross-veins moderate, sube- qual, hyaline ; the costal veins yellowish, and a few of the other veins generally tinged with fuscous ; a pair of isolated veinlets between the tips of each pair of veins. Hind wings with numerous cross-veins on the two long veins. Length tf 7|— 9£ mill. Exp. J> 15—18 mill. Seta tf 15—17 mill. Five $; 9 unknown. The subimago, from which I have bred the imago, is darker and obscurer; the setas scarcely pilose except at base ; the wings futnose, the cross-veins whitish-hyaline, and bordered with whitish-hyaline, and the postcosta pale; the costal veins and the base of some of the other veins are fuscous, and the costa is fuscous. Hind wings pale. All four wings with dense and long dil- ations behind. Length 9 6| mill. Alar exp. 9 17 J mill. Seta 9 9 mill. One 9 ; like rf, bred from. In this species the first tarsal joint is entirely obsolete in the four hind legs.but distinct in the ant. $ legs, where it is about a quarter as long as joint two, and also in ant. legs of 9 subimago, where it is about half as long. In two imagos and one subimago, a very small intermediate seta was visible in the recent insect, which disappears in the dried specimen. \\ Clot. Subgenus B. — Four wings; cross-veins sparse, about 14 — 18 in num- ber. Hind wings with only two veins. Clos fluctuans, n. sp. — 9 Brownish white. Vertex sometimes ferruginous, and with a double longitudinal carina ; basal joints of antennae long ; seta dusky, sometimes pale at base. Thorax with a double, light-brown vitta, confluent behind. Abdomen above and below generally brownish-white, sometimes varied with brown : in two specimens pale-brown, with the sixth segment brown above and beneath ; seta whitish. Legs whitish, with the tips of tarsi cloudy. Wings hyaline, iridescent ; veins rather coarse towards their origin, cross-veins fine; the veins generally brown, and occasionally edged with brown towards their origin, towards the postcosta hyaline; the cross-veins always hyaline; space between the first and second vein of the costa hyaline, with 15 — 18 small, brown spots on its anterior edge, a few of them confluent; behind the second vein a light brown vitta, containing about fourteen round hyaline spots — some of them confluent before or behind with the hyaline part of the wing — with its posterior edge variable and irregular, sometimes presenting six or seven large obtuse teeth. Isolated veinlets, mostly single. Hind wings, with many cross- veins. Length 9 6—7 mill. Alar exp. 9 13J— 17 mill. Seta 9 10J — 12 mill. 1862.] 380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Seven 9; c? unknown. Tarsi as in ferruginea. Differs from C. undata, Pictet, in the setie no*, being annulated, in the costal margin being umber brown, not fuscous, and in there being no fuscous cloud on the disk and posterior margin of the front wing. Cloe tjnicolcr? Hagen. — ^ Obscure piceous. Eyes shrivelled, but appa- rently double; seta of anteurue fuscous. Abdominal seta pale, cloudy at tip. Legs all pale yellowish ; tips of tarsi cloudy. Wings hyaline, veiu3 moderate, cross-veins Sne, the former sometimes sligbtly dusky, the latter hyaline ; iso- lated veinlets in pairs. In the hind wings the space between the two veins is subopaque, and thf:re are no cross-veins. On the vertex 9 there is a longitudinal dilated stria; the abdomen is bright ferruginous, with the incisures in the living insect pale, and a pale, lateral spot on each segment. Length tf 2 J mill; 9 5 mill. Alar exp. $ 9 mill; 9 12—13 mill. Seta $ 5 mill; 9 6 mill- One (J1, three 9- The diagnosis oiunkolor, Hagen, is very brief. Cloe vicina? Hagen. — $ Piceous. Eyes in the living insec1, as in C. ferrugi- nea, but the lower eye is not attached laterally to the upper eye, a3 in all other species with double eyes known to me, but at its posterior corner; seta of antenna; fuscous, pale at tip. Joints of abdomen whitish hyaline, with a lateral dot on each, except the four last, which -are piceous; venter pale hya- line, the four last joints opaque whitish ; seta? whitish, the incisures often fuscous towards the base. Legs pale, except the anterior femur, which is some- times pale ferruginous ; tips of tarsi cloudy. Wings hyaline iridescent ; veina moderate, cross-veins very fine, all hyaline; isolated veinlets in pairs. In the hind wings the space between the two veins is subopaque, and there are no cross-veins. The 9 differs in the head, thorax, sternum and abdomen being ferrugino- piceous, sometimes ferruginous ; the venter is reddish white. The anterior fe- mur is always immaculate. Length J1 4—5 mill. ; 9 3J— 5£ mill. Alar exp. tf 9—11 mill. ; 9 9—12 mill. Seta ^ H — 10 mill. ; $> 5 — 9 mill. Seven tf, sixteen 9 • Very near po- sticata, Say, butdiffers in size, and in the wings not being white. What, I have no doubt, is the subimago of the above, (see below apud. C. dubia,) differs in the colors being obscurer, and the (J1 abdomen dull-whitish- hyaline at base, sometimes obscure greenish. Tarsi sometimes dusky. Wings fumose, the veins rather coarse and dusky, the cross-veins the color of the wing. The cilia are close-set. and about one-half millimetre long. At first sight very like B. debihs, subimago. Length $ 3— 3J mill.; 9 3,} mill. Alar exp. tf 11 mill.; 9 8^—14 mill. Seta tf 5 mill. ; 9 4 mill. The $ 9 anterior tarsi are short and subequal. Two tf, three 9. \\Cloc Subgenus C. — Two wings; cross veins sparse, about 14 — 18 in number. Cloe dubia, n. sp.? — Differs from the preceding in size, and in the total ab- sence of hind wings. The lateral abdominal dots <$ have generally a hyaline centre, and the $ eyes are normal. The 9 differs from the 9 °f vidua in the head, thorax, sternum and abdo- men being pale ferruginous, the head and abdomen occasionally obfuscated. The venter is pale yellowish or greenish ; and the anterior femora are always more or less ferruginous. Length $ 21— 4 mill. ; 9 2|— 3 mill. Alar exp. $ 8— 10J mill. ; 9 8—10} mill. Seta cf ±\—$\ mill. ; 9 3— 4^ mill. Nine ^, fourteen 9. The subimago, from which I have bred numerous imagos, differs from the imago precisely as that of the preceding. The dimensions are similar to those of the imago. Nine $, ten $• As Dr. Hagen has not stated whether his vi- [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 381 cina has any hind wings or not, it is doubtful whether that species be identical with dubia or with the preceding. Cloe mendax, n. sp. — rf Pale ferruginous. Seta of antenna fuscous, pale at tip. Sternum and venter pale greenish hyaline, the latter opaque at tip. Legs pale, tips of tarsi cloudy. Wings hyaline, veins moderate, cross-veins fine, all hyaline ; isolated veinlets all single. The 9 has sometimes the thorax tinged with green, and is always paler above. Length tf 4 mill. ; $ 4—5 mill. Alar exp. tf 14 mill. ; O 14 m;n. Seta tf deficient; $ 9 mill. One <^; four £ The $ subimago differs in being of a uniform very pale ferruginous color. The abdominal seta is pale ; and the legs are immaculate. The wings are some- what opaque, and slightly tinged with dusky, as well as their veins and cross- veins, and the cilia are long and dense. In the living insect the lower eyes are blackish, and the upper eyes pale, and there is no intermediate seta visible. Length $ 4 mill. Alar exp. $ 13$ mill. Seise $ 8 mill. One tf; § un- known. This species differs from all the preceding, except undata, in the ter- minal veinlets being single, and not in pairs. Westwood formed the species having the terminal veinlets in pairs, and hind wings with only two veins, into the genus Brachyphlcbia, which, however, he does not recognise in his Synopsis. His definition would include C. vicina and C. unicolor, but not C. undata. (Intr. ir.,p. 25.) Cjenis. C^nis hilaris, Say, (:= arnica, Hagen?) — I possess a single <$ subimago, which agrees with Dr. Hwgen's diagnosis of arnica, except that the prothorax is not banded with black like the first of his two specimens. Say states that the thoracic bands of his species are also sometimes obsolete. Dr. Hagen suggests that Say's species and his are identical, and it is probably the case, as Say men- tions the wings being "ample," and the abdomen being " depressed," which last is an unusual character in Ephemerina, and is conspicuous in my specimen. The ba?al breadth of the wings is to their length as two to three, and they are finely, but not densely, ciliate, and very slightly tinged with fuscous. The cross-veins are only four or five, very fine and scarcely perceptible, and there are no terminal veinle'.s. Length $ 3 mill. Alar exp. $ %\ mill. Sets deficient, except a few joints of each. ODONATA AGRIONINA. N. B. — It is well known that in the three tribes of Odonata — Agrionina, ^schnina and Libellulina, with the exception of the subtribe Gomphina, where the colors are generally constant — the ground colors of the body often change much in drying, especially the greens and the blues, though not the yellows ; that they differ much in individuals of different degrees of maturity ; that they are often quite different in the two sexes, the $ frequently affecting blue and the 9 green,* except in Agrion Ramburii, where it is exactly the re- * In Anax Junius the ground color of the abdomen of the living c? unknown. Besides the somewhat smaller number of antecubitals (14 — 15, instead of 16 —19), the species varies from the characters of Macrogomphus only in the 5th antecubital cross-vein being robust, instead of the 7th, the membranule being rather pale dusky than black, the absence of a protuberance on the middle of the occiput, in having only a single subobsolete pale dorsal stripe on the dorsum of the thorax instead of two, and no stripes at all on the pleura instead of two yellow ones, in the abdomen being scarcely annulate with yel- low— in which respect it agrees with parallelogramma and differs from annu- latus, the unique specimen of rohustus having lost its abdomen — and in the femora being normally dilated, and not merely dilated towards their tips. All the femora, as in Macrogomphus, are armed with irregular short teeth beneath, not disposed in rows, and the posterior ones are armed on each side towards their tips with a regular row of spines, as usual in 9 Gornphus, and as is said to be the case in M. annulatus. The posterior tarsi are about four-fifths the tibiae, the others about three-fifths. It is scarcely necessary, I hope, to add, that the triangles of the wings are all free from cross-veins. From the most exact measurements I am able to make, abdominal joints 6 — 10 are respectively 5 J, 4|, 3f, 5^ and 1 millimetres long, 3 — 6 being the same length, so far as the eye can judge. There is the same disproportionate elongation of the 9th joint in Macrogom- phus, which, as is remarked in the Monographic (p. 941, " is a unique fact among the Odonata." In that subgenus joints 3 — 6 are equal, 7 is a little shorter, 8 is only half as long as 9, 9 is longer than even any one of 3—6, and 10 is scarcely one-sixth of 9. {Mon., p. 87.) Again, of the three Asiatic spe- cies at present placed in that subgenus, two only are known in 9 > and in both these two special mention is made of the £ vertical vesicle being curved as in our species, and having a small tooth at its extremities, just as is the case in spiniceps. {Macr. parallelogramma 9> Mon., p. 80, and compare Plate V, Fig. 5 ; Macr. annulatus 9> Mon., p. 92.) The front, too, in all three spe- cies is said to be obtusely angulated, and but slightly projected ; and in annu- latus the long 9th abdominal joint is described and figured as being tapered at the tip precisely as in spiniceps, and is said to be "excavated" beneath, pro- bably just as in our species. Other striking points of resemblance are, the costal not being yellow, the imperfect prolongation of the internal side of the pterostigma, the extreme length of the pterostigma, the large number of ante • cubitals, and the shortness of the posterior legs, which in Macrogomphus are said to attain only the middle of the third abdominal joint, just as is the case in spiniceps mihi. Although Macrogomphus has hitherto only occurred in Java and Hindostan, and although, as has been already seen, there are several minor characters in the circumscription of that subgenus — chiefly, however, characters drawn from colorization — which do not at all suit spiniceps, yet, I think, we can scarcely avoid considering this species as a Macrogomphus, or at all events as the American analogue of that most remarkable Asiatic form. The full measurements, which will be found a few pages below, along with those of the $ of two Asiatic species, agree closely with those two species, except in the length of the posterior femur, where, I suspect, some error has crept into the figures of the Monographic It will be satisfactory if, on the discovery of the tf spiniceps, its abdominal appendages should be found to be like those of $ Macrogomphus. Gomphus spinosus, Selys. (Des Plaines river, near Chicago ; not hitherto found north of Georgia.) G. fraternus, Say ! Gomphus vastus, Hagen MS. ! n. sp. — tf Greenish yellow. Head with the 1862.] 392 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP upper edge of the occiput straight, narrowly bordered with black, and ciliate with long black hairs, its lateral margins behind generally black ; vesicle of vertex loftily cariniform or laminiform, black, slightly abbreviated, a little emarginate, almost truncate at its extremities ; region of the ocelli and vertex black ; antennae black ; basal half of the superior surface of the front black ; a broad medial black band on its anterior surface, straight above, below gene- rally extending in two waves to the transverse striae on its anterior submargin, which are unusually deep ; epistoma blackish ; labrum margined anteriorly and sometimes laterally with black, and with a wide basal black triangle, which is sometimes confluent with the black anterior margin ; tips of man- dibles, central lobe of labium, and interior margin of its lateral lobes, all black ; back of the head black, with two separate and distinct yellow spots behind the eyes on each side. Prothorax black, with the middle of its ante- rior edge, one small transverse double spot on its disk, one larger lateral round spot, and one short oblique line immediately above the coxae, all greenish yel- low; dorsum of thorax with a double medial black stripe, almost always widened in front, not attaining the anterior margin by one-half to two-thirds millimetre ; the dorsal carina yellow, except a small spot in front which is black, and all behind its posterior furcation, which is black and narrowly margined with black; the antealar sinus black in front ; a wide antehumeral black stripe abbreviated above, and a humeral black stripe on the suture never confluent above with the antehumeral ; pleura with a black oblique line, some- times interrupted towards its upper end, just before the spiracle which is black, and a narrower line in the suture behind the spiracle, which last line is occasionally subobsolete ; sternum pale greenish, sometimes varied with iusky, often with a large obscure dusky spot behind the posterior coxae. Ab- domen black, expanded to an unusual width on segments 7 — 9, its dorsum marked with greenish yellow as follows : Joint 1 with a large terminal obtri- gonate spot extending to its base ; 2 with a broad vitta, generally bi- emarginate laterally ; 3 — 7 with a narrow basal line tapering to a point behind, slightly or not at all abbreviated in 3, more and more abbreviated towards 7, where it reaches to only two-fifths of the joint, and is a little wider than in any of the other joints ; earlets on joint 2 yellow, anteriorly black, posteriorly with many minute black teeth ; laterally joints 1, 2 and 9 are yellow, except the posterior edge of 2 ; 3 — 7 with a basal yellow triangle, extending to the infe- rior margin ; 8 with a transverse basal yellow line on the dorsum, sometimes invisible, which is in reality a membranous prolongation of 7, and also with a large, quadrangular, basal, yellow spot, one third or one-fourth as long as the joint, which never attains the inferior margin of the segment, though it always attains the basal angle ; venter fuscous, sometimes mottled with yellow. Ab- dominal appendages black ; the superiors wide apart at base, twice as long as the last abdominal joint, which is one-quarter the length of the penultimate joint, slender, conical, strongly divaricate, regularly curved downwards for three-fourths their length, when they suddenly curve upwards and taper to a very fine, long, acute point ; below at the change in the curvature is a small spine directed downwards ; the inferiors are three-fourths as long as the supe- riors, wide apart at base, more divaricate than the superiors, slender, taper- ing, obtuse, suddenly curved upwards at three- fourths the distance to their tips, with a deep obtuse stria on their external basal half. Legs black, coxae generally more or less yellow exteriorly ; anterior femora with a broad poste- rior yellow vitta slightly abbreviated, but never covering less than five-sixths of their length. Wings hyaline, almost always slightly fiavescent at base ; jostal vein anteriorly yellow to the commencement of the pterostigma, occa- sionally only 'o the nodus ; the other veins and cross -veins black ; pterostigma brown, sometimes yellowish brown, surmounting 4 — 5 cells ; membranule cinereous. Antecubitals 14 — 15 ; postcubitals 10 — 13. Two discoidal areo- iets, commencing generally with three ; occasionally with two in the upper wing, tut never in the lower wing. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 393 The 9 has a short, robust, conical black thorn at each extremity of the ver- tical vesicle, rising about as high as the ocellus does. The upper edge of the occiput is bent forwards in the middle, so as to appear emarginate when viewed obliquely from above; in one somewhat immature specimen the central lobe of the labium is yellow ; in another specimen the tip of the intermediate femur is posteriorly yellow. All my 9 specimens have, in addition to the prothoracic spots of <3\ a small additional transverse spot, occupying only the middle of the posterior prothoracic lobe. The earlets (oreillettes) are subobso- lete. The abdominal appendages black, pubescent, half as long again as the last abdominal joint, wide apart at base, cylindrical, slender, very slightly curved downwards, acute, surmounting a transversely semioval anal process, which only extends to one-half their length. Vulvar lamina black, polished, more than half as long as the ninth segment, elongate-conical, curved upwards, contracted in its middle, with a deep, longitudinal suture, its tips bifid and approximate. Antecubitals 13 — 16; postcubitals 11 — 13. Length J4 53 — 55 mill. ; $ 53 — 55 mill. Alar expanse $ 60 — 67 mill. ; 9 63 — 72 mill. Pterostigma $ 9 about 3 J mill. Described from eleven ^, three 9- There exist in the United States three distinct, but closely allied species, representing the Gomphus vulgatissimus of Europe, the third one of which is now for the first time described. The first is the G. fraternus of Say; the se- cond the G. adelphus of Selys. What is very remarkable, they are all three of them nearly alike in the shape of the superior $ abdominal appendage, and unlike their European prototype in that important character, which is usually different in every different species. In vulgatissimus it is much more robust than in vas- tus, and when viewed laterally it is obliquely truncate at tip below, without any inferior thorn. (See Monogr. p. 131 and Plate VII., fig. 6.) In our three species ii is as I have described it in vastus. As the three resemble each other very closely, it may perhaps be useful to tabulate their principal differences. Average length Thorn at each end of ) 9 vertical vesicle* J Front, anterior surface Back of occiput Spot, behind eyes Posterior prothoracic ) lobe J Dorsum of 8th ab- ) dominal segment J 8th abdominal segment Expanse of 8th ab-7 dominal segment J Width of 8th ventral > segment f Vulvar lamina of $ Length of pterostigma 6. fraternus. 56 millimetres Long.s lender, yellowish Yellow /Yellow, black at the \ sides ( Three, yellow, often ( confluent Entirely yellow A basal yellow vitta f Yellow at base on the \ lateral margin 4| millimetres 2J millimetres ("Obtuse at tips and"| < curved strongly > (. outward J About 31 millimetres G. vastus. 54 millimetres Short, robust, black (Yellow, banded with { black Yellow, black at the ) sides J Two, yellow, never ^_ confluent ("Black J, only cen < trally yellow i I ? Black '} ("Yellow at base on"| < the lateral sub- V (_ margin J 7 millimetres 3£ millimetres I Acute at tips, and "| curving moderate- ! ly upwards, tips f approximate J About 3£ millimetres G. udelpkus. (From ''Monogr.," p. 414.) 43 millimetres Yellow ? All black * * * * * * f A basal yellow ( vitta, semiobsolete Entirely black * • * * $ unknown 2 millimetres * I have myself observed this curious character to exist always in $ Gomphus fraternus, Say, in 9 G.fluvialis. m\hi. in of the same species,which he had named vastus— the J1 being to this day, I presume, unknown to him. In a sub- sequent letter he said that " vastus was probably a new species." It will be noticed that vastus is not included in the Synopsis. The reason I do not know ; but I conjecture, from collating the description of 9 Gomphus vulgatissimus, that until the discovery of $ vastus, it was difficult or impossible either to se- parate the American species from its European prototype, or to identify the two species satisfactorily. To Dr. Hagen, therefore, justly belongs the honor of attaching his name to this fine and interesting insect; to me belongs only the labor of describing it from an unusually large number of specimens. Gomphus graslinellus, n. sp.— ^ 9 Differ from G. f rater nus only as follows : the posterior prothoracic lobe is black, generally with a central yellow dot ; the carina of the dorsum of the thorax is black ; the eighth abdominal segment is yellow on the lateral margin for its entire length, and the tibiae are exteriorly yeilow, except at the tip. In the $ the sheath (gaine) of the penis is conspicu- ously pruinose; and the superior abdominal appendages have a small inferior tooth very near the tip, and in addition a very large quadrangular one on the middle of their external side, as in the European G. graslini. (Mon. Gompb., Plate viii., fig. 3.) In the $ there is no lateral thorn on the carina of the ver- tex, and the vulvar scales are only one-sixth as long as the ninth ventral seg- ment, and divaricate from their base. Length tf 50—53 mill. ; $ 51—53. Expanse J> 66—69; $ 66— TO. Ptero- stigma 3 J— 4 mill. Four J>, seven 9 . Occurred in Coal Valley Creek, in Rock Island County, and also on the Des Plaines and Chicago rivers in Cook County. Its European representative, G. graslini, has black markings on the front, the carina of the thoracic dorsum yellow, and two yellow vitta? (anterior and posterior?) on the outside of all the thighs, whereas graslinellus, like /rater- nus, has only a posterior yellow vitta on the anterior femora. Gomphus fluvialis, n. sp.— J* Obscure greenish yellow. Headwith the occi- put straight, narrowly margined on its sides before and behind with black, and with long, black ciliations ; vertical vesicle black, cariniform, abbreviated, transverse', emarginate, slightly tubercled at each extremity ; antenna?, and the whole region of the ocelli to the base of the occiput, black ; seta of antennae generally pale at tip ; front sharply and squarely angulated, ot as prominent as in fraternus, with its upper side basally fasciate with palish brown, the an- terior edge of the fascia widely biemarginate ; anterior surface of front with its upper half and its two transverse foveae, generally palish brown, and its infe- rior corners brown ; epistoma clouded with brown ; labrum anteriorly margined with brown and with a brown vitta; extreme tips of mandibles, and the termi- nal processes of the lateral labial lobes, pale brown; back part of the head brown next the occiput. Prothorax brown black, anteriorly and laterally yellow, and uniformly with a double yellow spot immediately before its posterior lobe. Dorsum of the thorax with the dorsal carina, which is not higher than usual, always brown black from its bifurcation backwards, gene- rally in front of the bifurcation brown black except its extreme edge above; a double, central, brown-black, wedge-shaped stripe, not attaining the anterior edge by a third or half millimetre, and narrowly confluent before and behind with the antehumeral, occasionally not confluent before; a wide brown black of anv such appendage. I suspect that I am the first to announce it as a normal, or perhaps only £ S sexual character of the great genus So^s. At ^TCo^Me^ll is enumerated in the list of the sexual distinctions of that genus in the " Monograpbie, tf."J SimUar sexual appendages on the head are elsewhere in the Class Insecta (genuma). so far as 1 Sleet at pwse" found not on the ? but on the d head, as in the well-known coleopterous Phanmus carnifex and many other lamellicorn species. fSpnr NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 395 antehumeral stripe attaining the anterior edge, and a brown humeral stripe on the suture ; pleura pale or yellowish, with a rather narrow brown stripe before the spiracle, which last is edged with black, and a similar one on the suture be- hind the spiracle, sometimes subobsolete ; antealar sinus black in front; ster- num pale. Abdomen brown black, with joints 7 — 9 but slightly dilated be- neath, and marked with yellow on the dorsum as follows : — joint one, with a large longitudinal oval spot, confluent laterally and basally with a small spot, and together with the three small spots covering its entire length ; two, with a lanceolate spot on its entire length; 3 — 8, with a narrow cuneiform basal spot about 1 — lj millimetres long, sometimes throwing out behind a narrow line, which is often interrupted before the medial suture of the joint, and never quite attains the tip ; joints nine and ten with a narrow basal membranous line ; late- rally joints one, two and ten are yellow, except behind the earlets, which are yellow, with a few small black thorns on their posterior edge, and except also the tip of joint two ; joints 3 — 6 have a small basal triangular yellow spot, be- coming gradually smaller, until in six it is subobsolete, and joints 7 — 9 are sub- marginally yellow, the yellow in seven and eight more or less mottled with brown at tip; venter pale yellow towards the tip, where it is visible. Superior abdominal appendages half as long as the ninth joint, which is nearly four times as long as the tenth, black, slender, tapering, conical, approximate at base, di- varicate, slightly curved downwards for three-fourths their length, the remain- ing fourth straight, with an inferior carina much curved outwards, and ascend- ing their sides to about half their length, whence it again curves inwards and is produced to their tips ; inferior appendages one-fifth shorter and more robust than the superiors, pubescent, black, pale at their internal base, approximate at base, more widely divaricate than the superiors, scarcely tapering, with the lower surface rounded and the upper flat, and finally, just before they attain their furthest limit, hemispherically excavated above, when the tip turns sud- denly and almost squarely upwards for J or J millimetre, and terminates acutely. Legs brown black, coxae and trochanters yellowish, intermediate trochanters brown beneath ; anterior femora yellowish inferiorly and poste- riorly; tibiae and tarsi in the more mature individuals, deep black. Wings hyaline ; veins and cross-veins all, including the costa, black ; membranule cinereous; pterostigma pale brown, surmounting A\ — 5| cells. Antecubitals 12 — 15; postcubitals 9. Two discoidal areolets, commencing always with three behind, sometimes with three before. The $ differs from the $ in the vertical vesicle being strongly tubercled at each end, between which and the eye is a robust, conical, black thorn, rising as high as the ocellus ; the dorsal thoracic stripes are in one specimen and on one side only confluent with the anterior margin ; the cuneiform dorsal spots of the abdomen are sometimes subobsolete : and the abdomen is marginally yellow for its entire length, with an abbreviated submarginal yellow vitta on joints 3 — 6, which is sometimes confluent with the yellow margin, sometimes sepa- rated from it by a black line. Both the anterior and intermediate femora are yellowish inferiorly and posteriorly, and the posterior femora are entirely yellowish, except a terminal superior and anterior black vitta. The earlets are subobsolete. The 9 abdominal appendages are more than a third as long as the penultimate abdominal joint, black, slender, tapering, wide apart at base, acute, parallel, directed slightly downwards, twice as long as the semi- circular anal process, which is yellowish, and has two black triangular vitta above. The vulvar lamina is only one millimetre long, fuscous, and terminates in two rather slender divaricating conical branches ; and the venter, when vi- sible, has joints 3 — 6, and the basal two-thirds of eight fuscous. Occasionally there is a very slight flavescence at the base of all four wings, Antecubitals 13 — 15; postcubitals 7 — 11. Length $ 51—55 mill. 9 48—56 mill. Alar expanse J" 65—67 mill. 9 67 — 75 mill. Pterostigma ^ 3^ — 4 mill. 9 4 — 4J mill. Expanse of the eighth 1862.] 396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF abdominal segment 3 mill. Described from 3 tf, 6 9 > some rather imma- ture, some tolerably mature. As might have been expected the second joint of the penis is toothed, and is about three and a half times as long as the third joint exclusive of the claws. Belongs to the group " pallidus " of the subgenus Gnrnphus, from the six described species of which group it is sepa- rated at once, as well as the following, by the black costal vein. This insect breeds both in the Mississippi River in North Illinois and in the Ohio River in South Illinois, the pupa crawling out on to the banks to assume the imago form. G. fratemus, G. vastus and G. amnicola, mihi, all likewise breed in the Mississippi River, and it is remarkable that in the same spot and on the same day I have seen fratemus, vastus &nA. fluvialis all coming out of the pupa together in considerable numbers. I suspect that most, if not all, Gomphi breed in running, not in stagnant, water. This may explain the fact of my being able to describe no less than six new species of the genus, all obtained within a few miles of the City of Rock Island, which lies on the nar- row point of land formed by the confluence of Rock River with the Mis- sissippi. The habits of fluvialis are very distinct from those of fratemus and vastus. The two latter haunt the land, often occurring in flocks a mile and more from the river ; and from their frequently alighting they are easy to capture. The former makes long excursions to and fro on the surface of the river, scarcely ever approaching the land except for a second, and then never, so far as I have noticed, alighting. Hence it is exceedingly difficult to cap- ture. My specimens were all obtained by taking them just as they came out of the pupa, and allowing them to live as long as they saw fit, which was generally from three to six days. On June 16, 1861, I took a vastus with the Phryganeide macronema zebratum in its mouth. Fluvialis no doubt feeds exclusively on aquatic insects. In the autumn of 1860, Dr. Hagen most kindly sent me copies of the magnifi- cent Monographie des Gomphines and Monographie des Calopteri/gines. With the assistance of the former, I was enabled confidently to announce fluvialis as a new and undescribed species in my premium " Essay on Insects injurious to Vegetation in Illinois," p. 341, (printed in the fourth Volume of the Trans- actions of the Illinois State Agricultural Society,) which was placed in the hands of the Society January 3, 1861. I had previously sent a £ of fluvialis to Dr. Hagen, not having myself met with the J1 till 1861, and was much gratified by afterwards receiving a letter from him in reply, dated Feb. 16, 1861, in which he confirmed my opinion by stating positively that " it forms a new species." I have therefore felt perfectly justified in affixing a name to a species, which I was the first to announce as new, and which is now for the first time described in print. Gomphus amnicola, n. s. — 9 Differs from the normal 9 of tlie preceding species only in the following particulars : — 1st. The ground color is bright deep yellow. 2d. The vertex is yellow behind the vesicle, and there is a lon- gitudinal rectangular ridge on the centre of the vesicle, giving it the appear- ance of being tri- not bi-tubercled. 3d. The angulation of the front is not acute, but the angle is obtuse rather than square and has its apex much rounded off. 4th. The basal fascia of the front above is not bi-, but tri-emarginate, viz. one very small and deep central and one large and wide lateral emargination. 5tb. The anterior frontal fascia is obsolete. 6th. The labrum is anteriorly margined, but not vittate, with black. 7th. The central lobe of the labium is fuscous at tip and the lateral lobes are tipped with fuscous inside. 8th. The dorsal carina of the thorax is unusually high. 9th. The medial, cunei- form thoracic stripe is much slenderer. 10th. The narrow yellow line sepa- rating the humeral from the antehumeral stripe is only half as wide as in fluvialis, and is interrupted above ; and as a consequence of this and the pre- ceding difference, the antehumeral is very much wider. 11th. The first stripe of the pleura is either interrupted or abbreviated above, and the second is [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 397 reduced to a short line above. 12th. The dorsal markings of the abdomen are similar, but very much wider and continuous to the middle of joint 8. 13th. The vulvar lamina terminates in two robust, approximate, conical branches. Antecubitals 13 — 15 ; postcubitals 9 — 11. Two discoidal cellules, commencing with 2 in the front wings, with 3 on the hind wings. The $ differs in the same way, except that the vitta on the dorsum of the abdomen is interrupted at the tips of joints 6 and 7, and is narrower than in 9 • The abdominal appendages are precisely like those of (J1 jluvialis, except that the hemispherical excavation at the tip of the lower ones is obsolete. Antecubitals 11 — 13 ; postcubitals 9 — 11. Length J» 47—48 mill. 9 48—50 mill. Expanse . Base of shell convex, descending into a broad, deep umbilicus, from which rises a set of sharp transverse striae crossing the whorl at right angles, but slightly bent backwards on reaching the band, which is broad and situated a little above the peripheral zone, and marked by incremental lines ; above the band similar striae describe an anteally convex curve to the suture. Aperture cir- cular. Height of shell -17 (100) ; diameter -18 (106) ; height of last whorl -14 (82) : width of band -02 (12) ; number of transverse striae in one-tenth of an inch counted near the aperture above the band is 24. Locality. — N. W. \, N. W. £, Sec. 4, Jefferson, Hillsdale county. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 425 Pled kotom aria Hitronensis, n. sp. — Shell rather large, depressed-turbinate, consisting of about four very rapidly enlarging whorls. Body whorl flattened from above, moderately convex above ; the base a twisted plane bounded on one side by the slope into a large open umbilicus, on the other, by the sharp prominent carina which marks the periphery of the whorl. Surface of the whorl marked by eleven raised plications and intervening broad sulci, of which, counting from the umbilicus, the sixth rests upon the carina, and the eleventh is close to the suture. These are crossed by striae of growth rising from the umbilicus, stretching far forward upon the base, curving backwards just be- fore reaching the carina, and apparently curving forward again after pass- ing it. Height of shell 1-00 (100) ; diameter of base 2-00 (200) ; transverse diame- ter of aperture -92(92). Locality. — Light-house, Pt. aux Barques, in intercalated sandstones of the Huron group. This species recalls Euomphalus carinatus, Sow., (Murch. Sil. Syst., 610, pi. vi. fig. 10). Dentalitjm, Linnaeus. Destalidm ? Barquense, n. sp. — Shell small, very gradually tapering, slightly compressed. Surface of cast smooth. Surface of shell unknown — apparently striate or grooved transversely ; shell-structure prismatic, the axes of the prisms being normal to the surface of the shell. The shortness of these prisms gives the structure the appearance of miniature mosaic. Di- ameter of fragment *06. Locality. — Pt. aux Barques, in a stratum overlying the gritstones. Bellerophon, Montfort. Bellerophon rugosiuscplus, n. sp. — Shell of moderate size, globoid, very i apidly enlarging ; umbilicus rather broad and deep, but not perforate — only one whorl being exposed to view. Transverse section somewhat rhomboidal, with rounded angles, becoming more rounded with age. Keel in the young shell rather prominent, but obtuse, becoming more depressed with age, until finally the dorsal surface is regularly rounded, and the sides have developed some obliquely longitudinal folds winding into the umbilicus. Aperture trans- versely expanded, subreniform. The entire surface, except the peripheral belt, is marked by direct, longitudinal raised striae, separated only by a nar- row groove ; these are crossed by a set of transverse striae, which, on the um- bilical slope are somewhat irregularly waved and more pronounced than on the dorsum ; on passing the lateral angle they divide irregularly and result in a set of finer stria?, which are abruptly reflected in approaching the keel, and in the older portion of the shell, gradually disappear before reaching it, while in the young shell they meet upon the keel in an acute angle of about 58°. Cast nearly destitute of ornaments. Diameter of large specimen "77 (100) ; height of last whorl to the middle of the umbilicus *52 (6S) ; height of aperture -36 (47) ; width of aperture -54 (70) ; number of longitudinal stria? in one-tenth of an inch 8 ; number of transverse striae in one-tenth of an inch, counted on the umbilical slope 6, counted on the keel 12 to 15. Localities. — Marshall and Sees. 19 and 26, Liberty, Jackson county. The general appearance of this shell is that of B. decussatus, Flem., but a careful examination of all the figures and descriptions in my possession, has convinced me that it is a distinct though representative species. Want of space, however, forbids offering the comparisons. Var. taniatus. This well-marked variety (perhaps distinct species) is the form which approaches nearest to Sandberger's B. decussatus. It differs from the usual forms of the present species in having a less depressed dorsum and a smaller transverse diameter ; a more prominent keel which is bounded by a slight elevation along each margin, and in its finer striae, especially on the 1862.] 426 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP umbilical slope. In a specimen which is *6 (100) across the outer whorl, the height of the aperture is '32 (53), its width -38 (63). The number of lon- gitudinal striae in one-tenth of an inch is about 14, and the number of trans- verse striae 18. Locality. — Moscow, Hillsdale county. Bellekophon galericulatus, n. sp. — Shell small, globose, involute, ecarinate, exumbilicate, longitudinally striate, and deeply notched. Dorsum broadly •and regularly rounded, without any evidences of a band, except in approach- ing the aperture of adult shells, where a rather broad band with ventrally con- cave incremental lines can be faintly traced. Aperture crescentic, not sud- denly expanded, strongly auriculate, with the ears hanging detached from the inner whorl. Notch infundibuliform, deep and broad, obtuse, its sidts reaching to the tips of the auriculations. Umbilicus closed, scarcely indented. Dorsal and dorso-lateral surface marked by about 28 longitudinal, sharply raised stria?, separated by much wider flutings, and not perceptibly modified by the dorsal band until within half a whorl of the aperture of the adult shell, when the two middle stria? become slightly raised and enlarged, and the entire set simultaneously die away. Between these stria? and the umbilical point similar stria? diverge spirally and irregular until intercepted by the former set, or by each other. Cast smooth, perforately umbilicate. Average diameter of adult *47 (100) ; height of last whorl at the aperture •26 (55) ; height of aperture '18 (38); showing the inner whorl impressed into the outer -08 (17) ; width of aperture -35 (74) ; depth of notch '22 (47) : width of peripheral belt at notch *06 (13) ; separating distance between tip of auriculations and inner whorl '10 (21) ; number of stria? in one-tenth of an inch 10, and this is the same in young and old specimens. Diameter of largest specimen seen -53. Localities. — Marshall, Battle Creek, and nearly all other Southern outcrops of the Marshall Sandstone. This shell bears a close resemblance to B. Urei, of authors, but seems to differ in essential points, as follows: — From B. Urii, de Kon. (An. Foss. 356, xxx. 4) in being only half the size, having the dorsal belt elevated instead of compressed, in its very deep notch, less proportional width and distinct auri- culations ; from McCoy's B. Urei (Brit. Pal. Foss., 554) in having the stria? much narrower than the intervening grooves and not at all modified by the dorsal band, and in having the width of the aperture less than the diameter of the shell. Prof. Phillips' figures differ in the absence of auriculations, and in the lateral stria?. To Fleming's original description I have not access. Bellerophon cyrtolites, Hall (13th Rep. N. Y. Reg., p. 107).— Shell sal- cuneiform, laterally somewhat appressed ; whorls very rapidly enlarging, but slightly embracing ; transverse section subcordate, broadest near the umbili- cus ; dorsum strongly but obtusely carinated ; dorso-lateral slope nearly fiat, sometimes slightly concave near the peripheral belt ; sides regularly rounded, as well as the umbilical slope ; umbilicus moderate, exposing only the last volution ; notch deep, pointed, moderately broad. Entire surface of shell ornamented with fine, sharply raised tranverse stria?, which curve backwards upon the side, and meet upon the dorsum in an angle of about 60°. The umbilical region and the sides are equally marked by fine longitudinal stria?, which disappear in the vicinity of the keel. The largest specimen seen measures across the outer whorl -41 (100) ; height of aperture "23 (56) ; transverse diameter of aperture *19 (46), with about 13 longitudinal and 13 transverse striae in one-tenth of an inch, counted on the dorso-lateral slope near the aperture. Another specimen with shell better preserved has 10 transverse stria? in the same distance. Locality. — Moscow, Hillsdale county. The side view and section of this species are not unlike those of B. coni- [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427 ptesius, Sandb. (Verstein, Taf. xxii. 6.) = B. striatus, Sow. My specimens have the transverse section and external markings of the latter, but they are less capuliform (See March. Sil. Syst., 604, hi. 12e). Bellerophon nautiloides, n. sp.— Shell involute, scarcely umbilicate, longi- tudinally striate and deeply notched. Dorsum regularly rounded, sometimes slightly raised along the peripheral band ; sides less convex than the dorsum, bending into a small shallow umbilicus, not disclosing previous whorls. Aperture crescentic, width about equal to its height, strongly auriculate. Not h deep, but obtuse, broad, infundibuliform, with its margins reaching to the tips of the auriculations. Exterior surface longitudinally striate, with fine sharp raised lines marking the sides as well as the dorsum. Cast smooth, perforately umbilicate, exposing two whorls. Diameter of large specimen -50 (100) ; height of whorl at aperture -31 (62); depth of impression of inner whorl into outer -09 (18) : height of aperture -22 (44) ; width of aperture -27 (54) ; separating distance between tip of auricu- lation and inner whorl -10 (20) ; depth of notch -17 (34). Locality. — Moscow, Battle Creek, Marshall, and near Grandville, Kent county. Bellerophon Michiganensis, n. sp.— Shell globose, carinate, involute, scarcely umbilicate, longitudinally and transversely striate. Dorsum obtusely angulated by the peripheral band, which is slightly raised, and more distinctly relieved by a, furrow which runs along each margin. Dorso-lateral surfaces regularly convex, bending (in the cast) abruptly into a small perforate umbil- icus. Aperture suddenly and widely expanded, broadly auriculate, and with a broad, rather shallow notch. Exterior of shell not seen ; casts generally nearly smooth or faintly marked by longitudinal striae, sometimes distinctly marked by two sets of stria?, the longitudinal consisting of 8 to 12 prominent raised lines on each side of the band, with one or two small intervening striae, which gradually attain the size of the larger, these being crossed by finer, less regular transverse stria?, broadly curved anteriorly on the sides and sud- denly bent backwards on the dorsum. Diameter of last whorl (of cast) -23 (100) ; height of aperture -14 (61) ; diameter of aperture -35 (152) ; diameter of whorl -08 (35) back from the aperture -25 (109) ; diameter of next inner whorl where it touches the lip "17 (74) ; width of band close to aperture -07 (30) ; depth of notch -04 (17). Localities. — Battle Creek, and the vicinity of Grandville, Kent county. The characteristic of this species when compared with B. galericulatus is its great width in relation to its height, its much greater expansion of aperture, and its transverse stria?. The existence of a carina distinguishes it from B. lineolatus, Hall, from Rockford (13th Ann. Rep. Reg., N. Y., 107). Bellerophon Barqcensis, n. sp. — Shell small, globose, involute, rapidly en- larging, dorsally depressed ; umbilicus small, but deep ; dorsum broadly con- vex, with a distinct raised band ; sides sharply rounded into the umbilicus ; aperture crescentic, expanded, with a deep broad constriction behind it ; notch deep and narrow. Surface marked by fine, regular, longitudinal lines, which cover the band as well as the other parts. Diameter -48 (100) ; transverse diameter of aperture *54 (112) ; height of aperture to middle of umbilicus -27 (56). Locality. — Pt. aux Barques, above the gritstones. Most nearly resembles B. Michiganensis, but the apertural construction and single set of striae render it easily distinguishable. Bellerophon lineolatus, Hall (13th Rep. N. Y. Reg., p. 107).— An imperfect specimen agreeing fully with Hall's description. Locality. — Holland, Ottawa county. Goniatites, de Haan. Gohtatites Romingeri, n. sp. — Shell of moderate size, globoid, exumbilicate. 1862.] 428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Dorsum broad, regularly rounded ; sides gently rounded with only a alight depression near the umbilical center. Septa approximate, thickened at the line of junction with the shell, producing furrows along the septum-lines of the cast. Lobes and saddles strongly pronounced. Dorsal lobe clavate lingui- form, with a long cuspidate acumination reaching as far back as the preceding dorsal saddle ; dorsal saddle linguiform, obtuse, unsymmetrieal, indented on the dorsal side by the broadest part of the dorsal lobe, passing the point of the following lateral lobe ; first lateral lobe profound, rather narrow, extend- ing as far back as the dorsal, sublinguiform, acute ; lateral saddle deep, very broad, somewhat regularly arched to the umbilical point, extending nearly as far forward as the dorsal saddle. Exterior unknown ; surface of cast smooth Diameter of cast of last whorl -84 (100) ; axial diameter -38 (46) ; greatest transverse diameter of tube -42 (50) ; distance from axial diameter to dorsum •47 (56) ; length of dorsal lobe -21 (25) ; of dorsal saddle -19 (22) ; of latera! lobe -20 (24). Locality. — Marshall. This well-marked species resembles G. rotatorius, de Kon. and G. Lxion, Hall, in the plan of its septa ; but, besides its smaller size, its transverse diameter is proportionally much greater, being to the whorl diameter as 1 : 2 instead of 1 : 3 ; and the diameter through the points of the lateral lobes is as 1 : 2J, while in G. rotatorius it is as 1 : 4. The sides of the new species are also more convex. Named in honor of its discoverer, Dr. C. Rominger, of Ann Arbor. Goniatites Whitei, n. sp. — Shell very small, with surfaces regularly convex, a small deep umbilicus and sinuous apertural constrictions. Dorsum rather abruptly rounded, the curvature gradually diminishing on the sides, which are a little appressed ; umbilical boundary rather sharply defined. Apertural constrictions separated about 80° from each other, forming a broad, shallow, ventral sinus across the dorsum, and a broader and shallower one on each side. Surface of shell faintly marked by lines parallel with the apertural constrictions, and in some cases by indications of fine crowded revolving striae. Lobes and saddles strongly pronounced. Dorsal lobe truncately infundibuli- form, minutely bi-denticulate, with the minute circular siphon issuing from between the denticulations ; first lateral lobe acute, infundibuliform, separated from the dorsal by a deep parabolic saddle ; second lateral lobe, which is sep- arated from the first by a broadly parabolic saddle, is broadly infundibuliform, with its right angled apex resting on the brink of the umbilical pit. Diameter -35 (100) ; thickness or transverse diameter -21 (60). Locality. — Union, Branch county, in blue argillaceous shales of the Huron group. Named in honor of A. D. White, Esq., its discover. Nautilus, Linnreus. Trematodiscus, Meek & Worthen. Nautilus (Trematodiscus) strigatus, n. sp. — Shell of medium size ; dorsum flattened, broad, equal to the greatest transverse diameter, bounded by a prominent angLe on each side ; lateral surface making a right angle with the dorsal, curving rapidly into the deep broad umbilicus ; dorso-ventral diame- ter of shell equal to one-half the transverse. Surface marked by deep cut longitudinal flutings, of which about nine occupy the latero-umbilical region, and six, less remote, occupy the space on each side from the dorso-lateral angle half way to the middle line of the dorsum, thus leaving a middle belt along- the dorsum equal to one-half its width, destitute of longitudinal grooves. The dorsal grooves nearer the midline become successively fainter, but the last one is well marked. In the bottom of each of these furrows arn about three very fine longitudinal strise. These two sets are crossed by fine, sharp, rather regular raised striae, which curve gently backwards on the sides, while on the dorsal surface they are deflected, at first gradually, then very [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 429 rapidly backward, forming along the middle belt a very deep, broad sinus. Septa regularly concave. Young shell less angular in transverse section. Diameter of whorl (wholly septate) 2-4 (100) ; width of dorsum '92 (39) ; dorso-ventral dimension '53 (22) ; number of transverse striae in one-tenth of an inch, counted on the dorso-lateral angle, about nine. Locality. — Marshall. The young shell of this species may be distinguished from the young of N. striatulus, from the same group, by the presence of the transverse striae. Nautilus (Trematodiscds) altidorsalis, n. sp. — Shell rather large ; section quadrilateral, presenting an acute angle on the dorsum, a very obtuse one on the ventrum, and an angle of about 80° on each side, about two-thirds the distance from the dorsum to the ventrum ; sides of section but slightly curved ; middle line of dorsum not seen. Septa with shallow concavity, somewhat • irregular — a shallow sinus occupying the lateral carina, and another the dor- sal, with a slight forward swell on the dorso-lateral slope, and another in the umbilical cavity— a very unusual arrangement of the sinuses, since the for- ward sinuations are thus brought upon those points nearest the central line of the shell. Surface marked by about 8 broad longitudinal grooves on the um- bilical slope, and a large number on the dorso-lateral. Each of these grooves contains about 18 very fine, wavy, raised striae. Both sets are crossed by fine, somewhat irregular, transverse striae, nearly direct, though slightly sinuated vent rally on the umbilical slope. Diameter of (completed) whorl wholly septate 2-1 (100) ; dorso-ventral diameter of shell *67 (32) ; transverse diameter '78 (37) ; angle between plane of whorl and dorso-lateral slope 48° ; between plane of whorl and umbilical slope "55° ; longitudinal grooves in one-tenth of an inch 1| ; longitudinal striae in same distance 30 ; transverse striae in same distance, counted on lateral carina, 8. Locality. — Marshall. This species, at first view, resembles N. strigatus, but is very distinct. Even small fragments may be distingirished by the numerous very fine striae in the grooves. Orthocekas, Breynius. Orthoceras multicixctum, n. sp. — Shell small, very gradually tapering ; section circular ; siphon central (?) ; surface marked by numerous small, acute, transverse annuli, with intervening sharp grooves ; septa with shallow con- vexity. Number of annuli in one-tenth of an inch 7. Localities. — Marshall and Holland. A close analogue of O. cinctum, de Kon. (An. Foss. 512, xliii. 6, xliv. 5, xlvii. 3), if it is not identical with it. The only perceptible distinction con- sists in its smaller size and more acute annuli and grooves. O. cinctum is said to occur in the Silurian, Devonian and Carboniferous systems. A species with such tenacity of life may have had a great geographical range. Orthoceras gracilius, n. sp. — Shell with an apical angle of 3£Q, a circular section and central siphon. Cast smooth ; interseptal space "04 where the diameter is -9. Locality. — Union, Branch county, in argillaceous shales of the Huron group. Cythere, Miiller. Ctthere crassimarginata, n. sp. — Carapace minute, ventricose, regularly oval, microscopically wrinkled-scrobiculate ; hinge-line impressed, and hinge- margin a little hollowed ; valves margined by a smooth bead, which projects- slightly beyond the general surface, behind which is a small groove ; cast smooth, but margined by a raised band terminating near the hinge anteriorly and posteriorly. Length -08 ; breadth -05. 1862.] 30 430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Localities. — In the Marshall Sandstone, at Battle Creek, Liberty (Jackson county), Moscow, near Napoleon and at the Gritstone Quarries, at Pt. aux Barques, with Rhynchonella camerifera. Besides the species already enumerated from the Marshall group there yet remain a few too imperfect for adequate description, or belonging to classes not yet investigated. Among these are Lepidodendron and Neuropteris9 ; a coralline structure, encrusting, foliaceous or branching, with minute, short, crowded polygonal cells -0088 of an inch in diameter, without visible lamellae, but with some indications of transverse floors ; some undetermined Lamellibranchs ; two ' sorts of Chiton-like scales ; two or three Nautili, of which one is nodulous ; and sundry remains of spines, teeth and bones of fishes. University of Michigan, July 1, 1862. Synopsis of the CARANGOIDS of the Eastern Coast of North America. BY THEODORE GILL. In the preparation of the " Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North America, " I trusted almost wholly to previous naturalists for that portion relating to the species of Scombroids and the allied groups. Drs. Dekay, Hol- brook and Girard having each introduced supposed new forms, it was to be presumed that they had studied the species in their various stages. My attention having been since attracted especially to the Carangoids, it has been discovered that the nomenclature of several was quite erroneous and that some genera and species had been founded on young individuals of pre- viously named forms. The preoperculum in early youth, as far as known, is armed with three stout spines at the angle and smaller ones above and below, the spinous dorsal is always developed at that period, and teeth are also present. At a later period the spines of the preoperculum are absorbed in the margin, while in some types the first dorsal becomes atrophied and is, in several, represented by free and simple projecting spines, and 'at a still later period the teeth are likewise lost. A single species of one such type ( Trachynotus) has served at different stages of gowth as a representative of three different genera, characterized by the condition of the spinous dorsal and the dentition. The following table will enable the student to distinguish the several groups. Although the genus Pomatomus Lac. (Temnodon Cuv.), is here retained in the family, I am not certain that it truly belongs to it. The object of the present article is to correct the nomenclature of several species, as well as to draw attention to the imperfection of our information re- garding several others, especially the species of the subfamily of Centronotinae. No one will deny that it is for the interest of science that the nomenclature of the genera and species of animals shall be settled as soon as possible, and it is hoped that the present communication will contribute to that desirable end as far as the American species of Carangoids are concerned. Much, how- ever, yet remains to be done. Although I have seen all the species enumer- ated, with one exception,* specimens, from the eastern coast, of several are not represented in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution. Those desired species are the following: — Decapterus punctatus, Carangus fatlax, Blepharichthys crinitus, Trachynotus glaucus, Naucrates ductor, Zonichthys fas- ciatus (young), and H. boscii. It is hoped that such deficiencies may be soon remedied. * Halatractus boscii. [Sept NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 431 I. Lateral line behind straight and even with the axis. A. Lateral line more or less protected by larger plates.... Carantx.pa, and given in allusion to the prominent head.f Of the genus thus derived from Commerson only one species seems to have been known to that naturalist. That species is the Scomber speciosus of Linnaeus, or the Caranx speciosus of Lacepede. The idea conveyed by the name of Caranx is well associated with the fish. As the name of Caranx was therefore first framed for that species by Commerson, and as Lacepede, by virtue of his pre- liminary remarks, adopted the genus as Commerson's, the name must be retained for that natural genus, of which the Caranx speciosus is a representa- tive. Bleeker's name of Gnathanodon applied to it, appropriate as it is, must be then considered as a synonym. The genus to which Bleeker applied the name of Caranx being thus deprived of that name, the one latinicised by Girard from the designation which Cuvier had conferred on it as a group may be adopted. J The genus as now limited will only embrace three species found on the eastern coast of the United States. Those species are distinguished by the following relative characters : — I. Body rather oblong, with the snout very convex ; dorsal spines seven; pectoral fins with a distinct spot C. hippo?. II. Body convex above and with the front less obliquely decurved ; dorsal spines eight ; pectoral fins not spotted. a. Breast scaly. Opercular spot obsolete C. fallax. p. Breast naked. Opercular spot distinct C. chrysos. Carangus fallax Girard. Guara tereba Marcgrave. Caranx fallax Cuv. et Val. Caranx richardii Holbrooh. Caranx hippos Gunther, (nee Scomber hippos Linn. ; nee Caranx hippo* Holbrook). * The Caranx speciosus is lhe type of the genus Gnathanodon, of Bleeker. t Nous leur avons conserve le nom genenque de Caranx, qui leur a etc donne par Commerson, et qui vient du mot Grec x.*px lequel signiiie tete. Ce voyageur les a nom. mes ainsi a cause de lespece de prominence que presente leur tete, de la force de cette partie, de l'eclat donte elle brille, et d'ailleurs pour annoncer la sorte de puissance et de domination que plusieurs osseux de ce genre exercent sur un grand nombre de poissons qui frequentent les rivages. I It is probable that Rafinesque has framed a name for this genus, as Lacepede placed its type as the first of an anonymous subgenus, and in accordance with his system, that confounder of nomenclature has doubtless conferred on it a generic name. 1 am unable at present to examine his early works. 1862.] 434 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF The only evidence of the existence of this species on the eastern coast is a figure of a fish, taken near Charleston, executed by Mr. Richard, a Zoological artist. The fish itself was afterwards lost, but not until after the figure had been completed from it. On the authority of this figure, Dr. Holbrook has con- sidered the species as undescribed, supposing it to be distinguishable from the " Caranx fallax" by the want of the "dark color of the anterior rays of the second dorsal fin." Even if the color of that fin was as light as represented in the figure, it would not indicate a specific difference from that species, and consequently the name must be referred, for the present at least, to such spe- cies with which it agrees, according to the figure, by its scaly breast and ab- sence of an opercular spot. Dr. Giinther* has referred the name to the sy- nonymy of Carangus ckrysos {Caranx carangus), but as it disagrees with that species in the same respect as it agrees with C. fallax, the accuracy of that reference is very questionable. My personal knowledge of the artist by whom the figure was made induces me to confide in the correctness of his drawing. Carangus hippos Gill. Caranx erythrurus Lac. Caranx carangus pt. Cuv. et Vol. " defensor Delcay. Carangus defensor Girard. This species is well distinguished among its relations by its straighter back, the more obliquely convex profile, the seven spines of the dorsal fin, and the spot on the inferior portion of the pectoral fin. The first notice that can be positively referred to this species alone is the description and figure by Dekay of the Caranx defensor. There can, however, be little doubt that Linnseus had it in view in his Scomber hippos. The Carangus defensor is found along the eastern coast from New York southwards. The brief notice given by Linnreus of the Scomber hippos,\ sent to him by Garden from Charleston, South Carolina, is more applicable to this species than to any other found on the coast. It has nevertheless been referred to three others, the Decapterus punctatus, Carangus fallax and the Paratractus pisquetus of the present memoir. The referrence to the two large front teeth of the jaw at once excludes the Paractractus. The notice of the opercular spot forbids the reference of the name to the Caranx fallax. With regard to its application to the Caranx carangus, or the C. defensor, there is more uncertainty. The Linnsean diagnosis contains no allusion to a pectoral spot, a character so prominent that it should scarcely have been left unnoticed if it had existed, but as the number of dorsal spines, as given by Linnaeus, corresponds with the number found in Carangus defensor, the name of Carangus hippos is, therefore, accepted as the proper name for the present species. Carangus chrysos Gill. Scomber carangus Bloch. * Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, vol. ii. p. 448. t The description left by Linnaeus is the following : — S. hippos pinnulis unitis, operculis postice macula nigra. 22 B. 7. D. 7,22. P. 22. V. 6. A.—. C 30. 40 Habitat in Carolina, Dr. Garden. Dentes unica serie; aniicis 2 majoribus. Linea lateralis in medio valde declivata, postice carinata subspinosa. P. dorsalis posterior rubra. Ventralis analisque luteae. Spinx ante. Analem remotse. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435 Caranx carangua Lac. Scomber chrysos Mitchill (nee Caranx chrysos Dekay et al.). Caranx carangus Cuv. et Val. " antiiliarum Bennett (fide Giinther). Trachurus cordyla Gronov. (fide Giinther). Carangus esculentus Girard. The Scomber carangus, of Bloch, is identical with the Scomber chrysos, of Mitchill, as is readily seen on the examination of his figure. The length of Scomber chrysos is said to be "six inches and a half; depth two ;" the height would thus be contained three times and a sixth in the length, proportions which are corroborated, or represented as at least equally great, by the figure accompanying Mitchill's memoir. The only species living on the coast of the more temperate United States which exhibit those proportions are the Caranx carangus, of Cuv. et Val., and the Caranx fallax, of Cuv. et Val. There is said to be "a black spot frequently at the edge of the gill cover;" this portion of the description thus excludes the Caranx fallax. Mitchill further adds that there are "no zones, stripes, or spots any where about him ;" the opercular spot is, of course, to be excepted. This denial of other spots additionally excludes the more oblong Caranx defensor, of Dekay, which has a distinct pectoral blotch. The only plausible objection that can be urged against the preceding iden- tification is the number of rays in the second dorsal, which is said to be "24" (= I. 23), while in the Caranx carangus that number is exceptional, but as it is possibly occasionally found, the objection on that score may even be unten- able.* It is in any case certain that no species, except the Caranx pisquetos, of Cuv. et Val., has normally the number of rays assigned to the dorsal fin of the Scomber chrysos, f and it is equally evident that those latter two are not iden- tical when the difference of form and the number of anal rays is taken into consideration. As the description and figure of the Scomber chrysos are there- fore most applicable to the Caranx carangus, of Cuvier,J the two species must be considered as referrible to one species, for which the name of Carangus chrysos may be accepted. Two Virginian specimens of Carangus hippos are in the Smithsonian collec- tion, one of which was presented by Commodore Farragut, and the other by Dr. Jeffries, both having been obtained at Norfolk. It has also been ob- served at New York and South Carolina. Genus CARANGOPS Gill.§ Cakangops falcatcs Gill. Caranx falcatus Holbroolc. * I have myself counted the dorsal rays of twenty individuals of the Caranx caran- 7u* and have found twenty soft rays in twelve specimens, twenty-one in seven, and twenty- two in a single one. No other scientific ichthyologist has assigned a larger number than the last to the species, and it is possible that the number given by Mitchill may be due to a typographical error, or that he has counted the last double ray as two. t To those who may discover that Holbrook attributes twenty-three soft rays to the dorsal fin of Caranx defensor, I need simply refer to Holbrook's own figure, which represents twenty, and to Dekay's description which assigns the same number, which I hive likewise verified on the two in the Smithsonian collection, besides others seen else- where. That number seems indeed to be almost constant. It is quite possible that Mitchill, who was by no means exempt from errors, may have made a similar mistake. t The Caranx fallax, with the operculum spotless, has not yet been ascertained to have wandered further north than Charleston. § When proposing this name I was perfectly well aware that an extinct genus of fishes had been called Carangopsis by Agassiz, but I applied the name of Carangoj)s to the present genus as the two appeared to me to be quite distinct enough to prevent con- fusion. 1862.] 436 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP Carangus falcatus Girard, Gill. Caranx amblyrhynchus pt. Giinther. This species has been considered by Giinther as identical with the Carangojis amblyrhynchus (Caranx amblyrhynchus Cuv. etVal.), of the Brazilian Coast, but if the proportions of the two forms are constant, such cannot be the case. The Carangops amblyrhynchus is described and figured by Cuvier and Valen- ciennes as a higher fish with a larger head. The height of that fish is con- tained two times and two-thirds in the total length, or about twice (fide figure) in the length to the base of the external caudal rays, while in C. falcatus the height is rather less than a third of the length, or a line twice the height would cease some distance before the end of the vertical fins. Thus even if the caudal fin of C. amblyrhynchus is unequal — which is denied by the figure and not noticed in the description — the C. falcatus is distinguishable from it. Only known in the United States as an inhabitant of Charleston. Genus BLEPHARICHTHYS Gill. Blepharis Cuvier. The name of Blepharis cannot be retained for this group of Carangoids as it had previously been bestowed on a valid genus of plants by Jussieu. BLEPHARICHTHYS CRINITUS Gill. Zeus crinitus Akerty. Blepharis major Cuv. et Yah " sutor Cuv. et Vol. " crinitus Dekay. This species is rare along the eastern coast, no specimens from that coast being in the Smithsonian collection. It has hitherto been seen at New York. Subfamily VOMERIIN^E Gill. Genus VOMER Cuv. Platysomus Swainson. Vomer setipinnis Ayres. Silver-fish Funnel. Rhomboida Brown. Poisson lune Desmarchais. Zeus setapinnis Mitchill. Vomer brownii Cuv. et Vol. Platysomus brownii Swains. " spixii Swains. " micropteryx Sivains. Argyreiosus setipinnis Gthr. Youny. Argyreiosus unimaculatus Batcheler. " vomer (young? an spec nov.?) Gthr. The young of this species has the abdomen much curved and extended downwards, and a spot at the commencement of the lateral line. This dis- covery, made last winter aud communicated to several American ichthyolo- gists, has been recently confirmed by the independent observations of M. Poey. The number of dorsal rays is almost always twenty-one or two ; the variety B with twenty-five rays, noticed by Dr. Giinther, is therefore a distinct spe- cies, and may be named Vomer dorsalis. Genus SELENE Laccpede, Brevoort. Selene argentea Lacepede. Selene argentea Lac, Cuvier (1817). Stark (1818). Brevoort 1851-53). Gill. (1861). Poey (1861). [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 437 Zeus geometricus Mitchill (1818). Argyreiosus vomer Agassiz (1828, Syn. excl.) Cuvier (1829). Cuv. et Val. (1833). Giinther (1860) desc. excl. Selene argentata Mindling (1832). Argyreiosus triacanthus Swainson (1839). " mauriceii Sioainson (1839). " spixii Castlenau. This species which has heen so singularly unfortunate in its nomenclature was first identified in nature by Mr. Brevoort, who published an excellent de- scription and figure of it eleven years ago, which should have presented fur- ther confusion ; it has nevertheless been overlooked, and the species has been since by one author described as new, and by another been referred to the Argyriosus vomer. It has been only noticed on the eastern coast at New York. Genus ARGYRIOSUS Lacepede. Argyriosus vomer Lac. Zeus vomer Linn. " niger Block. " rostratus Mitchill. Argyriosus setifer Swainson. Found along the entire eastern coast south of Cape Cod. Argyriosus capillaris Dekay. Zeus capillaris Mitchill. Argyreiosus mitchilli Delcay. This species is readily distinguished by the filamentous prolongation of the third, as well as second, dorsal spine. Its range appears to be co-extensive with the foregoing. Subfamily CHLOROSCOMBRLN^E Gill. Genus CHLOROSCOMBRUS, Girard. Micropteryx Ayassiz (nee Zeller). Chloroscombrus chrysurus, Gill. Scomber chrysurus Linn. Scomber chloris Block. Micropteryx cosmopolita Agassiz. Seriola cosmopolita Cuv. et Val. Scomber latus Gronov. Chloroscombrus cosmopolita Girard. Chloroscombrus caribbaeus Girard. This species differs considerably in the vertical extension of the body with age, it being much higher when young than when fully grown. Subfamily TEA CHYNOTIN^ Gill. TRACHYNOTUS (Lac.) Cuv. Trachinotus Lac, (Trachynotus ovatus). Caesiomorus Lac, (Trachynotus bailloni). Acanthinion Lac, {Trachynotus ovatus.) Baillonus Rafinesque ( Trachynotus bailloni)*. Bothrolaemus Holbrooh. Doliodon Girard. * Rafinesque Analyse de la Nature. This work is not at present accessible, but the name Baillonus was doubtless introduced for the Caesiomorus bailloni of Lacepede. 1862.] 438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Cantor* and Bleekerf first noticed the changes the species of this genu* undergo with age, while G-iinther, applying this knowledge to the re-arrange- ment of the entire genus, has reduced the twenty-two species of that genus adm tted by Cuvier and Valenciennes to ten, and even of that number, two could not be distinguished by the descriptions published, and were considered doubtful. Ten of the specific names of Cuvier and Valencienes have been referred to one species {Trachynotus ovatus Gthr.), but it is possible that two species may hereafter be recognized among them. The four species and three genera of Trachynotinse admitted among the fishes of the Eastern coast of the United States, are reducible to two species of a single genus, but as a genuine species must be added to the list, three species are again to be distinguished which may be recognized by the follow- ing characters. I. Body rhomboid, very elevated, about twice as long as high. D. VI. I. 18-21. A. II. I. 16-19 T. ovatus. II. Body oblong, 3 to 3^ times as long as high. a.. Sides with four blackish linear bands. D. VI. I. 19. A. II. I. 17 T. GLAUCUS. (i. Sides uniform, silvery. D. V-VI. I. 24-26. A. II. I. 21-24 T. CAKOLINU3. Trachynotus ovatus Gunther. Gasterosteus ovatus Linn. Centronotus ovalis Lac. Chaetodon rhomboides Block. Acanthinion rhomboides Lac. The Spinous Dory Mitchill. Zeus spinosus Mitchill. Trachinotus rhomboides Cuv. et Val. " fuscus Cuv. et Val. " teraia Cuv. et Val. " spinosus Cuv. et Val. Lichia spinosa Baird. Doliodon spinosus Girard. This species is less common along the eastern coast than the Trachynotus carolinus. The synonymy above given includes only the names bestowed on the Amer- ican specimens,}: as it is not yet quite evident that the American and Asiatic. forms belong to the same species. Trachynotus glaucus Cuv. et Val. Chaetodon glaucus Block. Acanthinion glaucum Lac. Trachinotus glaucus Cuv. et Val. The species has been recently introduced into the Fauna of the United States by Dr. Holbrook, by whom it was discovered at Charleston, South Caro- lina. The latter is the only State in the Union along whose coast its occur- rence has yet been commemorated by a naturalist. Trachynotus carolinus Gill. Gasterosteus carolinus Linn. Centronotus carolinus Lac. Trachinotus pampanus Cuv. et Val. * Cantor, Catalogue of Malayan Fishes, p. 121, 1850. t Bleeker, Verhandelingen van liet Bataviaasch Genootschap deel xxiv. Bydrage tot de Kennis der Makreelachtige Visschen, p. 48, 1852. {The habitat of the Gasterosteus ovatus has not been mentioned by Linna:us. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439 Trachinotus argenteus Cuv. et Val., Gill. Trachinotus cupreus Cuv. et Val. Lichia Carolina Dekay. Bothrolaemus pampanus Holb., Gill. Doliodon carolinus Girard, Gill. In the "General Remarks" on this species, Dr. Holbrook, referring to De- kay's name for this species (Lichia Carolina), has remarked that' the absence of teeth forbids its reference to the genus Lichia; "nor can his specific name be retained, as that of Cuvier and Valenciennes has the right of priority ; unless, indeed, it could be satisfactorily proved that our crevalle is identical with the Gasterosteus carolinus of Liunseus, and this cannot be done, as that animal must be a caranx, it having a carina along its tail. Yet it is almost certain that the crevalle of Dr. Garden, which Linnams quotes as a synonym, is the animal now under consideration ; for the name crevalle or cavalli was commonly applied to this fish, even in the time of Garden, as I have been informed by his contemporaries, and if we consider the great estimation in which this fish is held by epicures, and the price it commands in market above all others, it is not probable that its name has been changed."* Linnaeus gives the following description of his Gasterosteus carolinus. Gasterosteus carolinus, spinis dorsalibus 8, analibus 3, 8 ^ D. - 26. P. 18, V. 5. A. — (= 27-3 = III. 24). C. 27. 8 27 Corpus oblongo-ovatum. Linea lateralis recta ad caudam subcarinata. P. D. and A. falcatse. Cauda bifurca. Habitat in Carolina ubi Crevalle dicitur. It is scarcely necessary to argue that this description can not be applied to any Carangine fish of the American or any other coast, as the existence of free spines instead of a dorsal fin,f straight course of the lateral line, its want of armaturej and the radial formula at once render evident. In all respects in which it thus differs from the Caranginse, it agrees with the lyachynotus pampanus of Cuvier, § and more or less disagrees with any other known species. These characters as well as the immediate approxima- tion of the species to one admitted to be a Trachynotus ( G. ovatus) and the popular name and habitat assigned to it, render it certain that the Gasterosteus carolinus is the Trachynotus pampanus C. V., and the Bothrolaemus pampanus of Holbrook, and that the species must be consequently called Trachynotus caro- linus. Blindly confiding in the accuracy and knowledge of my predecessors, and neglecting to question Nature herself, I have in the Catalogue of the Fishes of this coast, admitted the four nominal species distributed among the genera by implication admitted by them. The characters of the several genera and * Holbrook, Ichthyology of South Carolina, p. 84, 1855. tThis character is of course implied by the reference of the species to the genus Gas- terosteus. t Linnseus knew two species of the genus Caranx as understood by Cuvier. Of one of these (Caranx trachurus) the lateral line was said to be mailed (Linea lateralis lorica- la) and of the other (Carangus hippos), carinated and subspinose (Linea lateralis carina- ta, subspinosa). The curvaiure of each was also noticed. The phrase " subcarnata," was therefore evidently not intended to describe the lateral line of a Caranx, but to in- dicate the distinctness of the line of the species to which the name of Gasterosteus carolinus is here referred. 21 have found the same large number of dorsal and anal rays as that noliced by Lin- 8 3 naeus. (D. - 26. A. — = D. VII. I. 26. A. II. I. 24>, although such a number is of rare 8 27 occurrence. 1862.1 440 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP species, as understood from the examination alone of the literature of the science, are indicated in the following synopsis. I. Teeth developed. a. Spinous dorsal developed Doliodou. 0. Spinous dorsal replaced by free spines Trachynotus. II. Teeth of jaws and pharyngeal hones absent. Dorsal spines free Bothroliemus. The two species of Doliodon were distinguished by their height and the number of rays, and are really distinct. One of them, however, also appear- ed under two other genera. The differences above signalized are the result of age. When extremely young, the preoperculum is armed at the angle with three large spines, and smaller ones above and below. The spinous dorsal is de- veloped as a perfect fin, and teeth are present on the jaws and palatine arch. In this stage the species has never been described by previous naturalists, and consequently has received no name as the corresponding stage of Naucrates*has. At an early period, the preopercular spines are absorbed in the substance of the preoperculum and disappear. The spinous dorsal and the teeth are still retained. In this condition it remains for some time ; the spinous dorsal, however, gradually losing its relative size, while the soft vertical fins increase. In this stage the species belongs to the genus Doliodon of Girard.f At a later period, the membrane connecting the dorsal spines has become obsolete, and the species then represents the genus Trachynotus as under- stood by Cuvier and Valenciennes and others. Finally, in old age the teeth of the jaws, palate and pharyngeal bones have fallen out, and the lobes of the dorsal, anal and caudal fins attained their greatest extension and become pointed. This final stage has been made known by Holbrook under the new generic name of Bothrolaemus. The various differences in the development of the soft fins and the den- tition were correctly appreciated by Giinther, and the several names have been referred to the synonymy of the species to which all belong. It is a rather singular coincidence that Linnaeus has found the same num- ber of rays in his Gasterosteus saltatrix which is the Pomatomus saltatrix of the present article, as in the G. ovatus, and this identity of the radial formu- la? has induced Schneider to unite the two species which belong to at least different subfamilies. J Subfamily CENTRONOTIN^E Gill. Genus NAUCKATES (Raf.) Cuv. Seriola sp. Cuv. et Vol. Nauclerus Cuv. et Vol. Nadckates ductor (Raf.) Adult. Gasterosteus ductor Linn. Gasterosteus antecessor, Daldorf. Scomber ductor Block. " koelreuteri Block. Ceutronotus conductor Lactphdc. Naucrates fanfarus Raf. " ductor Cuv. et Val. * The genus Nauclerus corresponding to this stage of Naucrates was proposed by Cuvier, and has been unreservedly adopted by every succeeding naturalist. t The corresponding siage of Naucrates has been observed by Cuvier and Valenciennes, and made known under the names of Seriola dussumieri and S. succincta. These species have been adopted by their successors. I See Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, lome is. p. 229. [Sept, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441 Naucrates noveboracensis Cuv. et Val. " indicus Cuv. et Val. " koelreuteri Cuv. et Val. " ductor Sivainson. " cyanophrys Swains. " serratus Swains. Thynnus pompilus Gronov. ( Gray ed. ) Young ivith dorsal spines connected. Seriola dussiiniieri Cuv. et Val. " suecincta Cuv. et. Val. Young with spinous dorsal Jin and preopercidar spines. Nauclerus compressus Cuv. et Val. " abbreviatus Cuv. et Val. " brachycentrus Cuv. et Val. " triacanthus Cuv. et Val. " annularis Cuv. et Val. " leucurns Cuv. et Val. The above synonymy has been given on the authority of Dr. Giinther as far as the union of the forms described under the generic name of Nau- crates are concerned ; the Serioke and Naucleri added to it are young fishes of this genus, and if all the forms referred to Naucrates belong to one species, the Seriolse and Naucleri are doubtless the young of that single species. Much doubt is however entertained as to the correctness of this union of so many species. If aught may be judged from the examination of single spe- cimens, the species of the Mediterranean sea differs from a Pacific one* of nearly the same size, by the higher body, the shorter head, the smaller eye, the ecarinate forehead, and especially the breadth of the lingual band of teeth, which is about three times as broad and extends farther forwards than in the Pacific specimen.! The vomerine patch is also wider and shorter, as well as blunt behind, and the tongue is shorter. Differences like these can- not in this case be well attributed to age or condition, and are apparently spe- cific. But as Cuvier and Valenciennes have not made use of these charac- ters, but distinguished their species on the most trivial grounds, and as Giin- ther, with much better opportunies than those enjoyed by me, has considered them all identical, I provisionally aecept his synonomy, until we may better know the value of the character referred to. There can at least be scarcely any doubt that there is only one Naucrates on the eastern coast of America, as the difference of color on account of which the N. noveboracensis has been distinguished from N. ductor, is, as Cuvier and Valenciennes have themselves suggested, the result of alteration by liquor. J No specimen of Naucrates from the United States is in the Smithsonian collection. Genus ZONICHTHYS (Swainson).§ Seriola Cuv. (nee Gaertner). The name Zonichthys was proposed by Swainson for the Scomber fasciatus * One from Honolulu, one of the Sandwich Islands, sent to the Smithsonian Institution by the Rev. W. H. Pease. It is rather shorter than the European one. t By analogy, the Sandwich Island specimen being smaller, the height of the body should be greater, and the teeth more developed than in the European one. t The Mediterranean specimen of Naucrates ductor from the Bonaparte collection, re- ceived from the Academy of Natural Sciences, has the same yellow color as the nominal N. noveboracensis. I This genus does not embrace the Seriola gigas of Gunther (nee Poey) which is distin- guished by the eight dorsal spines, shorter second dorsal fin and subrhomboidal patch of vomerine teeth. It may be called Naucrafopsis gigas. Another allied genus is the FJagatis of Bennett, which is also the Seriolichthys of Bleeker, Decaptvs of Poey, and finally Irex of Valenciennes. 1862.] 442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF of Bloch, and as that of Seriola had been previously accepted for a gen as of plants, the former may be retained for the homonymous genus of Ichthyology. Like so many other genera proposed in the miserable work of Swainson, the Zonichtbys of that author is founded on one of Bloch' s figures, and is simply the result of a misapprehension. The species of Zonichthys appear to be subject to considerable variations. The bands become less distinct, or even obsolete with age, the ventrals are abbreviated, and the height seems to even decrease. The validity oi the Zonichthys boscli and Z. carolinensis is therefore not quite certain. The for- mer has not been seen by me. The following synopsis displays the appa- rent differences of the several species : I. Head rather higher than long, with the profile boldly de- cnrved • Z. faseiatus. II. Head longer than high Halatractus. a. D. VII. I. 31. A. II. I. 20. Body efasciate Z. boscii. /?. D. VIL I. 32-34. A. II. 1. 19-20. Body with 6 bands, 3 ascending on dorsal and 2 on anal Z. zonatus. y. D. VII. I. 36, 37. A. II. I. 19-20. Body efasciate.. Z. caroliniensis. Zonichthys fasciatus, Swainson. Scomber fasciatus Bloch. Seriola fasciata Cuv. et Val. I have never seen a specimen of this species, unless a large one, without bands, may be an aged form of it. The Zonichthys fasciatus is probably the only species of the United States which truly belongs to this genus. The other species referred to it are distinguished by the subfusiform shape and the elongation of the head and doubtless belong to another genus which maybe called Halatractus, the type of which may be found in the Zonichthys zonatus, a congener of Seriola dumerilii. HALATRACTUS Gill. Halatractus boscii Gill. Seriola boscii Cuv. et Val. Some of the specimens of Zonichthys in the Smithsonian collection appear to be referrible to this species, which was first discovered at Charleston by the naturalist to whom it has been dedicated. Halatractus zonatus Gill. Scomber zonatus Mitchill. Seriola zonata Cuv. et Val. Seriola leiarchus Cuv. et Val. Giinther appears to be correct in his union of the Seriola zonata and S. leiarchus of the Histoire Naturelle des Poissons. The species ranges from New York southwards. A specimen between six and seven inches long, the tips of whose ventral fins cover the anus appears to represent a younger stage of this species. It was obtained at Charleston. Halatractus carolinensis Gill. Seriola carolinensis Holbrook. Seriola zonata Giinther. This species appears to differ from the foregoing by the less height of the body and the more numerous rays of the second dorsal and anal fins, as well perhaps as by the color. The latter, however, is perhaps due to age. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443 Subfamily POMATOMIN^E Gill. Genus POMATOMUS, Lacepede. Gonenion Raf. Temnodon Cuv. et Val. POMATOMUS SALTATRIX Gill. Gasterosteus saltatrix Linn. Scomber saltator Bloch. Cheilodipterus heptacanthus Lac. Pomatomus skib Lac. Gonenion serra Raf. Scomber plumbeus Mitchill. Temnodon heptacanthus Quoy and Gainard. Temnodon saltator Cuv. et Val. This species is very abundant along the entire eastern coast of the United States. Description of a new generic type of MORMYROIDS and Note on the arrangement of the genus. BY THEODORE GILL. The Mormyroids now known appear to be distributable among two sub- families and eight genera which may be briefly distinguished by the following characters : I. Dorsal very long, commencing in front of ventrals. Anal very short. Vomer covered by anterior processes of palatine bones. Cerebellum entirely concealed above Mormyrinje. Muzzle tubuliform Mormyrus. Muzzle obtuse Mormyrodes. II. Dorsal commencing more or less behind the ventrals. Anal oblong or elongated. Vomer uncovered. Ce- rebellum and quadrigeminal bodies more or less ex- posed Petrocephalin^e. A. Mouth considerably in advance of the eyes. 1. Anal rather shorter than dorsal Isichthys. 2. Anal less than twice as long as dorsal (D. 17-26. A. 25-50). a. Lower jaw without flap or barbel. Upper jaw longer Marcusenius. Lower jaw prominent Mormyrops. p. Lower jaw with a conical flap or barbel Gnathonemus. 3. Anal three times as long as dorsal. Palatal teeth pisiform Hyperopisus. AA. Snout produced. Mouth under eyes Petrocephalus. MORMYRINiE Gill. Mormyrus Linn. Scrophicephalus Sw. Mormyrus caschive Hass. Mormyrodes Gill. Mormyrodes hasselquistii = Mormyrus hasselquistii Geoffroy, PETROCEPHALINJE Gill. ISICHTHYS-Gill. Isichthys henryi Gill. 1862.] 444 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF Marcusenius Gill. Marcusenius anguilloides = Mormyrus anguilloides Linn. Mormyrops Muller. Mormyrops cyprinoides = Mormyrus cyprinoides Xinn. (nee Geoffroy.) Gnathonemus Gill. Gnathonemus petersii = Mormyrus petersii Giinther. Hyperopisus Gill. Hyperopisus dorsalis = Mormyrus dorsalis Geoffroy. Petrocephalus Marcusen. Petrocephalus bane = Mormyrus bane Val. Isichthys Gill. Body anguilliform, with the height subequal as far as the caudal peduncle, which is abruptly attenuated. Scales rather small. Head oblong, about twice as long as high. Snout scarcely projecting, and convex. Mouth trans- verse ; the periphery of each jaw convex in front. Teeth compressed and with emarginated summits. Eyes small, considerably behind the vertical from the mouth. Nostrils simple, small, two in a longitudinal line in front of each eye. Dorsal fin elongated, nearly equalling half the total length, separable from the back at the base of the membrane between the rays. Anal fin rather shorter than the dorsal, coterminal with it and constructed at its base like the dorsal. This genus is at once distinguished from all others of the family by the elongation and comparative proportions of the dorsal and anal fins. The pe- culiarity of the dorsal and anal fins recalls to mind the nearly similar char- acter found in some of the Balistoidse, a coincidence which is the more notice- able as the Mormyroids have also the upper maxillary bones united like the Plectognathi. Isichthys henryi Gill. The greatest height equals a tenth (10) of the length {exclusive of the caudal fin), and that at the ventrals an eleventh ('09) of the same; the latter is nearly two times and a half as great as the height behind the vertical fins ('03J). The head 1othe margin of the operculum forms almost a seventh (14) of the length, and is twice as great as the height, or two times and a half as great as that of the eye ("05 J). The eye is contained about ten times in the head's length. The interorbital area rather exceeds a fifth (-03) of the same length, while the length of the snout equals a fourth (-03£). The dorsal fin commences considerably before the end of the anterior half of the length (*45), and its own length equals half of the total (*50). The greatest height equals that at the pupil (-05|); its posterior portion appears to have been lower. The anal fin commences nearly even with the second half of the length (51) or under the seventh or eighth dorsal ray, and is cotermi- nal with the latter fin ; its height at the middle exceeds that of the dorsal (O62) and at its produced and rounded posterior angle is still greater (-08). The pectoral fin equals an eleventh of the length (*09) ; the ventrals are in- serted near the end of the third tenth of the length (*38) and each one equals two-thirds of the pectoral {'06). The scales are small, there being about 135 along the lateral line ; the 38th to 41st is on the vertical from the ventral fin ; the 50th to 53d from the origin of the dorsal, and the 64th to 67th from the anal. At the vertical of the origin of the dorsal fin, there are twenty-six rows of scales, of which ten are above the lateral line, and at that of the anal, twenty-one rows, of which nine are above. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 445 D.I. 43. A. I. 41., P. 9. V. 5. The color is dark reddish or chocolate brown. A single specimen, for which there is no indication of locality, is in the Smithsonian Institution, and formed part of the collection of the former Na- tional Institute of the city of Washington. It is in rather poor condition, the caudal fin having been entirely lost. The length of the remaining portion is seven inches. I am disposed to believe that it was sent from Liberia. I dedicate the species to my friend Prof. Henry, of the Smithsonian Insti- tution, to whom I have been so much indebted for the privileges of studying the rich collections of the Institution, and especially of investigating the class to which the present species belongs. On the Synonymy and Systematic Position of the Genus ETELIS of Cuvier and Valenciennes. BY THEODORE GILL. In the second volume of the " Histoire Naturelle des Poissons," Cuvier and Valenciennes have distributed among two primary sections those species of their family of Percoids, which have ventral fins with five rays and inserted beneath the pectoral, and which have seven branchiostegal rays. Those sec- tions are distinguished by the condition of the dorsal fin ; the first having two dorsals, or a dorsal emarginated to its base ; the second having a single dorsal. In the section distinguished by the division of the dorsal fin, and in that subsection whose representatives have canine teeth mingled with others, Cuvier and Valenciennes have placed a generic type which they have techni- cally characterized by the scarcely apparent dentelure of the preoperculum, the single opercular point, and the contiguous dorsals, and which was dis- tinguished from Lucioperca (recte Stizostedion, Raf.) by the wholly villiform teeth of the palate, and the presence of two* opercular spines. The Etelis is, however, not at all related to Stizostedion, but, as will be hereafter shown, belongs to a different family. It is a fish distinguished by its slender and elegant symmetrical form, the deeply-forked caudal, whose lobes are elongated, and acute, and especially by the remarkably large size of the eyes. The first dorsal of this fish is stated by Cuvier and Valenciennes to terminate at the base of the second. Only one species has been referred to the genus. That species is the Etelis carbunculus, of Cuvier and Valenciennes, and has been found in the archipelago of the Seychelles and at the Isle of France. In the second section of the same division of Percoids, characterized by the single dorsal fin, and in the subsection distinguished by the possession of canine teeth, Cuvier and Valenciennes have placed the genus Serranus. To that group of the genus for which they have accepted Bloch's name Anthias, they have referred a species which they have named Serranus ocidatus, and which is distinguished from all others of that section by the comparatively slight connection between the spinous and soft portions of the dorsal. This fish is likewise remarkable for its slender symmetrical shape, a deeply-forked caudal fin with prolonged and acute lobes, and also especially for its very large eyes. Of the dorsal fins it is simply said that the spines diminish in length from the third to the tenth, which is the last and the lowest. On a comparison of the two fishes thus enumerated, it is found that they agree in all respects. The Etelis carbunculus and the Serranus oculatus have the same form of the head and body, the same form and structure of the fins, the same armature of the bones of the head, and the same large eyes, and'' the same dentition. There is no generic distinction between them whatever, * Etelis has two opercular spines and not one as previously stated. 1862.] 31 446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP and their reference to two genera belonging to different sections is simply the result of a difference of interpretation of the same fact in the two cases, on account of their examination from isolated points of view. The dorsal has such a form that in one case it appeared to the learned French naturalists to be double, and in the other to be rather a single one. On the most casual ex- amination of the plates of the Etelis carbunculus (pi. xviii.), and the Serranus oculatus (pi. xxxii.), it is evident that there is the closest external resem- blance, which applies to the form of the dorsal fin as well as to every other feature of the external organization. Deceived by the imposing authority of the great ichthyologists by whom the two species referred to were described, and by Dr. Giinther's acceptance of the same opinion, after an examination of specimens of each, I had sup- posed that some generic difference must exist between those two species, which had not been rendered sufficiently clear by the authors. I had long noticed the great resemblance of the two species, but was willing to believe that they might belong to distinct genera as the squamation of Etelis was so represented as to remind one of a Holocentroid fish. I had only casually seen the Serranus oculatus in the infancy of my ichthyological studies, and the remembrance was not sufficiently vivid to enable me to certainly identify that species generically with the Etelis carbunculus. The recent reception at the Smithsonian Institution of a fine specimen from my esteemed correspon- dent, Prof. Poey, at once assured a certainty of the close affinity of the two species so often named. My attention was further at once arrested by characteristics which previous observers had failed to express, and which rendered it certain that instead of being a Serranus, or even an Anthias, it was rather related to the Lutjaninai, and especially to the genus Platyinius, and that it consequently belonged to a different family. The learned Troschel, in a most valuable and suggestive article in the " Archiv fur Naturgeschichte,* has first pointed out the true characters which distinguish the family of Sparoids as a natural group. Although I shall have occasion to dissent from the views of that naturalist respecting the limits of the family, eliminating some of the forms that have been referred to it, while 1 would combine others that have been distributed among different ones, it is with much pleasure that I add that the latter modifications are the conse- quence of, and naturally flow from the results of the investigations of Troschel, if we assign less value than he did to the dentition, and that the former are caused by the different views that have originated respecting the character of families since the period at which that ichthyologist wrote. Etelis then is proclaimed to be a Sparoid on account of the reception of the maxillary bones beneath the preorbital bones, the existence of a dorsal groove in which the fin is folded, the presence of pointed axillar scales, and the acutely pointed pectoral and caudal fins.f By all these characters it is dis- tinguished from Serranus and Anthias as well as the other Percoids. On ac- count of all these characters it equally agrees with the family of Sparoids, and to that family it consequently must be referred. The artificial nature of that classification, which would place the Lutjaninse in a distinct family from Den- tex, and the allied genera, or which would equally separate the Lutjaninse and the Hoplopagrinse, and which at the same time would refer Lutjaninae to the vicinity of Serranina? on account of the presence of palatine teeth, is too evident to be commented upon, especially after I shall have added that there «> *Dr. F. H. Troschel " Ueber die Begrenzung der Familie der Sparoiden," in Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, 15er Jahrgang. ler band, pp. 382—386, taf. viii. t The scales are more like those of Sillago than any others represeuted by Troschel, but the concentric strise in front of the nucleus are obsolete, and consequently have more of a Sparoid character. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 447 is one genus (Prionodes, Jenyns) which appears to resemble in almost every respect the Serrani, notwithstanding its total destitution of palatal teeth. I now proceed to give the synonomy and description of the genus Etelis. Genus ETELIS Cuv. et Val. Etelis Cuv. et Val., Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, tome ii. p. 127, 1828. Elastoma Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, Reptiles, and Amphibians, vol. ii., pp. 168, 202, 1839. Hesperanthias Lowe, Fishes of Maderia, 1843. JIacrops Dumeril, Ichthyologie Analytique, p. 279, 1856. Serranus (Anthias) sp. Cuv. et Val., Temm. et Schlegel, Rich., Poey. Centropristes sp. Miill. et Troschel. Anthias sp. Giinther. Body moderately compressed, slender, elongated and subfusiform, highest at the ventral fins ; thence regularly attenuated to the caudal peduncle, which is slender and slightly constricted. Back in front of dorsal fin broad and flattened towards the occiput. 6 Scales rather large, (circa 50 — ) disposed in regular longitudinal rows, 14 parallel with the lateral line. Each scale is about as high as wide, angulated behind, with the nucleus at the terminal third, before which the surface is polished, while there is a marginal muricated band. The radiating grooves are few (7-10), and the concentric striae form very acute angle with the lateral edges, and are almost parallel with them. Lateral line parallel with the dorsal outline, the sigmoidal curve being very slight. Head compressed, oblong-conoid, flattened between the orbits, and with the snout gradually decurved to the symphisis. Forehead naked. Opercular bones and cheeks and covered with moderate scales. Preoperculum with a rather narrow naked limb, vertical behind, and very finely serrated. Oper- culum behind terminated by two acute spines separated by an oblique emar- gination. Preorbital bones naked, low and oblong or elongated. Eyes very large and circular. Nostrils on each side, double, approximated, with nearly simple margins. Mouth rather large, with the cleft moderately oblique. Intermaxillary bones with short, posterior processes and little protractile. Supramaxillary bones terminating nearly under the centre of the pupil, covered on their ex- posed portions with scales. Dentary low and bent inwards beneath. Teeth in a villiform band on each jaw, with a row of much larger distant ones in the upper jaw, and with a canine one each side, in front ; in the lower also, an external rim of rather larger ones, and with a small canine on each side in front, closing before the one' in the upper jaw, and with a larger one farther backwards. Teeth of the vomer and palatine bones in a villiform band ; that of the former angulated at the middle. Branchiostegal rays seven. Dorsal fin with the spinous portion with ten spines rapidly decreasing from the third, and with the first abbreviated; soft portion oblong, and nearly uni- form in height, much lower than the highest spines, and much higher than the tenth or last one. Dorsal groove very conspicuous. Anal fin smaller than the soft portion of the dorsal to which it is symmet- rically opposed, with three moderate graduated spines, and with eight rays, the last of which are slightly prolonged. Caudal fin deeply-forked, and with acute lobes, the upper of which is longest ; the outer and basal portions of each lobe are scaly. Pectoral fins moderate, acutely prolonged from the upperward rays. 1862.] 448 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP Ventral fins beneath the pectoral, acutely angulated and with small pointed axillar scales. This genus is decidedly more nearly allied to Platyinius* than to Ocyurus,f though the form of the body is perhaps more like that of the latter. It agrees with Platyinius in the general form of the head, in dentition, and in the arma- ture of the opercular bones, but is distinguished from it by the slender form, the larger scales, the rapid decrease backwards of the dorsal spines, and in a minute degree by the rather larger eyes and mouth as well as the scaly supramaxillars. Having demonstrated that there is no generic difference between Etelis car- bunculus and Serranus oculatus, it follows that any name subsequently framed for the latter under the belief that it was the representative of a peculiar species must be suppressed. Eleven years after the two species were firat made known, William Swain- son published the Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles or Mo- nocardian animals," for the arrangement of which, a series of fantastic ideas was taken as the guiding principles of classification. Among the numerous genera or " subgenera" proposed by this author were one named Elastoma, based on the Serranus oculatus, and another called Uriphseton for which the Serranus placton of Cuvier and Valenciennes was taken as the type. Swainson in the " Synopsis of the natural arrangement of Fishes," regarded Etelis as one of the genera forming the cabalistic number of the second subfamily (Serraninae) of Percoids, and by a happy accident approximated Elastoma and Etelis to which Uriphseton was added as a third subgenus. But he who might be seldom right, did not retain this fortunate juxtaposition of the first two types, but in the "general arrangement" interposed Uriphaston between Elastoma and Etelis, comparing the latter with Uriphseton and denying any palatal teeth to this representative of a family chiefly distinguished by the presence of teeth on the " vomer and palate." Swainson did not find this negation in the only work from which he could have derived his knowledge of this genus, and as in so many other cases, ihis error was the result of simple carelessness. Some time afterwards, Mr. Lowe, an author as fortunate in his combinations as Mr. Swainson was unfortunate, proposed for the Serranus oculatus the new generic name Hesperanthias. Still more recently, the elder Dumeril, in his compilation of Ichthyology added still another synonym, giving to the same genus the name of Macrops. Finally Dr. Giinther, although acquainted with both the Etelis carbunculus and Serranus oculatus, did not perceive their affinity and preserved the respec- tive places assigned to them by their early describers. Etelis carbunculus Cuv. et Val. Etelis carbunculus Cuv. et Val., Histoire Naturelle des Poissons,tome ii. p. 127, pi. 18. * Some time after the above article was completed, I had the pleasure to find that M Poey, by independent observations, had also perceived the close affinity of Elastoma, (Etelis) and Platyinius. In a letter which probably reached me at about the same time or little after one announcing my own results, was received by Poey, that gentleman writes as follows: "En mettant de l'ordre mes squelettes des poissons,je me suis apper- cu quele crane de mes vorax (gen, Platyiniu9,G\\\),'e^t identique avec celui de V Elastoma oculatum ; tout-a-fait plat entre les deux yeux, et le bord orbitaire superieur fortement strie en travers, &c." The other features shared in common, have also been noticed — "les memes dents (canines petites, &c.,) prepercule dentele, quoique plus fortement dans le vorax, une epine plate a l'opercule, corps elance (moins dans le vorax) lobe supe ricure caudal plus allonge (moins dans Je vorax). D. X. II. A, III. 8, dernier rayon,- des nageoires verticales medianes prolonge, couleur generale rouge, l'oeil grand, &c." Platyinius Gill, Proc. Acad. N. S., Philad. Type Mesopnon vorax Poey. t Ocyurus GUI, Proc. Acad. N. S. Philad. Type Mesoprion chrysurus C. V. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 449 Etelis carbunculus Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c, vol. i. p. 79. 6 D. X. 11. A. III. 8. Scales 50—* (Giinther.) 14 The color is a brilliant red in life, with shining golden lines along each row of scales. Habitat. — Seychelles and Isle of France (Cuv. et Val., Giinther). Etelis oculatus Gill ex Cuv. et Val. Serranus oculatus Cuv. et Val. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, tome ii. p. 266, pi 32. Ramon de la Sagra. Hesperanthias oculatus, Lowe. Centropristis oculatus Miiller and Troschel. Macrops (aculeatus) Dumeril Ichthyologie Analytique, p. 279. Anthias oculatus Giinther. Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c. vol. ii. p. 92. 6 D. X. 11. A. III. 8. Scales 50-51— 14 Upper half of body rose, lower half straw yellow. Habitat. — Caribbean sea. To this species Messrs. Lowef and Giinther have referred a representative of this genus found at Maderia, and Temminck and SchlegelJ another discov- ered at Japan. I do not think that it is at all certain that those specimens belong to the present species, and cannot, therefore decisively refer them to the synonymy. Etelis coruscans, Val.g Etelis coruscans Val , Comptes Rendus, tome liv. p. 1166, June 9, 1862. Body longer, head shorter, teeth smaller, dorsal spines shorter and caudal longer than in E. carbunculus. Habitat. — Isle of Bourbon. After an interval of a third of a century, Valenciennes, again returning to the genus Etelis, has added a supposed new species, only distinguished from the E. carbunculus by the comparative characters here cited. He has failed to recognize the affinity of E. oculatus. Description of a new Genus and Species of PHOLADIDiE. BY GEO. W. TRYON3 JR. Subfamily JOUANNETIN^E, Tryon, 1862. Diplothyra, Tyron. Shell with a double accessory valve ; the principal plate placed directly over the umbones, with a smaller anterior one adjoining. This genus is allied to Martesia ; but differs in the double or divided dorsal valve. * Cuvier and Valenciennes assign about sixty scales to the lateral line and seventeen or eighteen rows to the insertion of the ventrals. The former number includes the small caudal scales. t Hesperanthias oculatus Lowe. Fishes of Maderia. This work is at present inacces- sible to me. t Serranus oculatus Temm. et Schl. Fauna Japonica, Pisces, p. 5. gThe Comptes Rendus containing the diagnosis of E- coruscans was received after the transmissioc of the above article to the Academy. 1862.] 450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF D. S m i th ii, Tryon. Testa brevi, ovata, in medio oblique divisa, antice acute striata, postice paulo striata vel laevigata; lamina umbonali ovata, postice subtrnncata, antice rotundata, lamina- anteriori parva, antice sub- acuminata. Shell short, ovate, divided in the middle by an oblique impressed line, posterior to which tbe surface is covered with growth lines only, but anteriorly it is finely and sharply transversely sculptured, and obsoletely radiately ribbed in some specimens. Tbe umbonal plates are generally much distorted, so that no particular form can be traced throughout all the specimens, though the more perfect approach to that depicted in the magnified figure above. Length -6 ; height and breadth -4 inch. Collections of Acad. Nat. Sci„ Smithsonian Institution, Sanderson Smith, New York ; Hugh Cumming, London; Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Habitat. — Tottenville, Staten Island, burrowing in oyster shells. Mr. Smith, to whom I am indebted for the opportunity of examining numer- ous individuals of this curious species, gives the following interesting infor- mation in relation to them : ;' The shells were all dead, and I have found as yet no positive evidence of the oysters being imported ones, although from the great number of southern oysters planted in Prince's Bay and the neighborhood, there is a considerable probability of this. The large number of oyster shells which have been bored from the inside, and consequently after the death of the oyster, suffices to show that the shell is now, or very recently has been living here, as it is hardly likely that so many large dead shells would have been accidentally brought with the living ones. I have hitherto found them only in one lot of thirty or forty loads of shells, of which I cannot ascertain the exact source. They are by no means scarce, and several hundred specimens must have been obtained by myself and others." From the condition of the dried animal matter contained in some of the spe- cimens, I quite agree with Mr. Smith's conjecture that the species is probably still living at the locality mentioned. In many cases where this species has bored from the outside of the oyster shell, penetrating entirely through its or- dinary surface, the oyster has protected itself from contact by depositing a layer of nacre between itself and the exposed portion of the intruder. Dactylina (Gitocentedm) Chiloensis, King. To the synonymy of this species must be added Pholas (Dactylina) retifer. Morch. Mai. Blatt. vii. p. 177, Dec. 1860. Description. — T. elongato-cylindracea fere clausa, antice rotundato subpro- ducta, postice elongata planata laeviuscula ; costae 25 parum prominentes lon- gitudinalibus validioribus decussatae, intersectionibus squamiferis; costae sub- sequales, quarta antica parvula; interstitia costarum lirulis planis 4-5 ; costae anticae et lirulae intermediae validiore5, fascie interna excavate; lamina dor- ealis reflexa unde late umbilicata ; cellular dorsales ad num. 12 inaequales. Long 104, alt. 33 mill. Realejo, valva solitaria dextra fractra." The intermediate flat ribs or lirulae mentioned above and considered by Mcirch to be a distinctive character, are very apparent at the anterior end of most perfect and fresh valves of C h i 1 o en s i s, and they are frequently marked internally by corresponding sulcse ; as the shell grows to maturity these riblets bfcome obsolete, or are replaced by a siDgle intermediate squamiferus small rib. There is no regularity in the number of radiating costae on the surface, though they do generally average twenty-five in number; but in some valves they be- come evanescent posteriorly sooner than in others. The dorsal cellules num- ber in different specimens before me from 12 to 15. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 451 It will be seen that Morch describes his species from a single valve, and in the course of his remarks upon its distinctive characters, he refers to the figures ofChiloensisin Philippi Abbild. The examination of a few spe- cimens would have satisfied him of the entire identity of his shell with Chiloensis. Notes on American Fresh Water SHELLS, with descriptions of two new Species. BY GEO. W. TYRON, JR. VIVIPARID.E, H. & A. Adams. Vivipara, Montfort, 1810. The following sub-genera of Vivipara inhabit the United States : Tulotoma, Haldeman. Shell heavy and nodulous, opercle corneous and con- centric ; animal with the habit of Anculosa. Example. V. magnifica, Conrad. V, bimonilifera, Lea. Melantho, Bowdich, 1822. Shell oval, solid, sub-umbilicate or entirely covered. Whorls smooth, aperture oval. Color uniform. Examples. V. ponderosa, decisa, etc. Haldemania, Tryon, 1862. Shell subcarinate, operculum with a paucispiral nucleus, the accretions becoming concentric with age. Example. V. subcarinata, Say. There are several species of typical Viviparse inhabiting our Western waters, all of which are entirely distinct from European specie3. V. lineata , Valenc. (sp.) Paludina lineata. Valenciennes. Rec. d'Obs. de Zool. par Humboldt et Bonpland, ii. p. 255, 1833. — Kiister, Martini and Chemn. Conch. Cab. Monog. of Paludina, p. 10, 19, t. 2, f. 6—9 ; t. 4, f. 4. 1852. :< vivipara, Say, in Nicholson's Encyc. 3d. (American) Edit. t. 2, f. 5, 1819. Haldeman, Monog. p. 17, t. 6. This shell differs from the vivipara of Europe in possessing four spiral red bands, whilst the latter has but three. An examination of hundreds of specimens from various portions of the Western States, and from Europe has convinced me that the difference is permanent. V. intertexta, Say. This shell has occasionally, distinct red revolving bands, four in number. I have a number of specimens from Davenport, Iowa, (Prof. Sheldon) ; and Mr. Binney has one from Rock River, Illinois ; they differ from the New Orleans specimens in the umbilicus being more open. V. subpurpurea,Say. V. Texan a , Tryon. T. solida, conica, pallide virente ; spira. elongata., sutura valde impressa, apice obtusa ; anfractibus senis, paulo-convexis, apertura suborbiculata, parva, 2 — 5 totius altitudinis requante. Length l£ inch, breadth | inch. First five whorls of the spire equal in length to the aperture. Hab. — Texas. Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Coll. G. W. Tryon, Jr. Shell solid, narrowly conic, consisting of six whorls, which are somewhat flattened around their upper portion ; sutures well impressed. Aperture suborbicular, equalling 2-5ths of the length 1862.] 452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF of the shell. Umbilicus covered. Epidermis light green with faint red revolv- ing bands. This shell most resembles V. subpurpurea, but is easily distinguished by having six whorls, which are much narrower than in that species. The spire is almost double the length of that of subpurpurea, and the epider- mis is lighter in color. V. subsolida, Anthony. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. p. VI, 1860. Through the kindness of Prof. D. S. Sheldon, of Davenport, Iowa, I have received a number of specimens of this shell and of V. i n t e g r a , Say, from the Mississippi River at that place. The latter reaches the size of s u b s o 1 i d a, which it much resembles, but it is easy to separate them by the following dis- tinctive characters : V. subsolida. Spire longer than the aperture, consisting of seven whorls, acuminate. Body whorl subangulated near the middle, the angle being quite conspicu- ous in half-grown shells. V. i n t e g r a . Spire shorter than the aperture, consisting of six or occasionally six and a half whorls. Body scarcely angulated, being almost regularly convex. Shell much more ventricose than subsolida. V. ponderosa, Say. May be readily distinguished from V. integra by its shorter spire, much more ventricose form, and by the body whorl being almost flat in the centre, so that its lateral sides for some distance are almost parallel. The shoulder of the whorls is also more prominent than in either of the other specimens. AMNICOL1DJE, Tryon, 1862. AMNICOLA, Gould and Haldeman. Tnere are two very distinct groups of shells included by authors in this genus ; in the first, which may be considered typical, the shells are globose, with a short spire of three or four whorls ; the second I propose to separate as a subgenus, which may be thus characterized : Subgenus Pomatiopsis, Tryon, 1862. Shell elongate, the spire (of about six whorls) much exceeding the length of the aperture. Example. A. lapidaria, Say. A. depressa, Tryon. IT. orbiculatii, subhyalinii ; anfractibus quarternis, convexis ; ultimo magno, 5 — 6 totius longitudinis aequante, anguste umbilicata. f yfr\ Apertura, semi-circulari ; labio interne appresso. Sutura impressa. V «•/ lLong. 4 mill. Lat. 4 mill. (Figure magnified 2\ times.) Hab. — Mississippi River at Davenport, Iowa. Prof. Sheldon. Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci., Smithsonian Inst., and of Prof. D. S. Sheldon, Isaac Lea, J. G. Anthony, and Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Shell subhyaline, rather solid, orbicular ; spire depressed, consisting of near- ly four whorls; apex acute, suture profoundly impressed. Body whorl very convex, equalling 5-6ths the total length of the shell, narrowly umbilicate. Aperture semi-circular, the inner lip being nearly straight. The only shell which this resembles is V. subglobosa, Say, which is, however, double the size of A. depressa, with a rather more exserted spire, and more concave inner lip. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453 Monograph of the Family TEBEDID.E. BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR. The following is the third and concluding paper of a series,* designed to comprehend all that is at present known, regarding the curious group of shells included in Blainville's Order Pholadacea: — In the preparation of these papers much difficulty has arisen from the num- ber of species which have been described (sometimes inadequately) but not figured, and from the conflicting views of European naturalists regarding the validity of many species. There is no good reason why the Pholadaceae should i not be searched for, and distributed very generally in public and private cabi- nets, yet such is not the case, and every conchologist who studies the order labors under the disadvantage of being unable to examine and compare speci- mens, of a large number of the species. Greatly as the number of species have been increased by modern research, it is evident, from the general diffusion of the order throughout the world, and from the incompleteness of our researches in those regions, which appear most to abound in them, and also from the number of new species in one of the families discovered recently in England alone, that the number at present known must be indeed a very small propor- tion of those which future investigations will probably reveal to us. If these pages shall direct attention to the collection and study of the Phola- dacece, and furnish an approximate idea of the amount of the previous labors of conchologists, they will have answered their purpose. Should material be placed at my disposal for a more perfect study of these shells, a complete illus- trated monograph will be published at some future time. To further this end, collectors are earnestly requested to send to me (in exchange), specimens from all duly authenticated localities, together with such facts in relation to them as may come to their knowledge, and such assistance will be fitly acknowledged in the proposed publication. Sellius was the first naturalist who studied the species of Teredo, and his work on their natural history is a model of accuracy in most particulars, going far in advance of all other treatises on the subject which appeared for many years afterwards. So little did Linnaeus and his immediate followers know of the species of Teredo, that they included a number of species under the name of T. navalis, which is published with such a general description as will suit all the species now known, or hereafter to be added to the genus 1 Lamarck did not add much to our knowledge of these shells, and Dr. Gray has merely given us at two widely-extended periods, lists of the species, one or two descriptions, and some interesting and important investigations regarding the shell of Kuphus arenarius. Conchology is deeply indebted to the following naturalists for a large portion of our knowledge of the family : Blainville, who published a number of new species in the "Diet, des Sciences Naturelles." Deshayes, who has given us extended anatomical descriptions in the Mollusca of the Scientific Exploration of Algiers. Fischer, a Monograph of the family in " Journ. Couch.. 2 ser., vol. i." Turton, for several new species. And more especially to Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys for his accurate diagnoses of new British species, and to Mr. Hanley for the splendid descriptions which he has published in the " History of British Mollusca." I have endeavored, as far as possible, in the present paper to separate the species by distinctive characters, but their value is seriously impaired in this family by the fact that, unlike the Pholadidae, the specific distinctions are not * " Synopsis of the Recent Species of Gastrochaenidae, a Family of Acephalous Mollusca."— Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc, Dec, 1861. "On the Classification and Synonymy of the Recent Species of Pboladida?."— Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc, April, 1862. 1862.] 454 PROCEEDINGS OE THE ACADEMY OF always founded on the shell, but sometimes, where the shells of two species are (indistinguishable from each other, their tubes or pallets may afford considera- ble differences. The pallets alone as will be seen indicate two distinct genera, where the valves do not differ. Hence it is necessary, in many cases, for a certain determination of the species, that the valves, tube, and pallets shall each be examined, and it is needless to expatiate on the confusion which would arise from the accidental commingling of the tubes or pallets of one species with the valves of another; and this confusion is more apt to occur when, as is not unfrequently the case, several species are found inhabiting the sanne piece of wood, and being broken in their extraction, the pallets and valves fall out indiscriminately intermingled. t Another difficulty in the study of the Teredidae is the great variation of the individuals in size, proportions, and markings, making an accurate diagnosis a simple impossibility, and compelling us to rely on a general accordance with de- scriptions in the most material points. Mr. Hanley remarks that "there is one fact with regard to the shipworms, which has rendered their investigation peculiarly laborious, namely, that no reliance can be placed upon the relative proportions of their several parts for specific definition. If we take at random about fifty valves of Norvagica, for instance, we shall find that in some the oblique decussated striae occupy twice the space of the succeeding strip, in others this is reversed, in many these are both contracted, and a large pos- terior smooth area is exhibited ; in others again almost the entire surface i3 occupied by the two former, to the great diminution of the hinder portion. Hence it is absolutely necessary to examine very numerous examples in order to elicit the real and permanent specific characters, and the valves alone are rarely adequate for the determination of the species." Dr. Gray proposed, in 1851, to consider the Teredines a subfamily of Phola- did^e, but Mr. P. P. Carpenter has separated them under the name of Tere- did.e, with great propriety, as they undoubtedly exhibit sufficient differences from the Pholades, and from all other Mollusca, to be entitled to the position of a family. I have already given (in Proc. A. N. S., April, 1862) a sketch of the division of Teredid.e into three subfamilies, which it will be necessary to reproduce here : — Family TJEREBIBJS. Animal elongate, subcylindrical, siphons united nearly to the end, their ex- tremities armed with two shelly styles ; (Pallets.) foot long and narrow, protruded through the united mantle lobes, which are thickened in front. Gills long; mouth with palpi. Shell, when present, globular, tripartite, included with the animal in a more or less cylindrical testaceous tube, the siphonal end of which is divided into two by a longitudinal partition. Subfamily 1. Teredin^e. Valves present, free, contained in the tube, which is irregularly cylindrical, sometimes much contorted. Perforating timber. Subfamily 2. Teredinin^e. Valves with an accessory anterior dorsal plate, their margins prolonged into a shelly tube when adult.* Tube frequently con- camerated ; siphonal extremity often truncate, and the opening contracted by a six-lobed internal margin (fossil). * Dr. Gray supposes the fossil genus Teredina to be more closely connected with Pholadid.£ than with Teredid.£, from the fact that the shell has an accessory dorsal plate, and is external to the tube. It must be confessed that the genus is curiously related to all three families ; the external position of the valves, and the lobcd end of the tube, exhibiting an approach to the Gastroch.£- nid.e. 1 have concluded to place it for the present in Teredid.e, in a position where it may indicate a transition from the" free and perfect valves of Teredo, through its less important valves event- ually becoming merely a portion of the tube, to the Kuphus, where the valves are entirely want- ing, or arc replaced by the cleft shelly plate which closes the lower end. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455 Subfamily 3. Kuphinje. Without valves. Tube clavately cylindrical, sunk horizontally in sand. Never penetrating timber. Synopsis of Genera. Subfamily TEREDlNiE. Tubes elongate, nearly cylindrical, increasing slowly in diameter, solitary ; pallets simple ; valves generally nearly as broad as their length Genus Teredo, Linn. Tubes club-shaped, much contorted, growing together in masses, and increasing rapidly in diameter; pallets simple; valves narrow and elongate Genus Uperotis, Guettard. Tubes elongate, increasing slowly in diameter, solitary ; pallets compound, the blade penniform, composed of a number of jointed setas ; valves nearly as broad as their length Genus Xylotrya, Leach. Subfamily TEREDINID^E. (Fossil.) Subfamily KUPHIN^. Tubes penetrating sand, somewhat irregular, very large, "pierced around the base with small scattered perforations ; and inclosed by two overlapping convex septa, arising from the sides and completely closing the ends" (Gray). ...Genus Kuphus, Guettard. Index to Species of TEREDiDiE. Bruma delle Navi, Vallisnieri, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. dell' Oceano, Vallisnieri, = Teredo megotara, Hanley. Cuphus arenarius, Gray, = Kuphus arenarius, Linn. Dentalium navis, Linn. = Teredo navalis, Linn. Fisiulana corniformis, Lam. = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. gregaria, Blainv. = Uperotis clava, Gmelin. gregata, Lam. = Uperotis clava, Gmelin. Furcella gigantea, Gray, = Kuphus arenarius, Linn. Guetera clava, Gray, = Uperotis clava, Gmel. corniformis, Gray, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. Kuphus arenarius, Linn. Leptana arenaria, Gray, = Kuphus arenarius, Linn. Pkolas Teredo, Mull. = Teredo nana, Turton. Septaria arenaria, Lam. = Kuphus arenarius, Linn. gigantea, Chenu, = Kuphus arenarius, Linn. Mediterranea, Matheron, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. Serpitla anguina, b. Gmelin, = Kuphus arenarius, Linn. gigantea, Schroter, = Kuphus arenarius, Linn. polythalamia, Linn. = Kuphus arenarius, Linn. retorta, Mawe, = Uperotis clava, Gmelin. Teredo, Da Costa, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. Solcn arenarius, Rumphius, = Kuphus arenarius, Linn. corrugatus, Klein, = Kuphus arenarius, Linn. Teredo arenaria, Gray, = Kuphus arenarius, Linn. Teredo Batavus, Spengler, = Teredo navalis, Linn. Teredo bipalmulata, Chiaje, = Xylotrya minima, Blainv. " Lam. = Xylotrya palmulata, Lam. " Thompson, = Xylotrya fimbriata, Jeffreys, bipartita, Jeffreys. 1862.] 456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Teredo Bruguierii, Cbiaje, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. campanulaia, Desh. = Xylotrya Stutchburyi, Leach. carinata, Leach, = Xylotrya bipennata, Turton. elava, Gmel. = Uperotis clava, Gmel. corniformis. Gray, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. denticulata, Gray, = Teredo nana, Turton, Deshaii, Quatref. = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. dilatata, Stimpson. divaricata, Desh. elongata, Quatref. excavata, Lukis. fatalis, Quatref. = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. fusticulis, Jeffreys. gigantea, Home, = Kuphus arenarius, Linn. gregata, Desh. == Uperotis clava, Gmel. malleolus, Turton. marina, Sellius, = Teredo navalis, Linn. Mediterranean Catlow, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. megotara, Hanley. minima, Blainv. = Xylotrya minima, Blainville. nana, Turton. " (part.) Gray, = Teredo megotara, Hanley. navalis, Brit. Authors, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. " Home, == Xylotrya bipennata, Turton. " Linn. " Moller, = Teredo nana, Turton. " Spengler, = Xylotrya Stutchburyi, Leach. navium, Sellius, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. nigra, Blainv. == Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. Norvagica, Thompson, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. Norvagica, Spengler. ,l var. Jeffreys, = Teredo divaricata, Desh. nucivorus, Spengler, = Uperotis clava, Gmel. Oceani, Sellius, = Teredo megotara, Hanley. palmulata, Leach, = Xylotrya pennatifera, Blainv. " Lam. = Xylotrya palmulata, Lam. " Philippi, = Xylotrya minima, Blainv. pedicellata, Quatref. pennatifera, Blainv. = Xylotrya pennatifera, Blainv. Petitii, Recluz, = Teredo elongata, Quatref. Philippii, Gray, = Xylotrya minima, Blainv. Senegalensis, Blainv. " Fischer, Teredo elongata, Quatref. " Laurent, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. serratus, Desh. = Xylotrya minima, Blainv. spatha, Jeffreys. Stutchburyi, Leach, = Xylotrya Stutchburyi, Leach, subericola, Macgillivray. thoracites, Gould, truncata, Quatref. utriculus, Gmel. = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. vulgaris, Lam. = Teredo navalis, Linn. Uperotus clava, Gmel. corniformis, Adams, = Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. Xylotrya bipalmulata, Lam. = Xylotrya palmulata, Lam. bipennata, Turton. carinata, Gray, ^ Xylotrya bipennata, Turton. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 457 Xylotrya fimbriata, Jeffreys, cucullata, Norman, minima, Blainv. palmulata, Hanley, = Xylotrya fimbriata, Jeffreys. " Lam. # pennatifera, Blainv. Philippii, Adams, = Xylotrya minima, Blainv. Stutchburyi, Leach. Reference to Authors on Teredidse. Adams, H. & A Genera of Recent Mollusca, ii. 1854-6. Adanson Hist. Nat. du Senegal, Coquillages, 1757. Mem. de l'Academie des Sciences, lxxvi. p. 249, 1759. Agassiz Nomenclator Zoologicus, 1842 — 7. Anton Versuch der Conchylien, 1839. Baster, Job A Dissertation on the worms which destroy the piles on the coasts of Holland and Zealand, Philos. Trans., xli. p. 276, 1739. Belkmeer Naturkundige, Zee Worm. Blainville Diet, des Sciences Naturelles, xvii. p. 82, 1820, Hi. p. 259, 1828. Manuel de Malacologie, 1827. Bosc Hist, des Coquilles, ii. 1801. Bronn .". Syst. urw. Conchylien, 1824. Brown, T Conchology of Great Britain, 1844. Bruguiere Encyc. Methodique, Mollusks, i. p. 12, 1789. Barrows Elements of Conchology, 2d edit. 1825. Carpenter, P. P Lectures on Mollusca, 1861. Catlow,A Conchologist's Nomenclator, 1845. Cnenu, J. C Manuel de Conchyliologie, ii. p. 10, 1862. Encyclopedic d'Histoire Nat. Mollusques. Crouch Introduction to Lamarck's Conchology, 1827. Cuvier Regne Animated. 1, ii. 1817; ed. 2, iii. 1829; ed. Grif- fith, xii. 1834; ed. Audouin,Mollusques, 1836; Ann. du Museum, xix. 1812 ; Anat. Comparit, 1800 ; Tabl. Elem., p. 432. Da Costa British Conchology, 1778. Davilla Cat. Syst., 1767. De Kay, J. E Natural History of New York, Mollusca, 1843. Delle Chiaje Memoirs, iv. 1836. Deshayes Traite Elem., i. pt. 2, 1843 — 50. Lamarck's Anim. sans Vert., ed. 2, vi. 1835. Exploration Scientifique de l'Algerie, Mollusques. Ann. des Sciences Naturelles, 2d ser. xi. Encyclopedic Methodique, Vers. iii. Anno 6. Dillwyn, L. W Descriptive Catalogue, 1817. Donovan British Shells, iv. 1799. D'Orbigny., Mollusca, Sagra's Cuba, ii. Pal. Franc. Terr. Cret. iii. Eichwald Fauna Caspio-Caucasica, 1841. Fabricius Fauna Grcenlandica, 1780. Favanne Conchyliologie, 1780. Ferussac Tabl. Syst, 1822. Fischer Melanges Conchyliogiques, p. 19. Journ Conchyliol- ogie, 2d ser. Fleming British Animals, p. 409, 1828. Forbes & Hanley History of British Mollusca, i. 1853. Frey et Leuckart Beitr. z. Kenntniss Wirbel, 1847. Frisch Mus. Hoffmannianum. 1862.] 458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Georgi Beschreib des Russ. Reichs. iii. Gerville Cat. Coquilles de la Manche, 1825. Gmelin Systema Naturae, i. pt. 6, 1790. Goldfuss. Zool., p. 613. Gould, A, A Invertebrata of Massachusetts, 1841. Boston Proc, vi. p. 15. Otia Conchologica, p. 222, 241, 1862. Gray, J. E Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., viii. p. 380, 1851. Monograph of Teredo in Philosophical Magazine, ii. p. 409, 1827. Zoological Proceedings, pt. 25, pt. 26. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser. i. ii. Zoological Proceedings, 1847. London Medical Repository, xv. p. 237. Synopsis Brit. Mus. 1840, 1842. Griffiths, J Desc. of a new species of Worm Shells, &c. Philos. Trans., p. 269, 1806. Gronovius Zooph., 1781. Guerin Iconographie du Reg. Anim. Mollusca, t. 33. Guettard Memoirs, ii. p. 128, iii. p. 139. Hanley, S Descriptive Catalogue, 1842. Shells of Linnaus, 1855. Hebenstreit Museum Richterianum, p. 295, 1743. Heinrich Medizinische Zeitung Russlands, 1845. Home, E Philos. Trans., 1806, p. 276. Lect. Anat. Comparit. ii. Humphrey Conchology. Jay, J. C Catalogue of Shells, 4th edit., 1850. Jeffreys, G Magazine of Natural History, 3d ser., vi. Kammerer Cab. Rudolst, 1786. Karsten Mus. Leskeanum, i. 1789. Klein DeTub., 1731. Kurtz, J. D Catalogue of the Mollusca of North and South Caro- lina, 1860. Lamarck Anim. sans. Vert., edit. 1, v. 1818; edit. 2, vi. 1835. Syst. Anim. s. Vert., p. 129. Phil. Zool., 1809. Extra, d'un Cours, 1812. Latreille Fam. Nat., 1825. Laurent Journ. Conchyl., i. Lesser Conch. Linnaeus Syst. Nat., edit. 10, 1758. Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1766. Faun. Suec, p. 380, 1746. Mus. Ulric, p. 700, 17(14 . Loven Index Moll. Scand., 1846. Martini Concbylien Cabinet, i. 1769. Massuet Recherches sur les Vers., &c, 1733. Matheron Ann. des Sc. du Midi France, i. p. 77, ii. p. 312. Maton & Rackett Linn. Trans., viii. List of Brit. Testacea, 1807. Mawe Linnasan System of Conchology, 1823. Menke Syn. Meth." 1st ed., p. 73, 1828; 2d ed., p. 121, 1830. Middendorff. Mai. Rossica, pt. iii. 1849. Milne-Edwards Conch., p. 203, 1845. Moller Index Molluscorum Groenlandiae. 1842. Montagu Test. Brit., 1803. Monatb Dissert sur le Taret de Holland. Muller Fauna Dannica, 1788. Nyst Foss. Belg, p. 38. Oken Zool., p. 216. Allg. Naturg., vi. p. 274. Osier On boring Marine Animals, Philos. Trans., p. 342, 182 c. Pallas...: Reise, Sud Russ., p. 418, 1771—76. Tabl. Pbys. de la Tauride, p. 40. Spicil, Zool., p. 140, 1767—74. Payrandeau .Moll, de la Corse, 1826. Sept. c NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459. Pennant British Zool., iv. 1777. Philippi Enum. Moll. Sicil., i. 1836; ii. 1844. Pliny Hist. Nat., lib. xxi. cap. 80. Poli Testacea utriusque Siciliae, pt. 2, 1795. Potiez et Michaud Gallerie des Mollusques, ii. 1844. Pultney Dorsetshire Catalogue, 1799. Quatrefages Ann. des Sciences Naturelles, 3d ser., si. Rang Manuel de Conch., 1829. Recluz Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie, 2d ser., i. p. 64. Reeve Conch. Syst., p. 37, 1841. Roissy Moll., vi. p. 454, 1805. Rousset Obs. sur l'Origine etc. des Vers, de Mer., 1733. Rumphius Museum. Schacchi Cat. Coq. Reg. Neap., p. 8, 1836. Schroter Einleitung in die Conchylien, ii. 1784. Schumacher Essai d*un Nov. Syst., p. 94, 1817. Schweigger Natiirgeschichte, 1820. Seba : Museum, iii. t. 94, 1761. Sellius Commerc, liter. Nov., p. 409, 1732. Hist. Nat. Tendi- nis, 1733. Sismondi Syn. An. Foss. Sowerby Illustrations of British Shells, 1859. Genera of Shells, 1820—24. Conchological Manual, 1842. Spengler Skrivt. Nat., ii. pt. 1, 1792. Stimpson Check-List, 1800. Bost. Proc. Shells of New Eng- land, 1851. Swainson Elements, 1835. Treatise on Malacology, 1840. Thompson Edinburg Mag., xviii. p. 121, 1834. Fauna of Ireland in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xx. Thorpe, C British Marine Conchology, 1844. Turton Conchological Dictionary, 1819. Conchylia dithyra Brit., 1822. Tufts Proc. Essex Inst., i. p. 26. Vallisnieri Op. Phys. Med., ii. Voigt Cuv. Thierr, iii. Walch Naturgforsch, x. p. 38. Wheatley, C. M Catalogue of Shells of United States, 1842. Wood, Wm Index Testaceologicus, edit. 2, 1828. Woodward, S. P Manual of Mollusca, pt. 2, 1854. Synonymy and Descriptions. Order PHOLADACEA. (Family 1. PHOLADIDjE.) (Family 2. GASTROCHJENW2E.) Family 3. TEREDIDJE, Carpenter. Teredid.e, Carpenter, Lectures on Mollusca, p. 100. Teredina, (part.) Sieb. Lehrb. vgl. Anat., p. 235. Teredinadce, (part.) Fleming, Hist. Brit. Anim., p. 454. Teredinidce, (part.) Fleming, Hist. Brit. Anim., p. 409. rholadida, (part.) Gray, Zool. Proc, 1847, p. 187. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist , 2d ser. viii. p. 381. Woodward, Manual, p. 327. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 323. 1862.] 460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Pholadaria, (part.) Lamarck, Phil. Zool., 1809. Lamarck, Extr. d'un Cours., 1812. Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert. vi. 441. Hanley, Desc. Cat., p. 5. Sowerby, Conch. Man., p. 224. Pholadaria, (part.) Latreille, Fam. Nat. Pholadea, (part.) Anton, Versuch., p. 1. Menke, Synopsis, p. 121, 2d edit. Pholadea, (part.) Menke, Syn., p. 73, 1st edit. Pholades, (part.) Ferussac, Tabl. Syst. Pholadina, (part.) Milne-Edwards, Conch., p. 203. Pholadoida, (part.) Agassiz, Nomenclator Zool. Pholadria, (part.) Sism., Syn. An. Foss. Pholedaria, (part.) Brown, Syst. urw. Conch. Pholida, (part.) Swainson, Elements et Malacology. Pholidaa, (part.) Leach, teste Swainson, Malacology. Adesmacea, (part.) Blainville, Malacol., p. 577. Subfamily 1. TEREDINES, Tryon. Teredinje, Tryon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, p. 193, April, 1862. Teredina, (part.) Gray, Zool. Proc, 1847, p. 188. Teredinina, (part.) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist , 2d ser. viii. p. 386. Teredinina, (part.) Adams, Genera, ii. p. 331. Chenu, Man, Conchyl. ii. p. 10. Genus TEREDO, Linnaus. Teredo, Linn., Syst. Nat. edit. 10, p. 651 ; id. edit. 12, p. 1267. Adams, Ge- nera, ii. p. 331. Adanson, Senegal, Coquillages, p. 263. Adanson, Hist, de l'Acad., 1759. Blainville, Diet. Sc. Nat. Hi. p. 259. Bosc, Conch. ii. p. 197. Brown, Conch. Gt. Brit. p. 116. Bruguiere, Encyc. Meth. i. p. 12. Burrows, Conch, p. 124. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 2. Chenu, Man. Conchyl. ii. p. 10. Chenu, Encyc. Hist. Nat. p. 233. Crouch, Introd. Lamarck's Conchology, p. 6. Cuvier, Regne Anim. edit. 1, ii. p. 493 ; id. edit. 2, iii. p. 159 ; id. edit. Griffith, xii. p. 123 ; id. edit. Au- douin, Moll. p. 232. Cuvier, Ann. du Mus. xix. 1812. Cuvier, Tabl. Elem. p. 432. Cuvier, Anat. Comparit., 1800. Dekay, Moll. N. Y., p. 249. Delle Chiaje, Mem. iv. p. 21. Deshayes, Moll. Expl. Algerie, p. 35. Deshayes, Ann. des Sc. Nat., 2d ser. xi. p. 247. Deshayes, Traite Elem. i. pt. 2, p. 47. Deshayes, Encyc. Meth. iii. p. 1002. Dillwyn, Desc. Cat., p. 1087. D'Orbigny, Moll. Sagra's Cuba, p. 210. D'Orbigny, Pal. Fran. Terr. Cret., iii. Eichwald, Faun. Caspio-Caucasica. Ferussac, Tabl. Syst., p. xlv. Fischer, Journ. Conch., 2d ser., i. p. 129. Fleming, Brit. Anim. Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll., i. p. 58. Frey and Leuckart, Beitr. z. kenntn. Wirbel. p. 46. Georgi, Beschr. Riiss. Thierr. iii. Ger- ville, Cat. Coq. de la Manche. Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 3747. Gould, Invert. Mass., p. 26. Gould, Bost. Proc, vi. p. 15, and Otia Concholo- gica, p. 222. Goldfuss, Zool., p. 613. Gray, London Med. Repository, xv. p. 237. Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus., p. 76, 91, 1842; id. Philos. Mag., 1827, p. 410 ; id. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., viii. p. 381. Guerin, Iconog. du Reg. Anim. Hanley, Desc. Cat., p. 3. Hanley, Shells of Linn. p. 450. Heinrich, Medizinische Zeit., p. 372. Home, Phil. Trans., 1806, p. 270. Home, Lect. Anat., t. 81, f. 4, 5. Humphrey, Conch. Jay, Cat., 4th edit., p. 9. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., vi. p. 121. Kammerer, Cab. Rudolst, p. 7. Karsten, Mus. Leskeanum, p. 308. Kurtz, Cat., p. 3. Lamarck, Prodr., p. 90; id. Syst. p. 129, 1801 ; Phil. Zool. ; id. Anim. sans Vert., v. p. 438, and 2d edit., vi. p. 35. Laurent, Journ. Conchyl., i. Loven, Index Moll. Scand., p. 50. Mathe- ron, Ann. des Sc. du Midi, France, i. and ii. Maton and Rackett, Linn. Trans., viii. p. 249. Menke, Syn. Meth., ed. 2, p. 122. Mawe, Conch., p. 197. Middendorff, Mai. Rossica, iii. p. 79. Moller, Moll. Greenland. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 461 Montagu, Test. Brit., p. 7. Nyst, Foss. Belg., p. 38. Oken, Zool., p. 216. Oken, Allg. Naturg., vi. p. 274. Osier, Phil. Trans., 1826. Pallas, Misc. Zool. Pallas, Reise, Slid. Russ., p. 418. Pallas, Tabl. Pbys., p. 40. Payraudeau. Coq. de la Corse, p. 26. Pennant, Brit. Zool., iv. p. 147. Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicil., i. p. 2, and ii. p. 3. Pliny, Hist. Nat. lib., xxi. Cap. 80. Poli, Test. utr. Sicil. Potiez et Michaud, Gallerie des Moll., ii. p. 270. Pultney, Dorset. Cat. Quatrefages, Ann. Sc. Nat., 3d ser., xi. p. 21. Rang, Manuel, p. 346. Recluz, Rev. et Mag. Zool., 2d ser., i. p. 64. Reeve, Conch. Syst., p. 37. Roissy, Moll., vi. p. 454. Scacchi, Cat. Coq. Reg. Neap., p. 8. Schroter, Einleit, ii. p. 571. Schu- macher, Essai d'un Nov. Syst., p. 94. Schweigg, Naturg, p. 699. Sel- lius, Commerc. Liter. Nov., p. 409. Sellius, Hist. Nat. Teredinis. Sowerby, Genera. Sowerby, Conch. Man,, ed. 1, p. 5 ; ed. 2, p. 272. Sowerby, Illust. Brit. Shells, t. 1. Spengler, Skrivt. Nat., ii. pt. 1, p. 99. Stimpson, Bost. Proc, iv. p. 113. Stimpson, Shells, N. E., p. 26. Swainson, Malacol., p. 364. Thompson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., xx. p. 174 Thompson, Edinb. Phil. Mag., xviii. p. 121. Thorpe, Brit. Mar. Conch., p. 27. Turton, Conch, dithyra, p. 13. Tufts, Proc. Essex Inst., p. 26. Wheatley, Catalogue. Woodward, Manual, p. 329. Serpula. Da Costa, Brit. Shells, p. 21. Fistulana, (part.) Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert., v. p. 438 ; id. 2d edit., vi. p. 35. Blainville, Diet. Sc. Nat.,xvii. p. 82. Blainville, Mal.,p. 579. Favanne, Conchyl. Chenu, Man. Uonchyl., ii. p. 12. Guetera, (part.) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., viii. p. 381. Uperotis, (part.) Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Bruma, Vallisnieri, Op. Phys. Med., ii. Pholas, (part.) Miiller, Prodr. Zool. Dan., p. 251. Fabricius, Fauna Groen., p. 427. Dentalium, (part.) Linnaeus, Faun. Suec. 380. Ligniperda, Sellius. Xylophagus, Gronovius, Zooph. p. 258. Sellius. Solen, Klein, De Tub. Siphonium, (part.) Browne. Species. a. Valves externally smooth and glossy , or regularly transversely striated. T. b i p a r t i t a, Jeffreys. T. bipartita, Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 123. Hah. — " In cedrela odorata (or West India Cedar.), thrown ashore, perhaps by the gulf stream, at Guernsey, with T. spatha." — Jeffreys. Description. — " Tube ? valves oval, thin, compressed, covered with a brownish epidermis ; body smooth and glossy ; anterior auricle moderately de- veloped, angle rather obtuse, striae very numerous and crowded ; posterior auri- cle rounded, small but prominent, appressed to body, apex placed below the crown,' internal margin indistinct ; fang narrow and pointed; tubercle small; apophysis narrow. Pallets resembling those of T. p e d i c e 1 1 a t a, but longi- tudinally divided into two equal parts by a deep furrow; stalk cylindrical, rather longer than pallet. Dimensions. — " Length (of valves) 4-20ths ; breadth 3-20ths."— Jeffreys. T. e x c a v a t a, Lukis. T. excavata, Lukis, MSS. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 123. Hab. — "In drift fir. Guernsey and Sussex. Rare." — Jeffreys. Description. — " Tube short, rather solid, and detached from the wood, slight- ly curved, jointed at intervals, with a very few transverse wrinkles at the open- ing, and an indistinct siphonal ridge. Valves roundish oval, thin, compressed; 1862.] 32 462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF body glossy, marked with distant, but regular and fine, stria? or impressed lines ; anterior auricle placed nearly at a right angle with the insertion of the fang, striae rather numerous and waved ; posterior auricle dilated and somewhat re- flected, apex nearly on a level with the crown or umbo of the valve, inner mar- gin free and well defined; tubercle slight, and not visible when the valve is in a supine position; fang obtuse; apophysis thin and narrow. Pallets long and narrow, bifid in front to nearly half their length, with two corresponding tubu- lar cavities which terminate in separate points like the prongs of a steel fork ; underneath they are abruptly sloped towards the bifurcate points, and closely striated in a longitudinal direction ; stalks near as long as pallets, pointed at one end and at the other merging into the pallets. Dimensions. — Length (of valves) 7-20tbs ; breadth 4-20ths." — Jeffreys. T. f u s t i c u 1 u s, Jeffreys. .T. f u s t i c u 1 u s , Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 125. Hab. — In Cedrella odorata from Leith. Description. — " Tube short and straight, with a slight calcareous lining, which is not easily separated from the wood. It is thickened internally at the opening, and has a few transverse wrinkles in that part. Valves round, thin, compressed, body smooth, glossy, white under a brown epidermis ; anterior auricle of moderate size, angle about 50°, striae numerous ; posterior auricle round expanded and appressed to body, internal edge well de- fined ; fang broad, obtuse ; tubercle small and sunk ; apophysis thin and narrow. Pallets club-shaped, formed of several transverse layers, and externally tuber- culate ; stalk twice the length of pallet. Dimensions. — Length, (of valve) 4-20ths ; breadth nearly as much." — Jef- freys. T. spa th a, Jeffreys. T. spatha, Jeffreys. Ann. and. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 124. Hab. — With T. bipartita, in Cedrela odorata, at Guernsey. Description. — " Tube rather long and flexuous, detachable, regularly jointed, increasing rapidly from the extremity, inside which there are a few transverse wrinkles and a sharp, but short, siphonal ridge. Valves, triangular, compressed, rather solid ; body smooth ; anterior auricle large, angle about 50°, striae exceedingly numerous and fine ; middle area un- usually large and rounded and appressed, internal margin indistinct; fang nar- row and pointed ; tubercle small and sunk ; apophysis narrow. Pallets spade- shaped, in the young state calyciform ; stalk of the same length as pallet. Dimensions. — Length (of valves) 6-20tbs; breadth nearly as much. A pair of pallets is in the British Museum, from Miss Saull ; and another pair is in the collections of Natural History at the Jardin des Plants. The localities of both the last-mentioned specimens are unknown." — Jeffreys. T. subericola, Macgillivray. T. subericola, Macgillivray, Mss. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 122. Hab. — Great Britain. Description. — Tube rather thin, and adherent to wood, short, of the form of an elongated cone curved at the opening, with internal irregular transverse sep- ta, which are close-set at the extremity. Valves oval, rather convex, thin ; body smooth and somewhat glossy ; ante- rior auricle short, angle obtuse, striae rather numerous; posterior auricle nar- row, falciform, reflected at the outer edge, with its apex raised above the crown ; tubercle strong and prominent; fang long, narrow, and incurved ; apophysis rather broad. Pallets short, pear-shaped, compressed, and expanded towards the anterior margin, with a semilunar depression in the middle and a longitu- dinal groove in front ; stalk short and pointed. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 4G3 Dimensions. — Length (of valves) 5-20ths, breadth 4-20ths. The embryon- ic state of some of the specimens which occur living in cork, as well as the na- ture of the material, induce me to consider this species indigenous. The pos- terior auricle is so small in comparison with that of T. megotara, that Dr. Lukis proposed the name of " microtara" for this species. Specimens in cork are frequently encysted. — Jeffreys. h. External surface of the valves ornamented by a narrow radiating area with crowded scidptured lines. * Pallets. Blade spatulate, truncate at the end. Concave on one ).Norvaeica side, convex on the other. Tube concarnerated. j ° Blade spatulate, truncate at the end. Concave ou one ^g^,. side, convex on the other Tube ? } Blade spatulate, truncate at the end. Concave on one )d'var"catn side, blade very short. Tube concarnerated, J Blade spatulate, but the sides incurved in the middle, lnavai;g. end margin concave. Tube not concarnerated, J Somewhat hastate, but truncate and heart-shaped at)megotara the end. Tube not concarnerated y nana. Angularly ovate, dilating into a broad blade, abruptly ),j;ia+a+a truncate. Tube not concarnerated J Transverse, end margin sinuous, stalk deflected at ani angle from the plane of the blade. Tube not con- ^malleolus. camerated y Palseform, dilated, profoundly emarginate at the end. ) , . Tube? j-eiongata. Obliquely truncate, tridentate and serrate at the end. ) . . Tube? j-truncata. Narrow, long, colored, stalk white. Tube not concam- ) ■, . 11oto erated ' £p eaice 1 lat a . * * Valves. Posterior auricle broad, towering above the beaks, its'} m e „ 0 + a basal edge situated lower than that of the anterior V ° 4 nam a. area y Posterior auricle broad, not extending above the beaks, ^navalis its basal edge situated lower than that of the ante- Vpedicellata rior area jdilatata. Posterior auricle broad, not extending above the beaks, ) ^ its basal edge even with that of the anterior area ) ' ° l " Posterior auricle narrow, apex extending above the l beaks, the lower edge even with that of the ante- [-malleolus. rior area J Posterior auricle narrow, apex not extending above the } beaks, the lower edge even with that of the ante- >divaricata. rior area y The above table of distinctive characters must be used with extreme cau- tion, as individuals of the various species sometimes occur which do not well accord with their characters as given therein. Several East Indian species are but partially included, because the descrip- tions are not sufficiently accurate for the arrangement of their valves. T. elongata, Quatrefages. T. elongata, Quatrefages, Ann. Sc. Nat. 3d ser. xi. p. 33. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Fischer, Journ. de Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 133. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 126. T. Senegal ensis, Fischer, Mel. Conchyl. p. 19, t. 4, f. 2—6. 1862.] 464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF T. Petitii, Recluz, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 2 ser. i. p. 64. Hab. — Indian Ocean. — Eijdoux and Souleyet. East coast of Africa. — Webbe. Description. — " Coquille assez solide, allongee, a angle anterieur tres onvert (95°— 100°) ; oreillette anterieure courte ; posterieure etroite, allongee, non relevee ; sommet tronque avec une legere crete horizontale depassant la cal- losite de la charniere et situee au-dessus ; apophyse styloid e mince ; palettes obliquenient tronquees, bicuspides ; tube fragile." — Fischer. Recluz tbus describes T. Petitii. " T. palmulis duabus rectis, palseformibus ; latere dilatato, profundi; emar- ginato ; dentus obtusiusculis ; tubo brevi, cylindrico-conico, vix arcuato : postice superne ac inferne emarginato, lateraliter angulis binis producto. "Hab. trouve par W. Webbe dans un morceau de palmier venant du haut de la riviere de Grand-Bassam (cote ouest d'Afrique), et envoye a M. Petit de la Saussaie, qui a bien voulu nous permettre de le decrire. "Coquille subglobuleuse, echancree a la partie antero-inferieure d'un peu plus du quart de son volume. Les valves sont plus bautes que tongues, cour- bees en arc, auriculees superieurement a leur cote anterieur et brusque- ment attenuees en pointe a l'inferieur ; convexes en debors, concaves en de- dans et auriculees, en avant et en arriere. Auricules anterieures anguleuses, profondement striees longitudinalement (trans versalement Lk.), avec les lignes elevees,croisees en arriere. Auricules posterieures ascendantes a la marge et subtronquees. Le centre des valves divise en deux parties par un large sillon vertical orne de stries arquees ; la partie anteriure sculptce d'avant en arriere par des lignes regulieres saillantes et granuleuses ; la posterienre par d'autres lignes moins en relief, obliquant d'arriere en avant, courbees au sommet et a la base, ou elles se continuent evec celles du sillon. Auricules posterieures ascendantes a la marge et tronquees. Appendice de l'interieure des valves arque, aplati, etroit et prolonge jusqu' aux deux tiers de leur face iuterieure. " Tube cornico-cylindrique, un peu arque, reconvert d'un epiderme, brun, rugueux, tres-ouvert et a bords minces en avant, solide en arriere, echancre en dessus plus fortement qu'en dessous, a cotes prolonges en pointe obtuse et renforces en dedans par un angle aigu eorrespondant aux ecbancrures des palettes. Longueur 26 millim. ; largeur : en avant 6 millim. ^ ; en arriere 2 millim £." T. dilatata, Stimpson. T. dilatata, Stimpson, Bost. Proc. iv. 1851, p. 113. Stimpson, Check List, No. 250. Stimpson, Shells of New England, p. 26. Adams, Gen- era ii. p. 333. Kurtz, Cat. p. 3. Tufts, Proc. Essex Inst. i. p. 26. Hab. — United States from the coast of Massachusetts to South Carolina. Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences. Description. — "Valves white, polished; length and breadth equal; ante- rior area with fine, concentric, somewhat divergent strije, varying in num- ber in different specimens, and more crowded below ; the slightly oblique lines on the succeeding narrow area are very minute but sharp ; the next, fang-shaped area is ornamented with distant, narrow, elevated, subimbrica- ted, concentric lines, more conspicuous on the anterior than on the posterior half of the area ; the remaining portion of the body and the auricle are smooth and glossy. The auricle is not separated from the body by any sharp angle on the posterior ventral outline, but by a gently waved sinus. A de- pressed line runs from the beak around to the tip of the auricle, which does not tower above the callosities of the hinge. The subumbonal blade is thin, tapering, and extends to about half the distance from the beak to the ventral edge. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 465 "The pallets are of an angular ovate form, truncated posteriorly, where also, on the external surface there is a small depressed area. The style of insertion is sharp, and extends in the form of a ridge for some distance on both sides after its juncture with the pallet. The tubes are very thin, strongly concamerated posteriorly in an imbricated manner. This species differs from T. megotara, Hanley, which it greatly resembles, in the smaller altitude of the valves, the greater breadth of the auricle, which is also placed much lower, and in its concamerated tubes. " Length of valves nearly one-half of an inch. " For many living specimens of this species, I am indebted to Mr. S. Tuft?, of Lynn (Mass.), who obtained them from a pine buoy used to indicate the position of the lobster pots of fishermen. Thus there can be no doubt of their being indigenous. They commit yearly great ravages upon the shipping of Lynn and Marblehead." — Stimpson's description. T. divaricata, Deshayes. T. divaricata, Deshayes, MSS. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl., 2d ser. i. p. 137, t. 7, f. 7, 8, 9. T. Norvagica, var. divaricata, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 121. Habitat. — Sicily. Description. — Shell globular, convex, heavy, full as wide as its length. An- terior auricle very large and long, being two-thirds the length of the fang ; its anterior margin thick, appearing almost ribbed, somewhat concave but nearly straight, inclining outwards ; basal margin very convex, joining the fang by an acute angle. The fang is but slightly raised above the anterior area and is itself somewhat lower, or nearly on a level with the margin of the pos- terior auricle ; the whole dorsal edge of the shell is slightly convex. Lateral margins of the fang inclining obliquely, with the ventral termination truncate. Posterior auricle very small, (almost none,) much longer than wide, but its basal margin does not extend nearly so far down as that of the anterior area. The latter is covered with concentric strise, which, at its junction with the body, are recurved obliquely downwards and posteriorward. The space be- tween the centre and posterior lateral margin of the fang, appears to be occu- pied by the same double, narrow, closely striated radiating area, that is found on the anterior side in T. megotara, &c. Posterior auricle somewhat striated. Internal dorsal margin very wide and massive. Apophysis wide, recurved backwards in front. Pallets truncate, resembling those of T. Norvagica, their blades very short. Mr. Jeffreys considers this a variety of T. Norvagica, but, if Fischer's figures can be depended on, it is certainly very distinct from that species. It may be proper to add, that my description is made up from that of Fischer, and his illustrations. T. malleolus, Turton. T. malleolus, Turton, Conch. Dithyra, p. 255, t. 2. f. 19. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Brown, Conch. Gt. Brit. p. 116, t. 50, f. 16. Fleming, Brit. Anim. p. 454. Gray, Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 410. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. viii.'p. 386. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 4, t. 11. f. 23. Hanley, Brit. Moll. i. p. 84, t. 1, f. 12-14. Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 123. Sowerby, 111. Brit. Shells, t. 1, f. 5. Thomp- son, Fauna of Ireland, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xx. p. 174. Thorpe, Brit. Mar. Conch, p. 28. Hab. — England, Ireland, (introduced.) Native habitat Sumatra. Description. — Valve, with the body very convex, narrow, much longer than 1862.] 4GG PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP broad, the anterior area moderate, the posterior narrow and extending above the beaks. Anterior auricle with its dorsal margin declining concavely from the beak to a lateral angle, whence its basal margin extends rather convexly and ob- liquely downwards to its junction at an angle with the body, the point of junc- tion being horizontal with, or slightly below that of the posterior auricle, and at about two-fifths the length of the shell from its apex. The lateral margins of the fang are, anteriorly very slightly concave, pos- teriorly convex, and the ventral termination is infolded, forming a strong internal tubercle. Posterior auricle quite narrow, being about three times as long as its width, reaching in typical specimens slightly above the beaks ; its posterior margin is very oblique and curved, following the direction of the fang. Beaks ele- vated, not wide. Internally, the shell is quite concave, with the auricles but little reflected, the posterior one marked by a shell-like ridge extending over the body. Apo- physis oblique, slanting posteriorly, strongly clavate at its termination. Dor- sal margin somewhat lamellar, becoming prominently elevated at the beaks, where it is crowned by a tubercle. Color white, glossy ; the anterior area elegantly concentrically sculptured, the anterior side of the body ornamented with the usual narrow radiating and decussately striated area, posterior to which the surface gradually becomes smooth. The tube is semi-concamerated, and very fragile. The pallets are widely different from those of any other species, the blade being very transverse, much broader than long and widest at the apex, which is a horizontal sinuous line : both lateral margins are generally angularly con- vex, rapidly diminishing to the short compressed stalk. The stalk, instead of continuing in the same plane as the broad side of the blade, is deflected from it at an obtuse angle. T. megotara, Hanley. T. megotara, Hanley, Brit. Conch, i. p. 77, t. 1, f. 6, and t. IS, f. 1, 2. Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 121. Sowerby, Must. Brit. Shells, t. 1, f. 3. nana, (part.) Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2 ser. i. p. 136. Gray Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. viii. p. 386. oceani, Sellius, Hist. Nat. Tered. Brurna deWoceano, Vallisnieri, Op. Phys. Med. Hob. — England. Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences. Description. — Valves about as wide across the auricles as their length, the body rapidly attenuated to the base. The anterior auricle is moderate and subtriangular ; the posterior is dilated, very large, and rising above the beak, while its basal margin extends below the line of that of the anterior area. The anterior area nearly approximates in form to that of T. N o r v a g i c a and joins the body below, at right angles. The posterior auricle exhibits a marked difference from that of the last-named species ; its dorsal margin is so very concave in form as ordinarily to exhibit an approach to three-fourths of a circle, the highest posterior point of which is curved forwards somewhat, so that the dorsal apex of the auricle points anteriorly and extends above the beak. From this highest point the margin posteriorward is obliquely declining and moderately convex in outline to the extreme posterior extension, (which is considerably below the middle of the auricle) whence it sweeps around very convexly, joining the fang or body considerably below the middle of the valve, and below the line of the base of the anterior area, by a somewhat rounded angle. The anterior lateral margin of the body is directed posteriorly, and is [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 467 slightly flexuous or nearly straight ; the posterior lateral margin is more con" vex, and eventually sweeps rapidly to the anterior side, its junction with which forms an acute or narrow ventral termination. The beaks are very narrow, tuberculated, and elevated. The surface externally and internally, like the other species, is ivory white and somewhat polished. The anterior area is concentrically sculptured, be- coming more crowded towards its base ; it is separated by a slightly impressed line from the body. The body is ornamented by a radiating narrow area, in- creasing towards the base, both sides defined by a furrow. This area is sub- divided into two, and is closely transversely striated, and marked less fre- quently by minute raised ridges, directed obliquely downwards to the centre from each outer margin. The surface of the fang and auricle posterior to the radiating area, is smooth or sparingly striate. The auricle is not separated from the body by any marked line, but its commencement is marked by the transition from a convex to a concave surface, caused by the great outward reflexion of the auricle. Internally, the beak is small but prominent, bearing a narrow oblique rib on its surface, and turned posteriorly. The apophysis hugs rather closely to the body, and is thin, blade-shaped and acuminated to the end. The ventral tubercle is well formed and conspicuous but does not exhibit much evidence of arising from an internal rib. The auricle is not internally defined, save by the greater thinness and translucency of its substance. The pallets are small, the blades are somewhat heart shaped at the apex, rounded and curved outwards to an extreme point near their base on either side. These points are not opposite, but one is situated higher on the blade than the other ; from these the margins concavely contract into the stalks, which become narrower towards their termination, ending in a point. Tube solid, not concamerated, twelve to eighteen inches long. Diameter of valves about half an inch. Mr. Hanley described this species in the British Mollusca, supposing it to be identical with Turton's T. n a n a , whose name and description he suppressed on the ground that they were founded on young and imperfect shells. It has since been ascertained that this species is dis- tinct from T. nana. Messrs. Fischer and Jeffreys both consider T. dilatata of Stimpson, a synonym of this species, but the concamerated tube and differently formed pallets are prominent distinctive characters. The blade of the pallet in d i 1 a t a t a dilates convexly from a very fragile stalk into a broadly oval form, truncate at the end, while inT. megotara the dilution is concave to a point on each side, from which the margins are narrowed and rounded to a bilobed truncated end. The pallets of dilatata are more nearly allied to those ofNorvagica than to megotara. T. n a n a , Turton. T. nana, Turton, Conch. Dithvra, p. 16, t. 2, f. 67. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 336. Brown Conch. Gt. Brit. p. 116, t. 50, f. 14, 15. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 3. Fleming, Brit. Anim. p. 455. Gray, Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 410. Hanley, Dese. Cat. p. 4, t. 11, f. 22. Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 122. Thorpe, Brit. Mar. Conch, p. 29. T. nana, (part.) Fischer, Journ, Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 136. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386. T. mavalis, Moller, Moll. Green. T. denticulata, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 135. Pholas Teredo, Miiller, Prodr. Tool. Dan, p. 251. Fabricus, Faun. Groen. p. 427. Hah. — England. " Floating wood. Occurs with T. megotara and subericola, but by no means so numerous as either of them." Jeffreys, Northern Ocean. Greenland. 1862.] 468 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF Description.— Having no good figure of T. nana, nor specimens to refer to, I can only give the distinctive characters from T. megotaraas pointed out by Mr. Jeffreys, and also Fischer's description of T. denticulata. " Coquille subspherique, mince, tres-ouverte anterieurement et posterieur- nient, inegalement divisee en deux portions par van zonule submediane ; bord anterieur etroit, formaut un angle droit profond, oreillette anterieure aigue posterieure lisse, plus large, reflechie. Palettes ovalves, allongees, minces ; pedicule grele, court, aigu." — Fischer. "It differs from megotarain the valves being more compressed and solid, in the anterior auricle being much smaller, and having a more obtuse angle and fewer striae, in the posterior auricle being larger and higher, and especially in the very strong and prominent tubercle or false tooth. The tube of T. n a n a appears to be destitute of calcareous lining, except towards the entrances, while T. megotara forms a solid tunnel ; and the lunule of the pallets is more incised in T. n a n a . Adult specimens measure 21 inches in length. The Turtonian types decidedly belong to this species and not to megotara.' ' — Jeffreys. Turton's miserable description from imperfect and immature specimens, '3 — " Shell with the valves rounded, and without auricles behind, a strong conic tooth on the margin above the teeth. ' T. n a v a 1 i s , Linn. T. naval is, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 651 ; ed. 12, p. 1267. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Blainville, Diet. Sc. Nat. lii. p. 267. Bose, Conch, ii. p. 202, t. 5, f. 4-7. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 3. Chenu, Encyc. Hist. Nat. Moll. p. 233, f. 245-7. Cuvier, Regne Anim. i. ed. ; ii. p. 494. id. ed. 2, iii. p. 160; id. ed. Griffith, xii. t. 8, f. 2 ; id. ed. Audouin. t. 114, f. 2. Delle Chiaje, Mem. iv. p. 23, 32, t. 54, f. 2, 8. Desbayes. Traite Elem. i. pt. 2, p. 59, t. 3, f. 1-9. D'Orbigny, Moll.; Sagra's Cuba, p. 211. Eichwald, Fauna Caspio Caucasica, p. 23. Ferrussac, Encyc, Meth. p. 1003. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. i. p. 134. Forbes & Hanley, Brit. Moll. i. p. 74, t. 1, f. 7, 8, t. 18. f. 3, 4. Georgi. Beschreib des Russ. Reichs. iii. p. 2216. Gerville, Cat. Coq. Manche. p. 55, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3747. Gould, Invert. Mass. p. 26. Guerin, Iconog. du Reg. Anim. Moll. t. 33, f. 2. Hanley, Shells of Linn. p. 450. Heinrich, Medicinische Zeitung Russlands, 1845, p. 372. Jay, Desc. Cat. 4th edit. p. 9. Karsten, Mus. Leskeanum, t. 1, p. 308. Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert. v. p. 440. Middendorff, Mai. Rossica, iii. p. 79. Pallas, Reise. Siid. Russ. p. 418. Pallas, Tabl. Phys. de la Tauride, p. 40. Payraudeau, Cog. du Corse, p. 26. Pennant Brit. Zoel. 1 ed. iv. p. 147. Philippi, Moll. Sicil. i. p. 2 ; ii. p. 3. Poli, Test. Utr. Sicil. pt. 2, t. 57, f. 45, 46. Potiez et Michaud, Gallerie des Moll. ii. p. 273. Scacchi, Cat. Coq. Reg. Neap. p. 8. Sowerby, 111. Brit. Shells, t. 1, f. 1. Wheatley, Cat. No. 30. T. marina, Sellius, Hist. Nat. Tered. t. 2, f. 2, 3, 6. Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 124. T. Batava, Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. ii. pt. 1, p. 103, t. 2, f. C. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386. T. vulgaris, Lamarck, Syst. des Anim. s. Vert. 1801, p. 128. Dentalium navis, Linnseus, Faun. Suec. No. 1329. p. 380. Belkmeer, Natur- knndige. Zee, Worm. t. 2, f. 7, 8, 9. Frisch, Mus. Hoffmannianum, t. 1, t. 2, f. 9, t. 3, f. 19, 20, t. 4, f. 2, 5, 6. Massuet, Recherches sur les Vers. t. 1, f. 1, 2. Monath, Dissert, sur le Taret de Hollande, t. 1, t. 2, f. 9, t. 3, f. 19, 20, t. 4, f. 2, 5, 6. Rousset, p. 15, 16, 17, f. 1, 2, 3, 4, 10. Vallisnieri, Nat. ii. t. 4. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469 Hah. — England ; Holland ; Senegal ; United States ; North. Sea ; Mediterranean Sea. Coll. Acad. Nat. Sc. Helgate, New York, from a British frigate sunk dur- ing the revolutionary war. Description. Valves about equal in length and breadth, much resembling in general form those of T. Norvagica, but with the posterior auricle expanded somewhat laterally, and its base extending lower than that of the anterior area. The anterior area moderate, not generally so large in propor- tion to the valve as that of Norvagica, and having a more convex basal margin ; it inclines somewhat obliquely downwards to the fang, its junction being considerably higher up than that of the posterior auricle. Anterior lateral margin of the fang nearly straight ; posterior lateral margin much shorter than the other, on account of the lower extension of its auricle, very oblique. Fang acuminating rapidly towards the base. Posterior auricle not ascending, but produced laterally, its dorsal edge mostly somewhat concave, lateral margin nearly straight, a little oblique, rounded at each end. Basal margin slightly declining towards the fang, shorter than the dorsal edge on account of the expansion of the fang laterally. The internal ventral tubercle and the dorsal rim do not differ from those of T. Norvagica. The apophysis is broad but thin, not thickened at the end, and the same breadth throughout ; it is twisted so that oue sharp edge, instead of the flat of the blade, is turned towards the interior surface of the fang. The posterior auricle is defined by a close, projecting rim. Externally, the anterior area is closely striated concentrically, and its pos- terior limit is defined by an impressed line ; succeeding to this is a radiating, narrow area, the closely decussated stripe of which, are sometimes quite prom- inent ; posteriorly the surface is slightly striate concentrically, becoming smooth. The auricle is defined by a sudden depression in the level of the surface of the fang. The pallet is convex on one side and plane on the other ; the stalk, which is about as long as the blade, is moderately thick, and flexuous ; it is not con- tinued as a rib beyond the commencement of the blade, which differs from that of T. Nor vagi c a by being more convex below, (the entire base being semi-circular) with the sides concave, and the end two-pointed, caused by a decided concavity of the centre of the margin. Tube not concamerated, long, flexuous, solid, polished, gradually narrowing. Valves and pallets each one-fourth of an inch, and the tube eight inches in length. This species is the T. m a r in a of Sellius, who published, in 1733, an excel- lent description and figures. Unfortunately his name cannot be adopted, be- cause pre-Linurean, and this is the more to be regretted since the description in the Syst. Nat.* will apply to any species in the genus, and the speoies is only limited by the reference to the figures of Sellius. Mr. Hanley, as one important result of his laborious examination of the types in the collection of the great Swedish naturalist, demonstrated its identity with the species of Sellius. The navalis of Brit: authors prior to Forbes and Hanley, is T. Norvagica, Spengler. Many of the authorities quoted above must be admitted with doubt, — several of their descriptions are equally applicable to any species, and occa- sionally the figures are no more characteristic! It is doubtful whether the navalis of Sicily, Corsica and the Black Sea is * " T. Testa tenuissiina cylindrica leevii." — Linn. f The synonymy and specific description in Deshayes' Expl. Srientifique de 1'Algerie, Mollus- queg, must be taken wilh great caution. The fast is an indiscriminate grouping of references to all the species described by different authors, as the T. navalis of Linn., and the lust is sufficiently general to cover them all ! 1S62.] 470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF the same as that of Linnseus ; a close examination will perhaps prove them to be distinct. T. Norvagica, Spengler. T. Norvagica, Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. ii. pt. 1, p. 102, t. 2, f. 4—6,1792. Fischer, Journ. Conch. 2d ser. i. p. 138. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d. ser. viii. p. 386. Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Mollusca, i. p. 67, t. 1, f. 1 — 5. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 121. Schumacher, Essai d'un Nov. Syst. p. 94. T. Norvegica, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333, t. 90, f. 6. a. b. c. d. Chenu, Man. Conchyl. tome 2, f. 60, 61. Jay, Catalogue, 4th edit. p. 9. Sowerby, Illust. Brit. Shells, t. 1, f. 2. Thompson, Ann. and Mag. N. H. xx. p. 157. Woodward, Manual, t. 23, f. 26-27. T. Bruguierii, Delle Chiaje, Mem. iv. p. 28, 32, t. 54, f. 9-12. Philippi, Moll. Sicil, i. p. 2 ; and ii. p. 3. T. Deshaii, Quatrefages, Ann. des. Sc. Nat. 3 ser. xi. p. 26. T. fatalis, Quatrefages, Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3 ser. xi. p. 23, t. 1, f. 1. T. nigra, Blainville, Diet. Sc. Nat. Hi. p. 267. T. Seneqalensis, Laurent, Journ. Conchyl. i. T. navciiis, Brown, Conch. Brit. p. 116, t. 50, f. 1-7. Burrows, Conch, t. 22, f. 4. Crouch, Introd. Lamarck's Conch, t. 2, f. 10. DeKay, Moll. N. Y. p. 249, t. 34, f. 325, a. b. c. Donovan, Brit. Shells, v. t. 145. En- cyc. Meth. t. 167, f. 1-5. Fleming, Brit. Anim. p. 454. Gould, In- vert. Mass. p. 26 ? Gray, Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 410. Hanley Desc. Cat. p. 3. Humphrey, Conch, t. 10, f. 2, 3. Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert. ed. 2, vi. p. 38 (not Synon's.) Maton and Rackett, Linn. Trans, viii. p. 249. Mawe, Conch, t. 35. Montagu, Test. Brit. p. 527 ; and Supp. p. 7. Pennant, Brit. Zool. iv. p. 147. Pultney, Dorset. Cat. p. 53, t. 18, f. 21. Reeve, Conch. Syst. t. 21. Sowerby, Genera; Sowerby, Conch. Man. f. 48. Thorpe, Brit. Mar. Conch, p. 28. Turton, Conch, Diet. p. 183. Turton, Conch. Dithyra, p. 14, t. 2, f. 1, 2, 3. Wood, Index Test. t. 38. f. 2. T. naviura, Sellius, Hist. Nat. Tered. t. 1, f. 1, 5. T. Mediterruneus, Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 3. Septaria Mediterranea, Matheron, Ann. des Sc. du Midi, France, i. p. 77, ii. p. 312, t. 1. Deshayes, Traite Elem. i. pt. 2, p. 46, t. 2, f. 9 and 10. Cuvier, Reg. Anim. (ed. Audouin) t. 114, f. 3. Serpula Teredo^ Be Costa, Brit. Shells, p. 21. Bruma deUe navi, Vallisnieri, Op. Phys. Med. Fistulana corniformis, Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert. v. p. 435 ; 2d edit. vi. p. 31. Blainville, Diet, des Sc. Nat. xvii. p. 85. Blainville, Man. Mai. t. 81, f. 4. Chenu, Man. de Conchyl. ii. f. 63. Guetera corniformis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. 2 ser. viii. p. 386. Uperotis corniformis, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Teredo corniformis, Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 3. Deshays, Note in Lam. Anim. sans. Vert. 2 edit. vi. p. 29 Gray, Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 410. Teredo utriculiis, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3748. Bosc, Conch, ii. p. 202. Dill- wvn. Desc. Cat. p. 1089. Kammerer, Cab. Rudolst, p. 7, t. 1 ? Wood, Index Test. t. 38, f. 3. Hab. — Channel Isles and Devonshire, England; coast of France ; Senegal? United States ? Mediterranean Sea. Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences. Description. — Valves of moderate size and solidity, longer than broad. The anterior auricle subtriangular, about equalling the posterior in size, and the basal margins of the two being nearly on a horizontal line. The body or fang- shaped portion is rather more than double the length of the auricles, and is about half as wide as its length. The posterior auricle is not elevated nor ex- [Sept. NATURAL SCEENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 471 panded, its outline is semi-orbicular, flattened somewhat on the upper mar- gin, but quite convex laterally, and moderately so basally, where its junction with the body is not angulated or but slightly so. The dorsal edge of the anterior area descends concavely to an acute point, whence the basal edge, sweeping in a quarter circle and thence continuing horizontally, is brought to join the body or fang almost at right angles. The anterior side of the body from this junction is almost straight to the base, its direction being slightly inclined to the posterior side of the valve. The pos- terior lateral edge of the body from its junction with the auricle is continued towards the base, first slightly, but at length becoming decidedly convex in outline, until its somewhat angular junction by a rounded basal margin, with the anterior side. The surface of the body towards the beaks becomes convex and elevated, sloping off towards each side and also towards its dorsal mar- gin, which is mostly higher than either auricle, and convex in outline. The dorsal edge of the posterior auricle is generally somewhat concave in outline, descending slightly from the beaks in typical specimens, although occasionally it is parallel with or even rising slightly above them ; its posterior lateral ter- mination is marked by a slight reflexion upwards, from which the marginal outline of the lateral and basal sides, as before stated, is convex to its junc- tion with the body. Viewed internally, the whole dorsal margin of the valve is marked by a raised or thickened border ; the beaks are rather large and overhanging, cul- minating in an irregular tubercle in the centre, from beneath which springs a rather broad curved blade, which terminates in a rapidly enlarging, rounded or irregular clavate end. The inner surface of the fang or body is also marked by an elevated rib, which, not particularly prominent at first, be- comes more distinct as it approaches the base, and is there arrested and turned upon itself apparently by the infolding of the exterior surface, form- ing a rounded tubercle. The division of the posterior auricle from the fang is internally defined by an oblique curved carina, the lower edge of which, near the beaks, slightly projects over the inner disc, but it does not, as in some of the other species, form a continuous ledge from the beaks to the margin. The internal surface of the fang is hollowed in the centre, rising towards either auricle, which becomes convex in the middle and laterally reflected outwards. The surface is pure white and polished. Tbe external markings of the valve are very beautiful, — the anterior area is ornamented by about sixty close and sharp concentric stria? diverging from the dorsal margin. A narrow radiating area enlarging from the beaks towards the base, occupies the anterior portion of the body and is closely covered with a series of beautiful minute grooves, which define the boundary-line of the an- terior area by their junction almost at right angles with its stria?, these fine grooves, when viewed with a microscope, are found to be decussated by still finer lines. Posteriorly, to this area, the grooves diverge into rather distant slight concentric arches gradually vanishing towards the posterior auricle, the commencement of which is defined by a line, occasionally obsolete. The auri- cle is generally smooth, but occasionally with confluent raised granules or points. The whole surface is white and polished when devoid, as it usually is, of its thin olivaceous epidermis. The pallets are somewhat spoon-shaped in outline with a truncate apex. One side is convex and plain, whilst the other is concave, with a raised mid-rib, which, becoming more prominent towards the base, merges into the stalk, which is slender, cylindrical, or flexuous, and about as long as the blade. The tube is not much contorted, but generally slightly flexuous, narrow, tapering, polished externally, solid in texture and rather easily detached from its burrow. It is semi-concamerated at its lower end, divided by ten or twelve crowded, thin, orbicular partitions, which, however, leave a large oval orifice in the centre. 1862.] 472 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP Dimensions. — Length of valves half an inch ; breadth somewhat less. Length of tube about one foot ; but individuals have occurred in which the tube is two and one-half feet long and tbe valves three-fourths of an inch. Mr. Jeffreys considers the T. corniformis of Lamarck to be the tube of this species, wbich is very probable, and I have therefore placed that species among the synonyms of Norvagica. The present shell is the T. navalis of all British authors prior to Forbes and Hanley's Mollusca, the confusion of the species originating in the misera- ble description of the Syst. Naturse, which will apply equally well to any spe- cies of the genus, and continued, probably, from the difficulty of procuring ex- tensive suites of specimens, and from the uninviting nature of their study. The figures of DeKay are copied from Turton, and therefore represent this shell and not the true T. navalis. The illustrations in Donovan and Pultney will suit equally well for this or either of the other British Teredse. T. nigra, Blainville, is considered by Messrs. Fischer and Jeffreys to be a synonym of Norvagica, and not having seen specimens, I have followed them in including it here, but as it appears to me that the original description does not exactly suit Norvagica, I reproduce it here. " Coquille assez grande, de quatre a cinq lignes dehaut sur autant de long, epaisse, solide, entierement couverte d'un epiderme noir ; cote posterieur ou tranchant fortement anguleux et striae au moius de soixant stries tres-serrees, aurtout sur la partie verticale ; pallets ovales, alongees, non-tronqufes. Cette grande espece de taret, dont je possede un individu envoye par Mile. Warn aM. DeFrance, a ete trouvee sur les cotes d'Angleterre, dans la carcasse d'un navire venant de l'lnde et echoue depuis long-temps a quelque distance, du rivage. Elle est parfaitement distinct par sa taille, sa couleur, et par le nombre considerable de ses stries. T. pedicellata, Quatrefages. T. pedicellatus, Quatrefages, Ann. des Sc. Phys. 3d ser. xi. p. 2(3, t. 1, f. 2. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. T. pedicell at a, Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 139. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 123. Hab. — Islands in the British channel and Northern Coast of Spain and Al- giers. Description. — " Coquille subspherique a peu pres aussi longue que large ; angle antcrieur presque droit (90°), tombant fort en arricre. Stries trts-fines et tres nombreuses. Palmules etroites, allongees, portees a l'extremite d'une sorte de manche d'apparence cartilagineuse. Le pedicule est toujours blanc, tandisqueles palettes sent colorees en bron fonce. Taille inferieure de moiti^ environ acelle du Ter. Norvagica." — Fischer. " Although the valves in adult specimens bear a close resemblance to those of the following species, (T. marina) the pallets are unmistakably different ; and in the young the stria? on the anterior auricle of the valves are much fewer, and consequently more remote than in that species. Where both spe- cies occur together, the present occupies the outer layers of the wood, while the other penetrates into its recesses. Quatrefages discovered this species at Guibuscoa, on the North coast of Spain ; and I noticed it in some wood which M. Deshayes had taken on the Algerine coast. The tube is a beautiful object, being jointed in an imbricated manner, like the stalk of an equisetum.',—.L f- freys. T. Senegalensis, Blainville. T. Senegalensis, Blainville, Diet, des Sc. Nat. lii. p. 2(37. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 31 ser. vi. p. 126. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333 [Sept! NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 478 Taret du Senegal. Adanson, Hist. Nat. du Senegal, p. 264. t. 19. Adanson, Mem. de l'Acad. des Sc. 1759, p. 278, t. 9, f. 9, 10. Hab. — In Mangrove roots. Coast of Senegal. Description. — "Coquille un peu plus grosse, plus evidemment rhomboidale, ou a quatre cotes obliques. Le bord tranchant strie de vingt-cing stries denti- culees. Pallets en spatule tronquee et non bicornee. Cette espece, qui est in- dubitablement distincte du taret commun, quoiqu 'il soit assez difficile de la caracterisee completeinent, ii cause du peu de details dans lesquels Adanson est entre a son sujet, est fort commune dans les racines des mangliers qui bordent les fieuves Niger et de Gambie. Elle les perce verticalement, quel- quefois a deux ou trois pieds ; mais ordinairement a six pouces au dessus de terre. ' ' — Blainville. T. t r u n c a t a, Quatrefages. T. truncata, Quatrefages, Ann. des Sc. Nat., 3d ser., xi. p. 27. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Fischer, Journ. Conch., 2d ser., i. p. 133. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d ser., vi. p. 126. Hab. — Aniboina, Quoy et Gaimard. Description. — " Coquille fragile, presque spherique, fortement echancxee et anguleuse & son bord anterieur ; Tangle anterieur est de 90° environ, son sommet se trouve place assez en arriere, et ses bords paraissent plus rectilignes que dans la plupart des autres espcices. Stries de l'oreillette anterieure assez irregulieres, si ce n'est vers les bords ; palettes pediculees, tricuspides, ob- liquement taillt-es en biseau de dehors en dedans." — Fischer. Quatrefages' Description is " testa fragili, quasi sphserica, alte eniarginata ; emarginatione 90 gradibus hiante ; palmulis pedicellatis, in ob- liquum truncatus, tridenticulatis." Subgenus Calobates, Gould. Calobates, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., viii. p. 280, Feb., 1862. Gould, Otia Conchologica, p. 241, 1862. Description. — "Pallets stilt-shaped, bony. Type T. thoracites, Gould." I owe to the kindness of the author, an opportunity to examine specimens of the valves of this interesting shell, and also a sketch of the pallets. The latter are indeed very remarkable, and indicate very clearly a subgeneric, if not generic distinction, from Teredo. A more particular description of them is contained in that of the species. T. thoracites, Gould. T. thoracites, Gould, Bost. Proc, vi. p. 15. Gould, Otia Conchologica. p. 222, 241. Hab. — Burmah. Description. — " Shell large, solid, length and breadth about equal; valves trifoliolate, the anterior area or leaf being very large proportionally, or about equal to the fang-like body, excepting that it is truncated anteriorly, where it is smooth, shining and callous. This anterior area is obtusely lance-pointed and sculptured with concentric strise parallel to its basal edge, and with a few delicate cracks or rugae radiating from the beaks ; the fang-like body is large and broad, obtuse at point, and armed within by a firm rib, terminating in a rounded ivory knob ; a strong flattened ridge traverses its posterior extremity, running from the junction of the posterior wing above to the point of the fang ; anterior to this the fang is grooved parallel to the anterior edge; while pos- terior to it they take the direction of the inferior edge of the wing, and be- come gradually more and more recurved towards the point, and are continued on to the ridge. The posterior dorsal wing is very small and lunate, not rising above the beaks, gently arched, scarcely projecting beyond the poste- rior margin of the fang, its lower margin would correspond with the lower 1862.] 474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF margin of the anterior area if continued ; the superior margin is rough and bony, forming a broad area defined by a sharp crested ridge, and emarginated at the junction of the wing. Hinge tubercles large, with a hook-shaped pro- cess from each, by which the valves are interlocked ; the wing is formed by a sharp shell-like ridge, and is smooth and slightly excavated. The cavity of the beak is filled with a spongy calcareous matter, from which issues the del- icate and flattened subumbonal process which presents its flat side to the valve, and at about one-third its length forms a decided elbow backwards. Length from before backwards § inch ; from above downwards a little less. Pallettes very large and long, stilt-shaped ; the style long and subulate, slightly flexuous, bony, surrounded by a broad dilatation or step, concave on one side and convex on the other ; its upper surface deeply excavated, on this is placed the blade, which is three-fourths as long as the style, thin, linear, obliquely truncated at tips, about one-third the width of the step. Length of style 7-10ths ; of blade 4-10ths inch. Brought by Rev. F. Mason and Rev. J. Benjamin from Tavoy. In size and solidity this exceeds all the species yet described, it is chiefly distinguished by the great size of the anterior triangular portion when com- pared with the posterior alar portion or auricle. The form of the pallettes also is entirely different from any yet described ; nor do I find any mention elsewhere of the spongy calcareous growth in the umbonal cavity." — Gould. Genus UPEROTIS, Guettard. Uperotis, Guettard, Memoirs, ii. p. 128. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Guetera, Gray, Syn. Brit. Mus., 1842. Gray, Zooh Proc, p. 188, 1847. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., viii. p. 381. ' Serpula, (part.) Mawe, Conch., p. 194. Fistulana, (part.) Blainville, Diet. Sc. Nat., xvii. p. 82. Bosc. Hist. Coq., ii, p. 203. Griffith, Cuvier Regne Anim., xii. p. 124. Guerin, Iconog. Reg. Anim. Moll., t. 33. Hanley, Desc. Cat., p. 3. Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert., v. p. 432; id. 2d edit., vi. p. 25. Potiez et Miuhaud, Gal- lerie des Moll., ii. p. 272. Schroter, Einleit, ii. Walch, Naturf., x, p. 38. Teredo, (part.) Catlow, Conch. Nomenc, p. 2. Cuvier, Regne Anim., edit. Audouin Moll., p. 252. Deshayes, Traite Elem., pt. ii. p. 47. De- shayes, Note in 2d edit., Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert., vi. p. 39. Dill- wyn, Desc. Cat., p. 1087. Gray, Phil. Mag., 1827, p. 409. Jay, Cat., 4th edit., p. 9. Wood, Index Test., t. 38. Dr. Gray includes in his genus Guetera, besides the U. c 1 a v a, two other specimens, which he names : — G. lagenuala? this = Cucurbitula cymbia, Spengler (GASTROCHiE- NID.E). G. corniformis, this = tube of Teredo Norvagica, Spengler. U. clava, Gmelin, sp. Teredo clava, Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 3748. Dillwyn, Desc. Cat., p. 1090. Gray, Phil. Mag., 1827, p. 410. Guettard, Mem., iii. t. 7, f. 6—9. Wood, Index Test,, t. 38, f. 4. Guetera clava, Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist,, 2d ser., viii. p. 386. U. clava, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Fistulana gregata, Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert., v. p. 435 ; ditto, 2d edit., vi. p. 31. Bosc, Hist. Coq., ii. p. 204. Encyc. Meth., t. 167, f. 6—14. Griffith, Cuv. Reg. Anim., xii. t. 8, f. 3. Guerin, Iconog. Reg. Anim. Moll., t. 33, f. 3. Hanley, Desc. Cat., p. 3. Potiez et Michaud, Gal- lerie des Moll., ii. p. 272. Schroter, Einleit., ii. p. 574, t. 6, f. 20. Walch, Naturforsch., x. p. 38, t. 1, f. 9, 10. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 475 Teredo grcgata, Deshayes, Note in 2d edit. Lam. Ann. sans. Vert., vi. p. 39. Fistulana gregaria, Blainville, Diet. Sc. Nat., p. 83. Serpula retorta, Mawe, Conch., t. 34, f. 5. Teredo nucivorus, Spengler, Skrivt. Nat., ii. pt. 1, p. 105, t. 2, f. d. Catlow, Conch. Nonienc, p. 3. Cuvier, Regne Anim., ed. Audouin, t. 114, f. 4. Deshayes, Traite Elem., t. 2, f. 15—18. Dillwyn, Disc. Cat., p. 1090. Jay, Catalogue, 4th edit., p. 9. Ilab. — Tranquebar, Pondichery, etc.* Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences. Description. — Valves covered by a brown epidermis, solid in texture, very convex, narrow, being two and one-half times longer than their width ; in this respect differing very much from the other species of the family. Ante- rior auricle extending about one-third the total length, with its basal margin very oblique and long, and its dorsal margin short and declining ; lateral an- terior side sharply angulated by the junction of the dorsal and basal margins. Posterior auricle very small, consisting of a mere triangular lateral swelling of the margin, appearing in some specimens like a tooth. Beaks very narrow, much raised, and tuberculate. Internally the fang is deeply and narrowly channelled from the beaks to the ventral tubercle. Apophysis very oblique, curved, turning to the poste- rior side. Anterior to the central channel the substance of the valve is much thinner. Externally the anterior area is marked by a few rather coarse concentric strife. Anterior to the centre of the fang and opposed to the internal channel is a corresponding longitudinal raised rib, which is rather closely transversely striated ; posterior to the rib the surface is nearly smooth, with the exception of a few longitudinal strife, visible on the posterior shoulder. Length ^ inch ; breadth not quite £th inch. Pallets about J inch in length, the blade exceeding the style ; blade spoon- shaped, concave on one side, convex on the other, and thickened on the con- vex side to a little above the middle, whence it is depressed to the tip ; the depressed area is covered with elegant ribs whieh radiate to all parts of the upper margin, causing it to be toothed. Tubes singularly contorted and twisted upon themselves, a mass of them frequently growing together, they are of a light brown or yellowish red color, and very solid, rapidly acuminating from the rounded base to the upper end. Length four inches ; breadth at base three-fourths of an inch, at tip half as much. Genus XYLOTRYA, Leach. Xtlotrya, Leach, MSS. (subgenus.) Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Gray, Zool. Proc. p. 188, 1847. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 381. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 125. Menke, Syn. Meth., 1830. Sowerby, Illust. Brit. Shells. Xylotrya, Quatrefagesr Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3d ser. xi. p. 28. Bankia, Gray. Teredo, (part.) Blainville, Diet. Sc. Nat. lii. p. 259. Blainville, Malacol. p. 579. Bosc, Hist. Coq. ii. p. 197. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 2. Chenu, Man. ii. p. 12. Cuvier, Regne Anim. edit. Griffith, xii. p. 123. Delle Chiaje, Mem. iv. Deshayes, Encyc. Meth. p. 1002. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. Forbes and Hanlev, Brit. Moll. i. p. 58. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 3. Home, Phil. Trans.," 1806. Lamarck, Anim. Sans. Vert. edit. 1, v. p. 438 ; et edit. 2, vi. p. 35. Lamarck, Syst., 1801. Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicil. i. p. 2, et ii. p. 3. Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. ii. pt. 1. Schumacher, Essai d'un Nov. Syst. Thompson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1847. Turton, Conch, dithyra, p* 13. * The specimen in Coll. A. N. S. is marked " St. Croix, W. I.," doubtless a mistake. 1862.] 476 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF X. bipesxata, Turton. X. bipennata, Turton, Conch. Diet. p. 184, f. 3S — 40. Turton, Conch, dith- Brit. p. 15. Brown, Conch. Gt. Brit. p. 116. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 2. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 257. Fleming, Brit. Anim. p>. 454. Gray, Phil. Mag., 1827, p. 411. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 4, t. 9, f. 50. Hanley, Brit. Mollusca, i. p. 80, t. 1, f. 9 — 11. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 126. Quatrefages, Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3d ser. xi. p. 30. Thorpe, Brit. Mar. Conch, p. 28. X. pennatifera, (part.) Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386. X. carinata, Leach, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. T. carinata, Leach, Blainville, Diet. Sc. Nat. lii. p. 269. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 3. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 36S. T. carinata, Blainville, Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 256. T. carinata, Gray, Phil. Mag., 1827, p. 411. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 4. T. navalis, Home, Philos. Trans., 1806, p. 276. Home, Comparit. Anat. ii. t. 43. Hah. — England (bipennata), a doubtful native. Sumatra (carinata). Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences. Description. — "Valves with the body or medial portion narrow and elong- ated. Auricle tipically projecting higher than the beaks ; its upper internal edge most strongly reflected outwards ; the lower internal edge scarcely slop- ing, and projecting shelf-fashion over the body. Triangular area extending as low down as the auricle, not large, its outer edge very oblique ; tooth-like apophysis greatly slanting posteriorwards. Pallets very large, quill-shaped, of a spongy texture. The shape of the valves is very different from that of Norvagica or Batava, the medial portion being decidedly more elongated, and the lower end of the auricle slightly more remote from the ventral tubercle than is that of the front triangle. This latter occupies less than two-fifths of an imaginary line drawn from the beaks to the base of the shell, and is concentrically tra- versed by raised stria?, or narrow lyra?, which are moderately close-set, and not much arcuated below, but more distant and more curved towards the com- mencement of the series. These are succeeded by another set of minutely decussated stria?, which occupy the narrow strip situated between the lateral triangle and the internal radiating groove, and are produced thence along the front margin of the shell. Then follows a still narrower strip, which, together with the preceding, is elevated towards the beaks above the remainder of the surface, covered with very oblique, distant, raised concentric stria?, often with finer intermediate ones, which, after passing the central, shallow, groove-like, radiating area, are more or less distinctly continued over the remainder of the surface as far as the auricle. This latter, which is smooth, small, and ear- shaped, projects at its upper part above the summit of the beak, and is inter- nally cut off as it were from the body of the shell by its lower edge, which, almost straight and scarcely declining, projects like a ledge over the subum- bonal region. Its basal line is thus almost at right angles to the hinder mar- gin, whilst its much arcuated posterior outline runs nearly parallel to the base of the lateral triangle. This ear-shaped appendage is also most strongly reflected outwards, and is internally rather closely grooved with concentric costella? ; its hinder termination is attenuately rounded, and its front extrem- ity is in the adult concavely, in the young subrectilinearly, more or less ob- liquely subtruncated. The entire shell is white and faintly glossy ; there is an extremely oblique lamina surmounted by a tooth-like process upon the hinge margin, running at acute angles to the very oblique and flat subumbonal blade, which latter is clavate, and in the most perfect specimens we have met with either tubercu- [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 477 lated or jagged at its edge near its termination. Both the posterior and ante- rior edges of the valves, which are inclined to solidity, are rectilinear, the front being nearly perpendicular, the hinder much more oblique ; but in the young these sides are rather more parallel, and the central, or linguiform por- tion of the shell, much more narrow. The ventral apex is narrow, but not acute, and its internal tubercle rather broad and compressed. The pallets are very curious, and of a sponge-like look and color. They are remarkably large, in some measure resemble a quill in shape, are usually more or less curved, and have their stalk or unbarbed portion most minutely tuberculated. The upper portion, which is usually about one-half of the entire length, and even at its broadest part scarcely wider than the stalk, is closely articulated ; the upper and concave edge of each joint terminating at either extremity in an ascending filament, is adorned on one side with a very fine fringe of similar but more minute filaments. The joints towards the extremity appear in the few specimens we have seen to lose their lateral filament, and the concavity of the upper edges so increases as to form a decided angle near their middle. The tube, which we have not seen ourselves, is declared by Dr. Turton to be thicker and stronger than that of Norvagica, and simple in its outer orifice ; and by Mr. Gray (1827) to be not concamerated. The diameter of the valves, from which our description was drawn up, is about four-sevenths of an inch, whilst the pallets are actually three inches in length, and about two inches broad at the widest part. These dimensions, however, especially that of the pallet, are greatly ex- ceeded in the Sumatran examples, from whence we may reasonably conclude that that country is in all possibility its native habitat. Specimens are ex- tremely rare." — Forbes 8p Hartley. Mr. Jeffreys remarks that "this species requires further investigation, be- cause of the similarity of its valves to those of T. malleolus, and of its pallets to those of T. pennatifera. The former, however, appear to pre- sent a difference in being more arched and solid than in T. malleolus, with the anterior auricle larger and having more striae, as well as in the posterior auricle being usually smaller ; and the latter in having a shorter and much thicker stalk than in T. pennatifera, which is not annular or tracheiform as in that species, as well as in the lateral filaments being shorter and less slender/' X. cucullata, Norman. X. cucullata, Norman, MSS. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 125. Hah. — In drift fir wood at Guernsey : in teak, with T. fimbriataat Belfast. Description. — " Tube long, thick, not easily detached from the wood, inter- nally wrinkled near the opening. Valves roundish-oval, rather convex ; body marked transversely, but regularly, with a few striaj or impressed lines : anterior auricle small, angle obtuse, stria? numerous ; posterior auricle dila- ted and appressed, having its apex nearly on a level with the crown or umbo of the valve, inner edge free and overlapping the body ; fang broad ; tubercle small ; apophysis sickle-shaped. Pallets composed of 20-30 calciform points or cuculli, which are broad on the outer surface, and slightly overlap one another in succession, lateral edges setaceous, with short filaments ; stalks cylindrical, of same length as pallet. Dimensions: length (of valves) 8-20"; breadth 6-20". "The pallets resemble those of T. minima, Blainville (T. palmulata, Philippi) in having the front margin quite plain ; but they differ in the joints being of nearly equal breadth, and (especially in the earlier stage of growth) being much more numerous and compact. " The pallets of T. cucullata are also three or four times as long as those of T. minima. The tube and valves of each species are easily distinguish- able. ' ' — Jeffreys. 1862.] 33 478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF X. fimbria t a, Jeffreys. X. f imbr iata, Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d. ser. vi. p. 126. X. palmulata,* Forbes and Hanley, British Mollusca, i. p. 86, t. 2, f. 9-11. Stimpson, Check-List, No. 249. Sowerby, Illust. of Brit. Shells, 1. 1. f. 6. T. bipalmulata, Thompson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1847. Hah. — A doubtful inhabitant of the British coast. Description. — The shell of this species differs so little from that of T. n a v a- 1 i s, that it is difficult to find any important distinctive characters in the valves alone. They appear, however, to be always much smaller than in navalis, and the external surface is not so highly polished ; the overlapping ledge which internally marks the line of the posterior auricle is more elevated. The valves £ inch in length. " The pallets, which are extremely fragile, and never attain to any considerable dimensions, closely resemble diminutive specimens of those ofbipennata. They vary much with age and circum- stances in regard to the number of articulations, their closeness or laxity of approach to each other, and even in their individual shapes. In the smaller specimens, (and almost all hitherto taken in our seas belong to this class, not exceeding half an inch in length, ) the stem resembles a piece of fine thread, and is about equally long with the broader pennated portion which sur- mounts it. This latter is composed of numerous somewhat triangular pieces, of which the narrower end is jointed as it were to the broader opposite ex- tremity of the preceding one, which is more or less deeply incurved in the middle, and has, inconsequence, its lateral terminations more or less strongly forked. The basal articulation is often peculiarly graceful in shape, the lat- eral outline being formed by two convex lines of corresponding curve on either side. The number of these joints may average about a dozen, some appa- rently having only eight distinct ones, whilst others, (chiefly the larger) have nearly twice that number. The articulated portion is usually about three times* as broad as the stalk, and tapers towards its termination, where the joints likewise are smaller and more closely set. In the larger pallets, where the articulations are more remote from each other, their forked extremities, instead of embracing (as in the young) the succeeding joint, project on either side beyond the narrow bases, so as to cause the lateral edges to appear ser- rated ; in certain specimens, where the joints are peculiarly distant, and their subtrigonal forms have become in consequence less distinct, these forked ter- minations are produced in narrow filaments, and the central concavities are clothed with a more or less fringed membrane, which in some measure con- ceals the depth of incurvation. . . None of the valves we have seen at all equal the dimensions of our three first species, (Norvagica, marina, malleo- lus,) and the longest pallet was under two inches in length. The tube was concamerated in Mr. Clark's examples (Exmouth) in the cabinet of Mr. Jeffrey ; we confess, however, we perceived no indication of such structure in the very small perforations of the Irish specimens ; in both, the testaceous matter was sparingly deposited." — Hanley. X. minima, Blainville, sp. T. minima, Blainville, Diet, des Sc. Nat. lii. p. 2GS. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 256. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 127. T. lipalmulata, Delle Chiaje, Mem. iv. p. 28, t. 54, f. 18, 22. 23, 24. T. palmulala, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicil. i. p. 3, ii. p. 2, t. 1, i. 8. T. serratus, Deshayes, Mss. T. Philippii, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 257. X. Philippii, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. * This is not the T. palmulataof Lamarck or Philippi. [Sept. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479 Ilab. — Mediterranean Sea. Description. — " Coquille a peu pres semblable a celle de T. navalis mais plus petite, a peu pres aussi haute que large ; oreillette anterieure portant plus de soixante stries ; oreillette posterieure moins abaissee que chez le T. navalis. " Palettes courtes, ressemblant a un petit epi d'orge forrnces de buit a dix godets courts, coniprimes, imbriques, denticules a leur bord inferieur et le plus souvent noiratres. Epines laterales peu developpees. Pedicule cylindrique, giele, blanc, un peu plus long que la palette. " Ob'serv. — Cette charmant espece n'attient jamais de grandes dimensions, mais ses ravages n'en sont pas moins redoutables; car elle abonde dans les lieux ou elle vit." — Fischer, clesc. of T. Philippii. Fischer separates Philippii from minima, and remarks that the latter is described from a young shell. Jeffreys unites the two, giving the preference to Blainville's name, as the oldest which is not pre-occupied. X. m i n i m a is thus described in Journ. Conchyl. p. 256. " Coquille extrimement petite, a peu pres aussi haute que large; oreillette et zone anterieures plus grandes que les posterieures ; stries tres nombreuses, presque egalernent, serrees et espacees sur les deux cotes de Tangle anterieur. "Palettes portees sur un tres-long pedicule et formc-es de douze articula- tions en godets, non epineuses sur les cotes." — Fischer. X. palmulata, Lamarck (sp.). Teredo palmulata, Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert. v. p. 440; id. 2d edit, vi. p. 38. Blainville, Man. Malacol. t. 80, bis, f. 8. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 3. Chenu, Man. Conchyl. ii. f. 64, 65. Cuvier, Regne Anim. edit. Griffith, xii. t. 7, f. 5. Ferussac, Encyc. Meth. p. 1004. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 254. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 4, t. 11, f. 13. Quatrefages, An. des Sc. Nat. 2d ser. xi. p. 29. X. palmulata, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333, t. 90, f. 6e. X. bipalmulata, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386. T. bipalmulata, Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans. Vert. p. 129. Bosc, Hist. Coq. ii. p. 202, Gray, Phil. Mag., 1827, p. 410. Ture.t de Pondiche'ri, Adanson, Mem. Acad, des Sc, 1759, p. 278, t. 9, f. 12. Ho '■. — East Indies. Description. — The valves and tubes of this species are unknown, and but two specimens of the pallets exist in European collections ; from one of these pallets (that in the Jardin des Plantes) Lamarck's description is taken,* which in fulness of detail and accuracy is scarcely inferior to the description of T. navalis, by Linnaeus. The pallets are quite large, the blade composed of twenty or more triangu- lar joints, which are attenuated laterally into sharp projecting points. The stalks are somewhat shorter than the pallets, moderately thick, rounded, and about one-third the width of the blade. Total length about one inch. Mr. Jeffreys remarks that they are "allied to the pallets of T. b i p e n n a t a, although evidently distinct." This species is not the T. palmulata of Forbes and Hanley, nor of Philippi. * X. pennatifera, Blainville (sp.) Teredo pennatifera, Blainville, Diet, des Sc. Nat. Hi. p. 269. X. pennatifera, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 126. X. pennatifera, (part.) Gray, Ann. and Masr. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386. * "T. p:\lmulis longiusculis, pimato-ciliatis, subarticulatis."— Lam. 1862.] 480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP X. palmulata, Leach, teste Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386. Hab. — England, floating wood on the coast of Guernsey (a doubtful native); and at Cherbourg, France. Description. — "Coquille assez petite et mince, echancree tres anguleusement en avant, finement multistriee ; palmules extremement considerables, huit ou dix fois plus longues que les valves, cornposees d'un grand nombre d'articu- lations, pourvous de chaque cote d'un long cil, et postees sur un long pedicule ce qui les fait ressembler a une pennatule. " Cettejolieespece, qui existe dans la collection du Museum Britan- nique, vient les mers de l'Inde. "Les palmules pourroient etre aisement prises, au premier aspect, pour les pennatules fort elegantes ; elles different beaucoup par leur grandeur, et par leur forme de celles du taret des Indes de M. de Lamarck, (palmulata, Lam) . ' ' — Blainville. X. Stutchburyi, Leach (sp.). T. Stutchburyi, Leach, Blainville, Diet. Sc. Nat. lii. p. 268. Fischei Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 255. Jeffreys, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. vi. p. 127. Quatrefages, Ann. des Sc. Nat. 3d ser. xi. p. 28. X. Stutchburyi, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d. ser. viii. p. 386. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. T. campanulata, Deshayes, Mas., Brit. Mus. T. navalis, Spengler, Skrivt. Nat. ii. p. 100, t. 2, f. 1—3. Schumacher, Essai d'un Nov. Syst. p. 94. Hab. — Sumatra. Description. — "Coquille sensiblement moins lougue que large ; valves fort minces; angle anterieur obtus (115 — 120°); oreillette antcrieure courte, chargee de stries tres-fmes et tres nombreuses ; oreillette posterieure assez marquee, mais moins saillante que dans les Ter. palmulata et bipennata. ' ' Palettes assez courtes, a pedicules tres courts, formees par des godets en partie cornes et demi-transparents, diminuant graduellement du pedoncule au sommet de la palette. Le bord inferieur des godets est epaissi et semble frange, quand l'individu est fraichement recueilli ou conserve dans l'alcool. Les godets sont legerement comprimes, assez profonds ; chacun d'eux adhere au bord inferieur de celui qui le precede par un court pedicule. Obs. — Tres-bonne espece, bien caracterisee par des godets triangulaires, sans epines laterales. Les differentes descriptions que Ton a fait des coquilles, different par plusieurs points essentiels, et il ne serait pas etonnant qu'il y eut quelques especes a palettes articulees semblables et a coquilles difl":vntes, comme nous l'avons constate chez les Tarets a palettes simples." — Fischer. Subfamily 2. TEREDININ2E, Tryon. TEREDININiE, Tryon, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. p. 65, 1862. Genus TEREDINA, Lamarck. (Fossil) Subfamily 3. KUPHIN^E, Tryon. Teredijta, (part.), Gray, Zool. Proc. 1847, p. 18S. Teredinina, (part.), Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386. Genus KUPHUS, Guettard. Cupnus, Guettard, Mem. iii. p. 139. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 3S1. Kcrnus, Gray, Syn. Br. Mus. 1S40. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 648. [Sej t NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481 Kyphus, Agassiz. Furcella, Lamarck, Syst. p. 104, 1801, vote. Gray, Zool. Proc. pt. 25, p. 243 and pt. 26, p. 258. Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. i. p. 295 ; and ii. p. 374. Menke, Synops. Meth. edit. 2, p. 122. Oken. Zool. Septaria, Larmarck, Anim. sans. Vert. v. p. 436 ; id. edit. 2, vi. p. 32. Anton, Versuch. p. 1. Blainville, Diet. Sc. Nat. xxxii. p. 362. Blain- ville, Malacol. p. 581. Deshayes, Traite Elem. i. pt. ii. p. 40. De- sliayes, Encyc. Meth. iii. p. 246. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 3. Latreille, Fam. Nat. Potiez et Michaud, Gallerie, ii. p. 271. Rang. Man. p. 349. Schweigg, Natiirg. 1820, p. 601. Sowerby, Conch. Man. ed. 2, p. 255. Voigt, Cuv. Thierr. iii. p. 570. Septana, Fisch. Bibl. Pal. 1834, p. 273, error typ. Leptana, Gray, Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386, error typ. Teredo, (part.), Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 2. Deshayes, Note in Lam. Anim. s. Vert. edit. 2, vi. p. 39. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 132. Home, Philos. Trans. 1806. p. 276. Home, Anat. Comparit. Jay, Cat. 4th edit. p. 9. Wood, Index Test, t. 38. Serpvla, (part.), Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. edit. 10, p. 787 ; and edit. 12, p. 1266. Linnseus, Mus. Ulric. p. 700. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3739. Hanley, Shells of Linn. p. 446. Pallas, Spicil. Zool. p. 140. Schroter, Einleit. ii. Solen, (part.), Hebenstr. p. 295. Humphrey, Conch. Klein, De Tub. p. 3. Lesser, Conch, p. 139. Rumphius, Mas. Clausaria, Menke, Syn. Meth. edit. 1, 1828. K. arenarius, Linn. sp. Serpula arenaria, Linnseus, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 787. Linnaeus, Mus. Ulric. p. 700. Hanley, Shells of Linnaeus, p. 447. Pallas, Spicil. Zool. p. 140. Solen arenariu s, Rumphius, Mus. t. 41, f. d. e, Klein, De Tub. p. 3. Hebenstr. p. 295. Septaria arenaria, Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert. v. p. 437 ; ed. 2, vi. p. 33. Deshayes, Traite Elem. i. pt. 2, p. 44. Hanley, Desc. Cat. p. 3. Potiez et Michaud, Gallerie des Moll. ii. p. 271. Leptana arenaria, Lamarck, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386, (typo, error.) Teredo arenaria, Catlow, Conch. Nomenc. p. 2. Gray, Phil. Mag. 1827, p. 410. Jay, Catalogue, 4th edit. p. 9. Teredo arenarius, Deshayes, Note in Lam. Anim. sans Vert. 2d ed. vi. p. 39. Cuphus arenarius, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 2d ser. viii. p. 386. Kuphus arenarius, Adams, Genera, ii. p. 648. Serpula gigantea, Schroter, Einl. ii. p. 557. Septaria gigantea, Chenu, Man. de Conchyl. ii. f. 67. Furcella gigantea. Gray, Zool. Proc. pt. 25, p. 243, t. 39, f. 1—3 ; id. pt. 26, p. 258 ; id. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 3d ser. p. 295 ; andii. p. 374. Teredo gigantea, Home, Philos. Trans. 1806, p. 276, t. 10 ; and 11, f. 1 — 7. Home, Anat. Comparit. ii. t. 41. Adams, Genera, ii. p. 333. Dillwyn, Desc. Cat. p. 1087. Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. 2d ser. i. p. 132. Wood, Index Test. t. 38, f. 1. Serpula pohjthalamia, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, p. 1266. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3742. Hanlev, Shells of Linnaeus, p. 446. Schroter, Einleit. ii. p. 549. Solen corrugatus, Klein, De Tub. p. 5. Lesser, Conch, p. 139. Serpula anguina, Var. B. Gmelin, Syst. Nat. p. 3743. Martini, Conch. Cat. 1, p. 40 and 45, t. 1, f. 6, 11. Davilla, Cat. Syst. p. 97, 102. Seba, Mus. iii. t. 94. 1862.] 34 482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Hah. — Philippine Islands, Van Dieman's Land, East Indies. Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences. Description. — Valves wanting. Tube contorted somewhat, gradually in- creasing in diameter to the base, and growing to the length of three feet. The siphonal end is divided into two internal tubes by a transverse partition. External surface roughened, by its contact during growth with surrounding objects, and exhibiting impressions of pebbles, shells, &c. Diameter at base one and a half inch inches, at siphonal end, three-quarters inch. Base rounded, "closed by two overlapping, convex septa, arising from the sides and completely closing the ends. The tube is thickened above as the animal leaves it, and is much thinner near the lower or closed extremity, "* just around which are scattered small perforations for the admission of water to the animal. Pallets about one inch or more in length, the stalk gradually increasing into a triangular blade, the end of which is truncate on one side and two- horned on the other side. Oct. 1th. Dr. Rtjschenberger in the Chair. Eighteen members present. The following paper was presented for publication : Monograph of the prehensile-tailed Quadrumana. By J. H. Slack, M.D. Mr. Kilvington gave an account of his attempts at cultivating a number of living plants brought by Dr. Hayes from the Arctic region and presented to the Academy. Notwithstanding great care, he had failed in developing the plants to any extent. Though kept in the coolest places, yet the high tem- perature of our latitude appeared to destroy all after budding and the seeds after germinating. The young plants and seeds were planted in the original soil which accompanied them. They began to perish when the temperature reached 50° F. Oct. 14tfi. Mr. Cassin in the Chair. Nine members present. The following paper was presented for publication : Description of a new species of Cephalopod. By W. M. Gabb. Oct. 21s*. Vice-President Vaux in the Chair. Seventeen members present. The following papers were presented for publication : On the Limits and Affinity of the Family of Leptoscopoids, and On the Classification of the Squali of California. By Theo. Gill. Oct. 28 th. Vice-President Vaux in the Chair. Fourteen members present. [Oct. Proc. Acad. Nal Sci. V* nat. size. i Kb otson, on stone OMMASTREPHES TRYONII. gabb .iffli'siinai1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483 On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were ordered to be published in the Proceedings : Description of a new species of CEPHALOPOD from the Coast of California. BY W. M. GABB. Ommastrephes Trtonii. — Body large, subcylindrical for about two-thirds of its length, posterior third tapering, acute at the extremity. Fins between one- third and one-fourth the length of the body, nearly twice as broad as long, rhoraboidal ; angles rounded. Anterior of the body truncated at a right angle to the length and with a slight angle on the dorsal median line. Siphon short broad, head small, not wider than the body, flattened above (and at the sides ?) Eyes small. Sessile arms robust, short, compressed : comparative length 4, 2, 1, 3, the dorsal being the shortest, although they are all of nearly equal length. The second and third pair are so compressed that the caps appear to be ar- ranged in a single line. The lower half or two-thirds of the outer side of the dorsal and the whole of the same portion of the other arms are fringed with a narrow membrane. The inner side of the third pair is also fringed on each side of the cupules. The cupules are all small, but the bordering rows of teeth are well marked. Tentacular arms compressed, very little longer than the longest pair of sessile arms. Cupules arranged on the distal two-fifths, largest in the middle, be- coming very small towards each end. Mouth small, the surrounding membrane without cupules, with a bifurcating process between the dorsal pair of arms and one extending to each of the other sessile arms. Surface flesh colored, covered with small dots, sparsely placed on the lower side and pinkish ; on the back these dots are nearly black and placed close together so as to pro- duce a mottled appearance. Between the back and sides there is a well marked lighter band extending from the edge of the fins to the anterior end of the body. Shell narrow, pointed in front and tapering backwards regularly, except the last half inch which is dilated into the usual slipper-like process. Length of body 5-5 in.; circumference 3 in.; length of fin 1*8.; width of fin 3-4 in. ; length of head -8 in. ; breadth (about) *9 in. ; length of longest ses- sile arm 2-1.; length of shortest 1-5 in.; length of tentacular arm 2-5 in. ; length of siphon (about) *5 in. Locality. Coast of California ? The specimen was presented to me by Dr. W. 0. Ayres, of San Francisco, and was found in a lot of salt, most probably from near Point Conception. The colors are well preserved, but the specimen is so soft after relaxation that the exact form of the head cannot be determined. It resembles 0 sagittate/,, d'Orb., in both external form and the shape of the shell. It differs from that species, however, in the much shorter tentacular arms and the broader fin. The shell, which is pointed in nearly the same manner anteriorly, tapers regularly, while in d'Orbigny's species it is suddenly constricted. On the Classification of the Families and Genera of the SQUALX of California. BY THEODORE GILL. In continuing at intervals the study of the Elasmobranchiate Fishes, T have felt obliged to modify several portions of the classification of the Squali that have been adopted in the "Analytical Synopsis of the order," from previous 1862.] 484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF laborers on that group. Happily those families whose arrangement most re- quires modification are represented by species found along the coasts of Cali- fornia. I therefore, submit through the medium of a classification of those species, some of the changes which appear to be necessitated in the present state of our knowledge. Order SQUALI (llutter et Henle) Agassiz. Suborder SQUALI Gill. Squalidae veri Bonaparte, Selachorum Tabula Analytica, p. 4,U838. Pectoral fins produced directly outwards, or curved backwards from the an- terior basal angle. Caudal fin heterocercal and with a more or less developed inferior lobe pro- current forwards beneath the vertebral column. Family GALEORHINOIDJE Gill. Les Squales sp. Cuvier, Regne Animal, tome ii. p. 123, &c, 1817. gqualidse, ( (10) Squalini, (19) Truenodontini) Bonaparte, Selachorum Tabula Analytica, p. 5. Carcharis part. Trisenodontes Galei \ Mailer and Henle, Systematiscbe Bescbreibung der Plagi- Scylliodontes ostomen, pp. 28, 55—57, 63, 64. Musteli J Nictitantes Owen, Lectures on Comparative Anatomy, vol. ii. p. 51, 1846. C archaridae ) Richardson, Encyclopaedia Britannic*, vol. xii. (Ichthyology) p. Galeid?? J 323. Carchariodei ( Bleeker, Enumeratio Specierum Piscium hucusque in Archipelago Galeoidei \ Indico Observatorum, &c.7 pp. 11, 12. Galeorhinoidaa Gill, Analytical Synopsis of the Order of Squali, pp. 29, 30, 33. Body elongated, su&cylindrical, gradually tapering towards the caudal fin. Scales miaute, more or less rhomboid and imbricated, and generally sur- mounted by longitudinal keels. Head more or less depressed and plane, oblong, semi- elliptical or conic above, with the snout projecting on the plane of the head, wit& it3 margin thin, more ©r less rounded, and declining obliquely backwards to the mouth. Eyes lateral, submedian or anterior, with the nictitating membrane dis- tinct. Mouth inferior, large and arched in front. Teeth compressed, with trenchant and entire or seirated edges ( Ga!eorhininm,y or small and paved. Nostrils inferior, and near the sides of the snout ; simple and generally with a triangular flap from the anterior or inner border. Spiracles, obsolete or developed. Branchial apertures five, the last of which are small, and above the base of the pectoral fin. Dorsal fins two ; each is curved towards the anterior angle wbicb is rounded and more or less projecting, especially that of the first fin, while the posterior angle is acutely produced backwards. First dorsal large and situated more or less in advance of the ventral fins , second moderate or small, and above or nearly above the anal fin. Anal fin generally similar to tbe second dorsal in form and size, rounded at its anterior angle, and acutely produced behind. Caudal fin decidedly heterocercal ; the upper or vertebral lobe moderately elongated and abruptly curved upwards and backwards, and with the mem- [Oct. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485 brane notched at its inferior margin near the end and forming a triangular lobe ; the inferior or basal lobe is moderate or small. Pectoral fins more or less falciform, rounded at the external angle, and with the posterior margin subtruncated or sinuated and incurved to the inner angle which is also rounded. Ventral fins inserted more or less behind the middle, oblong or trapezoidal, rounded at the anterior angle and acute at the posterior. The family of the Galeorhinoidje as it has been now circumscribed, appears to be a very natural group, all the types included therein agreeing in physiognomy and general form, and for the most part differing from each other in details of secondary value. The only characteristics of greater than generic value are the more marked peculiarities of dentition, and the presence or absence of spiracles. Miiller and Henle have attached much importance to such characters, and have regarded them as distinguishing five families. As, however, none of those characters are co-ordinate with others, the value assigned to them by those biologists appears to be much greater than they merit, and scarcely even suffi- cient to base subfamilies upon. The most important and trenchant variation in the family is found in the dentition of the genus Mustelus as opposed to that of all the other types. The latter may therefore be combined in one subfamily, while Mustelus can be regarded as the type of a second one. The typical sub- family of the Galeorhinince is then subdivisable into four minor groups equiva- lent to families of Miiller and Henle, and only characterized by the various combination of two characters. The following synoptical view will facilitate the recognition of the several groups. I. Teeth compressed and trenchant Galeorhinin.e. A. Spiracles obsolete in adults. Teeth without lateral prongs Cynocephali. Teeth with one or two lateral prongs on each side Triasnodontes. B. Spiracles developed. Teeth with lateral prongs Scylliodontes. Teeth without lateral denticles Galeorhiui. II. Teeth flat and paved Musteline. Subfamily GALEORHININCE Gill. Squalini |n _, , , m , , . , • Tranodon'ini \^onaPariei Selachorum Tabula Analytica, p. 5. Caschariaj £p. " Miiller and Henle, Systematische Beschreibung der Plagistomen, pp. 28, 55, 57, 63. Gray, List of the Specimens of Fishes in the Collection of the British Museum, part 1, Chondropterygii, pp. 40, 51, 52, 55. Triaenodontes Galei Scylliodontes Squaliana pt. Leptochariana Galeiana Triakiana Galeorhininae Gill, Analytical Synopsis of the Order of Squali, pp. 33,35. Teeth compressed and cultrate, smooth or serrated and with' or without lateral denticles. Spiracles obsolete or of small size. Group SCYLLIODONTES Miiller and Henle. Scylliodontes Miiller and Henle, Systematische Beschreibung der Plagios- tomen, p. 63. Scylliodontidoe Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &c, vol. x. Fishes, p. 362. Teeth scyllioid, or each one with one or two prongs on each side of the large central pointed one. 1862.] 486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Spiracles of small size, developed. To this group are now referred two genera. Genus RHINOTRIACIS Gill. Body compressed, elongated and subfu9iform in profile. Scales tricarinated. Head oblong, with the snout produced, oblong and attenuated towards the transversely rounded apex. Eyes rather small. Mouth moderate and boldly arched in front. The groves at the corners are well defined and the upper lip folds over the lower. Teeth with an acute median proog and a smaller lateral one on each side. Nostrils nearer the mouth than the front of the snout, obliquely transverse and wilh a wide convex flap arising from the anterior or inner border of each aperture. Dorsal fins nearly similar in form, obliquely produced upwards towards the anterior angle, which is rounded ; acutely produced backwards from the posterior angle; the first dorsal is iutermediate between the pectoral and ven- tral fins. Anal fin similar to the second dorsal. Caudal fin with a terminal triangular lobe, and with the membrane above the vertebral column moderately developed; inferior lobe scarcely produced down- wards from the anterior angle. Pectoral fin moderate, extensible partly under the first dorsal, rounded at each angle and subtruncated behind. Ventral fins trapezoid, rounded at the external angle. Rhinotriacis is very closely related to Triads, but is separable from that genus on account of the produced snout, the position of the first dorsal fin and per- haps the greater development of the pectoral fins. It has a superficial resem- blance to the genus Isoplagiodon of the group of Galeorhini produced by the situation of the first dorsal fin and the elongation of the snout, as well as its color, but the dentition, the presence of spiracles as well as the form and rela- tive position of the fins at once distinguish it. The only known representative of this genus is Californian ; a single young specimen of the species was sent to the Smithsonian Institution by Mr. Samuel Hubbard, and referred to as a species with the aspect of Isojdagiodon immediately after the Triads semifasdatits. It differs from the species of Triads' in color as well as morphological characters, being uniform reddish-brown above, and greyish-white below, with which color the pectoral, ventral and anal fins are also margined. Rhinotriacis henlei Gill. (The following table of measurements will suffice for the identification of the species. It is hoped that older specimens may be obtained in time to prepare a complete description for a work on the Fishes of Western America. The umbi- lical cord of the specimen noticed has entirely disappeared. The base of each fin is considered as being on a level with the body ; the height is measured in an oblique direction parallel with the axis of cleavage of the fin; the greatest breadth is parallel with the base or terminal margin, and crosses obliquely the line of cleavage. Extreme length 9}. Body — Greatest height 10; greatest width 6; height of tail behind anus 4; least height of tail 2J. Head — Greatest length 18 ; greatest width 12 ; height of snout TJ. Eye — Diameter 4 | ; distance from snout 9. Mouth — Width 6£ ; depth from symphysis of jaw to line between corners of mouth 3. [Oct. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487 Dorsal— Distance from snout 30 ; length of base 10 ; length of horizontal ''posterior" margin 4J; greatest oblique height 9; (second) distance from snout 58 ; length of base 8 ; length of posterior (horizontal) margin 3£ ; greatest (oblique) height 7. Anal— Distance from snout 61 ; length of base 6 ; greatest height 4 ; height behind to point 3j. Caudal — Length 23 ; length of inferior lobe 15; oblique height of lobe near front 5 ; oblique height at end 1 J ; greatest height of terminal lobe 3j. Pectoral — Greatest length 12J; length within internal border 9 ; greatest width 8£. Ventral— Distance from snout 33 ; greatest length (from base to inside of outer angle) 5| ; length within internal border 4 ; greatest width ts. Genus TRIACIS Muller and Henle. Triakis Muller et Henle, Magazine of Natural History, vol. ii. 1838. " Bonaparte, Selachorum Tabula Analytica, 1838. " Midler et Henle, Systematische Bescbreibung de Plagiostomen. " Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &c, vol. x. Fishes, p. 362. Body compressed, elongated and scarcely subfusiform in profile. Scales provided with three keels producing a tridigitate margin. Head scarcely oblong, with the snout short and transverse, the anterior mar- gin being arched or convex. Eyes rather small, and nearly above the angles of the mouth. Mouth large and transversely arched. The groove at each corner of the mouth is very sharply defined, and the upper lip folds over the angle of the lower. Teeth with a large acute median prong, and two smaller oblique ones on each side ; the unpaired symphiseal tooth is symmetrical. Nostrils nearer the mouth than the front of the snout, transverse and with a wide convex flap arising from the anterior (inner) border. Dorsal fins similar in form, obliquely produced towards the anterior angle which is rounded; acutely elongated from the posterior angle ; the first fin is rather nearer the ventrals than the pectorals ; the second is smaller and partly in advance of anal. Anal fin similar to second dorsal. Caudal fin with a terminal triangular lobe, and with the membrane above the vertebral column moderately developed; inferior lobe obsolete or scarcely pro- duced downwards and obtuse. Pectoral fin rather small, rounded at each angle, not extending beyond the front margin of first dorsal. Ventral fins trapezoidal, rounded at the external angle. Type. — Triacis scyllium M. and H. Two species of this genus are known ; Triacis semifasciatus Girard, from California ; Triacis scyllium Muller and Henle from Japan. Triacis semifasciatus Girard.* Triakis semifasciatus Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., vol. vii. p. 196, 1854. Mustelus felis Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences, part 1, p. 17, 1854. * Ihe following name probably belongs to the synonymy of Triacis semifasciatus, but as it ha3 never been joined to a description, the suggestion can be only verified by one having access to the British Museum. It is scarcely necessary to add that such a verification will not at all influence the nomenclature of the species, the name being a worthless synonym by default of description. Triakis californica Gray, List of Specimens of Fish, in the Collection of the British Museum, part 1, Chondropterygii, p. 56, 1851. 1862.] 488 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF Triakis semifasciatus Girard, explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &c. vol. x. Fishes, p. 3G2. Family HETERODONTOID^J Gill. 0 , * " t Cuvier, Regne Animal, tome ii. 1817. Squalus ) Cestraciontes Agassiz, Poissons Fossiles, tome ii. 1833. Squalidae verse (Cestracionini) Bonaparte, Selachiorum Tabula Analytica. p. 5, 1838. Squalidae (Centrininae) Swain-ton, Natural History of Fishes, &c, vol. ii. p. 1839. Cestraciontes Mailer and Henle, Systematische Beschreiburg der Plagiostomen, p. 76, 1841. Cestraciones Miiller, Arc. 1, 1317, 1845. Cestraciontidae Owen, Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of the Vertebrate Animals, p. 51, 1846. Squalidae (Heterodontina) Gray, List of the Specimens of Fish in British Mu- seum. Chondropterygii, p. — , 1857. Cestraciontoidaa Bleeker, Systematis Piscium Naturalis Tentamen. Heterodontoidae Gill, Analytical Synopsis of the Order of Squali. p. 29, 30, 37, 1862. Squalidaa (Cestraciontini) Bonaparte, Syst. Vert. Body elongated and obtusely trihedral, gradually tapering from the anal re- gion towards the caudal fin. Scales very small. Head high, with the forehead declivous and the snout little prominent. Eyes lateral, but very high on the sides; nictitating membrane obsolete. Mouth subterminal but inferior and more or less arched in front. Teeth in front compressed and trenchant or digitated, on the sides arranged in whorls, paved and adapted for grinding. Nostrils continued backwards to the mouth. Spiracles small. Branchial apertures five, moderate or small; the last above the base of the pectoral fin. Dorsal fins two, each well developed and with a spine enveloped in the front of its margin; the anterior angle of each is rounded, and the posterior acute; the first fin above the interval betweeu the pectoral and ventral fins; the second more or less behind the ventral fins, and remote from the caudal. Anal fin small or moderate, below or behind the second dorsal fin, and re- mote from the caudal ; the anterior angle is rounded but produced, and the pos- terior blunt. Caudal fin heterocercal ; the upper lobe moderate and with its under edge notched and lobed nearer the end, and with the portion above the ventral column enlarged ; the lower lobe is small or moderate. Pectoral fins normally developed, with each angle rounded, but towards the anterior produced. Ventral fins moderate, inserted nearer the head than the tail, with each angle obtuse. The characters of the family of Heterodontoids as here exposed are derived almost entirely from our knowledge of the species living at the present day. The earliest known living representative of the family, the Port Jackson shark, has become celebrated on account of the views of Agassiz, by whom it was con- sidered as the type and sole existing representative of a family rich in peculiar genera and species at former epochs of the world's history. That naturalist has proposed to refer to the family of Cestraciontes, numerous vestiges of the representatives of the order of Squali, found in every formation from the earli- [Oct. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 489 e9t period down to our own days. These vestiges are almost solely the more or less complete remains of teeth and spines. It is therefore by ho means demon- strated that all such remains are indications of the pertinence of the speciesof which they are the witnesses, to the present family. All these remains require to be re-examined with reference to the present views held by naturalists re- garding the nature of families. Such an examination will doubtless result in the disseyerment of some of the genera known from such remaius, from the family of Heterodontoids. That family of Heterodontoids as now restricted, is distinguished among all the others representatives of the order by the peculiar form of the body and head. While in all the other recent sharks, the head is depressed and the snout, above nearly parallel or on the same plane with the upper surface of the head, in the Heterodontoids, the head is elevated, the sides vertically expanded and the snout deflected downwards. The teeth form another very characteristic feature, those towards the front being incisorial or digitated, while those on the sides are molar and arranged in oblique whorls. Each dorsal is in front provi- ded with a spine mostly enveloped in its substance, but with its point exposed. The simple teleological adaptation of the teeth of the ancient representatives of the Squali and their concurrence with spines have been the cause of the reference of those remains to the Cestracionts or Heterodontoids. There are now known four living species of the family of Heterodontoids which appear to belong to three distinct genera, chiefly separated on account of the modifications of dentition, and the size of the branchial apertures. The several may be briefly distinguished by the following characters : I. Branchial region higher than long, the slits being elongated.. Heterodontus. II. Branchial region longer than high, slits little elongated. a. Molar teeth rounded and carinated along the middle. Dor- sals little produced towards the anterior angle Tropidodus.* /J. Molar teeth flat and closely contiguous. Dorsals produced backwards to the anterior angle Gyropleurodus. Genus GYROPLEURODUS Gill. Cestracion sp. Girard. Heterodontus sp. Gill. Gyropleurodus Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., vol. xiv. p. 330, July (Sep.), 1862. Body triquetrous in front, behind the anus attenuated and compressed towards the caudal fin. Head short and high, broad, but with subvertical sides, with the forehead very declivous from eyes, and with the snout wide and transverse, but promi- nent. Two blunt diverging ridges are continued from each side of the snout and abruptly merge into the more conspicuous superciliary ridges, the interval between which is nearly plane. Inferior surface of head plane. Eyes entirely lateral, protected above by the superciliary ridge. Mouth inferior, but near the front, with the cleft semi-elliptical but externally transverse and simply arched in front. The branches of the jaws are separated by au ovate-triangular space, wide and rounded in front and thence curved out- wards to the angles. Teeth in front digitated with three or five cusps, quincuncially distributed in rows slightly converging towards the middle; in the upper jaw on the sides, molars oblong aud flattened, arranged in about four oblique whorls, uniform or increasing backwards, except the last, which is smallest. Ou the sides of * With this genus I am only acquainted through the figure and description of Valenciennes, who describes its type as the Cestracion pantherinus in the Ichthyology of the Venus, Voyage autour du monde sur le fregate la Venus, Zoologie, p. 350. Ichthyologie, pi. x. fig. 2. 1862.] 490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP the lower jaw also molars oblong, with flattened crowns, and arranged n transversely oblique whorls, but decreasing backwards. Upper lip narrow, emarginated in the middle, and with a median furrow ; lower lip obsolete at middle, and developed laterally as a transverse flap, covered at the angle of the mouth by a duplicative or flap above. Nostrils with a broad flap on the internal side, separated by a furrow from the lip, and with a roll of skin curled inwards on the external aide. Branchial apertures five, small and regularly decreasing in size, the bran- chial region being longer than high. Dorsal fins rather large, similar in form, but first rather larger than second ; each with a large compressed trihedral spine enveloped in the front margin, but separated partly by a slit and groove from the rest of the fin ; the latter is recurved backwards towards the "anterior angle," which projects about as fur behind as the posterior. The present genus is an interesting addition to the living representatives of the ancient family of Heterodontoids, to which it belongs. It decidedly differs from Heterodontus* in the development of the jaws, dentition and the size of the branchial apertures. In the latter genus, the branches of the lower jaw are at first contiguous and diverge from each other at an acute angle, while in front of the oblique whorls of molars and between the acute teeth of the front, which encroach on the sides, a cordifoim area exists. The lateral or molar teeth are numerous and arranged in oblique whorls, which rapidly increase in size to the fifth, behind which they again decrease. The branchial apertures are also comparatively large, the first being longer than the length of the bran- chial region. In Gyropleurodus, the branches of the lower jaw are widely sepa- rated by an interval rounded in front and becoming wider behind, the sides themselves being curved outwards; the acute teeth are confined to the front, and the molar teeth are few and disposed in about four whorls, the first three of which slightly decrease, while the fourth is almost rudimentary. The bran- chial area is also almost oblong. There will be few, I think, who will not at once admit the value of these characters and allow their generic importance. Upon differences of much less value, many acknowledged genera of Squali have already been established. The genus Tropidodua, established for the reception of the Cestracion panthe- rinus of Valenciennes, differs from Gyropleurodus, at least in the keeled and rounded molar teeth of the sides of the jaw, and the smaller dorsal fins, the anterior angles of which project comparatively little backwards. f Gyropleurodus francisci Gill ex Girard. Cestracion francisci Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., vol. vii. p. 196, 1854. Cestracion francisci Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &c, vol. x. Fishes, p. 365. Heterodontus francisci Gill, American Journal of Science and Art, ser. 2, vol. xxx. p. 281, 1860. Gyropleurodus francisci Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., vol. xiv. p. 330, 1862. (On account of the interest attached to the representatives of the family of Heterodontoids, the following extended description of Gyropleurodus francisci is submitted.) * The following is the diagnosis of the genus Heterodontus, published by Blainville: 6°. Heterodontus. Car. Dent, heteroclitis; Insn. nullis; P. S. [Pinnis superioribus vel dorsalibus.j 2 ut in prajcedeiiti ; P. A. magna; P. C. fere ut in praeced. Spec. Philippi. f "Le bouche n'est pas ties-large, elle parte en avant einq a six rangs de petites dents aigues, ayant a. la base deux petitB talons epineux, puis viennent sur les cotes des machoires six rangees de molaires arrondies et carenees sur le milieu." — Valenciennes. [Oct. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 491 Form. — The body is triquetrous in front, declining from the dorsal ridge to the sides of the plane abdomen. The greatest height equals an eighth (-12) of the total length from the snout to the vertical from the end of the caudal fin. The greatest breadth is a fourth greater (= -15) than the height. Behind the anus and ventral fins the tail becomes abruptly slender and compressed, the height entering fourteen times (= -07) in the length and about twice as high as at the base of the caudal (= •03|). The back in front of the dorsal gently declines and meets the forehead, from which it is separated by a slight groove, and is itself furrowed in the middle. Head. — The head from the snout to the branchial region forms more than a sixth (-I7i) of the length. The height at the forehead equals -10J, and at the margin of the superciliary ridge a ninth (-11) of the total length. The width between the external margins of the superciliary ridge nearly equals a twelfth (08) of the same length, and the greatest width at the cheeks is nearly twice as great (= -15). The forehead or interorbital area is nearly plane between the superciliary ridges or scarcely convex along the middle. The superciliary ridges are blunt, very hard, angulated and obliquely truncated behind, and incurved inwards ; they merge into the widening but less conspicuous ridges in front, which are continued to the snout, where they are separated by a shal- low furrow and a slight depression; the rest of the profile is channelled. The cheeks are very tumid. Eyes. — The eyes are oval ; the longitudinal diameter between the skin about equals a sixth (-03) of the head's length, and that of the outer ring a fourth (04J). The distance from the snout equals a half (-09) of the head's length. Mouth. — The mouth is transverse, the margin of the lower jaw describing the three sides of a nearly regular octagon, and the distance from one corner to the other equals a twelfth (-08) of the total length, and four-fifths of the width of the head at the same vertical. The patch of teeth encroaching on the out- side of that jaw is transversely fusiform. Teeth in front of each jaw digitated, with a median cusp and two on each side, which become lateral and directed outwards on teeth next to the symphy- sis; they are arranged in five rather oblique rows, each row in the upper jaw having six on each side of the symphyseal ones, and in the lower, four. The area with molar teeth equals in length the width between the lower lips. Fins. — Tbe first dorsal originates at the vertical from the beginning of the last third of the base of the pectoral fin, or near the front of tbe second fourth of the total length (27 J). Its attached base nearly equals a twelfth (-08) of the same length, and the free-extension backwards to the posterior angle a sixteenth (06). The spine is rectilinear, rather exceeds a tenth of the length, and its compressed base forms half of the base of the fin itself. The margin of the fin describes a parabolic curve backwards to the " anterior angle," which is obliquely rounded and projects rather farther backwards than the "posterior angle;" the latter is little acute, and the margin between it and the anterior is vertical and little emarginated. The greatest (oblique) height rather exceeds an eighth (-13) of the total length. The second dorsal is similar in form to the first, but less elevated in propor- tion, and with the anterior angle not extending beyond the posterior, and the emargination deeper. The distance from the snout exceeds a half (-54) of the total length, and that from the posterior angle of the first dorsal equals the base of that fin to such angle. Its base equals about a fourteenth (•07J) of the length, and the posterior angle extends nearly a nineteenth (-05^) more behind. The spine is rather more oblique than that of the first dorsal; its base forms two-thirds of that of the entire fin, and its length equals a tenth of the total. The greatest (oblique) height of the fin equals a ninth (-11) of the total length. The anal fin commences at the middle between the sixth and seventh-tenths (•65) of the length, or rather in advance of the posterior angle of the second 1862.] 492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF dorsal ; it is directed very obliquely backwards and passes slightly beyond the base of the caudal; its greatest (oblique) height rather exceeds a ninth of the length, and its base equals about a twentieth ; the anterior angle is broadly rounded and passes much beyond the posterior; the (oblique) height behind equals the base, or a twentieth of the length. The caudal fin is bent obliquely upwards, and its (oblique) length nearly equals a fourth (•24) of the total; the vertebral column is regularly attenuated and disappears near the truncated posterior margin ; the elevation above the lower boundary of the column is slightly greater behind the middle of the fin, and equals almost a twentieth of the total length. The greatest height or width of the upper caudal lobe, just before its vertically truncated end, is rather less than a tenth (-09i) of the length ; its angles are rounded ; the distance from the base of the lower lobe to its upper angle enters about five times and two- thirds (-171) in the length; the posterior margin is slightly oblique and emar- ginated; the upper angle extends rather beyond the lower; the greatest depth (or width) in front of the angles is rather more than a tenth ( -10J) of the length. The pectoral fin is subtriangular ; the outer margin is first curved and thence is produced in nearly a straight line outwards and backwards to the external angle; the posterior border is nearly straight and scarcely more produced to- wards the exterior than the inner angle ; the latter is more broadly rounded than the outer; the distance from the front of the base to the outer angle is little less than a quarter of the length ("24^), and a fourth greater than the distance from the same point to the margin outside of the inner angle (= -18), or the width of the fin before the angles ("18). The fin extends almost as far backwards as the posterior angle of the first dorsal. The ventral fins originate at the beginning of the second-fifth (40) of the total length and considerably behind the vertical from the "anterior angle" of the first dorsal; they are oblong, quadrangular, slightly overlapping towards the middle of the inner borders, slightly emarginated and with the angles equally rounded ; the length equals an eighth of the total and the greatest breadth almost an eleventh. Scales. — The scales are more or less cruciform or shaped like a Greek cross, and often with each end divided. They are rather small, there being about forty oblique rows beneath the attached base of the first dorsal fin. Those on the inferior surface of the body and of the pectoral and ventral fins, as well as the anal and caudal, are polished and more or less cordiform. Color. — The color is brownish, varigated with sparsely-scattered, small black spots on the entire body and fins. Family NOTIDANOIDJZ Owen ex M. and H. S^aUis^163 ParUm } Cuvier> Regne Animal> tome »• P- 123 <128)> 1817- Squalidae verse (Notidiani) Bonaparte, Selachorurn Tabula Analytica, p. 4, 1838. Notidani Mutter and Ilenle, Systematise-he Besehriebung der Plagiostomen, p. 80. Squalidae (Hexanchina) Gray, List of Species of Fish in British Museum. Chondropterygii, p. 40, 67, 1851. Notidanidae Owen, Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrated Animals, vol. i. p. 51, 1846. Notidanoidei Bleeker, Systematis Piscium Naturalis Tentamen. Notidanoidas Gill, Analytical Synopsis of the Order of Squali, p. 38 ; ib. in Annals of the Lyceum of Nat. Hist, of N. Y. vol. vii. p. 404 . Body elongated, somewhat depressed before, tapering towards the caudal fin. Scales minute and generally pointed and traversed by one or three keels. Lateral line present on each side of the back. Head depressed, oblong and semi-oval or semi-elliptical above, with the snout projecting, indicated by more or less distinct constriction at the anal [Oct. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493 region, with its margin rounded, and thence declining very obliquely back- wards to the mouth. Eyessubmedian or anterior, without nictitant membranes. Mouth inferior, ample and arched in front. Teeth in the lower jaw compressed, transverse and acutely multicuspid ; in the upper dissimilar. Nostrils inferior, provided at the upper front or margin with a small flap. Spiracles, small. Branchial apertures all in advance of and dissimilar in size to the pectoral fins; in the known species there are six or seven on each side. Dorsal fin single, angulated and produced toward the anterior angle, acute at the posterior above or in advance of the anal ; first obsolete. Anal fin present, similar in form to the dorsal. Caudal fin heterocercal ; the vertebral lobe is moderately elongated, and has beneath near its end a small triangular lobe ; the inferior basal lobe is mode- rate or small. Pectoral fins moderately developed, rounded at each end produced towards the external. Ventral fins normally developed, inserted as near or nearer the head than the tail, rounded at the anterior and acute at the posterior or inner angle. The family of the Notidamids is distinguished from all others of the order by the absence of the first dorsal fin. The inci'eased number of branchial aper- tures, the dentition, common to all of its known species, and the form of the head and body support the claims of the group to family rank. The situation of the branchial apertures in front of the pectoral fins recalls a character of the Lamnoidse, a family including the Porbeagle, great white shark and basking shark. Genus NOTORHYNCHUS, Ayres. Notorhynchu3 Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences, vol. i. p. 72, 1855.' Heptanchus, sp. Midler and Henle, Gray, Oirard, Gill. Body depressed over abdomen, thence becoming subcylindrical and taper- ing backwards. Dorsal line conspicuous. Head oblong, depressed and ovoid above, with the snout wide, and with its periphery transversely rounded, but more or less constricted at the nasal region, and very prominent. Eyes moderate, over or in advance of the middle of the side of the jaws. Nostrils at horizon of eyes, more or less in advance of mouth, oblique and with a small triangular flap on the hiader margin. Teeth of the upper jaw chiefly developed at the front on each side of the symphysis (2 — 3) simple, acute and curved outwards, or rectilinear with the bases increasing outwards as the teeth severally recede from the symphysis, first (1 — 2) assuming a smaller external pointed cusp and thence becoming still wider and pectinated on their obliquely declining margins on the outer side of the greater ctisp ; those at and near angle formed by the front and side of jaw bone serrated, and one or two small cusps on the inner ascending margin of the greater one ; teeth of the laterals of the jaw rather abruptly decrease in size. Teeth of the lower jaw uniform, broader, each obliquely diminishing in height outwards, digitated by oblique cusps decreasing from the first, which is minutely serrated on its ascending margin ; median unpoised tooth small, with no median cusp but two or more directed outwards. Dorsal fin moderate, acutely angulated at its posterior angle and obliquely emarginated above. Anal fin about as large as dorsal, rather further behind, but partly under it, with the anterior angle less produced. 1862.] 494- PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Caudal fin elongated, with the anterior lobe in front produced downwards and nearly rectangular, and with the terminal one distinct and acutely trian- gular. Pectoral fins moderate, trapezoid produced towards its external terminal angle. Ventral fins oblong, emarginated along its external border, acutely produced at its inner or produced angle. This generic name of Notorhynchus was proposed by Dr. Ayres, under a mis- apprehension, for a species which is congeneric with one regarded by all pre- vious naturalists as a species of the genus Heptanchus. After an examination of the jaws of a shark presumed to belong to the species noticed by Ayres, and presented at Nisqually to one of the representatives of the Exploring Expedi- tion under Commodore Wilkes, I am compelled to believe that such species Bhould be separated from Heptanchus. The name of Ayres must, then be adopted for the genus embracing that species. Notorhynchus may be briefly characterized as a Hexanchus in form and den- tition with the seven branchial apertures of Heptanchus. If the totality of its character is considered to be of more importance than the number of bran- chial apertures, Notorhynchus is then more closely related to Heptanchus, having the same form of the head and the same dentition, while it agrees with the latter only in the number of its branchial apertures. In addition to the type of the genus, that species of the East Indian Seas first made known by Muller and Henle under the name of Heptanchus indicus must be referred to Notorhynchus. Like Notorhynchus maculatus, the East Indian species is spotted, and although it appears to differ considerably from the for- mer in dentition, that difference cannot be regarded as being of more than spe- cific importance. The d fferences in the dentition of the genera Heptanchus and Notorhynchus principally refer to the relative development of the teeth of the lower jaw and their armature. In Heptanchus, the developed teeth on each side of that jaw regularly increase in breadth from the symphysis towards the corners of the mouth, the inner cusp is much enlarged, and its ascending or inner margin is armed with one or two smaller cusps. The median tooth of the lower jaw is also well developed and has a central acute cusp. In Noto- rhynchus, on the contrary, the teeth of the lower jaw are either uniform or de- crease towards the corner of the mouth, the cusps on the oblique cutting mar- gin are regularly graduated, while the ascending inner margin of each tooth is finely serrated. The median tooth is also emarginated instead of cuspidate at its own middle. The difference between the teeth of the upper jaw in the respective genera is of much less importance. The typical or Califoruian species of Notorhynchus is closely related to the No- torhynchus indicus, but is at once distinguishable by its dentition, — the teeth of the lower jaw being comparatively broader and less elevated, and armed with six or 6even points instead of five, and there being no very prominent denti- cles on the inner margin of the upper teeth near the front ones as there are in those of N. indicus. The dorsal appears also to be nearer the snout than it is in its Indian representative. The Notorhynchus maculatus is said by Ayres to be " apparently not un- common in the Bay of San Francisco, at certain seasons of the year." It at- tains to a length of six or seven feec, and is used as food by the Chinese in- habitants of California. It will be necessary to bear in mind that the description of the den'ition of Notorhynchus maculatus is based on the jaws of a specimen obtained at Nis- qually by the Exploring Expedition under Commodore Wilkes. There can be little doubt as to the specific unity of the different materials, but as Dr. Ayres' notice of the dentition is equally applicable to any species of the family, the correctness of this identification still requires to be verified. [Oct. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495 Notorhynchus maculatus Ayres. Notorhynchus maculatus Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sci- ences, vol. i. p. 72, 1855. Heptanchus maculatus Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &c, vol. x. Fishes, p. 367. | 31 + 22 -f 34 -f 3m Dent. -| 6 | 1 The first three teeth on each side of the symphysis are on an arch more ad- vanced in front than the others ; they successively increase in size and each has a quadrate bony base from which the enamelled cusp slightly curves outwards and backwards, and whose internal margin is common to it at the base, while the external angle of the latter is more and more produced laterally. The two (or three) succeeding teeth are nearly similar and have a much smaller acute cusp at the outer base of the primary one ; the fifth or outermost of the two bicuspid teeth is wider and much shorter than the preceding, slightly serrated in its ascending margin, and equals in size the next; the succeeding are finely serrated on the internal basal half of the cusp, while the oblique mar- gin on the outer side of the cusp is armed with very oblique, small and sue- cessively decreasing denticles ; the seventh and eighth teeth being alike armed with two or three 6uch denticles directed outwards, while the third is broader with a smaller cusp and an obliquely descending inner margin armed with three or four denticles ; the three succeeding teeth (9 — 11) are smaller, and the great cusp successively becomes smaller and nearer the centre of the teeth. Behind are nine or ten small, wide tubercular teeth. There are six teeth on each side of the lower jaw, uniform in shape, very wide, obliquely declining sideways or outwards, and generally with seven graduated cusps, the first of which is largest and the outermost rudimentary and horizontal. The obliquely ascending inner margin of each tooth is gibbous or curved near the jaw and finely denticulated along most of its edge. The osseous portion is much more developed than the enamelled part and is about twice us wide as high. Next to each corner of the jaw are about nine rudimentary tuberculous teeth. Family SPINACOID.E (Owen,) Gill ex Mull, and Henle. Lea Squales partim > ^ . R Animal tome „ 123 m) lgn Squalus S Squalidae verae (Spinacini) Bonaparte, Selachorum Tabula Analytica, p. 4, 1838. Spinaces Mailer and Henle, Systematische Beschreibung der Plagiostomen, p. 83. Squalidae (Anacantiana) Gray, List of Specimens of Fishes in British Museum. Chondropterygii, pp 40, 69. Spinacidse Owen, Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrated Animals, vol. i. p. 51, 1846. Spinacoidei Bleeker, Systematis Piscium Naturalis TentameD. Spinacoidae Gill, Analytical Synopsis of the Order of Squali, pp. 29, 31, 38 ; ib. in Annals of the Lyceum of Nat. Hist, of N. Y., vol. vii. p. 395, &c. Spinax (genus) Cuvier, Regne Animal, ed. 1, tome ii. Body more or less elongated, obtusely trihedral or subcylindrical and fusi- form, gradually tapering behind. Scales variable. Head depressed, oblong and transversely rounded, or obtusely produced in front, with the snout projecting along the plane of the forehead, and below de- clining backwards to the mouth. Eyes lateral, anterior or submedian, with no nictitating membrane. 1862.] 496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Mouth inferior, large or moderate, and more or less arched in front. Teeth compressed, and with the edges consequently trenchant or blunt, and entire or serrated ; supplementary prongs are frequently present at their bases. Nostrils inferior and lateral near the front margin of the snout. Spiracles present and moderately developed. Branchial apertures moderately fine on each side, all of which are in front of the pectoral fins. Dorsal fins two, each armed in front with a spine, which is more or less ex- posed ; the anterior angle of each fin is more or less rounded, and the posterior acutely produced backwards ; the first is above the space between the pectorals and ventrals ; the second more or less behind the latter. Anal tin obsolete. Caudal fin obliquely truncated or emarginated, with the upper lobe obtusely angulated at its extremity ; lower lobe obsolete or rudimentary. Pectoral fins normally developed, obtusely angulated at the external angle, and rectangular or acutely produced at the interval. Ventral fins inserted far behind and nearer the tail than head. The family of Spinacoids, as it has been here restricted, is equivalent to the genus Spinax of Cuvier, and embraces only those forms agreeing in physiog- nomy, the shape of the several fins, and the relations of the dorsal spines to their fins. The genus Oxynotus of Rafinesque or Centrina of Cuvier is conse- quently excluded from it. That genus has a very characteristic aspect result- ing from the decided trihedral form of the body and the acute back, the oppo- sition of the second dorsal and ventral fins, and the abrupt attenuation of the tail behind as well as from the shape of the fins, and the insertion of the spines of the dorsal fins. These characters appear to indicate that Oxynotus is less closely related to the Spinacoids than has been generally supposed, and that it is rather the representative of a peculiar family; such being the case, the fam- ily thus recognized should receive the name of Oxynotoidce. The Scymnoids are still less allied to the Spinacoids than the Oxynotoids, as they differ in the form of the head and fins as well as in the total absence of spines from the front margin of the dorsal fins. The Echinorhinoids are still more widely separated by the form of the fins as well as the posterior position of the dorsal and ventral ones. The family of Spinacoida? as now restricted appears to be represented at the present day by six genera, which may be briefly distinguished by the characters exhibited in the analytical synopsis herewith given. This arrangement differs considerably from that of Miiller and Henle and their successors. A. Teeth without supplementary lateral cusps. Scales cor- date or rhomboid. ft. Teeth similar in each jaw, with the incisive margin hori- zontal, and terminated at the outer angle in an acute point, directed outwards. 1. Ventral fins nearly intermediate between two dorsals ; pectoral fin obtusely angulated at the inner angle; caudal fin with an entire upper lobe Squalus. 2. Ventral fins little before the second dorsal ; pectoral acutely produced at inner angle; caudal with a ter- minal inferior lobe Eutoxyehirus. (1. Teeth in upper jaw oblique or vertical. 1. Teeth in upper jaw vertical and acute, somewhat in- flated on each side of the base; those of lower jaw with the points directed obliquely outwards, ser- rated on the iucisorial or inner margin, and in- flated on the outer side of the base. Scales very small and rhomboid Centrophorus. [Oct. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497 2. Teeth of upper jaw oblique, with the inner margin con- tinuous from the base; those of lower jnw with the points directed obliquely outwards, and with entire inner incisoral edges. Scales rather large, cordate and keeled along middle Lepidorbinus. B. Teeth in upper or both jaws digitate or with a large acute central cusp, and one or more smaller acute cusps on each side, as in Scyllium. Scales hair-like or quadrangular with an upright point. 1. Teeth of upper jaw only digitated ; of lower like those of Squalus. Scales hair-like Spinax. 2. Teeth of both jaws digitated. Scales quadrangular, each with an upright point Centroscyllium. Genus SQUALUS (Artedi,) Raf. Squalus Artedi, Linn. Squalus Rafinesque, Caraterri di alcuni nuovi generi e nuovi specie, &c, p. 12, isio. Acanthorhinus Blainville, Journal de Physique, &c, tome lxxxiii. p. 263, (type 5. acanthias,) Oct., 1816. Les Aiguillats (Spinax) Cuvier, Regne Animal, ed. 1, vol. ii. p. 129, 1817. Acanthias Bonvparte, Selachorum Tabula Analytica. Body fusiform, slender, with the caudal peduncle also elongated and slender. Scales cordiform or heart-shaped, with a middle point, and one or more keels on each side. Head oblong-ovate and flattened, with the muzzle projecting and subconic, but blunt at its extremity. Eyes above the mouth, longitudinal and with subcircular pupils, flop from the nostril, nearer the snout than the mouth ; each with a produced border. Spiracles large behind and slightly above the eyes, crescentiform convex in front and with a valve at its front margin. Mouth little arched in front. Labial cartilages two above and one below. Corner pits of the mouth large and obliquely point outwards and back- wards. Teeth nearly similar in each jaw, subquadrate, with the incisive edge nearly horizontal, and at the external angle terminating in a point directed outwards and separated by a notch from the body. The root of each tooth is higher on its inner side than its outer, and has on the former a longitudinal keel ; on the outer forms a round ledge towards the point of the tooth. Dorsal fins moderate, with a nearly naked spine in the front margin, each fin rounded at its anterior angle, and with the posterior acutely extended back- wards. First dorsal larger, much nearer to the pectorals than the ventrals. Second, far behind and with the spine proportionately larger. Caudal lin with the upper lobe much developed and the membrane increasing in height towards the end above the caudal vertebrae, rounded at its end and regularly incurved to the sinus separating it from the lower lobe which is mod- erately developed. Tail pits developed at least at the base of the upper caudal lobe. Pectoral fins produced at the external angle, which is rounded, and incurved at nearly right angles to the inner angle, which is more or less blunt. Ventral fins submedian, little nearer to the second dorsal than the first, ob- tusely angulated in front, and acutely angulated behind. The claspers of the male are furnished on the exterior side near the end with a moveable prickle or spine whose tip is curved. Type. — Squalus acanthias Linn. The present genus is here restricted more precisely than has been done, 1862.] 35 498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF under the name of A cant Mas, by Muller and Henle, and has the same limits that appear to have been intended for it by the Prince of Canino. It embraces only ibose species which possess all the characteristics assigned to the genus Acan- iHas by Muller and Henle, and which in addition agree in the relative situation of the ventral fins, and the form of the pectoral and caudal fins. The Squalus uyato of Rafinesque is thus excluded. This species differs from Squalus acanthias and the allied species, by the distinct terminal lobe with which the caudal fin is provided, the obtuseness of the external angle of the pectoral, and the acute pro- longation of the internal one, as well as the posterior insertion of the ventrals, those fins being but little in advance of the second dorsal. The transverse grooves or pits at the base oftbe caudal fin are also obsolete. It cannot be doubted, that this combination of characters is indicative of generic distinction from the Squali. The Squalus uyato should then be regarded as the type of a peculiar genus, and in allusion to one of the characters which distinguishes it from Squalus, it may be named EnloxycMrus uyatus. This species has been referred with doubt to the genus Spinax as distinguished from AcantMas, by Bonaparte, but it evidently does not belong to that group, and is more nearly allied to the latter, in which it has been placed by Muller and Henle. The name of Squalus has been retained for this genus instead of AcantMas, because it was first restricted to the group. The genus Squahis of Artedi and Linnaeus was equivalent to the order of Squali ; its species were distributed by Rafinesque among a number of smaller groups or genera, and by him the name was first retained for those species which are deprived of an anal fin and have a blunt back. As Rafinesque was perfectly justified in this limitation, the name of Squalus must be preserved for a portion of that group, and having been first in this limited sense applied to the species with spinous dorsals, must be so retained. Rafinesque's genus Squalus, however, was co-extensive with the fourth section of Muller and Henle, after the exclusion of the genus Cenlrina and the family of Squatinae; it embraced all the species with an obtusely trihedral or subcylindrical body and without an anal fin. At the same time, under a misapprehension, supposing that some species were destitute of spiracles, he referred them to another genus called Dalatias, not perceiving the identity of those species with some that be bad already placed in the geuus Squalus. In 1816, Blainville proposed the generic name AcanthorMnus for a group which is co-equal with Squalus and Oxynotus of Rafinesque, referring to it all the species of Squali without an anal fin, and with the first dorsal fin on the back, in contradistinction to EcMnorMnus in which both dorsals are on the tail.* Squalus was not retained as the name of a subgenus. Again, in the following year, Cuvier distributed the same representatives of the suborder Squali among three genera; Spinax, distinguished by the pre- sence of dorsal spines, and the advanced insertion of the ventral fins ; Centrina, with spinous dorsals the second of which and the ventrals were opposed Jo each other, and Scymnus, the dorsals of which were unarmed. He likewise omitted to retain the Artedian name for any minor group or subgenus of Squali. The name of Spinax was retained unaltered for the group so called until the Prince of Canino, in 1838, restricted it to the Squahis spinax of Linnasus, and referred the S. acantMas to a new genus which was named AcantMas. TheBe names were retained for those groups till 1862. In the "Analytical Synopsis of the order of Squali," the history of the nomen- clature of the genera of that order was briefly discussed, and it was urged *6°. Acanthorhinus, Car. Dent. var. ; IrjRp. magnis ; P. S. 2, 1, in dorso; 2, m3gna; P. A. nulla; C. lata, bifurcata. lobo sup. brevi. Cute asperrima. Spec. Acanthias; Kerdinandinus ; Assierii; Spinax: Morwegianug; Amerieauue aut Nicensic ; Murocephalua; Centrina; Squamosus; (iranulosus; Opeditinus ; Biochianue. (Journal do Phy- sique, &«., lxxxiii. p. 263 ) [Oct. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499 that the Artedian name should be reserved for the genus to which it was first restricted by Rafinesque. Blainville's name of Acanthorhinus and Cuvier's of Spinax, consequently were referred to it as synonyme.* The genus Squalus as now understood contains four species. Squalus acanthias Linn. Europe generally. Squalus americanus Gill = Acanthias kmericanus Storer. Eastern America. Squalus sucklii Gill = Acanthias sucklii Girard. Western America. Squalus blainvillii Gill = Acanthias blanvillii Risso. Mediterranean sea. Squalus sucklii Gill. Spinax (Acanthias) sucklii Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. vii. p. 196, 1854. Acanthias sucklii Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &'?., vol. x. Fishes, p. 368. Acanthias sucklii Suckley, op. cit., vol. vii. book ii. p. 367. Suborder RHIN^E Gill. Squalidae anomalae Bonaparte, Selachorum Tabula Analytica, p. 4, 1838. Pectoral fins produced forwards from the anterior basal angle, while the pro- duced portion is separated from the nape by a cleft, in which the branchial apertures are lodged. Caudal fin terminal and nearly homocercal, being nearly equally developed above and below the vertebral column. This suborder is most nearly allied to the order of Raia?. The rays some- times present as a monstrosity a separation of the pectoral fins by a cleft from the neck somewhat similar to the mode found as a normal feature in the Rhinae. The nominal genus Propterygia of Otto is founded on such a monstrous ex- ample of a species of Rata.] Family RHINOIDJE Gill. Squatinae Cuvier, Regno Animale. Squalidae anomalae (Squatininae) Bonaparte, Selachorum Tabula Analytica, 1839. Squatinae Midler and Henle, Systematische Beschreibung der Plagiostomen. Raiidae (Squatinae) Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, vol. ii. 1839. Squatinidae Owen, Lectures on Comparative Anatomy, vol. ii. 1844. Squatinoidei, Bleeker, Systematis Piscium Naturalis Tentamen. R.hinoidas Gill, Analytical Synopsis of the Order of Squali, pp. 30,31, 42, 1862. Body depressed, rather rapidly diminishing in width behind the ventral fins towards the caudal. Scales minute and conical. Head depressed, about as wide as long, rapidly decreasing in width to the snout, which is transversely truncated or bluntly rounded. Eye3 on the dorsal surface of the head and near the shout. Mouth terminal, transverse. Teeth subconical or impressed and slightly trenchant. Nostrils terminal, in front of the upper lip. Spiracles well developed and behind the eyes, from which they are quite remote. Branchial apertures five, approximated, and in front of the base of the pectoral fin, in a cleft between the anterior projection, of which, and the neck they stand. * Bonaparte afterwards adopted the name of Spinax for the genus still retained under that ap- pellation, but the genua should be credited to him. t See also " >ivta supra una singulare mostruosita di una razza del Dottor F. de Filippi," Ac, in Naovi Acnali delle S< ienze Naturali di Bologna, Feb. 185'2. 1862.] 500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Dorsal fins rather small, placed far back on the tail and behind the ventral fins ; each angle is rounded, and the anterior project backwards. Anal fin obsolete. Caudal fin small and emarginated, with its lower lobe equal to or larger than its upper. Pectoral fins much developed, subrhomboidal, extending forwards from the base and separate by a cleft from the neck. The external angle is obtuse and the inner rounded. Ventral fins much developed, rounded at the external and produced at the internal, nearer the head than the caudal fin. Genus RBINA Klein. Squalus, sp. Artedi, &c. Rhina Klein, Historiae Piscium promovenda? missus tertius depiscibusperbran- chias occultas spirantibus, 1742. Squatina Dumiril, Zoologie Analytique, 1806. Rhina Rofinesque, Caratteri di Alcuni nuovi Generi e nuove specie, &c, p. 14, 1810. Squatina Rafinesque, Blainville, Cuvier, Risso, Lesueur, Fleming, Jenyns, Miiller and Henle, Bonaparte, &c. Rhina Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North America. Body elongated and depressed, rather abruptly attenuated towards the caudal fin behind the ventrals and carinated on each side. Scales conical, terminating in a fine point. Head transverse, suborbicular, at the neck slightly constricted, and with the anout transverse. Each side furnished with a cutaneous ledge running from the external corner of the nostrils to the branchial fissure. Eyes small, circular, in a line with the nostrils and spiracles and nearly equally remote from each. Spiracles crescentic and convex before. Upper lip broad. Cartilages of the mouth two above as well as below. Nostrils in the anterior border of the upper lip, notched in the middle, and provided on each side with a flap, the external of which is broad and indented, and the interval divided into several scalloped lappets. Teeth conical, little trenchant, scattered and absent at the symphisis of both the upper and lower jaw. Dorsal fins nearly equal, small, and nearly equidistant from each other, the ventrals and the caudal ; the angle is rounded and projects backwards as far as the rounded posterior angle. Caudal fin emarginated with obtuse lobes, the lower of which is larger. Pectoral fin large, produced towards the external angle, and broaded at the inner. Ventral fins oblong, rounded at the anterior or external angle, and acutely produced towards the inner. The genus Rhina is the only existing representatives of the family of which it is typical, and is readily recognizable by its peculiar form. In allusion to that form, the vulgar namer of Angel fish has been applied to it, the physiog- nomy of the species recalling to the mind of the people the figures of " Cherubim." Six species of this genus are more or less perfectly known. They are dis- tributed in all the temperate seas of the Northern hemisphere. Three species have been assigned to the Mediterranean sea. Rhina squatina Raf. ex Linn. Rhina oculata Gill = Squatina oculata Bon. Rhina fimbriata Gill = Squatina fimbriata M. and H. One species closely related to the R. squatina and formerly confouuded with it is found at Japan. [Oct. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501 Rhina japonica Gill = Squatina japonica Bleeker. Another species also nearly allied to the R. squatina is found along the east- ern coast of the United States. Rhina dumerili Gill = Squatina dumeril Les. A sixth has been described as an inhabitant of the California seas. Rhina californica Ayres = Squatina californica ylyres, oliui. Tlie-name of a species (Squatina angelina Gray,) inhabiting the Caribbean sea has been published in Gray's Catalogue of the Ckondropterygians, but not the slightest diagnosis has been given. Rhina californica Ayres. Squatina californica Ayres, Proc. of the California Academy of Natural Sci- ences, part 2, p. 29, 1859. Rhina californica Ayres, Proc. of the California Academy of Natural Sciences, part 2, p. 54, fig. 7, 1861. On the limits and affinity of the Family of LEPTOSCOPOIDS. BY THEODORE GILL. In the Proceedings of tlie Academy of Natural Sciences for April, 1859, (vol. xi. p. 282,) there has been first made known a peculiar type (Dactylos- copus tridigitatus) of fishes having the general appearance of a Uranoscopoid, but distinguished by the structure of the ventral fins, each of which had three simply articulated rays like those of the Blennioids. " Notwithstanding the abnormal and blennioid structure of the ventrals," the new type was said to agree in all other characters, except dentition and the origin of the dorsal fin, with a species referred to the genus Uranoscopus* by Sir John Richardson ; it was consequently referred next to that fish, but as the type of a distinct sub- family, (Dactyloscopinse,) the species of Richardson being also considered as the type of another peculiar subfamily, (Leptoscopinse.) In the " Annals and Magazine of Natural History," for February, I860, (vol. iii. p. 86,) Gunther described a type which differed from Leptoscopus and agreed with Dactyloscopus in the want of palatal teeth. In a subsequent " Synopsis of the Uranoscopoids, " published in the Proceed- ings of the Academy for May, 1861, (vol. xiii. p. 108,) the correctness of the approximation of the DactyloscopinaB next to Leptoscopinse was still further insisted upon, and both were retained in the same family with the Uranosco- pinae. In the third volume of the "Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes in the Collection of the British Museum," Dactyloscopus was referred to the Blennioids, and interposed between Tripterygium and Dictyosoma. Dr. Gun- ther remarked, that "Dactyloscopus has been referred by Gill to the Uranos- copina,\ from which, however, it differs in several cardinal characters. The structure of the dorsal and ventral fins is that of a Blennioid. The absence of pseudo-branchice is very peculiar ; but in this respect it differs equally from the Uranoscopina and Blenniidae."J§ The Uranoscopinse formed a "group" or subfamily of the family of Trachi- nidae as understood by Gunther. * Leptoscopus macropygus. f The group Uranoscopina of Gunther, which is equivalent to the family of Uranoscopoids, after the elimination of the species with less than five ventral rays, is meant, and not the sub- family of Uranoscopinae as restricted by Gill. J GUnther, op. cit., iii. p. 279. (S In his remarks on the family Blenniidae, Dr. Gunther has observed that the value of the development of the pseudo-branchiae, as a character of that family, "appears not to be sufficient, Dactyloscopus and PaUzcus forming exceptions, although the structure of their dorsal fin proves that their natural place is with or near the Blennioids." The real structure of the dorsal of Dactylos- copus proves the contrary ; the natural place of Patacus is rather near, than with, the Blennioids. (Genypterusis a Chilian Ophidioid; Loarces and Lycodes form a peculiar family, all wanting true dorsal spines.) 1862.] 502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF The characters of the Trachinidse and Blenniidse given by Gunther are essentially interchangeable, with the exception of the following : Trachinid.se. — "One or two dorsal fins, the spinous portion being always much less developed and shorter than the soft ; the anal similarly developed as the soft dorsal ; ventrals with one spine and five rays.* Gill openings more or less wide."\ Blenniidse. — ' ' One, two, or three dorsal fins, occupying nearly the whole of the back, — the spinous portion, if distinct, being as much developed as the soft, or more." " Ventrals jugular, composed of a few rays, and sometimes rudimentary or entirely absent." Only two " cardinal characters" have thus been used to distinguish the Trachinidse and Blenniidse. Dactyloscopus was said by Gunther to have " one dorsal, formed by spines only ;" it therefore had nominally the distinctive characters of the Blennioids as understood by that gentleman. I have, on the other hand, specifically asserted that only the first eleven or twelve rays are spines, the others (22 — 31) being "articulated, and divided on each side of the mesial line to the base, but so connected as to appear like simply articulated rays, especially from a lateral view." Gunther's observa- tion is therefore incorrect. % Dactyloscopus then agrees with the Trachinoids and diners from the Blen- nioids in a character which has been emphatically insisted upon by Dr. Giin- ther, and to which the structure of the ventrals has been always subordinated by him. " It disagrees with the Trachinoids and agrees with the Blennioids in the structure of the ventral fins ; a character which Giinther has elsewhere regarded as of little importance. It therefore, according to Gunther's diagnosis, only differs from the Trachi- noids in one "cardinal character," which is of much less value than the cardinal character which it shares in common with the Blennioids. Further, it agrees with the Trachinoids and departs from the Blennioids by the width ot the gill openings, and also differs from the Blennioids by the large scales. Accepting Dr. Gunther's own views of the relative value of certain charac- ters, Dactyloscopus is thus more allied to the Trachinoids than to the Blen- nioids. Therefore, it was probably only on account of a misapprehension that the genus was referred to the Blennioids. I shall, however, still refer to the arguments adduceable in favor of its reference near the Uranoscopoids. The form of the head of a Blennioid is quite characteristic, owing to the abrupt decurvature of the profile in front of the eyes, and the almost or quite horizontal cleft of the mouth. Equally characteristic is the form in the Uranoscopoids, the profile in front of the eyes being continued on nearly the same plane as the crown, while the cleft of the mouth is very oblique or vertical. Dactyloscopus agrees in general form with the Uranoscopoids. The Uranoscopina3.§ Leptoscopinse and Dactyloscopinse agree with each and differ from the Blennioids in — 1st. General form. » ^ * In Epicopus with one spine and Bix rays. — Giinther. f The italicized parts are repeated from Gunther's Work. I I am happy to state, that Dr. Gunther has since admitted that the anterior rays of Dactylos- copus alone are spinous. In a letter of the 25th May, he writes : " Your statement of a portion of the dorsal rays being articulated is correct; they are very well preserved in the smallest of our specimens, (18 lines long,) whilst in the larger (30 lines) most of them are broken at the top, a« I now see." Dr. Gunther has not given his present opinion of the affinity of the Dactyloscopi. 3 It is proper here to remark, that the Uranoscopus adhaesipinnis of Blyth (Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. xxix. (I860,) p. 42,) does not belong to the same family as Uranosco- pus but apparently belongs to the same genus as the Polycauhis elongatus (Giinther ex Cuv.) [Oct. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503 2d. Form of the head. 3d. Direction of the mouth. 4th. Extent of the branchial aperture. 5th. Development of a foldjbetween the limbs of the lower jaw. 6th. Fringed lips. 7th. Brevity of the spinous portion of the dorsal fin. The Leptoscopina? and Dactyloscopinae still further agree with each, still differing from the Blennioids in — 1st. Special form. 2d. Course of lateral line. 3d. Special form of head. 4th. Fringed opercula. It agrees with the Blennoiids, and departs from the Uranoscopoids in — 1st. The structure of the ventrals. 2d. Simplicity of the pectoral rays. With the knowledge that the attributes of the Uranoscopoids above referred to are very peculiar and characteristic, it must be evident that such a com- bination is entitled to much more consideration than the simple agreement in two features, which are by no means peculiar to one group, but shared by many dissimilar families and regarded as of slight importance by Giinther himself. In the " Synopsis of the Uranoscopoids," I have remarked that, on account of the special similarity of form, the larger scales, median lateral line, smooth head, extent of the dorsal and anal fins, and the absence of pyloric cseca, " the Leptoscopinse and Dactyloscopinse " together would " be probably re- ferred by some future naturalist to a distinct family." But owing to the many characters shared in common, I doubted the propriety of such a separation. Since the discovery of two other forms, I am now convinced that such a family exists in nature, and therefore now establish it under the name of Leptosco- POID.S. Family LEPTOSCOPOIDjE Gill. Body equally developed above and below the axis, regularly and slowly de- creasing in height to the caudal fin, and behind the abdominal region much compressed. Scales cycloid, moderate in size, and regularly imbricated. Lateral line anteriorly running along each side of the back and thence decurved and continued along the middle to the base of the caudal fin. Head oblong, above nearly plane or slightly convex transversely and not crested, scarcely curved towards the snout. Eyes rather small, more or less directed upwards or on the upper surface of the head, and advanced far for- wards. Suborbital chain enlarged, but no bone connected with the preoperculum as a "stay." Nostrils double. Opercular bones normally developed with regard to each other. Operculum fringed. Mouth with the cleft very oblique or subvertical. Intermaxillary bones with moderate or rather short posterior branches, and with the diverging forming the upper portion of the oral arch, the supramaxillars forming the sides. Lips fringed. Branchial apertures very large and below in front of the scapular arch, partly covered below by a transverse duplicature or fold of the membrane be- tween the limbs of the lower jaw. Branchiostegal rays, six. Pseudobranchise, present or absent. Dorsal fin entire and very long, with its anterior rays spinous, and the pos- terior articulated. Anal fin very long, commencing behind the anus, which is itself in or close behind the breast. 1862.] 504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Caudal fin completely homocercal or equally developed above and below the axial line. Pectoral fins variable, with the base concave and descending forwards below. Ventral fins jugular, normally developed (I. 5) or with only three articula- ted rays, and a rudimentary spine in each. 10 + x The vertebrae are present in increased number ( ). 14 + 3/ The stomach is siphonal, and the pyloric caeca are obsolete. This family is closely related to that of the Uranoscopoids, but appears to be sufficiently distinguished on account of its elongated form, the course of the lateral line, the development of the dorsal and anal fins, and the absence of pyloric caeca. Other characters of less importance, but possessed by all the representatives of the Leptoscopoids, and by none of the Uranoscopoids, are the entire nudity or smoothness of the head, the fringes of the opercula, and the larger size of the scales. Its affinities with other families are remote ; the one most nearly allied to it after the Uranoscopoids is that of the Trachinoids. Its relations to the Blennioids are no more intimate than with a number of others. The representative of the family of Leptoscopoids may be distributed among three minor groups or subfamilies, as follows : I. Pectoral rays branched. Ventral fins perfect, (I. 5). (Dor- sal fin remote from nape. Pseudobranchiae developed), Leptoscopin^. a. Vomerine and palatine teeth developed Leptoscopus. /?. Vomerine and palatine teeth obsolete Crapatalus. II. Pectoral rays simply articulated. Ventral fins imperfect, each with three simply articulated rays, (I. 3). A. Dorsal fiu commencing quite far behind the nape. Pseudobranchiae developed Myxodagnim^. /?. Head conoid. Lower jaw obtusely pointed and with a short flap in front Myxodagnus. a.. Head cuboid. Lower jaw transversely rounded in front Dactylagnus. B. Dorsal fin commencing at the nape. Pseudobranchise obsolete Dactyloscopin^;. Head cuboid Dactyloscopus. In deference to the opinions of some naturalists, I had at one time almost resolved to refer the tridigitate Leptoscopoids to a peculiar family which would be characterized by the simply articulated rays of the pectoral fins and the imperfect blennioid condition of the ventral fins. On reconsideration, however, I am yet unable to convince myself of the propriety of such an act, and think that it will be advisable to at least defer it until the value of family characters among fishes may be better known. LEPTOS COPING Gill. Leptoscopinse Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vol. xi. (1859), p. 133; vol. xiii. (1861) p. 116. LEPTOSCOPUS Gill. Leptoscopus Gill, loc. cit. Leptoscopus macropygus Gill. Uranoscopus macropygus Rich. CRAPTALUS Giinther. Craptalus Giinther, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. iii. vol. vii. p. 86, (1861.) [Oct. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 505 Craptalus N'OYJE-zELANDi-a: Giinther. MYXODAGNIN^E Gill. Myxodagninae Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. vol. xiii. (1861), p. 263. DACTYLAGNUS Gill. Dactylagnus mundus Gill. MYXODAGNUS Gill. Myxodagnus Gill, op. cit. and Giinther. Myxodagnus operculars Gill. DACTYLOSCOPINM Gill. Dactyloscopinae Gill, Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vol. xi. (1859), p. 133 ; vol. xiii. (1861), p. 116. DACTYLOSCOPUS Gill. Dactyloscopus Gill. op. cit. The three species of this genus may be distinguished as follows : I. Scales of median portion of lateral line 31 — 32. Height scarcely equal to one-seventh of length. Scales of dorsal portion of lateral line 11 (12) D. tridigitatus. Height nearly equal to a sixth of length. Scales of dorsal portion of lateral line 13. (conf. color) D. poeyi. II. Scales of median portion of lateral line 24 D. pectoralis. Dactyloscopus tridigitatus Gill. Dactyloscopus tridigitatus Gill, Giinther. D. X-XI.27. A. II. 28-33. C. 13. P. 13. Scales 11 (12) | 4 | 31. Giinther in litt. D. XI-XII. 26-28. A. II. 30-32. C. 12. P. 13. Scales 11 | 4 | 30-31. Gill Dactyloscopus poeyi Gill. D. XI. 31. A. II. 32. C. 12. P. 13. Scales 13 | 4 | 31. Dactyloscopus pectoralis Gill. D. XII. 22. A. II. 26. C. 12. P. 12. Scales 13 | 3 | 24. Genus DACTYLAGNUS Gill. Body moderately elongated, its greatest height equalling a sixth or seventh of the length. Scales moderately large and uniform. Head cuboid, oblong, scarcely convex transversely above. Eyes small, di- rected obliquely upwards, and situated near the snout on the upper surface of the head. Interorbital area moderate and channelled. Mouth very oblique or subvertical, the snout truncated in front. Lower jaw transversely convex in front and with no barbel. Teeth acute, in a narrow band along each jaw. Palate smooth. Dorsal fin perfectly entire, commencing rather farther behind than the anal, and with its anterior portion armed with about ten slender spines. Anal fin longer than the dorsal. This genus so closely resembles Dactyloscopus externally that I had pro- visionally referred its typical and only species to that group, without a sus-' picion that it might belong to a different one, and it was only after my atten- tion was particularly attracted to it that I ascertained how distinct it really was. It may be briefly described as a Myxodagnine in the mask of a Dacty- loscopus. It differs from the latter genus chiefly in the structure of the dorsal 1862.] 506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF fin and the presence of pseudobranchiae, of which no trace is perceptible in Dactyloscopus* Dactylagnus mundus Gill. The greatest height is rather less than a sixth (-16) of the total length. The head, from the prominent chin to the posterior margin of the subopercu- lum, forms a fifth of the same length, while the caudal forms a tenth. The dorsal fin commences nearly over the second inarticulated ray of the anal fin, and its spines increase in a slightly curved line towards the articulated rays. The oblique levator muscle of each pectoral ray is remarkably developed ex- ternally, and impart to the rays a curve upwards towards the ends. The lateral line runs near the back through fourteen scales, is deflected on four, and thence continued along the middle through thirty-six. D. X. 31. A. II. 38. C. 11, 1, 4, 4, 1, IV. P. 15. V. I. 3. 5 Scales 14 | 4 J 36 — 5 Extreme length 5| inches. Body— Greatest height 16. Least height 16. Least height of tail 4. Great- est width 12. Head— Greatest length 20. Distance from upper jaw to nape 10. Height at preoperculum 12. Greatest width 12. "Width behind eyes 8J. Height behind eyes 10. Width of interorbital area 2. Eye — Diameter 3. Distance from snout 3. Dorsal (spinous).— Distance from snout 23. Height at first spine 3£. Height at second spine 4§. Height at tenth spine 5^. Height at first ray 5f. Anal — Distance from snout 27. Caudal — Length of middle rays 10. Pectoral — Length IS. Ventral — Length of inner ray 10. A single specimen of this species was obtained at Cape St. Lucas by Mr. Xantus, and is contained in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution. The species is decidedly the giant among the known species of the tridigitate Lep- toscopoids, its length being nearly twice as great as the largest specimen of Dactyloscopus tridigitatus known to me. November 4.th. Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. Sixteen members present. The following papers were presented for publication : "Note on the species of Brachinus inhabiting the United States" and " Synopsis of the species of Colymbetes inhabiting North Ame- rica, etc. By John L. Le Conte, M. D." " On the Pedipalpes of North America. By Horatio C. Wood." November 11th. Mr. Vatjx, Vice-President, in the Chair. Seventeen members present. * Dr. Guiither has kindly informed me that he was unable to find pseudobranchiae in the Dac- tyloscopus tridigitatus, but that there is "a slight swelling at their usual place," which is ascer- tained to be " muscular substance, as seen under the microscope." [Nov. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 507 November 18^. Mr. Lea, President, in the Chair. Twenty-one members present. Prof. Baird communicated the fact that in his recent visit to Philadelphia, he had noticed that the leaves of the Silver Maple in the city and vicinity were dotted with black, indurated spots. Having transmitted specimens to Mr. C. C. Frost, the cryptogamic botanist, of Brattleboro', Vt., he was informed that the spots consisted of the Rhytisma aceris-eriocarpa, Schw. Dr. Leidy presented a specimen of syenite obtained from a recent exposure of that rock, among the gneiss on the Schuylkill, at Fairmount Park. He also remarked that he had noticed a boulder, apparently of Potsdam sand- stone, at the corner of Thirty-seventh and Market Sts., which had been ex- posed in digging gravel. It was the largest transported block he had observed in our vicinity. It is oblong square and measures 7 feet long, 32 inches high and 40 inches wide. November 25th. Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair. Eleven members present. On report of the Committee, the following paper was ordered to be published in the Proceedings : Monograph of the Prehensile-tailed QUADRUMANA. BY J. H. SLACK, M. D. Few departments of mammalogy are less thoroughly understood than that of the American Quadrumana. The great variety of coloration in many species consequent on age and sex, added to their comparative rarity, combine to ren- der their study excessively difficult. Suites of specimens of any species are rare even in the great European Museums. The species of the genus Cebus, perhaps the most common of the American Quadrumana have long been a source of dis- pute among naturalists. Wagner, (Schreber's Saugetbiere, Supplement band, vol. i. p. 207, 1840,) reduces the number of species in this genus to two, regarding the second as doubtful, while Reichenbach, (Die Vollstandigste Naturgeschichte der AffeD, part I.) is content with no less than thirty-seven, not only describing but figuring them ! In the Cebus fatuellus, the young is of a light brown, and the adult of a deep black color, and in the Aluatia niger (Stentor niger, Geoff.) the female and young are of a pale straw color, slightly dashed with black, while the adult male is entirely of an intense black. As such states of colora- tion have been regarded by certain eminent naturalists as specific characters, great confusion in synonymy has resulted. In regard to nomenclature, I have followed closely the rule of priority, always adopting the oldest generic and specific names whose applications can be ascer- tained. In regard to the rules given by Isidore Geoffroy St. Hilaire,* (Cat. des Primates, p. xi.,) the first and second are broken by him on the fourth page of the work in which they are promul^f ted ; where the generic name Troglodytes is retained for an animal living among the branches of trees, the * Rejeter les noms absurdes par eux memes, ou contradictoires avec les faits ou lee idees quils sont destines a exprimir. Rejeter les noms deja employes dans une autre acceptation. Considerer comme non avenus (toutfois les citant en synonymie) les noms tombes en desuetude- 1862.] 508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP same name having been given to a genus of birds by Vieillot, (Oiseaux de L'Amerique septentrionale, p. 52, 1807,) five years previous to its being applied to the above mentioned ape by Geoffroy St. Hilaire ; and, on page 53 of the same work, the specific name niger is retained for a howler, the female and young of which are characterized as being yellowish (jaunatre.) The third rule is not generally recognized at the present day. The measurements recorded have been taken with great care, but allowance must be made for the distortion of the specimens by skinning and mounting ; this distortion is sometimes very great, especially in the specimens from the Para- guay and Atrato expeditions. The length of tail in the same species is very variable, owing probably to the great liability of that organ to injury. The materials for the present paper have been drawn from the following sources. The collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia ; that of the Smithsonian Institution, Washington City, the Quadrumana belong- ing to which, collected by the United States' Paraguay, Amazon, and Atrato Ex- peditions, were kindly forwarded to me by the Secretaries, who are ever ready to assist the student-naturalist by every means in their power; the magnifi- cent collection of the British Museum, London, opened to me without restric- tion, through the kindness of Dr. J. E. Gray, and Mr. G. R. Waterhouse ; the collection in the magazin of Messrs. J. & E. Verreaux, No. 9, Place Royale, Paris, where every facility for investigation was kindly afforded me ; and a view (through the glasses,) of the specimens in the Musee d Histoire Naturelle, at the Jar din des Plantes, Paris, where, however, I was refused permission to open the cases for the closer examination of the specimens. lam therefore unable to give measurements of some species, unique specimens of which are preserved in that magnificent, though inaccessible collection. I adopt the following classification of the American Quadrumana : Order QUADRUMANA. 4 Family Simiid^e. Dentes primores - contigui. 4 6 Subfamily Cebinae. Molares - 6 5 Subfamily Hapalinae. Molares - 5 The CebincB I propose to divide into three tribes, viz.: Lagothrice. Cauda prehensili ; apice subtus calva ; dente3 primores erecti. Cebi. Cauda laxa; villosa ; dentes primores erecti. Pitheciae. Cauda laxa; villosa; dentes primores obliqui. The Cebira have been regarded by most authors as having the prehensile tail, and this is mentioned by Erxleben (Syst. 1777, p. 44,) as a generic character of this group. Though sufficiently flexible to be wound around the body, it is far from serving the purpose of a fifth band, as is the case in the Lagothrices. This organ in the Cebi is clothed with hair to the tip, while in the Lagothricines the terminal inferior portion is naked and callous. Tribe I. LAGOTHRICES. Simia (parte), Linn., Ed. xiii. 1788, p. 26. Cebus (parte), Erxleben, Systema, 1777, p. 44. Gymnuri, Sjjix, Sim. et Vesp., 1823, p. 1. Cebus (parte), Fisher, Syn. Mam., 1829, p. 37. Atelina and Mycetina, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1849, p. 10. Cauda longa, prehensili ; aoice subtus calva. [Nov. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509 Tail very long, generally exceeding the head and body in length, very strongly prehensile, terminal inferior portion naked and callous. I have selected the genus Lagothrix as the typical genus of this tribe, as each of the other genera possesses some peculiarity either of excessive, or arrested development. Genus I. Sapajou, Lacepede. Simia (parte), Linn., Systema, ed. xiii. 1788, p. 26. Cebus (parte), Erxleben, Systema, 1777, p. 44. Sapajou, Laclphde, Mem. de 1'lQStitute, 1800 — 1801, p. 489. Ateles, Geoff., Ann. du Mus., 1806, p. 260. Artus graciles longi ; antipedes tetradactyli aut verruca in loco pollicis ; instructa dentes primores superiores inequales, lanarii illis longiores, conici. Body light and slender; compressed at the loins, and expanding in the tho- racic region ; limbs very long and slender ; anterior thumbs wanting, or replaced by a small nailless tubercle ; forehead salient, muzzle elongate, molars circu- lar and small, the fourth and fifth being largest, canines large and conical, su- perior incisors of unequal length, the median equalling in size the largest molars ; hair silky. Isidore St. Hilaire, in his paper upon the Eriodes, (Mem. du Mus., vol. xviii. 1829, p. 121,) states that in the skull of this genus a portion of the circumference of the anterior nares is formed by the ascending portion of the superior maxilla- ries, the intermaxillaries not articulating with the nasal bones. This is not always the case, as I have met with several skulls of species of this genus, in which the ascending portion of the intermaxillaries, and the inferior borders of the nasal bones were in contact; no true articulation, however, takes place, the points of the bones merely touching each other. The name Sapajou proposed for this genus by Lacepede, has not been adopted by subsequent authors ; it cer- tainly is at least five years prior to that of Ateles, and should be restored. Sapajou paniscus, Lacepede. Simia paniscus, Linn., Syst. ed. xiii. 1788, p. 36. Cebus paniscus, Erx., Systema, 1777, p. 46. Ateles paniscus, Geoff., Ann. duMus., vol.vii. 1806, p. 269. Coati, Buffon and Latreille. Quatto and Coactu, Vosmaer. Icones, Audebert, Singes Fam. V. sect. 1, fig. 2. Bvffon, Hist. Nat., vol. xv. fig. 1. Latreille, Les Singes, vol. ii. fig. 62. S. ater. Facie tota nuda, carnea; palmis tetradactylis. Hab. — Guiana. Entirely of a deep shining black color; anterior hands tetradactyl; tail about one-fourth longer than body j face naked and of a flesh color ; hairs of forehead very long and projecting anteriorly. This species is by lar the best known of any of the genus, numbers being captured when young by the natives of Guiana, and, as they are of a hardy tem- perament, they thrive well in captivity ; its habits in this state are gentle and pleasing. In a state of nature they live in large troops, numbering sometimes as many as one hundred individuals. They are much hunted for food by the natives, their flesh being considered a great delicacy. Their food consists chiefly of the fruit of a species of palm. Dampier (Voyages, vol. iv. p. 228) states that they resort to the sea-side, at low water, in large numbers, for the purpose of collecting oysters, breaking the shell between stones, and eating the animal with great gusto. Latreille states, (Hist. Nat. des Singes, vol. ii. p. 145,) that they devour large numbers of fishes, which they capture by means of their tails! this we fear must be received "cum grano salis," though that organ is used for a great variety of purposes. The naked portion is studded with papillae analogous to those of the human hand, and, from experiments made 1862.] 510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP upon the living animal, it appears to be more sensitive than the hand itself. This Bpecies is found in Guiana and Northern Brazil. LOCALITY. Sex. Tail Length of Length of Owned by Nature of Cur- rent No. Ant. hands. Post, bands. Ant. limbB. Post, limbs. Eye Ear Occ. Tail Specimen. f)140 21 Guiana? Guiana. 8 9 1-5 2 3-2 35 7 8-5 19 24 25 30 5 5 5-8 5-8 12 17 15 22 Smithsonian Academy Mounted Mounted Skull No. 189 in collection of Academy — Antro-posterior 4-2 ; occipitofron- tal 3-2; bi-temporal 2-25; bi-parietal 25; cranial capacity 6 inches; facial angle 55°. Lower Jaw. — Angle to symphysis 2-5 ; angle to condyle 1-8 ; angle to coro- noid process 1-8; posterior molar to coronoid process 1-05. Sapajou ater. Ateles ater, F. Cuvier, Mammifers, 1823. Cebus ater, Fischer, Synopsis, 1829, p. 40. Le Cay on. Icones, Cuv., Mammifers, (Icon sine numero.) Regne Animal (editio Fortin. Masson & Co.), Mammifers, T. xvi. S. ater ; palmis tetradactylis ; facie nigra. Junior, brunneus. Hab. Guiana. Entirely black; thumbs of anterior hands wanting; face black, the superior portion naked, the chin covered with short stiff black hairs, among which are scattered a few of a white color ; hairs of forehead directed posteriorly, forming a tuft. This Bpecies closely resembles the paniscus, but may always be distinguished by the color of the face, and the direction of the hairs of the forehead. The color of the young is much lighter than that of the adult. A young specimen, (No. 4618) in the Smithsonian collection, has a decided brown tint upon the back and external surface of limbs. Its habitat is Guiana. Cur- rent No. LOCALITY. Sex. Tail Length uf Length of Specimen owned by Nature of Ant. hands Post, hands Ant. limbs. Post, limbs. Eye Ear Occ. Tail Specimen. 4618 697 Guiana CI 1-5 1-5 3-5 3-5 19 19 26 22 5.5 ? 5-5 5 15-5 14-5 14.5 13 Smithsonian Academy Mounted Sapajou pbntadactylus. Ateles pentadactylus, Geoff., Ann. du Mus., 1806, t. vii. p. 267. Atelea chamek, Humb., Rec. des Obs. Zool., 1811, p. 353. Ateles subpentadactylus, Desmarest, Mammalogie, 1820, p. 77. Chamek, Buffon and Humboldt. Icon, Reichenbach, Naturgeschicte der Affen, vol. i. T. 148. (Fig. pessima.) S. ater ; palmis subpentadactylis ; pollice minimo ; facie nuda -upreaque. Habitat. Guiana. Entirely black ; anterior thumbs replaced by a small nailless tubercle, face naked, and of a copper color. The coloration of this species is similar to that of the ater and paniscus, but it may readily be distinguished by the presence of a tubercle upon the anterior hands in the position of the thumb ; the hairs of forehead are long, projecting anteriorly, as in the paniscus, the skull differs materially from that of any other of the genus in being compressed laterally, forming a slight crest at the sagit- [Nov. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 51 tal suture, the rami of the lower jaw are much broader, approaching in shape that of the Howlers. Isidore St. Hilaire in his memoir upon the classification of the Quadrumana, (Arch, du Mus. vol. ii. p. 449,) mentions a specimen having the thumb absent on one hand. Sapajol* belzebuth. Simia belzebuth, Brisson, Regne Animale, vol. 1, 1756, p. 194. Ateles belzebuth, Geoff., Ann. du Mus., vol. vii. 1806, p. 260. Ateles belzebuth, Humb., Receuil, vol. i. 1811, p. 337 and 353. Oebus Brissonii, Fischer, Synopsis, 1829, p. 40. Marimonda et Aru, Humb. Icon. Ann. du Mus., vol. vii. T. 16. S. niger; palmis tetradactylis; ventre cruribus etcaudae parte interiore ochreo- leucis. Hab. — Guiana, Brazilia et Peruvia. General color brownish-black, becoming reddish brown in the lumbar region ; belly, neck, and internal surface of limbs yellowish-white ; inferior surface of tail reddish-brown. Face naked and black; tip of nose sometimes reddish- brown, sometimes black. Humboldt states that in captivity this species is cross and fretful, frequently attacking those from whom it habitually receives its food. Its cry is a repeti- tion of Ou-a, Ou-a, and may be heard to a great distance. Its geographical range extends across the entire continent from Guiana to Peru. I have met with no specimens collected south of the Amazon. Hum- boldt found it quite common on the banks of the Orinoco. Cur- rent No. LOCALITY. Sex. Tail Length of Length of Owned by Nature of Ant. hands Post, hands Ant, limbs. Post, limbs. Eye Ear Occ. Tail Specimen. 24 Guiana cf 2 2 3 3-2 6 26 22 30 31 4-5 0 6 7 19 21 21 22 Academy h Skin Skeleton. Skull No. 362, Academy — Antro-posterior 4-3 ; occipito frontal 3-3 ; bitem- poral 2-2; bi-parietal 2-3; cranial capacity 5; facial angle 56°. Lower Jaw. — Angle to symphysis 2-8; angle to condyle 1-45 ; angle to coro- noic process 1-6; posterior molar to coronoid process 1 05. Sapajou geoffroyii. Ateles Geoffroyii, Kuhl, Beitrag, 1820, p. 26. Ateles fuliginosus, Kuhl, Beitrag, 1820, p. 25. Cebus Geoffroyii, Fischer, Synopsis, 1829, p. 40. Ateles melanochir, Desmarest, Mam., 1820, p. 76. Eriodes frontatus, Gray, Voy. of Sulphur, vol. i. 1844, p. 1. Ateles variegatus, Natter er* in Reichenbach's Atlas, pt. I, p. 62. Icones, Voyage of the Sulphur, T. i. Foeminaet juvens. Reichenbach's Atlas, pt. 1, fig. 154. S. ater ; ventre et artibus interne stramineis ; macula triangulari frontali aurea aut nigra ; dorso nigro. Foem. straminea aut fuliginosa ; genubus et manibus nigis ; macula frontali nigra. Hab. — Brazil et Bolivia. Adult male, back, external surface of limbs and tail glossy-black ; belly, throat, internal surface of limbs, and inferior portion of tail bright-yellow, upon the forehead a triangular spot of bright golden yellow, the hairs oom- * I have never met with Natterer's original description. I find it quoted in Ueichenbach'e Atla.s, the figure ie that of the ailult of this species, though the frontal spot is too large. 1882.] 512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF posing which are directed superiorly ; hairs of occiput long and black; cheeks covered with short white hair; behind and beneath cheeks, two pencils of long black hairs directed anteriorly. Female and young male, coloration generally lighter than in male, the black of the back and limbs being replaced by a brown of greater or less intensity, according to the age of the specimen ; triangular spot upon the forehead black, the hairs composing it being yellow at their bases and black throughout the remainder of their length ; elbows and feet black. Young, yellowish, dashed with brown, frontal spot as in female, or with the hairs black to the root. By means of a fine suite of specimens, in the collections of the Academy and Smithsonian Institution, I have been enabled to study with care this most curious species. Though varying greatly in coloration it may always be re- cognized by the triangular frontal spot. I have examined the skull of a female corresponding in coloration to Dr. Gray's Brachyteles fronlatus, and find it decidedly that of a Sapajou, the distance between the intermaxillaries and nasal bones being one-tenth of an inch. The only specimen I have met with from a well authenticated locality is one collected by the Paraguay expedition (Sm. Inst. No. 3252), in Bolivia. Speci- mens in the collection of the Academy are marked Brazil, but as they were purchased of a dealer, little reliance can be placed upon it. Dr. Gray's type is marked Tropical America, and no locality is given for any specimen in the Paris museum, all being "De la Menagerie." Cur- rent No. LOCALITY. Sex. Tail Length of Length of Owned by Nature of Specimen. Ant Vr\*+ Ant. limbs. Post, limbs. Eye Ear Occ. Tail hands hands 3232 26 88 Bolivia Brazil ? a d d 2 2 1-5 3 3 2-2 22 23 15 21 32-5 18 6 5 4 7-5 6 3 20 20 11-5 22 20 10 Smithsonian Academy Skin ( Mount- \ ed skin Skull of No. 3232, occiput broken* — Antro posterior?; occipito frontal?; bi-temporal 2-35; bi-parietal 2-4; facial angle 56° ; cranial capacity ?. Lower Jaxo.— Angle to symphysis 2-8; angle to condyle 1 5 ; angle to coro- noid process 1-7 ; posterior molar to coronoid process 1*25. Sapajou makginatus. Ateles marginatus, Geoff., Ann. du Mus., vol. xiii., 1809, p. 92. Ateles frontatus, Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1830, p. 38. Ateles albifrons, Schinz., Synopsis, vol. i., 1844, p. 63. Chuva, Humboldt. Icon. Ann. du Mus., vol. xiii., T. 9. S. niger ; pilis faciem cingintibus partim albis ; sincipite albo. Sab. — Brazil, Grand Para. General color black ; belly and internal surface of limbs ashy-grey ; face naked, flesh-colored in the occular region, the remainder black; forehead, sinciput and a spot on each side of nose white or grey. Humboldt found this species quite abundant in the province of Jaen de Bra- camotos ; he describes its disposition as fierce and libidinous. Sapajou hybridus. Ateles hybridus, Is. Geoff., Mem. du Mus., vol. xvii., 1828, p. 168. * This skull presents the anomaly of a well developed seventh molar in the left superior max- illary ; such anomalies are not unfrequently met with among the Quadrumana. 1 recollect ex- amining at the Magazin of Virreaux fieres, paiif, a skull of the Simia satyrus having on each side ot the lower jaw t-ix well denned molars. [N ov. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 51S Mono zambo, native name. Icon. Guerin, Mag. de Zoologie, 1832, fig 1. * S. Supra griseo-brunneus ; infra albidus macula frontali semilunar! aut triangulari alba. Hab New Grenada. Body and tail light chocolate-brown, lighter upon head, neck, hands, and external surface of limbs ; throat, belly, and internal surface of limbs grey ; upon the forehead a triangular or semilunar white spot ; face naked and black ; chin and lips sparsely covered with thick, short, white hairs. This species may be distinguished from the marginatus by the coloration. The young of that species, even at birth, is similar in coloration to the adult; the frontal spot is always white or grey, thus distinguishing it from the Geof- froyii. Tbe name Mono zambo is stated by Isidore Geoffroy to signify Mulatto Monkey, from its color being somewhat similar to that of the hybrids between the Indians of Columbia and the negro. Skulls of the Aluatta palliatus, how- ever, received from the Atrato expedition, are marked Mono zambo. Cur- rent No. LOCALITY. Sex. From muzzle to Tail Length of Length of Owned by- Ant. limbs. Post. limbs. of Bye Ear Occ. (Tail hands hands Specimen. 87 Columbia r? 1-5 2-5 5 18 1 24 j 3 5 13-5 16 Academy f Mount - \ ed skin Genus II. BRACHYTELES, Spix. Brachyteles, Spix, Sim. et Vesp., 1823, p. 36. Eriodes, Is. Geoff., Mem. du Mus., 1829, p. 121. Corpus robustum ; cranium rotundum ; nares oblongae, antrorsum versae, septo tenui separatse ; manibus tetra aut pentadactylis ; dentes primores oequales, lanarii breves. Body heavy, facial angle about 60s ; head more spherical than in the Sapa- jous; nostrils circular, more inferior than lateral; anterior thumbs wanting, or rudimentary, sometimes terminated by a small nail ; tail longer than body ; incisors equal ; canines small, not exceeding the incisors in length ; molars larger than incisors, quadrangular. Intermaxillaries articulating with nasal banes by a broad surface. Hair woolly. I cannot agree with Isidore St. Hilaire that the description of this genus by Spix is incorrect; the peculiar position of the nostrils, which resemble more those of the Quadrumana of the Old World than any other of the American genera, the equality in the size of the incisors, shortness of the canines, and globular form of head appear to me sufficient generic distinctions. The length of pelage, and the question whether it may be soyeux or laineux does not ap- pear to me to be of generic value. Brachyteles arachnoides, Gray. Ateles arachnoides, Geoff., Ann. du Mus., t. xiii. 1809, p. 89. Ateles hypoxanthus, Desm., Mammalogie, 1820, p. 75. Brachyteles macrotarsus, Spix, Sim. et Vesp., 1823, p. 36. Eriodes tuberifer, hemidactylus. and arachnoides, Is. Geoff., Mem. du Mus.. t. xvii. 1828, pp. 160, 161,' 162. Brachyteles arachnoides, Gray, Cat. of Brit. Mus., 1843, p. 10. Mariki kupo and Macaco vernello. Native names. Icones, Ann. du Mus., vol. xiii. Pr. 9. Spix, Sim. et Vesp. T. 27. Maxde Wied., Abbild. zur Brazil, vol. i. T. 1. B. Cinereo flavescens ; ad caudse basin ochraceus; facie nuda ; pollice aut nulla, aut brevis; ungue carente aut praedita. 1862.] 36 514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF JIab. — Brazil. General color yellowish brown, darker upon the occiput, upon the forehead a few long black hairs, buttocks, region of the anus and inferior basal portion of tail dark reddish brown. I had long suspected that the three species of this genus described by Isidore St. Hilaire, were in reality one and the same species ; no specific characters art- manifest in their coloration, or skulls, the different species being based upon the development of the anterior thumbs, this member being absent in the arachnoides ; replaced by a small nailless tubercle in the tubifer, and surmounted by a nail in the hemidactylus. In the Magazin of Messrs, Verreaux, 9 Place Royale, Paris. I found specimens having upon one hand the tubercle, and upon the other the nailed thumb, others with the tubercle upon one hand, but absent upon the other. Isidore St. Hilaire himself (Cat. de3 Primates, p. 51) expresses a doubt as to whether the arachnoides and hemidactylus are really distinct. In Sep- tember and October, 1860, I was unable to find the hemidactylus in the Paris Museum, all the Brachyteles being labelled Eriodes arachnoides. Cur- rent No. LOCALITY. Sex. From muzzle to Tail Length of Length of Owned by Nature of Specimen. Ant. hands Post, hands Ant. limbs. Post, limbs. Eye Ear Occ. Tail 25 597 Brazil u d P bo 3 K ui o £ W 53 yjpq * * -> -* * * * o * c3 Em # * a d a 03 a * 520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF December 2d. The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. Twenty-eight members present. The following papers were presented for publication : A Review of the Ferns of North America. By Elliott Coues. Catalogue of the Miocene Shells of the Atlantic Slope of the United States. By T. A. Conrad. Dr. I. I. Hayes made some remarks on some fragments of a supposed meteorite presented by him to the Academy. They were obtained from Savisavik, a little below Cape York, lat. 76° N. The mass was described by the Esquimaux as weighing several tons. By resolution, the thanks of the Academy were tendered to Dr. 1. 1. Hayes for the very valuable series of specimens collected in his last Arctic Expedition and presented to the Academy. December 9th. The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. Nineteen members present. The following papers were presented for publication : Descriptions of new and recent Miocene Shells. By T. A. Conrad. Remarks on some species of Paludina, Amuicola, Valvata and Melania. By James Lewis, M. D. December 16th. The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. Twenty members present. December 23c?. The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. Twenty-three members present. The following paper was presented for publication : Description of Fossils from the Yellow Sandstone lying beneath the Bur lington Limestone, &c. By Alexander Winchell." Mr. Cassin communicated the fact that the Snow-Owl is at present unusually frequent in the vicinity of Philadelphia, more so than he had ever known it previously to be. Dr. Hayes referred to his having discovered remains of the Musk Ox, in Greenland, from lat. 78° to 78° 20', where the animal is now extinct. Speci- mens of these remains had been presented to the Academy. He also made some remarks on the extinction of the Esquimaux in Northern Greenland. December dOth. The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair. Twenty-three members present. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521 On report of the Committee, the paper read Nov. 4th, entitled, " Ou the Pedipalpes of North America, by Horatio C. Wood, M. D.," was ordered to be published in the Journal ; and, on report of the respec- tive Committees, the following papers were ordered to be published in the Proceedings : ■«■>■- Synopsis of the Species of COLYMBETES inhabiting America, north of Mexico. BY JOHN L. LE CONTE, M. D. The number of known species of Colymbetes, with the elytra transversely striate (Cymatopterus Esch.) has been so increased within a few years that a synoptic table, expressing the differences between them, is now desirable ; for the purpose of avoiding the necessity of reference to scattered descriptions, I have completed the table by adding the characters of the species belonging to the other divisions of the genus. The measurements are in decimals of an inch. A. Elytra reticulate ; claws of hind tarsi not very unequal in size (except in sp. 8). a. Body convex, very finely reticulated ; anterior and middle tarsi of male very feebly dilated : Ilybius Er. § Base of thorax broadly rounded. •55. Black, slightly bronzed, oval, not dilated at the middle, less obtuse behind ; elytra with the usual pale spots ; outer hind claw two-thirds as long as the inner one. Middle States . . . . 1. lingular is Lee. •40 — -45. Black, slightly bronzed, oval, very slightly dilated at the middle, less obtuse behind ; elytra with the usual pale spots ; outer hind claw three- fourths as long as the inner one. Middle, Southern and Western States, and Canada. Dytiscus big. Germ. ; Colymbetes fenestrates || Say ; var. II. pieuriticus Lee. . . . . . . . . . 2. biguttulus Lee. •45. Black, slightly bronzed, oval, not dilated at the middle, scarcely less obtuse behind ; elytra with the usual pale spots ; the usual confused lines of punctures more distinct than in the two preceding species ; outer hind claw three-fourths as long as the inner one. Oregon and Russian America. 3. quadrimaculatus AuM. •46. Var. ? Dark-bronzed color, a little more convex than No. 3, but with the lines of punctures on the elytra equally distinct ; the anterior spot is longer than in No. 3. Methy ; Robert Kennicott. •42. Brownish-black, slightly bronzed, oval, slightly dilated at the middle, not less obtuse behind ; thorax with the sides nearly straight ; elytra with the anterior pale spot very small, the hind one wanting ; lines of punctures visible only behind the middle. North Red River. 4. fraterculus Lee. •37 — "41. Black, slightly bronzed, oval, elongate, not dilated at the middle, somewhat less obtuse behind ; elytra with the usual pale spots, the hind one quite large ; lines of punctures visible only behind the middle. Nebraska. Ilybius laramcBus Lee. . . . . . . 5. laramseus Lee. •36. Black, slightly bronzed, elongate oval, not dilated at the middle, less obtuse behind ; elytra with the usual pale spots not visible ; confused lines of punctures quite distinct to the base. . . . 6. picipes Kirby. •36. Black, slightly bronzed, elongate oval, not dilated at the middle, not less obtuse behind ; elytra with the pale spots very distinct ; confused lines of punctures visible to the base ; surface less convex and more finely reticulated than in C. picipes 7. ignarus Lee. §§ Base of thorax bisinuate, hind angles prolonged, acute. •40. Elongate oval, less convex than usual, black, scarcely bronzed ; series 1862.] 522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF of elytral punctures distinct and regular, extending to the base ; outer hind claw less than one-half as long as the inner one. Dacotah. 8. sinuatus. b. Body slightly convex, elytra coarsely reticulated, anterior and middle tarsi strongly dilated : Meladema Lap. •63. Elongate oval, black, thorax nearly three times as wide as long, sides nearly parallel behind, rounded in front ; elytra a little wider than the thorax, and forming an angle with it. Lake Superior and Saskatchewan. Agabus ang. Lee. . . . . . . . . . 9. angustus. B. Claws of hind tarsi very unequal. A. Anterior and middle tarsi with three joints strongly dilated, and furnished with small cups beneath ; a. Elytra with numerous impressed transverse lines, Cymatopterus Esch. * Legs black : § Sides of the thorax sinuous near the anterior angles, which are subacuminate. •75. Elongate, gradually narrowed at each end, but less obtusely behind, black, nearly oyjake ; head and thorax finely sculptured, lines of elytra fine and approximate ; front and base of antennae obscure red. Kadjak. 10. obscuratus Mann. §§ Sides of thorax rounded ; anterior angles acute. •74. Elongate oval, very slightly dilated behind the middle, above piceous, shining ; sides of elytra, basal margin and suture anteriorly pale, transverse lines fine approximate; thorax pale piceous, with a large transverse dark cloud, sculpture fine and dense, head dark brown, front base of antennae and two spots between the eyes pale ; beneath very black. Saskatchewan. 11. seminiger Zee. •64 — *70. Elongate oval, shining, elytra cinereous brown, sides and basal margin pale, transverse striae fine, but less dense than in the preceding ; thorax black, with the sides and an interrupted transverse band pale brown, sculpture dense ; head black, with two vertical spots, front labrum and base of antennae pale ; beneath very black. Lake Superior and Methy. 12. longulus Lee. ** Legs brown or pale piceous ; color above brown, shining, sometimes dark, sometimes pale ; thorax with a dark transverse cloud ; § Sides of thorax broadly rounded, or nearly straight. •62. Elongate oval ; thorax with sinuous rugosities, not connected together ; lines of elytra deep and distant ; legs very dark. San Diego, California 9 • 13. strigosus Lee. •62. Elongate oval ; thorax with very deep, dense and anastomosing rugosi- ties ; lines of elytra deep and approximate ; legs pale. Methy 9 . 14. exaratus Lee. •63. Elongate oval ; thorax with finer anastomosing rugosities, deeper in 9 than $ ; lines of elytra deep, moderately approximate ; front and middle legs paler than hind legs. Middle States <~^ 9- Col. triseriatus Kirby. 15. sculptilis Harris. N-64. Elongate oval, slightly dilated behind ; thorax with fine, somewhat anastomosing, but not very dense rugosities ; lines of elytra deep and approx- imate ; legs pale, thighs somewhat darker than the tibiae. Oregon ^ . 16. d e n s u s Lee. •62. Elongate oval, slightly dilated behind ; thorax with fine and dense anastomosing rugosities ; lines of elytra very deep and approximate ; legs [Dec, NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 523 pale brown (sides of thorax more rounded than in C. exaratus). Russian America $ 17. dolabratus Payk. "56. Elongate oval ; thorax with extremely fine anastomosing rugosities, sides almost straight ; lines of elytra moderate ; legs pale brown, thighs slightly darker. Greenland $ 9 • • • 18. groenlandicus Aube. §§ Sides of thorax strongly rounded, sinuate near the anterior angles, which are strongly acuminate. •60. Elongate oval ; thorax feebly punctured towards the base, with scarcely perceptible rugosities ; lines of elytra deep, moderately approximate ; legs pale brown, thighs darker. Greenland 9« • • 19. drewseni Lee* b. Elytra not striate transversely : Rantus Esch. Thorax pale, with two dark spots placed transversely : •47. Elongate oval, elytra irrorated with black and pale ; presternum and legs pale brown. Middle States and Canada. Col. maculicollis Aube. j 20. binotatus Harris. •47. Elongate oval ; elytra irrorated with black and pale ; prosternum and hind legs black, or very dark brown. Oregon and Russian America. 21. d i v i s u s Aube". •41. Elliptical, moderately convex; thorax pale yellow, with the front and hind margins broadly black; elytra irrorated with black and pale. Lake Superior, Canada, Hudson's Bay Territory, Oregon. . 22. a g i 1 i s Aube. B. Front and middle tarsi of male very slightly dilated : Colymbetes Clairv. •50 — -53. Elliptical very slightly convex, above dark brown, shining ; sides of thorax paler ; elytra with a subbasal transverse line, three narrow vittae on each, and the lateral margin pale. Middle and Southern States. Dytiscus calidus Fabr. ; Col. tceniolis Say ; Hydaticus meridionalis Mels. 23. c a 1 i d u s Aube . Note on the Species of BRACHINUS inhabiting the United States. BY JOHN L. LE CONTE, M. D. All the species of Brachinus found within our Territory are very similar in color ; the head, thorax and legs are ferruginous, and the elytra are of a dark blue, blackish, or greenish-blue color ; the under surface of the trunk, and the 3d and following joints of the antennse, vary in color, according to species and individuals, being sometimes nearly black, sometimes of the same color as the head and thorax. The form and sculpture of the thorax differ very much in the various species, and it is upon the characters derived from that region of the body that I have relied principally in distinguishing the forms, which I consider as entitled to rank as species, in the table given below. It may be alleged that the synoptic phrases are too short to enable the so- called species to be recognized ; I can only say that as I have endeavored to express the essential differences between the forms that I have recognized, and as the forms, colors and sculpture, except as noted, are identical, any dila- tation of the phrases would be mere surplusage. I must also add that I consider the species of this genus very decidedly opinionative, and that I am only impelled to the publication of this note by the necessity of giving names to a certain number of recognized forms, and of placing as synonyms some which I formerly considered as distinct, but which increased collections have since shewn to be varieties. * I have dedicated this very curious species to Mr. Chr. Drewsen, the distiuguishad entomologist of Copenhagen, by whom it was sent to me, with several specimens ofC. groenlandicus. 1862.] 524 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP A. Large species, witli the thorax punctured and the hind angles divergent ; the elytra costate, gradually widened behind, with the humeri distinct, but rounded : Thorax scarcely longer than wide ; sides much rounded in front : •58. Antennas and abdomen not infuscated. Southern and Western States. tormentarius Lee. •61. Trunk blackish-brown ; middle of metathorax ferruginous ; antennae with the 4th and following joints darker. Southern States. alternans Dej. •61. Thorax considerably longer than wide, sides less rounded than in the preceding ; abdomen darker at the sides. Southern States. ?B. deyrollii Ferte. . . . . • • • • • • strenuus Lee. B. Moderate sized species ; elytra gradually widened behind, costate, with the humeri indistinct ; antenna? and abdomen dark. •45_.53. Thorax elongate, punctured, hind angles not prominent. ^ South- ern States. Var. viridipennis Dej. ; viridis Lee. ; lecontei Lee. perplexus Dej. •45. Thorax sparsely punctured, hind angles prominent. Southern and Western States americanus Lee. C. Moderate, or rather large species ; elytra but slightly wider behind, costate, with the humeri distinct ; thorax sparsely and finely punctured, with the hind angles prominent ; sides of abdomen a little darker : .45 — .55. Thorax very wide in front, very suddenly narrowed behind. Middle and Western States, as far as New Mexico. ballistarius Lee. .44 .50. Thorax more gradually narrowed behind. Found in the whole of the Atlantic district. cyanopterus Lee. ; var. sufflans Lee. ; perplexus Lee. ; librator Dej. ; similis Lee fumansDe/. D. Smaller species ; elytra broad, wider behind, strongly costate, humeri dis- tinct ; thorax opake, rugose and punctured, hind angles slightly promi- nent ; abdomen not infuscated. •30. Thorax rather long; elytra glabrous, the grooves almost with single series of punctures. California and Arizona. Var. lecontei Motsch. costipennis Motsch. •35. Thorax shorter, sparselv punctured; elytra pubescent at the sides. California. . . . \ . • • tschernikhii Mann. •35. Thorax shorter, densely punctured; elytra punctulate, pubescent. California and Arizona o a rinul at u s Motsch. E. Smaller species ; thorax usually sparsely punctured, not longer than wide, very strongly constricted behind ; elytra wider behind, convex, humeri distinct. a. Hind angles of thorax very prominent : •40. Thorax rugous, almost opake ; elytra moderately costate ; beneath dark ferruginous. New Mexico, Arizona and Lower California. f i d e 1 i s Lee. •40. Thorax scarcely rugous, sparsely and strongly punctured; elytra strongly costate ; abdomen scarcely darker at the sides. Kansas. kansanus Lee. •32 — -37. Thorax sparsely and finely punctured ; elytra scarcely costate ; antennas and abdomen usually slightly infuscated. Middle, Western and Southern States, conformist Lee. ; velox Lee. ; var. ?cephalotes Dej. cordicollis Dej. [Dec- NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 525 b. Hind angles of thorax moderately prominent : •34 — -37. Antennae, tip of tibia?, tarsi and trunk dark brown ; thorax scarcely punctulate ; elytra scarcely costate. Kansas, stygicornis Say. c. Hind angles of thorax very slightly prominent : •27 — *35. Etytra scarcely costate ; antenna? and abdomen not infuscated. Middle and Western States, Kansas. cordicollis$ Lee. . rejectus Lee. F. Smaller species ; thorax longer than wide, convex, constricted behind, hind angles prominent ; elytra, humeri distinct. a. Epipleuree as usual of the color of the elytra : ■29. Elytra oblong, scarcely dilated behind ; abdomen not infuscated. Mid- dle States. Aptinus janth. Dej. . . . janthinipennis Lee. •36. Elytra broader quadrate, dilated behind, slightly costate ; trunk infus- cated. Southern and Western States. ■ . quadripennis Dej. •18 — *25. Elytra dilated behind, not costate ; abdomen dark brown. medius Lee. b. Epipleura? pale testaceous ; •33 — -39. Thorax less narrowed behind than usual ; sides of metathorax and abdomen, and knees dark. Southern States and Arizona, as far as Colo- rado River lateralis Dej. ft. Small species ; thorax longer than wide, hind angles not prominent ; elytra wider behind, humeri indistinct. •28 — *36. Thorax very broadly rounded on the sides in front ; sides of abdo- men dark. Middle and Southern States, cejihalotest Lee. o v i p e n n i s Lee. a. Thorax more strongly rounded on the sides in front : •30 — "SO. Abdomen dark brown. Middle, Southern and Western States. patruelis Lee. . . . . . . . . conformis Dej. •21. Abdomen not infuscated. Middle States. . . pumilio Lee. Contributions to Organic Morphology :— Containing the mathematical imita- tion of the egg of PLANORBIS CORNEUS and of EPIORNIS ; and upon the resemblances between Mathematical, Acoustic, Electric, Optical and Organic Figures ; with historical and other remarks. BY JOHN WARNER, A. M. PREFACE. In a work published several years ago, I endeavored to make some contri- bution to the knowledge of Organic Morphology.* Among other matter, the work contained the results of investigations made to determine the coincidence in form between sections of hen's eggs and a curve there proposed. In the pres- ent paper, it is designed to extend these investigations, and to notice some other subjects of interest. Some use will be made both of original and selected matter contained in the work referred to, and other citations will be added, which seem appropriate in treating a branch of science not yet possessing a classified and independent literature. MORPHOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Numerous authorities might be cited, bearing upon the general subject of our research, and containing information and suggestions worthy of study; * Studies in Organic Morphology, by John Warner. J. H. Lippiucott & Co., Philadelphia, 1857. 18G2.] 526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF but extensive reference to these authorities would be inconsistent with our present limits : many of them, either directly or indirectly, advocate the pos- sibility of a mathematical explanation of the cause of organic forma. Professor Bronn* considers that there is an inconsistency in supposing the organic world alone to be derived from a direct act of creation, whilst all the rest is born and perishes from the effect of general forces eternally immanent in matter. He concludes that all species of animals and vegetables were originally created by a natural force, at present unknown — that they do not owe their origin to a successive transformation of a few primitive forms — and that this force held a most intimate and necessary relation to the forces and events which have controlled the development of the surface of the globe. He thinks that such a hypothetical force would be in entire harmony with the whole economy of nature, and that the hypothesis would not only permit the belief in a Creator presiding over the development of organic nature by means of an intermediate force, but that this conception is more sublime than the idea of a direct supervision, by the Creator, of the succession of plants and animals. Professor Bronn also considers the fundamental form of a plant to be that of an egg placed upright. Investigation of the relation between natu- ral and mathematical ovoid forms might furnish a test for the correctness of this idea, or, if it is well founded, assist in explaining its application. Some mathematical writers treat as an evident proposition the ultimate connection between mathematics and the explanation of natural processes. f Fechner undoubtedly encourages this idea, and even proposes, more or less definitely, the adoption of a mathematical classification in physiognomy, cra- niology, and ethnology. J Lotze, on the other hand, takes the opposite extreme. In one of his more skeptical passages he compares the attempt to discover the laws of organiza- * Essai d'une ileponse a la question de Prix, &c. Comptes Rondus, vol. 51, p. 511. f The principles of mechanics must be of the greatest importance for all branches of natural science, (as Aristotle was aware,) because, according to our conception of the changes of the ma- terial world, they must be referred to motion. Dr. H. Burhenne, Grundriss der Hoeheren Anal} sis, Cassel.1849, p. 84. Dr. Zeising, and others whom we have cited, refer at length to the works of Pythagoras, Plato, and Aristotle, in order to show that the ancients regarded numbers as in some mysterious sense the principia of the universe. The Pythagorean quaternary, as improved by Plato, consists of the celestial numbers 1, 3, 7, 9, of which the sum is 20, and of the terrestrial series 2, 4, 6, 8, whose sum is likewise 20. These two together make the sacred quaternary 40. The number 5, which is not in the quaternary, but is the middle of the whole series from 1 to 9, represents the Nous, or supreme intelligence. According to Montucla. these numbers and the idea of their mystic importance were derived from the Egyptians. The ancient Chinese also venerated the Pythagorean quaternary, and ascribed its invention to the emperor Fo-hi (2900 B. C.) Ko-hi was the inventor of the binary arithmetic, ot which he left the notation in the Cova. or Figure of Eight. M. Iluc relates that the Chinese still venerate a mysterious book, called the book of Changes, y-King. The meaning of this book has long been lost. From M. Hue's description of the 64 whole and broken lines of this book, and from Leibnitz's description and interpretation of the Cova, I have little doubt that the y-King pertains to the arithmetical system recorded in the Cova. The tradition of the Chinese, that the y-King is capable of explaining all things, may, therefore, indicate that the ancient Chinese were not unaware of the importance of number in the order of the universe, and that their sages had conceived the idea of a mathematical explanation of Ma- ture, as clearly as such an idea could be conceived in advance of the science of physical mathe- matics: possibly they progressed no further than to incorporate the Cova in their religious mys- teries. Montucla, Histoire des Mathematiques, vol. i. p. 122. Chinese Empire, by 31 Due, London, 1855, vol. i. p. 124. Leibnitz, Memoire de 1'Acad. Franchise, vol. xviii. 1703, p. 85. Dr. 11. Burhenne, Grundriss der Hoeheren Analysis, Cassel,1849, p. 84. J Ueber die Mathematische Bebandlung OrgaDischer Gestalten und Processe. Verh. d. Koenl. Saechs. Gisellsch. Mathematisch-Physische K!., Jarhgang 1849. Mr. Hay has published a method for defining geometrically the shape of the human head and the proportion of its parts. The method is founded on a system of triangles, of which the angles have certain ratios manifested in the vibrations of musical strings. See D. It. Hay on the Beau- Ideal Head of Ancient Greek Art. Trans. Soc. of Arts, vol. i. part 2, New Series, 1847-8. The same author has written several works on, the Beautiful in Form. His Natural Principles of Beauty (London and Edinburgh, 1852) gives a concise explanation of his geometrical construction of the human figure. The same subject is differently treated bv Dr. A. Zeisiug, Neue Lchre von den Prnportionen des Menschlichen Koerpers; Leipzig, 1854. The student of Morphology will be interested in comparing with these works, Die aus der Arithmetic und Geometric herausgeholtcn Gruende iur Menschlichen Proportion; Georg Lichtensteger, Nuremberg, 174ti. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 527 Jon by the study of organic forms, to the endeavor to decipher the principle or purpose of a complicated machine by the contemplation of its shadow.* He discourages the notion that the shape of the egg is susceptible of a mathemat- ical explanation. The form of the egg, he considers, is not the immediate product of a formative tendency, but the mechanical result of a twisting action of the oviduct, and gives as little hope of an explanation of the forming forces as, for example, the shape of a top does of comprehending the law of formation of the person who turned it. f Meckel}: accounts for the form of the egg in a similar manner. He cites Thienemann to show that when the egg is forced rapidly through the oviduct, in consequence of persistently chasing the hen, the egg is then deformed, being greatly elongated and without a hard shell. He also alludes to the ex- periments of M. St. Hilaire in proof of the fact that hen's eggs placed verti- cally during incubation either do not come to development or else produce monsters. On the whole, he appears to be of opinion that the form of the egg may not only have a mechanical origin, but may be important as a me- chanical means in determining the form of the embryo. OF MATHEMATICAL OVOIDS. Fechner adopts the oval of Descartes, proposed by Steiner, as the true rep- resentative of the form of the egg.§ The elliptic spheroid he considers to be a rough approximation to the true form ; but M. St. Hilaire states that out of six eggs of the Epiornis, sent to France, five were nearly true ellipsoids. || The other had a large and a small end. We shall now consider particularly the curve proposed by ourself to represent the longitudinal section of an egg. This curve belongs under a general formula which includes the ellipse. We shall principally consider a curve having an obtuse and an acute end, and which may be called the hyper-ellipse, and the solid generated by its revolu- tion, the hyper-ellipsoid.^ Construction of the hyper-ellipse. — Measure the length and thickness of the egg. Draw (Fig. 1, Plate 1) A B, H D, each equal to the length of the egg, and bisecting each other at right angles in C. Make D K equal to the half- thickness of the egg, and on H K describe a semicircle cutting A B in F. Then A B is the axis of the hyper-ellipse, and F is the focus. Construct an ellipse (Fig. 2) with the semi-axes F A, F B equal respectively to the same distances in Fig. 1, and draw any radius vector F P. In Fig. 3 draw B F, F A, as in Fig. 1, and make the angle AFP equal to twice the angle A F P of Fig. 2 ; also make F P equal to the same in Fig. 2. The point P is then a point of the hyper-ellipse. In a similar manner any re- quired number of points may be found, and the curve traced through them by hand. Instead of beginning the construction at A, we may commence at B, making the angle B F P equal to twice the same of Fig. 2, and the radius F P the same. *AUgemeine Physiologic des Koerpjr lichen Libens. Leipzig. 1S51, p. 328. t Ibid. p. 335. The labors of Ilanstein and Wright in investigating tne law of phyllotaxis — al- though they do not prove mathematically the cause of phyllotaxis, but rather pertaiu to its teleo- logical significance — appear to me to contain remarkable applications of mathematics to the study of Organic Morphology, and to take much from the general force of Lotze's criticism. Ilan- ,-ttein ueber den Zusamrnenhang der Blattstelluug mit dem Bau des c.ikotylen Holzringes. Mo- aatsber. d. Koenl. L'reuss. Ak.d. Wiss., Berlin, 1S57, p. 105. Wright on the most thorough, uniforai distribution of points about an Axis. Mathematical Monthly, April, 1809. • % Die Bildung der fuer partielle Fnrchung bestimmten Kier der Voegel, Ac. Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zoologie, vol. 3, 1851, p. 432. g We may refer the reader to Mr. Hay's Principles of Symmetrical Beauty, and to Purdie on Form and Sound (Edinburgh, 1859), for information concerning the composite ellipse — a figure which seems to offer or to suggest means for closely imitating the forms of various eggs. (| Note sur de3 ossemeate et des oeufs trouve* a Madagascar, dans des alluvions moderns, ct provenant d'un oiseau gigantesque ; par M. Isidore Geoffroy-Saiut-Hilaire. Comptes Kendus, vols, xxxii. p. 101 ; xxxix. p. 833; xlii. p. 315, and xliii. p. 518. fi This curve may be termed the hyper-ellipse, because its radius vector is a powar of the radius vector of an ellipse, taken from the fjcus, or bocause its radius is derived from the ellipse as in the following construction. 1862.] 528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP The curve can also be constructed by drawing F P from any assumed pole at F, at any angle with an assumed axis A B. Then, knowing the length and thickness of the egg and the angle AFP, the length F P can be calculated by the aid of a proper formula, hereafter given, and transferred to the drawing. COMPARISON OF EGGS WITH THE HYPER-ELLIPSOID. Egg of Planorbis corneus. — The example just given to show the construc- tion of the hyper-ellipse (Fig. 3) presents a good imitation of the magnified drawing of an egg of Planorbis corneus.* It is remarkable that the focus F of the theoretical egg falls, as nearly as can be readily observed, in the centre of the vitellus, according to the engraving given by Jacquemin. The magni- fied egg of the engraving measures, say, length 1*63 inches, thickness 1*31. The distance B F is found by calculation -45+. Egg of Epiomis. — The cast of the egg of Epiornis belonging to the Acade- my of Natural Sciences in this city is, I doubt not, from the pointed egg de- scribed by M. St. Hilaire.f A longitudinal section of this cast was obtained by cutting a templet to fit closely around it, then tracing the form of the egg from the templet. The first section thus obtained was not quite symmetrical with respect to the long axis. A second section, taken on a plane at right angles to the plane of the first, was more nearly symmetrical. The cross-sec- tion of the cast measured so nearly circular, that the small difference in the diameter of the sections taken may be disregarded. For the purposes of calcu- lation we have taken M. St. Hilaire?s dimensions reduced to inches, — length 12-756, thickness 8-859. Fig. 4 represents the theoretical egg on a scale of one-fourth. The follow- ing tables exhibit the dimensions of the two real sections and of the theoretical section. Each real section is divided by the axis into two parts not entirely symmetrical. The radii vectores of each part are given for various polar angles. The distance from the obtuse end of the egg to the line of greatest thickness is not involved in the construction of the theoretical ovoid. This distance as measured on the egg should be compared with the same as found by construction. In the tables it is designated by B' -f- p cos y. TABLE I. MEASURED VALUES FOR REAL EGG. Values of the radius vector for various polar angles. Designation. 0° 10° 9-56 9-37 20° 30° 40° y 70° 4-59 4-65 4-62 4-59 90° 110° 130°!lS0° 1 r— « • PS -2 _ o r-H 02 Parti. Part 2. 9-90 9-90 S-64 8-42 7-66 7-47 6-67 6-60 5-49 5-49 3-76 3-85 3-82 3-79 3-23 3-31 2-98! 2-85 1 3-02:2-85 a, o PS 3 •73 = 6 inches. The radius for a polar angle of 56° 34' is 5-39, average of four dimensions. * Memoire sur l'Histoire du Planorbis corneus, par Emile Jacquemin. Nova Acta Acad. C. Leopold, vol. xviii. p. 638. f The agreement in size is satisfactory, and the egg is marked with the name of Dr. Warren, who relates that a cast of the pointed egg was presented to him. (Fossil Impressions, &c, Boston, 19C>4.) The length which he gives for the egg is incorrect. The mistake probably arose from a typographical error, which is corrected in Comptea Rendus, vol. xl. p. 519. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529 TABLE II. CALCULATED VALUES FOR THEORETICAL EGG. Values of the radius vector for various polar angles. Designation. 0° 9-90 10° 20° 30° 40° y 70° 90° 110° 130° 180° ,— a cS O w For both parts. 9-51 8-58 7-51 6-54 5-32 4-60 3-88 3-41 3-02 ;2-85 N0TE- — The length and thickness of the egg are the same for both tables, viz. : length 12-76 — ; thickness 8*86. The polar angle at the point of greatest thickness is designated by y, but has not the same value in each table, being a measured value in Table I. and a calculated value (56° 34') in Table II. The distance B' + /> cos y for this angle is, by calculation, 5-79. By these tables we perceive that the first part of the first section agrees verv closely, from the apex to the widest part, with the theoretical curve. • The* second part is less satisfactory. The average real section would nowhere differ from the theoretical curve by much more than the thickness of the egg- shell (about 12-100 inch). ON THE SIGNIFICATION OF THESE COMPARISONS. Position of the Vitellus.—A belief in the adaptability of polar formulse to explain some processes of nature was somewhat vaguely expressed by Gran- dus. James Bernoulli seems to have been strongly, though vaguely, impressed with the idea of an important meaning in the logarithmic spiral. Moseley and Naumann have demonstrated its existence in several shells, and similar results have since been obtained.* Possibly the mechanical properties of this spiral are involved among the causes which give the first direction to the wind- ings of shells. Naumann suggests that all spirally wound conchylia may begin with a logarithmic spiral. The law of the growth of the animal may then, perhaps, be subsequently instrumental in determining the form of the shell. f Lotze says, in discussing the mathematical explanation of organic forms, that in pure mathematics it is not absolutely essential that the origin of co-ordi- nates be in any particular place, but where an explanation of the nature of phenomena is required, the origin must be taken where, in the Real, the centre of emanation of action resides ; the direction and connection of the co-ordinates must correspond with those of the operating forces.f The position of the vitellus in the pole of the theoretical egg may, possi- bly, exhibit that coincidence of mathematical and organic system which is intended by Lotze. It would be desirable to have correct observations of the positions of different parts within the egg, in order to attempt the discovery * Grandu?, A Collection of Geometrical Flowers: Abridged Phil. Trans., vol. vi. p. 67, 1723. Bernoulli, Leipzig Acts., 1692. Moseley, Phil. Trans., 183S. Naumann, Abh. d. Jablonowskischen Gesellsch., Leipzig, 1846. Also Abh. d. Math. Pbys. Kl.d. K. S. Gesellsch., Leipzig, 1852. Sand- berger. ueber die Spiralen von Ammonites, &c, Zeitschr. d. Deutsch. Gcol. Gesellsch., vol. x. 1858, p. 446. f I am not aware to what extent the views of Moseley concerning the growth of shells have been adopted by naturalists. Naumann, as far as he expresses any opinion, seems to agree with Moseley on this subject. To me, Moseley's explanation of the growth of shells, and of the man- ner in which their mathematical properties suit the life and growth of the animal, appear very interesting aod important, and, did our limits permit, would well deBerve to be noticed here at length. From the paper of Sandberger's just cited, I am led to believe that the determination of the equations of the windings of shells is now recognized by scientific conchologists as a valuable descriptive method. % Fhyeiologie, p. 330. 1862.] 37 530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP whether any of these parts have a position remarkable in a mathematical point of view, and which might, therefore, possibly suggest something im- portant in regard to further researches.* Cubical contents. — The volume of the hyper-ellipsoid is equal to the solidity of a prolate ellipsoid having the same length and thickness. f Hence it appears that a definite quantity of material fit for the composition of an egg might, con- sidered geometrically without regard to other conditions, take the form of either an ellipsoid or hyper-ellipsoid egg ; the length and the thickness being the same in each case. It seems probable that either form might suit the structure of those parts of the bird which anatomists believe to be most directly concerned in giving shape to the egg. I do not certainly know whether the same hen can lay eggs of both forms. Among several hyper-ellipsoid eggs, said to be from the same hen, was found one which most observers would probably consider ellipsoidal. A gentleman who once took much interest in the breeding of fowls states that, whilst engaged in tbis pursuit, he was able from the appearance of the eggs, but not judging alone by the shape and size, to recognize with considerable certainty the eggs of particular birds and of par- ticular breeds. In his opinion, the eggs of the same hen would appear, to ordinary observation, to be of nearly the same size and shape: sometimes, how- ever, an unusually large egg containing two yolks will be produced. My limited observation is, in general, in favor of the supposition of uniformity of size and shape among the eggs of the same individual. I have, besides meas- uring some hen's eggs, carefully inspected the eggs found in several nests of wild birds. Standard of comparison for shape. — As far as I am aware, no mathematical standard of comparison for the shape of eggs has been fixed. Thus, for ex- ample, if we had an egg intermediate, as the term would generally be ap- plied, between the ideal form above found for the egg of Epiornis, and a true ellipsoid having the same diameters, it would be left to the judgment alone to decide which ideal form should be preferred as a representative of the egg. M. St. Hilaire does not give measurements to show the agreement between the ellipsoidal eggs of Epiornis and true ellipsoids. Of some of them, he says their resemblance to each other was so great that one might have readily been mistaken for the other. From this description I doubt whether these e^gs resembled ellipsoids more nearly than the present egg of Epiornis re- sembles the hyper-ellipsoid. J RESEMBLANCES BETWEEN MATHEMATICAL, ACOUSTIC, ELECTRIC, OPTICAL AND ORGANIC FIGURES. The mathematical laws of the propagation of light are shown to be partic- ular cases of the more general laws of vibratory motion in any elastic medium composed of attracting and repelling molecules. § It would, therefore, seem that forms similar to those shown in the polarization of light, and in other * I am not informed how far naturalists have considered this subject. Some experiments of my own, made on hen's eggs, in order to ascertain the relation between the size of the yolk and other dimensions of the egg, and also whether the centre of the yolk more nearly coincides with the centre of gravity of the egg or with the centre of the axis, resulted in gaining some preliminary experience in the method of observation, but did not establish any thing certainin regard to the object of research. - The rule for computation is. Multiply the square of the thickness by the length, and the pro- duct by -b'lZS. The result is the solidity. J Since writing the above I have seen, in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution, the cast of an egg of Epiornis (the egg sent from Madagascar in 1850), but have not had an opportunity rf closely examining it. The date indicates that it is from a cast of the ellipsoidal egg described ty M. St. Hilaire in his first memoir, and which accompanied the egg we have endeavored to imitate in Fig. 4. Without a careful measurement of the cast, it would, in my opinion, be unsafe to con- clude that the egg in question is more nearly ellipsoidal than its fellow is hyper-ellipsoidal. £ Encyclopedia Britannica, Boston ed., art. Optics, p. 546. [D ec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 531 optical experiments, might result from the vibrations of other substances which in their vibrations may follow the same or similar laws. This may possibly be the reason of some resemblances of the kind we shall now consider. Construction of the Hyper aster. — Figures resembling star-fish may be derived from the ellipse by a construction similar to that given for Fig. 3. Both con- structions can be included under a general mathematical formula.* To con- struct the hyperaster with five points, make the ellipse (Fig. 5) with the semi-axis F B equal to the short radius F B (Fig. 6) of the star, and with the longer semi-axis F A equal to the long radius F A of the star. Then, be- ginning at B, proceed as for the construction of Fig. 3, except that the angle B F P of Fig. 6 is to be always taken equal to tioo-ffths of B F P in Fig. 5. When the radius F P of Fig. 5 has passed through a revolution of 90°, it will coincide with F A, and P will then fall upon A. During the same time, the radius F P of Fig. 6 will pass over two-fifths of 90°, or 36°, and will reach A. When the radius of Fig. 5 reaches F C, it will have passed over 180°, and in Fig. 6 the radius, then at C, will have passed over two-fifths of 1S0°, or 72°, which is the fifth part of the circumference of the circle. The arm B A C F of the star is therefore derived from the semi-ellipse B A C. A repetition of the same process will derive the next arm of the star from the semi-ellipse C D B ; and so on, until the five arms of the star are completed.! By means of this con- struction, star-fish or other organic bodies resembling them can be imitated. Returning to Figs. 2 and 3, it will be observed that, starting at B, the entire Fig. 3 is generated from the semi-ellipse B A C, in the same way that the arm B A C F of Fig. 6 is derived from the semi-ellipse B A C, Fig. 5. Viewed in this manner, the egg, Fig. 3, appears a one-armed star-fish. Whether or not this conception may have any significance in nature, it appears remarkable to find two different organic forms thus classed under the same mathematical formula. Some of the figures known as acoustic figures, produced by the vi- bration of elastic plates, can also be imitated. Figures resembling Fig. 6 are given by Chladni in his treatise. Possibly the acoustic figures might be pro- duced on a scale sufficiently large to test their agreement with the mathemat- ical figures, by measurement ; and hence it could be, perhaps, determined whether these truly represent the former. Interesting resemblances can be traced between the optical and acoustic figures, and between these and curves similar in their construction to those we have described, if not always precisely of the same construction. The follow- ing is of the same general construction as the previous. By taking the ellipse Fig. 2, and making the angle B F P in the derived figure always equal to one- half of the same in the ellipse, we derive a curve similar to Fig. 7. Figs. 8 ?.nd 9 represent an optical figure and an organic form, having a resemblance to this. J * Studies in Organic Morphology, Formula 2, p. 32. We propose to call the curve whose equa- tion is p = the elliptoaster, because the equation resembles that of the ellipse, and the curve itself may represent a star. The name hyperaster may be given to the curve whose radius is a power or root of the radius of the elliptoaster. + In actual constructions, it will be sufficient to derive one arm of the star, and then, by means of tracing-paper, to dispose five such arms around the centre F. Stars of any desired uumler rl points may be thus constructed ; the angle B F P of the star must be to the angle BFPof the ellipse as the number 2 is to the number of points in the star. % See Encyclopedia Britannica, Boston ed., art. Optics, p. 672, for Fig. 9. For Fig. 8 see Zeitechr. fur Wiss. Zoolc.gie, Leipzig, 1854, vol. v. Plate XIV. Fig. 3-i. These resemblances could be followed tea greater extent. The writer has collected many drawings of mathematical lines, organic ob- jects, optical, acoustic, and electric figures, but must omit further notice of them on the present occasion. By large collections of this kind, and by diligent comparison of their materials, some- thing may, perhaps, be elicited which will establish a reliable foundation for the study of Organic Morphology as a mathematical science. 1862.] 532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF An electrical figure having a strong resemblance to an egg may be seen on Plate III. of Lichtenberg's figures.* M. Cornay considers electricity to be the radical universal generator. He endeavors to illustrate this idea by comparing positions assumed by electric- ally charged needles to the positions of parts of plants and animals. For this purpose he has numerous engravings. f His description of the circula- tion of the electric fluid, and of the effect of it in producing the nervation of leaves and the spiral arrangement of leaves around the trunk of the plant, reminds us of similar suggestions of Grandus to account for the disposition of the petals of a flower. But M. Cornay's resort to experiment to test his opinions is an important step in the right direction, for which he deserves the thanks of morphologists, although as yet his experiments cannot be considered conclusive proof of the correctness of his views. EXPLANATION OF THE PREVIOUS CONSTRUCTIONS— CUBATURE OF THE HYPER-ELLIPSOID. t Construction of the Hyper-ellipse and Hyperaster. — Let (Fig. 3) the axis A B, or length of the egg, =2d, and the greatest double ordinate, or thickness of the egg, = 2 m. We have shown, in our work already referred to, that FA = a| s/ a (a — m) and FB = a — >/ a (a — m) : it is now required to find these distances by construction. By the construction given for Fig. 1, D K = m, C D = a, therefore C K = a — m. But, by Geometry, C F is a mean proportional between C H and C K, that is, between a and a — m. Hence CF = >/ a (a — m) ; whence FA = CA + CF = a-|- *S a (a — m), and FB = CB — CF = a — s/ a (a — m); which was required. We have further shown that the radius vector of the hyper-ellipse is equal to the radius vector of an ellipse referred to the centre, and in which the polar angle is one-half that of the hyper-ellipse. This is the ellipse shown in Fig. 2, and hence the construction before given for Fig. 3 is evident. By referring to our work, it will be seen that the hyperaster, Figs. 6 and 7, may also be constructed from an ellipse in a similar manner, taking care that their polar * Conimentationes Societatis, 4c, Goettingen, 1778, vol. i. For a curious resemblance to a tree, produced by the action of lightning, see Mr. Charles Tomlinson on Lightning Figures, Edinburgh New Phil. Journal. Vol. xiv. No. 2, Oct. 1861, and vol. xv. No. 1, Jan. 1862. f Principes de Physiologie et Elements de Morphogenie Generate, par J. E. Cornay (de Roche- fort), Paris, 1853, pp. 112, 191, 212 — 215. M. Cornay has labored earnestly and industriously to promote the knowledge of Morphology. Some important propositions which he confidently as- sumes appear to us still to want satislactory proof. Thus, for example, because the shape of an insect agrees with the outline of a cluster of electrified needles, he appears to be satisfied that he has found in the action of electricity, or of some hypothetical fluid, the true cause of the organic form . % For certain formulae which will be necessary in this and the following investigations, see Stn lies in Organic Morphology, pp. 32, 33, 40, 41. The curves now to be discussed belong to the general form -/ p y. p \} — e cos k ej ' wherein p is the semi-parameter, and e the eccentricity, of an ellipse. For the hyper-ellipse, 7, = 1, n — h In Fig. 5, k — 5, n — \. In Fig. 7, k — 4, n — \. The equation p = ?- — j- Jl ~ ■• £ COS f'C u represents an immovable orbit substituted for an elliptical orbit revolving about its focus, Prop. XL1II.B. I., Newton's Principia, and Wright's Commentary on the Principia, London. 1828, vol.ii. p. 245. Curves of the sort in question may be produced by revolving an ellipse, under various con- ditions, whilst a describing point revolves in the ellipse. Some years since, I exhibited to the Pottsville Scientific Association a mechanical arrangement for producing such figures. Suardis's Geometric Pen is also an interesting instrument for describing curves. The joints of the pen remind us of the joints in the limbs of animals, and furnish a hint as to a mathematical conception of the motion of the limbs. See Adams's Geometrical and Graphical Essays, Loudon, 1S13, p. 151. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 533 angle has the proper proportion to that of the ellipse, in order to derive the number of arms or rays desired.* Cubature of the Hyper-ellipsoid.— Let F, Fig. 10, be the pole, P M an infini- tesimal arc, and P F M an elementary triangle of any plane curve, referred to the axis F N, which is also the axis of revolution for the solid. The centre of gravity, G, of the elementary triangle P F M, is on D G, drawn parallel to the side P M, and so situated that F D is two-thirds of the radius FP, = | p. When the side P M vanishes, F P will coincide with F M, and the distance from F to G will then equal F D = | p, and the angles M F N, G F N, P F N will all be equal, and each = 6. The distance G N will be F D sin 6 = ? p sin 8 ; and the distance described by G during a revolution of the elementary triangle P F M about the axis F N will be F D 2 a- = J v p sin 8. The area of the elementary triangle is, however, J p- c?8, and the solidity of the conical sheet generated by a revolution of P F M, which is the differential of the solid of revolution, will be, by Guldin's Formula, dV = i H p sin 6. J p2 rf6 = | a- p3 sin 8 dS (1) In the present case this becomes dV = f . 3 p- sin 8 3 (1 — e cos o3 in which last — — p* e sin 8 lie 1 pi — p~ e sin 8 \ , !«■- 3 <*> = e V2(l — c cos AW !(1 — ccosfl)-' dB is the differential of the radius vector p ; 2(1 — e cos 8)2 so that we have, by substitution, for the solidity of the whole hyper-ellipsoid, X8 = Tt ft -i^-^dp (2) . =0 e If the radius for 8 = 0 be denoted by p' and the radius for 8 = tt by />", this equation gives V=| 7T P-(p'-p") (3) e * We may here call attention to the fact that the radius vector of the hyper-ellipse, for the extremity of the greatest ordinate, is p — ya in, that is, this radius is a meau proportional between the half-length and half-width of the figure. This is interesting because Dr. Zeising adopts the mean proportion as a general morphological law; but this proportion of itself cauuot 1)3 satisfac- tory : we require some rule for knowing what objects or parts of objects are to be thus compared. As long as no such rule exists, the comparisons may often seem arbitrary. Dr. Zeising proposes, for the egg-curve, to divide the length into two parts, say a' the greater and m' the lesser; then m' will also represent the half-thickness, and we shall have the proportion a' -f- m' : a' : : a' : m,', whence a' = y m! (a' + m'). It is not, however, shown by him that this mean proportion is neces- sarily more significant in Morphology than p —ya in above mentioned (Xeue Lohre, p. 228). Dr. Zeising's application (Neue Lehre, p. 301) of the extreme and mean ratio, or golden section, to the division of the circle in phyllotaxis, has received a remarkable confirmation as a law of nature, oy the labors of Hanstein and Wright, before cited. His application of this ratio to the relations of the planetary system seem to me worthy of close study ; but proof is required of a similar significance of this ratio in astronomy and in botany, before we can assume that there is an entire identity between the laws which regulate both the planetary and the phyllotaetic systems. (Neue Lehre, p. 327. Normalverhaltniss, &c, Leipzig, 1856, pp. 2, 45.) 1862.] 534 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF But we have seen (Fig. 3) that // = F A = a -f s/a (a — m) and f'^FB = a — y/ a{a — m) ; hence / — //' — 2 v a ( a — m). Further, in our m'2 a v a (a — m) former work, we have shown that p = - ■ — » and e = 2 — 5 — ; p m~ a p hence — = § . ^^r. Substituting these values of/)' — /' and of — e va(d — m) e in equation (3), there results V=4 *m~ a (4) which is the volume of a prolate ellipsoid whose semi-transverse axis is a and semi-conjugate m. The further discussion of the hyper-ellipse has led us to some interesting formulse, which, whether this curve is really important in Morphology or not, appear worthy of attention in a mathematical point of view. These formulae we hope to present in a subsequent paper. CONCLUDING REMARKS. The coincidence in form between organic outlines and mathematical figures i? a subject of difficult interpretation. It will, therefore, be sufficient for me, without expressing a confident opinion as to the meaning of such resemblances, to say that my study of the subject has induced the belief that all the resem- blances of this kind which have been found are not mere accidental coinci- dences, but that some of them are the results of a mathematical arrangement in nature. The reason or the fitness of this arrangement, I am inclined to think, is explicable mathematically, at least to a greater extent than has been generally supposed, and the search for such an explanation I conceive to be a legitimate effort of science. I would, therefore, encourage the collection of drawings of organic objects and of mathematical figures, together with other materials for study, in order to combine facts as they appear, and prepare for the discussion of definite questions which may be suggested. Works or memoirs devoted to the measurement of organic products, constituents, and combinations, or of organic functions, as measured by phenomena of produc- tion, of motion or duration, or by the evolution or abstraction of force, may probably be useful in furnishing data for the study of the cause of organic forms. But we shall not prescribe rules in this respect. Of late years many researches of this kind have been made, and in several cases by naturalists or physiologists who have not only united mathematical ability to other ac- quirements, but have left the records of their labor in the shape of mathe- matical formula?. Some of these formula? may become useful in studying the cause of organic forms. For some time the writer has been engaged in collecting materials of the kind described. The preparation of this paper was undertaken from a desire to render useful the labor incurred in the collection ; but circumstances have prevented as full a treatment of the subject as we could have wished. Many of the authors cited deserve more attention than we have been able here to give to them, and others have been left unnoticed because our limits did not permit us to speak of them as they deserve. On another occasion we hope to return to our subject under more favorable circumstances. In submitting this paper to the reader, I have endeavored to make the best selection of matter for general perusal, and to supply some desirable refer- [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 535 ences for the use of students who have paid less attention than myself to the subject.* In concluding, I desire to express my thanks to several members of the Academy of Natural Sciences who have assisted and encouraged me, and es- pecially to Dr. Jos. Leidy. A Review of the TEENS of North America. BY ELLIOTT COUES. Considerable difference has prevailed among ornithological writers with re- gard to the relationships of many of the North American Sterninse with the representative species of Europe. Having at command a very extensive series of specimens from both continents, I have instituted a careful comparison of the more or less intimately related species, believing that the results of such an investigation would not prove unacceptable to ornithologists. While this has been the principal aim of the present paper, I have endeavored to pre- sent fairly the data tending to determine some other points of synonymy and relationship which even at this late day remain open to discussion ; and to give such stages of plumage as are not already too well known to require no- tice. The paper is not to be considered in any sense as a monograph ; I have endeavored to express its character in its title. I am under particular obligations to Mr. G. N. Lawrence' and Mr. D. G- El- liot, for the opportunity of examining several unique and typical specimens, and unusual stages of plumage, of which the museum of the Smithsonian In- stitution does not contain examples. , Family LARJDJE. Subfamily STERNIN^. Section STERNEJE. Genus GELOCHELIDON Brehm. Gelochclidon, Brehm, Vog. Deutsch. 1830. Type S. anglica, Mont. Laropis, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1225. Same type. Char. — Bill shorter than the head, extremely robust, not very acute ; its height at base nearly a third of its total length along culmen ; prominence at symphysis well marked, but not very acute, situated so far back as to make the gonys equal in length to the rami, reckoning from the termination of the feathers on the side of the mandible. Culmen very convex; gonys straight ; commissure gently curved. Wings exceedingly long, and acute ; each feather a full inch longer than the next. Tail rather short, contained 2\ times in the wing ; in form deeply emarginate, but its lateral feathers without the elonga- tion si Sterna. Feet long and stout; tarsus a little shorter than the bill, ex- ceeding the middle toe and claw. Hind toe well developed; inner shorter * Several authors not mentioned in our former work may here be briefly cited. Borellus, De Motu Animalium. Camper, Beobachtun gen der Berlinischen Gesellschaft, vol. i. 1787. Von dem Fluge der Voegel, Schriften der Berlinischen Gesellschaft, vol. ii. 1781, p. 214. Mayer, Das aufrecht Stehen. Mueller's Archiv, vol. xx. 1853, p. 9. Fick, Ueber die Gestaltung der Gelenkflaechen. Mueller's Archiv, 1853, vol.xx.p. 657. Schuebler, Bedeutung der Mathematik fuer die Naturgeschiehte. Jahreshefte des Yereins fuer Vaterlandskunde, Stuttgart, 1849. Dr. J. Aiken Meigs, Relation of Atomic Heat to Crystalline Form, vol. iii. Jour. Acad. Nat. Pc . Philadelphia, 1855-58, p. 105. Prof. Popoff, Description de la Combe fruiforme. Bulletin de la Societe des Naturalistes de Moscou, 1859, part i. p. 283. Zeising, Ueber die Metamorphosen in den Verhaeltnissen der menschlichen Gestalt. Acta Academise Cesarean Leopoldino-Carolinas, vol. xxvii. part ii. 1862.] 536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF than outer; interdigital membranes deeply incised, especially the inner. Tail and rump concolor with the back. Size moderate. Gelochelidon is a well-marked generic form of the Slerninee, embracing several species agreeing in their short, very robust bills, exceedingly long wings, length- ened tarsi, and short tail, — which latter never attains the deeply-forked shape of typical Sternx. It differs in coloration above from most of the other genera of Terns, in having the pearl blue mantle continued over the rump and tail. The name Gelochelidon was proposed by Brehm two years before Wagler instituted his genus Laropis. Both are founded upon the same type, — S. an~ glica, Mont. Gelochelidon anglica Bp. ex Mont. Sterna anglica, Montagu, and of authors. Thalasseus anglicus, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563. Laropis anglica, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1225. Gelochelidon anglica, Bp. Comp. List, 1838, p. CI. Gelochelidon paluslris, Macgill., Man. Orn., 1842, ii. p. 237. Sterna aranea. Wilson, Am. Orn. Lawrence, Gen. Rep., 1858, p. 859. Gelochelidon aranea, Bonap., Comp. List, 1838, p. 61. Diag. — Sterna rostro breve, robustissimo, nigro ; dorso caerulescente-perlaceo, uropygio caudaque concoloribus ; remigibus primariis argentato-griseis, vix albo intus inarginatis, nisi basin versus; corpore subtus albo, pedibus nigris. Habitat. — Atlantic Coast of America, from Massachusetts southward. Europe. This species differs from all the other Terns of North America, except Sterna cntillarum, in having the rump and tail of the same color with the back. Its primaries differ from other species — though approaching nearest to Thalasseus caspius — in having the inner webs white for a comparatively short space ; and the white is not pure, nor is there a very trenchant line of division between it and the dark portions of the feathers. I have not a sufficient number of skins before me for a perfectly satisfactory comparison of the birds of the two continents, but, so far as I can judge, I am decidedly inclined to agree with Audubon in opinion, that no difference exists. 1 have minutely compared the specimens before me, and found them absolutely identical in every particular of size, form and color. The American bird was first described by Wilson, under the name of Sterna aranea, that author, perhaps, considering it distinct from, but much more pro- bably being unaware of the existence of, the European bird. It was very properly referred by subsequent American writers, — Nnttall, Audubon, and Bona- parte up to 1838, — to the latter. At that date, in his Comparative List, Bonaparte distinguishes it from the European bird under the name of Gelochelidon aranea, and his example has been generally followed by writers since that time. Genus THALASSEUS Boie. Thalasseus, Boie, Isis, 1822, 5G3. Type S. caspia, Pall. Hgdroprogne, Kaup, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw., 1829, 71. Same type. Sylochelidon, Brehm, Vog. Deutsch. 1830. Same type. Helopus, Wagler, Isis, 1832, 1224. Same type. Actochelidon, Kaup, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw., 1829, 31. Type S. cantiaca, Gru. Ch. — Size very large, large, or moderate; general form more or less robust; a decided occipital crest. Bill as long as, or longer than, the head, robust, height at base a third to a fourth the length of culmen. Culmen variable in amount of curvature ; position of the angle at symphysis variable. Wings moderately long (for this subfamily); pointed and acute ; but the first primary not surpassing the second by as much as the latter surpasses the third. Tail moderate or short; in the type of the genus very short, being contained three times in the wing, and but moderately emarginate; in other species more [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 537 elongated and more deeply forked, and contained only about twice in the wing. Feet short and stout, black; tarsi about two-thirds the bill, or rather less; as long as, or slightly longer than, the middle toe and claw. Webs moderately incised, the inner the most so. Hind toe very short. This genus, as at present constituted, is chiefly distinguished from Sterna by its large size and general robust form, stout bill and feet, and (in typical spe- cies) much shorter and less forked tail. In the preceding diagnosis I have been obliged to define the genus with considerable latitude from the somewhat dissimilar types at present retained in it. Thus, if we take the Th. caspius, and Th. cantiacus, which may be considered as representing the two extremes of form, we shall find great discrepancies in such important features as shape and robustness of bill, amount of emargination of tail, &c. ; and regarding these extremes alone, might well be inclined to separate them. Examination, how- ever, of intermediate species, such as T. regius and elegans, of North America. T. velox, of Europe, &c, will show so gradual a transition in nearly every feature, from one extreme to the other, that it becomes exceedingly difficult to draw a line which shall naturally divide the group into two or more genera. In view of the above facts, I prefer, for the present at least, to retain the several species under a single genus, as they certainly do diifer, markedly, from Sterna in important characteristics, although presenting the above discrepancies among themselves. It is not impossible, however, that T. caspius, with one or two other very jlosely allied species from various pans of the world, may be, without impro- priety, separated generically from the others. This species is typical of a group, all intimately allied, which are pre-eminently distinguished by their ex- ceedingly large, high, robust bills, very stout feet, remarkably short tails, — the lateral feathers of which are scarcely at all elongated, and are not tapering nor acuminate, — and general large powerful form. The genus might, by the exclu- sion of this form, be greatly restricted, and much more rigidly defined. Of the five sjmonyms given at the head of this article, all, with the exception of Actochelidon, (the type of which is S. cantiaca, Gm.) are based upon S. cas- pius, Pallas. Of these Thalasseus, of Boie, has priority in point of date, and is the name to be adopted for the genus. Boie's genus, however, is considered to be based upon S. caspius, merely from the fact of that species being the first mentioned, no particular type being indicated. In the event of the separation of S. caspius and its intimate allies, above suggested, it might be well to apply the name Ilydroprogne to the restricted group, Thalasseus being used to desig- nate the remaining species. In view of the very slight reasons for considering Thalasseus as having special reference to S. caspius, such a procedure would be hardly, if at all, an infringement on the rules of nomenclature, and would ob- viate the necessity of presenting regia, elegans and their congeners under a generic designation not before employed, — viz. : Actochelidon. Thalasseus caspius Boie ex Pall. Sterna tschegrava, Lepechin, Nov. Com. Pet. xiv. p. 500. Sterna caspia, Pallas, Nov. Com. Pet. xiv. p. 582. Lawrence, Gen. Rep. Birds, 1838, p. 859, and of most authors. Thalasseus caspius, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563. Hydroprogne caspia, Kaup, Sk. Bnt. Eur. Thierw., 1829, p. 91. Helopus caspius, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1224. Sylochelidon caspia, Brehm, Bonaparte, Comp. List, 1838. Lawrence, Proc. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist.. 1850, v. 37. Sterna megarhynchos, Meyer, Taschenb. Deuts., ii. p. 457. Diag. — T. rostro maximo, robustissimo, rubro ; palpebris inferioribus albis > remigibus^griseo-fuscis, supra argentatis, nee intus albis; cauda breviore, emarginata; pedibus validissiinis, nigris, digito medio cum ungue tarso breviore. 1862.] 538 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF Habitat. — In America, the interior of the Fur Countries; Hudson's Bay; Labrador ; in winter ranging southward along the Atlantic Coast as far as New Jersey. This species in all its stages of plumage is too well known to require any further description. Quite a large series of American skins, of all ages, compared with two fully adult birds from Europe, constantly differ in size and proportion, as shown by the following measurements: Comparative measurements of American and European Birds. American. European. Length of bill along culmen 2-75* 2-40 " " " gape 4-00 3-55 Height " at base 0-90 0-75 Width " opposite nostrils 0-50 0-50 Length of wing from flexure 16-50 15-00 " tarsus 1-75 1-65 " middle toe and claw 1-65 1-55 " " tail 5 75 5-25 The above measurements indicate the average of the specimens from both countries before me, from which it will be seen that the American bird is de- cidedly the larger. While the bill is nearly a third of an inch longer, it is also especially remarkable for its great comparative height at the base, and its width at base being no greater than in the European bird, gives it quite a different shape. The next most patent difference lies in the length of wing from the flexure, in which the American bird surpasses the European by fully l£ inches. Specimens of both, of course, differ among themselves to a degree; but the greatest variation in adult American skins is hardly half an inch. The wing of the adult European bird, indeed, hard'y equals that of a young bird of the year from America ; and it is well known how much smaller are the young of all Terns than the adults. The tarsi and toes of the two, as well as the tail, differ in a considerable degree, but not so markedly as do the bill and wings, r find no differences whatever in the color of the two birds. With but two specimens of the European bird before me, I do not venture to formally separate from it its North American representative. But should these examples prove to represent fairly the characters of the European bird, and the discrepancies in size and proportion above pointed out prove constant, I should not hesitate to do so. In that event I would propose for our bird — in the ab- sence of any very peculiar characters on which to base a name, and in view of the fact that it is the largest and most magnificent Tern of our continent — the name of Thalasseus imperator. The following would be its diagnosis: Th. Thalasseo caspio coloribus similis ; sed omnino major, rostro etiam vali- diore, lorgiore, altiore nee latiore. Rostr. long. 2-75 poll.; alaj 16-50. The proper specific appellation of the Caspian Tern is not ucaspia Pallas," but " tschegrava Lepechin," which latter name 's proposed in the same work in which Pallas calls the bird " caspia," but has priority by several pages. As, however, the word is not only barbarous, but also exceedingly cacophonous, and especially as caspia has become so well established by common consent, I do not think it would be expedient to supersede Pallas' name, in view of the very slight priority of that of Lepechin. Thalasseus regics Gamhel. Sterna cayana, Bon., 1S28 ; Nutt., 1834; Aud., 1839 and 1844; but not of Latham. * Inches ami hundredths. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539 Sterna regia, Gambel, Pr. A. N. S. Ph. iv. 1848, 128. Thalasseus regius, Id. J. A. N. S. Ph. i. 2d ser. 1849, 228. Diag. — Thai, rostro inagno, robusto, nee peracuto, aurantio-rubro ; remige prim;! interne alba nee ad apicem extensil marginata ; pedibus nigris, medio digito cuoi ungue non tarso breviore. Long. rost. 2-60 poll. ; ate 14-50: tarsi 1-30. Habitat. — South Atlantic Coast of America ; Antilles in winter. California. A good series of this bird, collected in Jamaica, enables me to give its winter plumage, as well as that of the young of the year. Winter riumage. — Bill less brightly colored than in summer, its tip and cut- ting edges dull yellowish. Front white, crown variegated with black and white, the former color increasing on the occiput and nuchal crest, which latter, though shorter than in summer, is almost or quite unmixed with white. This biack extends forwards on the sides of the head to the eye, which it includes. The tail is not pure white, as in summer, but is glossed over with the bluish of the mantle, which deepens towards the tips of the feathers into dusky plum- beous. Otherwise as in summer. Young of the Year in August. — Bill considerably smaller aad shorter than in the adult; its tip less acute, and its angles and ridges less sharply denned; mostly reddish-yellow, but light yellowish at tip. Crown much as in the adults in winter; but the occipital crest scarcely recognizable as such. Upper parts mostly white; but the pearl-gray of the adults appearing in irregular patches, and the whole back marked with small, irregularly-shaped, but well-defined spots of brown. On the tertials the brown occupies nearly the whole of each feather, a narrow edge only remaining white. Lesser wing coverts dusky plumbeous. Primaries much as in the adults, but the line of demarcation of the black and white wanting sharpness of definition. Tail basally white, but soon becoming plumbeous, then decidedly brownish, the extreme tips of the feathers again markedly white. Otherwise as in the adults. The species is so distinct from any other of North America, that it hardly requires comparison. Caspius is most closely allied (except elegans) and has been confounded with it. But the differences between the two are very great. Regius is a much smaller bird, its wing two inches or more shorter. The bill is nearly or quite as long, but it is much slenderer and every way weaker. The tail is very decidedly longer and more forked, almost equalling in this respect elegans or acuflavidus. The feet, with the same relative proportions of tarsus and toes, are proportionally shorter. In color the two are quite similar, except in the primaries where a very marked difference is observable. The inner webs of caspius are wholly dull hoary plumbeous ash ; while the inner web of regius has a very sharply defined white margin, as in elegans or acuflavidus, and Sterrue generally. But while there is thus no difficulty in separating it from its North American allies, the case is quite different from the Central and South American species, with which it is more or less intimately related. It was, up to 1848, confounded with S. cayana, Lath. (5. caya?iensis, Gm.) This error was first corrected by Gambel (1. c), and a distinct name imposed. It is difficult, perhaps impossi- ble, to determine to what species Latham's name is to be referred. His brief diagnosis is "St. grisea, pennis rufo-marginatis, occipite nigro, corpore subtus albo. Habitat in Cayana. 16 pollices longa." This description is evidently that of a young bird. Gambel is inclined to consider it as " the immature plumage of one of the yellow-billed species of the Brazilian coast, figured by Lichtenstein, probably S. magnirostris." He further remarks that " young birds of our species would agree pretty well with the eryihrorhy7icha, of De Weid, as they are somewhat smaller and less proportioned." There is a specimen in the Smithsonian collection, presented by Mr. Sclater, from Jamaica. It was killed March 23d, and is in moult ; probably, a young bird putting on its first spring livery, though still retaining its winter marks of 1862.] 540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP white front, etc. At first sight it was referred to T. regius, but on closer exami- nation several important discrepancies were observed. The bill, though just about as long as in regius, was very decidedly smaller, weaker, with the angle at symphysis less developed; it was of a clear stiaw-yellow, and in size and shape about intermediate between regius and elegans. The lateral tail feathers appear broader and rounded at their tip, instead of tapering and attenuated. An important difference is seen in the feet, the middle toe and claw being de- cidedly longer than the tarsus, instead of equal to it. Mr. Sclater did not label this bird, and I am equally uncertain what name to apply. It seems to be not at all improbable that it may be the S. cayana, of Latham, and, if so, would substantiate Gambel's position, for it is certainly not the bird he named regia. Thalasseus elegans Gamb. Sterna elegans, Gambel, Pr. A. N. S. Ph. iv. 1843, 129. Lawrence, Gen. Rep. Birds, 1858, 8G0. Atlas, pi. xciv. Thalasseus elegans, Gambel, J. A. N. S. Ph. 2d ser. i. 1819, 228. Diag. — Th. Thalasseo regio similis ; sed multo minor, rostro graciiiore, digito medio cum ungue tarso breviore; corpore subtus rosaceo-albo. Habitat. — Coast of California. The most striking morphological character of this species, as compared wkh its nearest ally, T. regia, is the comparative length of the tarsus and toes. In regia the middle toe is, with the claw, just as long as the tarsus; while the same parts in elegans are very considerably shorter. This beautiful species has been so accurately described by its discoverer, and its affinities so correctly indicated, that any further remarks upon these points would be de irop. It is as yet almost unknown in cabinets. A very fine speci- men, in winter plumage, has been deposited in the Smithsonian by J. Hepburn. Esq., and is the original of the plate abore cited. It agrees minutely with Gambel's description. Thalasseus acuflavidus (Cabot). Sterna Boysii, Nuttall, Man. Orn. ii. 1834, 276. Sed non Lath., 1*790. Sterna can'iaca, Audubon, Orn. Biog. iii. 1835, 531. Id. B. A. vii. 1844, 87. Sed non Gmel., 1788. Sterna acuflavida, Cabot, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1837, ii. 257. Lawr. Gen. Rep. 1858, 8G0. Thalasseus acuflavidus, ? Diag. — T. Thalasseo cantiaco statura, forma, colorib usque omnino similis ; sed margine alba, pogonii interni remigis primae angustiore, nee in apicem penme porrecta. Habitat. — Atlantic Coast of North America, ranging into the Antilles in winter. The young of the year is considerably smaller than the adult (wing h inch shorter) as is usual in this subfamily. The bill is shorter and weaker, and is without any very distinct definition of angles and ridges. It is brownish black, the extreme point only yellowish. The crown, front and nape are brownish black, variegated with white, the white touches very small on the front. The upper parts are as in the adults ; but everywhere marked with irregularly-shaped, but well-defined spots and transverse bars of decided brownish black. There is no well formed occipital crest, until after the first moult. The primaries are like those of the adults. The tail, however, is very different. The feathers for three-fourths their length are of the color of the back ; this color gradually deepens, until towards the tips it becomes brownish black, — each feather having a terminal irregular edge left whitish. The tail, in shape, is simply deeply emarginate, the outer feathers being but slightly longer than the second. In winter the yellow tip of the bill of the adults decreases in extent and in- tensity of color ; the front is white, either pure or speckled with black ; the crown variegated with black and white; but the long occipital crest, which does [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541 not disappear at this season, remains of an unmixed brownish black. The lateral tail feathers are shorter. The bird otherwise as in summer. At all seasons the yellow tip of the bill varies in extent, and it also presents a varying regularity and sharpness of division from the black. I am inclined to think that the extent of the yellow depends upon the age of the bird: its intensity upon the season. The longest yellow tip before me measures three- fourths of an inch, the shortest one-fourth. In a large series of specimens the tarsi and toes scarcely differ appreciably. The markings of the primaries, in their extent and disposition, are also remarkably constant. The variation in length of wing from flexure in adult summer birds is about half an inch. The tail varies somewhat in depth of fork, but is always less than in the species of Sterna proper. A series of winter skins from Jamaica in, probably, their first moult, differ from adult examples from various points on the Atlantic Coast in being every way considerably smaller. The bills are about a third of an inch shorter than the average ; and other parts differ proportionally. The American Sandwich Tern was first separated from the European by Cabot, (1. c.) in 1847. Most of the points of difference, however, assigned by that writer, disappear when large series from both continents are compared. The difference in the measurements given exists equally in individuals of both species ; for, as will be seen from the above remarks, specimens vary greatly in these respects. After an attentive examination of a large number of skins, I can appreciate no differences whatever in these respects ; and in size and pro- portions, of bill as well as of the whole body, the two appear identical. Neither can distinctive characters be drawn from the yellow tip of the bill. In both species the line of union of the yellow and black is equally irregular, depend- ing for its exact character on the age of the bird. In both, the yellow runs along the gonys, nearly or quite to the angle at the symphysis. It also extends, but in a less degree, along the ridge of the upper mandible, and even for a little way on the cutting edges of both mandibles. The outline of the yellow on the sides of the bill is also more usually concavo-convex than perfectly straight and perpendicular. The trenchant line of union, which existed in the speci- men described by Cabot, must have been rather exceptional. I cannot appre- ciate any difference in the width of the bills of the two in the series before me. A discrepancy in the claws of the two does not exist as constant. We are reduced, therefore, in separating the two birds, to the single remaining character given by Cabot, — that of the primaries. These parts in the American bird are not darker than those of the European, since their color de- pends on their age ; but a decided difference in the white margins of the inner webs exists uniformly in ail the specimens from either country that I have ever examined. In the European bird the white of the inner web of the first pri- mary occupies at the base nearly the whole of the web, the dark portion being merely a narrow line along the shaft. This black portion widens but little as it runs along the feather, so that the white border extends quite broadly to the very tip of the feather, which it entirely occupies. In the American, on the contrary, the black portion is in its whole length wider, and, about one and a half inches from the tip becomes quite suddenly very decidedly broader, so much so as nearly to cut off the white, which latter continues forward a little further, but only as a very narrow bordering line, and finally disappears before it reaches the tip. The same holds good, though somewhat less markedly, of the second, third and fourth primaries. The following would therefore con- stitute the Differential diagnoses of the American and European Bird, Th. cantiacus. — White margins of inner web of outer three or four prima- ries wide, extending quite to tip, which it wholly occupies. Breadth of white portion l£ inches from tip of first primary, -25 of inch. 1862.] 542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Th. acufiavidus. — White margins of inner web of three or four outer prima- ries narrow, falling short of tip, which is wholly occupied by the black portion. Breadth of white margin lj inches from tip of first primary, -10 of an inch. Genus STERNA Linnaeus. Sterna, Linn., Syst. Nat. 1748. Type, S. Mrundo, Linn. Tkalassea, Kaup, Sk. Ent. Eur. Theirw. 1829, p. 97. Type, S. paradisea, Briin. Hydrocecropis, Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 178. Type, ? (includes S. paradisea.) Sternula, Boie, Isis, 1822, 563. Type, S. minuta, Linn. Ch. — Head without a decided occipital crest, but the feathers of the parts somewhat elongated; size moderate, or very small; general form slender and graceful. Bill about as long as, or slightly shorter than, the head, greatly ex- :eeding the tarsus ; of varying stoutness, but usually quite slender, very acute, the culmen gently curved, being slightly declinato-convex. Commissure gently curved; outline of rami a little concave, of gonys quite straight, the angle- at symphysis well marked and acute, but not very prominent. Wings long and pointed. Tail of variable length and amount of forfication, but always de- cidedly greatly forked ; the lateral feathers elongated, slender and tapering, greatly surpassing the others. Tail contained in the wing of the type of the genus about If times; in arctica 1J times; while the tail of paradisea is bat little less than the wing. Tarsus Blender, slightly shorter than the middle toe and claw, slightly longer than the middle toe alone; much shorter than the bill, about equal to the distance between the projection at symphysis and the •tip .of the inferior mandible. The genus Sterna, in the restricted acceptation in which it is employed by most modern authors, embraces quite numerous species, all more or less inti- mately related to S. hirvndo. The group is one well defined, its species agree- ing very closely in size, general form, pattern of coloration, and seasonal changes of plumage. Specific characters are generally found in the varying length and stoutness of bills and tarsi, amount of forking of the tail, markings of the primaries, and other less decided features of coloration. Sterna proper has comparatively few synonyms, the principal of which are those given at the head of this article. T.kalassea, Kaup, and Hydrocecropis, Boie, are strictly synonymous, while Ster?iula, Bnie, is based upon a species Liffering but very slightly from the type, S. Mrundo. "Sterna Trudeadi Aud.'' Sitrna Trudcaui, Audubon, Orn. Biog. v. 1839, 125. Lawr. Gen. Rep. Birds. 1858, 861. I have before me a typical specimen of Sterna Trudeaui, belonging to J. P. Giraud, Jr., the one from which was drawn up the description in the General Report, and supposed to be also the original of Audubon's plate and descrip- tion. As these are the chief descriptions of the bird which have ever appeared, and as, I believe, the specimen is the only one known to exist, it may fairly be considered to embody all that is at present known of the species. From the peculiar characters presented by it, as well as by the species which succeeds, — to both of which attach, for various obvious reasons, doubts as to validity. — it may be of advantage to examine somewhat closely into its charac- ters, to determine if possible whether they be distinct from each other ; and in that case in what they differ from S. Forsteri. The bill is quite stout at the base, both as regards height and width, and t.ipers regularly to an acute point, the culmen being but slightly arcuate. It is precisely the length of that of an adult Forsteri, and also of a supposed Havelli.* * The specimens of •' Havelli " referred to, are those furnished by Mr. Lawrence, and so labelled t,y bim. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 543 I 1 is bright yellow at the tip for exactly the same distance as is the bill of " Havelli;" but the base, for nearly a third of the length of the bill, appears to have been in life bright orange yellow, so that only the middle of the bill is left black ; whereas, in " Havelli," the bill is black from its yellow tip quite to the base of the upper mandible, and only a small space on the under mandible is left yellow. The front and crown are white, passing into light pearl blue on the nape, exactly as in " Havelli ;" the circumocular fascia also exists, but it is somewhat narrower than in that species. The other upper parts are of exactly the shade of Forsteri or "Havelli;" but this color extends around the sides of the neck quite to the throat, and occupies the whole under parts of the bird, not even excepting the under tail-coverts, whereas in " Havelli " and Forsteri, the color of the same parts is nearly or quite pure white. The rump is white, as in both those species. The tail is elongated ; — exactly intermedi- ate between a full plumaged summer Forsteri and " Havelli ;" it has precisely the color of the latter, the inner web of the lateral feather being somewhat lighter than in the former. The wings, in their markings and length, are iden- tical with those of either Forsteri or " Havelli;" the tarsi and toes are fraction- ally of the same length, and appear of about the same color in the dried skin. The differences therefore between " Havelli" and " Trudeaui," lie entirely in the following features : 1st. The bases of both mandibles are orange yellow for nearly half their length in "Trudeaui" while in "Havelli'''' a very small portion of the under mandible only is light colored. 2d. The color of the back extends indiluted over the whole under parts of "Trudeaui," while the same parts in " Havelli " are white. The greater slenderness of the bill, and the shorter tarsi, given by Audubon as characteristic of " Trudeaui" in comparison with " Havelli" do not exist, provided the specimens before me exhibit the characters of the latter. Indeed, a comparison of fourteen specimens of Forsteri, three of "Havelli" and the single " Trudeaui" shows the three to be surprisingly similar in every detail of size and proportions ; the bills and tarsi particularly, hardly differing as much in length a3 do these parts in different individuals of hirundo or macroura. Should the color of the bill and of the under parts of " Trudeaui," — more par- ticularly the latter — prove constant, they would be abundantly sufficient to separate it from any other species. The only question is, whether the speci- .11 en under consideration is not in an entirely accidental and abnormal state of plumage, to be placed in the same category with albinism, melanism, Ac. Although Audubon states that he saw other individuals like the present speci- men, it appears to be the only one ever actually examined. The question is one of great interest, but one of which, unfortunately, we are no nearer the positive solution than we were twenty years ago ; and I am therefore obliged rem in medio relinquere. "Sterna Havelli Aud." Sterna Havelli, Audubon, Orn. Biog. v. 1839, 122. Lawrence, Gen. Rep. Birds, 1858,861. So accurate a description of the winter plumage — the only one known — of this supposed species has been given by its discoverer, that it is unnecessary here to repeat it. A discussion of the essential characters assigned to it, to dis- cover exactly what are its claims. to specific distinction, may be given. It is not a little singular that, of a species recognized for more than twenty years, the nuptial plumage should be still quite unknown. I am not aware that a specimen which could be referred to this species ha9 ever been taken ia spring or summer. There can be no doubt, however, that at that season it . obtains the black pileum common to all the species of the genus,— with, proba- bly, not even the exception of " Trudeaui." A specimen before me, which agrees more closely than any other with Audubon's plate and description, has the ciown and occiput very noticeably variegated with black; this color, indeed, 1862.] 544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF being almost unmixed with white on the extreme nape. The front alone is white. The character, therefore, of a black ocular fascia, and white crown, cannot be considered as diagnostic of the adult full-plumaged bird. The chief, and, indeed, the only point to be examined, is the relationship of this species with the £. Forsteri, — winter specimens of which agree very closely with it. In discussing this question, it must be borne in mind that Audubon was entirely unacquainted with S. Forsteri, or at least did not recog- nize its claims to specific validity, as distinct from S. Mr undo. Indeed, if we compare Audubon's description of his " Havelli" with a winter specimen of existence of the European Pliocene faunas. Works referred to. C. Miocene Foss. Conrad, Medial Tertiary or Miocene Fossils of the U. S. C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. Conrad, Fossil Shells of the Tertiary Fcnsa- tions of the United States. 1832. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. Transactions of the American Philosophical So- ciety of Philadelphia, vol. ix. n. s. 1845; vol. vi. n. s. 1839. Sttlim. Jourr.. American Journal of Science and Arts. Journ. A. N. S. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia. Procctd. A. N. S. Proceedings ditto. 18U2.] 560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP Plioc. Foss. S. C. Pliocene Fossils of South Carolina. Bullet. Nat. Inst. Bulletin of the National Institution. Emmons, Geol. N. C. Geology of North Carolina. MURICID2E. MUREX, Lin. M. globosus, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 247, 105a. Subgenus Pterorytis, Conrad. Fusiform ; six prominent recurved foliated ribs ; aperture orate ; channel closed. M umbrifer, C. Tert. Foss. 17, 3, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 247, 104a. M. sexcostata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 248, 106. TYPHIS, Montfort. T. acuticosta, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 217, 9, 1. 1829. TROPHON, Mont. T. (Fusus) tetricus, C. Tert. Foss. 18, 3, 6. Foss. Med. Tert. pi. 46, fig. 4. FUSINJE. FUSUS. Subgenus Scalaspira, Conrad. Fusus strumosus, C. Tert. Foss. 18, 3, 4. Foss. Med. Tert. pi. 49, fig. 3. NEPTUNEA, Bolten. N. (Fusus) devexa, C. Foss. Med. Tert. pi. 49, fig. 8. Proceed. A. N.S. i. 309. N. (Fusus) exilis, C. Tert. Foss. 17, 3, 2. Mioc. Foss. pi. 49, fig. 1. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 150, 30, 5. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 251, Ilia? N. (Fusus) equalis, Emmons, Geol. N. C 251, 11. N. (Fusus) filosa, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1863. N. (Fusus) lamellosa, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 251. 112. N. (Fusus) parilis, C. Tert. Foss. 18, 4. 2. Foss. Med. Tert. pi. 49. fig. 5. N. (Fusus) rustica, C. Tert. Foss. 18, 4, 1. Fusus errans, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 223. N. (Fusus) trossula, C. Tert. Foss. 18, 3, 5. Foss. Med. Tert. pi. 46, fig. 6. FASCIOLARIIDJE. BUSYCON, Bolten. B. alveatum, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 583. B. adversarium, C. Proceed. 1863. B. perversum, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Lam.,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 145, 29. 3. B. carinatum, C. Proc. A. N. S. 1862, 286. B. (Pyrula) carica? Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 145, 29, 1. B. (Fulgur) contrarium, C. Sill. Journ. xxxix. 387. Miocene Foss. pi. 45, f. 11. B. perversum, Emmons, (not Lam.,) Geol. N. C. 249, 107. B. (Fulgur) coronatum, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. 187. Mioc. Foss. pi. 46, f. 1. Pyrula canaliculata, Lyell, (not Lam.,) Man. Geol. 172, 151. B. canaliferum, C. Busycon canaliculalum, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Lam.,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 145, 29, 2. B. Carolinensis, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 249, 108. B. (Cassidulus) Carolinense, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 147,30,1. B. (Pyrula) excavatum, C. Sill. Journ. xxxix. 387. Miocene Fos8.pl. 45, f. 12. Cassidulus Carolinensis? Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 147, 30, 1. B. filosum, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 286. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561 B. (Fulgur) fusiforme, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. 187. Miocene Foss. 82, 46, 3. B. (Fulgur) incile, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 343. Busycon Conradi, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 174, 29, 4. B. (Fulgur) maximum, C. Miocene Foss. pi. 47. B. (Fulgur) rugosum, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 307. Miocene Foss. pi. 46, f. 4. B. scalaris, C. B. (Fulgur) tuberculatum, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. 185. Miocene Foss. pi. 46, f. 2. B. canaliculatum, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Lam.,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 146, 29. B. scalarispira, C. Proceed. 1862, 584. B. striatum, C. ib. B. Tritonis, Proceed. 1862, 583. FASCIOLARIA, Lam. F. alternata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 253. F. gigantea? Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S.C. 152, 30, 9. F. nodulosa, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 253, 116. F. Tuomeyi, Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 152, 30, 10. F? parvula, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 270, 37, 94. F. rhomboidea, Rogers, Trans. Philos. Soc. vi. 307, 30, 3. F. distans, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Lam.,) Pliocene Foss. 151, 30. 7, 8. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 252, 113. F. Sparrowi, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 253, 115. F. Woodii, Gabb, Journ. A. N. S. (second series,) iv. 375, 67, 7. Subgenus Terebraspira, Conrad. Spire elevated, terebriform ; columella three-plaited, the plates interior. F. acuta, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 254, 17. F. elegans, Emmons, Geol. N. O. 252, 114. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 286. Subgenus Ltrosoma, Conrad. F. (Fusus) sulcosa, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. (1829.) 220, 9, 8. Proceed. A N S 1862, 286. PERISTERNIA, Morch. P. (Bucc.) filicata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 326. Fusus cannabinus? C. " " " Colus drier eus, Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 150, 30 6. PLEUROTOMIDJE. SURCULA, Gray. S. (Pleurotoma) biscatenaria, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 140. Pleurotoma catenata, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 223, 9, 13. S. (Pleurotoma) bella-crenata, C. Journ. A. N. S. viii. 185. S. (Pleurotoma) communis, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 224, 9, 23. S. engonata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862,' 285. S. (Pleurotoma) gracilis, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 225, 9, 10. S. (Pleurot.) incilifera, C. ib. vii. 140. S. (Pleurotoma) Marylandica, C. Journ. A. N. S. viii. 185. S. nodulifera, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 285. S. (Pleurotoma) parva, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 225, 9, 18. S. (Pleurotoma) rotifera, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 224, 9, 9. S. rugata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 285. S. (Pleurotoma) tricatenaria, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 139. S- (Pleurotoma) Virginiana, C. vii. 138. DRILLIA, Gray. D. arata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 285. D. bella, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 285. 1862.] 39 562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP J), distarfs, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 285. D. (Pleurot.) dissimilis, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 224, 9, 11. Fusus pygmxus? H. C. Lea, Philos. Trans, ix. 270, 37, 95. D. (Pleurot.; eburnea, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 285. D. (Pleurot.) elegans, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 265, 146. D. (Pleurot.) flexuosa, ib. 148. D. impressa, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 285. D. (Pleurot.) limatula, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 224, 9, 12. D. (Pleurot.) lunata, H. C. Lea, Philos. Trans, new series, pi. 37, fig. 93. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 132, 27, 16, (Turris.) P. lunata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 264, 144. D. (Pleurot.) multisecta, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 326. D. (Pleurot.) pyrenoides, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 139. D. (Pleurot.) tuberculata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 265, 147. MANGELIA. M. Virginiana, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 286. TRITON1ID2E. BURSA, Bolten. RANELLA, Lam. Subgenus Eupleura, H. and A. Adams. Bursa (Ranella) caudata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. ii. 236, 1822. Apollon caudata, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 142, 28, 15. BUCCINID^E. TRITIA, Risso. T. (Bucc.) altilis, C. Tert. Foss. 19, 4, 6. T. (Fusus) anomala, H. C. Lea, Trans. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 37, fig. 97. T. (Bucc.) arata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 127, 7, 4. T. (Bucc.) bidentata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 257, 126. T. (Bucc.) bilix, C. Proceed. A.N. S. i. 308. T. (Bucc.) fossulata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 308. T. (Nassa) impressa, H. C. Lea, Philos. Trans, ix. pi. 37, fig. 100. T. (Bucc.) harpuloides, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 326. T. (Bucc.) interrupta, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 345, 2, 2. T. irrorata, C. Buccinum obsoletum, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Say,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 135, 28, 5. T. (Bucc.) moniliformis, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 256, 125. T. (Bucc.) multilunata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 256, 124. T. (Bucc.) multirugata, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 345. Emmons, Geol. N. 0. 250. 121. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 133, 28, 2. T. (Bucc.) porcina, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 126. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 133, 28, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 256, 122. T. (Bucc.) prserupta, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 308. T. scalaris, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 286. T. (Bucc.) sexdentata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 308. T. (^Nassa) trivittata? Say, Journ. A. N. S. ii. 231. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc Foss. S. C. 135, 28, 4. T. (Bucc.) Tuomeyi, H. C. Lea, Philos. Trans, ix. pi. 37, fig. 97. T. (Bucc) laqueata, C. Tert. Foss. 19, 4, 5. Subgenus Bulliopsis, Conrad. T. (Buccinum) integra, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. No. 2, 194, 2, 5. Buc. pusillum ? H. C. Lea, Trans. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 37, fig. 98. T ? (Fusus) anomala, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 271, 37, 96, (young shell.) T. Marylandica, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 287. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 563 T. ovata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 287. T. (Fusus) pygmrea,H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 270, 37,95, (young shell.) T. (Nassa) quadrata, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 226. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 287. PURPURID^J. CRONIA ? H. and A. Adams. C. (Purpura) tridentata, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. 0. 137, 28, 9. Cantharus Cmnbei-landianus, Gabb, Journ. A. N. S. (2d series,) iv. 375, 67, 6, ECPHORA, Conrad. E. (Fusus) 4-costatus, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 127. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 310. Miocene Foss. 84, 48, 2. OL1VIBJS. DACTYLUS, Klein. D ? (Oliva) ancillariformis, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 274, 37, 105. D. (Oliva) canaliculars, H. C. Lea, Trans. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 37, fig. 134. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 259. D. Carolinensis, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 584. Oliva litterata, C. (not Lam.) Sillim. Journ. xli. 345, 2, 1. Slrephona litterata, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 140,28, 13. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 259, 130. Subgenus Strephona, Browne. D. eboreus, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 287. D. (Oliva) idonea, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 344. Proceed. A. N. S. 1863. Subgenus Olivella. D. (Oliva) duplicatus, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 309. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 131a? VOL TJTIDJE. VOLUTA, Lam. V. solitaria, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 218. Y. Trenholmii, Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 128, 27, 7. V. obtusa, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 263, 141. Subgenus Volutifusus, Conrad. V. mutablis, C. Fasciolaria nmtabilis, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 135. Sill. Journ. xli. 346, 2, 7. V. mutabilis, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 128, 27,5. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 262. MEGOPTYGMA, Conrad. Fusiform; smooth or entire; beak sinuous; plaits very large, the upper one very thick, suboblique. M. (Voluta) sinuosa, Gabb, Proceed. A.N. S. Nov. 1861, 367. PLEIOPTYGMA, Conrad. Subfusiform; aperture long; columella with very oblique plaits, numerous, alternated in size, or irregular, the largest being the second one from above. P. (Mitra) Carolinensis, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 345. Tuomey and Holmes, Plio- cene Foss. S. C. 129, 27, 9. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 260, 132. PORCELLANA, Adans. Subgenus Volctella, Swains. P. (Marginella) conulus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. ix. 273, 37, 102. P. distans, C. n. s. 1862.] 564 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP P. olivreformis, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 131, 27, 12. Marginella oliv&formis, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 261, 133. Subgenus Glabella, Swains. P. (Marg.) constricta, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 261, 135. P. (Marg.) denticulata, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 225, 9, 21. P. (Marg.) eburneola, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 141. P. (Marg.) exilis, II. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Pbilos. Soc. ix. 274, 37, 103. P. (Marg.) inflexa, Emmons, Geol. N. 0. 261, 137. P. (Marg.) limatula, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 140. Miocene Foss. pi. 47, f. 11. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 130, 27, 10. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 261, 134. P. (Marg.) ovata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 261, 136. Subgenus Porcellanella, Conrad. P. bella, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1863. ERATO? Risso. E. laevis, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 262, 139. COL UMBELLINJE. AMYCLA, H. and A. Adams. Subgenus Astykis, H. and A. Adams. A. granulifera, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 287. A. communis, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 287. A. reticulata, C. " " " 287. CASSIDID^. SEMICASSIS, Klein. S. (Cassis) cfelata, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 218, 9, 14. SCONSIA, Gray. S. (Cassis) Hodgii, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 346, 2, 10. Galeodia Hodgii, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 138, 28, 10. Em- mons, Geol. N. C. 257, 128. DOLIIDjE. DOLIUM. D. galea? Lam. Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 139, 28, 11. D? octocostatum, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 258, 129. SYCOTYPUS, Browne. FICUS, Rousseau. S. (Pyrula) reticulata ? Lam. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 149, 30, 3. NATIC1DM. NATICA. N. plicatella, Conrad. N. canrena, C. (not Lam.,) Sill. Journ. xli. 344. Tuo- mey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 115, 25, 17. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 267, 152. N. Caroliniana, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 346, 2, 8. Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 116, 25, 18. N. (Natica) hemicrypta, Gabb, Journ. A. N. S. (2d series,) iv. 375, 67, 5. X. spbaerula and crassilabrum, (immature or doubtful sp.,) H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Pbilos. Soc. ix. 254, 36, 52. Neverita, Risso. N. (Natica) duplicata? Say, Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 114, 25, 16. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 266, 150. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 565 N. percallosa, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 348. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 267, 151. Subgenus Lunatia, Gray. N. catenoides, Wood, British Crag. Moll. 141, 16, 10. iV. (Natica) heros, Conrad, (not Say,) Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 114, 25, 15. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 267, 149. N. (Natica) interna, Say, Journ. A.N. S. iv. 125, 7, 2. N. (Natica) perspectiva, Rogers, Trans. Philos. Soc. vi. 36, 3. SIGARETUS, Lam. Subgenus Naticina, Gray. S. (Natica) fragilis, C. Journ. A.N. S. vi. 222,9,3. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 267, 153. N. aperta, H. 6. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 36, f. 51. SCALARIDJE. SC ALA, Klein. S. arctata, C. n. s. S. (Scalaria) aciculata, H. C. Lea, Trans. Philos. Soc. pi. 36, f. 65. S. (Scalaria) clathrus? Lam. Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 124, 26,15. S. (Scalaria) curta, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 271, 165. S. distans, C. n. s. S. (Scalaria) micropleura, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. pi. 36, f. 67. S. (Scalaria) microstoma, H. 0. Lea, ib. f. 68. S. (Scalaria) procera, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 326. S. (Scalaria) multistriata? Say. Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. 0. 120, 26, 14. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 271, 164. Subgenus Sthenorytis, Conrad. Ovate, thick; whorls partially united; ribs very thick, distant, recurved; large whorl without a plate at base ; not umbilicated. S. (Scalaria) expansa, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. No. 2, 194, 2, 3. S. (Scalaria) pachypleura, C. Journ. A. N. S. viii. 186. S. comigera? H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 36, f. GG. P YRAMIDELLID.P.. TEREBRA, Brug. Subgenus Acus, Humph. T. (Cerithium) Carolinensis, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 345. T. (Cerith.) clavulus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. ix. pi. 37, f. 89. T. curvilirata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 327. T. indenta, C. T. (Cerith.) dislocata, C. (not Say,) Sill. Journ. xli. 343. T. neglecta, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 258. T. simplex, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi^f. 226, 9, 22. T. sublirata, C. n. s. T. uniliueata, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 345,2,4. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 258, 129. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 258, 129. OBELISCUS, Humph. 0. (Pyramidella) arenosa, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 309. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 268, 154. P. suturalis, H. C. Lea, Philos. Trans, ix. pi. 36, f. 63, (young shell.) 0. (Pyram.) reticulata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 268, 155. 1862.] 566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ODOSTOMIA, Fleming. 0? (Actaeon) glans, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 36, f. 58. 0? (Cerithium) curtum, H. C. Lea, ib. 268, 17, 90. 0. (Cerithium) dedselium, H. C. Lea, ib. 269, 37, 91. 0. (Pasithea) granulata, PI. C. Lea, 268, 36, 54. 0 ? (Pasithea) laevigata, H. C. Lea, ib. 35, 47. 0? (Actaeon) nitens, H. C. Lea, ib. 36, 60. 0. (Pasithea) ovulum, H. C. Lea, 269, 35, 48, (young shell.) 0. (Action) turbinata, H. C. Lea, ib. 36,56. 0 ? (Pasithea) turbinopsis, H. C.Lea, ib. 253, 35, 50. 0 ? (Actaeon) sculpta, H. C. Lea, ib. 36, 59. TURBONILLA, Risso. T. (Turritella) perlaqueata, C. Journ. A.N. S. vii. 189. T. (Chemmtzia) reticulata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 269, 156a. AURICULINA, Gray. A. (Pasithea) eburnea, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 251, 35, 46. A. (Pasithea) exarata, H. C. Lea, ib. 35, 44. A. (Odostomea) limnaea, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 20. A. (Pasithea) ornata, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 253. A. (Pasithea) subula, H. C. Lea, Philos. Soc. ix. 251, 35, 45. EULIMIDM. NISO, Risso. N. (Bonellia) lineata, C. Journ. A. N. S. viii. 188. Actseon simplex, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 36, f. 62. EULIMA, Risso. E. eborea, C. Proceed. A. N. S. iii. 26, f. 21. Pasithea laevigata, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 252, 35, 47. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 268, 157. E. migrans, C. Proceed. A. N. S. iii. 26, f. 22. E. subulata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 268, 158. CERITIHOPSIDM. CERITHIOPSIS. C. (Cerithium) annulatum, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 269, 161. C. (Cerithium) clavulus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 268,37,89. C. (Chemnitzia) Emmonsii, C. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 268, 160. SOLAR1DJE. ARCHITECTONICA, Bolten. Subgenus Phillipia, Gray. A. (Solarium) trilineata, C. Journ. A. N. S. viii. 31. A. (Solarium) nupera, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 141. A. perspectiva? Lin., Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 120, 26, 6. CONIDJE. CONUS, Lin. C. adversarius, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 345, 2. 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 131, 27, 14. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 263, 142. C. diluvianus, Green, Trans. Albany Institute (1830), if 124, 3, 2. C. Marylandicus, Green, Trans. Albany Institute (1830), 124. CELATOCONUS, Conrad. C. (Buc.) protractue, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 308. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 567 CYPRJEIDJE. CYPILEA, Lin. Subgenus Aricia, Gray. 0. Carolinensis, C. Sill, Journ. xli. 346, 2, 6. Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 126, 27, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 260, 131. C. annulifera, C. n. s. C. pediculus ? Emmons, Geol. N. C. 260. C AN CELL ARID JE. CANCELLARIA, Lam. C. alternata, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 155. C. Carolinensis, C. C. reticulata, Emmons (not Lam.), Geol. N. C. 255, 119. «;. depressa, Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 142, 28, 16. C. venusta, Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 144, 28, 18. C. engonata, C. Journ. A. N. S. viii. 188. C. lunata, Journ. A. N. S. vi. 222, 9, 4. C. perspectiva, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 136. C. plagiostoma, C. ib. vii. 136. C. scalarina, C. n. s. Subgenus Tkigonostoma, Blainville. F. (Cancellaria) biplicifera, C. Journ. A. N. S. viii. 187. CERITHIIDJE. CERITHIUM. Subgenus Sichak, Hinds. 0. moniliferum, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Pbilos. Soc. ix. pi. 37, f. 92. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 269, 159. TRIFORIS. T. (Cerith.) bicostatus, Emmons, Geol, N. C. 270, 162. MELANID&. LITTORINA, Ferrusac. L. Carolinensis, C. L. irrorata, Tuomey and Holmes (not Say), Pliocene Foss. S. C. 26, 5. L. lineata, Emmons, Ge'ol. N. C. 271, 170. PALTJDINIDM. VI VIP AR A, Lam. V. (Turbo) glabra, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 37, f. 87. V. subglobosa, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 273, 186. TURRITELLID2E. TURRITELLA, Lam. T. sequistriata, C. Proceed., 1862,584. T. alticostata, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 144. T. (Terebellum) Burdenii, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 122, 26, 11. T. (Terebellum) constrictum, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 270. T. Cumberlandia, C. Proceed. A. NVS. 1862, 584. T. exaltata, C. ib. 1, 32. Tuomey and Holmes, 121, 26, 8. T. fluxionalis, Rogers, Trans. Philos. Soc. vi. 371. 1862.] 568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF T. (Terebellum) striatum, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 120, 26, 7. T. indenta, C. Journ. Proceed. A. N. S. viii. 188. T. octonaria, C. ib. vii. 144. T. plebeia, Say, ib. iv. 125 ; vii. 125, 7, 1. T. quadristriata, Rogers, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. v. 331 ; and vi. 377, 24, 2. • T. secta, C. Proceed. A. N. S. vii. 268. T. terstriata, Rogers, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. v. 331 ; and vi. 377, 24, 1. T. terebriformis, C. n. s. T. variabilis, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 221. VERMETIDJE. VERMETUS, Adans. V. Caroiinensis, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862. V. lumbricalis, C. (not Lam.) Sillim. Journ. xxviii. 109. V. (Serpula) convolutus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 34, f. 1. ANGUINELLA, Conrad. A. Virginiana, C. Miocene Foss. 77, 44, 4. Vermetus Virginicus, D'Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 48. PETALOCONCHDS, H. C. Lea. P. sculpturatus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 34, f. 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 123, 26, 13. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 271, 169. Serpula anr/nina, H. C. Lea (young shell), Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 34, f. 2. CECID2E. CAECUM, Gray. G. annulatum, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 274, 190. CALYPTRIDJE. CRUCIBULUM, Schum. C. (Dispotaea) constrictum, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. 194, 1, 2. Miocene Foss. 80, 45,4. 0. (Dispotaea) costatum, Say, Sillim. Journ. 11, 40. C. (Dispotaea) costatum, Say. Journ. A.N. S. iv. 132. C. Miocene Foss. 79, 45, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 107, 25, 4. Calyptrsea pileolus, H. C. Lea, Transactions American Philos. Soc. ix. 248, f. 35, 38. C. (Dispotaea) dumosum, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 346, 2, 9. Miocene Foss. 80. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 109, 25, 6. C. (Dispotsea) grande, Say, Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. iv. 130, 7, 6. C. Miocene Foss. 79. <\ (Dispotaea) multilineatum, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 346, 2, 8. Miocene Foss. 80. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 107, 25, 7. <'. (Dispotaea) ramosum, C. Journ. A. N. S. viii. 187. Miocene Foss. 79, 45, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 108, 25, 5. Emmons, Geol. N..C. 275, 191. TROCHITA. T. (Infundibulum) centralis, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 348. Miocene Foss. 80, 45, 5. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 109, 25, 8. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 276, 193. T. (Infundibulum) concentrica, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix.pl. 35, f. 39. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 569 T. (Infundibulum) perarmata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 31. Miocene Foss. 80, 45 4. CRYPTA, Humphreys. C. convexa? Say, Journ. A. N. S. ii. 227. C. (Crepidula) costata, Morton, Journ. A. N. S. vi. 115, 7, 2, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 112, 25, 11. C. (Crepidula) cornucopia, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 35, ' f. 41. C. (Crepidula) cymbteformis, C. Proceed. A. N. S. ii. 173. Miocene Foss. pi. 45, f. 7. C. (Crepidula) densata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 311. Miocene Foss. pi. 45, f. 9. C. (Crepidula) fornicata? Say, Journ. A. N. S. ii. 225. C. Miocene Foss. pi. 45, f. 10. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 110, 25, 9. Emmons. Geol. N. C. 276, 194. C. (Crepidula) glauca? Say, Journ. A. N. S. ii. 226. C. (Crepidula) lamina, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 35, f. 42. C. (Crepidula) plana? Say, Journ. A.N. S. ii. 226. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. iii. 25, 12. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 276. C. (Crepidula) ponderosa, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 249, 35, 40. C. (Crepidula) spinosa, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i, 307. Miocene Foss. pi. 45, f. 8. COCHLOLEPAS, Klein. C. (Hipponyx) Bullii, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 112, 25, 13. TURBINID&. MONILIA, Swains. M. (Monodonta) exoluta, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 309. Subgenus Leiotrochus, Conrad. Polished, entire, without umbilicus ; base of columella with two denticles. M. distans, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 288. M. (Trochus) eborea, Wagner, Journ, A. N. S. viii, 52, 1, 5. M? (Turbo) caperatus, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 140. M. (Monodonta) Kiawahensis, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 116, 26, 1. ZIZYPHINUS, Gray. Z. (Trochus) aratus, H. C. Lea, Philos. Trans, ix. pi. 37, fig. 85. Z. (Trochus) armillatus, Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 118, 26, 3. Z. (Trochus) armillas, H. C. Lea, Pbjlos. Trans, ix. pi. 37, f. 81. Z. (Trochus) bellus, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 137. Z. (Trochus) conus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 37, f. 82. Z. (Trochus) gemma, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 118, 26, 4. Z. (Trochus-) humilis, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 219, 9, 5. Z. (Trochus) labrosus, C. ib. vii. 138. Z. (Trochus) lens, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. pi. 37, f. 83. Z. (Trochus) Mitchelli, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 137. Z. (Trochus) peralveatus, C. Journ. A. N. S. viii. 187. Proceed. A. N. S. iii. 21, 1, 25. Z.- (Trochus) philanthropus, C. ib. 137. Tuomey and Holmes, Geol. S. C. 117, 26, 2. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 272, 167. Z. (Trochus) Ruffinii, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 37, 86. Z. (Trochus) reclusus, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 219, 9, 6. Z. (Trochus) torquatus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. pi. 37, f. 84, Z. (Trochus) arenosus, C. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 272, 168. CEMORIA, Leach. C. oblonga, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 247, 35, 37. 1862.] 570 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF PATELLA. P? acinaces, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix, 247, 35, 36. CHITON. C. transenna, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 246, 35, 35. VMBONIID&. UMBONIUM, Link. ROTELLA, Lam. CT? (Rotella) subconica, H. C. Lea, Trans, ix. 263, 36, 77. carinata, ib. 78. lenticularis. ib. 79. umbilicata. ib. 80. CAFJNORBIS, Conrad. C. (Delphinula) arenosus, C. Proceed. A. N. S. iii. 20. C. (Delphinula) costulatus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 260, 36, 69. C. distans, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 288. C. (Delphinula) lyra, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 141. Proceed, iii. 20, 1, 27. Delp. globulus, H. C. Lea. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 262, 36, 74. C ? , Emmons, Geol. N. C. 258, 181. C. (Delphinula) quadricostata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 269, 180. FISSVRELLID^. FISSURELLA, Lam. F. alticosta, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 142. F. catilliformis, Rogers, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. v. 332 ; and vi. 377, 26, 1. F. Griscomi, C. Miocene Foss. 78, 44, 8. F. Marylandica, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 31. Miocene Foss. 79, 45, 1. F. nassula, C. Miocene Foss. 78, 44, 6. F. redimicula, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 8, 1. Miocene Foss. 78. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 113, 25, 14. DENTALID.E. DENTALIUM. D. attenuatum, Say, Journ. A.N. S. iv. 154,8,3. Tuomev and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 105, 25, 1. D. Carolinense, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862. D. duodecenaria, C. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 274, 188. D. thallus, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 142. Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. 106, 25, 3. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 274, 189. D. pliocenum, Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. 105, 25, 2. TOENATELLIDJE. ACTJEON, Montf. A. angulatus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 37, f. 57. A. glans, H. C. Lea, ib. 58. A. globosus, H. C. Lea, ib. pi. 37, f. 55. A. melanoides, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 227. A. novellus, C. ib. vii. 142. A. ovoides, C. ib. 226. A. sculptus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. pi. 37, f. 59. A.? turbinatus, H. C. Lea, ib. f. 56. CYLICHNIDuE. VOLVULA, Adams. V. (Ovula) iota, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 309. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 571 BULLID.%. BULLA. B. cylindrus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. pi. 35, f. 43. B. subspissa, C. Proceed. A. N. S. iii. 20. TORNATINA, H. and A. Adams. T. cylindrica, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 272, 182. AURICULIDJE. MELAMPUS, Montf. Subgenus Ensiphorus, Conrad. M. longidens, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 584. CONCHIFERA. PHOLADID2E. PHOLAS, Lin. P. arcuata, C. Proceed. Nat. Inst. 187 (1841). P. acuminata, C. Miocene Foss. 77, 44, 2. P. costata, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Lam.,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 102, 24, 4. P. producta, C. P. oblongata, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Say,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 103, 24. 5. P? rhomboidea, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 235, 34, 7. TEREDO. T. calamus, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 234, 34, 4. T. fistula, ib. 5. GASTROCH^NA, Lam. G. ligula, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 234, 34, 6. SOLENID^l. ENSIS, Shum. E. (SoleD) ensiformis, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 326. E. (Solen) directus, C. ib. 325. S. ensis, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Lin.,) Plioc. Foss. 101, 24, 3. E. (Solen) magnodentatas, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 236, 34, 8. SILIQUARIA, Schum. S. equalis, C. Solecurtus subteres. Emmons, (not Con.,) Geol. N. C. 299, 228a. S. Carolinensis, C. Cultellus Caribccus, C. (not Lam.,) Miocene Foss. 75, 43, 1. Solecurtus Caribccus, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Lam.,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 99, 23, 12, 13. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 299, 228a. SAXICA VIDJE. SAXICAVA, Fleurian de Bellevue. S. bilineata, C. Miocene Foss. 18, 10, 4. S. (Hidella) lancea, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 242, 24. S. pectorosa, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 130. Miocene Foss. 18, 10, 3. S. rugosa? Lam., Bullet. Nat. Inst. 187. GLYCIMERIS, Klein. G. (Panop.) Americana, C. Miocene Foss. 4, 2. G. (Panop.) dubia, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 236, 34, 9. G. (Panop.) Goldfussii, Wagner, Journ. A. N. S. viii. 52, 8, 3. 1862.1 572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP « G. (Panop.) porrecta? C. G. (Panop.) porrecta, C. Miocene Foss. 71,41, 2, 1842. G. (Panop.) reflexa, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 153, 13, 4. Miocene Foss. 5, 3, 4. Tuoiney and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 100, 24, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 300, 229. PARAMYA, Conrad. P, (Myalina) subovata, C. Miocene Foss. 65, 36, 4. MYID.E. MYA, Lin. M. corpulenta, C. Miocene Foss. 68, 39, 1. M. producta, C. ib. 1, 1, 1. M. reflexa, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 234, 34, 10. CORBULID^l. CORBULA, Brug. C. cuneata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 152, 13, 3. C. Miocene Foss. 5, 3, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 75, 20, 11. C. elevata, C. Miocene Foss. 7, 4, 3. C. idonea, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 341. Miocene Foss. 6, 10, 6. C. inaeqalis, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 3, 2. C. ib. 6, 3, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 76, 20, 12. ANATINID^l. PERIPLOMA, Schum. P. (Anatina) antiqua, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 130. Miocene Foss. 16, 8, 3. P. alta, C. Proceed. 1862,585. THRACIA. T? transversa, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 237, 34, 11. PHOLADOMYA, Sowerby. Subgenus Margaritaria, Conrad. P. abrupta, C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. 26, 12. Miocene Foss. 3, 1, 4. Tuo- mey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 101, 22, 2. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 300, 231. PANDORA, Soland. P. crassidens, C. Miocene Foss. 2, 1, 2. PANDORELLA, Conrad. Elongated ; a triangular fosset under the beak ; no cardinal teeth. P. (Pandora) arenosa, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 131. MACTRIDJE. MACTRA, Lin. SCISSODESMA, Gray. M. (Mactra) delumbis, C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. 26, 11. Miocene Foss. 27, 15, 1. M. ponderosa, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 228, 10, 5. Miocene Foss. 25, 14, 1. M. subponderosa, D'Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 100. HEMIMACTRA, Swains. SPIZULA, Gray. H. (Mactra) congesta, C. Sill. Journ. xxiii. 340. C Miocene Foss. 27, 15, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 98, 23, 10. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 298. H. (Mactra) modicella, C. Sill. Journ. xxiii. 340. Miocene Shells, 25, 13, 3. H. (Mactra) medialis, C. n. s. H. (Mactra) similis? Say, Journ. A. N. S. ii. 309. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 298. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 97, 23, 8. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 573 MULINIA, Gray. M. (Mactra) crassidens, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 346, 2, 11. C. Mioc. Foss. 69, 39, 5. M. (Mactra) triquetra, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 346, 2, 11. Miocene Foss. 69, 39, 3. RANGIA, Desmoulins. Subgenus Perissodon, Conrad. R. (Mactra) clathrodonta, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 340. Gnathodon Grayi, Miocene Foss. 23, 13, 1. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 99, 23, 2. Emmons, Geol. N. 0. 298, 226a. G. minor, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Conrad,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 99, 23, 2. Gnathodon cuncalus, Tuomey and Holmes, Post Pliocene Foss. S. C. (pars. ) R. (Gnath.) minor, C. Sill. Journ. xli. 347, 2, 14. Miocene Foss. 69, 39, 6. L UTRARIINJE. STANDELLA, Gray. S. (Mactra) congesta, C. Miocene Foss. 27, 15, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 98, 23, 10. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 298. S. (Mactra) lateralis, Say, Journ. A. N. S. ii. 309. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 97, 23, 9. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 298, 227. S. (Mactra) fragilis? Chemnitz. Mactra oblongata, Say, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 96, 23, 7. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 298. S. (Mactra) subparilis, Sill. Journ. xli. pi. 2, f. 12. Miocene Foss. 69, 39, 4. TJELLWWJE. PSAMMOCOLA, Blain. P? lucinoides, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 234, 34, 16. P? pleiocena, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 91, 22, 8. TELL1NA, Lin. Subgenus Angulus, Miihl. T. polita? Say, Journ. A. N. S. ii. 276, 65, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss S. C. 91, 22, 6. T. declivis, Say, Journ. A. N. S. vii. 131. C. Miocene Foss. 35, 19, 1. Subgenus Peron^jderma, Morch. T. alternata? Say, Journ. A. N". S. ii. 275. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss S. C. 91, 22, 6. T. arctata, C. Miocene Foss. 72, 41, 5. T. egena, C. ib. 35, 19,4. T. producta, ,C. ib. 36, 19, 5. T. lenis, C. Miocene Foss. 72, 41, 9. T. lusoria? Say, Journ. A. N. S. v. 316. C. Miocene Foss. 35, 19, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 89, 22, 5. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 297, 225a. METIS, H. and A. Adams. M. (Tellina) biplicata, Miocene Shells, 36, 19, 4. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 88, 22, 3. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 296, 225. STRIGILLA, Turton. S. Carolinensis, C. Tellina. ftuxuosa, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Say,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 90, 22, 7. DONACINJE. DONAX, Lin. D. variabilis? Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 95, 23, 6. 1862.] 5 7 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF D? , Emmons, Geol. N. C. 298, 226. SCR OBICULAUIINJE. ABRA, Leach. A. (Amphidesma) carinata, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 229, 9, 23. Miocene Foss. 37, 19, 7. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 93, 23, 2. A. (Amphidesma) equalis, Say, Amer. Coach, pi. 28. C. Miocene Po3S. 76, 43, 9. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 93, 23, 3. A (Amphidesma) asquata, C. Miocene Foss. 65, 36, 5. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 95, 23, 5. A. (Amphidesma) protexta, C. Sillirn. Journ. xli. 347. C.Miocene Foss. 73,41, 7. A. (Amphidesma) subreflexa, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 133. Miocene Foss. 37, 19, 6. A. (Amphidesma) subovata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 152, 10, 6. C. Miocene Foss. 36. A. (Amphidesma) nuculoides, C. Sill. xli. 347. Miocene Foss. 73, 41, 6. PAPEIINM. MESODESMA, Desh. M. (Mactra) confraga, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 340. Miocene Foss. 2G, 14, 2. M. (Mactra) incrassata, C. Miocene Foss. 24, 13, 2. SEMELE, Schum. AMPHIDESMA, Lam. S. (Amphidesma) orbiculata? Say, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 94, 23,4. FABELLA, Conrad. F. (Amphidesma) constricta, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 347. C. Miocene Foss. 76, 43, 10. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 586. CUMINGIA, Sowerby. C. (Mactra) tellinoides, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 258, 11, 2-3. Anatina tellinoides, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 237. 34, 12. Lavignon tellinoides, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 92, 23, 1. YENERIDJE. MERCENARIA, Schum. M. (Venus) cancellata, Gabb, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 3-76, 67, 25, (I860,) M. (Venus) capax, C. Miocene Foss. 68, 39, 4. M. mercenaria? Lin. C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 344. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 81, 21, 6. M. (Venus) permagna, C. Foss. of Tert. Form. 9. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 324. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 86, 22, 2. M. (Venus) Rileyi, C. Miocene Foss. 9, 6, 1. Tuomey and Holmes. Plioc. Foss. S. C. 78, 21, 8. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 292. M. (Venus) submortoni, D'Orbigny, Prodrom. iii. 108. M. (Venus) Mortoni, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 251. Miocene Foss. 8, 5, 1. M. (Venus) tetrica, C. Miocene Foss. 7, 4, 1. M. (Cyprina) tridacnoides, Lam. An. sans Vert. v. 565. C. Miocene Foss. 10, 7, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 85, 22, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 292. V. deformis, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 148, 12, 2. VENUS, Lin. V ? ascia, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 242, 34, 23. V. Ducatellii, C. Miocene Foss. 8, 4, 2. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 575 CIRCUMPHALUS, Klein. Subgenus Lirophora, Conrad. C. (Venus) athleta, C. Proceed. 1862, 5S6. V. papkia, Lam. (not Lin.) V. alveata, Say, (not Conrad,) Amer. Couch, pi. 63. V. latilirata, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Conrad,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 85, 21, 12. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 293, 219. C. (Venus) alveatus, C. Miocene Foss. 9, 5, 2. C. (Venus) latiliratus, ib. 68, 38, 3. DIONE, Gray. D. (Cytherea) albaria, Say, American Conch, pi. 59. Miocene Foss. 13, 8, 2. D. Marylandica, C. D. (Cnherea) Carolinensis, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 343. D. densata, Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 586. D. (Cytherea) elevata, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 241, 34, 21. D. idonea, C. albaria, C. (not Say,) Miocene Foss. pi. 8. f. 2. D. (Cytherea) Marylandica, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 343. Miocene Foss. 15,9, 1. D. (Cytherea) obovata, C. Journ. A. N. S. vi. 132. Miocene Foss. 14, 8, 4. D. (Cytherea) reposta, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 132. Miocene Foss. 15, 9, 2. Emmons, 5, 2. D. (Cytherea) Sayana, C. Miocene Foss. 13, 7, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 83, 21, 9. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 294, 1. C. convexa, C. (not Say,) Miocene Foss. 13, 7, J. D. (Cytherea) spherica, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 241, 34, 22. D. (Cytherea) staminea, C. Miocene Foss. pi. 21, f. 1. D. (Cytherea) subnasuta, C. Miocene Foss. 72, 41, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 80, 21, 3. D. Virginiana, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 586. Subgenus Chamelea, Klein. C. (V.) cancellata? Lin. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 84, 21, 11. C. (Venus) cribraria, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 310. Miocene Foss. 67, 38, 2. Tuo- mey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 83, 21, 10. C. (Venus) cortinaria. Rogers, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. v. 333. C. Miocene Foss. 11, 8, 1. ' GEMMA. G. (Venus) sphaeriea, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. is. 241, 34, 22. CIRCE. C. (Cyth.) raetastriata, C. Miocene Foss. 14, 8, 5. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 79, 21, 1-2. Emmons, 293, 220. DOSINIA, Scopoli. D. (Art.) acetabulum, C. Tert. Foss. 20, 61. Miocene Foss. 29, 16, 1. D. (Art.) elegans, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 325. Miocene Foss. 67, 38, 1. D. transversus, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 295, 223-4. D. intermedia, C. Venus concentrica, Tuomey and Holmes, (not Born.) Plioc. Foss. S. ('. 82, 21. 7. CLEMENTIA, Gray. is) inoceriformis, Wa nentia inoceriformis, C 1862.] C. (Venus) inoceriformis, Wagner, viii. 1, 2, C. Miocene Foss. 70, 40, 1. dementia inoceriformis, C. Index to Miocene Foss. 576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF PPTEWOLIBJE. PETRICOLA, Lam. P. compressa, H. C. Lea, Journ. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 239, 34, 15. P. Carolinensis, C. P. pholadi/ormis, Tuomey and Holmes (not Lam.), Plioc. Foss. S. C. 87, 21, 5, PLIORYTIS, Conrad. P. (Petricola) centenaria, C. Sill, xxiii. 341. Mioc. 17, 10, 1. Psammocola regia, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 234, 34, 17. P. Pliocena, Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 91, 22, 8. Capsa centenaria, D'Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 103. CYRENIDJE. CORBICULA, Megerle. 0. (Cyrena) densata, C. Mioc. Foss. 68, 39, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 77, 20, 14. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 290, 215a. CARDIIDJE. CARDIUM, Lin. Subgenus Cebastoderma, Poli. 0. acutilaqueatum, C. Miocene Foss. 34, 18, 2. C. Carolinensis, C. C. magnum, Tuomey and Holmes (not Born), Plioc. Foss. S. C. 63, 19, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 301. C. craticuloides, C. Miocene Foss. 66, 37, 3. C. laqueatum, C. Miocene Foss. 31, 17, 1. C. leptopleura, C. Miocene Foss. 66, 37, 5. C. Yirginianum, C. Miocene Foss. 33, 18, 1. April, 1839. C. guadrans, Rogers, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. v. 375, 30, 1. Dec, 1839. Subgenus L^evicardium, Swains. C. sublineatum, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 347, 2, 13. Miocene Foss. 66, 37, 4. Subgenus Trachycardium, Morch. 0. muricatum? Lin., Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 64, 19, 2. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 301, 232-3. BUCARDIID^. BUCARDIA, Lister. B. (Isocardia) fraterna, Say, (I. rustiea, Con.) Miocene Foss. 20, 11, 1. /. Conradi, D'Orbig. Prodromus, iii. 121. B. (Isocardia) Markoei, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. 193, 2, 1. CHAMIDJE. CHAMA, Lin. C. congregata, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 341. Miocene Foss. 32, 17, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, 23, 7, 7 — 10. C. corticosa, C. ib. 17, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 22, 7, 1, 2, 3. Emmons, 286, 210. C. striata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 286. ARCINELLA, Schum. A. (Chama) arcinella, Lin., Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 22, 7, 4 — 6. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 286, 210. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 577 LUCIMDJE. LUCINA, Brug. L. Americana, De France, Diet, des Sciences Nat. Art. Lucina, 1823. L. anodonta, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 146, 10, 9, 1824. C. Miocene Foss. 39, 20, 4. Tuomey and Holmes, Pliocene Foss. S. C. 55, 18, 2. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 291. L. cootracta, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 145, 10, 8. C. Miocene Foss. 39, 20, 5. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 54, 18, 1. L. crenulata, C. Miocene Foss. 39, 20, 2. L. Foremani, O. Journ. A. N. S. viii. 184. Miocene Foss. 71, 40, 4. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 291, 217. L. Leana, D'Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 117. Lucina lens, H. C. Lea, Trans. A. P. S. ix. 240, 34, 19. Li. subobliqua, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 147. L. subplanata, C. Journ. A. N. S. viii. 184. L. trisulcata, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 346. Miocene Foss. 74, 40, 5. L. undula, C. Miocene Foss. 71, 41, 1. Subgenus Codakia, Scopoli. C. (Lucina) cribraria, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 147, 13, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 293, 218. 0. (Lucina) multistriata, C. Miocene Foss. 71, 40, 6. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 61, 18, 16, 17. O. (Lucina) speciosa, Rogers, Trans. A. P. S. n. s. v. 333, 26, 6. L. squamosa, Conrad, (not Lam.,) Miocene Foss. 38, 20, 1. Subgenus Cyclas, Klein. Lucina Conradii, D'Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 117, 2194. L. divaricata, var., Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 148. C. Miocene Foss. 39, 20, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 59, 18, 10, 11. UNGULINIDJE. MYSIA, Leach. M. acclinis, C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. 21, 6, 2. Mysia Americana, C. Miocene Foss. 30, 16, 2. Lucina Americana, Conrad (not DeFrance), D'Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 117, 2191. M. elevata, C. Miocene Foss. 73, 41, 8. SPH^ERELLA, Conrad. S. subvexa, C. Miocene Foss. 18-, 10, 2. Erycina subconvexa, D'Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 115, 2152. KELLIA, Turton. K. (Aligena) laevis, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 238, 34, 13, 1. Erycina sublxvis, D'Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 115, 2153. K. striata, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 238, 34, 14. LEPTONLDJE. LEPTON, Turton. L. mactroides, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 151. Miocene Foss. 19, 10, 5. Erycina mactroides, D'Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 115, 2153. CRASS A TELLIDJE. ASTARTE, Sowerby. A. arata, C. Miocene Foss. 42, 20, 8. A. bella, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862,585. 1862.] 40 578 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF A. concentr ica, Tuomey and Holmes (not Conrad), Plioc. Foss. S. C. 71. 20, 3. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 289, 212. A. concentrica, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 123. Miocene Foss. 44, 21, 6. A. cuneiformis, C. Miocene Foss. 42, 20, 9. A. Cohenij C. Miocene Foss. 43, 21, 5. ' A. distans, C. Proceed. A. N. S. June, 1862, 288. A. exaltata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 29. Miocene Foss. 66, 37, 6. A. lineolata, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 241, 34, 20. A. obruta, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 15. Miocene Foss. 43, 21, 2. A. perplana, C. Miocene Foss. 43, 21, 3. A. planulata, C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. 187. A. symmetrica, C. Miocene Foss. 44, 21, 7. A. Thomasii, C. Proceed. A. N. S. vii. 267. A. undulata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 150, 9, 5. C. Miocene Foss. 41, 20, 7 and 21, 4. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 70, 20, 1, 2. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 289, 213. A. vicina, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 151, 9, 6. C. Miocene Foss. 41. A. varians, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 29. Miocene Foss. 67, 37, 7. A. Virginica, Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 585. EULOXA, Conrad. E. (Venus) latisulcata, C. Miocene Foss. 40, 20, 6. Astarte latisulcata, D'Orb. Prodrom. iii. 112, 2089. GOULDIA, C. B. Adams. G. (Astarte) lunulata, C. Miocene Foss. 44, 21, 8, A. lunulata, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 72, 20, 4. ERYCINELLA, Con. E. ovalis, C. Miocene Foss. 74, 42, 5. Erycina ovalis, D'Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 115. CRASSATELLA, Lam. C. curta, C. n. s. C. Marylandica, C. Miocene Foss. 21, 12, 1. C. melina, C. Miocene Foss. 22, 12, 2. C. turgidula, C. Miocene Foss. 69, 39, 7. C. undulata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 142, 11, 2. C. Miocene Foss. 21, I J. 2 CARDITIDJE. . ACTINOBOLUS, Klein. A. (Cardita) carinata, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 302. A. (Cardita) granulata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 142, 11, 1. C. Sillim. Journ. xxviii. 110. Mioc. Foss. 12,7,1. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 8. C. 66, 19, 6, 7. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 302, 236a. A. (Cardita) tridentata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. v. 216. C. Miocene Foss. 76, 43, 11. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 67, 19, 8, 9. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 302, 236a. Subgenus Pteromeris, Conrad. P. (Cardita) abbreviata, Sillim. Journ. xli. 2, 17. Miocene Foss. 77, 43, 12. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S C. 69, 19, 12. Emmons, Geo!. N. C. 302, 235. P. radians, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 2, 16. Miocene Foss. 77, 43, 13. CARDITAMERA, Conrad. LAZARIA, Gray. C aculeata.- Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 585. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 579 C. arata, C. Miocene Foss. 11, 6, 2. Cardita arata, Tuomev and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 65, 19, 4, 5. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 302, 234. C. carinata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1, 305. Miocene Foss. 65, 37, 1. Cardita pseudo- carinata, D'Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 114, 2133. Cardita carinata, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss S. C. 67, 19, 10. C. protraeta, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 37, 2. Miocene Foss. 65, 37, 2. Cardita protracta, D'Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 114, 2134. MYTILIDJE. PERNA, Adans. MODIOLA, Lam. P. (Modiola) spinigera, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 244, 35, 30. P. (Modiola) Ducatellii, C. Miocene Foss. 53, 28, 2. P. (Mjtilus) inflata, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 33, 14, 3. MYTILICONCHA, Conrad. M. (Myoconcha) incurva, C. Miocene Foss. 52, 28, 1. M. incrassatus, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 247. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 32, 14, 1, 2. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 283, 203a. Mi/tilus Conradinus, D'Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 127. CRENELLA, Brown. C. (Nucula) fequilatera, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 243, 34, 27. STALAGMIUM, Conrad, 1833. S. . A minute species occurs at Yorktown (specimen lost). AVICULA. A. multangula, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 245, 35, 31. ISOGNOMEN, Klein. PERNA, Brug. 1. (Perna) torta, Say, Sillim. Journ. ii. 38. Perna maxillata, C. (not Lam.,) Miocene Foss. 51, 27. P. Conradii, D'Orbig. Prodrom. iii. 127. TRIGONIIDJE. VERTICORDIA, Wood. V. Emmonsii, C. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 286, 206. ARC ID, E. SCAPHARCA, Gray. S. (Area) arata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 10, 1. C. Miocene Foss. 58, 30, 6. S. (Area) aequicostata, C. Miocene Foss. 60, 31, 6. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 44, 16, 3, 4. S. (Area) callipleura, C. Miocene Foss. 54, 29, 2. S. (Area) idonea, C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. 15, 1, 5. Miocene Foss. 55, 29, 3. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 285. S. (Area) incongrua? Say, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 45, 16, 5, 6. S. (Area) improcera, C. Miocene Foss. 60, 31, 5. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioe. Foss. S. C. 41, 15, 4, 5. S. (Area) lineolata, C. Miocene Foss. 61, 32, 3. A. sublineolata, D'Orbig. Prod. iii. 125. S. (Area) lienosa, Say, Amer. Conch, pi. 36. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 40, 15, 2, 3. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 284, 204. S. (Area) plicatura, C. Miocene Foss. 61, 32, 4. 1862.] 580 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF S. (Area) rustica, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 39, 15, 1. S. (Area) stillicidium, C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. 14, 1, 3. S. (Area) scalaris, C. Miocene Foss. 59, 31, 1. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 324. Tuo- mey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 43, 16, 1, 2. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 284. S. (Area) subsinuata, C. Miocene Foss. 62, 32, 6. S. (Area) subrostrata, C. Miocene Foss. 58, 30, 7. S. (Area) transversa? Say, C. Foss. Shells of Tert, Form. 14, 1, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 42, 15, 6, 7. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 285. S. (Area) triquetra, C. Miocene Foss. 59, 31, 2. NCETIA, Gray. N. (Area) Carolinensis, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 290. N. (Area) limula, C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. 15, 1, 1. Miocene Foss. 60, 31, 3. ARGINA, Gray. A. (Area) pexata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. ii. 268. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 46, 16, 7, 8. ANOMOLOGARD1A, Klein. A. (Area) incile, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 139, 10, 8. C. Fossil Shells of Tert. Form. 16, 21. Miocene Foss. 56, 29, 5. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 35, 14, 6, 7. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 284. A. trigintinaria, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 289. A. (Area) protracta, Rogers, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. v. 332 ; and vi. 337, 26, 5. C. Miocene Foss. 58, 30, 5. STRIARCA, Conrad. 1862. S. (Area) centenaria, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 138, 10, 2. C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. 16, 1, 4. Miocene Foss. 55, 29, 4. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 37, 15, 11, 12. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 284, 205. BARBATIA, Gray. B. (Area) ca;lata, C. Miocene Foss. 61,32, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 36, 14, 8. B. (Area) hians, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 34, 14, 4, 5. B. (Byssoarca) Marylandicu, C. Miocene Foss. 54, 29, 1. Subgenus Granoarca, Conrad. 1862. B. (Area) propatula, C. Miocene Foss. 61, 32, 1. AXINJEIN&. AXIN^EA, Poli. A. (Pectunculus) arata, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 346. Miocene Foss. 62,3,2. Tuo- mey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 50, 17, 6. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 287, 208. A. (Pect.) Carolinensis, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 346. Miocene Foss. 63, 35, 2. A. (Pect.) lajvis, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 50, 17, 5. A. (Pect.) lentiformis, C. Miocene Foss. 64, 36, 2. Tuomey and Homes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 48, 17, 2. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 286. A. (Pect.) passa, C. Miocene Foss. 64, 35, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 48, 17, 3. A. (Pect.) parilis, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 306. Miocene Foss. 64, 36, 2. A. (Pect.) quinquerugrata, C. Sillim. Journ. xli. 346. Miocene Foss. 63, 34, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 49, 17, 4. A. (Pect.) tricenaria, C. Miocene Foss. 63, 35, 1. A. (Pect.) transversa, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. 51, 17, 6c. [Dec. NATURAL, SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 581 A. (Pect.) subovata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 140. C. Foss. Shells of Tert. Form. 17, 2, 3. Miocene Foss. 62, 34, 1. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 47, 17, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 286, 207. A. (Pect.) tumulus, C. Miocene Foss. 72, 41, 4. NUCULID&. NUCULA, Lam. N. dolabella, H. C. Lea, Trans. Araer. Philos. Soc. ix. 242, 34, 25. N. diaphana, H. C. Lea, ib. 243, 34, 26. N. proxima? Say, Journ. A. N. S. ii. 270. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 53, 17, 7-8. Emmons. Geol. N. C. 287, 2085. N. obliqua, Say, (not Lam.,) Sillim. Journ. ii. 40, 1820. NUCULANA, Link. N. (Nucula) acuta, C. Marine Conch, pi. 6, f. 3. Miocene Foss. 57, 30, 2. Tuo- mey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 53, 17, 10-12. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 287, 208a. N. (Nucula) acutidens, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 244, 34, 28. N. (Nucula) carinata, H. G. Lea, ib. 244, 34, 29. N. (Nucula) concentrica, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. pi. 10, f. 6. Amer. Conch. pi. 12. C. Miocene Foss. 57, 30, 3. N. (Nucula) liciata, C. Miocene Foss. 64, 36, 3. YOLDIA. Y. eborea, C. n. s. Y. (N.) lsevis, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 141, 10, 5. iV. limalula Tuomey and Holmes, (not Say,) Plioc. Foss. S. C. 52, 17, 3. PECTINIDM. PECTEN, Lin. P. biformis, C. Miocene Foss. 73, 42, 1. P. Clintonius, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 135, 9, 2. C. Miocene Foss. 47, 23, 1. P. principoides, Emmons, Geol. N. C. 280, 198. P. comparilis, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 29, 11, 6-10. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 279. P. concentricus? Say, C. P. decemnarius, C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. 151. C. Miocene Foss. 49, 24, 2. P. Edgecomensis, C. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 291. P. dispalatus, Miocene Foss. 74, 42, 3. P. eboreus, C. Sillim. Journ. xxiii. 341. Miocene Foss. 48, 23, 2, and 24, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 28, 11, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 279, 197. P. Holbrookii, Ravenel, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 28. P. fraternus, Con. Proceed. A. N. S. 1862, 291. P. Jeffersonius, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 133, 9, 1. C. Miocene Foss. 46, 22, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 281, 199, and 282, 201. P. Marylandicus, Wagner, Journ. A. N. S. viii. 51, 1, 1. P. Madisonius, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 134. C. Miocene Foss. 48, 24, 1. Em- mons, Geol. N. C. 282, 200. P. micropleura, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 245, 35, 23. P. Pedeensis, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 30, 12, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 281. P. Rogersi, C. Miocene Foss. 45, 21, 9. P. septenarius, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 136, 9, 3. Miocene Foss. 47, 22, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 31, 13, 1-4. P. tenuis, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 246, 35, 33. 1862.] 582 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF P. tricenarius, C. Miocene Foss. 74, 42, 2. P. Virginianus, C. Miocene Foss. 46, 21, 10. P. vicenarius, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 306. VOLA, Klein. V? (Janira) affinis, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 26, 8, 56. V. (Janira) hemicycla, Ravenel, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 25, 8, 1-4. V. (Pecten) Humphreysii. C. Bullet. Nat. Inst. 194, 2, 2. AMUSIUM, Klein. A. (Pecten) Mortoni, Ravenel. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 27, 10, 1, 2. Emmons, 281. RADTJLIDM. RADULA, Klein. K. (Lima) papyria, C. Miocene Foss. 76, 43, 7. SPONBILIDJE. PLICATULA, Lam. P. densata, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 311. Miocene Foss. 75, 43, 6. P. margicata, Say, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 9, 4. C. Miocene Foss. 75. Tuomev and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 24, 7, 11. P. rudis, H. C. Lea, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. ix. 246, 35, 34. ANOMIIDJE. ANOMIA, Lin. A. delumbis, C. n. s. A. Conradi, D'Orbig. A. ephippium ? var. C. Journ. A. N. S. vii. Miocene Foss. 75, 43, 4. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 18, 5, 4. Emmons, Geol. N. C 277. A. Conradi, D'Orbig., Prodrom. iii. 134, 25, 30. A. Ruffini, C. Proceed. A. N. S. i. 323. Miocene Foss. 74, 42, 6. PLACUNANOMIA, Brod. P. plicata, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 19, 6, 4. OSTREIDJE. OSTREA, Linn. 0. disparilis, C. Miocene Foss. 51, 24. 0. Mauricensis, Gabb, Journ. A. N. S. iv. 67. 20, (1860.) O. percrassa, C. Miocene Foss. 50, 25, 1. O. Ravenelliana, Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 21, 6, 1. O. sculpturata, C. Miocene Foss. 50, 25, 3. 0. subfalcata, C. Miocene Foss. 50, 25, 2. 0. Virginiana? Gmel. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 20, 5, 0-:' ORBICULIDjE. ORBICULA, Sowerby. 0. lugubris, C. Miocene Foss. 75, 43, 2. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 17, 5, 1. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 274, 187. Capulua lugubris, C. Journ. A. N. 8. vii. 143. 0. multilineata, C. Miocene Foss. 75, 43, 3. Tuomey and Holmes, Plioc. Foss. S. C. 18, 5, 2. [Dec NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 5S3 Descriptions of New, Recent and MIOCENE SHELLS BY T. A. CONRAD. FA S CIO L A R II D JE? BUSYCON, Bolton. Recent Species. B.plagosum. — Dextral, pyriform, moderately thick; body whorl ventricose, but not profound ; angle acute, slightly salient, subtuberculated ; spire mod- erately prominent; whorls slightly concave above; angle below the middle ; summits deeply channelled at the sufure ; revolving lines prominent and dis- tinct, unequal, with closely-arranged intermediate microscopic lines ; beak produced ; columella fold wide and deeply impressed ; labrum striated within ; strife prominent, acute, about 31 in number; color whitish, with purplish- brown longitudinal bands, and yellowish-brown stains. Length 4j, width 2| inches. Locilitg.—N. J. ? Allied to B. pyrum, (Pyrula spirata, Lam.,) but very distinct. The spire is more prominent and acutely carinated, and the labrum profoundly striated within, whilst in the pyrum it is entire. Pyrula spirata, var. Kiener. Lister, iii. f. 737. B. spinosum. — Dextral, pyriform, volutions 7, angle spinous; spines numer- ous, prominent ; revolving lines alternated in size ; whorls slightly concave above, towards the apex more distinctly concave ; spire rather short; angle near the base of the whorls ; beak moderate in length ; canal wide ; color whitish, with longitudinal brown bands. locality. — Coasts of U. S. This shell has long been confounded with B. aruana, L. (B. carica, Gmel.) but it is a thinner, less ventricose species, growing to a much larger size than the former, with more numerous, less elevated spines, which almost disappear in old shells. Busycon elegans. — Pyriform; whorls 6, with prominent revolving lines, and minute closely-arranged wrinkles ; angle of body whorl prominently carinated ; spire short, sides straight, oblique, sutural channel profound ; angle of the whorl margins the channel and is tuberculated ; summit of labrum elevated slightly above the carina of body whorl ; within ribbed ; ribs about 35, acute ; color whitish, with numerous irregular brown bands. Locality. — ? The specimen in the Academy's cabinet, is rather less than B. plagosum, and differs in having a shorter spire, in being more ventricose, proportionally shorter, and having the summit of the labrum much more elevated, as well as the carina on the body whorls. Fossil Species. B. Tritonis. — Fusiform, moderately thick ; body whorl profoundly ventri- cose ; lines of growth remote, plicated, revolving lines fine, wrinkled, closely- arranged, with distant more prominent lines ; angle spinous ; spines distant, prominent, foliated ; whorls 6, slightly concave above ; spire somewhat scala- riform ; the spinous angle of the whorls situated considerably above the suture and rounded ; summit of whorls obtusely subcarinated at the suture, which is deeply impressed ; beak sinuous ; columella projecting inwardly below the middle ; fold obsolete. Length 7 inches, width 4£. Locality. — Yorktown, Va. B. alveaturn. — Fusiform ; spire prominent, scalariform ; angle of whorls 1862.] 584 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF situated much above the middle, not tuberculated ; summits channelled and margined with a carina, which is most conspicuous on the body whorl, and beneath it is a flattened space. Length 3J inches, width 1J. Locality. — St. Mary's River, Md. A single specimen only was found, which appears to be a mature shell, and is most nearly allied to B. canaliculatum. The spire is more elevated than in that species, and differs also in being without tubercles. B. Carolinense, C. B. canaliculatum, Tuomey and Holmes (not Lam.), Pliocene Foss. S. C. 145. 29. 3. B. adversarium, C. B. perversum, Tuomey and Holmes (not Lam.), Pliocene Foss. S. C. 14(j, 29, 2. B. scalarispira. — Subfusiform ; spire moderate, turrited, sides above the angle oblique ; angle subcarinated, with numerous approximate subcompressed tubercles ; whorls striated transversely. Locality. — Shiloh, Cumberland, Co., N. J. Allied to B. rugosum, but differs in wanting the channel round the base of the whorls. B. striatum. — Subfusiform ; spire moderate in elevation, sides of whorls oblique, the angles near the suture furnished with not very prominent obtuse tubercles ; beak long and straight; whorls conspicuously striated. Locality. — Like the preceding, this species is without a channel, and is small, probably a young shell. TURRITELLA, Lam. T. xquistriata. — Subulate, volutions 14, bicarinate, carinas distant with a con- cave interval, the lower carina near the suture ; surface covered with nearly equal fine closely-arranged striae, with a minute intermediate line ; aperture longer than wide. Locality. — Shiloh, Cumberland Co., N. J. T. Cumberlandia. — Elongated, tapering gradually ; volutions 24, bicarinated, carinae nearly equal, distant; revolving lines unequal, wrinkled; sides of whorls concave between the carina?, somewhat channelled beneath the lower one, and rounded at base. Length 2f. Locality. — Shiloh, Cumberland Co., N. J. A URICULID.E. MELAMPUS, Mont. Subgenus Ensiphorus, Conrad. M. longidens. — Acutely oval; spire conical, mucronate at the top ; whorls 7 : suture profound ; aperture very narrow ; labrum dentato-striate within ; base of columella with an elongated, slightly curved plate, directed obliquely upwards in the line of the aperture. Locality. — Yorktown, Va. The single elongated plate at base distinguishes this subgenus. DACTYLUS, Klein. D. Carolinensis. — Cylindrical ; spire short, conical ; whorls concave or angu- lated ; columella strongly plaited throughout; substance of shell very thick at base. Locality. — Dauphin Co., N. C. Prof. Mitchell. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 585 The strongly plated columella is the principal character which distinguishes this species from Oliva litterata, Lam. PERIPLOMA. P. alta. — Suborbicular, subequilateral, anterior side subrostated, end trun- cated, direct; basal .margin profoundly rounded medially and posteriorly; anteriorly obliquely truncated or very slightly emarginate. Locality. — Shiloh, Cumberland Co., N. J. A much larger species than P. (Anatina) papyracea, Say, but closely allied. SILIQUARIA, Schum. S. CarolinensU. — Oblong, ventricose, inequilateral, disks slightly contracted; 2 cardinal teeth in the right valve, 3 in the opposite ; sinus of pallial impres- sion profound, extending beyond the line of the apex. Locality. — Wilmington, N. C. Closely related to S. gibba, but distinguished by the three cardinal teeth in the left valve, and the more profound pallial sinus. There is a tubercle on the anterior end of the nympha in each valve in the only specimen 1 have seen. SAXICAVA, Bellevue. S. myirformis. — Ovate, thin and fragile, inequilateral ; extremities rounded ; surface marked with fine rugose concentric lines ; cardinal teeth small, two in the right valve. Locality. — Shiloh, Cumberland Co., N. J. MACTRA, Lin. M. medialis. — Subtriangular, ventricose, elongated ; beaks submedial, not oblique; posterior extremity truncated; posterior basal margin straight; lateral teeth striated. EULOXA, Conrad. Subtriangular, posteriorly sulcated ; cardinal teeth three in the left valve, the two posterior teeth oblique; two teeth in the right valve, the posterior one oblique ; sinus of pallial impression truncated or slightly emarginate posteriorly. E. ( Venus) latisulcata, C. CARDITAMERA, Conrad. C aculeata. — Trapezoidal ; umbonal slope inflated ; base emarginate ; ribs on anterior side crenulated, on the anterior side subspinose. Locality. — Shiloh, Cumberland Co., N. J. ASTARTID^E. ASTARTE, Sowerby. A. bella. — Triangular, compressed ; marked by very regular closely-arranged fine concentric lines. A. concentrica, Tuomey and Holmes (not Conrad), Plioc. Foss. S. C. 71, 20, 3. Emmons, Geol. N. C. 289, 212. Ijocality. — Virginia. Differs from concentrica in being proportionally shorter, and in its much finer and more regular lines. .4. Virginica. — Suborbicular, inequilateral, convex ; margins rounded ; sur- face with concentric grooves above ; lower half of the valves concentrically striated. Locality. — Eastern Virginia. 1862.] " 586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF VENERIDJE. CIRCUMPHALUS, Klein. Subgenus Lirophora, Conrad. C. alhleta. — Triangular, thick in substance, with eight broad, prominent, recurved ribs, striated at the base ; ribs without posterior lamina- ; lunule cordate. V. latilirata, Tuomey and Holmes (not Conrad). Locality. — Virginia. Distinguished from latilirata by its more numerous and narrower ribs, and larger size. The marginal crenulations are much less distinct, and the umbo broader. The subgenus is characterized by broad, thick, recurved ribs. The follow- ing recent species belong to it : Venus tiara, Dill. ; V. paphia, L. ; V. Kellettii, Hinds ; V. varicosa. Sower by ; V. fasciata, Don. DIONE, Gray. D. densata. — Ovato triangular, convex, inequilateral ; umbo somewhat flat- tened, and the substance of shell thick in that part, and more so towards the muscular impressions; pallial sinus strongly defined and rounded; lunule lanceolate; anterior cardinal tooth rather thick ; posterior extremity acutely rounded ; surface polished, with strong lines of growth. Length 2£ inches, , height 7-10. Locality. — Petersburg. Va. Thicker than albaria, Say, with a less concave lunule margin, aud otherwise very distinct. D. Virginiana. — Ovate, rather thin, slightly ventricose, inequilateral : lunule long, lanceolate, defined by a slight groove and carinated line ; basal margin profoundly rounded medially; cardinal teeth prominent, compressed. Length 4 inch. 7-10, height 3 5-10. Locality. — Petersburg, Va. SCROBICULIIN^E. FABELLA, Conrad. Suboval, inequilateral, posterior side shortest; cardinal teeth in right valve two, anterior one submarginal, straight, rudimentary ; the other thick, re- curved, with a pit behind it ; teeth separated by a profound oblique cartilage pit; left valve with three teeth, the anterior one slightly curved, and a pit behind it, separated from the cartilage cavity by a slightly oblique tooth ; posterior tooth rudimentary and parallel with the hinge margin; musculai impressions near the hinge. F. (Amphidesma) constricta, C. A small bivalve from the Virginia Miocene. Errata. Page 561, erase Busycon scalaris. 563, for " MEGOPTYGMA" read MEGAPTYGMA. 564, for " caelata" read caelatus. 566, for " curtum" read curta. 566, for " (Odostomea)" read (Odostomia). 567, for " F. (Cancellaria) biplicifera" read C. biplicifera. 570, for " quadricostata" read quadricostatus. 570, for " duodecenaria" read duodecenarium. 571, for " (Hidella)" read (lliatella). 573, for " PeronjEderma" read PeroNjEODerma. 573, for "fluxuosa" read flexuosa. 576, for " craticuloides" read craticuloide. [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 587 Eemarks on some species of PALUDINA, AMNICOLA, VALYATA, and MELANIA. BY JAMES LEWIS, M. D., MOHAWK, N. Y. Amnicola (Pal.) limosa, Say. Soft parts. Foot seen below, truncate anteriorly, with acute angles laterally, the foot being constricted. Back of the constriction the foot dilates to nearly or quite the width of the anterior, the sides being parallel, thence posteriorly about 1\ diameters of the foot ; posterior termination an abruptly-shortened wedge. Colors variable. In some specimens there are longitudinal strips of flesh color on the inferior surface of the foot, widest behind the constriction, and growing narrower posteriorly. Between these strips is a wider area of slate color, with a few faint granulations. In other specimens the foot is bordered with white on each side, the flesh color of the preceding variety being replaced with what appears to be a band of compact granulations, which become less numerous posteriorly; a few are seen in the central portions of the foot, where they appear to be embraced in the parenchyma of the foot. Other specimens are observed in which the visible soft parts are of a very uniform salmon color without any observable markings on the surface. In these the bands which appear on the mantle of other specimens, visible through the shell, are absent. No obvious markings have been detected on the superior surfaces of the foot in any instances. A few specimens, however, in favorable light, present slight markings on the superior lateral portions of the foot, too indistinct to have a name. The rostrum seen below has a strongly-impressed central line, which ex- tends over its anterior extremity. In most instances the superior surface of the rostrum has a dark longitudinal strip extending from the head forward, growing indistinct and becoming lost before the extremity is reached. Each side of this dark strip is an interrupted and not very well defined line of light colored or yellowish granulations. The lateral portions of the rostrum are marked by a dark strip that becomes more dense and broader as it recedes along the sides of the head beneath the tentacles. These strips are more varia- ble than the central strip. The tentacles are directed obliquely forward and are nearly parallel. They are not always equally developed, being sometimes malformed ; the malfor- mations usually manifested are slight deviations from a right line, with con- tractions in length. Either tentacle may be seen to be affected in this way, and sometimes both. In a considerable number of specimens, the inferior surface of the tentacle presents a well-defined black line extending from the base to near the tip. This line is not always present in both tentacles, and seems to be more frequently wanting in the right. It is sometimes irregularly inter- rupted, and may be so in one or both tentacles. When interrupted, the ten- tacle may also be seen to present other irregularities. The eye is obviously inserted in the dilated base of the tentacle, and less obviously in the head at the base of the tentacle. Neck of the animal large and robust ; superior lateral portions of the foot and neck without fold or sinus . In younger specimens the general appearances are the same, except that the foot presents rounded lateral and posterior outlines, and the foot is usually a little smaller in proportion to the size of the shell. The movements of the animal are quite brisk, and free from hesitation, and have the graceful, gliding motion peculiar to the genus. Ammcola (Pal.) geana, Say. Paludina lustrica, Ad. (Thompson's Vermont.) 1802.] 588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Shell thin and translucent, form paraboloid, the apicial whorls having a greater angle than those forming the body of the shell. Dimensions variable. In the Mohawk River, adults are often 3-16th inch in length. In other localities it is usual to find them much less. Soft parts seen through the shell orange or white, with one or more irregu- lar bands like the preceding species. External soft parts — Inferior surface. — Foot as long or a little longer than the shell, anterior truncated and rounded. The anterior lateral angles formed by the constriction of the lateral portions of the foot as in other species. The middle of the lateral portions of the foot expanded, growing narrower poste- riorly and terminating in a rounded extremity. Anterior portion white, with a translucent border ; posteriorly granulated with numerous, crowded, minute white points. Tentacles diverging in front of the anterior margin of the foot. Rostrum extending about half as far as the tentacles beyond the foot. Supe- rior surface. External soft parts nearly all white and translucent : eyes black and set close to the base of the tentacles ; between the tentacles is a longitudinal strip of dark brown, which fades to orange on the base of the rostrum. Scarcely any granulations, or other markings appear on any of the superior surfaces. Melania subularis, Lea. Soft parts. Inferior surface of foot salmon colored, with a narrow, well-defined border of lighter tint around the semicircular anterior margin, within which is a wider band of a deep flesh color. The superior surface of the foot orange-colored; the anterior portion present- ing a deeper tinge, with numerous well-defined black lines parallel with the an- terior margin, but separated therefrom by a zone of the same tint, as the narrow margin of the inferior surface. The superior lateral portions of the foot are marked with irregular anasto- mosing black lines, which preserve a general parallelism with the margins of the foot, but frequently terminating downwards in the lateral margins of the foot ; toward the neck the anastomosing lines embrace numerous areas of granular surface, in which the granulations are not strongly marked. The rostrum in- clines to a yellowish tinge, and is marked by numerous fine black transverse lines, which are least developed on the superior lateral portion of the rostrum near the middle of its length. The anterior and a narrow lateral portion have a lighter appearance. The tentacles present a faint greenish tint, and are marked near their tips with dark bands, presenting a jointed appearance. The tentacles are small and somewhat elongated. The eye appears as a small but well-defined black spot at the apex of a rounded but not very elevated tubercle, growing out of the head and posterior of the base of the tentacle, a little above a line connecting the axes of the tentacles at their insertion. The lateral portion of the foot presents a vertical sinus or fold extending up along the neck from the constricted portion of the foot behind the angular ter- mination of the rounded anterior. The existence of this sinus permits the foot to be largely extended. The color of the external soft parts is not uniform in a series of specimens, though the form and the black lines are constant. In some specimens there are scarcely any traces of orange or flesh tints. In these the soft parts are more translucent, and the inferior portion of the foot is white, with a blue tint, resulting from translucency. The parts within the shell are sometimes yellow or orange, and those of the apicial whorls sometimes green. The motions of the animal in progressing are irregular. The foot is elongated, the shell remaining stationary ; the posterior portion of the foot is then contracted, and the shell pulled forward. At this point the foot presents an outline. These movements are sometimes changed, and the animal advances by an [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 589 apparent gliding motion of the whole foot ; more usually the progressive movements are an alternate expansion and contraction of the foot. This Melania abounds in the Mohawk River, preferring sloping, muddy hanks in eddies, where there is little current. Melania exilis, Haldeman. The shells of this species are quite variable in form and color, so much so as to have drawn from a distinguished zoologist the inquiry if they might not be more than one species. Some are elongated and slender, with scarcely any angularity on the larger whorls below the carinated apicial whorls ; others are more robust, with a wider apicial angle, with a tendency to form gibbous enlargements of the last whorl. In these there is an obsolete angle between the base of the shell and the surface of the spire. The soft parts present some diversity of color, as is the case with all the univalves of this class observed in the Mohawk River, (except Valvata tricarinata, which is pretty uniformly white.) There are, how- ever, constant features which seem to characterize the species. Specimens in which the prevailing tints of the soft parts are salmon or orange, have the anterior margin of the inferior surface of the foot marked with a not very well-defined border of orange, which is darkest where lightest in the preceding species ; back of this, and covering nearly the whole bottom of the foot, is an area of purplish slate color, surrounded entirely by a narrow orange or salmon margin, which is not well-defined, except as limited by the margin of the foot. In other specimens of lighter color, no obvious zones appear, the anterior being pale, nearly white, and the translucency of the posterior parts permit- ting a faint reflection of the operculum and shell to be seen through them, presents a darker appearance. In some instances the variety of color is di- versified, and presents a faint purplish slate-colored area of horse-shoe shape within a border of lighter color forming the posterior margin of the foot. The superior surface of the foot near the anterior margin is marked with a few black lines, parallel with the margin. Back of the angle of the foot these lines are limited to a narrow zone along the lateral margin of the foot, where they are irregular and inosculate with each other, and frequently terminate downward in the margin of the foot. Approaching the neck, after leaving the lineated margin of the foot, the surface presents a beautiful granulated ap- pearance, from the effect of numerous, minute, brilliant yellowish or orange spots (of a faint greenish tinge), irregularly yet densely distributed over a surface of greenish black. There is no appearance of sinus or fold in the margin of the foot and side of the neck. The rostrum is wider and shorter than in the preceding species, and pre- sents a very robust appearance when the two species are compared. The upper surface is marked with numerous well-defined transverse black lines ; between these the prevailing color of the surface is salmon or orange, with a dirty greenish tinge. Usually the end of the rostrum is of a green tint, like that produced by certain salts of copper when combined with organic matter. This color is seen whether the parts are inspected from above, below, or in front. One specimen in which this feature was absent presented all the other prominent characters of the species. The tentacles are large at their base, less elongated and not so slender as in the preceding species. At their base they are surrounded by a dense band of brownish black, well-defined towards the head, but fading away indistinctly on the side towards the end of the tentacle. This band is constant, and seems to be characteristic. The tentacles are usually of a beautiful ruddy salmon color, lighter near the tips, where the surface is quite regularly marked with black bands, imparting a jointed appearance to these organs. These bands 1862.] 590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF when closely inspected with a powerful lens, give the tips of the tentacles a ciliated appearance, resulting from the manner in which the bands are ar- ranged. The bands are well-defined on the side toward the base of the ten- tacle, but fading away into linear patches towards the tip. In half-grown specimens the tentacles are more slender and elongated, with more numerous bands extending often beyond the middle towards the head. Occasionally a specimen may be seen in which the tentacle terminates in a not very well-defined bulb, approaching in appearance the eye-bearing tentacles of Helices. The eye is situated on the apex of the tubercle placed against the posterior of the base of the tentacle, and appears larger than in the preceding species, at the same time giving a massive feature to the head. The pupil of the eye is a well-defined black spot, surrounded by a bright yellowish surface, which is again surrounded by a darker area extending down the sides of the tubercle. The motions of the adult are slow, and seem to be regular and continuous ; younger specimens move more rapidly, and are observed more frequently to drag the shell by an interrupted motion than the adult ; but no elongation and contraction of the foot has been noticed in either young or adult, as in the preceding species. This species is found abundantly in the Mohawk River, in places where there is considerable current, adhering to hard, dry banks, stones, sticks and aquatic plants. It is seldom found associated with the preceding species — their habits being quite unlike. The following features of the two species above considered may suffice for placing them apart in subgenera: 1. The presence of a sinus or fold in the sides of the foot and neck of M. sub- ularis and its absence in M. exilis. 2. The extension of the anastomosing black lines from the margin of the lateral portions of the foot upwards along the side of the neck in M. subularis, and the restriction of these lines to a narrow zone along the lateral portions of the foot of M. exilis. 3. A well-defined dark band around the base of the tentacle in M. exilis ; not observable, or at most only faintly indicated, in M. subularis. Cyclostoma lapidakia, Say. The soft parts of this animal have been observed, and notes in relation there- to have appeared in the Proceedings of the Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. It may be well to apply here a few inadvertent omissions. The rostrum is proportionally larger than in Amnicola and has the appear- ance of Melania, being marked with well-defined transverse black lines. The tentacles are proportionately large, and, instead of being directed obliquely for- ward, droop and form an angle near their middle. The eye, instead of being placed in a tubercle at the base of the tentacle, is placed in a tubercle, sur- rounded by a well-defined and elevated process, presenting the appearance of a cup or ring around the eye tubercle, which ring at its anterior side unites with the base of the tentacle. The motions of the animal are entirely unlike Amnicola (in which genus this mollusc has been included by late writers who have examined the shell only,) and are very much like the movements of Melania subularis, only that it exhibits more uniformly the expansions and contractions of the foot in progressing, and also exhibits a very positive halt at each movement. Its progress in moving is slow and irregular. The shell is not carried obliquely erect as in Amnicola and Paludina, but drags behind the foot as in Melania subularis, and is hitched along in the same manner. A figure of the soft parts of Truncatella in the Supplement to Terr. Moll, by W. G. Binney is a better illustration of this mollusc than any figure of Amni- cola yet published. This resemblance, together with an agreement in habit with Truncatella, [Dec NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 591 suggest that the mollusc now under consideration may properly be set apart under a separate generic designation between Truncatella and Melania if it be not retained in Melania. It certainly cannot be retained in Amnicola, as its external anatomy is too unlike that of Amnicola in any respect to sanction such treatment. Inhabiting the waters in various parts of the United States is a small mol- lusc first noticed by Mr. Say under the name "Melania isagona." Since then it has been assigned by different writers to Anculosa, Paludina and Amnicola. To Mr. Lea is assigned the credit of first surmising the generic place of this mollusc, and an examination of the soft parts of this mollusc in connection with other species of Amnicola confirms the correctness of Mr. Lea's decision in placing this mollusc with Amnicola. The most marked feature observed in the soft parts of this species when compared with other species of Amnicola, is the shortness and width of the foot. In this respect the foot corresponds with the shell. It may be well to remark here, that the length and breadth of the foot in all species of Amnicola observed by the writer, correspond to the length and breadth of the shell. The following notes on Paludina have, in part, been some time prepared. Their publication at this time may serve a useful purpose. Paludina Integra, Say, (De Kay.) Soft parts. The coloring of the external soft parts presents some variety, but less than has been observed in other univalves found in the Mohawk River and Erie (Janal. A characteristic specimen exhibits the following features : Upper surface of foot mottled with numerous coalescing orange spots, more or less brilliant, the interstices being slate color with a faint purple tinge, in a strong light almost black, by contrast with the orange spots. The longer diameters of these spots are directed toward the anterior central part of the foot, causing them to appear somewhat as if radiating from that point. Be- neath the shell (on the neck) and anterior to the opercle the surface is nearly destitute of spots, and of a light slate color. On the inferior surface of the foot, the spots are less numerous, smaller and diminishing toward the central line, on each side of which is an undefined space nearly free from spots. Removed from the shell, the mantle is observed to be densely covered with pigmentum nigrum, from the margin bordering the aperture of the shell to very near the last apicial whorl. The parts of the mantle which line the outer portions of the shell are more densely covered with pigment than the part em- bracing the columella. Embryonic specimens when ready for exclusion are nearly 3-16th inch long, the shell translucent, pale olivaceous and permitting two or three faint black linear bands on the mantle to be seen through it. These black lines subse- quently extend, and form the coating of pigment observed on the mantle of the adult. This species, as well as other species of Paludina of this country, (and perhaps this may be observable in all viviparous univalve molluscs, as it certainly is to a greater extent in a genus of air-breathing molluscs of the Sandwich Islands,) affords about two per cent, of reversed specimens among its young. A considerable number of specimens of this species having this character have been found full grown, bearing young. The young in such instances show only a slightly increased percentage of reversed specimens. It is not unusual to find among the embryonic young of this species, speci- mens in which the whorls are made to embrace each other, as in Planorbin. Specimens have also been observed in which the whorls were lax and sepa- rated from each other. But no living specimens separated from the parent have ever been detected with these features. Other specimens have been observed in which the whorls are drawn nearer the axis of the shell, making the shell elongated. In these specimens the parts which have been drawn away from the preceding whorls are eroded and 1862.] 592 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP the adult presents a curious scalariform appearance under these circum- stances. This species feeds on animal and vegetable food ; over one hundred were taken from a decomposing salt cod-fish that had been thrown into the Erie Canal. They have also been found feeding on Uniones recently dead. They are most abundant in locations where refuse food from boats or other sources accumulate in the Canal. The ovaries are usually free from young only a few weeks in early summer. The number produced by an adult seldom exceeds thirty, and is often less. Specimens have been found 1 9- 10th inches long. The usual dimensions of the adult seldom exceed 1 6-10th inches. The proportions of the sexes are some- what different in this species from those of decisa and rufa, there being a somewhat greater percentage of males for this species. The females are about eight times more numerous than the males. Paludina decisa ? Say. Paludina decisa, De Kay. This seems to be somewhat a stumbling block to naturalists in this country, and writers who have endeavored to elucidate Mr. Say's writings on this species, evidently imitate him in confounding two distinct species. Mr. Say's figure of decisa in his American Conchology belongs to a group which embra- ces P. ponderosa, Say, as its type, which species any one acquainted with the soft parts would say is more nearly related to integra than to that species which, by common consent among naturalists in the eastern portion of the United States, (and evidently following Mr. Say's earliest types,) is called decisa. The writer of this paper at one time confounded integra and decisa, and continued in th; t « ror until obvious and constant differences from the em- bryonic young to the adult, forced the conclusion that they were distinct species. P. decisa. Soft parts. Spots less numerous than in integra, larger, brighter, circular, well-defined, and separate, and not arranged radially as in integra. Mantle white, with scarcely any pigmentum nigrum. Embryonic young more numerous than in integra ; no linear bands of pigment on the mantle. Length ^ inch. Reversed specimens about two per cent, as in integra. No distorted embryonic young yet observed. The reversed young seldom attain half the size of the adult, and specimens have not yet been found with young. No evidence has been presented that this species partakes of animal food. Adults of this species sometimes attain a length of 1 J inches — usually less. Paludina rufa, Haldeman. Soft parts. Upper surface of foot of a dark slate color, almost purple when seen in a favorable light, marked with numerous small disconnected greyish orange spots occupying less of the surface than in decisa. Tentacles dark, with a pale margin. Mantle covered with pigmentum nigrum. Embryonic young nearly as large as those of decisa, the shell of a decided pink tinge, translucent and with a polished epidermis. This last feature characterizes the shell at all stages of development. Faint markings appear on the mantle through the shell. The largest adults observed were nearly 1^ inches long. In these the last whorl presents a flattened surface parallel with the surface of the preceding whorls, with a somewhat well characterized angle between that surface and the base of the shell. The angularity observable below the suture of integra is never seen in this species, and the angularity on the middle of the whorl in this species, is not seen in integra ; decisa has no angularities. Specimens of this species with well-marked bands have been observed. Similar features have also been observed in integra and decisa, but in these [Dee NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 593 they can be traced to injuries inflicted on the margin of the mantle at an earlier stage of existence, while rufa presents these characters as the indica- tions of a variety. Reversed specimens among the embryonic young do not seem to be as numerous as in decisa or Integra, though they are not rare. They seldom survive separation from the parent. Of many hundreds of specimens taken of all ages, only a single reversed specimen £ inch in diameter attests their existence after exclusion. No distorted specimens, either young or adult, have yet been detected. This species has within a few years been introduced at the points where observed. It prefers to associate with Integra rather than with decisa, and this leads to the supposition that it is carnivorous, though no evidence has been found which is demonstrative of that fact. The writer has been favored with proof sheets of a Descriptive Catalogue of the species of Amnicola, Vivipara, &c, of North America, by W. G. Binney. As I do not hope to alter Mr. Binney's views by any sugestions made to him, the following are offered for the consideration of those who might otherwise accord too much to Mr. Binney's somewhat sweeping generalizations. It is quite probable that many small molluscs, which are at present placed in genera to which they seem most nearly allied by the forms of their shells, will hereafter be separated when their soft parts have been studied. Two instances appear in the preceding papers — "Amnicola isogona, Lea," and " (Cydost.) lapidaria, Say." Perhaps a third (Amnicola atteniiata, Hald., 3d page Des. Cat.) deserves consideration, under a future review of Am- nicola. There are good reasons for believing that the forms of the shells of the various species of Amnicola are embraced within limits typified by A. tenuipes, Hald., and A. isoyona, Lea. A species more slender than A. tenuipes should certainly have the evidence of the soft parts to confirm its position, and it is unfortunately the case that these are too often passed over hurriedly or entirely neglected. It is quite probable that " Amnicola proiea, Gould," will be found not to be an Amnicola. Amnicola (Pal.) lustrica, Say, if Mr. Say's remarks on that species are en- titled to any consideration, probably covers some such a shell as Valvata pupoidea, Gould. Amnicola granum, Say. This species may perhaps be the same as Amnicola obtusa, Lea. Specimens of this species (granum) found in near, but dissimilar, locations, present great variations in magnitude and color. Mr. Binney's treatment of the several species of Paludina (Vivipara), the apicial whorls of which are carinate, should be modified to conform to the rules he applies to decisa and its analogous forms, or he should abandon the position he has assumed with regard to decisa. It is quite as plain that Pal. sttbcarinata, Say, should be made to embrace as varieties all the species with carinate apicial whorls as that decisa should embrace so many species as Mr. B. has assigned to it. On page 22 of Mr. Binney's paper is a figure of decisa, which may be regarded as presenting a tolerable outline of the typical form of that species, as first understood by Mr. Say. On page 23 is a figure of a deformed Pal. Integra, the malformation resulting from an injury imparted to the margin of the mantle of the animal in an earlier stage of growth. The original specimen from which the figure was made is in the possession of the writer. Page 24, fig. 37, is a specimen of P. Integra, in which the whorls are drawn to the axis. The parts which should be applied to the preceding whorls are somewhat drawn away at the suture, and are eroded. Page 26, fig. 38, is correctly named Pal. (Vivi.) Integra. Page 32, fig. 38, a reversed shell. All our olivaceous species produce this form, and it cannot be regarded as a normal species. 1862.] 41 591 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Fig. 40, does not give a recognizable outline of typical Pal. rufa, of the size of the figure. Fig. 43, page 27, refers to a species of shell found in the Ohio Canal at Columbus, Ohio. Other shells of a similar form at maturity, from other locali- ties have been confounded with this as Pal. obesa ; but later investigations referring to the embryonic yourag and other specimens of various sizes would warrant the conclusion that they were distinct. This shell stands related on one hand to inteyra and ponderosa, and on the other to Pal. regularis, Lea. The young shells nearly but not quite resemble Mr. Lea's types of regularis. Fig. 44. Pal. genicula, is more nearly allied to Integra than to any other known form. Mr. Binney has given a figure of the lingual dentition of specimens of Pal. iniegra on page 29. It is to be regretted that minute comparisons were not made between those of Integra with the teeth of rufa from the specimens of the two species which were furnished him by the writer for that purpose. Mr. Binney is also unfortunate in his treatment of Pal. coarctata, Lea. It certainly cannot short of doing violence to the subject be made to embrace Pal. exilis, Anth., to which P. compressa is here submitted as a synonym. Page 7 1 73 75 76 77 77 78 154 154 184 189 249. 337 337 340 340 340 341 344 346 350 350 353 353 356 357 358 358 359 ERRATA AND ADDENDA. line 9 from bottom, for "chryostictus" read chrysostictns. line 34, for Ialtris read Jaltris. line 7 from bottom, for Ophiomorphus read Opheomorphus. note 3d, for 210 read 180. line 12, add loreal oblong. line 28, for "Haliopbis" read Alsophis. line 13, for " epinephalus" read epinephelus. line 11, add after Ilalopkila, Gird., (?=zPlatymantis, Gthr.) line 12, add p 1 ic ifer a. line 5 from bottom, add Tympanic orifice distinct. line 34, for 1 in. 9 1. read 2 in. 9 1. line 6, for Carphoptis Harpesti read Carphophis harperti. line 3 from bottom, for Homeroselaps read Homoroselaps. note, for Falvin read Salvin. line 5, add, although the same parts may usually very early attain completion, thus becoming of great systematic value, line 4 from bottom, add, from Ooroomiah. line 3 from bottom, add Umvoti Zulu Country, line 30, add, from Umvoti Zulu Country, line 8, add, from Ooroomiah. before Testcdinata insert Crocodilia. Jacare latirostris, Gray, Dum. Bibr. iii. p. 86, Buenos Ayres. line 14, add Perhaps the curiyii of Azara, i. 226. line 26, add as shown by Dr. J. E. Gray, line 5, for p o d i c i p i n a s read podicipitinus. line 29, for variabilis read intermedius. line 6 from bottom, and line 21, for Von Martins read Von Martens, between lines 40 and 41, add stermosignatus ex Gthr. line 46, after Phryne add Fitz. note, line 9, add perhaps not different from H. baudinii. The Reports of the Recording Secretary and Curators were read a.s ■follows : [Dec. NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 595 REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY. For 1862. Daring the year ending 30th November, 1862, there have been elected eleven members and thirteen correspondents. Five members have resigned. The following members have died : Mr. George W. Peterson, Mr. Charles Henry Fisher, Mr. Henry J. Boiler, Dr. Henry E. Drayton, Mr. Hugh Cooper Hanson, Mr. Richard Wistar, Major Henry J. Biddle, General Francis E. Pat- terson. The deaths of the following Correspondents have been announced : Mr. Grate- loup, of Bordeaux; Professor Ormsby M. Mitchel, of Cincinnati, 0. The number of papers presented for publication during the past year has been ninety-five, as follows : By Theodore Gill, twenty-nine; Isaac Lea, LL. D., nine ; E. D. Cope, eight ; George W. Tryon, sis ; S. B. Buckley and John L. Le Conte, M. D., each five ; Temple Prime and Elliott Coues, each three ; Win. M. Gabb, F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden, M. D., J. H. Slack, M. D., Wm. H. Edwards, Wm. Stimpson, Augus- tus R. Grote, Prof. Asa Gray, each two ; Charles C. Abbott, Sidney S. Lyon, Thomas Meehan, George H. Horn, Harrison Allen, M. D., W. G. Binney and George W. Tryon, Benjamin D. Walsh, M. A., John Cassin, T. A. Conrad, John Warner, Alexander Winchell, D. G. Elliott, F. G. S., Horatio C. Wood, Jr., each one. All of which is respectfully submitted. B. HOWARD RAND, M. D., Recording Secretary. REPORT OF THE CURATORS. For 1862. The collections of the Museum of the Academy continue in their usual good state of preservation. During the year the most important additions have been as follows : 1. A valuable collection in Natural History, presented by Dr. I. I. Hayes, and made by him during his late Arctic Expedition, consisting of skins and skeletons of mammals, skins of birds, marine dredgings, plants, minerals, fossils and Esquimaux skulls. 2. A collection of about six hundred species of West Indian marine shells, presented by Dr. A. Heermann. Besides the foregoing, the following have been received in the various de- partments of Natural History: Mammals. — Eleven specimens of ten species were presented by Rev. Alden Grout, and M. J. McKen, Dr. J. H. Slack, Van Amburgh & Co., F. Rhinelan- der, Dr. J. Evans, Mr. Howard and Dr. Parker. Birds. — Ten specimens were presented by Dr. Wilson, Dr. J. Evans, Dr. J. H. Slack, W. H. Yeaton, J. Buzby and Mrs. Farren. Reptiles. — The Smithsonian Institution presented 55 specimens of 42 spe- cies, besides 30 others in the name of the U. S. Government. Dr. Le Conte presented 60 specimens of 23 species ; Mr. E. D. Cope 44 specimens of 3!) species ; Rev. Alden Grout and M. J. McKen 15 specimens of 13 species ; John Xantus 13 specimens of 9 species ; and several others were received from Dr. T. B. Wilson, Dr. J. H. Slack and Dr. J. Evans. Eighty-six specimens of 29 species were also obtained in exchange. Fishes. — Small collections containing numerous specimens of about 40 species were presented by Rev. A. Grout and M. J. McKen, Capt. T. Y. Field, E. D. Cope, C. F. Bernhardt, J. Roosevelt and S. Powel. 1802.] 59 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Mollusks. — A collection of shells from Port Natal was presented by Rev. Alien Grout, and M. J. McKen, and a collection of 63 species was presented by J. H. Sternberg, through Captain Field. Other specimens were presented by Captain T. Y. Field, U. S. N., Dr. C. J. Cleborne, Dr. A. L. Heerman, Dr. .T. H. Slack, I. Lea, S. Smith and J. F. Whiteaves. Articulates. — The Smithsonian Institution presented 54 specimens of 37 species of myriapoda, and a number of insects, Crustacea, and spiders were received from Rev. A Grout and M. J. McKen, Dr. J. Wilson, Captain T. Y. Field, James Roosevelt and Dr. Stewardson. Radiates. — A collection of thirty-five echinoderms, from the coast of Maine, was presented by Dr. J. H. Slack. Anatomy.— Skulls of animals and other anatomical specimens were pre- sented by W. S. Vaux, W. S. Wood, Professor Frazer and Lieutenant De Haven. Fossils. — A fine collection of fossils of the Swiss Jura was presented by Joseph Lesley, Jr. Several collections were also received in exchange, and a number of specimens were presented by E. D. Cope, Dr. J. M. Corse, Rev. A. Grout, J. McKen, Dr. J. Evans, Dr. Le Conte, A. H. Smith, Captain Field and Rev. H. Riley. Minerals. — Specimens were presented by W. S. Vaux, W. Struthers, Dr. Rand, E. Kretzmar, Captain Field, G. D. Coleman and J. H. Thompson. Botany. — A collection of plants was presented by T. J. Hale, ami other specimens were received from Dr. Bertolet, R. Bingham and E. Durand. Submitted by JOSEPH LEIDY, Chairman of the Curators. The election of officers for the ensuing year was held, in accordance with the By-Laws, with the following result : President ISAAC Lea, LL. D. Vice-Presidents Robert Bridges, M. L\, Win. S. Vaux. Corresponding Secretary Thomas Stewardson, M. D. Recording Secretary B. Howard Rand, M. D. Librarian J. D. Sergeant. Treasurer Wm. C. Henszey . Curators Joseph Leidy, M. J)., Win. S. Vaux, John Cassin, J. D. Sergeant. Auditors Wm. S. Vaux, Joseph Jeanes, Aubrey H. Smith. Publication Committee Wm. S. Vaux, Isaac Lea, Robert Bridges, Joseph Leidy, Thomas Stewardson. [Dec. NATUEAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 597 ELECTIONS IN 186 2. The following persons were elected Members: January 28. — George K. Wood, of New York. March 25. — John P. Crozier, F. Leypoldt, Henry Morris. May 27. — Robert Hare Powel, E. Spencer Miller. July 29. — Harrison Allen, M. D. October 28.— Capt. Wm. F. Reynolds, U. S. Top. Engineers. November 26. — Thomas Scattergood, Jr., A. K. Smith, M. D., John S. Billings, M. D. The following were elected Correspondents : January 28. — Lovell Reeve, of London; G. B. Sowerby, of Lon- don; Temple Prime, of New York; Ph. P. Carpenter, of Warrington, England. February 25. — Francis Boot, M. D., of London. April 29. — Prof. Jos. Decaisne, Jacques Gay, Edouard Spach, all of Paris. June 24. — Dr. F. Stein, of Prag; J. Lachmann, of Geneva; Dr. John Dean, of Boston. July 29.— J. H. Thompson, of New Bedford, Mass.; Prof. D. S. Sheldon, of Davenport, Iowa. 1662.] CORRESPONDENCE. CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ACADEMY. For 1962 Letters were received and read as follows : Jon. lAth. Natural History, Society of Augsburg, August 3d, 1861 ; Society of Naturalists in Halle, August 8th, 1861 ; Society of Natural Science, Wurtemburg, July 1st, 1861 ; Royal Society of Sciences, Liege, July 27th, 1861 ; Royal Saxon Society of Sciences, Leipzig, July 30th, 1861; Senkenburg Natural History Society, Frankfurt-am-Main, August 22d, 1861 ; Imperial Society of Naturalists, Moscow, June 13th, 1861; Dr. Rufz of Paris, September 9th, 1861; severally accompanying donations. The Royal Society of Sciences of Liege, July 27th, 1861 ; Royal Saxon Society of Sciences, Leipzig, Aug. 1st., 1861; severally acknow- ledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy; The Society of Naturalists, Freiburg, July 10th, 1861; transmitting dona- tions, and acknowledging the receipt of those of the Academy ; The Society of Natural Sciences, Hamburg, Nov. 27th, April 6th, 1861 ; acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. From the same, Oct. 2d, 1861. Royal Academy of Sciences of Madrid, Jan. 1, 1S62 ; acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Royal Academy of Sciences of Vienna, Jan. 25th, 1861 ; transmitting their publication. Feh. 11th. Prof. Henry, Secretary of Smithsonian Institution ; accompanying ;; donation. Feb. 18tk. Mr. E. D. Jackson, New York, Jan. 29th, 1862 ; transmitting a donation. March 18th. Royal Imperial Geological Society of Vienna, Sept. 15th, 1861 ; Lyceum of Natural History, New York, Feb. 24th, 1862 ; Editors Entomolo- gical Monthly Journal, Vienna, Oct. 21st, 1861. Society of Natural Science, Altenburg, Sept. 24th, 1S61 ; German Geological Society, Berlin, Oct. 7th, 1861 ; Royal University of Norway, Christiana, Oct. 26th, 1S61 ; Royal Academy of Sciences, Munich, Dec. 2d, 1861 ; severally acknowledg- ing the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Prussian Academy of Sciences, Aug. 31st, 1861 ; Society of Natural Sciences of Nassau, Wiesbaden, Oct. 1st, 1861 ; Royal University of Norway, Christiana, Oct. 26th, 1861 ; Adolph Weiss, Vienna, Sept. 1st, 1861 ; Society of Sciences of Finland, Helsingfors, Oct. ISth, 1861 ; Royal Society of Sciences, Upsala ; Society of Natural Sciences of Offenbach- am-Ma'm ; severally accompanying their publications. Society of Natural Sciences, Lunenburg, Nov. 17th, 1861 ; Royal Academy of Sciences of Vienna, Oct. 28th, 1861 ; Royal Danish Society of Science, Copenhagen, July 1st, 1S61 ; Society of Natural Sciences of Saxony, Halle, Nov. 1st, 1861 ; Natural History Society in Nuremburg, Dec. 4th, 1861 ; transmitting their publications and acknowledging the receipt of those of the Academy. Geo. V. Frauenfeld, Vienna, Oct. 3d, 1861 ; acknowledging his election as c orrespondent. April 15th. C. Des Murs, Bordeaux, Feb. 2Sth, 1862 ; acknowledging his election as correspondent, and in behalf of the Linnean Society of Bordeaux acknowledging the receipt of the Proceedings of the Academy. CORRESPONDENCE. 599 London Athenaeum, March 25th, 1862 ; American Geographical and Statistical Society, New York, April 2d, 1862; severally^acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. April 22d. New York State Library, Albany, April 19th, 1862 ; Lyceum of Natural History, New York, April 14th, 1862 ; severally acknow- ledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Mr. John P. Crozier, Upland, April, 1862; acknowledging his election to membership and transmitting a donation. May l%th. The Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna, Dec. 28th, 1861 ; American Geographical and Statistical Society, May 1st, 1862 ; Royal Society of Edinburgh, Dec. 31st, 1861 ; Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, Oct. 24th, 1861 ; Geological Survey of India, Sept. 14th, 1861 ; severally acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Catholic University of Louvain, Sept. 16th, 1861 ; Royal Academy of Sciences of Amsterdam, Oct. 26th and 29th, 1861 ; Royal Society of Zoology of Amsterdam, Feb. and April, 1862 ; severally transmitting their publications and acknowledging the receipt of those of the Academy. Lovell Reeve, London: April 14th, 1862 ; F. Boot, London, April 7th, 1862 ; severally acknowledging their election as correspondents. A letter dated Harlsem, Jan. 15th, 1S61 ; transmitting in behalf of the Min- ister of the Interior a donation to the library of the American Philosophical Society, which donation had been inadvertently presented to the Academy at its last meeting, was transferred to the American Philosophical Society. June 3d. British Museum, June 21st, 1S61 ; Royal Society of Edinburgh, Dec. 31st, 1861 ; Batavian Society of Sciences, Rotterdam, Sept. 30th, 1861 ; Society of Natural Sciences, Basel, Switzerland, Nov. 8th, 1861 ; Natural History Society, Augsburg, Nov. 20th, 1861 ; Royal Institution, London, Oct. 10th, 1861 ; Society of Natural Sciences, Berne ; Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, Oct. 24th, 1861 ; Geological Survey of India, Calcutta, Sept. 14th, 1861 ; severally acknow- ledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Royal Institute, Picadilly, Nov. 14th, 1861 ; transmitting its publications and acknowledging the receipt of those of the Academy. July 1st. Natural History Society of Prussian Rhineland and Westphalia, Bonn, Jan. 22d, 1862 ; Smithsonian Institution, Nov. 26th and Dec. 28th, 1861 ; Royal Prussian Academy of Sciences, Berlin, Feb., 1862 ; Lyceum of Natural History, New York, Jan. 13th, 1862 ; severally acknow- ledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Senkenburg Natural History Society, Frankfnrt-am-Main, March 1st, 1862 ; Royal Academy of Sciences, Lisbon, March 22d, 1862 ; severally transmit- ting their publications. Catholic University, Louvain, Nov, 26th, 1S60 ; transmitting its publica- tions and acknowledging the receipt of those of the Academy. July Sth. Mr. Cheney, Cattaraugus, N. Y., July 3d, 1S62; A. Grant, Mioli Mission Station, March 30th, 1862 ; accompanying a dona- tion. July 15th. Smithsonian Institution, July 14th, 1862 ; accompanying a dona- tion. Aug. 5th. Jacques Gay, Paris ; acknowledging his election as correspondent. Sept. 16th. Royal Society, London, Jan. 10th, 1862 ; Smithsonian Institution, Washington, Jan. 14th, 1862 ; GOO DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. Royal Asiatic Society, London, Jan. 1st, 1862 ; severally acknowledging the receipt of the publications of the Academy. Physical and Medical Society, Wurtzburg, April 8th, 1862. * Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna, April 12th, 1862 ; severally ac- companying donations. Royal Academy of Sciences, Madrid, Dec. 31st, 1861 ; Natural History Society, Freiburg, March 5th, 1862 ; Imperial Leopold-Carolus Academy, Jan. 19th, April and Sept., 1861 ; severally transmitting donations and acknowledging the receipt of those of the Academy. J. H. Thompson, New Bedford, Mass., Aug. 16th, 1862 ; John Dean, Boston, Aug. 16th, 1862 ; severally acknowledging their elec- tion as correspondents. Oct. 1th. Royal Geographical Society of London, March 22d, July 1st, Dec. 4th, 1S61, June 3d, 1862; severally acknowledging the receipt of the Proceed- ings of the Academy. Prof. D. S. Sheldon, Sept. ISth, 1862 ; acknowledging his election as cor- respondent. Dec. 2d. J. C. Cornay, Paris, Oct. 1st, 1862 ; Frederich Stein, Prague, Oct. 2d, 1862; severally acknowledging their elec- tion as correspondents. British Museum, May 29th, 1862 ; Academy of Sciences of St. Louis, Nov. 8th, 1862 ; New York State Library, Albany, Nov. 10th, 1862; American Geographical and Statistical Society, New York, Oct. 1st, 1862 ; Royal Academy of Sciences of Belgium, Sept. 6th and 7th, I860, Sept. 1861 ; Linusean Society, London, Aug. 1st, 1862 ; severally acknowledging the re- ceipt of the publications of the Academy. Bohemian Society of Sciences, Prag, March 21st, 1862 ; Natural History Society of Riga, April 22d, 1S62; Imperial Royal Academy of Sciences of Padua, Feb. 15th, 1862 ; Royal Imperial Zoologico-Botanical Society, Vienna, March 20th, 1862 ; Natural History Society of Danzic, May 29th, 1S62 ; Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna, Aug. 1st, 1862 ; Geological Survey of India, Calcutta, Dec. 20th, 1S62 ; Delaware County Institute of Sciences, Nov. 25th, 1862 ; severally trans- mitting their publications. Upper Hessian Society of Physical and Medical Sciences, Giessen, Juue 1st, 1862 ; transmitting their publications and acknowledging the receipt of those of the Academy. Dec. 9th. Mr. Thos. Seattergood, Philadelphia, Dec. 8th, 1862, acknowledg- ing his election to membership. Dec. 16th. John S. Billings, M. D., U. S. A., Philadelphia, Dec. 16th, 1862, acknowledging his election to membership. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. 1863. Bernhardt, C. F. July 1st. Tetraodon laevigatus. Bertolet, Dr. July 1st. A collection of Sections of Woods. Bingham, R. Jm. 1th. Fossil Wood, from near Alexandria, Va., and 8 specimens of Native Woods. Busby, J. Dec. 9th. Young of the Eiderduck. Barnegat. Cleborne, C. J., M. D. Sept. 2d. A collection of Marine Shells from the coast of S. Carolina. Coleman, G. D. April 1st. Numerous specimens of Native Copper, Lebanon Co., Penna. DONATIONS TO MUSEUM. 601 Cope, E. D. June 11th. A collection of Cretaceous and Eocene Fossils, from Monmouth Co., N. J. July 1st. Thirty-three specimens, 28 species, Reptiles, from various parts of the world. Numerous specimens, two species of Fishes. Sept. 2d. Eleven specimens of Reptiles. Corse, Dr. J. M. Nov. ISth. Two fine specimens of Fossil Fishes of Monte Bolca. De Haven, Lieut. Jan. 1th. Tusk of Narwhal. Durand, E. April 1st. Specimens of the Club and Egg Gourd. Evans, Dr. J. April 1st. A collection of Tertiary Fossils, and Coal, 3 Rep- tiles, several Bats, 3 Bird Skins, &c, from Chiriqui. Presented by the widow of the late Dr. John Evans. Exchange, received in Jan. 1th. Brucite. Lancaster Co., Penna. May Gth. A collection of Coal Fossils from New Brunswick, B. P. Oct. 1th. Forty specimens Oolitic Fossils from England. Farren, Mrs. May scow. Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Annee, 1S61, No. 1. From the Society. Memoires of the same, Tome 3, Nos. 2 — 9. From the same. Nouveaux Memoires of the same. Tome 13, Liv. 2. ! Correspondenz-blatt des Naturforschenden Vereins zu Riga, 1862. From the Editors. St. Petersburg. Memoires de l'Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. Peters- burg, le Serie, Tome 3, Nos. 10 and 11. From the Society. Bulletin of the same, Tome 3. Feuilles 23 to 36, Tome 4 to 10. From the Society. HOLLAND. Amsterdam. Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenshappen. Elfde und Twaalfde Deel, 1861. From the Society. Jahrbuch of the same, 1860. From the Society. Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Academie van Wetenschappen. Negende Deel, 1861. From the Society. Bijdragen tot di Dierkunde. Achste Anevering, 1859. From the Society. GERMANY. Altenburg. Mittheilungen aus dem Osterlande. Funfzeknter Band, Mai, 1861. From the Society. Berlin. Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereines fur Sachsen und Thuringen in Halle, vol. 1 and 2. From the Editors. 604 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Archiv fur Naturgesehichte, 27 Jahrg. 1861. From the Editors. Mathematische und Physikaliscke Abhandlung der Konigl. Akademie. Jahrg. I860. From the Society. Woschenschrift des Vereines zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues in den K. Preussischen Staatenfiir Giirtnerei und Pflanzenkunde, 1861 and 1862. From the Editor. Berliner Entomologische Zeitschrift. Fiinfter Jahrgang 1861. From the Entomological Soc. of Berlin. Zeitschrift der Deutschen Geologischen Gesellschaft, Band 12, 13. From the Society. Monatsberichte der K. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. 1861, 1862. From the Society. Bonn. Verhandlungen der Naturhistorischen Vereines, 18 Jahrg. le and 2e, Hefte, 1861. From the Editor. Braunschweig. Handbuch der Systematischen Anatomie des Menschen. Erster und zweiter Band. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Budan. Felsobb Egyenletek egy Ismeretlennet irta D. Vallas Antal. Elso und Masodik Fuzet, 1842 to 1848. From the Academy at Budan. Magyar Akademiai ertesito a Mathematakai. 1 Kotet 1 to 14. Szam, 1860. From the Academy. Mathematicai Palyamunkak, 1, 2 and 3 Kotet, 1837-44. From the same. Termeszettudomanyi Palyamunkak, 1844. From the same. Cassel. Malakozoologische Blatter, Band 8 and 9. From the Maclure Fund. Journal fiir Ornithologie, Jarhg. 9, 1861, and 10, 1862. From the Maclure Fund. Danzig. Neueste Schriften der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Danzig. Sechsten Bandes. Viertes Heft, 1862. From the Society. Emden. Vierundsechsichter Jahresberichte des Naturforschenden Gesell- schaft in Emden, I860. From the Society. Meteorologische Untersuchungen, 1860. From the same. Frankfurt-am-Main. Der Zoologischen Garten, 2er Jahrgane. From the Editor. Abhandlungen. Herausgegeben von der Senckenbergischen Naturfor- schenden Gesellschaft. Vierten Bandes, ler Lief. From the Society. Freiburg. Berichte iiber die Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesell- schaft zu Freiburg, 1862. From the Society. Giessen. Untersuchungen zur Naturlehre des Menschen und der Thiere, Band 8, 1861. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Dritter und neunter-Bericht der Oberhessischen Gesellschaft fiir Natnr und Heilkunde, 1853. From the Society. Gottingen. Nachrichten von der Georg-Augusts-Universitat, Jahre, 1861. Nos. 1 to 22. From the University. Hannover. Elftes Jahresbericht der Naturhistorischen Gesellschaft zu Han- nover, 1862. From the Society. Jena. Novorum Actorum Academise Coesarre Leopoldino-Carolinae Germanics Natural Curiosorum, Tome 20, 1862. From the Society. Isis, Encyclopedia Zeitschrifr. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Leipzig. Archiv fiir Anatomie. Jahrgang 1861 and 1862. From the Maclure Fund. Liineburg. Erster Berichte iiber die Thiitigkeit des Naturwissenschaitlichen Vereins in Liineburg. From the Society. Zehnter Jahresberichte des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins fir Liineburg, 1861. From the same. Die Ostfriesischen Marschen und die Veriinderungen der Ostfriesischen, Kuste, 1861. From the same. Mannheim. Fi'mfundzwanzigster Jahresbericht des Mannheimer Vereines fiir Naturkunde, 1859. From the Editor. Munich. Sitzungsberichte der Konig!. Bayer. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Miinchen, I860, Hefts 4 and 5, 1861 Hefts 1 to 5. From the Society. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 605 Abhandlungen der Philosoph-Philologischen Classe of the same, Neunter Bandes, Erste und Zweite Abtheilung, 1861. From the same. Verzeichniss der Mitglieder der K. B. Akademieder Wissenschaften, 1860. From the same. Rede in der offentlichen Sitzung der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften am 26 und 28 Nov., 1861. From the same. Neubrandenburg. Archiv des Vereines des Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Meklenburg, 1861. From the Editor. Niirnberg. Abhandlungen der Naturhistorischen Gesellschaft zu Niirnberg, Heft 3, Band 2. From the Society. Offenbach-am-Main. Zweiter Bericht des Offenbacher Vereins fiir Naturkunde, Mai, 1860, zum Mai, 1861. From the Society. Regensburg. Correspondenz-Blatt des Zoologischen Mineralogischen Vereins in Regensburg, 15er Jahrg. 1861. From the Society. Flora, oder allgemeine Botanische Zeitung, 19er Jahrg. 1861. From the Botanical Society, Regensburg. Stettin. Entomologische Zeitung, 22er Jahrg. 1861. From the Entomologi- cal Society, Stettin. Stuttgart. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geognosie, Geologie und Petre- faktenkunde, Jahrgang 1861. Fiinftes und. Sechtes Heft. From the Editors. Bericht iiber die 13er Versammlung der Deutschen Ornithologen Gesell- schaft zu Stuttgart, 1860. From Dr. Heermann. Vienna. Die Feierlich Sitzung der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften am 31 Mai, 1861. From the Society. Sitzungberichte der K. Akademie der Wissenschaften, from March, 1861, to April, 1862. From the same. Wiener Entomologische Monatschrift, 5 Band, Nos. 4 to 10, 1861. From the Editor. Jahrbuch der K. K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt, 1860, 11 Jahrgang No. 2. From the Society. Mittheilungen der K. K. Geographischen Gesellschaft, 4 Jahrgang 1860. From the Society. Jahrbucher der K. K. Central-Austalt far Meteorologie, 8 Band, Jahrg. 1858. From the Society. Verhandlungen der K. K. Zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien. Jahrg. 1861. Band 9. From the Society. Wiesbaden. Jahrbucher des Vereins fiir Naturkunde im Herzogthum Raffan. Funfzehntes Heft 1860. From the Society. Wurzburg. Wurzburger Naturwissenschaftliche Zeitschrift. Zweiter Band. Zweites Heft, 1861. From the Society. SWITZERLAND. Basel. Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Basel. Dritter Theil les, 2es and 3es, Heftes. 1861. From the Society. Geneve. Bibliotheque Universel. Archiv des Sciences Physiques et Natu- relles. Nouvelle Periode. Tome 2me, 1861. From the Society. Memoires de la Societe de Physique et d'Historie Naturelle de Geneve. Tome 16. Partie Ire, 1861. From the Society. Neuchatel. Bulletin de la Societe des Sciences Naturelles de Neuchatel. Tome 5. lme Cahier, 1861. From the Society. St. Gallen. Bericht iiber die Thatigkeit der St. Gallischen Naturwissenschaft- lichen Gesellschaft. 1858 to 1861. From the Society. BELGIUM. Bruxelles. Annuaire de l'Academy Royale de Belgique. 1861 and 1862. From the Society. Memoires de l'Academie Royale de Belgique. Tomes 32 and 33, 1861. From the same. 606 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Bulletins de l'Academie Royale de Belgique. Tomes 9, 10, 11 and 12, 1860-61. From the same. Memoires Couronnes et Autres Memoires publics par l'Academy Royale de Belgique. Tomes 11 and 12. Collection in Svo. 1861, 1862. From the Society. Memoires Couronnes et Memoires des Savants Etrangers. Publies par l'Academie Royale de Belgique. 4to. Tome 30, 1858-61. From the same. Louvain. Annuaire de l'Universitie Catholique de Louvain, 1860-61. 25me Annee. From the University. De Oratoriis publicis et privatis dissertatio Canonica, quani cum subjeo- tis Thesibus annuente summo numire, &c. From the same. Interpretatio epistolse Catholicse S. Jacobi quam cum subjectis thesiliu^, &c. From the same. Nine Theses. From the same. FRANCE. Angers. Memoires de la Academie de Maine et Loire. Neuvierne et Dixieme Volume. 1861. From the Society. Bordeaux. Memoires de la Societe des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles de Bordeaux. Tome 2. From the Society. Caen. Memoires de l'Academie Imperiale des Sciences de Caen, 1861. From the Society. Dijon. Memoires de l'Academie Imperiale des Sciences de Dijon. 2d Series, 8th vol., 1860. From the Society. Paris. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie pure et applique. From No. 12, 1861, to No. 10, 1862. From the Editor. Annals des Mines. Tome 19, Cinquieme Series 1861. Tome 1, 6me Series Liv. de 1862. From the Minister of Public Works. Bulletin Mensuel de la Societe Imperiale Zoologique d'Acclimation. From No. 12, Tome 8, to Tome 9, No. 10. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Annales des Sciences Naturelles. 4e Series. 8e Annee, 1861 and 1862. From the Maclure Fund. Comptes Rendus hebdomadaires. Seances de l'Academie des Sciences. Tome 51 and 52, 1860-61. From the Society. Supplement to same. From the Society. Journal de la Physiologie de 1' Homme et des Animaux. Tome 4e, No. 16. From the Maclure Fund. Comptes Rendus des Seances et Memoires de la Societe de Biologie. Tome 2me de la 3me Serie 1860. From the Society. ITALY. Milan. Atti della Soeieta Italiana di Scienze Naturale. Vol. 2, Fasc. 3 and 4, vol. 3, Fasc. 1 to 4, 1861. From the Society. Padova. Revista Periodica dei Lavori della I. R. Academia di Scienze, &c, in Padova. Nos. 13 to 19, vols. 4 to 9, 1858-61. From the Society. Torino (Turin). Memoire della Reale Academia della Scienze de Torino. Serie 2da, Tomo 19, 1861. From the Society. PORTUGAL. Lisboa. Memorias da Academia Reale des Sciencias de Lisboa. Tomo 2, Parte 2, Nova Serie, 1859. From the Society. Portugalia? Monumenta Historica. Vol. 1. From the same. Quadro Elementar das Relacues Politicas e Diplomaticus de Portugal, 1860-1861. From the same. SPAIN. Madrid. Memorias de la Real Academia de Ciencias de Madrid. Tomes 3, 4 aad 5, 1859. From the Society. Resumen de las Actas of the same. 1857. From the same. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 607 GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. Dublin. Proceedings of the Dublin University. Vols. 1 and 2, part 1, 1860. From the University. Journal of the Geological Society of Dublin. Vol. 9, part 1, 1860-61. From the Society. Journal of the Royal Dublin Society. Nos. 20 to 23, 1861. From the Society. Edinburgh. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Vol. 4, No. 53. From the Society. Transactions of the same. Vol. 22, part 3. From the same. Edinburgh New Philosophical Magazine. Vols. 14 and 15, No. 1, 1SC1- 62. From the Editors. Leeds. Forty-fifth Report of the Council of the Leeds' Philosophical and Literary Society. Session 1860 and 1861. From the Society. Liverpool. Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Liver- pool. No. 15, 1862. From the Society. London. The Athenseutn Journal. Parts 407 to 417. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Notes and Queries. From Nov., 1861, to June, 1862. From the Editor. Proceedings of the Royal Horticultural Society of London. From vol. 1, No. 33, 1861, to vol. 2, No. 9, 1862. From the Society. List of Fellows of the same. From the same. The Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London. From March to June, 1861. From the Society. The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. From vol. 17, part 4, to vol. 18, part 3, 1862. From the Society. Transactions of the Zoological Society of London. Vol. 4, part 7, 1861. From the Society, The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Dec. 1861, to Dec. 1862. From the Maclure Fund. The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. Vols. 22, 23 and 24. From the same. The Natural History Review. Oct. 1859. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. The Journal of the Society of Arts and of the Institutions in Union. Vol. 9, vol. 10, to No. 505. From the Society. Proceedings of the Royal Society. From vol. 9, No. 44, to vol. 12, No. 51. From the Society. Notices of the Proceedings of the same. Parts 1 to 9, 1860, '61, '62. From the same. List of Members, &c, of the same. From the same. Philosophical Transactions of the same. Vol. 51, parts 1, 2, 3. From the same. Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. Vol. 19, parts 1, 2. London, 1861. From the Society. The Quarterly Journal of the Chemical Society. Vols. 15, 16, No. 56. 1862. From the Society. Journal of the Statistical Society of London. Vol. 25, part 1, 1862. From the Society. List of Fellows, &c, of the same. From the same. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnaean Soeiety. Vol. 6, Nos. 21 to 23. From the Society. The Transactions of the same. Vol. 23, part 2. From the same. The British Journal of Photography. Vol. 9, Nos. 176 to 179, 1862. From the Maclure Fund. Newcastle-upon-Tyne. Transactions of the Tyneside Naturalist's Field-Club. Vol. 5, part 2. From the Society. GOS DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Yorkshire. Proceedings of the Geological and Polytechnic Society of the West Riding of Yorkshire. April, I860. From the Society. UNITED STATES. Albany. The American Journal of Agriculture and Science. Vols. 1 to 3. Albany, 1845 and 1846. From G. W. Fahnestock. Augusta. Sixth Annual Report of the Maine Board of Agriculture. From C. H. Hitchcock. Boston.' Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. S and 9, to page 128. From the Society. Annual Report of the Trustees of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. 1862. From the Trustees. Buffalo. Buffalo Medical and Surgical Journal and Reporter. Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 11. From the Editor. California. California Farmer. Vols. 16, 17 and 18. From the Editor. Columbus. The Ohio Educational Monthly. Vol. 3, Nos. 10 and 11. From the Editors. Cincinnati. The Dental Register of the West. January, 1862. From the Editors. New Haven. The American Journal of Science and Arts. Vols. 33 and 34, to No. 102, 1862. From the Editors. New York. American Medical Times. New Series. Vols. 4 and 5, Nos. 1 to 25. From the Editor. Thirteenth Annual Report of the Regents of the University of the State of New York. From the University. Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. Vol. 7, No. 10, 1861. From the Society. Philadelphia. The American Journal of the Medical Sciences. New Series. No. 85. From the Editor. The Dental Cosmos. Vols. 3 and 4, Nos. 4 and 5. From the Editor. The Gardener's Monthly. Vol. 4, Nos. 1 to 11. From the Editor. Proceedings of the Entomological Society. Nov., 1861, to Oct., 1862. From the Society. Journal of the Franklin Institute. 3d Series. Vols. 43 and 44, Nos. 1 to 5. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Vol. 2, parts 1 and 2. From the Publication Committee. Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. 10, New Series, parts 1 and 2, 1862. From the Society. Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. S, 1861, No. 66. Vol. 9, No. 67, 1862. From the Society. The American Journal of Pharmacy. Third Series, vol. 10, Nos. 3 to 6. From the Editor. Constitution, &c, de la Socicte Francaise de Bienfaisance de Philadel- phia. From the Society. Smithsonian Institution. Annual Report of the Board of Regents for 1860 and 1861. From the Institution. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. Vols. 1, 2 and 4. From the same. Classification of the Coleoptera of N. America. By J. L. Le Conte, M. D., part 1. From the same. Result of the Meteorological Observations, made from the year 1854 to 1859. Vol. 1. From the same. Salem. Proceedings of the Essex Institute. Vol. 2, No. 45. From the Society. Worcester. Proceedings of the American Antiquarian Society. October 21, 1861, to April, 1862. From the Society. Washington. Forty-fifth Annual Report of the American Colonization So- ciety, 1862. From the Society. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 609 CANADA. Montreal. The Canadian Naturalist and Geologist. Vol. 6, No. 6 to Vol. 7, No. 5, 1862. From the Editor. Toronto. The Canadian Journal of Industry, Science and Art. New Series, from No. 37 to No. 42, 1862. From the Editors. ASIA. Batavia. Naterkundige Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie, Ditgegeven door die K. Natuurkundige Vereeniging in Nederlandsh Indie. Deel 22 and 23, Vijfde Series. Deel 2 and 3, 1861. From the Society. VAN DIEMEN'S LAND. Tasmania. Reports of the Royal Society of Van Diemen's Land, from the years 1849 to 1859. From the Society. Tasmanian Contributions to the Universal Exhibition of Industry at Paris, 1855. From the same. Catalogue of Plants in the Royal Society's Garden, 1859. From the same. Industrial Products of Tasmania at the Crystal Palace, 1859. From the same. Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Van Diemen's Land. Vols. 1st, 2d and 3d, parts 1 and 2. From the Society. Meteorological Observations, taken at Hobart Town. Tasmania, 1856-7-8. From the same. OTHER SCIENTIFIC WORKS. Advantages de l'Esprit d'Observation dans les Sciences etles Arts, 1809. From Dr. Wilson on the usual conditions. Aves Islands Papers, 1861, Senate Documents. From the Department of State. Agricultural Tracts. No. 1. Culture of Grasses, 1860. From Charles L. Flint. Agassiz. The Mode of Developement of the Marginal Tentacles of the Free Madusse of some Hydroids. By A. Agassiz. Boston, 1862. From the Author. Contributions to the Natural History of the United States of America, by Louis Agassiz. Vol. iv. Boston, 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Bache. Reports of the Superintendent of the U. S. Coast Survey, 1853, 1855, 1S56, 1858, 1859, and 1860. From A. D. Bache. Baer. Welche Auffassung der lebenden Natur ist die Richtige ? Gesprochen von K. E. v. Baer. Berlin, 1862. From the Author. Bailey. Notes on New Species of Microscopical Organisms from the Para River, S. America. By L. W. Bailey. 1861. From the Author. Barrande. Defense des Colonies. Par Joachim Barrande, i. and ii. Prague, 1861. From Jules Marcou. Berkeley. Introduction to Cryptogamic Botany. By the Rev. J. Berkeley. 1857. From the Maclure Fund. Bianconi. Specimena Zoologica Mosambicana cura, J. J. Bianconi. Fasc. i. to xiv. Bonanise, 1850. From the Maclure Fund. Billings. New Species of Lower Silurian Rocks. By E. Billings. Montreal, 1862. From the Author. Bischoff. Gediichtnissrede auf Friederich Tiedemann. Von. Dr. T. L. W. Bischoff. 1861. From the Academy at Munich. 42 610 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Bland. Remarks on certain species of Helicidse. By Thos. Bland, 1862. From the Author. Bowen. Coal and the Coal Trade. By Eli Bowen. Philadelphia, 1862. From the Author. Bronn. Die Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier Reichs. Von Dr. H. G. Bronn. Dritter Band, Leipzig, 1861. From the Author. H. G. Bronn's Lethsea Geognostica. Lief. i. to xii. and Atlas, 1858. From the Maclure Fund. Catalogue of Shells in the collection of A. D. Brown. Oct. 1861. Prince- ton. From the Author. Bushwanderings of a Naturalist, or Notes on the Field Sports and Faunse of Australia. London, 1861. From J. D. Sergeant. Candolle. Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis. Auctore Al- phonso Candolle. Pars Decima Quinta Fasc. i. 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Carus. Bibliotheca Zoologica. Verzeichniss der Schriften iiber Zoologie bear- beitet von S. V. Carus und W. Engelmann. Zweiter Band. 1861. From Mrs. Lucy W. Say. Castelnau. Expedition dans les parties centrales. L'America du Sud. Sous la direction du Comte Francis de Castelnau. Livs. xiv. xv. xvi. Botanique, 1860. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Catalogue of the Trowbridge Collection of Natural History in the Museum of the University of Michigan. From the University. Chenu. Manuel de Conchyliologie et de Paleontologie Conchyliologique. Par Le Dr. J. G. Chenu. Tome ii. Paris, 1858. From the Maclure Fund. Chickering. List of Marine, Fresh Water and Land Shells found in the vi- cinity of Portland, Me. By J. W. Chickering, Jr. 4to Sheet. From the Author. Cohn. De Acido Hypochlorico. Auctor A. L. Cohn. Vratislaviae. From the Author. Cornay. Principes de Physiologie et exposition de la Loi Divine d'Harmonie. Par J. E. Cornay. Paris, 1S62. From the Author. Principes de Physiologie et exposition de Formules de forces Vitale. Par J. Cornay. 1862. From the Author. De la reconstruction du Cheval sauvage primitif. Par J. E. Cornay. 1861. From the Author. Correa. Lendas da India par Gaspar Correa. Tomes ii. Partie i. and ii. Lisbon, 1861. From the Academy at Lisbon. Cotteau. Echinides du Department de la Sarthe par Cotteau et Triger. 1 to 7me Liv. 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Dana. Manual of Geology. By James D. Dana, LL. D. Philadelphia, 1863. From the Author. Darwin. On the various contrivances by which British and Foreign Orchids are fertilized by insects. By Chas. Darwin. London, 1S62. Dr. Wil- son, on the usual conditions. Davis. Notes on the Distortions which present themselves in the Crania of Ancient Britons. By J. B. Davis. From the Author. Crania Britannica. By B. Davis and John Thurmon. Decade 5. Lon- don, 1862. Dr. Wilson on the usual conditions. Dawson. Alpine and Arctic Plants. By J. W. Dawson, 1S62. From the Author. Notice of the discovery of additional remains of Land Animals in the Coal- meastrres of the South Joggins, Nova Scotia. By J. W. Dawson. From the Author. On the Footprints of Limulus as compared with the Protichnites of the Potsdam Sandstone. By J. W. Dawson, LL. D. From the Author. De Ram. Discourse pronounce a la Salledes Promotions le 26 Jan., 1860. Par P. F. X. De Ram. Louvain, 1861. From the University at Lou- vain. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. (ill Deslongchamps. Paleontologie Franchise. Livs.lto7. Brachiopodes. Par M. Deslongchamps. Paris, 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Dozy. Bryologia Javonica. Auctoribus F. Dozy et J. H. Volkenboer. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Dubois. Oiseaux de L'Europe suite aux Planches Coloriees des Oiseaux de la Belgique et de leurs (Eufs. Par Ch. F. Dubois. 147 to 160me Livs. 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Esehricht. Om Nordvalen (Balsena Mysticetus, L.) af D. F. Eschricht og J. Reinhardt. 1861. Atlas to the same. From J. Reiuhardt. Flint. Sixth, Seventh and Ninth Annual Reports of the Secretary of the State Board of Agriculture. By Charles L. Flint. Boston, 1859. From the Author. Frauenfeld. Beitriig zur Fauna Dalmatiens. Von G. R. von Frauenfeld. From the Author. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Insekten-Metamorphose aus dern JaLre 1860. Von G. R. v. Frauenfeld. From the Author. Gachard. Actes des Etats Generaux des Pays — Bas. 1576 — 1585. Par M. Ga- chard. Tome Premier. Brusselles, 1861. From the Author. Geinitz. Dyas oder de Zechstein Formation und das Roth Liegende von Dr. Hanns Bruno Geinitz. Heft 1. Leipzig, 1861. From the Maclure Fund. Gill. Analytical Synopsis of the Order of Squali ; and revision of the Nomen- clature of the Genera. By Theo. Gill. 1861. From the Author. Gistel. Natur-Andachten. Herausgegeben durch Johannes Gistel. 1857. From the Author. Achthundert und zwanzig neue ober unbeschreibene wirbellose Thiere. Von Dr. J. Gistel. 1857. From the Author. Vacuna ober die Geheimnisse aus der organischen und leblosen Welt. Von Prof. Dr. J. Gistel. From the Author. Goldenberg. Flora Sarsepontana fossilis. Von Dr. Goldenberg. 3tes Heft. 1S62. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Gould. The Birds of Asia. By J. Gould. Part xiii. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. A monograph of the Trochilida? or Humming Birds. By John Gould. From the same. Grsesse. Tresors de Livres Rares et Precieux. Par J. G. T. Grsesse. Tome troiseme. 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Gulberg. Om Cirklers Beroring. Af C. M. Gulberg. 1861. From the Au- thor. Hemkel, W. G. Elektrische Untersuchungen. 5th Abhandlung, 1st Theil. 1861. From the Saxon Society of Science. Heller. Synopsis der im rothen Meere vorkommenden Crustaceen. Von Dr. Heller. From the Author. Hewitson. Exotic Butterflies. By W. 0. Hewitson. Parts 41 to 44. 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Hofmeister. Phanerogamen 11. Monokotyledonen 1861. From the Author. Homes. Die Fossilen Mollusken des Tertiar-Beckens von Wieii. Von Dr. Moriz Homes. Band 2. No. 3 & 4. Bivalven. From the Geographical Society of Vienna. Howson. American Jute. By H. Howson. Philadelphia, 1862. From the Author. Humphreys. Report on the Physics and Hydraulics of the Mississippi River, &c. ByCapt. A. A. Humphries and Lieut. H. L. Abbot. 1861. From the War Department. Huxley. Addresses delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Geological Society of London. By Professor T. H. Huxley. London, 1862. From the Society. Harris. A Treatise on some of thelnsects Injurious to Vegetation. Ey T. W. Harris. Anew edition. Edited by Charles L. Flint. Boston, 1862. From Mrs. L. W. Say. 612 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. India. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of. Volume 3, Part 1. From the Survey. Annual Keport of the Same. From the Survey. .Jones. Report upon the Colorado River of the West. Explored in 1857 and 1S58. By Lieutenant J. C. Ives. 1861. From J. S. Newberry. Kleeman. Raupenkalender. Von J. Mader und C. F. C. Kleeman. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Kluge. Ueber die Ursachen der Erd-Erschutterungen, &c. Von Dr. R. E. Kluge. From the Author. Lea, I. Observations on the Genus Unio, together with Descriptions of New Species, &c. By Isaac Lea. Vol. 8. Part 2. From the Author. Remarks on the Unionidse, &c. By Isaac Lea. 1862. From the Author. Description of a New Genus (Trypanostoma) of the Family Melanidae, and of Forty-five New Species, &c. By Isaac Lea. Philadelphia, 1862. From the Author. Lea, M. C. Chemical Contributions to the July, November and September Nos. of Silliman's Journal. From the Author. Contributions to the American Journal of Science for the year 1862. By M. Carey Lea. From the Author. Leonhard. Hiitten-erzeugnisse und Andere auf kiinstlichen Wege gebildete Mineralien al hutzpuncte, &c. Von K. C. von Leonhard. 185S. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Letter of the State Geologist Relative to the Progress of the State Geological Survey. From W. M. Gabb. Logan. Geological Survey of Canada. Sir W. E. Logan, Director. New Species of Lower Silurian Fossils. By E. Billings. From the Author. Longet. Traite de Physiologic ParF. H. Longet. Tome ler. ler and2dpartie. Fasc. 3. 1861. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Macleay. Description of a Spar Cave, lately discovered in the Isle of Skye. By K. Macleay, M. D. 1S11. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual con- ditions. Maerlant. Alexander's Geestens ; von Jacob von Maerlant. Brussels, I860. From the Belgium Academy. Malherbe. Monographie des Picides ou Histoire Naturelle Generale et Par- ticuliere to Liv. 25. Par A. Malherbe. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Marcou. The Taconic and Lower Silurian Rocks of Vermont and Canada. From the Author. Observations on the Terms "Peneen," "Permian," and " Dyas." By Jules Marcou. Boston, 1862. From the Author. Letter to M. Joachim Barrande, on the Taconic Rocks of Vermont and Canada. By Jules Marcou. Cambridge, 1862. From the Author. Marsh. Description of a New Enaliosaurian, from the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia. By 0. C. Marsh. From the Author. The Distinguishing Features of Comets. By B. V. Marsh. 1862. From the Author. Martini. Systematisches Conchilien Cabinet. Von Martini und Chemnitz, Von M. C. Kiister. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Maury. De la Necessite d' un Systeme General D'Observations Nautiques et Meteorologiques. From the Belgium Academy. Memoirs of the Survey of the United Kingdom. Decade 10. London, 1S61. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Meyer. Paleontographica, Beitriige zur Naturgeschichte der Vorwelt. Heraus- gegeben von H. Von Meyer. 9er und lOer Band. 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Michler. Lieutenant Michler's Report of his Survey for an Inter-Oceanic Ship Canal near the Isthmus of Darien. From John Larcombe. Miguel. F. A. G. Miguel's Flora Indiae Batavse. Fasc. 1 — 4. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 013 Mihaly. Elnielkedesaka Physiologia es Psychologia. IrtaD. Mocsi Mihaly. From the Academy at Budan. Milne-Edwards. Lecons sur la Physiologie et TAnatomie Comparoe de l'Homme et des Animaux. Par H. Milne-Edwards. Tome 7me. 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Mohn. On Komethanernes Indbyrdes Beliggenhed, af H. Mohn. 1862. From the Author. Morton. Catalogue of Skulls of Men and the Inferior Animals, in the Collec- tion of Samuel G. Morton, M. D. Third Edition, 1849. An Inquiry into the Distinctive Characteristics of the Aboriginal Races of America. By S. G. Morton. Second Edition, 1844. Some Observations on the Ethnology and Archeology of the American Aborigines. By S. G. Morton. 1846. Brief Remarks on the Diversity of the Human Species. By S. G. Mor- ton. 1S42. Observations on the Size of the Brain in Various Races and Families of Man. By S. G. Morton, M. D. Review of Morton's Crania Americana. All from Geo. M. Conarroe. Motschulsky. Etudes Entomologique, redigt-es par Victor de Motschulsky. 16, 17, 18 and 19 Annce. Helsingfors, 1861 and 1862. From the Author. Coleopteres du Gouvernment de Iakoutsk. Receuilles par M. Paulofski, par M. V. de Motschulsky. From the Author. Coleopteres Rapportes en 1859, par M. Senertsef des Steppes Meridionales des Kerghises et enumeris par M. V. de Motschulsky. 1860. From the Author. Essai d'un Catalogue des Insectes de L'Isle Ceylon. Par V. de Mots- choulsky. ler liv. Moscou, 1861. From the Author. Neilrich. Nachtrage zur Maly's Enumeratio Plantarum Phanerogamicarnm Imperii Austracii Uuiversi. Von A. Neilrich. Wien, 1861. From the Zoological Society of Vienna. Nordmann. Paleontologie Siidrusslands. Von Dr. A. Von Nordmann. 1859- 1S60. From the Authors. Nystroni. Project of a New System of Arithmetic, &c, to be called the To- nal System, with 16 to the base. By J. W. Nystrom, C. E. Phila- delphia, 1S62. From the Author. Odernheimer. Das Festland Australien. Von Fr. Odernheimer. Haft 15. Wiesbaden, 1861. From the Author. Oldham. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Published under the direction of Thomas Oldham, LL. D. Calcutta, 1859. From the Geo- logical Museum of Calcutta. Ordway. On the Supposed Identity of the Paradoxides Harlani, Green, with the Paradoxides Spinosus, Boeck. By Albert Ordway. From the Author. Orsolata. Delia Rottura spontanea del cuore con fatti nuovamenti assernati di Cardioressi. Dal G. D. Orsolata. From the Author. Paleontologie Franchise. Liv. 4. Tome 8. Zoophytes. 1861. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Parrish. The Phantom Bouquet. By E. Parrish, Philadelphia, 1862. From the Author. Peters. De Serpentum Familia Uropeltaceorum. Gulielmus Scripsit. C. H. Peters. Berolini, 1861. From the Maclure Fund. Pfeiffer. ^ Novitates Conchologica. Von. Dr. L. Pfeiffer, 16 Lief. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Poggendorff. Biographisch-literarisches Handworterbuch. Gesammelt von J. C. Poggendorff. Fiinfte Lieferung. 2 Abtheilungen, 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Prime. Notes on the Cyrena salmacida and the Cyrenella Americana of Morelet. By Temple Prime. From the Author. 014 DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. Monograph of the species of Sphaeriuin of North and South America. By Temple Prime, Philadelphia, 1862. From the Author. Quetelet. Sur le Congres International de Statistique tenu a Londres, le 16 Juilliet, 1860. Par Ad. Quetelet. From the Author. Rafn. America discovered in the Tenth Century. By C. C. Rafu, 1S37. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Reeve. Conchologia Icouica. By Lovell Reeve. Parts 212 to 221. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Reichenbach. Xenia Orchidacea. Von Heinrich G. Reichenbach. 2er Band. les und 2es Heft. Leipzig, 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual con- ditions. Retzii. Specimen Academicum de Zeolothis Succicis. D. M. Andr. F. Retzii. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Ripley. The New American Cyclopedia. Edited by Geo. Ripley and Charles D. Dana. Vol. 1 to Vol. 14, 1859. From the Library Fund. Salle. Catalogue des Oiseaux du Mexique ; composant les Collection de M. A. Salle et de M. E. Parzudaki. From the Author. Sandberger. Die Conchylien des Mainzer Tertiarbeckens. Non Prof. Dr. F. Sandberger. Lieferung 1 to 7. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Saudor. A'Felsobb Analysis Elemei irta Gyory Sandor. 1 and 2 Fiizet. From the Academy at Budan. A HangrendszerKiszamitasarol es Zongorak HongolasarolMerseklet nelkul Tiszta Viszoonyok Szerint, Irta Gyory Sandor, 1858. From the same. Saussure. Desc. d'une series D'Hymenoptera Nouveaux de la tribu des Scoliens par H. de Saussure. From the Author. Orthoptera Nova Americana. Series 2d. From the Author. Monographie des Guepes Sociales. Par H. de Saussure, 1858. From the Author. Om Siphonodentalium Vitrem en ny, &c, of Dr. M. Sars, 1861. From the Author. Scrope. Memoire sur le Mode de Formation des Cones Volcaniques et des Crateres. Par G. P. Scrope. Juillet, 1860. Paris. From the Author. Shumard. Description of the Cretaceous fossils from Texas. By B. F. Shu- mard, M. D. Boston, 1861. From the Author. Slack. Handbook to the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. From the Editor. Smith. History of Delaware County, Pa. By Geo. Smith, M. D., Philadelphia. 1S62. From the Delaware County Institute of Science. Staiutou. The Natural History of the Tineina, Vol. 7. By H. T. Stainton, London, 1S62. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Stoppani. Paleontologie Lombarde. Par L'Abbe A. Stoppani. 21st — 23d Liv. 1862. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Sweet. Flora Australasica. By Robert Sweet, 1827. From H. C. Hanson. Tryon. On the Classification and Synonomy of the recent species of Pholadi- da?. By George W. Tryon, Jr., April, 1862. From the Author. On the Mollusca of Harper's Ferry. By George W. Tryon, Jr. From the Author. Synopsis of the Recent species of Gastrochflenidse. By George W. Tryon, Jr. From the Author. Ueber die Abhiingigkeit der Linien distanzer im Spectrum des Gases. 1861. From the Author. Volger. Versuch einer Monographie des Borazites. Von G. H. Otto Volger. 1855. From the Author. Wagner. Denkrede auf Gotthilf Henrich v. Schubert. Von Dr. A. Wagner. 1861. From the Academy at Munich. Waldheim. Rapport sur les Travaux dela Socu'te Imperiale des Naturaliste.s de Moscou. Par le Direc. G. Fischer de Waldheim. 1S32. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. DONATIONS TO LIBRARY. 615 Walpers. Annales Botanices Systematica? TWi Sexti. Fasc.land2. Auctore Dr. C. Weller. Lipsise, 1861. From the Maclure Fund. Walsh. Insects Injurious to Vegetation in Illinois. By B. D. Walsh. From the Author. Wartinan. Beitriige zur Anatomie uud Entwicklungsgesckichte der Algen- gattung Lemanea. Von B. Wartman. St. Gallin, 1854. From the Author. Wells. Annals of Scientific Discovery for 1862. Edited by D. A. Wells. Bos- ton, 1862. From the Author. Wiess. Die Grnndstoff. Von Dr. A. Weiss. From the Author. Die Flourescens der Pflanzenfarbstoffe. Von A. Wiess, 1861. From the Author. Wilder. Contributions to the Comparative Myology of the Chimpanzee. By Burt G. Wilder, 1861. From the Author. Whitney. Report of a Geological Survey of the Upper Mississippi Lead Re- gion. By J. D. Whitney. 1862. From the Author. White. Observations upon the Rocks in the Mississippi Valley, which have been referred to in the Chemung Group of New York. By A. C. White and R. P. Whitfield. From the Author. Winchell. On the Rocks lying between the Carboniferous Limestone of the Hamilton Group. By A. Winchell. 1862. From the Author. On the Saliferous Rocks and Salt Springs of Michigan. By A. Winchell. From the Author. Wolf. Zoological Sketches. By Joseph Wolf. From Dr. Wilson, on the usual conditions. Wiillner. Die Absorption des Lichtes in isotropen Mitteln. Von Dr. A. Wiill- ner. Marburg, 1862. From the Author. Zeuner. Ueber das Wanken der Locomotiven. Von Dr. Gustav Zeuner. Zurich. 1861. From the Author. INDEX OF GENERA. Abra 288, 574 Abronia 7, 167 Acanthocybium 125 Acantholatris 114 Acantholis 176 Acer 12 Acteon 570 Actinobolus 578 Actinella 164 Acus 565 -Echmophorus 229, 404 ^Edilis 39 JBgialitis 321 JEstrelata 327 Agama 340 Agelaius 313 Agonoidae 332 Agrion 386 Agrostis 90, 334 Alausa 281 Alcedo 318 Alepidosauroida 127, 332 Alsophis 74-77 Aluatta 507-515 Alepidosaurus 128 Atnblycirrhitus 105 Arablyopodinse 240 Amblystoma 66 Ameiva 61, 351 Amia 251 Amiina? 237 Ammonites 23 Amnicola 452 Amorpha 162 Ampelopsis 162 Amphidesma 574 Amphisbaena 350 Amphistichus 275 Amycla 287, 564 Amusium 582 Anas 322 Anaspini 43 Anaspis 43 Anatinidse 572 Anchomasa 208 Ancylodon 16, 18 Anguinella 568 Angulus 573 Anodonta 169 Anolis 176 — 181, 356 Anomia 582 Anomolocardia. , 289, 580 Anous 326, 557 Antaceus 331 Antennaroidse 241 Anthus 318 Antrozous 246, 248 Aphanopus 126 Aphanostephus 164 Aplopappus 164 Apodichthys 279 Apodontis 125 Apolectus 126 Apseudobrancbus 18 Arbutus.. 165 Architect onica 566 Archoscion 18 Arcidae 2S9, 579 Arcinella 576 Ardea 321 Arenaria 166 Argentina 14 Argentininaa 14 Argina 580 Argynnis 54, 221 Argyrosomus 15 Aristida 92, 334 Arrhyton 82 Artedius 279 Aseraum 42 Aspidocottus 279 Aspidonectes 191 INDEX OF GENERA. 617 Astarte 288, 577, 585 Astragalus 162 Astronesthes 241 Astyris 287, 564 Atheris 337 Atkerinoidae 280 Atractaspis 337 Atractosfion 17, 18 Atrypa 21 Aulickthys 234 Aulorkvnckoidae 233, 332 Auriculidae 571, 584 Auriculina 566 Auxis 124 Avicula 579 Asinaeinse 580 Aytkya 322 Baptisia 163 Baculites 21 Baetis 368 Bastisca 378 Barbatia 290, 580 Barnea 194, 207 Basiliscus 181, 356 Batrackoidae 280 Batrachyla 154 Belleropkon... 425 Berberis 11 Berycirife 238 Bernicla 323 Bessonornis 315 Betula 11 Blasipus 304 Blenniinae 241 Blennioida? 279, 332 Blepbaricktbvs 262 Boa 70 Bodianus 237 Botaurus 321 Bothrops 347 Bouteloua 93, 334 Brackinus 523 Brackycranium 337 Brackyotus 313 Brackvpus 356 Brack'yrkinus 249, 236 Brackysaurus 182 Bracbyteles 513 Brama 127 Bromus 98, 336 Brosmoykycinfe 280 Buccinidae 286, 562 Bacepkala 323 Bufo 157-8, 353, 357-8 Bulbostylis 164 Bulla 571 Bullia 287 Balliopsis...... 287, 562 Bumelia 165 Bursa 562 Busycon 286, 560, 583 Buteo •' 312 Caecum 568 Caenis 381 Calaruagrostis 92, 334 Calliope 316 Callirkinus 348 Callirhoe 161 Calopkrynus 358 Calosouia 52 Calypteridae 568 Cancellaria..T 567 Caprus 127 Carangoidae 238, 260, 330, 430 Caranginae 431 Carassius 282 Carinorbis 288 Cardiopsis 417 Cardiomorpka 416 Carditamera 578, 585 Carditidaa 290, '578 Cardinia 413 Cardium 58, 419, 576 Carinorbis 570 Carpopkaga 320 Carpkopkis 249 Cassia 163 Cassididas 564 Castanea 11 Catostoma 1, 339 Caudisona 347 Caularckus 330 Causus 339 Cebedickthyinaa 279 Cebinte 508 Cebus 507 Cecropis 318 Celatoconus 566 Cemoria 569 Ceutriscus 234 Centrodera 40 Centrolopbus 127 Centronella 405 Celtis 12 Cenironotinae 279, 431 Centropus 319 Cepkalopoda 22 Ceratopkrys 344 Cercotrickas 317 Cerambycidae 38 Cerastoderma 576 Cerasus H Cercis 12 Ceritkiopsidae 566 Ceritkiopsis 566 Ceritkium 567 618 INDEX OF GENERA. Chaetocvperas 10, 167 Chaetodon 119, 238 Chaedotontoidae 243 Chalcis , 357 and errata Chaina 576 Chamaeleo 340 Chamaasaura 339 Cham el ea 575 Cbaruaeleopsis 182 Charadrius 321 Charina 339 Cheilinus 143 Chilodactylus 103, 114, 118 Chilodipteroidae 251 Chilolepis 338 Chilophryne 341,357-8 Chima?roidae 331 Chionobas 57 Chiton 570 Chirinae 277 Chirodactylus 114, 119 Chiroidae 277, 332 Chironemus 103, 113 Chiron enernatinae 112 Chirostoma 280 Chirus 277 Chloroscombrinae 431 Chondroplites 126 Chonetes 410 s Chorististum 15, 16 Chroecocephalus 293, 309-11, 325 Chromis 149 Cinnyris 319 Circe 575 Circumphalus 575, 585 Circus 313 Cirrhilabrus 143 Cirrhitichthys 105, 108 Cirrhitinae 103, 259 Cirrhitoidae 102, 259 Cirrhitopsis 105 Cirrhitus 103, 104, 122, 259 Cirrimens 17 Cirsium 165 Citrinella 314, 405 Clematis 161 Clementia 575 Cloe 379 Clotho 339 Clupeoida? 281, 332 Clytus 42 Cnemidophorus 61, 62, 63,67, 356 Coccoessus 178 Cochliophagus 347 Cochlolepas 569 Colorhogia 81 Columba 320 Codakia 577 Columbellina; 287, 564 Colymbetes 521 Colymbidae 226 Colymbus 226, 323 Comarostapbylis 165 Conidae 566 Conocardium '. 420 Contia 81. 339 Conus 566 Convolvulus 6, 165 Corbicula 576 Corbula 21,572 Corbulida? 572 Cordulia 399 Coregonus 15 Corniger 237 Cornus 11 Corvus 313 Coryphaena 127 Coryphodon 338 Cottoidae 279,332 Cottus 13 Craptalus 504 Crassatella 289, 578 Crassatellidae 577 Crassilabrus 143 Crataegus 12, 163 Craugastor 153, 357 Creagrus 293, 312 Crenella 579 Crinodus 112 Cristasaura 1S1 Crius 127 Crocodilus 356 Cronia 563 Crucibulum 568 Crumenifera 343 Crypta 569 Cryptoblepharus 339 Cryptodacus 339 Ctenocercus 177 Cucullaaa 289 Cumingia 574 Curiyu addenda Cybium 125 Cyclas 28, 577 Cyclopteroidte 240, 330 Cylichnidae 570 Cymolutes 143 Cymopterus 163 Cynoscion 16, 18 Cynaedus 118 Cynocephali 4 485 Cypraeidae 567 Cyperus 9, 167 Cyprea 567 Cyrenidae 576 Cyprina 27 Cyprinodontoids 332 Cyprinoidae 282 INDEX OF GENERA. 619 Oypselus 318 Cystignathus, 156, 353, 357 and errata Cy there Cyttopsis Cyttus 429 126 126 Dactylagnus 505 Dactylethra 340 and errata Dactylina 193> 450 Dactylopagrus •• 114 Dactylosargus 103, 112 Dactyloseopus 505_ Dactylosparus H? Dactylus.. 287, 563, 584 Dafila 322 Damalichthys • 275 Dasypeltis 1^1 Decapterus 261, 431 Dectes Dentalium 288,425, 570 Derraatolepis — 250 Derrnatostethus 283 Desmanthus I63 Diapterus 245 Diclidia 43 Dicroglossus 34* Dicrotus L*° Dirnades 348 Diomedea 326 Dione 5^5, 586 Diplectrum 236 Diploglossus I88 Diplothyra 449 Dithvra 191 Doliida 564 Dolium Donax Doryrhamphus Dosiaia ...... Dracontura Drejera Drepanliuna Drillia 285, 561 Dromicus <6> '9 Drymoeca 31 ' Dryopteris 36° Echeneoides 239, 332 Echeneis * 239 Ecphora 563 Eclectus 3*9 Ecpleopo'didae 340 Edmondia 414 Echis 33* Elanus 313 Elaphidion 41 Elaps 347,356 Elastoma, 236 Eleocharis 10> 168 Eleotridinae 240 Elidurandia 162, Elymus "> 33J Embiotoca 2'^ Embiotocoidae 274, 331 Eraoea - 137,350 Ensiphorus.. Ensis Entosphenus Ephemera.... Ephemerella Bphemerina. Epic rates — Epinephelus Epinnula — Epitheca Eragrostis... Erigeron Erisniatura. Erycinella... Erythraea 237, 97, 584 571 331 376 377 367 349 250 125 400 336 164 323 578 166 Ervthrolamprus 349 Estrelda - Etelis Eucyclogobius Euhyas Euonymus Eulabes ^ Eulima 56^ Eulimidse 56^ Euloxa 5^8, 585 314 445 330 154 11 284 575 178 165 360 Eumeces. 186 Eumicrotremus 33^ Eunectes 70,350, (addenda) Eupatorium I"4 Euplectes 313 Eupleurogrammus 126 339 163 337 145 Euprepis. Eurytsenia Euystephus... Euschistodus. Fabella 574> Fagus Falco Fasciolaria 286, Festuca 9'i Fiscus 586 11 312 561 336 314 Fissurella 57(* 166 Forestiera 'i a Fratercula *"-4 Fraxinua 2, It, 1 Fringillaria 314 Fulica 322 Fnlix Fulmarus. Fusus 322 326 560 620 INDEX OP GENERA. Gadoidce 280 Gadus 280 Gaillardia 164 Galeorbinina? 282, 332, 484 Garrulax 315 Gastrochaena 571 Gastrophysus 331 Gastropleura 182 Gastrotropis 180 Gaura 163 Gelochelidon 535 Gemma 575 Gempylinae 125, 126, 329 Gempylus 125 Genyonemus 17 Genytremas 256 Geococcyx 320 Geocolaptes 319 Gerarda 1 Gerreinae 238 Gerreoidae 245 Gerrhosaurus 339 Girella 244 Girellinae 244 Glabella 564 Glaniolestes 191 Gleditschia 11 Glipa 43 Glipodes 43 Glyphidodon 150 Glyceria 95, 335 Glycimeris 571 Gobiesocoids 330 Gobiinee 240, 279 Gobioidse 330, 332 Gomphus 391 Goniatites 427 Goniistius 114 Goniobasis 262 Gonioplectrus 237 Graculus 325 Gouldia 578 Graminese 88 Granimatorycnus 125 Granoarca 290, 580 Grapta 222 Grus 321 Gymnosarda 125 Gyropleurodus 331, 489 Haemulon 253 Halcyon 318 Halea 164 Haligenes 139 Haliperca 236, 242 Haliplana 555 Halophila 154 Haplodactylinas 103, 110 Harpalinae 508 Harpe 140 Hatasia 213 Helenium 165 Helieops 348 Heloecetes 157 Hemichromis 134, 139 Hemilepidotus 13 Hemimactra 572 Hemisalamandra 343 Hemitritoa 343 Herodias 321 (H)erpetogomphus 388 Herpetodryas 356 Herpeton 1 Hesperia 58 Heta?rina 383 Heterachthes 41 Heterodontoidae 331, 488 Heterodon 348 Heteropus 185 Heterotheca 164 Himantodes 356 Hierochloa 100, 337 Hipparchia 57 Hippocampus 282 Hiruado 318 Histrionicus 323 Holcosus 60 Hollardia 235 Holacanthus 243 Holocentrum 237 Holorhinus 331 Holotropis 184 Homalocbilus 70 Homalosoma ., 339 Homoroselaps 337 Hoplopagrinas 252 Hoplopomatinae 278 Hyperprosopon 275 Hypbantornis 313 Hypoplectrus 237 Hydraspis 346 Hydrochelidon 554 Hydrolagns 1 Hyla 154, 354-58-59 and addenda Hylodes 151, 153 Hyperolius 191, 341-2 Hypocriticbthys 275 Hypsiboas 353 Hypsif'ario 330 Hypsirhynchus 72 Hypsipsetta 330 Hypsypops 147 Idonearca 289 Idothea 133 Iguana 356 Indigofera 162 Iniistius 143 INDEX OF GENERA. 621 Inoceramns 21, 26 Isicbtbys 444 Isognomon , 579 Isopistbinte 18, 277 Isopistbus 18, 277 Iaoplagiodon 282 Ixos 315 Jacare 356 Jaltris 73 Juglans 12 Jobnius le Jouannetia 194, 216 Jouannetinse 194, 449 Julides 142 Julis 142 Juncus 8, 167 Kellia 577 Ketupa 313 Kuhnia 164 Kuphinae 193, 455, 480 Labrax 15 Labroidai 140,240, 331 Lacerta 189, 340 and errata Lactarius 18 Lasmanctus 182 Lasvicardium 576 Lagotbrices 508 Lagotbrix 514 Lamellibrancbiata 26 Lamiidae 38 Larnpetra 331 Lamprotornis 313 Laniariu3 314 Laniu3 314 Larinaj 292 Laridae 292, 535 Larix 11 Larus 293, 325 Lasiurus 246 Latiarca 289 Latrides 114 Latridinse 103, 114 Latridopsis 114 Latria 103, 114 Lazaria 578 Leda 419 Lepacbys 164 Lepidium 161 Lepidoeybium 125 Lepidogobius 279 Lepidopsetta 330 Lepidopus 126 Leptodomus 415 Lepton 577 Leptonidse , 577 Leptoscopoidae 501 Leptura 40 Lepturus 126 Lestridinae 292 Leucosticte 314 Leucus 293 Limenitis 225 Limosa 321 Linsecomia 164 Linum 162 Liocephalus 182-4 Lioperca 237 Liopbis 76-7,348, 356 Liopropoma ? 15, 16 Liopus 39 Liotrocbus 288, 569 Lirophora 575, 585 Lirosoma 286 Lithasia 273 Lithodytes 153, 352 Lithospermum 165 Littorina 567 Liuperns 352 Lophortyx 321 Lucina 36, 577 Lucinidae 577 Lunatia 565 Lutjaninae 236, 251 Lutrariinae 573 Lycaena 56, 224 Lycodonomorpbus 339 Lyropecten.... 291 Lygophis 75, 80, 348 Lyrosoma 561 Lysapsus 155, 351 Mabuia 185, 350 Machaeranthera 164 Macronyx 314 Macrogoiuphus 389 Macroraia 397 Macroramphus 321 Macrotrachise 191 Mactra 572, 585 Mnjaqueus 327 Malacanthini 240 Malacocentrus 143 Mallotus 14 Malvastrum 161 Mancus 339 and errata Mangelia 286, 562 Marcusenius 139 Mareca 322 Martesia 192, 194 Megalobatrachus 66 Megalophonus 314 Megaloptereae 557 Megoptygma 563 Melampus 571, 584 Melanetta 323 622 INDEX OF GENERA. Melaniidae 169, 262, 272, 567 Melopus 314 Mendosorna 114 Menticirrhus 17 Mentiperca 23G Mentzelia 163 Merista 407 Mercenaria 574 Merula 314 Mesodesma 574 ilesopus 14 Metis 573 Microcelis 315 Microdactylia 357 Microlepidotus 255 Microlophus 351 Micronisus 312 Microstoma 14 Milvus 312 Modiola 579 Monilia 569 Monitor 340 Monocondylcea 176 Monobamruus 40 Monotbyra 194 Mordella 43 Mordellidae 43 Mordellini 43 Mordellistena 43 Mormon 324 Mormyrina; 139, 443 Morus 8, 167 Motacilla 317 Muhlenbergia 91, 334 Mulinia 573 Mulloidae 256 Muraenoidse 332 Murex 560 Musculium 32, 34 Mya 59, 572 Myalina 411 Myidas 572 Myiophonus 315 Myriopristis 237 Mysia 577 Mytiloconcha 290, 579 Mytilus 413 Natica 564 Naticidse 564 Naticina 565 Natrix 338 Nautilus 25, 428 Navea 184, 210 Nectarinia 319 Nectris. 327 Nematistioidse 258 Nematistius 258 Nematodactylus 114, 121 Xemura 316 Neosorex 188 Neptunea 560 Nettion 322 Neurergus , 343 Neverita 564 Nicotiana 6, 166 Niso 566 Nocture 59 Ncetia 290, 580 Nomeus 240 Notidanoidse 492 Notophthalmus 343 Notorhynchus 493 Novacula 143 Nucula 4, 16 Nuculana 581 Numenius 321 Obeliscus 565 Ocyurus 237 Odonata 381, 388 Odontoscion 18 Odostomia 566 CEnothera 163 Olivella 563 Olividae 563 Olneis 57 Ommastrephes 483 Oncocottus 13 Oneyda 188 Opheodes 350 Opheomorphus 75, 348 Ophidiuroidas 332 Opbidioidas 241, 278 Opistbognatbinae 241 Orbicula 582 Oreosoma 126 Orthis 409 Orthoceras 429 Ortbolaemus 351 Orthonota 414 Ortbopsetta 330 Orthostoecbus 255 Orycninae 125, 329 Orycnopsis 125 Orycnus 125 Osmerus 14 Ossifraga 326 Osteolaemus 191 Ostrea 21, 291, 5S2 Otilopbus 357-8 Otolithinae 17 Otolithus 16, 18 Otus 313 Oxoplus 41 Oxybaphus 7, 167 Oxybelis 356 Oxycirrhites 105, 109 INDEX OP GENERA. 623 Oxylebimae 277 Oxyrhina 235 Qxyrhopus 347 Pagophila 308 Palingenia 373 Paludinidae 567 Pamphila 57 Pandora 572 Pandorella 572 Panolopus 188 Paphiinae ... 574 Paraloma 181 Paramya 572 Parapholas 194, 214 Parastarte 288 Paratractus 330 Parnassius 225 Parophrys 281 Parthenium 164 Passer 314 Patella 570 Pica 313 Pecten 291, 581 Pectenidae 291 Pediocaetes 402 Pelecanus 324 Pelionetta 323 Peltaphryne 344 Penitella 194, 215 Pentaria 43 Pentstemon 165 Peprilus 126 Percinas 15, 236 Percoidae 249, 331 Periops 338 Periploma 572, 585 Perissodon 573 Peristernia 561 Perlina 362 Perna 579 Petaloconchus 568 Petricola 576 Petrocephalinae 443 Petrocincla 315 Petrocossypus 314 Petromyzontoids 331 Phacelia 165 Pbaca 162 Phalaropus 322 Phaleris 324 Phalotris 349 Phileozera 165 Philodryas 73, 74,348 Philothamnus 339 Phimophis 347 Phlox 5, 165 Pholadida} 191, 193, 449, 571 Pboladinae 192 Pholadomya 28, 572 Pholas 192-221, 571 Phryniscus 353 Phrynocerus 157, 344 Phrynoidis 353, 357, 358 Pbrynonax 348 Phtheirichtbys 239 Phyllantbus 7, 167 Pbyllobates 154 Pbyllodactylus 176 Phyllomedusa 355 Phyllosira 349 Physalis 6, 166 Pisum 32 Pirnelepteroidae 244, 331 Pimelepterus 245 Pisidium 32 Placunanomia 582 Planorbis 525 Platanus n Platyinius 237 Platymantis, in errata Platypterix 59, 359 Plectromantis 352 Plectrypops 237 Plioptygma 563 Pleurapbis 95, 335 Pleurodema 352 Pleuronectes 241, 280, 330 Pleurotomaria 423 Pleurotoraida? 561, 284 Plicatula 582 Pliocercus 72, 356 Pleiorhytis 286 Pliorbytis 575 Poa 96, 336 Podiceps 220, 323, 404 Podicipidse 226 Podilymbus 232, 323 PogoDOcherus 39 Polychrus 351 Polynematoidas 258 Polypogon 88, 333 Pomacanthodes 244 Pemacentroidaa 145, 148,238 Pomatoniinse 431 Populus 11 Porcellana 063 Porcellanella 5^14 Poronotus 126 Posidonomya 420 Potamanthus 372 Pratincola 31 c Priacanthus 132, 242 Prion urus 242 Prionus 43 Pristipomatoidffi..., 238, 253 Producta 411 Promerops , 319 Q-U INDEX OF GENERA. Prometheus 125 Prospinus 237 Psauimocola 573 Pseudacris 157 Paeudis 156, 352 Pseudoelaps 349 Pseudophis 348 Psocina 361 Psoralea 162 Psychrolutoids 332 Pterinea 412 Pteromeris 290, 578 Pteronemus 118 Pteroplatus 42 Puffinus 327 Purpuricenus 42 Purpuridae 563 Pugiunculus 423 Pyramidellidas 565 Pyronicia 343 Pyrotrichus 41 Pyrus 11 Pyxicephalus , 352 Quercus 11, 100 Radula 582 Raioida? 282 Rangia 573 Reguloides 317 Rallus 322 Remorae 239, 240 Rana 340 Retropinna 14 Retzia , 406 Rhaebo 357-8 Rhina 500 Rhinoberyx 237 Rhinoidae 332, 499 Rhinoscion 17 Rhinotriacis 486 Rhodostethia 293, 311 Rhoptrura 339 Rhomboplites 237 Rhynchichthys 237 Rhynchonella 407 Rhyneopin33 292 Rhypticinae 236, 250 Rhytisma 507 Riopa 185 Risa 304, 325 Robinia 11 Ruticilla 316 Ruvettus 125 Sabastodes 278 Sabbatia 7, 166 Salamandridae 343 Salmo 102, 241, 332 Salmonoids 330 Sanguinolaria 421 Sanguinolites 414 Sapajou 509 Sarda 125 Saxicava 571, 585 Saxifraga 163 Scala 565 Scalaridae 565 Scapharca 579 Scaphites 22 Scartiscus 182, 351 Schismaderma 358 Schroteria 196 Schistorus 237 Sciaenoidae 16, 238, 257, 277. 331 Scissodesma 572 Sconsia 564 Scorpaenichtbys 13 Scorpaenoidae 278, 329 Scotophis 338 Serobicularidae 288 Scrobiculariinae 574 Scrobiculiinae 586 Scomber 124, 260 Scorabrina; 124, 238, 260, 329 Scombropinae 237 Scylliodontes 485 Scytopis 354 Sebastichthys 329 Selaspborus 319 Semele 574 Semicassis 564 Sericocarpus 164 Serinus 314 Seriphus 15,18, 277 Serraninae...., 236, 249 Serranus 421,445 Sibon 356 Sicydiinae 240 Sida 161 Sidalcea 161 Siderolamprus 188 Sigaretus 565 Siliquaria 571, 585 Silus 15 Siraiidffi 508 Solanum 6, 166 Solaridae 566 Solen 196, 422 Solenida; 571 Somateria 323 Siniperca 16 Siredon 66 Sparoidae 251 Spatula 322 INDEX OP GENERA. <;_"> Sphaerella Sphaeriurn Sphaerodactylu9 Sphenaeeus Spir.acoidffi Spiraea Spirifera Spizula Spondylidas Sporobolus 88, Spreo ali 235, Squalus 235, igmium Standella Stellio Stenosphenus Stenostoma 350, adde Sterna 541, Sterninae 292, Stbenorbytis Strephobasis Strephona ... 287, Streptanthus Stnarca 290, Strigilla Strix Stromateoides 126, Stromateus Sturionoidae Sula Surcula 285, Sycotypus Sylbeocyclus Symphemia Syngnathoidse 282, 283, Tachynectes Talona 193, Talonella Tancredia Taraguira Tarbophis Teius Teleuraspis Tellina Tellinidee Temnistia Terebra Terebraspira 286, Teredidas 193, Teredinina Teredo 197, 455, Termitina Tetraodontoidae Tetropg Teuthydoidae Thalasseus 577 28 356 316 495 11 405 572 582 333 313 483 497 579 573 340 41 nda 325 535 565 273 563 161 580 573 313 331 126 331 325 561 564 232 321 332 71 197 213 21 351 338 351 337 573 573 13 565 561 453 192 571 361 40 242 536 Thalassidroma Thalassoeca 327 Thaleichthys L5 Thamnodynastes Thamnocenchris '■ " Thecla 54, V 22 Thracia 3 Thrasops Threpterius 113 Thurlosia 197, 2\l Thyrsites Thyrsitops 125 Thysanodactvlus 181 Tilapia .' Tiliqua 190 Tomoxia 4 > Tornatellidae 570 Tornatina 571 Totanus 321 Trachurops Tracburus ... Tradescantia 9, 1<;7 Triads Tricbodontoidas c Trisetum 100, !37 Tritoniida? TritoniDa? Triorapbalia 197 Trogosita ! Turbinida? 569 Trachinidae 502 Trachycardium Tracbynotinaj 26J I Tretioscincus 184 and addenda Triacanthodes 2 15 Triaenodontes 485 Tricbidion 258 Tricbopterus 118 Tricuspis HP Triforis 567 Triglopsis 1 I Trigonarca 289 Trigoniidae 289, 579 Trigoaostoma 567 Tringa :22 Tringoides 522 Tritia 286, 562 Trocbidas 288 Trocbita 570 Trophon 560 Tr opidodipsas 34S Tropidolaemus 337 Trypanosoma 169-175, 272 Tupinambis 351 Turbonilla 566 Turris 284 Turritella 567, 584 Turtur 320, 321 43 5 ' / INDEX OF GENERA. 560 Tyria 338 Olmus 11 Umbrina 17, 257 Ungulinidae 577 TJnio 168, 176 Uniola 99,337 i onidae 168 Upeneus 256 Uperotis 455) 474 Uralepts 93,333 I rera 282 Una 323 Urc-echiS 339 Uropsetta 330 v - " Venerid.T 574, 585 Venilia 27 Venus • 574 Verbesina 164 Verilu'a 236,242 Vermetidae 568 Vermetus 568 cordia 289, 579 Vesi ertilionide 246 Vilfa... 88, 333 Yipera 337 Virginia 249 Vitis 162 Vivipara 21,451. 567 Vola 582 Voluta 563 Vollutella 563 Volutidae 563 Volutifusns 563 Volvulata 57' Vonieriinae 4 Xema 293, 311 Xemeae 293 Xenodon 75. 348 Xirichthyse 143 Xirichthyinae 142 Xirichthys 143 Xylophaga 1- Xylotrya 455. 475 Yoldia 581 Yucca 8. 167 Zanthoxylum 162 Zeinae 126 Zenopsis 126 Zeus 126 Zirphaa 192, 194.210 Zizvphinus 569 Zooloca 189 Zosterops 316 GENERAL INDEX. Abbott, C. C, on the Leucosomi inhab- iting the basin of the Delaware, 1. Allen, Harrison, M. D., descriptions of two new species of Vespertilionida?, 160, 246. Baird, Prof., communication relative to the indurated black spots found on the Silver Maple, 507. Buckley, S. B., notes on some American Ash Trees (Fraxinns), with descrip- tions of new species, 1, 2 ; descrip- tion of new plants from Texas, 2, 5, 88 ; on Quercus heterophylla, Mich., 20, 100. Cassia, J., remarks on a flock of Crows seen Jan. 12th, 2. Catalogue of Birds collected by the U. S. North Pacific Surveying and Ex- ploring Expedition, with notes and descriptions of new species, 312 ; remarks on the Snowy Owl, 520. Conrad, T. A., descriptions of new gen- era, subgenera and species of Ter- tiary and Recent Shells, 274, 284; catalogue of the Miocene Shells of the Atlantic Slope of the United States, 520, 559. Cope, E. D., remarks on Herpeton ten- taculatum, Gerarda prevostiana and Catostoma lineatum, 1 ; synopsis of the species of Holcosus and Ame- iva, with diagnoses of new "West Indian and South American Colubri- dse, 20, 60; on some new and little known American Anura, 102, 151; on Neosorex albibirbis, 160, 188; on Lacerta echinata and Tiliqua dura, 160, 189 ; contributions to Neotropi- cal Saurology, 160, 176; notes on certain Reptiles of the New World; 332, 337 ; remarks on a Cuban Bufo- nid (Peltaphryne empusa),344; cat- alogues of the Reptiles obtained during the explorations of the Para- guay, Vermejo and Uraguay Rivers by Capt. T. J. Page, TJ. S. N., and of those procured by Lieut. N. Michler, U. S. Top. Eng!. commander of the expedition conducting the survey of the Atrato River, 345, 346. Correspondence of the Academy for 1863, 598. Coues, Elliott, synopsis of the North American forms of the Colymbida" and Podicipidaj, 226; revision of the Gulls of North America, based upon specimens in the Museum of the Smithsonian Inst., 249, 291 ; supple- mentary note to a synopsis of North American Colymbidse, &c, 345, 404 ; review of the Terns of North Amer- ica, 520, 535. Donations to Museum, 1S62, 600. Donations to Library, 603. Edwards, Wm. H., description of cer- tain species of Diurnal Lepidoptera. found within the limits of the United States and British America, No. 2, 54, 221. Election of Standing Committees for 1862, 19. Election of Officers for 1862, 596. Elections of Members and Correspond- ents, 597. Elliott, D. G., remarks on the species composing the genus Pediocsetes, Baird, 345, 402. Fisher, Dr., remarks on a Meteor ob- served at Budd's Ferry, Md., Dec. 24th, 20. Gabb, W. M., description of a new spe- cies of Cephalopod from the coast of California, 483. Gill, notice of new species of Heruile- pidotus, 2, 13 ; on the subfamily of Argentinina;, 2, 14 ; notes on the Sckenoids of California, 2, 16 ; ap- pendix to the synopsis of the sub- family of Percinse, 2, 15 ; synopsis of the Cirrhitoids, 101, 102; on the limits and arrangement of the Scom- broids, 101, 124 ; descriptions of new species of Alepidosaurida?, 101, 127; on a new species of Priacanthus, 101, 132 ; on the West African genus Hemichromus, 102, 134 ; catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California in the Smithsonian Institution, 102, 140, 242, 249; on a new genus of Fishes allied to Aulorhynchus, and on the affinities of the family Aulorhynchoi- da?, to which it belongs, 160, 233; remarks on the relations of the gen- era and other groups of Cubau Fishes, 160, 235; notice of a collection of G2S GENERAL INDEX. Fishes of California presented to the Smithsonian Institution by Mr. S. Hubbard, 274; synopsis of the spe- ies of Lophobranchiate Fishes of Western North America, 282 ; notes on the family of Scombroids, 328 ; notes on some genera of Fishes of Western North America, 329 ; synop- sis of the Carangoids of the Eastern Coast of North America, 345, 430; description of a new generic type of Mormyroids, 345, 443 ; on the syno- nomy and systematic position of the genus Etelis, 345, 445 ; on the limits 1 affinity of the family of Leptos- oopoids, 482, 501 ; on the classifica- tion of the Squali of California, 483 Gray, Asa, notes upon the " Description new Plants from Texas, by S. B. Buckley," 161, 332. Griffith, R. E., resignation of, as Libra- rian, 18. Grote, A. R., additions to the nomen- 1 tture of North American Lepidop- tera, 59, 359. Haldeman, S. S., remarks on the Bald Eagle, 2. Hayden, F. V., description of new Cre •aceous Fossils from Nebraska Ter- ritory, etc., by F. B. Meek and F. V. Hayden, M. D., 1, 21. Hayes, Dr. 1. I., remarks on some frag- ments of a supposed Meteorite, 520 ; thanks of the Academy tendered to, 520. Horn, G. H., monograph of the species of Trogosita inhabiting the United States, 20, 82. Index to Genera, 617. scription of two new species of Ex- otic Uniones and one Monocondylcea, 160, 176; description of a new genus (Goniobasis) of the family Melanidse and eighty-two new species, 262 ; descriptions of eleven new species of Melanidse of the United States, 272. Leidy, Dr., remarks on certain Minerals found in or near the city, 507. Lewis, James, M. D., remarks on some species of Paludina, Amnicola, Val- vata and Melania, 520, 586. Meehan, Thos., on the uniformity of relative characters between allied species of European and American Trees, 2, 10. Meek, F. B., description of new Cre- taceous Fossils from Nebraska Terri- tory, etc. By F. B. Meek and F. V Hayden, 1, 21. Xorris, Mr., remarks on Salmo fonti- nalis and Salmo trutta. Prime, Temple, Monograph of the spe- cies of Sphaerium of North and Soath America, 20, 28. Report of the Recording Secretary, 595. Report of the Curators, 595. Rogers, Dr., remarks on the thawing of snow in the streets by means of salt, 2. Slack, Dr. J. H., remarks on the Gorilla castaneiceps, 159 ; monograph of the Prehensile-tailed Quadrumana, 482, 507. Stimpson, Win., description of a new Cardium from the Pleistocene of Hudson's Bay, 58 ; on a Tropical Isopod found near the shores of Kilvington, Mr., remarks on the culture Massachusetts, 101, 133 if some of Dr. Hayes' Arctic Plants. 482. Le Conte, Dr. J. L., synopsis of the Mordellidae of the United States, 20, 43 ; notes on the species of Calosoma inhabiting the United States, 20, 52 ; note on the classification of Ceram- bycida?, with descriptions of new species, 20, 38 ; synopsis of the spe- cies of Colymbetes inhabiting Amer- ica north of Mexico, 506, 521 ; note on ■he species of Brachinus inhabiting the United States, 506, 523. Lee, Isaac, description of a new genus (Trypanostoma) of the family Melan idae and of forty-five new species, 160, 169; description of ten new species of Unionidre, 160, 168; de- Tryon, G. W., Jr., on the Classification and Synonymy of recent species of Pholadidee, 160, 191 ; Monograph of the Family Teredida?, 345, 453 ; notes on American Fresh-Water Shells, &c, 345, 451 ; description of a new Genus and Species of Pholadidas, 345, 449. Warner, John A., remarks on the lim- itation of the section of Eggs by mathematical lines, 102 ; remarks on Organic Morphology, 159 ; contribu- tions to Organic Morphology : con- taining the mathematical imitation of the egg of Planorbis corneus and of Epiornis, 525. Winchell, Alex., descriptions of Fossils from the Marshall and Huron Group of Michigan, J45, 405. Affr